CO I \ '^\&m *£ ¥Pi\ 5 \^* 5> — ;/- "i^ ^ V?y CO 2 CO CO INSTITUTION N01inillSNI_NVINOSHllWS S3 I a VH 3 I1_LI B RAR I ES SMITHSONIAf $2&2\ CO ^S^ U XSiHl^v S x^m^v < (*£ '3j) I 5 (££ "is) P l^fr^l 5 ***< s\ * V^,.vVo?y 5 wlSP °= \^»..isK' c. \IS. .*/ >^ CD -J S3 1 a VH an LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NoiinniSNi NVINOSHIIW ^jTir^ ^_ INSTITUTION^ NOIiniliSNl"~NVINOSHlllAIS S3 CO 2 CO ail_LI BRAR IES._ SMITHSONIA ^v^T *• . z CO 2: S3iyvyenLfBRARiES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NioiiniiisNiNviNosHim o: 311 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA i— co C\ 'i ¥^ Ti "H j ^* 'fj&s* *J&&? r~ \ ^ W* . XJ C / /v /-&/SS'-^& ^— 5 N<^j^x' ^ v''!^r o Z _J 2 INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVINOSH1IIAIS S3 z O ^vrir^ co \WAS^V m x ^v X^JVASVV^ m S3 I iJVa a 11 IL J B RAR ' ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI ~NVINOSH1W < V ^ /v^UI^S < S < 5 fl^^\ *• "%^ ^ ^fe- 5 1 II. Jl § § ^^ W i^jl? i y |, g ^-^ INSTITUTION (/7NOIiniliSNI_NVINOSHillMS^S3 I a VcJ 8 ll^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONtA tu X^^^X io .>^ "J XS»*I!L^ ^ x<^a^v ^ o •2. 5RARIES_SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHlllMS S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA I . 8M > o _ « *fi 1^1* ^5 t f\ ~^p ^— ^^ ITUTION ^NOUrU!iSNI_NVINOSHIIWS^S3 , y Vy 9 I ~}\ I B R AR I ES^SMIT 3 - w LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION CD riTUTiON NOIinillSNI NVINOSHlllMS to 2 <= >>>^ [_ ^ 'aMW •«= LIBRARIES SMI' z 2 Z O CO C/> 2 > |ZLIBRARIESWSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINO CO NOIinillSNI 6 x^ii<^ z o CO SMITHSON1ANINSTITUTION ^ z n: A? -y\ o o z LIBRARIES SMITH IN Z o NVINOSHil WS S3 I an LIBRARIES CO LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NounmsNi NVINO i S3 i yvijan LIBRAR i ES to Z _ ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOLUME 80, 1969 R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor EDITORIAL STAFF H. W. Allen M. E. Phillips S:xS. Roback Published By The American Entomological Society at The Academy of Natural Sciences 1900 Race Strpt ' Philadelphia. Pennsylvania 19103, U. S. A. TABLE OF CONTENTS ALEXANDER, CHARLES P., New exotic Crane-flit's < Tipulidae : Dip- tera). Part XVII 125 • New exotic Crane-flies (Tipulidae: Diptera). Part XVI II .. 25(' ALEXANDER, GORDON, Colorado Orthoptera < >5 ALLEN, HARRY \\ .. Xe\v species of Krombeinia Pate and Neotiphia Malloch (Hymenoptera : Tiphiidae ) 17 ALTERI, CHARLOTTE H., see \\'illiam 1>. Muchmore 131 ANDERSON, ROGER F., see Edward C. Mignot 305 APPLEBY, JAMES E., see Donald \\'. \\Tehb 273 . \K.\KTT, R. H., JR., Amateur entomological clubs 102 - Storage and retrieval of information from insect specimens . . . 197 BAUMANN, RICHARD W., and ARDEN R. GAUFIN, A new species of Capnio (Plecoptera : Capniidae ) from Arizona BERNON, GARY L., Paper wasp nest in pitcher plant, Sarracenia purpnrea L 14S BESHEAR, RAMONA J., see H. H. Tippins ^04 BHALLA, SATISH C., see W. J. Yurkrewicx 177 BLICKLE, R. L.. A new species of Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera) .... 79 BROWN, F. MARTIN, Ccrcvonis pcf/alu abbotti, new subspecies ( Lepid. : Satyridae) 193 liRrsvKN. MERLYN A., and ALLEN C. SCOGGAN, Sarcophagous habits of Trichoptera larvae on dead fish 103 BITKETT, IOIIN S., and MICHAEL R. GARDNER, A new genus of Xystodesmid milliped from northern California 67 BUCKKTT, JOHN S., see Michael R. Gardner 2(>3 COOLKY, TIM A., see Herbert 1 1. Ross 24n COVEI.L. I' 1 1. \KLES V.. JR., A geometrid moth hitherto unrecorded from the United States 2^ CRABILL, R. E., JR., Review of Arenophilus and key to all species . . . Revisionary conspectus of Neogeophilidae with thoughts on a phylogeny DAVIDSON, JOHN A.. Rearing Mantispa riridis Walker in the labora- tory ( Xeuroptera, Mantispidae ) DENNIS, CLIFFORD J., Treehoppers of certain Mississippi River islands ( 1 lomojitera, Membracidae ) Membracidae iii iv ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 The Buffalo treehopper on a Mississippi River island (Homop- tera, Membracidae) 328 DOBSON, WILLIAM J., see Jerry W. Shay 185 EVANS, HOWARD E., Phoretic copulation in Hymenoptera 113 The collection of Hemiptera of the Museum of Comparative Zoology 158 FARNWORTH, EDWARD E., Flash communication in Aspisoina sp. (Coleoptera : Lampyridae ) 249 FRANCLEMONT, J. G., William Trowbridge Merifield Forbes (1885- 1968) ' 88 FREYTAG, PAUL H., and \\'ILLIAM P. MORRISON, A preliminary study of the Idiocerinae of Chile (Homoptera : Cicadellidae ) 285 GAGNE, RAYMOND J., New synonyms of Asphondylia bcthcli Cock- erel! (Diptera : Cecidomyiidae ) \7(> GARDNER, MICHAEL R., see John S. Huckett (>7 - A new species of Anombrocheir Huckett and Ciardner from the Inner Coast Ranges of Northern California 293 GAUFIN, ARDEN R., see Richard W. Haumann 75 GIESE, R. L., see D. H. Milne 225 GREGG, ROBERT E., New species of 1'hcidolc from Pacific Coast Is-,« lands (Hymenoptera, Formicidae) 93 GRESSITT, J. L., Epizoic symbiosis 1 - Oriental caged insects 138 GUSTAFSON, JOE F., The salt marsh habitat 43 HALL, F. R., R. M. HOLLINGWORTH, and I). L. SIIANKLAND, Cyanide tolerance in millipedes : comparison of respiration in millipedes and insects 277 HEMING, B. S., A modified technique for mounting Thysanoptera in Canada Balsam 323 HITCHCOCK, STEPHEN W., Plecoptera from high altitudes and a new species of Lcuctra ( Leuctridae ) Ml HOLLINGWORTH, R. M., see F. R. Hall 277 HUBBARD, C. ANDRESEN, Tanzania bat fleas, how they were secured . 54 JUDD, WILLIAM W., The garden centiped at London, Ontario 26 KISTNER, DAVID H., Revision of the Termitophilous subfamily Tri- chopseniinae (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) I. The genus Sch he ly- thron Kemner 44 KNERER, G., Stones, cement and guards in llalictine nest architec- ture and defense 141 Koss, RICHARD W., Plastic microvial 5(> KUTZ. FREDERICK W., A problem in the diagnosis of head lice 27 80j ENTOMOLOGK Al. .\K\VS LAKE, ROBERT \\'., Life history, habitat, and taxonomic characters of tlie larvae of Mochlony.v jitlit/inosiis LENKO, KAROL, An army ant attacking the "(inaia" crab in Brazil . . '> LLOYD, JAMES E., Signals and systematics of Jamaican fireflies: notes on behavior and on undescribed species ( Coleoptera : Lampyridae) 1<>'' - A paper "computer" for entomologists with limited recall .... 2<>? MARSHALL, JAMES D., Taxononiic and distributional note on Monoe- ceus texanus Champion ( Coleoptera, Alleculidae) ^)4 MIGNOT, EDWARD C, and ROGER F. ANDERSON, Bionomics of the bark beetle predator, Tlianasiinns ditbins Fab., ( Coleoptera: Cleridae) 305 MILNE, D. H., and R. L. GIESE, The Columbian timber beetle Cor- tli \iiis culitinbianus (Coleoptera; Scolytidae). IX. Population biology and gallery characteristics MORGAN, MICHAEL T., Habitat selection of laboratory populations of Tribolium 207. 2.v MORRISON, WILLIAM P., see Paul II. F rev tag 2S; MUCHMORE, WILLIAM B., A population of a European psc-udoscor- pion established in New York < >< > MUCHMORE, WILLIAM B., and CHARLOTTE H. ALTEKI, I'araclicnu's (Arachnida, Chelonethida, Chernetidae ) from the coast of Xorth Carolina NEEL, W. W., and C. F. SARTOR, Notes on insects infesting pine cones in Mississippi PECHTMAX. L. L., Recent gifts to the Cornell l/niversity Insect col- lection A record of Rachiceridae from New York (Diptera) RICARDS. DAVID, Observations on predation by the wasp Anoplins itluica ( Pompilidae ) on the wolf spider Pardosa t/roculandni (Lycosidae) 149 ROBACK, S. S., Xotes on the food of Tampodinae larvae - Additional notes on the food of Tanypodinae larvae (Diptcra. Chironomidae ) Ross, HERBERT H., and TIM A. COOLEY, A new Nearctic leafhop|HT of the genus nc.vainia (Hemi])tera : Cicadellidae) SARTOR, C. F., see W. W. Neel 159 SCOGGAN, ALLEN C., see Merlyn A. IJrusven ... SCULLEN, HERMAN A., Xotes on the taxononiic status of Ccrccns tepaneca Saussure and C. sc.vtoidcs lianks ( I lymenoptera : Spheci- dae) vi ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 SHANKLAND, D. L., see F. R. Hall 277 SHAPIRO, ARTHUR M., Overwintering by pupal nvmphalids in Xew York 1 30 SHAY, JERRY W., EVERETT E. SIMMONS, and WILLIAM J. DOBSON, Notes on the male germ cells of a beetle. Lcpti'iotarsa deccin- lincata 185 SIMMONS, EVERETT E., see Jerry W. Shay 185 STAHNKE, HERBERT L., A revision of Hadrunis scorpions (Yejo- vidae ) 57 STEYSKAL, GEORGE C.. Distinction between Plivtomvza horticola Goureau and P. syiu/cncsiae (Hardy) (Diptera, Agromycidae ) . 301 STIBICK, J. X. L.. Comments on a preliminary revision of the genus Trophypnns 81 SMITH, STEPHEN M., The black fly, Sunuliinn t'cniisticin. attracted to the turtle, Chelydra serpentina 107 SLEEPER, ELBERT L., A note on bioluminescence in Plcot omits (Cole- optera : Lampyridae ) 25 1 TIMBERLAKE, P. H., Mctapscic n ythia, a new Panugine bee genus (Hymenoptera, Andrenidae) 89 TIPPINS, H. H., and RAMONA J. BESHEAR, New collection records for Niveaspis ilicis (Hope) ( Homoptera : Diaspididae) 304 VICKERY, Y. R., Two new species of sub-Arctic American Orthoptera 265 WALLACE, J. B., The mature larva and pupa of Ccilobatina c/eometro- ides (Cresson) (Diptera: Micropezidae) 317 WEBB, DONALD W., and JAMES E. APPLEBY, Trisliorinoinya cratac- (jifolia ( Felt), a redescription of adult and immature stages 273 WHITE, HAROLD B., Ill, Two species of Odonata previously unre- ported from New England 88 WHITE, RICHARD E., Taxonomic notes on North American Anobiidae (Coleoptera) 252 WIXOM, GLENN E., Xew records for Orthoptera 78 YURKIEWICZ, WILLIAM )., Fatty acid composition of limited use in aphid taxonomy 85 YURKIEWICZ, WILLIAM J., and SATISH C. BIIALLA, Lipids of the mutant bronze mosquito, Aedcs act/ypti (L.) 177 80] KNTOMOLOGICAL NEWS vii DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE NUMBERS OF VOLUME 80, 1969 No. 1— January ( pp. 1-28 ) January 23, 1969 No. 2— February (pp. 29-56 ) February 21. 1969 No. 3— March (pp. 57-84 ) March 26. 1969 No. 4— April (pp. 85-1 12 i May 2, 1969 No. 5— May (pp. 113-140 ) June 13, 1969 \o. 6— June (pp. 141-168 ) August 12, 1969 No. 7— July (pp. 169-196) August 21, 1969 No. 8— August (pp. 197-224 ) September 5, 1969 No. 9— September (pp. 225-248 ) September 30, 1969 No. 10— October (pp. 249-276 ) December 16, 1969 No. 11— November (pp. 277-304) January 21. 1Q70 No. 12 — December (pp. 305-328). The date of mailing of this number will be announced on the last page of the issue for January. 1970. JANUARY 1969 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS EPIZOIC SYMBIOSIS J. L. GRESSITT, i>. 1 Ax ARMY ANT ATTACKING TIIK GUAIA CRAB IN BRAZIL KAKOI. LKXKO, p. 6 REVIEW OF ARENOPHILUS AND KEY TO ALL SPKCIKS R. E. CRABILL, JR., p. 7 NOTES ON THE FOOD OF TANYPODINAF LARVAK SELXVV.V S. ROBACK, p. 13 \L\V SPECIES OF KROMBEINIA AND XEOTIPHIA (HYMENOPTERA ) HARRY W. AI.LKX, p. 17 A PROBLEM i.\ TIJK DIACXOSJS OF HEAD LICK FREDERICK \V. KTTX, i>. _'" THE ENTOMOLOGISTS' LIBRARY, p. 1 1 THE ENTOMOLOGISTS' RKCOKD. p. 2<> TIIK I^XTOMOLOC.ISTS' MAKKKT PLACE, P.AC'K C'OMIXCi XHXT tSSUE: REARING MANTISPA THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 JANUARY, 1969 No. 1 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. AR.NETT, JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions, tor personal use, domestic and fon.-M.ii, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic a:,d foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 6? inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. EPIZOIC SYMBIOSIS J. I.. ( IKKSSITT - During tlie past few \ears an interesting ecological as.sociation has come to light, involving cryptogamic plants, oribatid mites, rotifers, nematode-. and microorganisms living together on the backs of beetles, primarily weevils. To date this phenomenon has apparently only been noted in the mountains of New Guinea, above 1,200 meters altitude, and primarily be- tween 2,000 and 3,600 meters altitude. There are indications that mutualistic symbiosis is involved, although this may be debated. In the course of joint and separate field work oxer a period of srxeral years, J. J. H. Szent-Ivany. J. Sedlacek and imself collected weevils with plant growth on their backs (Gressitt. Sedlacek & S/ent-l\any, 1065 ). At first algae, fungi, liverworts and lichens were observed, but more recently mosses and a fern gametophyte were found on weevils ( Gressitt. Samuelson & Yitt, 1968). Lichen growth was also h.und on a colydiid beetle ( Gressitt. 1966a, b; Samuelson, 1966). Living in the plants on the beetles, at least on the larger weevils, are oribatid mites (Aoki, 1966). which feed on the fungi or massed algae and fungi and licheni/ed fungi, and lichens. Also. under the matted plant growth are nematocles and microorganisms. On the exposed dorsal surfaces of the weevils, or on the plant growth, are sessile rotifers, which are pink when desiccated, but nearlv colorless when xvet and active. The cryptogamic plants noted to date represent a large number of spe- cies of 13 or more families, but only one species each of phytophagous mite, nematode and rotifer have been noted for certain. It would seem rather surprising if such an ecological association had developed only in Xew Guinea, since the Papuan area is only one of the several major humid tropical areas of the earth, and one of the least i near the Bishop Museum Field Station in Xortheast New ( iuinea. \'»\ now \ve have ob- served several individuals one year after marking, and one nearly two years after release. Most of the many recoveries have been in the imme- diat area of release, but one was one kilometer away. Usually the weevils will remain for hours or days on the bush the}- are released on, but some- times they will drop or climb down to the ground and walk awav in a fairlv consistent course, but in different directions for different individuals, to disa] i] tear in the forest. It is fairly certain that the plants that grow on the weevils are the same as those on leaves and bark in the same environment. As yet the animal associates of these plants have only been noted on the weevils, but studies have not progressed far enough for certainly on this point. There is remarkable local speciation in the weevils, but this is not the case with the plants and their associates. Much remains to be learned of this fascinating association. LITERATURE CITED . \IIKI, J. 1966. Epizoic symbiosis: An oribatid mite. Symbioribates />»i-ii.v/.v. repre- senting a new family, from cryptogamic plants growing on backs of Papuan weevils. Pacific Insects 8(1): 281-289, 13 figs. (iii-siTT, J. L. 1966a. Epizoic symbiosis: The Papuan weevil genus Gyninopliiiliis (Leptopiinae) symbiotic with cryptogamic plants, oribatid mites, rotifers and nema- todes. Pacific Insects. 8(1): 221-280, 15 figs. — . l%6b. Epizoic symbiosis: Cryptogamic plants growing on various weevils and on a colydiid beetle in New Guinea. Pacific Insects 8(1) : 294-297, 1 fig. — , < i. A. SAMCKI.SOX, and I). H. VITT. 1968. Moss growing on living Papuan moss- forest weevils. Nature 217(5130 ) : 765-767, 2 figs. — and J. SKDLACEK. 1967. Papuan weevil genus Gymnopholus: Supplement and further studies in epizoic symbiosis. Pacific Insects, 9(3) : 481-500. 9 figs. — , J. SEDLACEK, and J. J. H. SZENT-!VAXY. 1965. Flora and fauna on back- of large Papuan moss-forest weevils. Science 150(3705): 1833-1835, 4 figs. SAMTELSON, (i. A. 1966. Epizoic symbiosis: A new Papuan colydiid beetle with epi- cuticular growth of cryptogamic plants (Coleoptera: Colydiidae). Pacific Insects 8m : 290-293, 1 fig. 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1969 An Army Ant Attacking the "Guaia" Crab in Brazil ' KAROL LENKO - A good synopsis of the feeding habits of Labidits coccus ( Latr., 1802) ( Hymenoptera : Formicidae) appears in Borgmeier's classical work ( 1955 ) and another, more recently, was published by Rettenmeyer (1963). After an analysis of the data collected by these authors, I concluded that most of the references on the subject do not specify precisely the victims of the predatory activities of L. coccus. Many authors furnish very vague infor- mation, stating only that these ants are predatory on insects and arthropods in general. This paper is an account of one of our field observations of an attack of L. coccus on a fresh water crab commonly known in Brazil as "guaia" Trichodactylus ari/cntinianus Rathbun, 1906 (Crustacea: Pato- monidae), kindly identified by my colleague Gustavo Augusto S. de Mello. At 10 A.M., the 20th of June. 1965, on the left bank of the Jacare- ( iuacu river, on the lands of the Itaquare Ranch. Municipality of Boa Esperanc,a do Sul, State of Sao Paulo, Brazil, I observed an agglomeration and great activity of workers of L. coccus circling a hole in the ground. This hole was the entrance of the burrow of the "guaia" crab. Shortly the crab came to the surface with dozens of ants attached to its body. The j ants were small and medium sized workers. The behavior of the crab seemed strange to me, for instead of striking for the river, only 1.20 m from its burrow, it took the opposite direction penetrating deeply into the ciliary second growth vegetation. The crab was captured and found to have a great number of ants at- tached to it, principally to the maxillipeds, the insertions of the schizopo- dites, the basipodites, and also around the abdomen. A further examination verified the lack of antennae and the partial destruction of the antennules. The organs of the abdominal cavity had been partially destroyed. The specimen was an adult female with a carapace 42 mm in length by 46 mm in width. This nocturnal crab was resting in its burrow where it has the habit of day hiding, when it was attacked by the ants. The burrow extended 40 cm into the ground. LITERATURE CITED BORGMEIER, T. 1955. Die Wanderameisen der Neotropischen Region ( Hyni. Fonni- cidae). Editora Vozes Ltda., Petropolis. 716 p., 87 pi. RETTENMEYER, C. W. 1963. Behavioral studies of army ants. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 44 (9) : 281-465, 23 fig. 1 Accepted for publication April 8, 1968. - Department of Zoology, Secretaria da Agricultura, Sao Paulo, Brazil. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 7 Review of Arenophilus and Key to All Species ' l\. K. CRAHILL, JR. :: In presenting a new species of . Irenophilus I have taken the opportunity of reviewing aspects of the genus, its important diagnostic criteria. it> known species, its distribution, its relationships and categorical position, for since its inception it has for most students occupied a kind of systematic limbo. Chamberlin, who proposed Arenophilus and described three of its live species, contented himself only with species description^, and Attan-. in his ordinal monograph of 1929 (vide infra), relying upon a scantv and misleading literature alone, mislocated it within his system. Arenophilus Chamberlin Arenophilus Chamberlin. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard. 54. p. 4 In. \()\1. /.yt/oinerinin Chamberlin, Proc. Biol. Soc. \\'ash.. 56, p. 100. 1943. ( Xew Synonym}- ) .'l Type-species : Gcophilus iniaster Chamberlin. 19(>) | - 11 mister (Chamberlin)]. Original designation. The tuberculate ultimate pretarsus. the incomplete pleurograms, and the abortive pleuroprosternal sutures will readilv identify the genus within Geophilidae. ic Diiii/nosis. Cephalic plate at least 1.3 times longer than wide; transverse suture very indistinct. Antennae: long, at least 4 times longer than cephalic pi Clypeus : without plagulae ; with a single anterocentral fenestra with inclusive setae. Labrum : Midpiece narrowly separating the sidepieces or overlapped by them, the laiter with long hyaline filaments. First maxillae: with long telopodite and coxosternal lappets. Second maxillae: isthmus anteroposteriorly relatively deep, areolatc, not suturate; telopodite first article notably shorter than the others, apical claw long, sim- ple, both basal condyles present; statuminia and parastatuminial sutures absent, < - maxillary sderites absent. Prehensorial Moment: prosternum with prominent virtr complete I'leurograms ; pleuroprosternal sutures strongly oblique. anteriorly terminating at less than half the distance to anterior margin. Sternites : deeply punctured, medialK often fossiilate ; ventral porefields appearing in .siibcircular. longitudinally or tran- <-ly subelliptical configurations. I'ltimate pedal segment: sternite broader than W'-epted for publication June d, 1'K.S. - Chilopoda, Geophilomorpha, (leophilidae. ••I'nited States Xational Museum. Smithsonian Institution. \\'asliingliin. 1 '. C. .2(1560. Undertaken with the aid of a grant frmn the Xational Science Foundation. 4 By original designation thi ies of /.yinnncriuiu is '/. . ciiplnnini: < berlin, which in turn is rons]>rritir with . Iri-nofiliilit.i i^itsiiiiiiis C'l'.amberlin ; ingly, Zygomerium is a junior subjective synonym of .Irciii'pliilus. The original de- scription of euphanum, \\liose holotype 1 have studied, is in error. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January. 1969 long; coxopleural pores opening into two subsurface cavities on each coxopleuron ; pretarsus tuberculate ; tarsalia two. KEY TO KNOWN ARENOPHILUS SPECIES 1. Ventral porefields subelliptical to lanceolate, their long axes an- teroposterior unaster (Chamberlin ) Ventral porefielcls subtriangular to subcircular. tbeir long- axes transverse 2 2. Ventral porefielcls subcircular, about as long as wide watsingus Chamberlin Ventral porefielcls subtriangular. much wider than long 3 3. Prehensorial first article without mesodistal denticle iugans Chamberlin Prehensorial first article with mesodistal denticle 4 4. Anterior legs ventrally very densely setose. Dorsum typically with a dark geminate band bipuncticeps (Wood) Anterior legs ventrally very sparsely setose. Dorsum without geminate dark band psednus, new species Systematic Notes. This genus and the European Necrophloeophagus occupy a position intermediate between Geophilidae and Chilenophilidae,5 and their assignment to the one or the other poses a problem that is at once interesting and refractory. In Arenophilus the long, robust prehensors, the distinct fenestra, the nearly eclipsed labral midpiece, and the dolichocephalic head all suggest Chilenophilidae. On the other hand the oblique pleuro- prosternal sutures, the prominent pleurograms and, very compelling!}-, the whole habitus of the first and second maxillae are more characteristic of Geophilidae. And hence the horns of the dilemma, for one can marshal convincing reasons for assigning the genus to each family. Tentatively I shall assign it to Geophilidae because it keys out handily to that family, but I must confess that I have the feeling that it is a chilenophilid masquerad- ing as a geophilid. All of the above features, particularly the abortive pleuroprosternal sutures, clearly indicate close kinship between Arenophilus and Nccro- phloeophagus, both occupying an annectant position between the afore- mentioned taxa. 5 Attems in various publications including his great ordinal monograph. Das Tier- rcich, Lief. 52, 1929, erroneously located the, to him unknown, . Ircnopliiliis within Geo- philinae, p. 158, even though if one uses its true characteristics in conjunction with his key to subfamilies, p. 157, it would plainly key out to Pachymeriinae. Of course, never having seen a specimen by 1('2(', he was misled by descriptions and lacunae in the litera- ture. In the present discussion I do not follow Attems' division of Geophilidae into Pachymeriinae and Chilenophilinae, but instead am in accord with Chamberlin's view that sees in the latter two subfamilies a single family. Chilenophilidae, which is distinct from Geophilidae. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL X K\\ ^ 1-5; Arcnuphilus hi^tiucticc^s < Wood ) : 1, 2. .J. pscdinis, holotyi>e : .>, 4. 5. IrK;. 1. . \ntcnnal arlii-]r> 3 and 4; Irft vt'iitral. All setae shown. FIG. 2. IA-H fifth leg; ventral. All setae shown. I;K,. ,v Left fifth leg; ventrnl. All setae shown. IMC.. 4. l-'ir^t and semnd maxillae; left side, ventral. Setae deleted. FIG. 5. Antennal articles 3 and 4; li it \cntral. All set;".' shown. 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1969 So far as is known. Arenophilus occurs only in extreme northern Mexico and in all but the most northern of the United States. Its two most wide- spread species are bipnncticeps (\Yood) and icatsiin/ns Chamberlin, which throughout their range tend to replace the species of Geophilus. Of all North American geophilids bipuncticeps appears to he the most widespread and. within its range, the most prevalent. It is possible, however, that some records attributed to the \Yood species were actually based upon very similar but different species, such as the new one described below. Arenophilus psednus, NEW SPECIES The new species most closely resembles bipuncticeps ( Wood ) but differs from it most conspicuously as follows. In bif>ncti-:c[>s: ( 1 ) antennal arti- cles each very long ; width of each uniform ; ectally with dense, long setae. (2) Anterior legs ventrally very densely setose. (3) Telopodite lappets longer than telopodites. (4) Dorsal geminate band present, dark. 5) Ultimate pretarsal tubercle typically short and hyaline. In f>sc(huts: ( 1 ) antennal articles each shorter ; in each greatest width at distal end : ectally, sparsely setose. (3) Telopodite lappets shorter than telopodites. (4) Dorsum without geminate dark' band. (5) Ultimate pretarsal tubercle longer, fulvous. Holotype : female. Kentucky. Boyle County. Lawrence Cave at the southwest edge of Perryville. June 23, 1967; T. C. Rarr, Jr.. leg. GENERAL. Length, 45 mm. Leg pairs, 59. Shape: anteriorly slightly, gradually attenuate ; ultimate ten segments strongly attenuate. Color : brownish yellow, without dorsal midlongituclinal geminate band. ANTENNAE. Length to head length. 4:1. Each article except first longer than wide; article 2 slightly geniculate. Vestiturc : articles 1-5 each with 1-2 circlets of setae; articles 6-14 each with many circlets of shorter setae; in general setae of the more distal articles shorter and more numerous. CEPHALIC PLATE. Length l<> width, 12:10. Cephalic suture weakly indicated. With two paramedian sutures. Sides slightly excurved ; rear straight. CLYPEUS. Wider than greatest length. Antero- centrally with a prominent white clypeal fenestra with two stout inclusive setae. Re- maining setae minute, sparse. Plagulae ahsent. Paraclypeal sutures strong, complete LABRUM. Midpiece very narrowly separating sidepieces. Each fulcrum short, ro- bust, transverse, about ' as long as one sidepiece. FIRST M -\XILLAE. Telopodites : biarticular ; lappets robust, distally blunt, shorter than telonodite. Coxosternal lappets reaching half the height of the telopodite lapped. SECOND MAXILLAE. Basal article of first article with an inner protuberance; claw long and curved. PREHENSORS. Trochanteroprefemur \\ith low, weakly pi-menled denticle; claw with basal denticle. Tarsrngula : h'ade smooth, not serrate. PROSTERNUM. Pleurograms prominent, essentially complete to the condyles. Pleuroprosternal sutures oblique, incomplete, terminating laterally at a point half distant to anterior margin. TERGITES. Sparsely, shortly setose. Subsurface dark geminate band rb?ent. STERNITES. Without cflr/>o/>/!a<7«^-structures ; on anterior bodv third each witli a 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL \K\\ S 11 slight anterocenlral fovca. Porefields : single on 1-19, broadly transxerse, weakly tri- angular, the very obtuse apex posterior, without anterior extension; 20 through penult each double, each subelliptic to subcircular. Intersternites of anterior body half medi- ally weakly divided, the division not apparent on posterior body half. LEGS. Vesti- turc very sparse, not dense as in bipinu-ticcf's. Tibiae and femora of all legs ventrally with a single exceptionally long seta. ULTIMATE PEDAL SEGMENT. Pretcrgite laterally not fissate, fused with its pleurites. Tergite ; greatest width to length, 13:10. I'resternite anteroposteriorly deep, without midlongitudinal suture or division. Sternite : much wider than greatest length, 9:6. Rear margin very slightly embayed; sides on anterior half parallel, on posterior half slightly convergent. Coxopleuron : with two heterogeneous glandular cavities, their walls convoluted and minutely papillate. Telopodite : notably longer than penult, not crassate. Distotarsus longer than proximotarsus, 6:5. Pretarsus tubercu- late, pigmented, hispidate. POSTPEDAL SEGMENTS. Female gonopods medially fused without suture or divison, uniarticular. Anal pores large heterogeneous, walls convoluted and minutely papillate. The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. ECOLOGY OF APHIDOPHAGOUS IXSECTS Edited by Ivo HODEK and M. L. DUTKOWA. 1966. Dr. \Y. Junk. Publisher-, The Hague, The Netherlands, 360 pp. + 10 plates. Cloth, approx. $14.00. The proceedings of a symposium held September 27 to October 1, 1966, in Liblic (Near Prague), Czechoslovakia, are presented as summaries of the 75 papers given during the 5-day meeting, participated in by 86 research workers from many countries. The papers are grouped into 6 sections: I. food ecology of aphidophagous insects, 17; II. voltinism and arrest of development in aphidophagous insects, 4; III. behavior of aphidophagous insects and aphids, 14; IV. distribution of aphidophagous insects in habitats, 13; V. population dynamics of aphids and their natural enemies, 17; and VI. aphidophagous insects in biological and integrated control, 10. The first paper of each section is a review of previously published information, and the closing paper of each (except II which had none) summarizes the papers presented with a general discussion ot them in an attempt to compensate for their subjective approaches. This book contains a wealth of basic background information for entomologists, especially those interested in or concerned with biological control of aphids. It will be an essential working tool for those in research with aphids as well as for teachers and students of entomology, both at the graduate and undergraduate levels. However, one may differ with the scientific editor's conclusions that "The conception, working meth- ods and conclusions," contained in the summarized papers, "are valid not only for pred- ators and parasites of aphid-, but also for natural enemies generally." Nevertheless, 12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1969 while more of the research included relates to predators of aphids, the book represents a landmark in that it summarizes much of the more outstanding progress from past and current research activity basic to some applied aspects of biological control of aphids. — W. A. SHAXDS, U. S. Dep't. Agric., Orono, Maine. EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY, volume 2. Edited by TH. DOBZHAXSKY. M. K. HECHT, and W. C. STEERE, 1968. Appleton, Century, Crofts, New York, xi + 452 pp. Cloth, $15.00. Prompt publication of important ne\v concepts in well digested form coupled with a thorough survey of the recent literature that lead to the synthesis of these concepts is one way to serve the struggling biologist in his attempt to keep up with his field. The present volume is of interest to entomologists for the general evolutionary con- cepts presented, and in particular through three articles : "Cave ecology and the evolu- tion of Troglobites" by Thomas C. Barr, Jr. ; "Evolutionary implications of sexual behavior in Drosophila" by Herman T. Spieth, and "Suture-zones of hybrid interaction between recently joined biotos" by Charles L. Remington. The Remington article proposes, defines, and describes the concept of suture-zones, a term used as a refinement of "hybrid belts" and other terms loosely used by previous authors. This concept will be exceedingly useful in the interpretation of the origin and dispersal of our biota for it will explain many of the confusing species concepts, some of the variation noted in museum specimens from these zones, as well as calling attention to geographical areas needing further and intensive study. The lucid ex- position of the theory presented in simple and logical steps, not only shows the clear understanding of the author, but his writing skill as well, and assures the firm estab- lishment of the concept and the term in our biological literature at all levels. — R. H. A. INSECTS OF NORTH CAROLINA. 3rd supplement. By DAVID L. WRAY. North Carolina Dep't. Agric., 1967. 181 pp. Since the original list, published in 1938, two supplements have appeared, but this supplement, the 3rd, combines 1 and 2, as well as adding the new information gathered since 1950, the date of the 2nd supplement. This thankless job is extremely well done. -R. H. A.* METAMORPHOSIS Edited by WILLIAM ETKIX and LAWKEXCE I. GILBERT, 1968. Appleton, Century, Crofts, New York, xii + 459 pp. $14.50 cloth. Pages 43-219 deal with insect metamorphosis in many aspects including a review of the most recent literature (only about 30% of the hundreds of references were pub- lished prior to 1960, and most every reference appeared since 1950). Reading this section alone will be a quick way for teachers to get up-to-date on this subject. Most of the rest of the book deals with vertebrates, a much different world than that of the insects. — R. H. A. * In the opinion of this editor, each state would contribute immensely to our science if they were to produce such a list as the above, in spite of possible misidentifications. The available data could then be used by the specialist, supplemented and corrected if need be, working toward that time when our insect fauna will be well enough known to more easily permit accurate ecological, behavioral, and ncm-tir ( population) studies. — R. H. A. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XE\VS \1 Notes on the Food of Tanypodinae Larvae SELWYX S. ROBACK 3- * The larvae of the Tanypodinat- often have been reported as being prt- daceous (Leathers. 1922: \Ye.-enl -erg-Lund. 1943: Morgan. 1949: Belya- skaya and Konstantinov. 195 Leathers mentions the ability of these larvae to suck fluid from their prey. This permits their predation on organisms too large to s\vallo\v whole. Morgan discusses the mechanism enabling these larvae to ingest whole organisms and also notes their capabil- ity of using algae as food. Armitage ( 1968 i considered that for smaller larvae. Procladiits chorcns. Pr. nitdipt-nnis and Ablabcsui\ia inonilis. - group 2 i 4-7 mm » algae was the most important food during the spring and autumn while detritus was the most important food under ice cover. For larger larvae Pr. sn/natns. Pr. nii/rircntris and Pr. flarifrous. size group 1 (7-11 mm i. faunal and detritus food was preferred earlier and detritus was most common under ice cover. As Armitage mentions, more work is needed to test the significance of algae as food for the Tanypodinae. Much work on the precise feeding of Tanypodinae larvae has been done by the Russian workers. Konstantinov and Luferov. Unfortunately all their work has been done only on the species of the genera Procladiits Ablabcsir.yia. Konstantinov i 1%1 i lists chironomids. oligochaetes and plankton Crustacea, in that order, as the preferred food for both genera. The results here indicate that Cladocera and chironomids. in that order, are the most important for Procladiits spp. and chironomids and Cladocera for Ablabcsmyia spp. The results of Luferov ( 1957. 1°5S. I'-M i are more in accord with the results here. He lists for Procladius spp.: 7 ,-pecu-- [ Tendipedidae. 11 Entomostraca. 3 Oligochaeta : for AbUibcsuivia spp.: 9 species of Tendipedidae. 5 Entomostraca. 1 Oligochaeta and 1 mite. F. mostraca as used by Luferov includes Cyclopoid Copepoda. < - >da and Cladocr- This report is based on the slide mounted specimens in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. In all. the intestinal contents of about 310 specimens from over 10 genera of Tanypodinae v examine!. The Tanypodini are not included but are di.- :n another paper now in prt--- 1 Diptera. Chironomidae. - \ccepteil fi-r publication June 1". 1''68. .••ator. Department of Limnology. Academy .if Xatur . : Philadel- phia. Pa. 19103. 4 The support of the Xational Science Foundation < GE ol86"> i> gratefully acknowledged. I am indebted • • ;ral - the determina- 'he Art' i other than 14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1969 In the lists that follow, the number in boldface after each genus or species gives the number of specimens examined. The boldface numbers after the food categories give the number of specimens in which the par- ticular food species or genus was found, while the number preceding this indicates the number of specimens of the particular food species or category which were found. For example, in the Coelotanypodini, 15 specimens of Coelotanypus sp. were examined, 5 of these contained 7 specimens of Chiro- nomidae and 2 of these 5 contained 3 specimens of Pol\[>edilnin. No at- tempt was made to count the numbers of diatoms or desmids and a count of the Oligochaeta was impossible. The classification of invertebrates used is as in 2nd Edition of "Fresh Water Biology" (Edmondson, 1959). THE FOOD OF TAXYPODINAE LARVAE Diatoinaceae. — Almost all genera examined contained diatoms, in vary- ing concentrations, in their digestive tracts. Some evidence indicates these are an important food component ( Armitage, 1968) but in the specimens examined there was no wray to be sure that they were alive when ingested. Some may be taken along with debris as the larvae browses through the bottom or over vegetation in search of food. Their concentration might depend on whether the larva was living in shallower water where conditions for diatom growth were good or was moving through an area of frustule deposition. The species of the genus Procladhts had the greatest percentage of larvae with diatoms (95%), while the species, Pentaneurini sp. E with 23 c/f , was lowest. Both centric and pennate diatoms w^ere present. Desmidaceae. — The comments under diatoms apply equally well here. Specimens from pond situations had a greater concentration of desmids in their digestive tracts. Protozoa. — Only the case forming Testacea \vere observed. They were of sporadic occurrence and cannot be considered significant as food. Rot if era. — These are normally quite abundant in slower water and may be more significant as food than the meager records would indicate. The body parts are probably ground up by the diatoms and sand in the digestive tracts of the Tanypodinae larvae and cannot be distinguished. A loricate rotifer, Monostvla, was the only one found. Tardigrada. — Only one specimen was found (at best these are rare animals), tentatively identified as a tardigrade. Oligochaeta. — The presence of these worms in the digestive tracts was indicated by concentrations of body setae. It was impossible to count the number of individual worms involved. As far as could be determined from these setae, most of the worms present belonged to the genera Liiimodrilus or Tiibife.r. Except for the species of genera Coelotanypus and Clino- 80J ENTOMOUH.K Al. .\F.\\S 15 tanvpits, where from 33-50% of the- specimens examined contained worms, these did not seem to be an important component of the food of the Tany- podinae. Cladocera. — The cladoceran fauna of the digestive tracts of the Tanypo- dinae is large and varied. Over In species representing 10 or more genera were identifiable. There were undoubtedly many more whose remains were broken up or were hidden by debris and could not be identified. Most of the species found belonged to the Chydoridae. This family and correspond- ing superfamily are, according to Brooks (1959), bottom feeders on par- ticulate matter, thus they would be readily available as food for Tanypo- dinae larvae. A few head shields of Bosiniini sp. were found in the larvae examined but I have not included these in the lists. Bosinhut sp. is pri- marily a planktonic filter feeder and the head shields were probably of dead specimens picked up with bottom debris. Procladius sp. larvae appear to be the most voracious Cladocera predators. Thirteen specimens contained 21 Cladocera with 9 species and 7 genera represented. Ostnicoda. — Most of the shattered ostracod remains were beyond iden- tification due to the grinding action of the debris in the digestive tracts of the larvae. Only occasionally the shells were intact. Morgan (1949) says : "the contents of the midgut are churned up by vigorous muscular movements of the walls." The Ostracoda seem to form an important part of Tanypodinae food and were found in the species of all genera except Coclotanvpns. At times they seem to have been eaten in great numbers, e.g., 10 specimens were found in the digestive tract of one larva of a species of the Thienemannimyia group. Copcpoda.—T\ie copepods were used very sporadically as food of the species of Tanypodinae and cannot be considered an important component. Both the Cyclopoida and Harpacticoida were represented, but not the Calanoida. Insecta. — The lists show that chironomid larvae form an important part of the food species of Tanypodinae. A total of 15 recognizable genera were found in the digestive tracts of the larvae of Tanypodinae and many speci- mens were so broken or debris covered that they could be identified only to subfamily or tribe. Members of the Tanytarsini and Polypediluw spp. were the most common with the other genera randomly distributed. There is no evidence of any specific or generic preference. Members of the Thicnciiianninivia group of genera seemed to be the most voracious feeders on chironomid larvae with 2<> of the specimens examined containing larvae. Xon-cliironoiiiid insects as food were scarce. Only a few early instar Trichoptera. one <|uestionable lepidopteran. and one ceratopogonid larva 16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS January. 1969 were found. Morgan (1949) mentions that ceratopogonid larvae are sel- dom eaten. Acarina. — The mites, though very numerous in pond type aquatic en- vironments, were not abundant as food of the Tanypodinae larvae examined. Only 5 mites were found in all the specimens seen. Miscellaneous. — In addition to the aforementioned categories, the diges- tive tracts of the Tanypodinae larvae contained an assemblage of detritus, gravel, plant parts, unidentifiable eggs, turbellarian egg cocoons, sponge spicules and unidentifiable chitinous fragments. Undoubtedly a great many additional organisms are present in the digestive tracts of the larvae ex- amined but due to the amount of debris and gravel it is not always possible either to find or to identity these. I have found algae ( other than Diatoms and Desmids) sporadically and in most cases they were unidentifiable. Food of Tanypodinae COELOTANYPODINI Coelotanypus sp. 15 Diatomaceae 2 Oligochaeta Liiiinodrilits or Tubifc.v sp. 5 Cladocera non-Chydoridae sp. 2 — 2 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae 7 — 5 sp. 1—1 Polypcdilitm sp. 3—2 Chironomus sp. 2 — 2 Tanytarsini sp. 1 — 1 Coelotanypus tricolor ( Loe\v ) 5 Diatomaceae 1 Oligochaeta Liiiinodrilits or Titbifc.v sp. 1 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae sp. 1—1 Coelotanypus concinnus ( Coq. ) 32 Diatomaceae 10 Oligochaeta Litnnodrilus or Tnbifc.v sp. 11 Tnsecta, Diptera, Chironomidae -\ — 2 spp. 3 — 1 Psectroc'adiits sp. 1 — 1 Clinotanypus proh. pinguis ( Loexv) 24 Diatomaceae 6 Oligochaeta Litnnodrilus or Titbifc.r sp. 12 Ostracoda sp. 1—1 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae 3 — 2 sp. 1—1 Serf/entia sp. 1 — 1 ( 'hironomus sp. 1 — 1 MACROPELOPIINI Psectrotanypus dyari (Coq.) 13 Diatomaceae 11 Desmidaceae 4 Cladocera 2 — 2 Chydoras sp. 1 — 1 Chydoras sphcricus Miiller 1 — 1 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae 2 — 2 Tanypodinae 1 — 1 Trichocladius sp. 1 — 1 Natarsia proh. baltimoreus (Macq.1 16 Diatomaceae 13 Cladocera .-Uoncllii c.vcisa (Fischer) 1 — 1 Ostracoda sp. 4—2 Copepoda Harpacticoida 1 — 1 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae 2 — 2 sp. 1—1 Ploypedilum sp. 1 — 1 Procladius bellus (Loe\v) 5 Diatomaceae 5 Cladocera . llona sp. 2 — 2 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\YS 17 Copepoda sp. 1—1 Harpacticoida 2 — 1 Ostracoda sp. 1—1 Insecta, Diptera, Ceratopogonidae sp. 1—1 Acarina sp. 1— i Procladius ^\>\>. i\>r»]>. dcnticitliitits and frccmani Suhletu- ) 40 Diatomaceae 38 Desmidaceae 1 Protozoa . //•<•<•//p. 1 — 1 Difflugia sp. 3—2 I'KXT. \XEURINI Thienemannimyia Reihe Fittkau 66 Diatomaceae 23 Desmidaceae 2 1'rotozoa Testacea sp. 1 — 1 Tardigrada ? sp. 1—1 Cladocera 6 — 3 .llonclhi Intnutlata (Birge) 2 — 1 . llnilil sp. 2 — 2 Chydnras prob. oi'alis Kurz 1 — 1 Ostracoda sp. 21—8 hiM-cta, Diptera, Chironomidae 38 — 26 undet. spp. 10 — 8 Zarrcliiuy'ut .q>. 1 — 1 Labrundinia sp. 1 — 1 Rheorthocladius ': sp. 1 — 1 Trichocladius sp. 2 — 2 rsi'i-trocliidiiis sp. 2 — 2 Orthocladiinae sp. 2 — 2 Thienemanniella sp. 1 — 1 Polypedilum sp. 2 — 2 ( 'hirtinonnis sp. 2 — 1 Glyptotendipes senilis 1 (Job.) 1 — 1 Tendipedini spp. 4 — 2 Tanytarsini spp. 5 — 5 Trichoptera spp. 3 — 3 Lepidoptera puss Parargyractis sp. 1 — 1 Zavrelimyia sp. 7 Diatomaceae 5 Oligochaeta Limnodrilus or Tiihifc.v sp. 1 Ostracoda sp. 2—1 Insecta, Di])tera, Chironomidae 3 — 1 sp. 1—1 Thienemanniella sp. 1 — 1 >/<•;•< >/. •):. 3 18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1969 Cladocera 6 — 3 Lcydigia Icydigi (Schjzfdler) 1 — 2 Chydoras spJicricits Miiller 1 — 1 Alonclla c.rcisa (Fischer) 1 — 1 Eurycercus lainclatiis Miiller 1 — 1 sp. 1—1 Alotia affinis ( Leydig) 1 — 1 Ostracoda sp. 5 — 5 Copepoda sp. 1—1 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae 18 — 11 spp. 2-2 Zavrelimyia sp. 2 — 2 Orthocladiinae 2 — 1 Harnischia sp. 1 — 1 Microtendipes sp. 1 — 1 P olypedilum scaluciiiini (Schrank) 1 1 Tanytarsini spp. 6 — 3 Calopscctra sp. ? 3 — 2 Trichoptera sp. 1—1 Acarina sp. 1—1 Ablabesmyia peleensis (Walley) 22 Diatomaceae 15 Desmidaceae 1 Oligochaeta Limnodrilus or T \thijc.\- sp. 1 Cladocera 14—10 Alona sp. 1, 4 — 3 Alotia sp. 2, 1 — 1 Alona circumfimbriata (Megard) 1 — 1 Chydoras sphericus (Miiller) 7 — 6 Chydoridae sp. 1 — 1 Ostracoda sp. 14—6 Copepoda Cyclopoidea 1 — 1 Insecta, Diptera, Chironomidae 20 — 9 undet. spp. 5 — 4 Thienemanniella sp. 3 — 1 Cricotopus bicinctus ? (Meig.) 3 — 1 Orthocladius nr. nirnriiindus (Joh.) 1—1 Orthocladiinae sp. 1 — 1 Dicrotendipes sp. 2 — 2 P olypedilum illinoense (Mall.) 3 — 1 Tanytarsini sp. 2 — 2 Ablabesmyia monilis 1 (L.) 1 — 1 LITERATURE CITED ARMITAGE, P. D. 1968. Some notes on the food of chironomid larvae of a shallow woodland lake in South Finland. Ann. Zool. Fenici 5 : 6-13. BELYASKAYA, L. I. and A. S. KONSTANTINOV. 1956. The food of the larvae of Pru- cladius chorciis and damage to the food base of fish. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. Voprosy Ikhtiology 7: 193-203. BROOKS, J. L. 1959. Cladocera. Pp. 587-656 in Edmondson, W. T. (ed. ). EDMONDSON, W. T. (Ed.). 1959. Fresh Water Biology, 2nd ed. New York, John Wiley, xx + 1248 pp. KONSTANTINOV, A. S. 1961. Feeding in some predatory chironomid larvae. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Voprosy Ikhtiology 1(3)20: 570-582. LEATHERS, A. L. 1922. Ecological study of aquatic midges and some related insects with special references to their feeding habits. Bull. United States Bur. Fish. 38 (Doc. 915) : 1-61. LUFEROV, V. P. 1957. Food habits of the larvae of Ablabesmyia inoiiilis (L.) (Dip- tera: Tendipedidae). Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. Biol. Sci. Sec. (Translation) 116 (1/6) : 934-936. — . 1958. The feeding relationships of predatory tendipedids in the Rybinsk Reser- voir. Bull. Inst. Biol. Vodokranilisch. Akad. Nauk. 2: 16-19. — . 1961. The feeding of the larvae of Pelopiinae. Akad. Nark SSSR. Inst. Biol. Vodokranilisch. Trudy 4/7 : 232-245. MORGAN, M. J. 1949. The metamorphosis and ecology of sonic -|nrk-N of Tanypodi- nae. Ent. Mo. Mag. 85 : 119-126. WESENBERG-LUND, C. 1943. Bemerkungen iiber die Biologic der Chironomiden. Ent. Medd. 23 : 179-203. 8()| KNTOMOl.OOICAL NEWS 1 () New Species of Krombeinia Pate and Neotiphia Malloch (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae) ' I IAKKV \V. AU.KN :; ABSTRACT Since the genera Krombeinia and Neotiphia, uncommon Xorth American ua^i the family Tiphiidae, were revised in 1964, the author has examined more than twicr as many as were then available. Three new species of Kroitil>rinia and two of tipliia have been identified and are described in this paper. They an- Krombeinia Inirdi, K. iHi.rucdc. K. sciillcni. Neotiphia latirostrata, and A', annxactai'. The revision of the two genera of uncommon was] is. Knnnbciuia and 'ui. published in 1964 was based on a study of about 350 specimens. In this small number of specimens Allen and Krombein recogni/ed 19 spe- cies of Krombeinia, of which 15 were new to science, and 1(> species of Neotiphia. of which 9 were new to science, a total in the two genera of 38 species of which 24 were new to science. This has since been reduce' 1 In synonymy (Allen, 1965 ) to 35 species of which 22 were new to science. Since the publication of the 1964 revision, the author has examined an additional 880 specimens, or more than twice as many as were available in 1964. Among these only 5 new species have been recognized, all from Mexico, of which 3 are Krombeinia and 2 XcotipJiia. It would thus appear that future collecting will result in the discovery of relatively few new species. However, it should make it possible to recognize both sexes for numerous species now known in only one sex. All illustrations in this paper are by Mary II. Kuges. This study was made possible by the loan of material from the following institutions : \merican Museum of Natural History [AM XII | through Dr. J. G. Rosen, Jr.: California Academy of Sciences [CAS| through Mr. Hugh B. Leech; Cornell Univer- sity [Cl'| through Dr. L. L. I'echuman; Museum of Comparative Zoology [MCZ1 through Dr. Howard K. Kvans ; Oregon Slate I'niversity fOreSU| through Dr. Paul YY. Oman; Universitj of California, Berkeley ITCH I through Dr. 1'. D. Kurd, Jr.: University of California, Davis |rCD| through Mr. V T. McClay ; rnivcrsii California, Riverside [UCK| through Dr. Saul l-'nuumer ; University of Kansas It'KI through Dr. G. \Y. Byers ; United State* National Museum |USXM] through Di K. V. Krombein. llolotypes of l\ rmiihriuiu oaxacac, K. scnllcni. and AYc///'/i/<; >in> 1 This is the tenth paper by the author (the first as co-author with K. \ . krom- bein ) prepared under National Science Inundation Grants GB-1240 and GB- - Accepted for publication October 10, 1968. 3 Research h'ellow in l-'iitoniology. Academy of Xatural Sciences of Philadelphia, and Collaborator, Kniomology l\e-rarch Division, Agricultural Research Service. I'nited Stairs De|iartmcnt of Agriculture. Moorc>to\\ n, New Jersey. 20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS January, 1969 sactac (all new species) have been presented to the U. S. National Museum by the Entomology Department of Oregon State University. WiBS FIGS. 1-4. Krombeinia hurdi n. sp., male, from 16 mi W ot San Cristobal, Chiapas Mexico. 1, hind basitarsus. 2, left tegula. 3, abdomen showing tufts of hairs on sterna. 4, male genitalia. FIGS. 5-7. Knnnbcinia oaxacac n. sp., male, from 12 mi SE of Oaxaca, Mexico. 5, head outline. 6, dorsal pronotum. 7, section of forewing. Krombeinia hurdi NEW SPECIES (Figs. 1. 2, 3, 4) Diagnosis. — Male. A large species with tegula only slightly longer than wide, which differs from other described species in possessing conspicuous erect tufts of fine hairs on sterna 3, 4, and 5, and fine carinae on inside of hind basitarsus. Male. — Front with primary punctures ot first-degree density t<> above levrl <>t lowest ocellus except band as wide as an ocellus, with scattered secondaries on ln\\rr half. Antennal flagellum slender, 1.8 times as long as wide (3 measured were 1.77, 1.82, 1.92), with all joints but first much longer than wide. Cheek slightly wider than an antennal fossa. Head width 1.7 times least distance between eyes ( 3 measured were 1.7, 1.7, 1.7). Mandible without preapical denticle. 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL NKYVS 21 Dorsal pronotum without transverse rarina ; chiclly shagreened, with closely con- tiguous ])Hmary punctures; impunctate apex very narrow, scarcely one-sixth as long as punctate part. Lateral pronotum with its disc Hat and hearing ahout 10 short, parallel rugulae in ventral corner; without anterior process. Mesopleuron with primary punc- tures small, and over much of outer disc separated hy distances greater than their average diameter; micropunctures everywhere much more numerous than prim. Hind tibia on inner face with a large, sunken, clavate sensorial area. Hind hasitarsus (Fig. 1) on inner face with a thin (sometimes 2 parallel) carinae extending almost entire length of joint. Tegula (Fig. 2) broadly shagreened, orbicular on outer margin. without marginal grooves, 1.1 times as long as middle width. Forewing with infu- mated membrane; radius 1 contiguous to costal margin for much more than half its length. Dorsal propodeum outside areola faintly shagreened and finely aciculate, with a low, inconspicuous transverse carina. Areola only slightly tapered, with recurved sides ; length about one and one-half times apical width. Tergum 1 with a well- developed transverse carina; punctures very numerous, rather uniformly distributed and not differing in size or distribution from those of tergum 2. Tcrga 2 to 6 with punctures numerous, of moderate size and fairly uniform in distribution without im- punctate areas. Sternum 2 with a strong anterior transverse carina acutely pointed on median line. Sterna 3, 4, and 5 (Fig. 3) each with a median brush of dense, very long, fine, erect hairs. Sternum 6 not furcate apically, with a relatively narrow vitta slightly tapered toward apex, obscurely carinate, without bordering grooves; basally a low transverse carina which terminates laterally in a deep, longitudinally oriented incision. Genitalia (Fig. 4). Length, 12 to 14.5 mm. Female. — Unknown. Uolot\pc. — <$ ; 16 mi W of San Cristobal de las Casas, Chiapas, Mexico, d-\ 11-57 (P. D. Kurd) [UCB]. Paratyt>cs.—\\ same data as holotype [UCB|. 1; 35 mi F of San Cristobal, Chiapas, Mexico. 26-VII-57 (J. A. Chemsak & B. T. Rannells) [L'CB]. Discussion. — Krotnbeinia liurdi runs in the key (Allen c\: ECrombein, 1964) to tci/iilaris in couplet S. Krombeinia oaxacae XK\V SPECIES < Kigs. 5, 6, 7) I>idi;)iosis. — Dorsal pnmntum and tergum 1 \vithout trace ot transverse carina. Sternum 2 with a weak, anterior transverse carina. Sternum 6 with a median triangular carinate vitta terminating in a broad I -shaped transverse carina. Male. — Front with closely contiguous punctures to above level of loucst ocellus except for a very small area below lowest ocellus; with secondary punctures on les: than lower half; without median carina. Antennal flagellum 1.5 times as long as head width (2 measured were 1.55, 1.42). Head (Fig. 5) 2.0 times as wide as least ( tance between eyes <2 measured were 2.0, 2.0). Check slightly wider than an antennal fossa. Mandible with rudimentary preapical denticle. 22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1969 Dorsal pronotum (Fig. 6) without transverse carina ; punctate part with very fine, closely contiguous punctures except in a small medioapical area ; impunctate apex scarcely one-eighth length of punctate part. Lateral pronotum puncto-rugulose above, finely rugulose on ventral half, without groove across disc ; anterior process low hut sharp-crested almost to ventral corner. Mesopleuron with coarse, shallow primary punctures of first-degree density on outer disc ; minute secondaries everywhere much more numerous than primaries. Hind tibia with usual sunken clavate sensorial area which is continued basad of middle as a strong ridge terminating near base of joint. Tegula strongly shagreened ; 1.35 times as long as middle width; outer margin broadly curved without marginal grooves. Forewing (Fig. 7) with radius 1 distinctly diverg- ing from costal margin on more than half its length. Dorsal propodeum polished rugulose at sides, near areola strongly reticulate over fine shagreening; transverse carina low, crooked. Areola with recurved sides, concave near apex, not enclosed apically, about one and one-half times as long as apical width. Posterior aspect of propodeum not concave ; with median carina on lower two-thirds. Tergum 1 with anterior face normally declivous; with a small median patch of dense minute punctures; without trace of transverse carina; dorsum uniformly set with median-sized punctures except for a preapical band of smaller punctures about 3 punc- tures wide. Terga 3, 4, and 5 densely set with punctures of moderate and nearly uniform size ; hairs of abdominal terga yellow. Sternum 2 with a faint, crooked trans- verse carina. Sternum 6 notched on side ; apex not furcate ; vitta at apex with median and lateral carinae, expanded basally into a slender triangle and ending at a broad, U-shaped transverse carina. Length, 10 mm. Female. — Unknown. Ho1otypc.—<$\ 12 mi. SE cf Oaxaca. Hidalgo, Mexico, 22-VIII-63. 5,350 ft. (Scullen & Bolinger) [USNM]. Discussion. — Known only from holotype specimen. This species is exceptional in having no trace of dorsal pronotal carina or transverse carina on tergum 1. This species runs in Allen oc Krombein's key to robust a in couplet 8. Krombeinia sculleni NEW SPECIES (Figs. 8, 9, 10) Diagnosis. — Male. A small, T//>///a-like species with two transverse carinae on tergum 1, the posterior one low, crooked, and bordering a broad preapical area of shallow and very irregular punctures of many sizes and shapes. Male. — Front with punctures chiefly of first-degree density, thinning out a I level of lowest ocellus; without secondary punctures. Antennal flagellum slender, all joints except first much longer than wide, 1.5 times as long as head width (4 measured were 1.52, 1.39, 1.56, 1.44). Head (Fig. 8) 2.2 times as wide as least distance between eyes. (5 measured were 2.2, 2.3, 2.2. 2.2, 2.1.) Cheek slightly narrower than an antennal fossa. Mandible without perapical denticle. 80] ENTO M OU>< . I ( ' A I- .\ K \\ S 23 Dorsal pronotuni with complete, sharp-crested transverse carina, densely punctate except for a narrow lateral and crescent-shaped median impunctate apex, with numerous secondaries laterally. Lateral proiiotum usually with a series nf nhscure rugulae across disc; anterior process low, and rounded except at humeral angle. Mesopleuron with primary punctures on outer disc separated in all directions by much more than their average diameter; minute secondaries much more numerou^ FIGS. 8-9. Krombcinia scitllcni n. sp., male, from 5 mi SE of Oaxaca, Mexico. 8, head outline. 9, left tegula. FIG. 10. K. scnllcni n. sp., male from Oaxaca, Mexico, terguin 1. FIGS. 11-12. Ncotiphia hitirnxtrata n. sp., male from 3 mi W of Pachuca, Hidalgo, Mexico. 11, antenna. 12, sternum 6 showing longitudinal and transverse carinae. than primaries except on ventral aspect. Hind tibia with sensorial area relatively small, clavate, not sunken. Tegula (Fig. 9) orbicular on outside. 1.2 times as long as middle width. Forewing with radius 1 attaining costal margin one-halt distance from apex of radial cell. Dorsal propodeum with transverse carina very high ; area beside areola without punctures. Areola rectangular, almost twice as long as wide, with median carina short and buttressing posterior transverse carina. Terguin (Fig. KM with a high. 24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January. 1969 anterior, transverse carina buttressed by a regular series of sbort ridges ; posterior dorsum on lower two-fifths with coarse, shallow punctures very irregular in si/cc and shape and limited anteriorly by a crooked, transverse ridge. Intermediate terga with numerous, rather fine shallow punctures, more numerous anteriorly and in a row just cephalad of the broad impunctate apices. Pygidium with punctate part bordered by lateral groove and bordering carinae. Sternum 2 without anterior transverse carina. Sternum 6 with its lateral edge moderately notched ; its apex broadly furcate ; median vitta with low, bordering carinae ; without basal transverse carina. Length, 5.5 to 7 mm. Female. — Unknown. Holotypc.—^; Oaxaca, Oaxaca, Mexico, 5,068 ft. 24- VI 11-57 (H. A. Scullen1) [USNM]. Paralyses. — 4: same data as holotype (one lacks a head and another an abdomen) [OreSU]. 3; 3 mi N of Huajuapan de Leon, Oaxaca, Mexico, 8-IX-59 (R. H. & E. M. Painter) [UK]. 1: 5 mi S of Oaxaca, Mexico, 6,150 ft, 21-VIII-63 (Scullen & Bolinger) [OreSU]. Discussion. — This species more closely resembles a Tipliia than any Kroinbcinla so far discovered. The polished apical hands of the terga are Tiphia-like. However, the male possesses the notched margin of sternum 6, a vitta of sternum 6 bordered by carinae. and a radial cell with radius 1 only gradually sloped from its apex to the costal margin, all distinctive Ki'Oinbeinia characters. A', scnllcni runs in kev (Allen & Krombein, 1(>(>4 i to couplet 6. In size, it is intermediate between parra of 5 mm m- less and the species of large or moderate size. Neotiphia latirostrata XE\Y SPECIES (Figs. 11, 12) Diagnosis. — Male. Flagellum of antenna short, about as long as width of head. Clypeus with a black, broad-tipped clypeal beak. Median depres- sion of sternum 6 terminating basally at a long transverse carina which is not invaginated at middle. Male. — Front with punctures of first-degree density except for an area below ocellar triangle and about as large where they are of second-degree density ; without secondaries; with an obscure, narrow, median carina. Antennal flagellum (Fig. 11) short and stubby, 1.1 times as long as width of head (4 measured were 0.98, 1.09, 1.11, 1.05). Cheek much wider than an anlennal fossa. Head width 1.65 times least diameter between eyes (4 measured were 1.68, 1.62, 1.65, 1.65). Clypeus produced in a conspicuous beak with its apex black, about as wide as an antennal fossa, its di>c concave, its base much broader than antennal base line ; lateral pit exceptionally enlarged, deep, as broad as mandible. Mandible without preapical cusp. Area border- ing oral cavity with numerous small secondary punctures but without dense pubescence. Occiputal carina without projections. Dorsal pronotum with complete transverse carina; punctate part ranging from first- to third-degree density, without secondaries, about as long as impunctate part. 80] EXTOMoUM.ICAL XK\\ S _! : Lateral pronotum with scattered punctures on upper half, obscure rugulae in ventral corner; with a short inconspicuous groove on middle disc; anterior ]>n>ce>s low with rounded crest. Mesopleuron with coarse punctures everywhere of first-degree density, without interspersed secondaries; with abundant long fine hair. Hind tibia on inner face with usual sunken, clavate sensorial area on distal half. Hind ha>harsu> 5.5 time-, as long as middle width. 'IV;ula broader than long with a groove about its apical margin. Forewing with its membrane moderately infuscated. Dorsal propodeum with a high transverse carina ; area beside areola obscurely coarse reticulate. Areola strongly tapered, length slightly greater than basal width and one and one-half times apical width. Tergum 1 with anterior aspect almost per- pendicular to dorsuni ; transverse carina strong with numerous buttressing ridges; dorsum with many medium-sized punctures, on sides of first-degree density. Inter- mediate terga with medium-sized punctures of fairly uniform distribution; with white hairs. Tip of escutcheon of sternum 1 not spine-like. Sternum 2 without anterior transverse carina. Sternum 6 (Fig. 12) with median depression deep, with strong, narrow median keel, broadly flaired at middle, terminating at a long transverse carina which is not invaginated medially. Length. 9 to 11.5 mm. Female. — Unkm >wn. // '/<>/v/v. — £ ; 3 mi \Y of Pachuca. Hidalgo, Mexico. 24-YI-53, on pepper tree [UK]. far ut v/v.s-. — 3 ; same data as holotype |l"K|. /Discussion. — Neotiphia latirostrata runs in key (Allen 6c Krombein, !(>(>4i to barhata in couplet 4. It appears related to rostmta Allen and hiirhata Allen cv Krombein. It differs from both in having a broader beak which is black at its tip. It lacks the coarse spines on the occiputal carina of rostrata. and the abruptly invaginated transverse carina of the sixth ster- num found in both rostmta and harhata. Neotiphia aurisaetae, \E\V SPECIES Diagnosis. — Female. Xcotiphia aurisaetae runs in key (Allen & Krom- bein. 1964) to icaltoni in couplet 25, from which it differs in lacking a series of pits on lateral pronotum parallel to its posterior margin, in having golden hairs and bristles on dorsal pronotum and abdominal terga, and in having the elevated part of the pygidium acutely pointed and not obtusely rounded at apex. Female. — Vertex without minute punctures. Front without interspaces wider than an ocellus; median carina very short but high enough to be visible in profile. I 'orsuin of pronotum with transverse carina weak but complete; punctures everywhere of first-degree density; bristly hairs golden. Side of pronotum with parallel rngulae on more than lower half; without a series of pits parallel to posterior margin. Hind tibia on inside with sensorial area a minute oval pit, its length much less than half width of micropunctate band. Tegula broader than long, posterior edge without a vertical face. Forewing with a rlavous membrane. Abdominal terga with golden hairs and bristles, apical rows brilliantly golden. Pygidium with punctate part abruptly elevated on posterior border, its apex extended in an acute point. 26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS January, 1969 Length, 11 mm. Male. — Unknown. Holotypc.—^; 15 mi S of Puebla, Puebla, Mexico, 5,200 ft, 6-IX-57 ( H. A. Scullen) [USNMJ. REFERENCES CITED ALLEN, H. W., and K. V. KKOMBEIN. 1964. A revision of Ncotiphia Malloch and Kroinhciniii Pate (Hymenoptera : Tiphiidae). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 89: 211-275. ALLEN, H. W. 1965. Tiphiinae (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae) of western North Amer- ica. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 117: 45-115. The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and rr.useums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. The Garden Centiped at London, Ontario. — Two garden centipeds, Seittisville discovered several children in the elementary grades infested with mature head lice. As a routine measure, school authorities notified the Clinton County Board of Health. A joint inspection of students and staff by school and board of health officials uncovered no new infestations of mature lice, but found an alarmingly high rate of students and a few staff members infested with objects the}- believed to be nits, with the highest incidence among senior high school students. Believing that these were louse eggs and that an outbreak of epidemic proportions had developed, board of health officials closed the school. An inspection station was set up at the school for students; residents of Rossville were also urged to be inspected. Public health nurses con- ducted the inspections during the first few days of operation and. then- after, volunteer parents performed this function. An entomologist from Purdue I'niversity visited the inspection station on its second dav of operation and encouraged the inspectors to collect and preserve specimens of any stage of this louse for identification. Only two specimens were collected on this date and both were identified as the egg of the head louse. ( )ver a period of one week, school and public health authorities collected approximately fifty specimens for identification. Examination ot these spe- cimens revealed that they were not nits, but minute pieces of human scalp which had been glued around the hair. These closely resembled nits that magnifications of 40 to 50 Y had to be used to distinguish their identity 'Journal Paper \'<>. 34S2 of the I'unlue I'niversity Agricultural Experiment Station. '-' I tepnrtiiH'iii of Entomology, IVnlue I'niversity, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. ; \ivepted tn|- publiratii Hi llrtoluT 17, 1%8. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January. 1(''»(| These pieces of scalp were probably dislodged during shampooing and the glueing agent may have been hair spray or any other of a number of grooming aids on the market today. Barnes and Keh ( 1959) noted that among objects mistaken for nits have been particles of scabby tissue attached to hairs (probably due to some other scalp condition ) and globules of solidi- fied hair net spray. In addition to mistaking objects in the hair for nits, aphids and psocids were also mistaken for mature lice by some residents of the community. In this particular situation, cold weather was immobilizing large numbers <>t aphids on trees and some of these aphids would fall from trees landing on heads of people walking or working under them. Also psocid popula- tions build up in the humid summer in closed schools. This resulted in some popular confusion over possible louse-plant relationships. In summary, a few suggestions are offered to public health officials when faced with a head louse problem. 1. Obtain the services of a competent entomologist at the first signs of an infestation of this insect. Usually, a state university or the state board of health will have an entomologist to assist with the entomological aspects of the problem. 2. Retain all specimens collected for identification. Specimens should be preserved in 70f/c ethanol. 3. Keep an up-to-date library containing references to aid with insect problems. The literature cited at the end of this paper is very useful. Two important conclusions can be drawn from this situation : ( 1 ) The entomologist must continue to play an important, active part on the public health team, and (2) public health officials must continue to participate in entomological training sessions. These training courses need to be intensified to include not only biology, identification and control of medi- cally important insects, but also the- epidemiology and dynamics of insect outbreaks. LITKK.YITKI-: CITKD BARNES, A. M. and B. KEH. 1959. The biology and control of lice on man. Cali- fornia Vector Views 6(2) : 7-11. BUXTON, P. A. 1°47. The louse. Kdxvard Arnold & Co., London. 164 pp. PRATT, H. D. and K. S. LITTIG. 1961. Lice of public health importance ar.d their control. Training Guide, Insect Control Series, pt. 8, Public Health Scrv. Publ. no. 772, 16 pp. The December Issue was mailed January 10, MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Xo. 20. Hoi^ard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider \Yasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae ( Hymen- optera : Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates. 80 maps $12.50 Xo. 21. Eric G. Matheu's — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Surve the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 X'o. 22. RicJiard M. Fo.v — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages. 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 Xo. 23. Beatrice R. J7ogel — A list of Xe\v Xorth American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickcl — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotcs Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. I'rofcssor of Entomology at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described: illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology, and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1%8 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 postpaid I' minted ,ni henry. durable AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5(>50 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Pieris protodice (Lepid. ), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Bin or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri- can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U. S. A. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition ; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10^ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Dipteral Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to : R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. For Sale: Coleopterists' Bulletin, volumes 1 to 19, complete, unbound. S(|5un. Selwyn S. Roback, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, l^tb and Parkway. Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Mirli.icl Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of ;;11 families from Middle Kurope prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. FEBRUARY, 1969 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTEXTS REARIXC MANTISPA JOHN A. DAVIDSON, P. 29 TREEHOPPERS OF CERTAIN MISSISSIPPI KIYKR ISLANDS CLIFFORD J. DENNIS, P. 32 LIFE HISTORY, HABITAT, AND TAXONOMIC CTARACTF.RS OK THE LARVA OF MOCHLONYX FULICI: \osrs ROBERT W. LAKE, p. 34 REYISIONARY CONSPECTUS OF XEOCEOPHIUDAE RALPH E. CRABILL, p. 38 REYJSION OF THE TERMITOPHILOUS STHFAMILY TRICHOPSENINAE DAVID H. KISTNER, p. 43 THE KXTO.MOI.OI.IST'S RECORD, PP. >v, 43. 5,\ 5o THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S LIIIKAKY. p. 54 THK ENTOMOLOGIST'S MARKET PLACE. BACK COYER COM IXC NEXT [SSUE: GIANT HAIRY SCORPIONS MAR 4 1969 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 FEBRUARY. 1969 No. 2 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARXETT, JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 64 inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would lu- greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to ihe general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desira^e. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. REARING MANTISPA VIRIDIS WALKER IN THE LABORATORY (NEUROPTERA, MANTISPIDAE) ' Jo 1 1.\ A. I ) A vi i >SON -'• ; Few detailed biological observations of the genus Mantis pa have been recorded in the literature. Brauer (1869), studying Mantispa st \riaca Poda, was among the first to publish such on the hypermetamorphosis of mantispids. McKeown and Mincham (1948) presented a comprehensive account of the biology of M. rittata Guerin in Australia. In contrast to the work reported herein they were unable to rear larvae found in the fall, while larvae found in the spring could be reared. They found egg incuba- tion varied from 16-40 days. Lucchese ( 1955, 195(>) detailed the biology of M. pcrla Pallas along with descriptions of the first instar and adult. Peterson (1951) presented a dorsal view of M. interrupt a Say without setae. Parfin (1958) gave a host record synopsis for the Mantispidae along with longevity notes including 81 days for one female M. viridis Walker. On 4 October one female Mantispa 1'iridis was collected by sweeping at Carderock. Maryland. Although kept in a glass vial at room temperature with neither food nor water she produced 528 stalked eggs six days later. Of this total 46 eggs never showed signs of embryonic development, 28 developed embnos which failed to hatch, and 453 eclosed 10 days later; an 86% hatch. For several hours following eclosion the majority of the first instar larvae remained motionless among the cluster of eggs. Xo in- stances of egg destruction or canabalism were noted in this stage. Rearing was begun with 24 first instar M. t'iridis larvae (Fig. 3) which were placed in glass covered microsyracuse dishes to which food was added as needed. Before feeding began they were extremely active in their search for food. After feeding began they became highly distended and soon mobility was lost allowing easy manipulation. Two cases of cana- balism were noted, shortly after the appearance of the second instars. Thereafter each larva was reared separately. The first food presented consisted of spider eggs removed from the egg case of a species of Theridiidae. Although well developed spiderlings could be seen within the choria. the first instar larvae soon attached themselves and began feeding. Kach larva first penetrated the egg chorion and then 1 Scientific Article Xo. A 14X1, Contribution No. 41 lf), of the Maryland Agricul- tural Experiment Station. 1 )e]iartnient of Entomology. 2 Department of Kntoinology, L'niversitv of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 3 I wish to thank Mr. F. !•". Wood and Mr. I). O. Cordts for providing spider eggs and Dr. !•".. (i. MacLeod for lii^ suggestions concerning the foreign literature. 29 30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 the abdomen of the spiderling. Each larva remained attached for one or more hours until all available body fluids had been sucked from the unborn host. At the end of the first instar each larva was distended approximately three times its original size. FIGS. 1-4. Mmitispa riridis Walker: 1, dorsal view of first instar head: 2. dorsal view of second instar head; 3, dorsal view of first instar larva: 4, dorsal view of fourth instar larva. Second inhtar larvae ( Fig. 4) appeared six days after eclosinn. There was a notable reduction in the length of the head and its appendages, par- ticularly the labial palps, between the first instar ( Fig. 1 ) and the .second instar (Fig. 2). In addition the eyes and sclerotized areas were lost and the legs much reduced. The body of the second instar was also much thicker and ended in a point. The second instar larvae were fed eggs of the long-bodied cellar spider, J'liulcus phalangioides ( Fuesslin). Pholcidae. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\\S 31 Third instar larvae resemble second instar larvae in general appear- ance. Pupation occurs within the exuvium of the third instar which is shed in fragments. Third instar larvae were also fed spider eggs (P. pluilain/ioidcs) but not enough eggs were available to satisfy the require- ments of the mantispid larvae. A search was begun for a substitute food. The third instar larvae remained unfed for four days following their last feeding of spider eggs. On the fifth day each larva was given a second instar cabbage looper which had been reared on artificial media. It was necessary to crush the looper's head to render it motionless. \Yhile the mantispids probed the looper larvae with their mouthparts, they appeared unable to penetrate the cuticle. Therefore each looper was pierced with a probe and the wound presented to a mantispid larva. Feeding began immediately and continued for two or more hours until the loopers appeared dehydrated. Two days later loopers were again fed to the mantispids in the same manner. The major drawback of this procedure lies in the fact that escaping body fluids dry and tend to cement the looper to the head of the mantispid larva. The looper must then be carefully cut away from the mantispid. Shortly after the second feeding of loopers the mantispids began cocoon spinning, with the pure white silk issuing from the anus. At this time the head and thoracic regions of the larvae appeared greatly enlarged. The flimsy cocoons were all completed in less than six hours. The cocoons were then removed so that pupation could be observed. Eight pupae were produced from the original 24 larvae but only three adults emerged. It is believed dehydration caused the death of the remaining pupae. The average life cycle in the laboratory at room temperature from egg to adult required 50 days and may be summarized as follows : Incubation period, 10 days; first instar. 5-7 days; second instar. 5-9 days: third instar. 11-13 days; pupal period, 15 days. REFERENCES CITED HKAIKK, F. 1869. Beschreibung dcr venvandlungsgeschichte dcr Mantisf>a styriaca 1'oda und betrachtungen iihcr die sogennante hypermetamorphose Fahres. Verb. K. K. Zool. Bot. C,es. Wien., 19: 831-840. l.i ic IIKSK. K. 1955. Ricerche sulla Mantispa perla Pallas ( Xcuroptera : Planipennia —Family Mantispidae) . Perugia. U. degli Studi Facol. di Agr. Ann., 11: 242- 262. LIK IIKSK, I-'.. l(>5f). Kicrrche sulla Mantispa perla Pallas (Xcuroptera: Planipennia —Family Mantispidae). Perugia. U. degli Studi Facol. di Agr. Ann., 12: 83- Me l\i :m\ \. Kiirn C. and V. II. MIXCHAM. 1948. The biology of an Australian mantispid ( Muntispu rittatti (iuerin). Australian Zool., 11: 207-224. PARIIX. S. 195S. Notes on the bionomics of the Mantispidae (Neuroptera: Plani- pennia). Fntomol. News, 69: 203-207. PKTI-I:SOX, A. 1"51. Larvae of insects. Pt. 11. Publ. by the author, Columbia, Ohio. 416 pp., ill. 32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 Treehoppers of Certain Mississippi River Islands (Homoptera, Membracidae) x CLIFFORD J. DENNIS 2 During 1968 a study was made to determine the treehopper species, their hosts and seasonal incidences on the islands of the Mississippi River between miles 621 and 623 on the Corps of Engineers Navigation Chart. This is eight to ten miles below the point where the Wisconsin River flows into the Mississippi. The work was supported in part by a research grant from the Board of Regents of Wisconsin State Universities. To the Board and to my wife, Maxine, who aided in collections I wish to express my appreciation. The precise number of islands varied somewhat, depending on water level, but for most of 1968 these numbered 52. They range in size from about six by three feet to slightly over a mile in length bv about one-six- teenth of a mile in width. Most are rather long, slender and of alluvial formation. All of them are low-lying and subject to periodic flooding. The usual spring flood did not occur in 1968. However, there was an atypical moderate flooding during late June and the first half of July. Considering the islands as a whole, the dominant tree species are silver maple and American elm. However, the conditions described by Curtis (1959) with reference to the wet segment of Wisconsin southern lowland forests prevail : "The average values in Table VIII — 1 tend to obscure the fact that several different combinations of species are included within the wet segment. On pioneer sites along sand bars, mud flats, and other open places of recent soil disturbance near the water's edge, the usual forest is dominated by black willow (Soli.r nitjra} and cottonwood (Popitlits dcl- toidcs). On open sites near the upland edge of the wet ground, river birch and swamp white oak (Quercits blcolor) are the usual dominants. As both of these types mature, they are invaded by silver maple (Acer saccharinum} and American elm (Ulintis ainencana ) , thus accounting for the high values attained by these species in the averages." The shrubs are few, but there is a growth of lianas, principally poison ivy, woodbine and grape. Poison ivy in its low-lying form is the prevalent ground cover over many of the islands, particularly those which have progressed beyond the black willow-cotton wood stage. Weekly observations and collections were made from mid-May through September and twice in October. Records were obtained by direct observa- 1 Accepted for publication October 26, 1968. 2 Wisconsin State University, Whitewater, Wisconsin 53190. SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\\S 33 tion, by collecting from a boat with a net at the end of fifteen foot ]>o1e ;md by net while walkng on the islands. ( Ye.s. I fell out of the boat ono Of the 52 islands, 17 yielded treehoppers. all of which were collected from swamp white oak onlv. .Adult Cyrtolobus t/iscoidalis ( Kmmons i and C. niaculifruntis (Emmons) were found throughout June; (". hclcnu Wood- ruff and C. qucrci (Fitch) throughout June and early July: C. pallidifrontis i Kmmons) throughout June. July and early August. One adult specimen of Xantholobus nntticits ( Kabricius ) was collected on June 23. A single nym])h of Tclainona Fitch sf>. was found on July 28. In both Wisconsin ( Dennis and Dicke, 1953 ) and Oklahoma (Dennis. 1963) males of Cwto- lolnts and Xantholobns were found on the same trees as the females. I low ever, while all species known from these islands are represented b\ females, only C. Jniena Woodruff and C. pallidifrontis ( Emmons i also included males. The seven kinds of treehoppers known to inhabit these islands compare with the 45 species I have found on adjacent bluffs and farmlands in Wisconsin. Plants such as red oak, bitterntit hickory. American elm, basswood, haw, stinging nettle, woodbine and grape which have produced adult treehoppers in mainland areas are growing on the islands but are devoid of membracids. The only nymphs noted were those of C\'i'tolol>ns s[>. and the one telamon, all of which were found on swamp white oak only; none were noted on groundlayer herbaceous plants. Since some tree- hoppers utilize herbaceous hosts as nymphs and trees as adults it would appear that only those which may inhabit swamp white oak as both nvmphs and adults are present. LITERATURE CITED O'RTis, JOHN T. 1959. The vegetation of Wisconsin. The L'nivcrsity of Press. DI-.XNIS, CLIFFORD J. and ROBERT J. DICKE. 1953. The Membracidae of the sity of Wisconsin Arboretum. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sciences, Arts and Letters, 42: 131-141. 1963. Menibracidae in a southern Oklahoma woods, i'roc. Oklahoma V.td Sci., 41 : 82-83. 34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 Life History, Habitat, and Taxonomic Characters of the Larva of Mochlonyx fuliginosus ] ~ ROBERT W. LAKE 3' 4 Cook (1956) describes three species of Mochlonyx in the Nearctic area: MocJilony.r chictipes ( Coquillett), M. fitliginosits (Felt) and M. vcliitinns ( Rutbe ) . The adults are mosquito-like in appearance with short mouth- parts. They are not known to bite, hence they and other members of the Chaoboridae have often been called non-biting mosquitoes. The larvae are predaceous to some degree upon mosquito larvae, as well as other aquatic life such as cladocerans, ostracods, copepods and protozoa. Investigations by O'Connor (1959) in Ohio on AI. cinctipes and James (1957) in Ontario on M. re! lit in us indicated that larvae of these species were not very efficient in reducing the population of pest mosquito larvae in their respective study areas. M. fnlii/inosits ( Felt. 1905) was first described from a single female collected at Nassau. New York. The male was later described by Dyar and Shannon (1924). To date no detailed description of the larva or pupa has been published. J\l. fuliginosus is apparently very rare in collections but this may be due, in part, to the lack of information about the biology and habitat of the species. Available records of collections indicate the following distribution in North America : New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Quebec and Ontario. The author's observations on this species were made in Passaic County. New Jersey and Bristol County, Massachusetts. Habitat. — The collecting and observation site for this species in Passaic County, New Jersey was a cold, sphagnum bog, heavily shaded by hemlock (Tsuga canadensis ( L. ) Carr), white pine (Finns strobns L. ) and rhodo- dendron (Rhododendron maximum L.). Manv hummocks were present on which blueberry (J'accininin sp. ) and swamp laurel (Kalniia polijol'm Wang.) predominated. In Massachusetts, blueberry swamps and white cedar (Chatnaccyparis tliyoidcs (L.) BSP.) swamps proved to be the preferred habitat. These swamps generally had a dense cover of sphagnum 1 Published as Miscellaneous Paper No. 587 with the approval of the Director of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication No. 384 of the Depart- ment of Entomology and Applied Ecology. - Diptera, Chaoboridae. The present paper follows the usage by Stone (1956) of according family rank to the group of insects formerly limited to the subfamily ('1 ao borinae of the Culicidae. 3 Research Associate, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware. 4 Accepted for publication June 5, 1968. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\VS 35 moss (Sphagnum spp. ) and were interspersed with small hummocks. In one instance a pool produced by the overflow of a small stream and partly protected by a large rock, contained a number of larvae and pupae. This pool was shaded by a dense growth of Alder ( Alnus sp. ). Life Cycle. — Egg: No eggs were seen or collected during these observa- tions but it is probable, that the overwintering eggs, are oviposited in tin- leaf litter and debris of dry swamps and bogs similar to those of other Mochlony.r species (James. 1957, O'Connor, 1959). Larva: During May and June. M. jitln/iiiosits larvae arc often asso- ciated with M. cinctipes and M. veli/tinns but unlike these two species it is multivoltine, a number of generations being present throughout the summer and fall. In the two areas studied Mocliltniy.r larvae collected after the middle of June were almost certain to be M. jiilii/inosns. Larvae have been collected in all months from May to December. Earliest collections were made on May 23 and the latest on December 1 . The greatest number of larvae and pupae were collected in dark pro- tected holes ui'der hummocks present in the bog or swamp habitat. CuHscIa inelanitra (Coquillet) also prefers such an environment and was pres- ent in many of the M. fuliginosus collections. In the laboratory .!/. iiiHi/i- HOSIIS larvae readily feed on C. nielainira larvae and undoubted!)-, in nature, tirst and second instar C. melanura larvae are consumed. Cannibalism was noted on one occasion with specimens confined in a small jar. In addition to C. uiclannra larvae, other mosquito larvae found asso- ciated with M . jiilit/hiosus were Cule.r tern'tatis Walker. . ledes c. canadeitsis (Theobald) and Culiseta morsitans d\arl ( Coquillett ). I'll pa: The pupa, unlike pupae of the closely related Culicidac. re-mains below the water surface until eclosion is imminent. The length of pupal period in specimens reared in the laboratory was three or four days. Adult: Adults were observed adjacent to the breeding holes. They were often flushed from dark recesses under roots and stones in close proximity to the emergence sites. On one occasion, vi/. December 1. 1"5; in Passaic County. New Jersey, a female was observed emerging from a pupa at the water's surface. The temperature of the water at this time was close to the freezing point. Ta.vonoiiiic Xotes. — Edwards (1930) first synonomi/ed M. martinii with the species Martini ( l(»2(h described as M. relittimis I Ruthc i and stated his reasons as follows: "! consider that a new name should be given to the species described by Martini as M. -t'eliitiinis because Kuthc's de- scription appears to fit the common M. culiciformis better and becan-e the I'.ritish Museum possesses ( ierman specimens rained 1>\ Kutbe himself which are certainly M. culiciformis." Cook (1(>5<>) suggested that the 36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 European M. martini! (Edwards) was possibly synonymous with M. fuli- gosus (Felt), Freeman (1962) confirmed this claim by examination of British and Finnish material of J\I. uiartinii and by comparing adults with figures and descriptions of American specimens and stated "AI. fuliginosus now has a Holarctic distribution." The author has also examined larvae and pupae labeled M. uiartinii from Abisko, Sweden in the British Museum collection and found that these stages agree very closely with American specimens of M. fuliginosus and descriptions and figures of Martini (1929) and further substantiates the synonymy. FIG. 1. Terminal segments of larvae of Maclilony.v: A. Mochlony.v juliginosus show- ing paired structures at distal end of siphon. B. Mochlony.v cinctipes. Description of Larva: Martini ( 1929) provides a very brief description and figures the head and its appendages as well as the end of the siphon of M. vclittiinis (-- M. fuliginosus). He states that the breathing tube has a pair of feathered hairs at the end. Specimens of J\I. fuliginosus examined by the author had paired structures at the distal end of the siphon but these were solid in character and never appeared as feathered hairs. Third and fourth instar larvae of AI. jnlit/inosus can be separated readily from J\l . cinc- tipcs and il/. vclitthuis by the shape of the siphon and the presence of the paired structures at the distal end of the siphon ( Fig. 1 ) . The second instar of M. fuliyinosus can also be separated from these other species by the paired structures at the end of the siphon, but the siphon is shorter and stouter similar to M. cinctipcs and M. t'clitthins and is not a good separating diagnostic character in this stage. so i ENTO M ( ) LOGICAL X K\Y S LITERATURE CITED 37 COOK, E. I". 1956. The Nearctic Chaoborinae ( I)i])lera : Culicidae). Univ. Minne- sota Agr. Expt. Sta., Tech. Bull. 218. 102 pp. DYAR, H. G. and R. C. SHAXXOX. 1024. The American Chaoborinae. Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus. 12 : 207. EDWARDS, F. W. 1930. The BritiMi species of Cliiiolmnts and M»clilin>y.\-. Ent. Monthly Mag. 66: 165. FELT, E. P. 1905. New York State Mus. Bull. 97. p. 458. FREEMAN, P. 1962. Notes on Chaoboridae (Diptera: Nematocera), with descrip- tions of a new genus and of two new species from Australia and Africa. Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (B) 31 : 41-43. JAMES, H. G. 1957. Moclilony.r rclntiniis ( Kiithe ) (Diptera: Culicidae) an occa- sional predator of mosquito larvae. Canadian Ent. 89(10) : 470-480. MARTINI, E. 1929. Culicidae. Lindcr, Die Fliegen der Palearktischen Region. 3: (fasc. 11, 12), 48-50. O'CoxxoK. C. T. 1959. The life history of Mochlony.v cinctipcs ( Coquillett) (Dip- tera: Culicidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 52: 519-523. SIOXE, A. 1956. Corrections in the taxonomy and nomenclature of mosquitoes. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 58 : 333. The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of 'concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. The Salt Marsh Habitat: A special project of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, was begun at a meeting in 1967 following a lecture on the ecology of the mud flat-salt marsh habitat. A number of the members expressed concern regarding tin- rapid disappearance of this habitat due to commercial development. Subsequently, a salt marsh habitat committee was appointed to stimulate studies in central California. The Society is now sponsoring publication of notes and observations on salt marsh insects (and other terrestrial arthropods) for publications in the Pan-Pacific Ento- mologist. Articles should be submitted to the editor of the Journal, California Acad- emy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 941 IS. An annoted bibliography of Cali- fornia species of salt marsh insects will appear in Volume 44, Xo. 4, 1"(>S. It is our hope that entomological societies in other geographic locations will undertake a similar interest and sponsorship of articles on the salt marsh habitat.— JOEL I'. GUSTAFSON, Professor of Ecology and Systematics, San Francisco State College. Chairman. Salt Marsh Habitat Committee, Pacific Coast Entomological Society. (Continued on p. 43) 38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February. 1969 Revisionary Conspectus of Neogeophilidae with Thoughts on a Phylogeny ' 1\. E. CRABILL, Jn.3-4 The most distinctive and phylogenetically revealing structures of the Neogeophilidae are, I believe, their absolutely unique first maxillae, their filamentous second maxillary claws, and their pedal fibulungues.5 The neogeophilid first maxillae are unique among those of all Geophilo- morpha, for in no other family are medial lobes suppressed, and only in the unrelated Mecistocephalidae is the coxosternum cleft in exactly the same manner. ( The coxosternal cleavage must have developed independently in the two taxa.) As useful as the neogeophilid first maxillae are for defining the family, they fail to disclose affinity with any other group.'1 Fibulungues occur uncommonly within the Order, so far as I know, only in Bothriogaster (Himantariidae), in Eucratonyx and So^ophagus (Gonibregmatidae, s.l.), and in all Neogeophilidae. They are of three types : ( 1 ) both anterior and posterior parungues are hypertrophied, with- out plantar tooth (Bothriogaster}; (2) only the anterior parungues are hypertrophied, without plantar tooth ( ILncratony.r and Sogophagus} ; (3) only the anterior parungues are hypertrophied, with plantar tooth (Neo- geophilidae). Considering their structure, it is tempting to suppose that they have arisen independently at least twice, once in the himantariids and again in ancestors common to the neogeophilids and to Eucratonyx- Sogophagus. The evident kinship linking the neogeophilids with certain gonibreg- niatids is furthermore compellingly reflected in what T take to be the most 1 Accepted for publication July 7, 1968. 2 Chilopoda, Geophilomorpha, Neogeophilidae. 3 United States National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560. 4 Undertaken with aid of a grant from the National Science Foundation. I am indebted to Dr. G. Owen Evans for his kindness in permitting me to study specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). I should also like to thank Dr. G. E. '' '1 and Mr. D. R. Whitehead of the University of Alberta, Dr. W. T. Keeton of Cornell University, and Dr. B. D. Valentine of The Ohio State University. Their unstinting efforts over the years have provided me with the bulk of the material thai 1 have seni. 5 Fibulunguis (-gues) = fibula -Kmguis. A new term to describe those pretarsi which by virtue of their enormously hypertrophied, remarkably modified parr.ngiu's and massive decumbent ungues have become clasplike hold-fast or anchoring devices. 6 Silvestri in 1919, p. 100, fig. 25(3) erred in showing the first maxillary coxo- sternum of Iliiiuintasuiini typicitin Pncock as being midlongitudinally cleft. It is cleft neither in the British Museum type, which I have studied, nor in any other I tinitiiito- sotna specimens that I have examined. HOJ KX ro.MOLOGJCAL XE\VS 39 revealing, though subtle, characteristic of all, their common possession of filamentous second maxillurv claws. This and other evidence suggest to me that although the Xeogeophilidae and Gonibregmatidae are not obviously closely allied (as are. for instance, the Himantariidae and Schendylidae ) , they are more closely related to each other than either is to any other extant taxon. I -"or a fuller, though less conclusive, discussion the reader is referred to my 1961 study, pp. 182-187. At this time I consider the family to be divisible into two genera and four species, all from Mexico and Guatemala. All are summarized below: a key to the genera and species is presented; a new Xeo(/cof>Iii!its is described. Evallogeophilus Silvestri Evallogeophilus Silvestri, 1917, p. 355. Diagnostic features: ( 1 ) Ultimate pretergite in effect absent, i.e., indis- tinguishably amalgamated with its tergite. (2) Female pregenital and genital sternites indistinguishably amalgamated without intervening demarca- tion. (3) At least eight subultimate sternites indistinguishably amalga- mated with their subcoxae. (4) Prominent prosternal denticles present. ( 5 ) Two or three subultimate sternites with numerous scattered pores (but without formed poreficlds ) . Known species : E. uie.ricainis Silvestri, 1917, p. 357, Mexico, Veracruz : Jalapa Enriquez. Oaxaca : 22.2 miles south of Tuchatengo at 5.800': 5.4 miles .Miuth of Suchixtopec at 8,100'. Neogeophilus Silvestri Xcoi/cupliilits Silrcslri. 1917, p. 352. Cry[>t<>stri i All sternites separate from their Mibcoxae. (4) Prosternal denticles present or absent. (5) Sternital pores absent. Remarks. AYhen I proposed Cryptostrigla, I relied heavily upon Sil- vestri's 1()17 text and figures, for I had no direct knowledge of Evallogeo- philus, and 1 had never seen a specimen of N. primus. XTo\v having seen material representing all taxa. and particularly impressed with the distinc- tiveness of Evallogeophilus, I feel that 1 letter balance is achieved by sub- merging my genus beneath Neogeophilus. 40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 E FIG. 1. Neogeophilus i.vion, paratype. llth right pretarsus, posterior aspect. A = claw proper. B = hypertrophied anterior parunguis. C := ventral tooth. D = fundus. E = tarsus. F = striations (absent on N. primus). FIG. 2. Neogeophilus primus Silvestri. llth right pretarsus, posterior aspect. A = claw proper. B = hypertrophied anterior parunguis. C := ventral tooth. D = fundus. E = tarsus. Known species: N. primus Silvestri, 1917, p. 354, Mexico, Morelos : Cuernavaca. San Luis Potosi : 2.7 miles west of Santa Catarina at 3,500'. Tamaulipas : 83.2 miles north of Manuel at 500' ; 2.8 miles south of Ciudad Victoria. Oaxaca : 21.8 miles north of Tuchatengo. N. silvcstri (Crabill), 1961, p. 177, Guatemala, Alta Verapaz : Seino- coch. Mexico, San Luis Potosi: 3.6 miles west of El Naranjo at 1200'. Tamaulipas : 20.6 miles east of Villa cle Casas. Veracruz : Vulcan San Martin north of San Andres Tuxtla. N. i.i'Jon, new species, q.v. The new species presented below is clearly most like silrcstri (Crabill ) but differs strikingly from it in the nature of the fibulunguis. In silrcs/ri the ventral or plantar tooth is very large and located upon the unguis. not upon the fundus ; in i.rion the ventral tooth is much smaller and is situated upon the fundus, not upon the unguis. Neogeophilus i.rion/ new species Holotype : female. Mexico, Veracruz : north of San Andres Tuxtla, on slope of Vulcan San Martin at 3,300-3.500'. July 20- August 1, 1959. W. T. Keeton and B. D. Valentine, legg. 7 In mythology a Thessalonian king celebrated for sin and murder. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 41 GENERAL. Length, about 33 mm. Pedal segments. 75. Body shape: dorsoventrally notably flattened : width essentially uniform. Color, pale yellowish white. AXTEXXAF. Short, length to head length. 19:7; dorsoventrally slightly flattened, distally not notably attenuate: articles 2-: slightly longer than wide, articles 6—13 slightly wider than long, submnnili- form. Article 14 with an ectal and a inesal patch of short, flat special setae, these situated slightly distal to midlength. CEPHALIC PLATE. Wider than long, 8:7. Anteriorly pointed; sides strongly excurved : rear .straight. Frontal suture absent. CLYPEUS. Much wider than long. Paraclypcal sutures oblique, straight, meeting labral fulcra at their extreme mesal ends. Anterior fenestra and posterior plagttlae absent. Anteriorly with some Ji i short setae, posteriorly glabrous. LABRl'M. Consisting of one undivided hyaline piece, armed posteriorly with short, delicate, hyaline filaments. Fulcra short, transverse, not oblique. FIRST MAXILLAE. Coxoster- nnni completely divided medially, lappets absent. Discrete medial lobes absent. Telopodites without lappets. SECOXD MAXILLAE. Isthmus anteroposteriorly shallow, transversely wide ; areolate, not suturate, not divided. Postmaxillary sclerites absent. Statuminia absent. Telopodite : of three discrete parts ; dorsal and ventral basal condyles absent ; apical claw with a few minute terminal and mesal bristles. PREHEXSORS. Flexed, not surpassing anterior head margin. Den- ticles absent. Tarsungula : only slightly curved; dorsoventrally strongly flattened, bladelike ; posterior edge deeply dissected forming about In coarsely regular serrations. Poison apparatus: calyx in upper trochantero prefemur, subcordiform ; gland terminating dorsal to prosternum. PRO- STERXl M. Broad. Pleuroprosternal sutures strongly oblique, complete. teminating dorsolaterally. Pleurograms concursive with pleuroprosternal sutures, not extending to or toward condyles, hence in effect absent. Anterocentral condyles present. Pl.Fl'KITKS. Spiracles weakly horizontally elliptical. Paratergite^ absent. I,F(iS. The first slightly shorter than the second. All including the more posterior notably robust and short. PRFTARSI. Each funda- mentally consisting of a basal fundus and an emergent unguis flanked by two parungues. I'ngues: on most anterior legs only slightly curved. th< it- after becoming very strongly bent, thereafter becoming slightly curved again: each fundus ventrally with a small tooth: each ventrally shortly and minutely serrate. Posterior parungues: minute and present on all ungues. Anterior parungues: on most anterior legs nearly as long as ungues, thin, spiniform : on legs of middle body longer than ungues. distally expanded, flat, hyaline: on rear legs as on most anterior legs, very long and spiniform. STFKXTIT.S. All slightly wider than long. Sulci. 42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 sutures, depressions, carpophagus-structures, single pores and porefields absent. Setae sparse and short. Intersternites : on anterior body medially divided ; on posterior body larger and undivided. ULTIMATE PEDAL SEGMENT. Pretergite and tergite discrete ; unfused, pretergital lateroposterior corners angularly extended ; laterally not fissate. Tergite : longer than wide, sides weakly convergent, rear pointed obtusely. Presternite and sternite discrete, unfused. Sternite : wider than long, sides subparallel, posterolateral corners extended. Coxo- pleuron : moderately inflated; vent rally, laterally, and dorsally pierced with numerous freely-opening pores ; setae short and sparse. Telopodite : thinner and much longer than penult ; with two discrete (unfused) tarsalia, these equal ; pretarsus absent. POSTPEDAL SEGMENTS. Pregenital and genital sternites discrete, unfused. Genopods only basally adnate, otherwise separated, each uni- articular. Anal pores present, simple, not composite. Paratype A. Same locality and date as holotype. Paratype B. Veracruz : San Andres Mountains, 2.5 km west of Sontre- compan at 0-100'. September 1S-21. 1965. G. E. Ball and I). R. White- head, legg. Both paratypes are males: A, 77 leg pairs, 28 mm; B, 75 leg pairs, 30 mm. They are in substantial agreement with the holotype, except for the following secondary sexual features. The male coxopleura are postero- mesally slightly extended. The gonopods are widely separated, nowhere adnate, and prominently biarticular. The ultimate legs are longer and much more swollen than those of the female, and the male tarsalia are manifest as two entirely discrete, unfused articles. KEY TO KNOWN NEOGEOPHILIDAE la. Ultimate pretergite entirely amalgamated with its tergite. Pre- genital and genital sternites of female amalgamated without trace of demarcation. On at least six subultimate segments in both sexes the Semites entirely amalgamated with the sub- coxae without trace of demarcation Evallogeophilus Silvestri E. me.ricanus Silvestri lb. Ultimate pretergite discernible, i.e., not amalgamated with its tergite. Female pregenital and genital sternites separated and individually discernible. All sternites clearly separate from sub- coxae, their intervening margins clearlv discernible Neogeophilus Silvestri 2 2a. Prosternal denticles entirely absent. Ungular serrations essen- tially absent. Pretarsal ventral teeth large and well removed from the fundus N. primus Silvestri 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 43 2h. Prosternal denticles present. Tubular serrations cleurlv present. coarse 3 3a. Pretarsal ventral teeth large and well removed from the funclus V. sHvestri (Crabill ) 3h. Pretarsal ventral teeth very small, located upon the fundus A . i.vion sp. n. REFERENCES CKAHIU., K. E. 1961. Concerning the Neogeophilidae, with proposal of a new genus. Knt. Xe\vs, 72 (6 and 7), pp. 155-159, 177-190. SII.VESTRI, F. 1917. Descrizione cli dm.' nuovi generi di Geophilidae CChilopoda) del Messico. Boll. Laborat. Zool. Gcner. Agrar. Portici, 12, 352-360. — . 1919. Contributions to a knowledge of the Chilopoda Geophilomorpha of India. Rec. Indian Museum, 15, pp. 45-107. ( ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 37) Recent Gifts to the Cornell University Insect Collection: During the past 18 months, three rather substantial insect collections have been added to the Cornell Uni- versity collection. In October 1967, Dr. Mortimer D. Leonard of Washington. I). C, presented Cornell with his entire collection of Aphididae (Homoptera). This collection of nearly 17,000 slides, representing about 500 species was the result of a life time interest in the group. A number of papers by Dr. Leonard are based on this collection. Since the aphid collection at Cornell, previous to Dr. Leonard's gift, consisted largely of material assembled by the late Miss Grace H. Griswold, the Cornell collection of aphids has been designated, "The Griswo'd-Leonard Collection of Aphididae." Dr. W. Wayne Boyle, recently of the Pennsylvania State University, gave hi;- collection of exotic Erotylidae (Coleoptera) to Cornell in November 1967. The nearly 3,000 specimens comprising this collection are beautifully mounted and in superb con- dition. Only a portion of the specimens are determined and it is anticipated that the collection will serve as a fertile source of material for workers engaged in revisional studies of this family. In September 1968, Mr. Roy Latham of Orient, New York, turned over to Cornell his entire collection of insects which he had built up over a period of approximately 60 years. No complete inventory has been made but the collection was housed in the ei|uivalent of 325 Schmitt boxes. All the insects are from eastern Long Island and probably represent the largest single collection of specimens from this area. All orders found on Long Island are represented and most of the specimens have been determined by authorities in the various groups. A cursory examination of this collection indi- cates that it contains a number of species not previously known to occur in New York. — L. L. PECII TMAX. Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. (Continued on p. 53) 44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 Revision of the Termitophilous Subfamily Trichopseniinae (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae) I. The genus Schizelythron Kemner J> - DAVID H. KISTNER :; The subfamily Trichopseniinae was proposed by Seevers (1941) to in- clude what was then a small group (6 genera and 7 species ) of termitophi- lous Staphylinidae with rather remarkably modified bodies. Although vari- ous authors thought they were related to Tachyporinae, Aleocharinae, Paederinae, and Staphylininae at various times, Seevers held that they were rather isolated from all other subfamilies and placed them by themselves. Presently the subfamily contains 9 genera and 17 species, and new ones will doubtless increase our understanding of the group. On a recent collecting trip to the Orient, Professor A. E. Emerson, University of Chicago, and his wife collected some new species of this sub- family. To describe each one of these, it will probably be necessary to revise the rest. This paper then is the beginning of this series of revisions. So far as I know, Emerson's capture of 3 species of Schizelythron repre- sents the first recapture of the genus since the original specimens were captured by Kemner in 1920. GENUS SCHIZELYTHRON KEMNER Schizelythron Kemner, 1925: 110; Seevers. 1957: 280 Type Species : Schizelythron javonicnin Kemner (Blackwelder 1952: 345 ) .' A highly distinctive genus that has no very close relatives and is easily distinguished from all the other genera of the subfamily by its split and physogastric elytra. It appears most closely related to Rhinotermitopsenius Seevers through the leg structure and the long metasternum but it is hoped that closer relatives may be captured in the future. Rhinotermitopsenius also shows some evidence of the expansion of the apical portion of the elytra but is definitely a more primitive genus and immediately distinguish- able by its facies from Schizelythron. Overall appearance as in Figs. 21-26. Head capsule more or less oval in shape (Fig. 2). Dorsal appearance of the head capsule without distinction. Antennae in- 1 This study was financed in part hy the National Science Foundation (Grant No. GB-6284). 2 Accepted for publication July 9, 1968. 3 The Shinner Institute for the Study of Interrelated Insects, Department of Biology, Chico State College, Chico, California 95926. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 45 serted at the corners of the vertex medial to the eyes. Anterior arms S. eleanorae n. sp. Lateral lohe of male genitalia shaped as in Fig. 18; median lohe of the male genitalia shaped as in Fig. 17 S. sarawakensis n. sp. 3. Pronotum with distinct lateral depressions; posterior projection of the pronotum relatively broad and flat S. javanicum Kemner Pronotum fairlv smooth with just a hint of lateral depressions on some specimens ; posterior projection of the pronotum bent strongly in a ventral direction (Figs. 21 and 22 ) . . S. emersoni n. sp. Schizelythron eleanorae NEW SPECIES ( Figs. 12. 13. 15. 16. 23 and 26) Most closely related to .Y. sarawakensis n. sp. from which it is distin- guished by the shape.s of the lateral and median lobes of the male genitalia. It is also a somewhat smaller species and has less secondary sclerotization of its abdomen. Color of sclerotized parts yellowish brown throughout except for eyes and the borders of the pronotum which are much darker, approaching black. Membranous parts white. Dorsal shape as in Fig. 23. Lateral shape as in Fig. 26. Pronotum with 2 lateral depressions. Posterior projection of the pronotum broad and flat. Secondary sclerotization of sternite III not quite reaching tergite IT. Secondary sclerotization of sternite IV not quite reaching tergite IV. Lateral lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in Fig. 15. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in Fig. 16. Spermatheca shaped as in Fig. 12. Measurements: Pronotum length, without projection, 0.28-0.30 mm; maximum lenj'th of tl'e inner part of the elytron, 0.40-0.45 mm; maximum length of the outer Fics. 1-20. Sclii::t'lytlirterna showing the metatrochanter insert characteristic of the Trichopseniinac ; 10, Metaleg ; 11. Meso leg; 14, Elytron, setae placed only on the outer part in figure; 19, Lateral lc.be of the male genitalia; 20, Median lobe of the male genitalia. .V. clcaiun-iic n. sp. : 12, Sperma- theca; 13, Abdominal segment IX of female; 15, Lateral lobe of the male genitalia; 16, Median lobe of the male genitalia. S. .v<;nr«v(;Av».v/.v n. sp. : 17. Median lobe of the male genitalia; 18, Lateral lobe of the male genitalia. Large scale refers to Figs. 15- 20. Small scale refers to ail other figures. I'loth s,-ales represent 0.25 mm. ENTOMOLOUK'AU NEWS [ February. 1969 22 23 25 26 FIGS. 21-26. 80] KXTOMOI.OGTCAI. NEWS 4() part of the elytron, 0.72-0.74 nun; length of posterior projection of the pronotuin, 0.10- 0.12 mm; head length, 0.26-0.28 mm. Number measured, 6. llolotype: Male, Xo. 13090. Sarawak, 1°3R'X. 113°35'E, 7 Februan l'V)3, Coll. AY. King, A. Emerson, and Kleanor Emerson. Tn the collec- tion of the author. I'di'dtypcs: 5. same data as the holotype (I). EC.). \<>tcs: The host was determined as Schedorhinotermes sp. A by I )r. A. !•".. Emerson. The colony was found in a deserted nest of I'rolidinitcnncs inirahilis (Haviland). The host colony is the type colony of a probable new species and is located in the Emerson collection of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. The species is named for Eleanor Emerson. Schizelythron sarawakensis XEW SPECIES ( Figs. 17 and IS i Most closely related to .V. dcanorac n. sp. from which it is distinguished by the shapes of the lateral and median lobes of the male genitalia. It is also a larger species with somewhat larger elytra and has more secondary sclerotization of its abdomen. Color of sclerotized parts yellowish hro\\n throughout except for the eyes and tin- borders of the pronotuin which are much darker, approaching black. Membranous parts white. Overall shape of the species very similar to 6". dcaiwrae. Pronotum with 2 lateral depressions. Posterior projection of the pronotuin broad and flat. Sec- ondary sclerotization of sternite III reaches and articulates with tergite II. Secondary sclerotization of sternite IV not quite reaching tergite IV, though it comes closer than S. dcanorac. Lateral lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in Fig. 18. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in Fig. 17. Female unknown. Measurements: Pronotum length without projection, 0.32 nun; maximum length of the inner part of the elytron, 0.47 mm ; maximum length of the outer part of the elytron, 0.80 mm ; length of the posterior projection of the pronotuin, 0.08 mm ; head length, 0.28 mm. Number measured, 1. Holotyfic: Male, Xo. 13091. Sarawak, 1°38'N., L13°34'E., 11 Frbruarv 1963, Coll. A. and Eleanor Emerson. In the collection of the author. Notes: The host was determined as Schedorhinotermes hrcriulutus (llaviland) by Dr. A. E. Emerson and is in the EmerMm collection of the American Museum of Xatural History. Xew York. FlGS. 21-26. Schiselythron cincrxmii n. sp. : 21, Lateral view <>t" mll\ physogaMric tonn ; 24. Dorsal view of fully physogastric form; 22, Lateral view of partialh callow form; 25. Dorsal view of partially callow form. S. clcun,pecie^ (.V. cincrsoni) is highly distinctive and not yery closely related to any of the others. This is a familiar pattern of speciation found not only among myrmecophiles and termitophiles but also among Staphylinidae of many other niches. It is explainable at present only by assuming that populations of termites and termitophiles became isolated and then this isolation later broke down, bringing evolutionarily divergent populations back together again. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I want to thank Dr. A. E. Emerson for providing the specimens reported in this paper, for checking the host name of Kemner's species, for providing the host names for his captures, and for advice and reading of this manuscript. I also want to extend thanks to Mr. R. Gary Malin and Mr. Matthew Rees of Chico State College for tech- nical assistance. LITERATURE CITED BLACKWELDER, R. E. 1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 200 : 1-483. KEMNER, X. A. 1925. Javanische Termitophilen. I. Schizclytlinni jarauicuin n.g.. n. sp., eine neue physogastre Staphylinide von einem neuen, nicht zu den Aleo chariden gehorigen Typus, nehst biologischen Bemerkungen iiber Jacobsonella tcniiito/'iii Silv. Entomol. Tidskr. 46: 107-126 + 3 figs, and 1 pi. SEEVERS, C. H. 1941. Taxonomic investigations of some termitophilous Staphylini- dae of the subfamilies Aleocharinae and Trichopseniinae (new subfamily). Ann. Kntomol. See. America 34(2) : 318-349. 1957. A iiKin igraph on the termitophilous Staphylinidae ( Coleoptera). Fieldi- aiia : 7.<»>\. 40 : 1-334. (ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 43) Plastic microvial: Parts dissected from insects and other small organisms are frequently stored in a cotton-stoppered, glass microvial which is then placed in the larger vial with the rest of the specimen. These expensive microvials may damage the conk nts of the larger vial, the cotton frequently entangles the parts, and they are not readily obtainable. 1 have found a small, plastic, snap-cap vial (BEEM cap- srles made by Metier Equipment for Electron Microscopy, Inc. (BEEM), P. O. Box 132, Jerome Ave. Station, Bronx, X'. Y. 10468) which eliminates the undesirable cotton plug, and being much nearer the density of alcohol, damage to specimens is minimal. The microvials are slightly larger in diameter and not as easily removed from the vial as arc the glass ones, but the cap hinge is easily grasped with fine forceps. They are not suitable for use a- genitalia vials stored with specimens on pins. The capsules are translucent enough to see specimens contained within them. The two sizes avail- able are conveniently suited for storage in 2 dram and 4 dram si/e patent-lip vial-. The #1001 BEEM capsule fits into 4 dram vials only, while the #1001 R BEEM cap- sule fits into 2 dram vials. The cost is considerably lower than glass microvials.— UK M U'li \V. Knss, /V/1'/. of I:ii-t'ir<>iiiiii-nttil Hioltn/y. f'iii:rrsity of Utah. Salt Lake City X4112. (Continued on p. 5'> i 54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 Tanzania Bat Fleas, how they were secured. — It was mid January. I had been working with a staff of malaria specialists from the Malaria Institute where I was guest siphonapterist under N.S.F. grants and we had finished up at Same, Tanzania about 200 miles inland from the Indian Ocean. It was decided to go into the Ruvu (Pangani) river basin, about 20 miles by track, to continue work. At the point selected the basin was a flat, low piece of waste land which could easily become com- pletely flooded by flash flood or continual rain. We were somewhat surprised to find on this flat land a deserted Masai village intact. Usually, because of the vermin therein these villages are burned to the ground when deserted. After setting a string of 50 small box traps for the local mice attention was given to the Masai village. The Masai are a non-bantu people, tall, stately and copper colored who roam the plains of Kenya and Tanzania herding cattle by the thousands. They refuse to farm and bleed blood from their cattle to use for food. When these tall, over six foot people build their houses, all within a corral, the roofs are only about 4 feet high with a foot of cattle manure atop and aside for insulation against heat and cold. Within the small huts are crude beds for the adults, cribs for the children and babies and enclosures for the dogs. In lion and leopard country the cattle are brought into the corral at night. The village in question was in perfect condition. To explore the huts it was necessary to enter them on hands and knees or stooped Masai fashion. Hanging everywhere on the bed and crib uprights and the roof rafters were the Flying Foxes Cardioderma cor. They flew about one's head and out of the small doors in clouds. The members of the party armed themselves with many branched switches and as the bats flew out of the doorways batted them down. One of the African assistants after critical examination of one of the bats came to the writer and exclaimed in swra- hili "dudu kidogo, buana, viraboto?" or "a small insect, sir, a flea?" and surely enough there was one of the smallest bodied, longest legged fleas I had ever seen. On return to the laboratory the fleas collected were found to be Echidnophaga actJiiops J. and R. 1906, one of the smallest known fleas in the world and host positive for bats in East Africa. In the tropics darkness settles in early so by 9 P.M. everyone had retired. At 10 P.M. a near hurricane and cloudburst hit the flat land blowing down the tents of the Africans who took refuge in the research truck and within minutes a foot of water was running swiftly under the camp beds of the senior staff members. In the morn- ing the water was gone but the entire setup was marooned in a sea of mud. In spite of this setback the crew, sometimes in water to their wastes recovered 48 of the small box traps but because of the flood area not a mouse was taken. It was a day before the research truck with its l<>;;d was with its wheels again on solid ground. On the evening of January 10, 1966 (early summer ) while reading in the lounge of the Institute resthouse at Muheza it was noticed that the bats flying about tin- building were terribly excited and w^ere causing quite a racket with their squeaks. I w-as somewhat startled but greatly pleased when about 9 P.M. what should fall out of a hole in the ceiling right into my lap but a small young bat trying, but not quite able, to master the art of flight. I was very pleased to find small, light colored fleas on the young bat. For two nights the commotion lasted amongst the bats and during the two nights 4 other small bats, unable to fly, fell through the hole into the- lounge. Then the bats were gone. Apparently the attic of the resthouse had been used for a nursery and those young hats which could not learn to fly la>t enough were simply pusl'cd 7, 1968. "Exner's classical theory of the function of compound eyes with crystalline tracts ignores the presence of the tracts for the dark-adapted eye. The tracts perform an optical function in the eyes of certain moths and skippers whether light- or dark- adapted. The lenslet of the corneal-crystalline cone focuses an image at the beginning of the tract. Although the image is not tiansmitted, theory predicts that .some infor- mation about the image could be guided to the rhahdom. The tract and migrating pig- ment together also function as a longitudinal pupil. ''In addition, compound eyes contain dioptic components \\ith characteristic dimen- 56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1969 sions smaller than a wavelength of light. Corneal nipples act as an anti-reflection coating that aids camouflage and may reduce ghosts. The specialized layering in corneas of certain dipterans probably serves a contrast-filtering function for vision. Tracheolar interference filters of lepidopterans act as tapeta that may enhance both sensitivity and the optical contrast of the retinal image." SUMMARY. ( ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 43) Additional notes on the food of Tanypodinae larvae (Diptera, Chi- ronomidae).— Due to an error in retyping the typescript, the following data were omitted from my paper (ENT. NEWS, 80: 13-18). These addi- tions are to be added to page 17 : — S. S. ROBACK, Philadelphia Academy of Xatitral Sciences. Procladius spp. cont. Copepoda Oligochaeta Cyclopoida sp. 1 — 1 Linniodrilus or Tuhifc.r si>. 4 Insecta Cladocera 21 — 13 Diptera Alona guttata Sars ; -2 Chironomidae 14—10 Alviiii circumfimbria n Me'ard * 1 S]1]) 3 2 . llona affiuis ( Leydig) 1-1 Harnischia sp. 1-1 Alona sp. c . , n n r i t ,-D- \ 1 1 Sergentia sp.2—2 Alonella hamulata ( Birge) 1 — 1 ^-, , ., • , Afii * 1 1 Cnironomus nr. attcnuatws (Walk.) Lhydoras spncncus (Muller) I — 1 Lcvdu/ia sp. 2 — 2 Camptocercus sp. 1-1 Tanytarsini sp. . Ilyocryptits sp. 3—3 Cttlnfscctru -sp. 3— sp. 1 — 1 Trichoptera Unk. gen. non-chydorid 1 — 1 sp- ? 1 — 1 Ostracoda Acarina sp. 63—18 sp. 1 — 1 PENTANEURINI Pentaneurini sp. E. R< hack 13 Copepoda Diatomaceae 3 Harpacticoida 1 — 1 Oligochaeta Insecta Limnodrilns or Titl>ifc.\- sji. 1 Di])tt-ra Cladocera 4 — 2 Chironomidae 3 — 3 Almni sp. 2 — 1 Orthocladiinae sp. 1-1 Alonella hamulata (Bir«c) 1 — 1 Psectrocladius sp. 1 — 1 Chydoridae sp. 1 — 1 Tendipedini sp. 1 — 1 l Ktracoda Acarina sp. 10—4 sp. 1—1 MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Hou'ard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mat hews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate '. $9.00 Xo. 23. Beatrice R. Vogd — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickcl—A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. I'rnfcssor of Entmnnlogy at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described ; illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of spem^ and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology. ar.d keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5(>50 Warren Road Ann Arbor. Michigan 481(15 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Buj or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri- can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U. S. A. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus lOtf per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to: R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. For Sale: Coleopterists' Bulletin, volumes 1 to 19, complete, unbound. $95.00. Selwyn S. Roback, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 19th and Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write : Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. MARCH, 1969 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS A REVIEW OF HADRURUS SCORPIONS (VEJOVIDAE) HERBERT L. STAIIXKK, p. 57 A XE\Y GEXI*S OF XYSTODESMID M ILLIPED FROM NORTHERN CALIFORNIA JOHN S. BCCKKTT AXD MHIIAKI. R. (JAKDXKK, p. 67 A XL\Y SPECIES OF CAPXIA ( PLFCOPTERA : CAPN IIDAE i FROM ARI/ONA RICHARD W. BACMAX A\I> AKIIKX R. (iATEix, i>. 75 A XE\\- SPKCIKS OF HYDROPTILIDAE (TRICHOPTERA) R. L. BLICKLE, P. 79 THE KNTOMOLOCIST'S RECORD, p. r>5. 7o. 7S. SI 'I' iii': ENTOMOLOGIST'S LIBRARY, p. 82 THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S MARKET PLACE. RACK COYER COM IXC, NEXT tSSUE: FATTY ACID AND APHID TAXONOMY APR 71969 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 MARCH, 1969 Xo. Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVEKT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 63 inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirab'e. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. A REVIEW OF HADRURUS SCORPIONS (VEJOVIDAE)1 HERBERT L. STAHNKE- This taxon, the popularly designated giant hairy so>rpii>ns, belongs to Vejovinae of the Vejovidae. The characteristics of the subfamily are : First four caudal segments with paired inferior median keels or their vestiges, three pair of lateral eyes of which the third pair is always the smallest : median ocular tubercle located just anterior to the middle of carapace; distinct median claw (unguicular spine) on pretarsus ; internal border of pedipalp tarsus with a single row of granules in non-overlapping rows, accompanied by widely spaced large granules on interior surface. Hadrurus Thorell I hid runts Thorell, 1876, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 17. p. 11; Kraepelin. 1899, Das Tierreich, Scorpiones und Pedipalpi, no. 8, p. 187 ; Pocock, 1902, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Scorpiones, Pedipalpi, Solfugae, p. 5 ; Ewing, 1928, Proc. United Slates Xatl. Mus., vol. 73, p. 7; Hoffman, 1931, An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, vol. 2, p. 334 ; Werner, 1934, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, vol. 5, book 8, IVdipalpi, Scorpiones, p. 265; Stahnke, 1945, American Mus. Nov., No. 1298, 1945. Scorpions of the genus Hadrurus have an abundance of bristles on legs and cauda ; inferior border of men-able linger armed with very large, darkly pigmented tooth ; pedal spurs with denticulate spines, interior spurs with 3 to 4 teeth, exterior ones with 5 to 6 ; ratio of carapace length to posterior width 0.92-1.04; ratio of distance from anterior margin to anterior edge of median eyes to carapace length 0.46 to 0.50. Thus the carapace length approximates the posterior width and the median eyes are slightly forward of the middle of the carapace. Numerous (over 20) trichobothria on inferior edge of manus. ventral and exterior surfaces of pedipalp patella. Third marginal lamella longer than second. KEY TO THE SPECIES OF HADRl'Rl'S 1 Trunk concolorous brownish yellow except for dark median ocular tubercle; other structures lighter yellow. One-half genital opercular with 4 large setae ( Fig. 1 ) Hadrurus concolorous Stahnke 2 Trunk not concolorous ^ 3 (2) Anterior portion of ir,ten>cular triangle light yellow or slightly brownish r 4 (2 ) .Anterior portion of interocular triangle dark brown to black. ... 1 1 1 Accepted for publication October 15. l('ti.s. 2 Poisonous Animals Research Laboratory, Ari/ona State University, lYmpr. Arizona 85281. 57 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 5 (3) A crescentic. darkly pigmented region passing through me- dian ocular tul)ercle with liorns touching lateral eye clusters (faint or absent in poorly preserved specimens). One-half genital operculum with more than four bristles. Ratio of hand width to thickness greater than 1.55. Ratio of tarsus length to mantis width less than 2.20 H. hirsutus ( Wood i 6 (3) Crescentic region indefinite or lacking with region posterior to it of very dark color 7 7 (6) Fingers and hand of pedipalp one color or fingers slightly darker 9 8 (6) Fingers and hand of pedipalp definitely of a darker color than hand H. aztecus Pocock 9(7) Fifth caudal segment same yellowish color of other four. One-half of genital operculum with more than four large setae. Ratio of basal piece width to length over 1.60 H. arizonensis Fwing 10 (7) Fifth caudal segment dark brown in toto or in part ; other segments yellow. One-half of genital operculum with four large setae. Ratio of basal piece width to length not over 1.50 (Fig. 3 ) H. thayeri Stahnke 11 (4) Catida yellowish H. spadix Stahnke 12 (4) Postabdomen dark brown ; telson light yellow ( Fig. 2) H. pinteri Stahnke Hadrurus arizonensis ( Fwing ) Hadrnnts liirsi/tus tirirjoiiensis E\ving, 1928, Proc. United States Xatl. Mus., vol. 73, p. 9. Iladnints arizonensis Stahnke, 1945, American Mus. Novitates, No. 1298, pp. 6-8. Differs from H . hirsutus in that it lacks a distinct interocular crescent. Horns of crescent present but body continuous with date-brown coloring of posterior part of carapace. Dorsum of trunk date-brown intermingled with gray and yellow. Recently preserved specimens lack the gray. Gray coloring due to dusty deposit between tergal granules. Living specimens with abdomen distended with food appear olive green banded with date brown. Change in appearance due to the now visible intersegmer.tary and pleural membranes. Lateral margins and anterior two-thirds of carapace, book lung area, cauda, legs and pedipalps light yellow. Fingers oi pedi- palps with reddish granules. Tarsus of pedipalp may be longer than, as long as, or shorter than carapace ; more frequently longer than carapace on J1 and shorter on J. Pectinal teeth : Arizona $ 25-34, av. 2S.7 : :f 29-3c). av. 34.6. California $ 28-33, av. 30.2; £ 32-40, av. 3<>.S. Nevada ? 29- 33, av. 31.2; J1 34-41. av. 3S.O. DISTRIBUTION. — Southern to northwestern Arizona; southern Utah; southern and central California; southern Xevada ; northern 1'aja Cali- fornia, Mexico. 80] KNTO.MOLOGICAL NEWS 59 Hadrurus aztecus I'ocock lltitlrnnts aztccns Pocock, 1902, Biologia Ccntrali-Americana, Scorpionrs. Pedi- palpi, Solfugae, p. 7; E\ving, 1928, Proc. United States Xatl. Mu-.. vol. 73. ]). 9; Hoffman, 1931, An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, vol. 2, pp. 34()-35n; Stalmke, 1''45, American Mus. Novitates, No. 1298, pp. 8 9. Posterior two-thirds of carapace and terga black or blackish brown. Area anterior to median ocular tubercle light yellowish (similar to //. arizonensis and H. hirsiitns ) . Cauda, pedipalps (except lingers) and legs also light yellow. Fingers reddish. Sternites of male more or less black- ish, punctiform and with transverse wrinkles. Those of female light IT brown than terga. A double longitudinal series of denticles on inner face of femur of legs 1 to 4 ; well developed on 2 and 3. but incomplete and weak on 3 and 4. Tarsus of male same length or longer than carapace: female always shorter than carapace. Pectinal teeth : J* 37 : $ 27-32. DISTRIBUTION.- -Mexico and extreme southern Arizona. Hadrurus concolorous new species ( FIGURE 1 ) TYPES.— Holotyfc.—y, ASU f,8-f,02, length 54 mm, fifty-four and two tenths miles north of La I 'a/. Baja California del Sur, Mexico. Under thin, dry cowdung in broad, flat burrow six inches long dug in very fine, powdery sand. June 14, 19i)S. I.. I., and H. L. Stahnke. Allotypc.--^, ASU 56 175, length 37 mm (juvenile), Isla San Marco^. Baja California, Mexico. March 31, 1953. Fig- JiYblyn. Repository California Academy of Science. DIAGNOSIS. — Differs from H. liirsiitus (\\ood), 18(>3 as follows: Dark crescentic .spot of interocular triangle lacking. A speci- men of H. liirsiitus of the same size would ha\-e a distinctly marked crescent and tin- carapace would be a light rather than a red- dish yellow, (ienital opercnlum of //. liir- s nt us \\-ith more than four setae on each sclerite. Ratio of hand width to thickness over 1.55 in //. liirsntiis; under 1.45 in //. concolorous. Ratio of distance between median eyes to diame- ter of median eyes over 1.45 on //. hirsiitns: under 1 .2r on //. concolorous. Ratio of tarsus length to maims width under 2.10 in //. liirsiitus: over 2.40 in H. concolorous. FIG. 1. //. concultirons $, (ASU 68-602). 60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 DESCRIPTION. — Trunk dorsally and ventrally concolorous brownish yellow except for dark brown median ocular tubercle ; cauda and chelicera somewhat lighter yellow ; telson, legs and pedipalps pale yellow. Storage in ethanol darkens all colors. Lightly granular over-all. PROSOMA. — Carapace. — Median anterior margin protruding. Hirsuteness and lat- eral eyes as in H. thaycri. Densely granular except area immediately around median ocular tubercle. Ratio of carapace length to posterior width over 1.00; length to anterior width over 1.60. Furrows as in //. thaycri. Stcnuiin. — Like H. thaycri. Pcdipalfs. — Tarsus as in //. thaycri. Tibia. — Like H. thaycri but without row of granules on inner surface parallel to basal row of granules on cutting edge. Manns. —Like H. thaycri. Ratio of tibia length to tarsus length 1.47; of tarsus length to manus width $ 2.43, J1 292. Patella. — Like H. thaycri except inner surface lightly granular ; ventral and exterior surface agranular. Femur. — Like //. thaycri but dorsal surface agranular except for cluster of five granules proximad ; inner surface with about four or five large, scattered granules and about eight large setae ; ventral surface agranular but for a cluster of granules proximad. Jl'alking legs and femurs like H. tliaycri. Chelicera. — Like //. tliaycri except 5-6 bristles on superior surface ; large tooth on inferior surface curved near distal one-third and basal two-thirds of inferior margin only moderately hirsute. OPISTHOSOMA. — Mesosoma. — Like H. thaycri but tergites agranular except for lateral and narrow posterior margins which are lightly to moderately granular. Stcr- nitcs. — Like H. tliuycri. (icnital opcrculuin. Like H. thaycri except that four bristles on each opercular sclerite not linearly arranged. PECTINES. — Like //. f/iuycri. Teeth ? 29-30, $ 35-37. METASOMA.— Like //. tliuycri. Hadrurus histutus ( Wood ) Bnthus hirsntns Wood, 1863, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 108; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 367. Bntlnix cmarginaticeps Wood, 1863, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 109; 1863, Jour. Acad. Sci., Philadelphia, ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 367 ( Anomally of //. hirsithis). Hadrurns liirstitus Thorell, 1876, Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 17, p. 11 ; Kraepelin, 1899, Das Tierreich, Scorpiones, Pedipalpi, Xo. 8, p. 188; Pocock, 1902, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Scorpiones, Pedipalpi, Solfugae, p. 6; Ewing 1928, Proc. United States Xatl. Mus., vol. 73, p. 8; Hoffman, 1931, An. Inst. Biol.. Mexico, vol. 2, pp. 335-340 ; Stahnke, 1945, American Mus. Novitates, No. 1298, pp. 5-6. Carapace with dark, more or less crescent-shaped spot passing through median ocular tubercle with tips of crescent horns reaching lateral eyes. Entire body, except aculeus, light yellow. Sometimes dark crescent obliter- ated in preserved specimens and generally becomes less distinct in large (four inch and over) specimens. Crescent most distinct in young speci- mens which may occasionally also have faint, irregular dark spots on both carapace and dorsum of preabdomen. Posterior carapace and preabdomen of live specimens may have greenish hue. Live specimens have area over hook lungs whitish yellow with rest of sternites greenish. Legs and pedi- palps light yellow; hngers of pedipalps may have slight reddish tinge. Tarsus of pedipalps generally longer than carapace on both <$ and 9- so i ENTOM OLO( ; I ( A I . N K \\ S 61 Pectinal teeth: Arizona $ 2f>-31, av. 28.7; J 31-40. av. 34; California 2 27-31, av. 29.3. J 34-40. av. 36.4. DISTRIBUTION. — Southwestern Arizona: southern California: Mexico. Hadrurus pinteri \K\V SPECIES (FIGURE 2) TYPES. del Norte, .•///o/v/v.- - — llolotype. — $, ASU 68-0090, lengtli 03 inni, Puertocitos. Haja California Mt-xico. On lightly volcanic ash. February 24, 1968. I'. J. 1 'inter. <$, 68-1276, length 64 mm. Mission de Calamyget, Baja California, Mexico. Black volcanic hanks of a ravine. April 16. \{>t\2. K. L. Slecj)er i'ia \\ . I). Stockton. Repository California State College, Long Beach, California. t'aratypes.—S ?s, ASU 56-0132. length 61 mm, ASU 56-0134, length 73 mm. Agua Verde Hay. Baja California. Mexico. March 2o, 1953. J. R. Slevin ; ASU 68-1277, length 83 mm. same as ASU 68-1276 above. DIAGNOSIS. — Differs from Hadrurus spa- tii.v Stahnke, 1940 as follows: All caudal segments brown rather than concolorous yel- low. Pedipalp chela brown rather than yellow with reddish fingers. Ratio of geni- tal plate width to length for H. pinteri over 1.95 : H. spadi.v under l.SO. Ratio of caudal segment III length to width for //. pinteri under 1.55; H. spadi.v over 1.65. Ratio of caudal segment IV length to width for //. pinteri under 1.80: H. spadi.v over 1.90. Ratio of caudal segment Y depth to ampulla depth for //. pinteri over 1.00; H. spadi.r under 0.90. I >I.M KinioN. Kntire dorsum of trunk date brown. Most specimens with dis- tended preabdomens so that exposed intertergal connective tissue produces a banded appearance. All segments of postabdomen date brown but dorsum lighter. Sternite VII date brown; VI lightly invaded with bro\\ n and V lightly so. Chela of pedipalps date brown but lighter than trunk. Some brown pigment on distal portion of patella. Chelicera diffusely brown. Remainder of pcdipalp patella and other segments, a- well as legs. tclsoii and other ventral structures a pale yellow in live specimens. This be- comes a dark yellow alter preservation in ethanol. I.atero-distal terminus of femur and patella of all legs with reddish bn>\\ n spot. Dorsuin lightly granular and shiny. PROSOMA. — (\irtipnee.- Like //. tlniyeri except tuo setae anterior to median ocular; central area surrounding median ocular tubercle agranular. Ratio of carapace length to posterior width 0.9') to 1.08; length to anterior \\idtb l.(>5 to 1.78. Sternum like //. tlmyeri. 1'eiiipiilps. 'I'ursus. — Like //. tlitiyeri except that external surface has one longitudinal, continuous ridge. 'I'ihia.- Like //. tlinycri except that there is no ro\\- I;ic,. 2, //. pinteri ?, (ASU 68-0090). 62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 of granules on inner surface parallel to basal row of granules on cutting edge. Mtinns. —Like //. tluiycri. Ratio of tibia length to tarsus length 1.44 to 1.50. Patella.— Like //. tliiiycri except that this exterior median keel is weakly developed and agranular and ventro-exterior keel is slightly granular; dorsal surface of <$ agranular, of ? densely but inconspicuously granular on either part or entire surface; when entire surface is involved, granules distad are coarse. Also, ventral, inner and exterior surfaces agranular but inner surface with large setae. Numerous trichobothria as in //. tliaycri. Femur. — Like //. tluiycri except some granules on proximal end of ventro- exterior keel. Also surfaces differ as follows: Dorsal surface agranular except for inconspicuous, scattered granules; inner surface agranular except for a few large granules proximad ; ventral surface agranular except for a few proximal granules. Cliclicci'ii. — Like //. tliuycri. \l\ilkiini lc;/s. — Like H. tliaycri. OPISTHOSOMA. — Mcsasoina. — Setae like H. tluiycri. Tergites I-VI agranular and shiny except for lightly granular lateral areas and sparse granulation along posterior edge; VII coarsely but not densely granular and with pair of vestigial lateral keels. Other tergites keelless. Sternites. — Small cluster of setae just posterior to basal piece plus occasional setae on edges of sternites. Sternites I-VI keelless and agranular; VII with two pair of moderately developed lateral keels which may be distinctly granular on $ but indistinctly so on <$. Stigma slit-like ; lung book areas elevated above sternal surface. Genital opercitlum. — Divided and without genital papillae on both sexes. Five or more setae, irregularly arranged, on each opercular sclerite. Pcctincs.—Ukc II. thuycri. Teeth: $ 28-32, <$ 37-39. Mctasmna.— Like H. tliaycri except inferior lateral and inferior median keels all well developed; those on caudal segment I agranular, II lightly granular and III-V strongly granular. Anal arch ami anterior crest like //. tluiycri but posterior crest with but few granules. Tclson.— Like H. tlwycri. Hadrurus spadix Stahnke Iltiilrunts sfridi.r Stahnke, 1(H5, American Mus. Novitates, No. 1298, pp. 4-5. Entire dorsum of trunk nearly uniform date brown color. Appendages light yellow except red pedipalp lingers ; red color sometimes fades in pre- ser\ed specimens: redness extends proximally along inner marginal and inner superior keels, sometimes to such an extent as to give entire superior surface of chela distinct reddish appearance. Tarsus of pedipalp definitely longer than carapace on J1 ; may be as long as or longer on $. Pectinal teeth : ? 28-30 : ^ 32-39. DISTRIBUTION. — Northern Arizona; Idaho, L'tah and Nevada. Hadrurus thayeri NEW SPECIES ( ElGURE 3 ) TYPES.— //o/o/y/v.— ?, ASC 68-814, length (>9 mm, 5.3 mi. X.K. Cabo San Lucas, Baja California del Sur, Mexico. Under rock in shallow burrow. June 12, 1(><>8. Z. L. and D. Thayer. .-///o/y/v.— c?, ASIT 65-0912, length 100 mm, Las Cruces, Raja California del Sur, Mexico. In Fisher residence on terrazo floor in living room. April 29, 1965. A. Perez y Fspinosa via K. Crosby. Paratypcs.—3 ?s, ASU 56-243, length 7<> mm. Las Animas, Sierra Laguna, Baja California, Mexico. Oct. 12, 1941. I\'.>-- 80 1 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 63 and Boliert. California Academy of Science; A SI" (>8-()(>ll, length f>2 nun, ASU '>x 0931, 55 nun, west of Crosby residence, Las Cruces, Baja California del Snr, Mexico. Under rocks without burrow. June 10, 1%8. L. L. and H. L. Stalinke. <$, 65-0051, length 1(14 mm, under wood by guest bouse, Crosby residence, Las Cruces, Baja Cali- fornia del Sur, Mexico. April 2, 1%5. M. S. Percx via K. Crosby. DIAGNOSIS. — Differs from //. arirjoncnsis (lowing) 1928 as follows: Caudal segment V dark brown rather than concolorous yellow with other segments. In older preserved specimens dark brown pigment may be sparse. Dark brown area of carapace dorsum not uniformly ditTn-e but invaded laterally just posterior to median ocular tubercle bv projections of vellow. H. tliavcri lias only four large setae on poste- rior border of ea~h half of genital operculuni. Ratio of catidal segment III length to width, $ 1.30-1.35. ^ 1.45-1.50. These ratios for /-/. arirjoncnsis. $ 1.40-1.50. ^ 1.60-1.70. Ratio of caudal segment IV length to width for //. thaycri. $ 1.60-Uo. J 1.75-1.80, for H. arizonensis, $ 1.70-1.90. d* 1.90-2.00. Ratio of basal piece width to length for H. tha\cri. 1.00-1.75; that of //. ur 1.25-1.50. FIG. 3. //. thaycri $, (ASU 68-814). DESCRIPTION. — Dorsum of trunk with varie- gated pattern of date brown over yellow base ex- cept for following solid yellow areas: Anterior portion of interocular triangle, narrow band of yellow posterior to median ocular tubercle and most of tergite VII. Kthanol preserved specimens lose much of brown pigment. Pedipalps, legs and all except caudal segment V are yellow. These structures are pale yellow in living specimens. Caudal segment V may be densely or diffusely brown ; virtually disappears in large ethanol preserved specimens. I'KOSO.MA. — Carapace. — Median anterior margin protruding, three lateral eyes with first two forming approximately 130° angle with third which is smallest. Large setae along anterior margin with one posterior to each lateral eye cluster and two on poste- rior slope of median ocular tubercle. Surface moderately covered with small granules except for agrannlar central portion ot frontal lobes. Posterior third ot carapace somewhat coarsely granular. Median ocular tubercle well developed and broader on female than male. Ratio of carapace length to posterior \\idth (I. ''4 to 1.00; length to anterior width 1.50 to I.o5. The following carapacial furrows are present: Anterior median, median ocular, lateraly ocular, central median, transverse median, posterior median, posterior transverse, pnstciior marginal and posterior lateral. St,-nntni.— Lateral sides converge inwardly at mid point; divided by deep median furrow forming two vaulted areas laterally and a depressed, diamond- shaped area anteriorly. Pcdi- piilps. '/'<;r.v//.v.- -Lxtcrior surface with two continuous longitudinal ridges. Spareely hirsute. Cutting edge straight with eight diagonal rows of denticulate granules plus 64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 a short basal row and eight large median and nine large inner lateral denticulate granules plus a large terminal tooth. Tibia. — Sparsely hirsute. Two discontinuous longitudinal ridges on external surface. Cutting edge like tarsus. Row of granules on inner surface parallel to basal row of granules on cutting edge. Manus. — Sparsely hirsute. Smooth to finely granular except for coarse granules of interior and exterior keels. External marginal keel well developed and bearing large granules. Superior digital keel vestigial and agranular except for a few large basal granules. Superior inner secondary keel weakly developed but granular approximately one-half length. Interior marginal keel well developed and granular over two-thirds length. Other keels lacking. Numerous trichobothria on inferior edge of mantis. Ratio of tibia length to tarsus length 1.40 to 1.46. Patella. — Dorso-inner and ventro-inner keels well developed and coarsely granular. Dorso-exterior keel developed more strongly distad and lightly to densely granular; not conspicuously so in juveniles. Exterio- median keel moderately developed, agranular on juveniles and adults bearing a few- granules distad. Ventro-exterior keel on proximal two-thirds and coarsely granular. Dorsal, inner and ventral surface densely granular. Inner surfaces with large setae. Ventral surface sparsely granular on juveniles. Only distal superior half of exterior surface moderately granular. Numerous trichobothria (over 24) on ventral surface along exterior margin and on exterior surface (over 30). Femur. — Dorso-inner, dorso-exterior and ventro-inner keels strong and granular. Extero-median keel ves- tigial, agranular but bears a row of large setae. Ventro-exterior keel lacking and agranular. Dorsal and inner surfaces granular ; inner surface also bears large setae. Ventral surface granular on proximal half. Exterior surface rounded and agranular. Clidiccra. — Five well developed, broad, flat teeth on superior margin of movable finger; second and fifth largest; first, about one-half as large; and third and fourth about one-half to one-third size of first. 6-8 setae on superior surface. One large, elongate, stout, dark tooth on inferior margin which is densely hirsute along basal two- thirds. Superior margin of fixed finger with three teeth ; second and third large and broad ; first about one-third as large and fused with base of second, often joined suffi- ciently to simulate double cusped tooth. Walking leys. — Tarsomeres and tibia densely hirsute; other leg segments lightly so. Tarsomere II with single row of short spine> on inferior surface. Tarsomere I of leg I with three longitudinal rows of spines — one on exterior and two on interior edges; leg II with t\vo rows; legs III and IV with one row. Comb of long bristles on exterior edge of tarsomeres I and II of legs I-I1I : represented by a few long setae on IV. Well developed pretarsal median and lateral claws. Exterior and interior pedal spurs with denticulate spines; three to four on interior edge and five to six on exterior. Median lobes of tarsomere II subtriangular with exterior edges densely hirsute. Femurs. — Row of large granules on inferior edge of femurs. Exterior surface of leg I sparsely granular; 1I-IV densely covered with small granules. OPISTHOSOMA. — Mesosotixi. — Tergites very sparsely hirsute; transverse median are of I-VI agranular and shiny with anterior margin finely granular and posterior and lateral areas more coarsely so. Tergite VII densely covered with small to large granules and bearing two vestigial lateral keels. Other tergites without keels. Stcr- nites. — Sparesly hirsute on lateral and posterior edges; small cluster of setae just poste- rior to basal pieces of pectines. Sternites I-VI agranular; VII lightly granular and biaring two pair of lateral keels with confluent granules; median pair vestigial. Stigma slit-like; lung book areas elevated above sternal surface, (.ienitnl tipereiihiin. — Divided and without genital papillae on either sex. Four sublinearly arranged large setae SOJ ENTOMOUH;K AI. NK\\ s 65 near posterior margin of each opercular sclerite. Pectines. — Densely hirsute; numerous subcircular middle lamellae, each bearing one bristle. Angle of proximal middle lamellae with dentate edge approximately 100° for <$ and 130° for ?. Three mar- ginal lamellae with third longer than second. Fulcra subtriangular with each bearing 1-3 bristles ; adults commonly with three. Basal piece transversely oblong with nar- row, ventral median notch. Teeth: $ 23-29, <$ 33-35. Mctasoina. — Intcrcarinal spaces mostly agranular except sparse granulation on dorso-lateral areas and caudal segment Y; juveniles less granular. Caudal segments I-IV sparsely hirsute; Y moderately to densely - i. Dorsal furrow weakly developed. Dorsal and superior lateral keels mod- erately developed and granular. Median laterals moderately developed and granular on all segments; covering only distal two-thirds of III and IV and proximal third oi Y. Inferior and median lateral keels well developed on all segments; agranular on 1 and II, lightly granular on III and strongly on IY and Y. Anal arch well developed and bearing widely spaced large setae; anterior crest with medium sized chisel-shaped granules ; posterior crest bearing row of small cone-shaped granules. 'I'clsan densely hirsute ventrally. Ampulla densely covered with very large granules on antero- ventral surface. The Entomologist's Record To "encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. Cclorado Orthoptera. — A new state record and a major range extension: Schist<>c,-i\-ti aincricana (Drury) (Acrididae) probably reaches, in the west, its "north- ern linii* MI continuous habitat in southeastern Kansas" ( Hebard, 1931, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. I'hila. 83: 119-227). It is, however, resident further west in the southern parts of its range; and it regularly wanders north of its resident range in the east, frequently appearing hundreds of miles further north. One specimen, undoubtedly a vagrant, has been taken in Colorado. This is an adult male, collected July 4, 1958. near Two Buttes, Baca County, in extreme southeastern Colorado by Kathleen D. and Douglas ',. Alexander. ( "iin/>ii/r.v fiilii/iiiosns Thomas ( Tettigoniidae ) is known primarily from desert mountains in the southwest, from California to the Davis Moun- tains of southwest Texas. It was first reported from Colorado in the northwest, in Yampa Canyon, Dinosaur National Monument ( Alexander and Rodeck, 1952, Entomol. Xews ro : 238-240). It is now known from southeastern Colorado as well, two adults, male and female, having been collected August 29, I960, near Undercliffe, Colorado, by T. Paul Maslin. These were in stream bottom vegetation near the mouth of Huer- fano Canyon, about 23 miles southeast of Pueblo. The nearest previous record is from the Mesa de Maya in the Oklahoma panhandle (Blair and Mubbell, 1938, Amer. Midi. Nat. 20: 425-454). All three specimens are now in the University of Colorado Museum. — GORDOX ALEXANDER, l'nn:crsit\ <>i ('olonido. Boulder. Colorado 80302. 66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 A population of a European pseudoscorpion established in New York. — An earlier note ( Muchmore, 1%3, ENT. NEWS, 74: 208-210) pointed out that the common European neobisiid pseudoscorpion, Roncns lubricus L. Koch, had been found living in the greenhouse at the University of Rochester in Rochester, New York. It can now he reported that this pseudoscorpion is well established in an outdoor li cation in Rochester, not far from the University. Specimens of Roucus lubricity were first found in September 1967 in a Berlese sample from cindery soil along the base of a stone wall, which parallels the Lehigh Valley Railroad embankment near Mt. Hope Cemetery. Subsequently, the species has been found over a large area stretching for at least a third of a mile along both sides of the railroad right-of-way, bounded on one side by the Genesee River and on the other by a paved boulevard. (This site is 0.6 mile from the greenhouse from which the species was reported previously). Here it seems to live preferably in the loose, fine cinders in and near the embankment ; but it lias also been found, during summer months, in leafy litter on more compact soil in the vicinity. Except for the railroad tracks themselves, most of this area is covered by honeysuckle, sumac, and a variety of small, deciduous trees, so that the soil is usually moist and cool, even in the middle of summer. R. lubricus has been found in collections made during every month of the year, except January and February when the ground is usually frozen and covered by snow. Along with Roncus lubricus have been found a number of other exotic arthropods, evidently brought from Europe many years ago when a large botanical nursery operated in this part of Rochester (see Cooper, 1962, ENT. NEWS, 73: 187-190). Common among these forms are the pseudoscorpion (lit/minus tctruchclatiis, the terrestrial iso- pods Trichoniscus pyyiuaeits, Triclnniiscus dcinh'iriio ( probably = T. pusilln] and Hylonisciis riparius, the centipedes Chaetechelyne I'esitriana and Sciitii/cra sp., and the beetle Anommatus duodecimstriatus, most of which appear to be of central European origin. It may be, then, that this population of R. lubricus is also of central European origin, which would account for some small differences noted between these and the English specimens recently described in detail by Gabbutt and Vachon (1967, J. Zool. London, 153: 475-498). It is also worth noting here that all stages, including protonymphs, have been found throughout the year (except January and February). This is at variance with the observations of Gabbutt and Vachon who obtained protonymphs only in August, Sep- tember, and October, and found deutonymphs absent or very rare during the winter and early spring. It is not yet clear whether this discrepancy represents a difference in the habits of the two populations or only a difference in sampling techniques.— WILLIAM B. MUCHMORE, Dcf>iirtinciit of l-H«lnAI: 1. Male with pair of anterior processes on third coxae 5 Male lacking processes on third coxae 2 2. Gonopods of male small, not joined together at coxae4: female lacking processes on second coxae ^ Gonopods of male prominent, joined with connecting tissue at coxae4; female with a pair of cylindrical processes on sec- ond coxae 4 3. Male gonopod s with telopodite composed of long, slender tibio- tarsus and short, slender femoral process Hybaphe Cook 1Diplopoda: Polydesmida: Xystodesmidae. Accepted for publication October 15. 1968. - Systematic Entomologist, Bureau of Entomology, California Department of Agri- culture, Sacramento, California ''5X14. 3 Department of Entomology, I'niver.sity of California, Davis, California 95616. * Gonopods mu^t be removed to verity tbis cbaractcr in certain species. 68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS March, 1969 FIGS. 1-7. All Figures of Anombrocheir spiiwsu are drawn frcmi specimens col- lected 3.5 miles north of Leesville, Colusa County, California. FIG. 1. — Paratypc c SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\VS 6() Male gonopods with tibiotarsus, femoral process, and definite lobate prefemoral process (see Huckett and Gardner, 1(>(>S. for illustrations ) Harpaphe Cook 4. Collum equal to or narrower than head Motyxia Chamberlin Collum much wider than head Sigmocheir Chamberlin ?. Sternum between fourth pair of legs of male distinctly swollen or produced o Sternum between fourth pair of legs of male flat or only slightly swollen 7 6. Telopodite of gonopod with broad, blade-like lateral process and narrow, smaller mesal process Paimokia C'hamberlin Telopodite of gonopod divided into several apical processes . . . Xystocheir Cook, Delocheir Chamberlin. Cheirauxus C'hamberlin 7. Gonopod telopodite massive, a single piece extending cephalad beyond sixth pair of legs Anombrocheir Huckett and Gardner. NEW ( iKXl S Gonopod telopodite divided into two or more slender processes S 5. Dorsa of segments with numerous, round tubercles; telopodite of male gonopods with forked lateral piece and heavy, entire mesal piece Amplocheir Chamberlin Dorsa lacking tubercles; male gonopods with long, simple lateral piece, the mesal branch simple or complex Wamokia Chamberlin Anombrocheir Huckett and Gardner, XK\Y GKX'l'S TYPE SPECIES: Anombrocheir spinosa Buckett and Gardner, new species. DIAGNOSIS: Body averaging 25 mm in length and 5.0 mm in width; color a light yellowish-gray dorsally. with orange on tips of paranota and epiproct. lit ad smooth and shining, with prominent coronal suture; antennae reaching back- to fifth segment along paranotal margins. Tergites smooth, paranota well developed, extending ventrolaterad from mid-body height, with anterior lateral margin rounded and posterior corners acute, though not produced much caudad (see Fig. 4) ; collum narrow, about one-third as long as broad, with anterior margin curving evenly back, posterior corners equal to posterior margin of collum. Sterna low mesally, distinctly produced laterally, a transverse groove present between legpairs of each segment. Legs long, with femur extending beyond lateral margin of segment; leg segments unmodified except for moderate prei'emoral spine; second and third legs of male each with a pair of cylindrical ventral processes; second legs of female with a prominent pair of elongate o>\ul projections. female; sternum and proximal leg segments of second leg. Fn;. 2. — Paratype female; cyphopod. anterior aspect. Fu;. 3. — Paratype female; cyphopod, mesal aspect. FIG. 4. — Holotype male; right half of ninth segment, dorsal aspect. FIG. —Paratype male: proximal three segments of right leg of twelfth segment. Fie.. 6. — Paratype male; left gonopod. posterior aspect. Fir.. 7. — Paratype male; gonopods, anterior aspect. 70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 Gonopod socket large, sub-oval in shape, with posterior rim raised heighth of one coxal width; gonopods large, with coxae broad and joined together with a distinct sclerotized sternal connective which is surrounded by connective tissue and situated just distad of coxal muscles ; telopodite joined to coxa distally by movable joint at oblique angle ; prefemur-femoral region of telopodite subequal to coxa in size, with- out lobes or processes, surface slightly roughened and supporting many setae on poste- rior surface; tibiotarsal region narrowing abruptly, circled by several spines, apical portion produced mesad, terminating in a narrow, curved flange. Anombrocheir spinosa Pmckett and Gardner. NEW SPECIES HOLOTYPE MALE: Coronal suture prominent, ending abrupting above antennal sockets, and with two prominent setae on each side; vertex smooth and shining, but etched with many minute transverse impressed striae ; frontal and gular regions also marked by minute impressed striae ; frons with a pair of setae dorsally between an- tennal sockets, a pair just below antennal sockets and separated by a distance equal to two-thirds the intersocket distance, and a row of 5 setae on each side near ventral margin of frons, with a distance equal to about two-thirds the interantennal area separating the inner most setae of each row ; clypeus with a transverse row of 25 setae; labrum with a transverse row of 22 setae; gula with a broad, shallow groove parallel to lateral margin of facial shield ; a distinct supra-antennal groove present ; antennae moderate in length, reaching caudad to fifth segment along lateral margins of paranota, and separated by a distance equal to second antennal segment; first an- tennal segment cylindrical, not longer than width of socket, with two dorsal and two ventral sub-apical setae exceeding width of segment ; second segment three times length of first, proximally half width of first, but apically equal to it in width, with numerous short setae along dorsal and ventral margins, and 4 long apical setae ; segments three to five setose, equal in shape, cylindrical and narrower proximally ; segment three sub- equal in length to two, segments four and five slightly shorter; segment six the longest segment, cylindrical, about two-thirds as wide at base as apex, and covered with fine setae; seventh segment sub-hemispherical, with four sense cones inset at apex. Tergites smooth dorsally, except for many minute longitudinal impressed striae; lateral extensions of paranota with sub-cuticular reticulations, paranota projecting slightly ventrolaterad from mid-body height and each exceeding width of body cylinder by about thirty per cent of the cylinder; paranota slanted, with posterior margin about thirty degrees higher than anterior margin ; collum with anterior margin broadly rounded, covering back of head; posterior corners of collum rounded, situated eqrai to posterior margin of segment; collum short, about one-third as long as broad; following seven segments with anterolateral corners increasingly rounded, posterior corners produced; segments eight to nineteen with anterolateral margins of paranota broadly rounded, with the posterior corners acutely rounded and produced slightly caudad of segment ; repugnatorial pores opening on dorsal side of lateral margins of paranota and barely exceeded caudally by posterior margin of segment ; segment > seventeen to twenty progressively reduced, with segment nineteen greatly reduced, tergite narrower than distance between posterior corners of segment eighteen; epipmct subtriangular, with concave lateral margins and truncate apex with mucro exceeding anal valves ; epiproctal setae situated as follows : two pairs of paramedial dorsal setae close to mesal line, one about mid-length of segment, the other near apex, 3 setae along each lateral margin ot tergite and 2 pairs of apical setae; anal valve.s roughened, anal lips produced and lined by 2 pairs ot setae ; hypoproct sublenticular, longer than halt its width. SO] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 71 Sirrna of first and second legs not exposed between clnsch adjacent coxae; tliird through seventh segments with intercoxal area of sternum becoming gradually wider: following segments with sterna finely wrinkled, low mesally. raided out from body cylinder laterally by one-third coxal width, a distinct transverse groove present between legpairs of each segment ; pleural area smooth ; anterior stigma of each segment elongate-oval, the posterior one subcircular and smaller. Legs long and robust, femur exceeding lateral margin of paranoia, coxae sepa- rated by slightly more than 2 coxal lengths; second coxa with small, rounded caudal process ; third coxa with elongate, anteroventral process ; normal legs with coxa short, slightly flattened, densely setose; prefemur about 1.3 times length of coxa and slightly broader, with a distinct ventral apical spine ; prefemur very narrow basally. widening to 3 times basal width at apex, about 1.2 times length of prefemur ; postfemur shorter and narm.ver than coxa, and tibia of same proportions, but shorter and narrower yet; tarsus sub-cylindrical, more densely setose than previous segments, subequal in length to prefemur, with a large, slightly curved claw equal to almost half the length of tibia ; femur and tarsus becoming exaggerated in length near posterior end of body, tarsus subequal to previous two segments in length and femur almost twice length of tarsu>. Gonopod socket suboval in shape, with a low anterior rim and raised posterior rim, socket extending to two-thirds length of prozonite, posteriorly to four-fifth- of metazonite. and in width slightly narrower than distance between lateral margin- »i eighth coxal bases. Gonopods very large, telopodites produced cephalad to anterior margin of fifth segment; coxae erect, longer along lateral margin than along mesal margin, with a short apophysis projecting baso-laterad from mesal margin; anteriorly, coxae joined at apex of mesal margins by a small, circular sternal remnant and a translucent band of connective tissue caudad of the sternum ; coxae connected posteriorly by abundant transverse muscle tissue ; telopodite joined to coxa by movable hinge which flexes longitudinally, permitting a vertical- or anterior-facing position of the telopodite ; prefemur-femur as wide as coxa at hinged joint, then broadening distally until much exceeding coxa in width and equalling it in length ; prefemur long-setose caudally. with an even row of equal setae extending up mesal margin and lining distal margin on posterior side, surface of the prefemur-femur being minutely roughened, not shin- ing; beyond prefemur-femur, telopodite abruptly narrowing to half its former width. the distal portion curving mesad with apex truncate; at point where narrowiii" occur-. 3 prominent spines, anterior, lateral and posterior encircle telopodite; a longitudinal flange occurring mesally on posterior side of femur, cephalad of distal margin of \\lnVI'. a large spine is based, the spine exceeding distal margin of femur on anterior face: apex of telopodite with a thin flange produced and curling distad on po>teric>r -idr : solenite emerging distally on anterior face of coxa medially between lateral and nie-al margins, inserting in seminal canal on prefemur mesally, the canal proceeding along illegal margin of femoral flange for about half its length, then to anterior side of flange, continuing to apical extremity and opening on mesal margin of apical flange near its anterior margin. I i MALE: As in male except for sex characteristics. Second coxae with a pair of -eta-bearing ventral processes. Cyphopod aperture oval, with a large median con- striction nil posterior margin; cvpliopods extremely wide, alnio-1 >>\,iid in shape, with a broad groove on posterior margin and valves barely exceeding receptacle. Si'Li IMF.NS KXAMIXKD: C'Al .1 !•"( )1\ X l.\ : I lolotype male. o.5 miles north of Leesville. Colusa Coimtv, 22 December 1965 (T. S. Buckett. M. K. 72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1969 & R. C. Gardner). Paratypes : Colusa County: 13 males. 5 females, same data as holotype : 9 males, 14 females, same locality as holotype. 23 March 1968 (J. S. B. & M. R. G.) ; Glenn County: 2(> males. 8 females. 3.3 miles north of Grapevine Pass. 23 March 1968 (J. S. H. & M. R. G. ). DISCUSSION : Specimens from 3.3 miles north of Grapevine Pass differ from the holotype in the anterior sub-apical spine of the gonopod being much the largest, exceeding others in the ring by 2 times their size ; also, the apical region of the telopodite exhibits a more pronounced distal hump, the apical flange not being perpendicular to the telopodite, as the posterior margin is proximad of the anterior. Specimens from 3.5 miles north of Leesville resemble the condition found in the Grapevine Pass specimens. Non-geographic variation is found in the number of sub-apical spines on the gonopod, with as many as five subequal spines present on the lateral face. Anombrocheir has been found in the rainshadow region of the in- ner coast ranges of northern California. The known range of A. spinosa spans about 25 miles in its greatest dimension, greater than the known range of any of the species of H'auiokia, a close relative which, inhabits similarly dry terrain in the Sierran Foothills ( see Buckett & Gardner, in press). Presently it seems that Anombrocheir is probably not splintered into a number of localized species as is U'auiokia, although further collect- ing must be carried out to confirm this hypothesis. Xo explanation can be given for this apparently great genetic stability at this time. Anombrocheir appears to be allopatric with all other xystodesmids. Specimens of Xystocheir have been collected 40 miles south of the southern collection of Anombrocheir, and specimens of Harf>af>hc over sixty miles to the north, both other genera in very different habitats. The habitats occupied by spinosa all lie in areas with average annual rainfall of about 20"-22". The specimens were found in areas where ac- cumulated leaf litter was thickest (about one inch), although it was only slightly moist. The major components of the litter were leaves from QuercHS douylasii H. & A., although Finns sabiniana Dougl. also influenced the habitat. Specimens were also found in the litter under a bush of Adcnostoma fasciculatum H. & A., in an area where the population of spinosa was large. Anombrocheir is closely related to the group of genera including \\stochcir, Clicinni.rns Chamberlin. ndochcir Chamberlin. ll'anwkia, Amplocheir Chamberlin. and I'aiuiokia Chamberlin. The genera in this group possess the common features of the gonopod coxae being bound tightly together with connective tissue and muscle, a distinct, sclerotized sternum, the telopodite joined to coxa by a movable hinge, the second and 80] KNTO.MOI. <><;!( '.\l. XKWS 73 third legs of the male with cylindrical coxal processes, and second leg <>f female with a cylindrical coxal process. Of these related genera. Xystochcir and U'ainokia appear to he the closest relatnes of Anombrocheir. Though Xystochcir is the nearest genus geographically. Anombrocheir differs from it by lacking tubercles on the dorsum. hy ])ossessing a shorter, more evenly oval gonopod aperture, lack- ing sternal swellings on the pregenital segments, and by the obsolescence of the apical processes of the telopodite of the gonopods. ll'amokia. on tin- other hand, resembles Anombrocheir in all these characters, as well as inhabiting terrain as dry as that which supports the latter. Anombrocheir • Iocs differ from Wamokia, however, by possessing a broader body ( length width ratios in male of 5.3-C>.9 for Wamokia vs. 5.0-5.2 for Anombrocheir) with a disproportionately greater separation of the pregenital legs, as well as a much more massive telopodite of the gonopod. From the above com- parisons, we conclude that U'ainokia is the genus most closely related to . inombrocheir. LITERATURE CITED BUCKETT, J. S., and M. R. GARDNER. 1968. Revision of the milliped genus 1 larpaplic Cook from Western North America. Occasional Papers, Bur. of Kntomol., Cali- fornia Dept. of Agric. no. 11, 55 pp. incl., 24 figs. BUCKETT, J. S., and M. R. GARDNER. Revision of the milliped genus \l\unokia from the Sierra Nevada of central California. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington (in press). LOOMIS, H. E. 1968. A checklist of the Millipeds of Mexico and Central America. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 266, Smithsonian Institution Press, v + 137 pp. ( THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 66 ) Nomenclature Notice. — Possible use of plenary powers by tin- [nternational Com- mission on Zoological Nomenclature is announced for the following cases pertaining to insects and spiders, the case number in parenthesis: (see Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 25, pt. 2/3, 27 September 1968), Arachnida (1838) type-species for Olilof'hus C. Koch, 1872; Hemiptera (1843) validation of .ipliis //i7 Glover, 1877; Hymenoptera (1845) type-species for Anoplhts Dufour, 1834; Hymenoptera (1845) neotype for Spht-.r nii/cr Fabricius, 1775, and S/'/ir.r niijcrrimiis Scopoli, 1763; Hemiptera (18: suppression of Siphocoryitc ntujclicac del Guercio, 1911, and Lepidoptera (18; dation of emendation to I lyposinocoiiiu of Hyposmochoma Butler, 1881. Send com- ments in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7, England. — W. E. CIIIXA, .Issislunt Secretary. 74 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1969 Announcement. — The 1969 Summer Institute in Systematics is being organized by the Society of Systematic Zoology with the support of the National Science Founda- tion and the Smithsonian Institution, the site of the Institute. The goal of this activ- ity is to expose younger, teaching-researching zoological systematists to the full range of current concepts and techniques available to them. A series of provocative lecturers will present various facets of the subject during the mornings of three weeks in a manner calculated to evoke maximum discussion. Afternoons will be left unstructured so that participants may use the National Collections for their individual research projects, which they are encouraged to discuss in informal afternoon sessions. The Institute is limited to twenty-five participants who will be given air coach fare and per diem while in Washington. Applications may be obtained from: DR. R. S. COWAN, Office of Systematics, Museum uf Nutiirul History, Sinitlisoiiiiiii Institution, Washing- ton, D. C. 20560. Thousand- Year-Old Boll Weevil Identified. — The boll weevil, one of the world's worst cotton pests, has been active for a thousand years longer than history has indicated until now, as demonstrated by Rose Ella Warner, of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, United States Department of Agriculture, in Washington, D. C. Recently she identified a perfectly preserved, thousand-year-old boll weevil, which she said appears to be of a form (Fig. 1 ) intermediate between two other weevil species: Aiitlioin.i/iiis (/randis firniuUs, and A. 5 male and 17 female paratypes, 1-5 ig Hug Creek. 1 Iwy. h(). 10 miles south of Mayer, Yavapai Co., Arizona. 8-lY-<>8. R. \Y. Haumann (IV). Additional paratypes as fol- lows: ARIZONA: Small mountain stream 15 miles south of Globe. Gila Co., 5-IY-66, Joe Schuh, (> males. 3 females. 5 nymphs ( SGJ ) : Kast Yercle River between I'ayson and IMne. Gila Co., (>-IY-66. Joe Schuh. 1 female. 1 This work was supported by \SF grant Xo. ("IB 31 IS and Water Pollution Con- trol grant Xo. WI' 54. 2 Accepted for publication December 3, ll'oS. "Department of Zoology, University of Montana. Missoula, Montana : ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS March, 1969 2 nymphs ( SGJ ) : San Carlos River near springs. 40 miles east of Glohe, Gila Co.. 2-IV-68. \Y. L. Minckley. 2 males (UU) ; East Verde River. Hwy. 87. 5 miles north of Payson. Gila Co.. 8-IY-(>8. R. \Y. Baumann, 58 males. 12 females (Vl'i; Yaeger Canyon Creek. Hwy. 8^, 3 miles southwest of Mingus Mountain Summit, Ya\ apai Co.. 9-IV-68, R. \Y. Baumann. 3 males. 1 female (VU). FIGS. 1-4. FIG. 1. — Cupu in urizoncnsis, dorsal view of part of male abdomen. FIG. 2. — C. arisonensis, lateral view of jiart of male abdomen. FIG. 3. — C. arisonensis, ventral view of part of female abdomen. FIG. 4. — C. arisonensis, thoracic sterna of nymph, ventral viexv. Specimens are deposited in the collections of the University of I tali (UU) and S. G. Jewett. Jr. (SGJ I. Xymphs were taken at the type locality and at both additional localities collected bv the senior author. SO I KXTOMOLO',1* AI. X .: - / / ECOLOGICAL NOTES. — The localities where all specimens to 'late have Leen collected are between four and rive thousand feet in elevation. Two localities. Big Hug Creek and Yaeger Canyon Creek are intermittent streams which dry up during the summer months. From the number of specimens collected, it is assumed that collections were made near the peak of emer- gence. This places the emergence time in April, which is late for most Capnui. It is also interesting because the floral surroundings of the type locality belonged to the Sonoran type, and the air temperature was near SO" Fahrenheit. iJisi USSION. — This species is near C. projccta Prison and several other species in this complex. It differs principally in the broadness of the male supra-anal process and by the brachypterous condition of the wings of the male. Th<- fallowing key will separate C. ariconcnsis from the closely related Captiia -pecies found in the southwestern United Sta' - MALES - • .nal process flattened dorso-ventrally 2 Supn.-anal process not flattened dorso-ventrally 2. Supra-anal process wide throughout its length, tapering abruptly at apex, appearing as a broad spatula in dorsal view, tip devel- oped into a sharp delicate spine: wings brachypterous. . . . arizonensis Supra-anal process tapering from wide base to pointed apex, appearing as an elongate triangle in dorsal view, tip pointed but not developed into a sharp spine: wings macropterous. . utauer.sis 3. Spine at tip of supra-anal process thin and delicate, one seventh length of supra-anal process, not bent downward at tip projecta Spine at tip of supra-anal process not delicate, one third length of -upra-anal process, bent downward at tip limata FEMALES 1. Eighth sternite mostly membranous, with small sclerotized patches only on lateral margins Fighth sternite sclerotized. not mostly membranous, heavy sclero- tization medially 2. Posterior edge of subgenital plate with small pointed projec- tion medially projecta Posterior edge of subgenital plate with broadly rounded projec- tion medially arizonensis 3. Seventh and 8th sternites united by median sclerotized connection. limata Se\enth and Sth sternites not connected, separated by membran- ous area. - .utahensis ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 Ac K X < )\Y LEIX , M ENT The authors are grateful to \Y. L. Minckley, Arizona State University and Stanley G. Jevvett, Jr., Portland, Oregon, for sending material for study. We are indebted to \Yilliam E. Ricker, Stanley G. Jewettt, |r. and Alan Y. Xebeker for helpful suggestions on the preparation of this paper. The drawings were made by Michael L. Miner. LITERATI-RE CITED PRISON, T. H. 1937. Studies of Xearctic Aquatic Insects. Illinois Xat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21 : 78-99. — . 1944. Three Xe\v Species of Capnia from Colorado (Plecoptera: Capniidae). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 69: 151-157. GAUFIN, A. R. 1964b. Systematic List of Plecoptera of the Intermountain Region. Proc. Utah Acad. 41 ( 2) : 221-227. GAUFIN, A. R., and S. G. JEWETT, JR. 1962. Xew Capnias from Utah (Plecoptera). Wasmann Jour. Biol. 20(1) : 69-71. XEBEKER, A. V.. and A. R. GAUFIN. 1968. The Winter Stoneflies of the Rocky Mountains (Plecoptera, Capniidae). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 94: 1-24. (THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 74) A Record of Rachiceridae from New York (Diptera) : On July 25, 1968, I found a male specimen of Racliiccrns obscuripcnuis Loew on the inside of my garage window at Ludlowville, New York. Apparently no species of Racliiccrns is known from New York. Although R. nitidns Johnson has been recorded from as far north as Maine and XTew Hampshire and R. fitlricollis Walker from Massachusetts, most records of this genus are from well south of New York. R. obscuripcnuis has been collected in Maryland, Virginia, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Missouri and Kansas. The 1968 record from Xew York appears to be an interesting range extension. In life, R. obscuripcnuis closely resembled in general appearance and activity a specimen of Sylz'icola sp. (Anisopodidae) and I suspect collectors in the past may have overlooked the rarely collected Rdclticcrns for this reason. — L. L. PECHUMAN, Department of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell LTniversity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. New records for Orthoptera.— J\tropniiuilu wyomingensis: Jacques Heifer of Mendocino, California, has added a new distributional record for this species for New Mexico when he collected 3 females and 1 male on the Mescalero Dunes, New Mexico, September 1, 1961. Another new record for Nevada should be noted as David Rentz, Kensington, California, collected the same species at Soldier Meadows. Nevada during the summer of 1968. — GLENN E. WIXOM, Onx-illc. Calijornui 95%5. (Continued on p. 81 } 80 1 ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\YS 7() A New Species of Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera) R. L. BLICKLE: During a light trap survey specimens of a new species of IKdroptila were taken. The species belongs to the H. dinpmhi l\o>> group, an aggre- gation of quite similar species. The tenth tergite with its heak shape, especially in lateral view, the short downward curved clasper. and tin- long process of the seventh sternite are features that indicate that this species belongs here. The group to which this species belongs is comprised of approximately a dozen species, mainly known from the northeastern part of the 1'. S. A. Hydro ft ihi hainata Morton to which the new species is closely related is a verv widespread species, occurring from Mexico to the state of Maine (Ross, l'M-4). Since so many of the Hydroptilidae have a distribution north and south along the Appalachian Mountains and east and west acro>- northern L'. S. A. and Canada, it is extremely probable that this species will be found to have a wide distribution. The description is offered at the present time to enable a more accurate determination of the species likely to be encountered in studies concerning aquatic life. The holotype specimen will be deposited in the Illinois Natural History Survey collection, paratypes will be placed in the National Museum and in the collection of the Vniversitv of New Hampshire. Hydroptila lennoxi, NEW SPECIES MALE. — Length from front of head to tip of wings 2.8-3.0 nun. Seventh sternite with a very long apico-mesal process which extends posteriorly heyond the apex of the daspers. /!///(/ (figs. 1-4). — Claspers short, curved ventrally ; apex slightly hooked. A i--haped process extends dorsally from clasper base; a long spine projects poste- riorly from tip of this process. Tenth tergite rectangular-shaped in dorsal view (fig. .11 ; appearing concave in lateral view; apical margin slightly cmarginate. The ninth < tit is concave in ventral view and in lateral aspect apico-lateral margin is irregu- larly crenulated ; this margin is set with long hairs. Aedeagus, 0.4(> mm long. The base and titillator are scleroti/ed ; apt-x appears pushed hack on it. self at its base and appear-- to be folded accordion-like; the titillator is curved do\\m\anl sharply in its apical third. Fig. 4 was drawn from a slide preparation, the others from whole speci- mens to show slight variations in t'r.'. titillator position. 1 1'iihlished uith the approval of the 1 )in-ctor of tin- Xew Hampshire Agricultural Kxperiment Station as Scientific Contribution Xo. 441. Collecting equipment furnished by Central University Research Fund i Universits of Xew Hampshire) Grant Xo. 172. -Accepted for publication October 11. l'»dS. •I )i -partment of Entomology, University of Xew Hampshire, Durham. X. H. 03824. 80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | March, 1969 The distinctive aedeagus. the hooked claspers, and the rectangular tenth tergite will serve to distinguish this species from closely related forms. FIGS. 1 — \. Hydroptila /<*»;;. ».n new species, genitalia. FIG. 1, lateral vim ; FIG. 2a, ventral view; FIG. 21>, extension of 7th sternite from 2a ; FIG. 3, dorsal view; FIG. 4, aedeagus, lateral view. This insect will key to H. haiuata Morton in Ross, 1944 (p. 142) ; the following couplet will serve to separate the two species. Aedeagus rod sharply right angled close to the end; 10th tergite, in dorsal aspect, widest at middle H. hamata Mort. Aedeagus rod curved gradually to the right: 10th tergite. in dorsal aspect, with sides parallel H. lennoxi n. sp. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Si Holotype Male. — Jefferson, New Hampshire, 24 June.- lc>(>4. Para-type Males. — Jefferson, Xew Hampshire. 24 June 19(>4. 30 August 1964, 15 August 1966, 16 specimens. LlTERATl'RE ClTED Koss, H. H. 1944. The Caddis Flies or Trichoptera of Illinois. Bui. Illinois Xat. Hist. Surv. Vol.23: 326 pp. ( THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 78) Comments on a Preliminary Revision of the Genus Tropihypnus: ./ pre- liminary revision of the f/cnns Tropihypnus ( Coleoptera, Elateridae), by J. X. 1.. Stibick ( Ent. News, July 1968, pp. 169-187) : T. chatter jeci Fleut. — 7 males, 6 females from Miss C. M. F. von Hayek, British Museum (N.H.), H. G. Champion Collection, are all from Kumaon, W. Almora, India ; one collected March 1918, another in De- cember 1917. The male genitalia has a slender penis, and its parameres are expanded only at the base ; it is otherwise similar to that of Uniques A and C. but not to the Unique D previously suggested as conspecific. The pronotum is coarsely and closely punctate, but not rugose. The distinctive rusty red-brown body color is always present, sometimes more reddish on the elytra. The pubescence is white, but appears as a pale yellow under high magnifications. Queries have been mack- on the distinctive genitalia of '/'. ritniil'oin/i Stibick. Tropiphynus may be divided into four arbitrary groups. The genitalia, keeled scu- U'llum, and notched 5th abdominal segment of the male separate T. rungbongi from the others. Fleutiaux's two species with a complex and attenuate elytra form another group. The male genitalia separate T. pitiijabac Stibick and Unique B ( parameres broad at apex) from the remaining species (i.e., T. nuinsooa Stibick, parameres knobbed at apex). Insight into the relationships of Tropihypnus may not be possible unless more material becomes available from the interior of Tibet and China, and after a complete study made of the Negastriinae. in which it is currently placed. ERRATA: p. 174, lines 27, 28: the Itolo-, -, and 2- of the para types are in tin- liritisli Museum (X.H.); A of the parutypes arc in my collection or in the Purdue Entomology Research Collection. There are 84 males, 71 females from the type locality (not 77 males, 78 females). P. 177, line 9: delete Crypnoidus sctosns Fleu- tiaux (L.M'srs) ; add Quasiiniis setosus ah. ferni. line 19 : Reutiaux (1908 n..t 1<'<>7). P. 177. line 9: Fleutiaux (1932 not 1934). P. 175. line 4: Buysson ( 1914 not 1934). P. 169, line 11: (1930, p. 636 not 31). P. 175. line 3: (1966, p. 145 not 45). The full descriptions of the "Uniques" have been deposited at the United States National Museum, Washington. I). C. To these are added descriptions of T. elmt- terjeei and the specie^ groups mentioned above. — J. X. L. SiTHirK, 3M7 . Rockinp- hain St.. Arlington, Va. 22213. 82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKXYS [March, 1969 The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. . \XGEWANDTE ENTOMOLOGIE By ROLF FRITZSCHK, HEINZ GEILER, AND ULRICH SEDLAG. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena, 1968, 778 pp. Cloth approx. $21.75. The stated purpose of this hook is to provide a text in applied entomology in ( ierman, that area according to the editors, being inadequately represented in that lan- guage. It is intended to develop the subject in terms of principles. Approximately half of the book is concerned with material which can be con- sidered basic to understanding the "applied" aspects of entomology. This includes morphology, anatomy, histology, reproduction, growth and development, physiology, ecology, and systematics. The remainder of the book is devoted to more obviously applied subjects : beneficial insects, harmful insects and the nature of their harmful effects, methods of preventing insect damage including preventive measures, and physi- cal, chemical, and biological control. There is a relatively short section on particular insect problems and methods for their solution. The editors have managed to include a surprising amount of detail for a book of this kind. They have, for example, included discussions of such things as chromosome putting and the roles of DNA and messenger RXA in metamorphosis, energy produc- tion in insect flight muscle, the various taxic responses of insects, and centers of control in developing embryos. These discussions are, of course, necessarily short, but readers interested in more detail or further discussion will find suitable source material in the bibliography. The editors pointed out the necessity of restricting the number of literature cita- tions, and for the breadth of material covered, the approximately 550 citations really seem scanty. They were, however, judicious in their selections. Approximately one third of the references are to compilations in the form of either texts or review arti- cles. About forty per cent of all the references are from 1%() or later, and less than 30% from earlier than 1950. In the first four chapters there are no text citations of literature, but since the bibliographies for these, and all other chapters, include com- plete titles this is not a serious shortcoming. Examples of species upon which discussions of various subjects are based (e.g. parasitism, predation, migration, etc. ) are drawn mainly from Central Europe, other sources being used only where necessary. In spite of this, however, the presentation of the material is such as to not limit its significance to a regional basis, and the reader will find his appreciation of applied entomology sharpened no matter where his location. — D. L. SHAXKLAND. SIX-LEGGED SCIENCE By BRIAN- HOCKING. Schenkman, 1%8. vii + 199 pp. Cloth, $4.50. Six-Legged Science presents nearly the- equivalent of a beginning college course in entomology with a light-hearted enthusiasm intended to woo the lay reader into SO I EXTo.Moi.nr.iCAi. NEWS harmony with "his tiny protagonists," the insects. Professor Hocking manage- to pack an amaxing quantity of entomological knowledge into tin's small honk; e.g., in a single sentence he accomplishes a relatively complete, yet simple description of the structure and function of an insect circulatory system. His ability to simplify \\ithout significant loss of accuracy should he commended. The author has effectively selected many exciting events from the lives of insects, which are certain to capture the general reader's interest. Considerable variation is apparent in the degree to which the author has employed levity. While the author's wit is entertaining, it sometimes detracts from a narrative which is inherently fascinating. Undoubtedly to hold his lay audience, Profess,,,- i lucking has adopted an anthropomorphic style \\hich may charm the unscientific bin \\ill surely repel entomologists. In many places the presentation seems disjointed, with the relevance of some sections in doubt. For example, the first chapter, which alludes to scientific method, seems quite unrelated to either the remaining content the objectives interpreted through the preface. Illustrations throughout appear rather casually drawn and add little to clarify the text. The entomologist will probably find little to hold his interest, while the general public will find much information and perhaps entertainment. — WILLIAM J. FiSGHANG. Insect Ecology GUIDE TO THK CHECK SHEET FOR IBP AREAS (,. F. PKTKKKEX et al., IBP Handbook no. 4, Blackwell Scientific Publications. x+133 i)])., 11 p. check sheet, 1967. II \\DBOOK TO THE CONSERVATION SECTION OF THE INTER- NATIONAL BIOLOGICAL PROGRAMME F. M. NICHOLSON. IBP Handbook no. 5. Blackwell Scientific Publications, ix S4 pp., 1%8. Both of these publications are useful for those interested in preserved areas, their evaluation, and the increase of such areas. — R. H. A. Orthoptera REVISIONARY STUDIES IN THE NEARCT1C DECTINAE DAVID C. RKNTX AND JAMKS I). BIIUHIM. Mem. Ser.. 3, Pacific Coast Ent. California Acad. Sci.. Golden Gale Park, San Francisco, ''4118. xvi - 173 pp., 1%8 Paper, $4.00 plus $.25 postage. "The shield-backed katydids have long attracted the attention of entomologist whether by their presence in large numbers destroying crops and rangeland or by the striking appearance of most species when seen alive in the field. Not since the group been -\stematically studied for the entire Nearctic Region, but rather scat- tered reports have appeared from time to time regarding single genera or limited geographic regions." PREFACE. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1969 Lepidoptera THE MOTH BOOK By WILLIAM J. HOLLAND. Dover Publications, Inc., Xe\v York, 1968, xxiv + 47l-» pp., 262 black and white figs., 48 color pis. (facsimile of 1903 ed., with new foreword and emendations by A. E. Brower). Paperback, $5.00. Holland's Moth Book has been the only fairly comprehensive, color-illustrated man- ual of North American Heterocera for 65 years. Although long out of print, it has been in so much demand as to command premium prices from dealers. Now Dover has blessed the budding lepidopterist by reprinting the book with a striking cover, quality paper, signature stitching for long life, and a refreshingly low price tag. The color plates are surprisingly clear to one used to older editions ; and the nomenclature is partially modernized by A. E. Brower's emendation of some 85 of the names used in connection with the plates. One must forgive Dover's misleading statement on the back cover that this work "offers the collector (both experienced and beginning) all the information he is likely to need to identify North American moths." There are over 10,000 species of moths in North America; this book treats 1,500 species. Again, while many groups have been revised since inclusion in The Moth Book, a larger number are still sadly in need of critical study, with many name changes and additions of species to be anticipated. Brower has apparently not attempted to be complete in bringing nomenclature up tn date; he has ignored name changes which have appeared in recent publications, espe- cially when they are in families other than his specialty, the Noctuidae. An endeavor to enlist the aid of other moth specialists would have made the emendations more extensive and, consequently, the book more valuable. Finally, the treatments of most species are rather brief, consisting usually of little more than a statement of geographical range. For some of the more familiar species, however, we find quite a bit of information on immature stages, food plants, behavior, economic importance, etc. Holland was limited by both space restrictions and also his limited knowledge of moths. He admitted this in his preface. By today's standards his keys, descriptions, and nomenclature are quite inadequate; genitalic features were apparently unknown to him. He stated that he was depending upon his illustrations to provide means for identification. Despite its shortcomings the book has great value still. This fact is due largely to the colored photographs of common members of many moth families. More recent works, notably W. T. M. Forbes' Lef>idof>teru of New }'ork and Xeiorinth Book holds between the covers of a single volume enough information, albeit incomplete and in- accurate, to give the beginner a fairly sturdy foundation in moth taxonomy. For want of such a book, many who might become serious students of Heterocera would turn to other endeavors. It is indeed unfortunate that The Moth Hook is still the best elementary manual on North American moths. Until a new and better one is published, /'/;<• Moth Book will continue to be an important reference for the lepidopterist, with a new lease on life given it by Brower and the Dover Press. — CHARLES V. UOVKI.L, IK. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Hoii'ard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider "\Yasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae ) . 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fo.r — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of Ne\v North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotcs Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 1 1 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. Professor of Entomology at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described ; illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology, and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes i i ii rections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 post paid Printed on heavy, durable paper AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE Warren Road Ann Arbor. Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free /to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Buj or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri- can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U. S. A. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition ; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. ]. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10. 107 NOTICE. I'. 87 'IIP. ENTOMOLOGISTS' RECORD. I 'AGES 88. 92, 102. 105 THE ENTOMOLOGISTS' LIBRARY, PAGES 10<>. 1<>S COMING NEXT ISSUE: PHORETIC COPULATION IN I I YM KNOI'TERA MAY THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 APRIL, 1969 No. 4 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4? X 6? inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general enl(>mgisl and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. FATTY ACID COMPOSITION OF LIMITED USE IN APHID TAXONOMY \YlU.IAM |. Yl'RKIEWICZ * . \HSTRACT An examination, by gas-liquid chromatography, of fatty acids within the various neutral lipid fractions of the milkweed aphid, Aphis asclepiadis Fitch, shows that myristic acid (C:14) is the major fatty acid in glycerides. C:16 and C:18 fatty acids are predominant in the other lipids. Total neutral lipid analyses reflect the composi- tion of triglyceride which comprises 87.1 per cent of the lipid. Following periods of starvation the composition of fatty acids within each lipid fraction remains the same, but if the total neutral lipid is analyzed before separation into its fractions C:14 appears to decrease and C:18 fatty acids increase. This change is due to utilization of triglyceride during starvation causing a lowered amount of triglyceride in the total neutral lipid sample. It is suggested that carefully controlled experiments combined with biochemical improvements in fatty acid analysis will be necessary if fatty acid composition is \« be used as a taxonomic tool at the species level. Aphids have been characterized as having high concentrations of myr- istic acid (C:14) (Strong, 1963; Barlow, 1964; Fast, 1966) and it has been suggested that fatty acid composition might be of use to the insect taxonomist (Gilbert, 1967). The high percentage (i.e., > 507 ) of myristic acid was found only in neutral lipids and not in phospholipids ( Fast. 1(>(>(>) and. unfortunately, the neutral lipid fraction was not further separated into its individual components for more detailed fatty acid analyses in any of the studies. I have examined fatty acids within the various neutral lipid fractions of the milkweed aphid, .Iplus asclepiadis Fitch, to determine the feasibility of using chemical composition as a taxonomic tool. Xymph> and adults were collected in the held from a single stand of the common milkweed. .-Isclcpias syriaca. The insects were divided into nine e<|tial lots for analysis. Three lots each were examined immediately. and after 24 lir. and 4S hr of starvation. Only water was provided during the periods of starvation and the insects were held in the laboratory at 22° C and 507 R.I I. 1 Department of I'.iolo^y, Millersville State College, Millersvillc. Pennsylvania 17551. 85 E N TO M O LOG J C A L N E W S April, 1969 Lipids were extracted, fractionated, and quantitated as described pre- viously (Yurkiewicz and Whelchel, In press). Fatty acids were prepared using the boron trifluoride technique of Metcalfe and Schmitz (I%1). Standard gas chromatographic techniques (F and M Scientific Methods Bulletin No. 117) including the use of 6c/c diethylene glycol succinate col- umns at 190° C and a hydrogen flame detector were employed. The results indicate that the neutral lipids of aphids analyzed imme- diately comprise 11 per cent of the wet weight and contain 87.1 per cent triglyceride, 8.2 per cent sterol ester and hydrocarbon, 2.2 per cent mono- and diglyceride, 1.5 per cent free fatty acid and 1.0 per cent sterol. After 24 and 48 hr. of starvation, the triglyceride fraction had decreased to 79.4 and 72.5 per cent, respectively, of the neutral lipid fraction. There was a corresponding increase in the per cent composition of all other neutral lipid fractions. The fatty acid composition of A. asclepiadis analyzed immediately after collection is shown in Table 1. It is interesting that myristic acid (C:14) TABLE 1. Fatty acids in the lipids of the milkweed aphid, Aphis ascl-'piadis Fitch Lipid Fraction Per Cent Composition of Fatty Acids 12 14 14: 1 16 16: 1 18 18: 1 18:2 18:3 > 1 8 : .< Triglyceride 3.5 77.6 t1 18.8 t t t t t t Mono- and diglyceride t 32.2 t 22.4 6.9 9.5 15.2 8.1 5.3 t Free fatty acid 3.2 18.0 t 34.0 8.2 14.2 15.9 5.3 1.2 t Sterol ester t 15.7 t 15.6 6.0 4.1 31.4 24.7 1.5 t Total neutral lipid 2.2 71.0 t 16.5 1.1 2.5 3.2 3.5 t t Phospholipid 1.3 18.1 1.0 5.9 3.1 3.9 24.4 28.5 10.2 2.6 1 t == trace, less than 1.0 per cent. is the major fatty acid (> 50 c/< ) only in the triglyceride fraction. Total neutral lipid fatty acids are, of course, reflecting the composition of tri- glyceride, the major neutral lipid. After 24 and 48 hrs. the per cent com- position of fatty acids within each fraction remained essentially the same, but by 48 hr. the amount of C:14 within the total neutral lipid fraction had decreased from 71 to 62 per cent. Concomitantly, the amounts of C:18, 18:1, 18:2. and 18:3 increased. This change is obviously dm- to the lowered amount of triglyceride in the total neutral lipid pool following starvation. The great disparity in fatty acid composition among the iK-utral lipid fractions indicates that studies on the fatty acids within each fraction would 80 J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 87 he more useful than information on total neutral lipid fatty acids. Further- more, that physiological state must he carefully controlled is clearly shown when fatty acids are examined following starvation. Myristic acid de- creased significantly following a relatively short period of foot deprivation. A change of this magnitude suggests that fatty acid composition could vary from one insect sample to another thus making fatty acid taxonomic identi- fications difficult. It is probable that carefully controlled experiments combined with biochemical improvements in fatty acid analysis will he necessary if fatty acid composition is to be used as a taxonomic tool at the species level. LITERATURE CITED BARLOW, J. S. 1964. Fatty acids in some insect and spider fats. Canadian J. Biochem. 42: 1365-1374. FAST, P. G. 1966. A comparative study of the phospholipids and fatty acids of some insects. Lipids 1 : 209-215. GILBERT, L. I. 1967. Lipid metabolism and function in insects. In "Advances in Insect Physiology" (J. W. L. Beament ct sis for many years, but was removed to Pseudopanurgus in 1937. and later to the subgenus Hctcrosants by Michener. At one time, also, it was thought by Cockerell, to belong through its synonym in the genus Camptopoeum, with which it certainly has some resemblance. Although Pseudopanurgus, in a broad sense, in- cluding the segregated group Hetcrosarus. was derived probably from /'scscr\t>tion. — Wings with two submarginal cells, the second narrowed alt nit one- half, or less, above and receiving first recurrent nermure about one-fifth of its length from base, rarely in some cases closer to base than second from apex. 1'terostigma narrow, four or more times longer than wide. Marginal cell reaching halfway from stigma to apex of wing. Tibial scope of female thin and short, the hairs simple. Female with well-developed yellow or whitish face marks of the pattern seen in I'rutiin- ilr,-ini. Males (as far as known) with face yellow below level of antennae. Abdomen of male slender, elongate, three or more times longer than wide. Apical depression of tergites strong, but only moderately wide, and basal impression moderately devel- oped. Two apical lobes of seventh sternite narrow, acute at apex, with their tips curved outward. Eighth sternite (subgenital plate) of the general type seen in Pro- tiinili-fiia and Pseudopanurgus, longer than wide, gently deflexed from its base, with parallel or diverging keels on dorsal surface and rounded at apex. Genital armature with gonocoxites separate from base and tapering into the fused gonostyli ( parameral lobes) ; sagittae (penis valves) fused, or only briefly divided at apex, depressed, broader than parameral lobes and almost as long. 1 Accepted for publication November 12, 1968. - Associate Entomologist, Emeritus, Department of Biological Control, University of California College of Biological and Agricultural Sciences, Riverside, California 92502. 90 KNTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April. 1969 Tvpc of i/cniis. — Calliopsis abdominalis Cresson. KEY TO SPECIES OF METAPSAENYTHIA Female with Irons, vertex and mesonotum finely and densely punctured ; black, with scutellum, metanotum, posterior face of propodeum and abdomen more or less completely ferru- ginous ; large mark on face below antennae, not reaching margin of eyes but leaving anterior part of clypeus dark, and tubercles yellow (males similar, with face below level of an- tennae yellow ) abdominalis (Cresson t (The subspecies tricolor differs in lacking most or all of the ferruginous color. ) Shining black, sparsely punctured ; head much broader than long; transverse mark on lateral extensions of clypeus, transverse band above clypeus, tubercles and interrupted band on hind margin of pronotum creamy white ; punctures of mesonotum faint, minute and close, with distinctly larger, but still small punctures sparsely interspersed sonorana, new species Metapsaenythia abdominalis abdominalis (Cresson) Calliopsis abdominalis Cresson, 1878, Trans. American Ent. Soc. 7 : 68, 5- <$; Crawford, 1915. Proc. United States Nat. Mus., 48: 578. Camptopoeum scmirufnm Cockerell, 1937, American Mus. Kovitates, 817: 1, ?• Pseudopanurgus abdominalis Michener, 1937, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (16) 19: 321. ' Pseudopanurgus (Hctcrosarus) abdominalis abdominalis Michener, 1951. Hym. America, Syn. Cat., p. 1098. This is a common species in Kansas and Texas and 1 have examined over three hundred specimens, many of them from flowers of Monarda. from which the females collect pollen. Some specimens were collected at flowers of Hcliantluts animus. Ihilca aiirea. Brazoria truncata. .Istcr tana- cctijoliits and Gaillardia. Metapsaenythia abdominalis tricolor (Cockerell) Calliopsis abdominalis Fox, 1892, Entom. News. 3 : 29 : Bradley, 1(>43. Ent. News, 53: 190. Calliopsis tricolor Cockerell, 1897, Trans. American Ent. Soc.: 151, $. f'sciidopainirj/ns {Hctcrosarus) abdominalis tricolor Michener, 1('51, Hym. American, Syn. Cat. p. 1099; Mitchell, I960, Bees Eastern United States, 1 : 270. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\VS ()\ This is merely a dark color form of abdominalis and is known from Xew jersey and Pennsylvania south to North Carolina and Georgia. Metapsaenythia sonorana, XK\\ SPEC IKS This is a small, but robust bee, with a very broad head, a transverse white band on face below antennae, white marks on disk of pronotum and tubercles, and a very minutely punctured and shining mesonotum. Female. — Black, shining; transverse mark on lateral extensions of clypeus, trans- verse supraclypeal mark rounded above, nearly circular subantennal marks, broadly interrupted band on hind margin of disk of pronotum and mark on tubercles creamy white. Thorax and abdomen otherwise dark, except sternite 6 testaceous brown. Legs dark, small mark at apex of front femora on anterior side, anterior side of front tibiae except at apex, and small spot at base of middle tibiae creamy white; small joints gether. Pterostigma slender, about five times longer than wide and about halt as wide as first submarginal cell; second submarginal cell narrowed more than one-hall above and receiving first recurrent nervure about one-seventh of its length from base and second one-sixth from apex. Abdomen ovate, about twice as long as wide, convex above; pygidial plate, except for well-rounded apex, concealed in type. Calcar of middle tibiae very slender, slightly curved and about three-fourths as long as basi- tarsus ; calcaria of hind tibiae minutely serrate. Tarsal claws with small inner tooth. Head and thorax smooth, shining, very finely punctured ; punctures of frons and vertex mostly well separated, those of clypeus somewhat coarser and closer and those of cheeks finer. Mesonotum very minutely, rather closely punctured, with 92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1969 larger punctures sparsely interspersed ; mesoplura densely and finely punctured. Pro- podeum smooth, minutely punctured ; basal area narrow and minutely rugulose. Abdo- men slightly dull, very minutely shagreened or lineolate, and with moderately close minute punctures ; apical depression of tergites narrow, not differing much from disk in sculpture except on tergite 1 ; basal impression of tergite 2 a narrow shining groove. Pubescence of face, cheeks and sides of thorax short, thin, erect and whitish, but meso- notum almost bare. Abdomen with very fine short, appressed hair, even on apical depression of tergites (except of first); apical fimbria ochraceus, rather dense but short ; hair of venter erect, most evident on sternite 5. Scopal hair of hind tibiae very thin, shorter than greatest width of segment, but with somewhat longer hairs on outer margin very minutely plumose. Length, 5.5 mm ; anterior wing, 4.8 mm ; width of head, 2.3 mm. Holotype. — Female, Oroz, Sonora, Mexico, on Tidestromis lanuginosa, Sept. 17, 1957 (Timberlake). Type in collection of the University of California, Riverside. (THE ENTOMOLOGISTS' RECORD, continued from p. 88) University and to be near the members of his family who reside in and near Worcester. During his long association with Cornell and the Department of Entomology he made many contributions to the departmental library and the collections. He spent a considerable sum of his personal money on building the Lepidoptera collection. His final gesture upon leaving Cornell was a substantial gift to the Department of Ento- mology to be used for graduate students and projects related to their work. He was very much interested in the geographical distribution and Classification of the Lepidoptera, especially the butterflies of the American tropics. In pursuing these studies he made two long trips to South America in 1920 and 1927 and a shorter trip to the island of Puerto Rico in 1930. He was the last of the great general workers in the Lepidoptera, and his com- mand of the field was unrivalled. There was no area upon which he had not read and upon which he had not formed opinions. He published approximately 150 scientific papers; the majority were on the morphology and classification of the butterflies and moths. His outstanding contribution in this area was the work already referred to, "Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States." He also published some note- worthy and basic contributions on the wing venation and wing folding of the Coleoptera. His interests outside of entomology were many; two were the psychology of color vision, on which he published, and the archaeology of the Near East. (Continued on page 102) 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 93 New Species of Pheidole from Pacific Coast Islands (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) ' ROBERT E. GREGG 2 Specimens of ants in the genus Pheidole have been received from Mr. Roy Snelling, of the Los Angeles County Museum, and they prove to repre- sent two new species. I am indebted to him for the opportunity to describe these insects. One of the species was collected on the Island of San Cle- mente, off the coast of southern California, and the other was found on the Tres Marias Islands adjacent to Xayarit, Mexico. Pheidole clementensis XEW SPECIES (FIGURE 1) MAJOR. — Total length 3.62 mm ; head length (excluding mandibles) 1.28 nun ; head width 1.12 mm; head index 0.87; thorax length (excluding neck) 0.7" nun; petiole- postpetiole 0.46 mm; gaster length 1.12 mm. Holotype. Head (excluding mandibles) distinctly longer than broad; cephalic snlcns deep, occipital notch profound, and occipital lobes distinct ; clypeus emarginate with edges of the notch rounded ; frontal lobes prominent, frontal carinae divergent ; sides of head straight and subparallel, but angled toward the occipital lobes; eyes anterior to the middle of the head, composed of 40 to 45 facets. Antennae 12-segmented, club dis- tinctly 3-segmented ; scapes unflattened, wider distally than basally, and reach about one-half the distance to the occipital corners. Mandibles with two stout apical teeth and one small basal denticle. Mandibles, clypeus, and frontal area glabrous and shin- ing; genae and frons with longitudinal and slightly divergent rugae, partly reticulate medial to the eyes; vertex partially crossed with finer rugae or striae, otherwise smooth and shining ; tops of occipital lobes and their anterior faces covered with very coarse, strong, transverse rugae that are somewhat wavy, and which are reticulate where they cross the occipital sulcus ; surfaces between cephalic rugae smooth and shining or only slightly subopaque in sonic areas; sides of occpital lobes very smooth and polished ; gula smooth. Thorax moderately convex, humeral angles distinct ; meso-epinotal suture im- pressed, but the general contour of the thoracic dorsum straight and uninterrupted. except for the suture, not saddle-shaped. Tronotum and mesonotum smooth and shin- ing; propleurae and mesopleurae smooth except for a few fine striae. Kpinotal base and declivity subequal, and joined by a very obtuse angle; base and declivity smooth and shining, hardly any punctures visible; sides of epinotum punctate, ventral portions with a few striae. Epinotal spines narrow, pointing abruptly vertical, and with rather sharp tips; spine length ', their interbasal distance. IVtiolar node low, its superior border broadly concave; surface of node smooth, petiolar peduncles punctate. Postpetiole broader than long, trapezoidal, with rounded lateral borders and no connulcs ; node smooth. 1 Accepted for publication November 1, l''oX. 2 Department of Biology, I'niversily of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. 80302. 94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1969 Gaster smooth and shining throughout; proper .ioiis usual for the genus. Pilosity : hairs yellow and pointed, covering all surfaces of the body, legs, scapes, and mandibles ; moderately long on the head, and longer on the thorax, pedicel, and gaster. Pubescence erect, and restricted to antennae and legs, where it appears to grade into the hairs. Color: anterior half of head, gula, mandibles, antennae, legs, and gaster light red- rish brown; posterior part of head, thorax, petiole, and postpetiole dark brown. wtmwwm FIG. 1. Plieidolc clcincntciisis, new species, lateral view of head of maj; r. MINOR. — Total length 2.17 mm; head length (excluding mandibles) 0.50 mm; head width (excluding eyes) 0.49 mm; head index 0.875; thorax length (excluding neck) 0.59 mm; petiole-postpetiole 0.30 mm; gaster length 0.72 mm. Morphotype. Head longer than broad (excluding mandibles) ; occipital border weakly concave; frontal lobes well developed, frontal carinae short, straight, and indistinct ; clypeus convex, not emarginate ; scapes barely surpass occipital corners; mandibles with two sharp apical teeth and several denticles. Surface of head smooth and shining through- out. Eyes with 38 to 40 facets. Thorax moderately convex, meso-epinotal suture distinct. Kpiuotal spines tri- angular, vertical, and sharp. Surface' smooth and shining except mesopleurae which 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL \K\\S 95 are in part punctate. Petiolar node low and blunt, with superior border convex. Postpetiole very slightly broader than long, suhquadrate. Pedicel and gaster smooth and shining. Pilosity : similar to that of the major. Color: head, thorax, and petiole very dark brown; mandibles yellow; legs, an- tennae, postpetiole, and gaster light brown. The major of Ph. clementensis differs from that of its closest ally. Ph. cul/i/iniicu Mayr, in the following particulars: in size it is greater (3.62 mm vs. 3.50 mm ) ; cephalic sculpture, especially on the occiput, is much heavier ; occipital rugae are extremely coarse and rise higher from the surface of t lu- lu-ad, and on each side of the sulcus they are so prominent that in profile the head appears to have conspicuous brow ridges, with the result that the vertex immediately in front of the ridges is slightly concave ; posterior occi- pital corners, in profile, more angular; eyes smaller (approx. 40 facets vs. approx. 55 facets). The mesonotal disc descends to the meso-epinotal suture through an even curve, whereas in californica there is a distinct mesonotal declivity that forms an angle with the disc ; sides of the epinotum not as completely punctate ; epinotal base and declivity very smooth and shining (not completely punctate and opaque) ; epinotal spines narrow and slender (not broad and triangular). Petiole and postpetiole smooth and shining (not punctate and subopaque). Color dark brown mostly, in contrast to orange brown. In my key to the species of Phcnlolc (Gregg, 1958), it will be neces- sary to modify couplet 34, first alternative, to read as follows: Occipital rugae of the major coarse and wavy, usually forming reticu- lations in the occipital sulcus californica Occipital rugae coarse and wavy, and prominent enough to produce brow ridges on the head in profile ; vertex slightly concave . . clementensis The worker minor of clementensis differs in that the epinotal pleurae arc mostly smooth and shining, the epinotal spines are slightly sharper, and the epinotal base and declivity are very shining. The color is blackish brown rather than yellowish brown. HOLOTYPK: worker major; deposited in the Los Angeles County Mu- seum, Los Angeles. PARATVPKS : hundreds of worker majors and minors, the bulk of them deposited in the Los Angeles County Museum; others in the author's col- lection, and the collections of \Y. S. Creighton. A. C. Cole. U. S. National Museum. American Museum, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Tvri. LOCALITY: Pyramid I lead, San Clemente Island. San Diego County, California. Xest found tinder a stone by K. 1\. Snelling, Decem- ber 7, 1963. 96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April. 1969 I include the following notes by Snelling on the biology of this new ant. "This species was one of the commonest ants on the island ; it appears to be most abundant on the seaward side, and nests under stones. Workers begin foraging shortly before sundown ; the ants are harvesters, bringing in seeds of Cresset crctica in preference to others which are available. A few grass seeds were collected, and on one occasion I observed them gather- ing seeds from a small legume, probably a species of Lotus. An interest- ing feature of the colonies examined was the very high percentage of majors." Phcidolc clcuicntcnsis is of special interest, not only as a new species and as an addition to an already known rich fauna of North American Pheidole, but because of the location from which it comes. Ants from the offshore islands of southern California have in the past been described as subspecific forms and regarded as insular endemics. Wheeler seems to have been much taken by this explanation, as for example with Motio- iiioriuni minimum subsp. cryatoy\na. but which Creighton later (1950) showed to be a synonym of the mainland jiiiniiinnn. In the case of cleinen- tensis it seemed obvious from the start that we were dealing with a different population and that it might be a subspecies of the closely related mainland Phcidolc californica. Further study revealed, however, that it is quite distinct from the latter and should be regarded as a separate species. This led to a consideration of the possible origin and the probable range of the new form. So far, it is known only from the island of San Clemente, but Creighton feels that it will eventually turn up on the mainland coast of California and perhaps on other islands in the vicinity. His reason for this ( in litt. ) is the fact that during much of the year the southern Cali- fornian coast is in the path of strong onshore westerly winds, and that consequently any flying insects would sooner or later he carried to the continent. It should be important, therefore, to determine whether the nuptial flights of this ant occur during the periods of these winds. While San Clemente is farther from the coast than Santa Catalina and certain other islands, it is still only about 60 miles distant, so the suppositions that Creighton makes are altogether possible. It seems strange, however, that if cleincntcnsis does occur on the mainland, it has not yet been found there in an area that has been repeatedly searched for ants. Although I can accept the view that this ant is probably not endemic to San Clemente, such an admission does not preclude the possibility that it may have had its origin on the island or some other island nearby. At a remote time, the mainland species from coastal stations could have been emplaced on the island during rare occasions when conditions may have been favorable for accidental transport. The rarity of these occasions would tend to favor the isolation 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XF.WS (>7 of the population and bolster the speciation process. Some specimens would presumably he blown back to the mainland, but those that remained could have continued their divergence. After full evolutionary separation was achieved, the new species would, of course, be subject to periodic and fortuitous transport back to the mainland. Thus, the allopatric origin of this ant is at least a feasible explanation, and may be offered tentatively until more information is at hand. It will be interesting and critical to see whether this insect does in fact show up later as a member of the main- land fauna. Pheidole dwyeri XF\Y SPECIES (FIGURE 2) MAJOR. — Total length 6.19mm; head length (excluding mandibles) 2.32 mm; head width 2.24 mm; head index 0.97; thorax length (excluding neck) 1.29 nun; petiole- postpetiole 0.86 mm; gaster length 1.72 mm. Holotype. Head (excluding mandibles) only slightly longer than broad; cephalic sulcus deep, occipital notch profound, and occipital lobes pronounced but well rounded in full -face view; in profile the lobes show a distinct dorsal flattening which extends forward to about the middle of the head ; anterior margin of clypeus sinuate ; frontal carinae strongly divergent, and about one-half as long as the scapes in repose; sides of head straight, but converging toward the mandibular insertions. Eyes lateral, placed ante- rior to the middle of the head; approximately 100 facets. Antennae 12-segmented ; club slender, indistinctly 3-4 segmented; funicular joints 2 to 7 short and only gradu- ally increasing in length, merging into the club; scape short, curved, but unrlattenrd. extending about one-half the distance to the occipital corners. Mandibles with two stout apical teeth, incisor border entire, one faint denticle near the basal border. Frons, vertex, and genae with longitudinal and somewhat divergent rugae that are partly reticulate, especially medial to the eyes; rugae fade out on the occipital lobes. Intn- rugal spaces and occipital lobes heavily punctate, the surfaces opaque; hair foveolae noticeable on the lobes; a small but distinct pit is located at the anterior end of the cephalic sulcus in the approximate position of a median ocellus; sulcus cross-striate ; tops of the occipital lobes finely striate and faintly shining; gula smooth. Mandibles mostly glabrous and shining, except for hair punctures and several strong rugae mi the lateral borders. Frontal area triangular, smooth and shining. Thorax moderately convex, humeral angles distinct; posterior part of mesonotum concave- and forming a small saddle in front of the epinotum: meso-epinotal Miture distinctly impressed. Epinotal base shorter than the declivity, and connected by an obtuse angle; epinotal spines long and sharp, spine length almost » their interhasal distance; epinotal spiracles round and prominent. Pronotum and mesonotum tr, in- versely rugose (neck smooth) ; interrugal spaces punctate, opaque. Kpinotal base and declivity transversely striated and weakly shining. Entire thoracic pleurae, including epinotum, punctate and opaque, partly rugose. Petiolar node moderate in size, merg- ing gradually with the anterior peduncle, its superior border truncate and faintly con- cave. Postpetiole very broad and lenticular in shape, twice as wide as the petiole; lateral commies fairly sharp. Both segments of the pedicel punctate and opaque, the postpetiole aKo \\ jth tovcolae. 98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1969 Caster shagreened throughout its dorsal surface, and subopaque to slightly shining ; sides and venter shining. Pilosity : entire body, including scapes, funiculi, mandibles, and legs covered \vith abundant, yellow, pointed hairs which vary greatly in length. Pubescence absent except on the funiculi where it grades into the hairs. Color : head, thorax, and pedicel for the most part reddish brown, the head notably lighter and redder in tone ; clypeus, anterior border of head, mandibles, postpetiole, and gaster blackish brown ; legs and antennae light reddish brown. FIG. 2. PJicidolc ik\.<\cri, new species, anterior view of head of major. MINOR. — Total length 2.68 mm; head length (excluding mandibles) 0.73 mm; head width (excluding eyes) 0.66 mm; head index 0.904; thorax length (excluding neck) 0.83 mm ; petiole-postpetiole 0.36 mm ; gaster length 0.76 mm. Morphotype. Head longer than broad; occipital border flat; clypeal border convex; frontal carinae short and parallel ; frontal area distinctly impressed, and continuous with a fine median sulcus which ends in a minute pit; compounds eyes lateral, about mid\\ay between anterior and posterior holders of the head, comprised of about 40 facet .s; mandibles with sharply denticular masticatory border ; antennal scapes long, extending a little over one-fourth their length beyond the occipital corners; antennal club of 3 to 4 segments that seems more distincl than in the major worker. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 99 Thorax moderately convex ; meso-epinotal suture distinct and impressed, but not saddle-shaped; epinotal base longer than declivity; spines long, almost vertical, pointed. Petiolar node low, dorsal border flat, about as long as the peduncle. Postpetiolar node very low, slightly wider than long, not quite twice the width of the petiolar node. Entire body of insect shagreened to punctate and granular ; subopaque, except occipital border, pronotum, and sides and venter of gaster which are somewhat shining. I'iloMty: hairs as in the major, except sparser and shorter in length. Color: dark brown, except funiculi, mandibles, and tarsi which are paler. In the two most recent tables to the species of North American Pheidole (Creighton, 1950; Gregg, 1958), this ant would run either to Pheidole pilijera color ad ensis, or to Pheidole titanis. depending upon how one chooses to interpret the couplets, or stretch the meanings of the couplets. It does not fit comfortably in either of the above species, and as a matter of fact, it is completely impossible to identify the ant by means of these ke\ s. This is not surprising considering the little-known and very inade- quately studied region from which the specimens have come (vide infra). Direct comparison with the above two species shows them to be quite unrelated. The peculiar cephalic flattening in the major of Pheidole di^yeri, to- gether with its overall appearance seems to indicate that it may be closely allied to Pheidole xerophila, but if so, the latter then is a diminutive rela- tive. Dwyeri may be said to differ from xerophila in the following particulars: in size much larger (approx. 6.2 mm vs. not more than 4.3 mm ) ; head heavily sculptured with longitudinal rugae and densely punc- tured interspaces and verteces, the surface opaque in contrast to lighter sculpture confined to the anterior half of the head with vertices and occi- pital lobes smooth and shining; cephalic hairs arising from narrow punc- tures rather than punctures much wider than the hairs in xcrophlla; eyes with a much greater number of facets; epinotal spines proportionally longer and sharper and reclining posteriorly ; gaster strongly shagreened ; the entire insect noticeably more opaque. Pheidole di^\eri differs from macclendoni in the soldier caste by its larger si/e, (the latter 6.0 mm) ; bv the cephalic flattening; complete cephalic sculpturing (posterior half of head in nnic- elendoni smooth and shining) ; sharper and more reclining epinotal spines; broader, more lenticular postpetiole with sharper connules ; and shagreened -aMer. The major of di^'\eri differs from that of inilitieida by its slightly larger size (the latter about 6.1 mm ) ; cephalic flattening more definite, but occipital lobes more rounded in profile ; complete bead sculpturing (posterior half of head in inilitieida smooth and shining); pronotum transversely rugose and subopaque (smooth and shining in uiilitieida ) : promesonotum lower and less strongly arched: epinotal spines slightly sharper; petiole lower and more blunt ( superior border sharper and concave in iniliheida) ; 100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April. 1969 anterior border of postpetiole less convex, connules not as sharp ; paster shagreened and subopaque (not smooth and shining) ; color dark reddish brown in contrast to the golden to reddish golden color of iniliticida ; an- tennal club indistinctly 3 to 4 segmented (clearly 3-segmented in iniliticida ). The minor of du'\cri differs from that of niiliticida in that the epinotum is flat ( not convex ) , spines are long and distinct ( not short and triangular ) ; petiole and postpetiole are shorter ; body surface of all tagmata shagreened and subopaque ( not smooth and shining ) ; long diameter of eye only r. that of niiliticida: antennal club like that of the major. My key to Phcidolc could handle the placement of this new species if couplet 30, first alternative, were modified to read as follows : Front and vertex of the major with coarse, piligerous foveolae. longi- tudinal rugae, and interrugal granulations ; feebly shining ; occi- pital sulcus shallow, lobes moderate; head small ( 1.5 mm long) pilif era subsp. coloradensis Front and vertex granular, piligerous foveolae indistinct, longitudinal rugae confined to the anterior portion of the head ; occipital sulcus deep, lobes pronounced ; head large (2.4 mm) dwyeri Although this treatment will separate du'veri from other North Ameri- can species of Pheldolc so far known, the key is an artificial one and makes no claim to show relationship between du'\cri and the forms of pilijcra. Holot\pc: worker major; deposited in the Los Angeles County Mu- seum, Los Angeles. Paratypes: hundreds of worker majors and minors, most of them de- posited in the Los Angeles County Museum ; others in the author's collec- tion, and the collections of W. S. Creighton, A. C. Cole, V. S. National Museum, American Museum, and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Type locality: Maria Cleofas, Islas Tres Marias, Nayarit, Mexico. Two colonies of this ant were collected by R. R. Snelling, one on March 30, 1964 (#36430-C), and another on March 31, 1964, both on Maria Cleofas. The holotype specimen was selected from the colony taken on the latter date. This insect is named for Mr. Richard F. Dwyer, who supported tin- work of Mr. Snelling and made it possible for him to visit the Tres Marias Islands. Pheidolc di^'ycri on first examination appeared to be related to Phcidolc (Ccratophcidolc ) ijrannlata Pergande, because the antennal club seems to be 4-segmented, and thus to represent another new form in this small sub- genus. But Ceratopheidole as a taxonomic entity has been questioned (in litt. ) by Creighton and by Snelling. The latter has studied the two original specimens of ha larvae ( Limnephilidae ) were the prin- cipal feeders on dead squawfish ; however, Lepidostoma larvae ( Lepido- stomatidae ) were also observed feeding but occurred in smaller numbers. Six to ten inch squawfish had an average of 50 larvae, particularly on fish coming to rest in slow, shallow waters along the margins of the river (Fig. 1 ). Fish lodged in the main channel where the current was fast had few or no larvae. Initial feeding occurred principally around the pectoral tins, anus and tail region ; largest concentrations occurred at the base of the tail. Openings into the body cavity causing visceral protrusions were 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XKUS 105 noted within 24 hours after squuwfish had died (Fig. 2). The larvae maintained a loose attachment to the fish during feeding; if the tish were moved or removed from the water manv would drop off. Since large numbers of larvae were observed feeding on fish only a few hours after the fish had succumbed, it would suggest that they were endowed with certain sensory receptors for finding these fish. The authors submit that trichopteran larvae contributed directly and indirectly to the removal of dead squaw fish from the St. Joe River. \York- ing in conjunction with other organisms of decay they hastened the return of the aesthetic condition of the river. Acknowledgments. — The authors wish to express appreciation to Drs. X'orman H. Anderson, Department of Entomology, Oregon State University and Tosh Yaniamoto, University of Toronto, Canada, for identifying the Trichoptera larvae referred to in this paper. LITERATI- RE CITED CHAPMAN. D. W. and R. L. DEMORV. 1963. Seasonal changes in the food ingested by aquatic insect larvae and nymphs in t\vo Oregon streams. Ecology, 44 : 140- 146. JONES, J. R. E. 1950. A further ecological study of the River Rheidol. The food of the common insects of the main stream. Jour. Anim. Ecol. 19: 159-174. LLOYD, JOHN T. 1921. The biology of North American caddis fly larvae. Bull. Lloyd Library, 21 : 1-124. Ross, H. H. 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Xat. Hist. Surv., 23: 1-326. SLACK, H. D. 1936. The food of caddis fly (Trichoptera) larvae. Jour. Anim. Ecol.. 5: 105-115. (TnE ENTOMOLOGISTS' KKCORII. continued from p. K'J • Contact with amateur societies can result in at least two benefits, and probably more. It could result in the \vidrr dissemination of professional literature, including journals. Much of the information currently available for the beginners is so vague that it is of little value. The use of professional information will tend to improve the amateur studies. The demand fur Mich publications should in turn help encourage the publication of mure intermediate aids to bridge the gap between the "trade" and "professional" literature. It is our belief that awareness of the true nature uf the field will improve the situation rather than flood us with "bug swappers." — R. H. A. 106 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS April. 1969 The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. Diptera THE CRANE FLIES OF CALIFORNIA By CHARLES P. ALEXANDER. Bull. California Insect Survey, vol. 8, 269 pp., 1967. Paper, $6.00. The biologists of the state of California are very fortunate on two scores ; they have a well edited series, the Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, to provide a useful tool for the identification of California insects, and they now have a manual of the Cane Flies. This large work contains an interesting history of collections and revisions of material from California. The keys to the several families, the genera, and species are well illustrated (there are 524 figures and 106 maps). Every known locality for crane flies have been indicated on a fine relief map. This work will be, of course, the standard for this group for many years to come. — R. H. A. Trichoptera THE COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY AND EVOLUTION OF THE IN- TERNAL FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF TRICHOPTERA JOHN D. UNZICKER, Illinois Biol. Mon. 40, Univ. Illinois Press, Urbana, xiii + 72, 15 pi., 50 fig. Paper $3.95. "An examination of the different modifications of the internal female genital ia characters in the Trichoptera and other closely related orders resulted in the establish- ing the probable ancestral and derived conditions of these characters." INTRODUCTION. Thysanoptera THE THRIPS, OR THYSANOPTERA, OF ILLINOIS LEWIS J. STANNARD, 111. Nat. Hist. Survey Bull., 29(4) : 215-552, 1968. "This report is presented to make our tiny thrips better known — to show what thrips really are, to explain which ones are harmful and which ones are beneficial, and to introduce the many thrips that are of no direct economic consequence to man but are a part of the native fauna of Illinois. As [is] shown, thrips are exquisite creatures, complicated in form, delicate in habit, and most distinct from the usual run of insects. About 200 species of thrips have been collected in Illinois. Herein is an account of those species and of some others that may occur, but so far have not Km found, in our state." p. 215. ( (. 'oiitinued on p. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 107 The Black Fly, Simulium venustum, Attracted to the Turtle, Chelydra serpentina ' S I KIMIKN M. S.M ITU L> The females of the several blood-sucking families of the I )iptera are best known as pests of mammals and/or birds. Nevertheless, maiiv .species in several families ( Culicidae, Psychodidae, Ceratopogonidae, and Taba- nidae ) normally obtain the blood meal from various poikilotherms such as reptiles, amphibians, or insects (for a review see Do\vnes. 1(»5S). The Simuliidae. however, have been reliably reported sucking blood from only mammals and birds ( Fallis. 1964). There are no records from either Amphibia or Reptilia (Bequaert, 1938; Dowries, 1958) and the few records of supposedly insectivorous species (Hagen. 1883; Pryer. 1887; Theobald, in Emery. 1913; Hill, 1923) have not been confirmed In subsequent ob- servation and some, at least, represent misidentifications of various cerato- pogonids (Dowries, 1958). This note presents the first record of black- flies attracted to a reptile. On May 23, 1964, a large, female of the common snapping turtle ( Cliel\'(/ra serpentina (L.)) (Testudines: Chelydridae) was found on a dirt side-road in Algonquin I 'ark. Ontario (46°N., 79°\Y. ). Attention was drawn to the animal by the presence of a large swarm of simuliids flying actively about the animal. The swarm of fles was concentrated about the head of the turtle and many females were seen to land and remain at the margins of the eyes. Flies landed repeatedly on the carapace but did not remain there for more than an instant. Only those flies landing on the head remained for any period of time. It was not possible to collect specimens from the head of the turtle but ten specimens were captured with the aid of a sweep net. All specimens proved to be females of Simnlinvn I'cintstuiii (Say). None of the captured specimens was engorged and it was not possible to determine whether anv flics were successful in obtaining a blood meal. It is not inconceivable, however, that some flies might have been able to penetrate the skin around the eyes and engorge. This mav account for the marked tendency of the flies to remain clustered about the membranes ol the eyes. Many simuliids. particularly the ornithophilic species, are unusually host specific I e.g., Fallis and Smith. 1()<>4) whereas the so-called "mammalio- philic" species such as .V. ^'outs/tint normally frequent a variety of hosts. 1 Aocepu-d for publication March .\ ln<>(>. I >cpt. of Kntonioloj>y. I'niviTMtv of Manitoba, Winnipeg 1''. Canada. 108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April. 1969 Females of such common species may occasionally utilize reptilian hosts as sources of hlood. Voucher specimens are deposited in the Canadian National Collection of Insects in Ottawa. LITERATURE CITED BEQUAERT, J. 1938. The blackflies, or Simuliidae, of the Belgian Congo. American J. Trop. Med., 18: Suppl., 116-136. DOWNES, J. A. 1958. The feeding habits of biting flies and their significance in classification. Ann. Rev. Ent., 3 : 249-266. EMERY, W. T. 1913. Morphology and biology of Sinniliinii fittutniti and its distribu- tion in Kansas. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., 8(9) : 323-362. FALLIS, A. M. 1964. Feeding and related behavior of female Simuliidae ( Diptera). Exp. Parasitol., 15 : 439-470. - and S. M. SMITH. 1964. Ether extracts from birds and CO^ as attractants for some ornithophilic simuliids. Canadian J. Zool., 42 : 723-730. HAGEN, H. A. 1883. Sinntliuin attacking pupae of Picris mciuif'in, Feld. Ent. Month. Mag., 19 : 254-255. HILL, G. F. 1923. A new Australian I'hlchotonnts (Diptera, Psychodidae ). Bull. Ent. Res., 14: 83-86. PRYER, H. 1887. Sinniliinii sp. attacking larvae in Japan. Ent. Month. Mag., 24: 156-157. (THE ENTOMOLOGISTS' LIBRARY, continued from p. 106) LIFE ON A LITTLE-KNOWN PLANET By HOWARD E. EVANS. E. P. Dutton £ Co.. Inc., N. Y., 1968, 318 pp. Cloth, $7.95. This is the type of book which is the bane of a reviewer's existence, a good one. It is far easier to say that . . . has written a fine book, but . . . than it is to unre- servedly praise a book without sounding fatuous. Dr. Evans' work can be read at two levels — the choice is up to the reader. The first is as a purely informational volume on insect life. As such, it is far superior to the average "oh my" book on insects. In language, which, at times, is almost lyrical. the reader is led or rather accompanied through the wonder which is the world of insects. He will perhaps absorb some of Dr. Evans' enthusiasm and reverence for the miracle and the importance of insect life, as well as sadness at how little we really understand regarding them. There are whimsically titled chapters on soil insects and their relatives, cock- roaches, dragonflies, crickets, fireflies (reprinted by "Natural History" in a recent issue), butterflies, flies, bedbugs and relatives, locusts and parasitic wasps. Each is highly informative — even to the professional entomologist. The notes on Classifica- tion and references for further reading will be helpful to the interested layman. It is in the remaining chapters, supplemented by the ones above, that the other level of this volume emerges ... a lament for the passing natural scene: how little 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 109 \ve know about it and, most sadly, how little we seem to care. The fact that Dr. Evans felt moved to title one chapter "Is Nature Necessary" is illustrative of this point. The chapter "Of Springs, Silent & Otherwise" should be required reading for all biologists and conservationists, economically oriented or not. It contains a most rational exposi- tion of problem of insecticides — a subject whose discussion in the past has been char- acterized by more emotion and irrationality than reason. The following passage taken from Chapter 7 is illustrative, at least to myself, of the meaning of this volume. "Now that man is more sophisticated and there are so many more of him, his world is more regulated and standardized, no matter how well adorned with gadgets. He has learned to do without the virgin prairie and the cry of the eagle, and lie will presumably someday learn to do without much of the world that nurtured him. It was his choice to eliminate the wolf, and he would like to eliminate the mosquito and the bark beetle; but in doing so he is losing the untamed forest, the wild lake haunted by a loon. So it must evidently be." — SELWYN S. ROBACK. ECOLOGY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY OF HIGH ALTITUDE INSECTS By M. S. MANI. Dr. W. Junk, N.V., The Hague (Series Entomologica. Vol. 4). 1968, xiv + 527 pp. 80 figs., 41 tables. Cloth, $27.80. Professor Mani's earlier work ( Introduction to High Altitude Entomology, Methuen, 1962) has now been followed by this more comprehensive work, s;>me two and a half times as long as the former. While the former work was based largely on the author's studies in the Northwest Himalaya the present volume includes summaries of high altitude insect distribution in every major mountain area of the world. And the author's experience now includes field studies in the Pamirs, Tien- Shan, and Caucasus. About 20% of the volume is devoted to the general ecology of insects that occur at altitudes above tree growth (the environment, special adaptations, communities), per- haps 10% to a summary of groups of insects (and other arthropods) typical of high altitudes, and the rest of the volume to distributional accounts, region by region, of high altitude insects. This last portion is primarily geographical, and it is therefore some- thing of a catalogue, but it incorporates much ecological discussion. The Bibliography includes over 1,100 references. This will be an essential reference for all interested in the problems of insect dis- tribution at high altitudes. — GORDOX ALEXANDER, University of Colorado, Boulder 80304. TIIK 0X1- OKI) BOOK OF INSECTS JOHX Briaox. Oxford University Press, I'K.'i. viii + 208 pp. $10.00. This is another volume in the Oxford natural history series. Though the text and figures are oriented towards the British fauna, the general information contained in the book \\ould be useful to any amateur entomologist. The 96 colored plates are each faced by a page of text which offers descriptive material and ecological data on the insects illustrated. About 800 species of insects are shown. The work closes with brief sections on classification, structure, metamorphosis, protection from enemies and references for further studv.- SELWYN S. K'OHACK 110 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | April, 1969 REGISTER OF INSECT SPECIMENS (EXCLUDING ENTOMOPHAGOUS PARASITES) AND ASSOCIATED PHOTOGRAPHS AT THE FOREST RESEARCH LABORATORY FREDERICTON, N. B. By F. A. TITUS. 1968. Forest Research Laboratory, Fredericton, New Bruns- wick, Information report M-X-17, 102 pp. Paper. "This register should (1) facilitate arrangements for exchanges or loans of material, (2) stimulate the interchange of illustrative material associated with economi- cally important species, and (3) focus the attention of specialists on species that are known to occur in the Maritimes but are not represented in this collection or in their own. Periodic supplements will be prepared if they become necessary." — INTRODUCTION. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY, Vol. 2 ALFRED KAESTNER. Translated and adapted by HERBERT W. LEVI and LORN A R. LEVI. John Wiley & Sons, 1968, ix + 472 pp. $22.95. We have here the second of a projected 4 volume series. It covers the Ony- cophora, Tardigrada, Pentastomida and Arthropoda exclusive of the insects. These an.- only briefly discussed. The Arthropoda is divided into 3 subphylathe Trilobito- morpha, the Chelicerata (scorpions, spiders and related orders) and the Mandibulata (centipedes, millipedes, Pauropoda, Symphala and insects). For each order there are sections on anatomy, development (including embryology), relationships, habits and classification. The discussion of the Aranaea is outstanding among the many fine sections. Here and elsewhere, the information is clearly presented, well organized and up-to-date. As this volume proves, one can be informative without being dry or pedantic. Each chapter is concluded by a moderately comprehensive bibliography. The illustrations, drawn from many sources, are of high quality and the overall excel- lence of the printing and typography add greatly to the readability of the book. In an attractive format, this volume brings together a great deal of useful infor- mation on the groups covered. It is worthwhile reading for any zoologist wishing to refresh or broaden his knowledge of the invertebrates covered and could serve as a supplementary student text. The price is unfortunate but is perhaps a reflection of the times. — SELWYN S. ROBACK ADVANCES IN PEST CONTROL RESEARCH By R. L. METCALF (ed.). Interscience Publishers, viii + 255. Cloth, $15.CO. The editor has selected three excellent specialists to present comprehensive reviews and critical evaluations of new concepts and developments on the behavior and fate of .y-triazines in soil ( C. I. Harris, D. D. Kaufman, T. J. Sheets, R. G. Nash, and P. C. Perry), insect sex pheromones (H. H. Shorey, L. K. Gaston, and R. N. Jefferson), and the bipyridylium herbicides (A. Calderbank). Harris ct al. have provided a comprehensive summary of 173 reports on their .sub- ject and have integrated unpublished data into the discussion. In addition to the physi- cal behavior, persistence, and metabolism of the .sMria/ines in the soil, the methods of analysis and chemistry are summarized. While the chapter on insect phen ninnies is not intended as a review of all literature dealing with pheromones, the authors have cited over 200 reports to make comparisons and generalizations on ways sex pheromones arc' used by insects, the nature of the SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 111 chemicals themselves, the structure of the glands that produce them, and the way- in which sex pheromones might be used for insect control. For these generalizations, the review is restricted to the sex pheromones tl at are typically released by one sex only and induce a response in the other sex only. The information is nicely presented and is one of the most interesting chapters in the book. The synthesis, chemistry, herbicidal properties, mode of action, toxicology and fate of the bipyridylium herbicides is well reviewed with 225 literature citations. In addition to the more conventional agricultural uses, the author discusses several major new developments. This chapter is completed with colored illustrations. This book and others in the series provide excellent reference material for those researchers and students interested in pest control research. — EDWARD J. AKMHRTST. Illiiini.f \ntiinrl Ilistury Suri'cy. Urbana 61801. THE POCKKT ENCYCLOPEDIA OF PLANT GALLS IN COLOUR A. DARLINGTON. Philosophical Library, N. Y., 1969, 191 pp. $7.50. This small volume, though British oriented, is an excellent beginners book on gall identification. Preceding the plates are short sections on the biology of gall occupant- and how to collect, preserve and rear them. The 293 illustrations, mostly color photo- graphs of galls and gall formers, are combined into 80 plates. They are arranged by host and generally are of good quality. Closing the book is a listing and description of representative British galls under their host plants. — SELWYN S. ROBACK Hymenoptera FEMALE GENITALIA OF HYMENOPTERA AND COMPARATIVE MOR- PHOLOGY OF MALE AND FEMALE GENITAL SEGMENTS OF BOMBI- \AE (HYMENOPTERA, APIDAE) WILLIAM E. HAZELTINE, Research Bull. no. 833, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Indiana 47907, 36 pp.. 37 figs., 1967. "A comparative study was made of the female genital sclerites in species repre- senting the superfamilies of Hymenoptera and the families of bees ( Apoidea). Struc- tural changes in the female genitalia were followed throughout the order, and an accu- rate interpretation of most of the structures found in the bumble bees was possible. "- Sr \I MARY. TAXONOMIC REVISION OF THE XFARCTIC GENUS ACANTHOM YOPS (HYMFXOITERA: FORMICIDAK) M. \V. \Yi.\<;, Agric. Exp. Stat. Mem. 405. \ew York State College of Agric., Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. 173 pp.. 203 figs.. 41 tables. 1968. "Acanthomyops, an exclusively North American genus, is closely related to Un- common, dominant holarctic genus I.tisins [treated as a subgenus of Liirins by XYheeler, 1910) . . . . Icdiithi'inyups . . . [has| a convenient diagnostic character for field col- lectors using a mouth-type aspirator . . . the presence of a characteristic odor that of oil of citronella or lemon verbena." p. 3. "The present status of Acanthcmyops is as t>!lo\\s: 15 named species, including 3 new. phis the recognition of 2 clear-cut and 3 putative hybrids. . . ." p. 112 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [April, 1969 POGONOMYRMX HARVESTER ANTS— A STUDY OF THE GENUS IN NORTH AMERICA By ARTHUR C. COLE, JR. University of Tennessee Press, Knoxville, 1968, x + 222 PP. Cloth, $7.50. This is the first comprehensive treatise on the North American Pogonomyrmx. In all, 22 species placed in two subgenera are treated. Four of these are new. The entire genus consists of 60 taxa, 37 of these being South and Central American and one Haitian. There is a short section discussing, with figures, the characters used in the classification. For each caste keys are given to the subgenera, complexes and species. For each species, synonymy, description of each caste and discussion of its relation- ships, variation and distribution are given. There are 13 distribution maps, 11 photographs of nest sites and 197 figures in 12 plates. — SELWVN S. ROBACK. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera : Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures. 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickcl — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae ) . 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. Professor of Entomology at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described; illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biology, and ki-ys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5^50 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free /to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Pieris protodice (Lepid.), living ova or pupa urgently needed for research. Buy or exch., all season. A. M. Shapiro, Dept. Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. South American Coleoptera badly needed in exchange for Eastern North Ameri- can species, mounted or unmounted. Eric Strahl, 23 Priory Lane, Pelham, N. Y., U. S. A. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition ; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10<£ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to : R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. For Sale: Coleopterists' Bulletin, volumes 1 to 19, complete, unbound. $95.00. Selwyn S. Roback, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, 19th and Parkway, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8", France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared f in- scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Mehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. MAY, 1969 ENTOMOLOGICAL CONTEXTS PHORETIC COPULATION IN HYMENOPTERA HOWARD E. EVANS, p. 113 XE\V EXOTIC CRANE-FLIES C. P. Al.KXAXDKR, p. 125 NEW PSEUDOSCORIMONS FROM XORTH CAROLINA \V. B. MUCH MORE and C. H. AI.TEKI, p. 131 THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S KECORH. p. 130, 138 THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S LIBRARY, p. 13(» THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S MAKKKT I'I.ACK. HACK cox COMIXd NEXT [SSUE: HALTICINE NEST .\KCII ITl-'.CTl'KE AND ]>KKKNSE THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 MAY, 1969 No. 5 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKIXXKK (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDEK (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign. $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. PHORETIC COPULATION IN HYMENOPTERA HOWARD E. EVANS x ABSTRACT In several groups of wasps, including members of the families Bethylidae, Tiphii- dae, and Mutillidae, it is known that the males carry the wingless females about sus- pended from their genitalia for considerable periods of time. The mechanics of such phoretic copulation have not previously been studied in detail. On the basis of museum specimens pinned in copulo, the method of locking of the genitalia is dis- cussed in a bethylid (Apenesia nitida) and in two thynnine tiphiids (Dimorphothynnus haemorrhoidalis and Elaphroptera scoliacfonnis). These three forms show striking differences in the modifications of the male and female genitalia, confirming the belief that phoretic copulation has evolved several times independently. All examples occur in families in which the females are adapted for burrowing in the soil or in wood. Evidently some elements in these families underwent a loss of wings as a further adaptation for hypogaeic life. Several of these stocks independently evolved phoretic copulation, at least partially removing the major disadvantage in flightlessness, namely, decreased capacity for dispersal. It has long been known that in certain groups of wasps (in all of which the females are wingless and smaller than the males) the sexes remain in copula for a considerable period of time, the males carrying the females about suspended from their genitalia (Figs. 1, 5). It has been assumed that more than copulation is involved, that this prolonged attachment serves in carrying females to feeding sites ( at least in the Thynninae ) and in aiding in the dispersal of the species (Burrell. 1935; Duran-Moya, 11'41 i. The females in question are highly modified for burrowing through soil or rotting wood in search of their hosts: the legs are relatively short, stout, and spinose ; the thorax has various reductions associated with loss of wings; the ocelli are absent and the eyes reduced in size or even vestigial. In some cases the males are known to fly at a considerable height and to carry the females for more than an hour, so it is not unlikely that they do at times scatter the females in such a way that they will lind new local populations of their hosts or, given suitable wind currents, cross physical barriers that the females alone would rarely surmount. 1 Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 02138. 113 114 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 J pygostyle 7 ? sting aedoeagal clasp base of sti ng apparatus aedoeogus paramere +-, 6 volsellar processes margin of apical sternite of ? ocation of aedoeagal clasp of ? (See caption, Ixiltnm p. 115) SO] ENTOMOLOGICAL NH\VS 115 Phoretic copulation is best known in the Tiphiidae, especially in tin- Thynninae (Janvier, 1933; Given, 1954) but also in the Myrmosinae (Krombein, 1956). It has also been reported in the genus Tiiinilla of the Mutillidae ( Linsley, 1960) and suggested for the genera Pristocera and / lissom plhilns of the Bethylidae (Evans, 1964). All of these are wasps that attack insects occurring in the soil or in wood and exhibiting a decid- edly spotty distribution dependent upon a particular substrate. Thynninae attack scarabaeid larvae, rristoccra the larvae of Elateridae (wireworms), Mvrmosinae the larvae of ground-nesting bees and wasps, and I'unnlhi evidently both wasp and scarabaeid larvae. These groups of wasps are not closely related, and one wonders whether they have evolved similar mecha- nisms of fastening the genitalia. In fact, how is it possible to achieve so firm an interlocking that the male is able to carry the female for long- periods with no other grasp? How is disengagement brought about? Is phoretic copulation a unique phenomenon, or can precedents be found among wasps that are fully winged in both sexes? What can the study of copulating pairs teach us about the function of various parts of the genitalia ? Before attempting to answer these questions, it will be necessary to examine representative pairs in detail, for in fact no one has studied the phoretic mechanism on more than a superficial level. The material avail- able to me consists of museum specimens, dried and mounted on pins, and the muscles and other soft parts are not preserved. These pairs remained together after being killed, with no evident change in the manner of at- tachment. By relaxing and softening them it is possible to learn a great deal about the interlocking mechanisms, but study of the behavioral aspects of copulation as well as of specimens preserved in a good muscle lixative will be needed to provide complete answers. The available material be- longs to the Bethylidae and to two tribes of Thynninae. Phoretic copulation in the bethylid wasp .-Ipcnrsin nitida (Kieffer). FIG. 1. — A pair as preserved, the male (left) having been mounted on a minuten nadeln. FIG. 2. Attachment of the male and female enlarged and after drawing the two apart slightly. The male (left) is dorsum-up, the pygostyles being appendages of the apical tergite. The female (right) is venter-up ; structures enclosed by the apical sternite of the female are shown as dashed lines. The apical, lateral margins of the last tergite and sternite of the male are omitted for the sake of clarity. FIG. 3. — Sting apparatus of female after dissection from the body (dorsal aspect, sting and sting sheaths uppermost). FIG. 4. — Male genitalia as seen in dorsal view still attached to the apical sternite of the female, the parts located beneath the sternite being shown bv dashed lines. 116 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 Bethylidae The cases of prolonged copulation in flight I reported in 1964 were based on indirect evidence in a few species of Pristoccra and Dissomphalus. More recently I have obtained better evidence from a different genus of the same subfamily, Pristocerinae. Throughout this subfamily the females are wholly apterous, depressed, short-legged, and often blind or nearly so, in general admirably adapted for entering wood or soil in search of their hosts (often, perhaps always, the larvae of Coleoptera). The new material consists of two pairs of Af>cncsia nit Ida ( Kieffer ) taken on a recent expe- dition of the American Museum of Natural History to South America. Both pairs are labeled Bolivia : Dept. Beni, Rio Itenez, Pampa de Meio. IX- 1 1-13-1964 ; J. K. Bouseman, J. Lussenhop Collectors. I do not know how the specimens were collected, but the fact that one of them was covered with lepidopterous scales suggests that they may have been taken in a light trap. The male of this species is 4-5 mm long and is dark brown in color ; I redescribed the male from the type in my revision of Apcncsia (Evans, 1963), and later provided additional locality data and a figure of genitalia (Evans, 1966a). The female is only 2.5 mm long and is light yellowish brown ; it is apparently blind, although a smooth interspace between tilt- large punctures near the base of the mandibles may represent a vestigial ommatidium. This is not only the first instance of an American Apcncsia taken in cof>nlo. but the first female Apcncsia from South American known to science (although 42 species are known from males). Doubtless tin- females are hypogaeic, perhaps emerging briefly at night to mate and to seek new hosts. Each pair of Apcncsia nitida is mounted with a minuten nadeln through the thorax of the male, the female being suspended from the posterior end of the male in an inverted position ( Fig. 1 ) . The attachment of the two is broad, and the parameres and other parts of the male genitalia are not visible externally. One assumes that this position is assumed by the male mounting the female dorsally, both individuals facing in the same direction (the most common copulatory posture in wasps), and that upon the male's taking flight the female simply flips backward into a venter-up position. I placed one pair in a relaxer for 24 hours and then transferred it to 10% KOH for two hours. I then placed it in 50% alcohol and gently lifted the apical tergite of the male to reveal the small pygostyles and the large, trifid parameres, the latter embracing the apical sternite of the female like a three-fingered hand on each side (Figs. 2, 4). I then tried to pull the male and female apart, but without success, as the union was very firm indeed. Further dissection revealed that the apices of the volsellae grasped the edge of the apical sternite of the female like a pair of small pincers, while the aedoeagus extended deep inside the female just above 80] KXTOMOI.OCICAI. NEWS 117 and closely parallel to the sting. Here it was held tightly in plan- by a pair of sclerotized, pigmentecl structures suggesting the retinaculuni of Collembola. which I shall call the aedoeagal clasps. Only after consid- erable dissection and manipulation was I able to separate the aedoeagus from the clasps. These clasps evidently arise from the sting sheaths just basacl of the apical section and are directed mesad ( Fig. 3 ) ; they arise from weakly sclerotized bases and the nature of their articulation and musculature (if any) cannot be determined in this material. I was surprised to find that the aedoeagus assumed quite a different form than previously described. I had previously figured it as considerably shorter and more compact and complex (Evans, 1966a. fig. 3). Tt is evidently capable of being driven forward by movements of the transverse rods at the base of the genital capsule and their associated muscles; when this occurs various parts apparently slide against one another and some of them project well beyond the apices of the parameres. Furthermore, the extended aedoeagus is constricted at the point of attachment to the aedoeagal clasps and expanded beyond; presumably the somewhat serrated margins of this apical expansion play a role in pushing through the clasps or in holding it fast. So far as T know, such aedoeagal clasps have not pre- viously been described, nor has it been appreciated that the aedoeagus is capable of such great extension and change of form. One would like to know, of course, whether it resumes its usual form following copulation : if not, it is possible that some of the supposed species differences in the aedoeagus may merely represent postcopulatory changes in shape. It is interesting to note that in most genera of Bethylidae the aedoeagus is of very simple form (see Figures in Evans, 1964) ; highly complex aedoeagi occur principally in Pristoccra. Dissomphalus, and Apenesia: precisely the genera in which phoretic copulation has been reported. Thynninae Phoretic copulation apparently occurs in all members of the large tiphiid subfamily Thynninae ( I exclude the genus Diainma, which is some- times placed in a separate subfamily). The females are invariably con- siderably smaller than the males and not only have the usual reductions in the eyes and in thoracic structures but sometimes have reductions in the mouthparts; the males, in turn, often have modifications of their mouthparts and head capsule which enable them to feed the females (Given. 1954). Given's discussion and sketches indicate that, in the Australian species he studied, the female is attached to the male in a position the reverse of that in Apcncsia: that is. the female extends behind the male in a dorsum-up position or the bodies of the male and female form a loop so that the female is beneath the male in a \ enter-up position. Study of museum specimens pinned hi copitlo suggests that this is indeed the usual 118 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKVYS [May, 1969 condition in Australian species but not in all South American species (as discussed further in a later paragraph ) . paramere ? pygidi u m cf volsellar processes d subgenital plate ? sti ng \ apparatus rfoedoeagus Phoretic copulation in the thynnine wasp Dimorphothynnus haemorrhoidalis (Guerin). FIG. 5. — A pair preserved dry, male (left) mounted on a pin. FIG. 6.— Dorsal aspect of end of female abdomen (above) to which male genitalia (below) arc still attached. FIG. 7. — Attachment of male (left) and female (right) in lateral vieu after drawing the two apart slightly. Both are dorsum-up ; structures located within the apical segment of the female are shown by dashed lines. Margins of female ter- gites and sternites are omitted for the sake of clarity. For purposes of this study 1 selected a pair of Dimorphothynnus haemorrhoidalis (Guerin), a member of the tribe Rhagigasterini. Tin- pa^ was collected in (ieraldton, Western Australia, by P. J. Darlington, 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 119 Jr., in October 1931. In this pair the female is suspended downward and forward in the venter-to-venter position common to most Thynninae (Fig. 5 ) . The apical sternite ( subgenital plate ) of the male has a concave upper surface and a large, hook-shaped terminal spine, fitting closely against the apical sternite of the female. The very large parameres em- brace the last two tergites, the grasp enhanced by brushes of stiff setae. In dorsal view, it can be seen that the inner margin of the parameres fits the margin of the pygidial plate closely (Fig. 7). The pair was relaxed and treated in KOH, and with teasing I was able to draw the male and female apart as shown in Figure 7, the extension resulting from a tearing of the membrane at the base of the male genitalia. for the latter remained firmly attached to the female. In this species the apical processes of the volsellae are not hook-like but in the form of elongate folds which are rough on their inner faces ; apparently these folds embrace the margin of the apical segment of the female (Fig. 6). The aedoeagus is a simple shaft which is curved up sharply and somewhat attenuate on the apical half; it is no- extensible and only slightly flexible. Its basal part appears to be held against the sternite by the sting apparatus, the lateral plates holding it mi each side and a small, transverse phragma (not figured) holding it from above. The sting itself forms a loop, against which the outer part of the aedoeagus fits closely. As in all the forms studied, the sting is somewhat withdrawn and does not extend much beyond the apical segment of the female. In contrast to .-Ipcncsia, the genitalia of Dimorphothynnus have ob- viously been rotated 280 degrees, so that the ventral surface is uppermost ; this is clearly shown by the position of the volsellae. I would assume that the male mounts the female from above in the usual manner, inserting the genitalia and causing them to lock into place ; however, instead of merely flipping back into a venter-up position, the female twists 180 degrees so that her dorsum is projected from the dorsum of the male (Fig. 5 i. When this occurs the male genitalia rotate on their basal membrane. Such a rotation has been described for some of the Chilean Thynninae by Duran- Moya ( 1(H1 ). \vlio however compares them with the Strophandria in the sawtlies, a group in which rotation of the genitalia occurs prior to eclosion. In /)iinorplii>tli\'iniits and in many other genera of Thynninae. copulating pairs are found to have the male genitalia inverted and to be attached to the male's body primarily by a twisted membrane, while non-copulating males have the genitalia uninverted. In Dimorphothynnus the locking device appears to consist of the rigid, angulated aedoeagus, held not by aedoeagal clasps similar to those of . //v;n'.v/<; but by parts ot the sting- apparatus itself: the tensile strength of the aedoeagus, combined with the application of the volsellar folds and the three-sided grasp provided by 120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1969 the large parameres and the subgenital plate, forms a very firm attachment indeed. Because of the inversion of the male genitalia and the body of the female, the aedoeagus is below the sting rather than above it as in Apenesia. although the two structures retain the same morphological relationship. Perusal of museum material reveals that many ( if not all ) Australian Thynninae copulate with the females in a dorsum-up position, as do many South American forms (the subfamily is confined to those two continents ). However, certain South American species copulate with the female in a venter-up position. Janvier (1933, p. 238) has provided an excellent photograph of Elaphroptcra ni(/rif>cnnis Smith (tribe Thynnini ) resting on a bush. A pair of this species in the collection of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology, pinned through the body of the male, remains in exactly the pose figured by Janvier. Several pairs of /:. scoliacfonnis (Haliday) are also preserved in the some pose, the female being suspended venter-up but her body somewhat coiled, in the shape of a I". 1 relaxed one pair of this species, from Dalcahue, Chiloe, Chile, collected by Luis Pen a in January. 1962, and present here a sketch (Fig. S) and a few comments on the manner of attachment. apical tergite d basal processes of aedoeagus sternal rim \ apex of d aedoeag u s apical ster nite 6 subgenital plate ? pygidi u m d volsellar processes \ d paramere sting FIG. 8.— Attachment of male (left) and female (right) liUipIirnptcnt scnluic- formis (Haliday) (Thynninae), slightly drawn apart. Drawn from museum speci- mens, somewhat simplified. The male of this species possesses heavily sclerotized parameres fringed with setae, as in the preceding example. They embrace the sides of the pygidium much as in DiinorpJiotliyniiits, although in this case the pygidium is ventral. The subgenital plate of the male is not unlike that 80J KXTOMOLOGKAI. \K\\S 121 of Dimorphothynnus, although with a much smaller apical spine; rather than pressing against the sternum it fits over the pygidial plate. The apical sternite of the female is hood-shaped, and its posterior opening has a hroad, sclerotized rim through which the aedoeagus is thrust. The volsellae, however, remain outside this rim, the longer pair of appendages appearing to fit into slots toward the lower part. The aedoeagus itself is so complex as to defy description. Tin- greater part of it is in the form of a long, somewhat coiled flagellum ( which Janvier has figured and aptly compared to the tongue of a lepi- dopteran). At its hase, the aedoeagus is expanded and has various proc- esses, one pair of which is large, flap-like, and directed hack toward the base of the genitalia. These evidently push against the sclerotized rim of the sternite from the inside, while a second pair of hook-like processes appears to make a connection with the hase of the sting apparatus. The sting itself is small and located close against the pygidial plate, far from the aedoeagus. Evidently the locking effect is produced by pressure of the volsellae against the sternal rim from the outside opposed to that from the inside provided by the reversed flaps of the aedoeagus; the second pair of hook- like aedoeagal processes may provide added attachment to the sting appa- ratus. The whip-like part of the aedoeagus plays no obvious role in the locking mechanism : it may penetrate deeply into the spermatheca, but tin- latter was not preserved in this dried material. Obviously this mechanism would repay much further study. Judging from Janvier's and Duran- M ova's figures, several species of Elaphroptera have genitalia of this basic type, but differing in details. In the pair of E. nn/ripcmiis before me, the apical volsellar lobes are very large, hook-shaped, and curve up so as to embrace the outside of the expanded margin of the apical sternite of the female. DISCUSSION In the examples considered here, and probably in most Hymenoptera, the basic function of the major elements in the male genitalia remains the same: the parameres embrace the outside of the apical segment of the female, the volsellar processes (digitus and cuspis i are associated with holding the margin of the apical segment, and the aedoeagus is thrust deeply into the female, its tip presumable in or near the spermathecal opening. The sting of the female is retracted, though at other times capable of great extension, probably by "taking up the slack" produced by the basal loop. \Yasps exhibiting phoretic copulation have evolved modifications of both sexes so as to provide a remarkably firm interlocking. In the forms studied, the female showed the following specializations: (1) paired 122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 sclerotized aedoeagal clasps arising from the base of the sting sheaths (Apcnesia), (2) median and lateral flanges of the sting apparatus, serving to hold the aedoeagus against the arching sternite (Diinorplwthynmts) , (3) a broad, sclerotized rim closing off a large part of the genital opening (Elaphroptera, and developed to varying degrees in most Thynninae). In the males, the volsellar processes assume various forms, serving either as clasps (Apcnesia}, as embracing folds (Dimorphothynnus) , or as struts (Elaphroptera}. The aedoeagus may be (1) extensible and with a con- striction along its shaft (Apcnesia), (2) rigidly angulate (Dimorpho- thynnus), or ( 3 ) whip-like but with complex basal processes, one pair of which is directed basad (Elaphroptera}. \Yhether or not other Bethylidae will be found to possess modifications similar to those of Apcnesia remains to be seen. In the Thynninae, a scanning of museum material as well as the figures of Duran-Moya (1941 ). Salter (1958), and others, suggests that in this group the interlocking mechanisms assume many different forms. In fact, the many curious modifications of the male and female terminalia in this group are without parallel in any other group of wasps known to me. It is also remarkable that in most (but not all) genera, the male genitalia twist 180 degrees, apparently after locking with the female has been achieved. This rotation permits the female to feed readily if transported to a source of food by the male (since she is venter-down) or to be fed by the male in any of several ways, since she is able to bend up toward the venter of the male. The structural and behavioral adaptations for feeding described by Given (1954) could not have evolved had not the male genitalia developed the capacity to rotate. Presumably Elaphroptera represents a stock of Thynninae in which failed to develop the capacity to rotate the genitalia. Two important questions cannot be answered : ( 1 ) how is separation effected? and (2) do the male genitalia return to their original orientation following copulation? There is no evidence that the male genitalia break away from his body as they do in the honeybee, so it must be assumed that unlocking is possible. Museum specimens not taken hi copnlo always appear to have normal, uninverted male genitalia, so it is probable that these structures do resume their normal orientation (or do the males die after copulating?) Rurrell (1935) reported that certain female Thynninae simply "drop to the ground," sometimes while the male is flying more than ten feet high, but no one has described how separation occurs. In the case of Apcnesia, separation would seem to be fairly simple if, in fact, the aedoeagal clasps are musculated, but how the complex aedoeagus of Elaphroptera is withdrawn through the sternal rims of the female is much more difficult to visualize. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 123 It is interesting to speculate as to the possible origin of phoretic copula- tion. Evidently it has evolved several times independently, and one as- sumes it has done so because of the selective advantage of dispersing inseminated females into areas where new and unparasitized populations of hosts mav be discovered. In each case it has evolved in subfamilies in which winglessness is universal in the female sex. \Yinged females of Tiphiidae and Bethylidae also possess the depressed body form, short, spiny legs, and other adaptations for seeking out hosts in the soil or in wood. Since burrowing adaptations are widespread in these groups and in related families such as the Scoliidae, one assumes they evoked hrst, and that loss of wings and associated thoracic reductions of the females of certain stocks followed (Reid, 1941). Not only may wings hamper a female burrowing through the soil, but if lost the body materials which go to make up the flight musculature may be redeployed, for example toward the musculature of digging. In a few diverse stocks, there has been evolution toward a smaller relative size of the female and toward the development of diverse modifications of the genitalia permitting the males to carry the females about. In these stocks the major disadvantage of Sightlessness, namely, decreased power of dispersal, has been partially cancelled. In some elements in at least one of these stocks, there has developed a rotation of the genitalia such that the females are able to feed or to be fed by the male during the copulatory flight. One assumes that more prolonged phoretic copulation is thus possible. The reduction in the relative size of the female has an interesting corollary. There is evidence that in many Hymenoptera, fertilized, female-producing eggs are laid on larger prev or in nest-cells containing (on the average) more prey than cells in which unfertilized, male-produc- ing eggs are laid. The result is that in virtually all higher Hymenoptera the females are larger than the males. In the groups exhibiting phoretic copulation, have the females undergone a behavioral reversal such that they lay unfertilized, male-producing eggs on larger prey, fertilized eggs on smaller prey? Or do female larvae fail to consume all their food? Finally, we should ask if there are instances of fully winged Ilvnien- optera exhibiting phoretic copulation. Hymenoptera, indeed insects in general, show much variation in the amount of time required for mating. and I am not aware that it is known why some species are able to effect insemination in a few seconds, others only after many minutes. Several species of wasps which are fully winged in both sexes are known to remain in copulo for many minutes and, if disturbed, to fly about, the larger female usually pulling the male behind her attached by the genitalia. Such behavior has been described in the eumenid was]) Monobia qitadn- dcns by Ran ( 1^35 ) and in the sphecid wasp Sphccius spcciosits by Lin 124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1969 (1966;. Lin has provided photographs of mating pairs and has con- jectured that prolonged copulation may have evoked "as an adaptation to conspecinc interference by rival males" in this gregarious species. I It- suggests that the capacity to fly during mating may represent an escape mechanism from predators during this period of high vulnerability. The method of attachment of males and females in Sph edits has not been studied, but the shape of the male volsellar processes is suggestive of a hooking mechanism (Evans, 1966b, p. 11). Of course, eumenids and sphecids are by no means ancestral to the tiphiids and bethylids discussed earlier, and we presently know of no cases of what might be called "facultative phoretic copulation" among these more primitive wasps. However, the situation in Spliecins and Monobia suggests that the potential exists and permits us to postulate other factors —rivalry of males and escape from predators — which mav have been operative during the perfection of these elaborate locking mechanisms. REFERENCES CITED BURRELL, R. W. 1955. Notes on the habits of certain Australian Thynnidae. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 43 : 19-28. DuRAN-MoYA, L. 1941. Die Thynniden Chiles. Arch. Xaturgesch., ( n.f. ) 10: 71-176. EVANS, H. E. 1963. A revision of the genus .-Ipcncsin in the Americas ( Hymenop- tera, Bethylidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 130: 251-359. — . 1964. A synopsis of the American Bethylidae ( Hymenoptera, Aculeata). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 132 : 1-222. — . 1966a. Further studies on neotropical Pristocerinae ( Hymenoptera, Bethyli- dae). Acta Hymen., 2: 99-117. 1966h. The Comparative Ethology and Evolution of the Sand Wasps. Har- vard University Press, 526 pp. KNT, B. B. 1954. Evolutionary trends in the Thynninae (Hymenoptera; Tiphiidae) with special reference to feeding habits of Australian species. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, 105: 1-10. JANVIER, H. 1933. fitude biologique de quelques Hymenopteres du Chili. Ann. Sci. Nat, Zool., (10)16: 209-355. KROMBEIN, K. V. 1956. Biological and taxonomic notes on the wasps of Lost River State Park, West Virginia, with additions to the faunal list. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 58: 153-161. LIN, N. 1966. Courtship behavior of the cicada killer wasp, Sf>licciu.\- speciosus. Animal Behaviour, 14: 130-131. LINSLEY, E. G. 1960. A fragmentary observation on the mating behavior of Tinntlhi. Pan-Pacific Ent., 36 : 36. RAU, P. 1935. The courtship and mating of the wasp, Mtumhiu ijitadridciis ( Hymen.: Vespidae). Ent. News, 46: 57-58. REID, J. A. 1941. The thorax of the wingless and short-winged Hymenoptera. Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London, 91 : 367-44(>. SALTER, K. E. W. 1958. Studies on Australian Thynnidae Shuckard, 1841 < Hymen- optera). III. An introduction to the comparative morphology of the male. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 82: 328-351. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL N FAN'S 125 New Exotic Crane-flies (Tipulidae: Diptera). Part XVII CHARLES P. ALEXANDER 2 The preceding part under this general title was published in ENTOMO- LOGICAL NEWS, Vol. 79 (9) : 240-248. At this time I am continuing the survey of Hexatomine crane-flies that were collected in South India. Assam and Sikkim by Dr. Fernand Schmid, \vlio has made the single greatest contribution of materials in this family for the Oriental fauna. Riedelomyia lipoleuca, XKW SPEC IKS General coloration of mesonotum brownish yellow, patterned with darker brown, thoracic pleura Nvith two broad dark brown longitudinal stripes that are separated by a narrow yellow line ; antennae with the fusion-segment comprised of five articles ; legs yellow, without white pat- tern, femora with a vaguely indicated darkened subterminal ring : wings yellow, patterned with light broNvn. the apparent vein R2 transverse. Male. — Length about 7 mm ; wing 6.5 mm. Rostrum brownish yellow, palpi black, the intermediate segment* short and crowded, terminal segment smaller, oval. Antennae with fusion-segment yelloued. remainder light brown, the fusion comprised of five segments, the succeeding ones short, outer segments longer but shorter than their excessively long verticils. Head brown. Pronotum light brownish yellow. Mesonotal praescutum brownish yellow with two poorly indicated slightly darker intermediate stripes, sublateral darkened areas broader but paler, lateral margins darker brown, pseudosutural foveae yellowed ; poste- rior sclerites of notum brownish yellow, vaguely patterned with slightly darker, includ- ing the scutal lobes. Pleura with the restricted ground obscure yellow, including the dorsoplcural region and a narrow stripe between two broader subequal darker brown longitudinal stripes. Halteres yellow, knobs weakly darkened. Legs with fore coxae brown, remaining coxae and all trochanters yellow ; remainder of legs light yellow, femora with a vaguely indicated darkened subterminal ring that is about one-half as extensive as the yellowed apex. Wings yellowed, the prearcular and costal fields clearer ; a relatively conspicuous light brown pattern, including areas at origin of Rs, stigma, cord, outer end of cell ]st M? and outer end of cell R2; smaller brown marginal areas at ends of all longitudinal veins, smallest on Rr,, progressively larger posteriorly ; an oval marking in cell R at mid-distance between arculus and origin of Rs ; still other vague clouds on veins and in cells before cord, including especially cells .17 and both Anals; veins yellow, darker in the patterned areas. Costal fringe of male long and conspicuous; macrotrichia on longitudinal veins beyond general level of cord, ^parse and weak on Rs and 2nd .1. Venation: The apparent vein A- transverse, sub- equal to A',-., placed just distad of r-in ; iii-cn at near one-third M3-n. 1 Accepted for publication December (), 1%8. -Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. Mass. 01002. 126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1969 Abdomen dark reddish brown, sides blackened. Male hypopygium with the outer dististyle a simple yellow blade that narrows outwardly, apex slightly recurved, tip obtuse ; inner style longer, stout, tip broadly obtuse. Habitat. — South India. Holotypc: J\ Periyakanal, Kerala, 5,000-5,500 feet, December 17, 1958 (Fernand Schmid). Riedelomyia lipoleiica is distinguished from other members of tin- genus by the lack of white pattern on the legs. The other regional species, all from South India, include R. chionopus Alexander, with the legs dark except for the white tarsi, together with K. gratiosa Alexander and R. nirciapicalis (Brunetti), where the tips of the femora and tibiae as well as the outer tarsal segments are whitened. A comparison of the three Oriental species then known was provided by the writer when the genus Riedelomyia was proposed (Philippine Jour. Sci., 35: 481-484: 1928). It should be emphasized that the genus as here restricted is very close to Enpilaria Alexander, differing in the loss of tibial spurs and in the reduced venation of the radial field of the wing, the sector having onlv two branches. The Australasian species hitherto referred to Riedelomyia include tcitcho- labina (Alexander) and papuensis Alexander which now are known to belong to a different genus. The male sex of these now is known and the hypopygial structure preclude their being placed in the same genus as the Oriental species above listed. Atarba (Atarbodes) bilobula, NEW SPECIES General coloration yellow ; wings yellowed, Sc relatively long, Sc^ end- ing opposite two-thirds Rs ; abdomen without a darkened subterminal ring ; male hypopygium with phallosome distinctive, including elongate rodlike apophyses, aedeagus short, terminating in two rounded lobes. Male. — 'Length about 4.5 mm; wing 5.1 mm; antenna about 0.8 mm. Rostrum yellow ; palpi yellow, terminal segment black. Antenna and head yellow. Thorax light yellow; mesonotal vestiture sparse, long and erect. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow, the genua scarcely to very narrowly darkened, tips of tibiae narrowly infuscated ; tarsi yellow, outer segments slightly darker. Wings yellow, costal border slightly darker; veins yellow. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sci ending about oppo- site two-thirds Rs; cell 1st M» small. Abdomen yellow, without a darkened subterminal ring. Male hypopygium with dististyles fused only on basal fourth, outer style relatively slender, straight, outer fourth with coarse denticles, inner style longer, curved gently to the narrowly obtuse tip. Phallosome with two long apophyses that appear as slender curved rods narrow- ing to the pointed tips, narrowest beyond midlength. Aedeagus short, subequal in length to the apophyses, terminating in two rounded lobes. Habitat.— Sikkim. Holotypc: <$, Teng, 4,600 feet, August 1, 1959 ( Fernand Schmid ) . SO] ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\\ S 127 The structure of the hypopygium readily distinguished the present fly from all regional allies. The species with the apophyses most similar is Atarba (Atarbodes) die era new species which has the thoracic coloration and structure of the aedeagus quite distinct. Atarba (Atarbodes) bismila, NEW SPECIES General coloration of entire body pale yellow, in male the two sub- terminal abdominal segments brown ; legs yellow, tips of femora very nar- rowly brownish black; wings light yellow, the veins deeper yellow; male hypopygium with spines of outer dististyle short but strong; phallosome including the long slender aedeagus and a subtending pale sheath that ter- minates in two narrow pale blades. Male. — Length about 5.3-5.5 mm ; wing 5.5-5.8 mm ; antenna about 0.9-1 mm. Rostrum and palpi yellow, terminal segment of latter intensely black (broken in female). Antennae yellow, sligbtly longer and stouter in female. Head yellow. Tborax uniformly pale yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow, tips of femora very narrowly brownish black, of tibiae even more narrowly darkened. Wings light yellow, costal region and veins deeper yellow. Venation: Sc relatively long, .SY, enH- ing about opposite one-third Rs, Sc? removed, just beyond origin of Rs; outer radial branches gently divergent, cell Rt at margin more extensive than cell R?. Abdomen yellow, in male segments seven and eight brown to form a subterminal ring, hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium with mesal face of basistylc with very long setae. Dististyles fused only at bases, outer style relatively short and stout, black, spines short and strong; inner style a long slender curved rod. Phallosome including the aedeagus and a subtending pale sheath, at apex produced into two pale blades, their tips acute, ending shortly before apex of aedeagus. Habitat. — Assam, Sikkim. Holotype: J\ Chumtang, Sikkim. 5.120 feet. July 18, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotopotypc: M (all Schinid). Atarba. (Atarbodes) bismila is readily told from all similar regional allies by the hypopygial structure, especially the phallosome. Atarba (Atarbodes) decincta, XFAY SPECIES General coloration of entire body, antennae and halteres pale yellow; legs yellow, tips of femora and tibiae narrowly blackened ; wings yellow, veins darker yellow; abdomen with no indication of a darkened subterminal ring; male hypopygium with outer dististyle relatively short and compact, black, with a double row of long black appressed spines, with about five on either side, phallosome without spinous points. 128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 Male. — Length about 5 mm; wing 5.5 mm; antenna about 1.3 mm. Rostrum light yellow, first segment of palpus yellow, second brown, outer two black. Antennae and head yellow. Thorax entirely light yellow. Halteres and legs yellow, tips of femora and tibiae narrowly blackened, outer tarsal segments dark brown. Wings yellow with darker yellow veins. Venation : Sci ending shortly before midlength of Ks. Sc» opposite one- fifth this vein ; in-cit just beyond fork of M. Abdomen pale whitish yellow, only the outer dististyles black. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle relatively short and compact, with unusually long appressed black- spines arranged in a double row, with about five on either side, additional to a ter- minal extension, the proximal one or two teeth very small, inner style longer, appear- ing as a flattened yellow paddle. Phallosome with apophyses appearing as flattened pale blades with no spinous points. Habitat. — Assam. Holot\pc: J\ Chingsao, Manipur, 3,800 feet, June 13, 1960 (Fernand Schmid). The closest relative of the present fly is Atarba (Atarbodes) flora Bru- netti which likewise has the narrowly blackened tips to the femora and tibiae. In flava the abdomen has a narrow incompletely darkened sub- terminal ring, as shown bv specimens in my collection received from Bru- netti and Edwards that had been compared with type materials. The male hypopygium of flora has the blackened spines of the outer dististyle different in size and arrangement, the more proximal ones small, the outer ones pro- gressively longer, with two or three still longer spines near outer end, none of these as long as certain of those in dccincta. Atarba (Atarbodes) dicera, NEW SPECIES General coloration yellow, margins of mesonotal praescutum and scutum chestnut brown ; antennae, halteres and legs yellow ; wings dark yellow, including the veins ; abdomen of male with eighth segment brown to form a narrow ring ; male hypopygium with outer dististyle having relatively few spines all on outer third ; phallosome including a pair of rodlike apophyses that narrow into long slender spines. Male. — Length about 4.5 — k(> mm ; wing 4.S-5 mm ; antenna about 0.9 mm. Rostrum brownish yellow, palpi brownish yellow, terminal segment black. An- tennae yellowed. Head above brownish black, yellowed on occiput. Cervical region and pronotum yellow. Mesonotum polished yellow, anterior and lateral borders of praescutum and scutum broadly chestnut brown, mediotergite paler brown. Pleura and pleurotergite clear yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs yellow, outer tarsal segments with darkened setae ; in the paratype apex of femur very narrowly darkened. Wings deep yellow, including the veins. Veins of outer half of wing with macrotrichia, including outer ends of both Anals and outer end of basal section of Cu\. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 120 Venation: Sc relatively long, ending at from one-fifth to beyond one-third J\s. outer branches of the latter gently divergent, cell R* at margin slightly more extensive than R2,' m-cu before midlength of M-.<*i. Abdomen yellow, eighth segment brown to form a narrow ring, hypopygium yel- lowed except for the blackened outer dististyles. Male hypopygium with dististyles small in comparison with the elongate basistyles, narrowly fused basally ; outer style blackened, with relatively few teeth, all restricted to the outer third; inner style longer, pale, with a narrow flange near outer end. Phallosome conspicuous, the apophyses including two broadly flattened blades with obtuse tips and a pair of more sclerotized straight rods, each with the outer fourth prolonged at nearly a right angle into a long straight spine. Habitat. — Sikkim. Holotypc: J\ Mangalbarey, 2,800 feet, April 30. 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Paratype: <$, Mangang, 3,600 feet. May 9, 1959 (Schmid ). The present fly is told from other regional species by the coloration of the mesonotum and especially by hypopygial structure, including the outer dististyle and the phallosome. Atarba (Atarbodcs) trimelania Alexander, of South India, has the mesonotum patterned with dark but with the hypopygium entirely distinct. Atarba (Atarbodes) sikkimensis, XEYV SPECIES General coloration of body, antennae, halteres and legs yellow ; wing- light yellow, Sc long; abdomen with a narrow brownish black subterminal ring; male hypopygium with dististyles fused basally, outer margin of the outer style with blackened spines; apophyses appearing as flattened plau-> with both margins microscopically spinulose. Male. — Length about 5.5-6.2 mm; wing 6-7 mm; antenna about 1.0- 1.1 mm. I'cinalc. — Length about 5.5 mm ; wing 6 mm. Rostrum yellow, palpi black, in some individuals with proximal segments paler. Antennae of male yellow to brownish yellow, brown in female. Head yellow. Thorax yellow, virtually unpatterned. Halteres and legs yellow, outer tarsal segments slightly darker. Wings light yellow, including the veins, trichia darker. Venation : Sc long, Sci ending a short distance before fork of Rs. Sc-- removed ; branches of Rs strongly divergent near outer ends, cell R* at margin about one-half more extensive than cell R^; .U:1.4 shorter than .I/,; in-cit shortly beyond fork of M. Abdomen obscure yellow, segments seven and eight in male brownish black to form a narrow ring. Male hypopygium with dististyles extensively fused to beyond midlength, outer style shorter, with appressed spinules on outer margin of distal two- thirds. Phallosome with outer apophyses distinctive, appearing as flattened plates, their outer margins protuberant, with abundant coarse yellow spines, inner edge near apex with fewer more slender spines, the tip farther produced into one or two still stronger spines. 130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May, 1969 Habitat.— Sikkim. Holotype: J, Lachen, 8,900 feet. June 13, 1959 (Fernand Schmid). Allotypc: ?. Lachung, 8,610 feet. July 10, 1959. Parato/>oty/>cs: 3^. Paralyses: c??, with the allotype. July 6-9, 1959; J1?, Chumtang. 5.120 feet. July 18. 1959; J1?. Xamnasa. 9,500 feet. July 13, 1959 (all Schmid). Atarba (Atarbodes) sikkimensis is quite distinct from A. (A.) flara Brunetti and other regional species. In the present species several of the individuals show persistent greenish body tints that indicate the probability of stronger green coloration in living specimens. The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature: Announcement. Required six-months' notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the follow- ing names listed by case number : (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 25, pt. 6, 28th February 1969) : 1859. Validation of emendation to patchac of putehiue (Schhoncura) Borner & Blunck, 1916; suppression of Schizoncitra patchi Meunier, 1917 (Insecta, Hemip- tera). 1864. Suppression of Dicyphus taiinirieis Puton, 1886 (Insecta, Hemiptera). 1858. Type specimen for Anthocoris pini Barensprung, 1858 (Insecta, Hemiptera). Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, Inter- national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural His- tory), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7, England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. W. E. CHINA, Assistant Secretary. Overwintering by Pupal Nympalids in New York? — Members of the genus Xvmf>halis ( Lepidoptera : Nymphalidae) normally overwinter as adults at the latitude of central New York. Klots (Field Guide to the Butterflies, p. 106) records both N. antiopa L. and X. inilberti Latr. overwintering as pupae. On April 7, 1%1\ I took a freshly emerged N. antiopa at Slaterville Springs, Tompkins Co., \. Y., which voided the meconium in my hand. The following day I took a seemingly fresh .V. inilberti at Robinson Hollow, Town of Richford, Tioga Co., N. Y. These are the (Continued on page 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 131 Parachernes (Arachnida, Chelonethida, Chernetidae) from the Coast of North Carolina ' YYlLLIAM B. MUCH MORE and CHARLOTTE H. ALTERI ° In a series of collections of pseudoscorpions made by Dr. Peter \\ey- goldt in the vicinity of Beaufort, North Carolina, were found representa- tives of two new species of Parachernes. Inasmuch as Dr. \Yeygoldt'.- detailed observations of the courting and mating behavior of these new forms will appear in print shortly (1969), it is necessary to have formal descriptions of them on record. \Ve are greatly indebted to Dr. Weygoldt for supplying the specimens. The types are deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. The genus Parachernes is widely distributed in America and the Pacific area. A number of species have been described from the United States, but none from the eastern part of the country is well known. It is hoped that the detailed knowledge of the two new species will serve as the l>a-i- for a critical review of the genus. Parachernes litoralis, XKW SPECIES MATERIAL. Holotype male (\YM l>14.01010) and twenty-two para- types (fourteen males and eight females) collected under driftwood on beach at Beaufort. Carteret County, North Carolina in March 1966. and two paratype males collected under bark at Pine Knoll Shores, Morehead City, Carteret County, North Carolina in February 1966, all by Peter Weygoldt. DESCRIPTION*. — Male: (Measurements are given first for the holotype, followed in parentheses by ranges for all males.) Carapace and tergites yellow-brown in color. palps dark red-brown. Carapace longer than broad, the greatest breadth along the posterior edge; mid and posterior furrows very distinct; surface of carapace- moderately heavily sclerotized and densely granulate cephalad of the posterior furrow, a- -\\n\\\\ in Fig. 1 ; caudad of the posterior furrow the granules are lightly scleroti/ed except for those occurring on the keel. The keel is a median, short, wide, slightly elevated. posterior projection of the sclerotized area of the carapace, about 0.3 time- as long as basal width, as shown in Fig. 1. Granules between furrows are round-based. Miioothly rounded, and moderately distant from one another; tho>e on keel appear as separate, distinct, projections of thickened carapacal cuticle. Two large, distinct eye- present, each about one ocular diameter from the anterior edge. About filly setae on carapace, of which four are at the anterior and six to nine at the posterior margin. Setae multidenticulate terminally. 1 This work was supported in part by a grant. GB 52UU, from the National Science Foundation. -Accepted for publication February 20, 1%°. 3 Department of Biology. University of Rochester, Rochester. Xew York 14<>27 132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [May. 1969 Tergites heavily sclerotized and densely granulate; tops of most granules flattened (Fig. 2). Tergal setae terminally multiclenticulate ; tergal chaetotaxy 7:9:6:10:8: 9: 10: 10:9:8:8:2(6-9:7-9:6-10:8-11:8-11:9-11:8-13:9-12:8-11:7-11 : 5-10:2). Sternites not so heavily sclerotized as tergites. Sternal setae predominately acuminate, a few toward the posterior end weakly denticulate; chaetotaxy 47: [9]: (2)6(3): (1)5(1) : 11: 11 : 13: 12: 12:8:6:2(32-49: [5-10 | : (1-3)6-9(1-3) : (1)4-6(1) : 10-12: 10-14: 12-14: 11-13:9-12:6-12:5-6:2) ; lateral-most setae of each sternite somewhat distant from next in the row. Anterior genital operculum with 6(6-8) long setae around genital aperture sur- rounded by 41(26-41) shorter setae. Posterior edge of aperture with 9(5-10) small setae. Posterior operculum with 6(6-9) marginal setae. Chelicera about one third the length of the carapace. Palm with five ( rarely six ) setae ; sb and b dentate, cs long and acuminate ; sb and /' as long as or longer than cs. Fixed finger with three small subterminal teeth and three larger teeth along middle of margin. Movable finger with a subterminal lobe plus an occasional small tooth. Galea long and with 5(4-6) rami. Serrula exterior with 20(16-21) blades. Flagel- limi with three setae, the most distal one serrate. • 4 SB -,,- FIG. 1. Pantchenics liturtilis, n.sp. ; paratype, posterior portion of carapace, show- ing granulations, keel, and marginal setae. Fig. 2. Same ; right tergites 5 and (>, showing granulations and setae. Fig. 3. Parachcrncx corticis. n.sp. ; paratype, poste- rior portion of carapace, showing granulations, keel, and marginal setae. Fig. 4. Same ; right tergites 5 and 6, showing granulations and setae. SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\YS 133 I 'alps short and stout, as shown in Fig. 5. Chela granulate on small area of flexor margin near base of movable finger and faintly granulate on dorsal surfa> < Tibia, femur, and trochanter densely granulate. Tactile setae of chela as shown in Fig. 6. Fixed finger of chela with 37(32-38) and movable finger with 41(35-43) low, cusped, marginal teeth, the cusps becoming reduced toward proximal end of row. Each finger with one to four interior and three to nine exterior accessory teeth. Xodus ramosus of movable finger very slightly proximad of seta t. Venom duct of fixed finger much reduced; nodus ramosus slightly proximad of seta ct. Trochanter !.(>( 1.25- 1.8), femur 2.55(2.4-2.7), tibia 2.3(2.15-2.4), chela 2.65(2.3-2.7) times as long as broad; hand 1.35(1.3-1.5) times as long as deep; movable finger (>.(>5 ( O.X5-1.0 ) times as long as hand. Legs typical. Leg I with basifemur 1.5(1.35-1.6) and tibia 3.0(2.9-3.05) times as long as wide. Leg IV with entire femur 3.1(2.9-3.3) and tibia 4.0(3.45-4.05) times as long as wide; tactile seta on tarsus distal, about two thirds the length of the seg- ment from the proximal end. Female: (Measurements are ranges for the eight paratypes.) Carapace and ter- gites slightly lighter color than in male, palp the same color as male ; lengths of carapace, chela, and femurs of first and fourth legs greater than those of male, lengths of other segments similar. Carapacal setae 46-54. Tergal chaetotaxy ('-10 : 9-11 : 9- 10: 10-14: 11-13: 10-13: 10-14: 11-13: 11-13:9-12:8-11:2. Sternal chaetntaxy 22-28 : (1-3)6-7(1-4) :(l)5-7( 1) : 11-12: 12: 13-15: 12-14: 12: 10-12:6:2. Anterior oper- culum with two spaced setae on each side of a compact, central group of 18-24. Chelicerae slightly more than one third the length of the carapace ; galea as in male. Palps similar to those of male but stouter. Fixed finger of chela with 34-37 and movable finger with 37-43 teeth. Interior accessory teeth 0-3, exterior accessory 3-9. Trochanter 1.4—1.7, femur 2.35-2.7, tibia 2.1-2.35, chela 2.5-2.8 times as long as broad; hand 1.3-l.d times as long as deep; movable finger 0.8-0.9 times as long as band. Legs similar to those of male, but slightly stouter. Measurements (in mm.): Male: Body length, 2.1(1.8-2.25); carapace length. 0.725(0.65-0.775) ; greatest width, 0.615(0.52-0.71) ; diameter of eyes about ().()(»; cheli- cera 0.235(0.19-0.24) long by 0.12(0.11-0.13) broad, movable finger. 0.17(0.13-0.17). Galea 0.03(0.025-0.03) long. Palpal trochanter, 0.305(0.27-0.32) long by 0. 185(0. 17 0.22) broad; femur, 0.55(0.495-0.595) by 0.22(0.20-0.235); tibia, 0.55 ( <).4(>5-0 ) by 0.24(0.22-0.255); chela, 0.90(0.84-0.94) by 0.34(0.335-0.37); hand, 0.485(0.45-0.51) by 0.36(0.31-0.36); movable finger, 0.465 ( 040-0.50 ) long. Leg I: basifnimr, 0.1X5 (0.16-0.185) long by 0.125(0.11-0.125) broad; telofemur, 0.27(0.25-0.2X5) by 0.12 (0.105-0.12); tibia, 0.24(0.205-0.25) by 0.08(0.08-0.09); tarsus, 0.235(0.20-0.27) by 0.055(0.05-0.06). Leg IV: entire femur 0.495(0.465-0.53) long; basitViiiur. 0.1X5(0. IS 0.205) by 0.135(0.13-0.15); telofemur, 0.3X( (LU-0.40 ) by 0.17(0.155-0.17); tibia. 0.36(0.33-0.38) by 0.095(0.09-0.105) ; tarsus, 0.30(0.27-0.32) by 0.07(0.0'. <>.<)7 i : tactile seta, 0.22(0.16-0.23) from proximal end of segment. /•'einnle: Body length, 2.07-2.83; carapace length. 0.74-0.80: greatest \\idth, 0.54- 0.85; diameter of eyes about 0.07; chelicera 0.22-0.25 long by 0.105 0. 14 broad, movable finger, 0.155-0.19. Palpal trochanter 0.28-0.33 long by 0.18-0.205 broad; femur, 0.53- 0.59 by 0.20-0.23; tibia, 0.53-0.58 by 0.22-0.27; chela, 0.91-O.W by 0.335-0.39; hand, 0.49-0.53 by 0.30-0.35; movable finger, 0.415-0.4X l.mg. Leg I: basifenn-r 0.17-0.20 by 0.12-0.13; telofennir. 0.26-0.29 by 0.12; tibia, 0.23-0.26 by 0.07-0.09; tarsus, 0.2, 0.27 by 0.06. Leg IV: entire femur, 0.51 -0.5<>5 lung; basifemur. 0.21-0.23 by 0.135- 0.15; telofemur, 0.38-0.425 by 0.155-0.1X; tibia. 0.34 -(1.4(1 by 0.0<)-().1()5 : tarsus, 0.285 0.32 by 0.07. 134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS May, 1969 Parachernes corticis, NEW SPECIES MATERIAL. — Holotype male (WM 925.02001), one paratype male and two paratype females collected in Carteret County, North Carolina along North Carolina Highway 58, April 1966; three paratypes, one male and two females, collected at Beaufort, March 1966; two paratypes, one male and one female, collected at Pine Knoll Shores, Morehead City, February 1966, under bark ; all collections by Peter Weygoldt. FIG. 5. Parachernes litoralis, n.sp. ; holotype male, dorsal view of right palp. Fig. 6. Same ; paratype male, lateral view of left chela. Fig. 7. Parachernes corticis, n.sp. ; holotype male, dorsal view of right palp. Fig. 8. Same ; lateral view of left chela. Description. — Male: ( Aleasurements are given first for the holotype, followed in parentheses by ranges for all males.) Carapace and tergites dee]) yellow-brown in color, palps very dark red-brown; carapace slightly longer than broad; generally tri- angular, though bluntly rounded anteriorly, the greatest breadth along the posterior edge; mid and posterior furrows usually distinct but narrow; surface heavily scler- otized and densely granulate, as shown in Fig. 3. Granules between furrows round- based, smoothly rounded, and moderately distant from one another. Medial posterior 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 135 sclerotized keel of carapace as shown in Fig. 3, extends well cauclad of the posterior furrow, is elevated and about 0.7 times as long as basal width, occasionally appearing rounded. Many granules on keel close-set, low, and not distinctly separated, while others occur as separate cuticular projections. Two indistinct eyespots present. Carapacal setae between 47 and 58 and clavate from base. Tergites heavily sclerotized and granulate (Fig. 4) ; tops of most granules rounded. Tergal setae clavate from base ; tergal chaetotaxy 8 : 10 : 8 : 12 : 12 : 12 : 12 : 12 : 12 : 10 : 8 : 2. Sternites not as heavily sclerotized as tergites. Sternal setae predominately acuminate, but some toward the posterior end weakly denticulate; chaetotaxy 45: [7\ : (2)9(2) :( 1)8(1) : 12: 17: 13: 13: 12: 9:6: 2; lateral-most setae < f each sternite some- what distant from next in row. Anterior genital operculum with 8(8) long setae around genital aperture sur- rounded by 37(23-37) shorter setae. Posterior edge of aperture with 7(7-9) small setae. Posterior operculum with 9(6-9) marginal setae. Chelicera slightly more than one third the length of the carapace. Palm with five setae ; sh and /> dentate, cs acuminate ; sl> and b equal to or less than the length of es. Fixed finger with three small subterminal teeth and three larger teeth along middle of margin. Movable finger with few to no small teeth distal. Galea long and with 6(3-6) rami. Serrula exterior with 18(18) blades. Flagellum with three setae, the most distal one serrate. Palps short and stout, as shown in Fig. 7. Chela granulate in small area of flexor surface near base of movable finger and faintly granulate on dorsal surface. Tibia, femur, and trochanter densely granulate. Tactile setae of chela as shown in Fig. 8. Fixed finger of chela with 26(26-31) and movable finger with 33(31-33) low, cusped, marginal teeth, the cusps becoming reduced toward proximal end of row. Flach finger with zero to three interior and four to seven exterior accessory teeth. Nodus ramo.sus of movable finger slightly proximad of seta t. Venom duct of fixed finger vestigial and with nodus ramosus slightly proximad of seta ct. Trochanter 1.6(1.5-1.6), femur 2.15(2.15-2.2), tibia 1.9(1.85-1.95), chela 2.35(2.3-2.4) as long as broad; hand 1.2(1.2) times as long as deep; movable finger 0.9(0.9-1.0) times as long as hand. Legs typical. Leg I with basifemur 1.15(1.15-1.35) and tibia 2.75(2.7-2.8) times as long as wide. Leg IV with entire femur 2.6(2.5-2.75) and tibia 3.2(3.2-3.6) times as long as wide; tactile seta on tarsus distal, approximately two thirds the length of the segment from the proximal end. Female: (Measurements are ranges for the five females.) Color as in male; lengths of carapace, chela, and femurs of first and fourth legs longer than those of male, other segments similar. Carapacal setae 55-61. Usually some granules on keel indistinctly separated and appear connected by a ridge across their apices; other gran- ules close-set, low and single. Tergal chaetotaxy 10-11:10-14:12-13:14-15:12-15: 12-15:12-15:12-13:12-13:10-12:7-8:2. Sternal chaetotaxy 22-25 : (1-2)6-8(1-2) : ( 1 )7-8( 1 ) : 11-13: 10-16: 16-19: 15-18: 15-17: 11-12:6-9:2. Anterior operculum with two to five setae scattered on each side of a compact central group of 13-19. Chelicera as in male, slightly more than one third the length of the carapace. ( ialea as in male. Palps similar to male but stouter. Granulation as in male. Fixed finger with 27 and movable finger with 30-33 teeth. Interior accessory teeth 0-3, exterior accessory 5-7. Trochanter 1.4-1.6, femur 2.1-2.4, tibia 1.85-2.0, chela 21-2.4 as long as broad; hand 1.15-1.25 times as long as deep; movable finger 0.8-0.95 times as long as hand. like those of male, but slightly stouter. 136 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 Measurements (in mm.): Male: Body length, 1.82(1.6-1.9); carapace lengtli, 0.66(0.615-0.66) ; greatest width, 0.58(0.57-0.62). Eyes 0.05(0.04-0.08) from anterior edge of carapace, diameter 0.05(0.04-0.07). Chelicera 0.215(0.18-0.215) long by 0.12(0.10-0.12) broad, movable finger, 0.14(0.135-0.155). Palpal trochanter, 0.28(0.27- 0.29) long by 0.175(0.175-0.185) broad; femur, 0.45(0.445-0.47) by 0.21(0.205-0.22); tibia, 0.435- (0.43-0.47) by 0.23(0.22-0.24); chela, 0.73(0.725-0.745) by 0.31(0.305- 0.32); hand, 0.39(0.385-0.39) by 0.33(0.315-0.33); movable finger, 0.3d ( 0.35-0.385) long. Leg I: basifemur, 0.135(0.135-0.155) long by 0.12(0.115-0.12) broad; telo- femur. 0.23(0.22-0.255) by 0.125(0.11-0.125); tibia, 0.22(0.22-0.23) by 0.08(0.08); tarsus, 0.22(0.205-0.22) by 0.055(0.055). Leg IV: entire femur, 0.44(0.43-0.44) long; basifemur, 0.17(0.17-0.175) by 0.14(0.13-0.14); telofemur. 0.32(0.32-0.335) by 0.17 (0.155-0.18) ; tibia, 0.335(0.33-0.34) by 0.105(0.09-0.105) ; tarsus, 0.28(0.255-0.28) by 0.07(0.06-0.07) ; tactile seta, 0.18(0.175-0.19) from the proximal end of the segment. Female: Body length, 1.89-2.40; carapace length, 0.67-0.755; greatest width, 0.64- 0.755 ; eyes 0.09-0.055 from anterior edge of carapace, diameter 0.062-0.075 ; chelicera 0.19-0.235 long by 0.11-0.12 broad, movable finger, 0.14-0.17. Palpal trochanter 0.27- 0.335 long by 0.175-0.205 broad; femur, 0.465-0.54 by 0.21-0.235; tibia, 0.445-0.51 by 0.22-0.27; chela, 0.77-0.855 by 0.33-0.40; hand, 0.42-0.495 by 0.335-0.40; movable finger, 0.40-0.415 long. Leg I: basifemur. 0.14-0.18 by 0.11-0.13; telofemur, 0.23-0.28 by 0.11-0.13; tibia, 0.23-0.26 by 0.075-0.08; tarsus, 0.21-0.235 by 0.05-0.06. Leg IV: entire femur, 0.445-0.53 long; basifemur, 0.185-0.21 by 0.125-0.16; telofemur, 0.315-0.38 by 0.155-0.185; tibia, 0.35-0.41 by 0.09-0.11; tarsus, 0.235-0.305 by 0.06-0.08. REMARKS. — The two species of ParacJicnics described above are dif- ferentiated by the following : P. litoralis: Eyes large, distinct; carapace clearly longer than wide; posterior keel short, wide, slightly elevated, with single, distinctly separate granules ; setae of carapace and tergites multidenticulate from upper half ; tops of granules on tergites two through seven mostly flattened ; primarily a beach species, though occasionally found under bark in areas adjacent to beaches. P. corticis: Eyes small, not distinct ; carapace not longer than wide or only slightly longer, generally triangular ; posterior keel, narrow, elevated, occasionally appearing rounded, with granules, particularly of the females, close-set, low, and not always distinctly separated ; setae of carapace and tergites clavate from base ; tops of granules mostly rounded on tergites two through seven ; primarily a bark species. P. litoralis and P. corticis are certainly different from the other species of Parachernes known from the eastern United States. They are easily distinguished from P. latus (Banks), P. latiinaniis (Banks) and P. dircrsus (Banks), from Florida, by the shape of the chelal hand, which is smoothly rounded at the base in both the new species, but is broad and somewhat angular in latus, latimanus and diver sus (see Hoff, 1947). And they may- be separated from P. virginica (Banks) by the shape of the bases of the SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL XKNYS 137 granules on the carapace, which are smoothly rounded in both new species but very irregular in rin/inica. It is worthwhile to append here some comments made by Dr. Weygoldt (in litt.) concerning these two species as they were observed at the time of collection. "The Parachcrncs are two distinct species easily distinguishable in the field. One of them [I\ loitnilis] is a large form, occurring along the sea shore just above the- high tide line and sometimes going higher into the dunes, though the more humid upper drift line seems to be its normal biotope. These animals are very agile, readily running away into small crevices as soon as a piece of driftwood is turned over. Dinocliciriis [tttinidus], too, lives in the drift line, but in the more humid or even wet parts below the high tide line. Sometimes both species occur on the same piece of wood, Dinochcirus on the wet end, Parachcrncs on the more dry end. Parachcrnes [litoralis], in Beaufort, hibernates as adult and is very difficult to find during winter. In April hundreds of animals appear rather suddenly and start mating. In July I find the first deutonymphs (I have not collected regularly) and it seems that all ani- mals reach maturity within the summer." "The other Parachcrnes [corticis] . . . occurred under the bark at the base of dead or dying deciduous trees in the forests. On Pine Knoll Shores both species were collected rather close together, less than 10 meters between the two species ; forest and drift line come rather close here. However, I never found specimens of both species in the same spot. . . . Parachcrncs [corticis] can be found during winter and . . . another sample was taken in May. In all samples there were all stages and the ani- mals seemed to be active during winter. . . . This forest Parachcrncs is much smaller and very sluggish." Other observations on these two species, concerning especially the courtship and mating behaviors, will be published elsewhere (\Yeygoldt. IWi. LITERATURE CITED HOFF, C. C. 1947. The species of the pseudoscorpion genus Chclanops described by Banks. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 98: 473-550. WEYGOLDT, P. 1969. The biology of pseudoscorpions. Harvard University Cambridge, Mass. 138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 (THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, continued from p. 130) first fresh individuals I have seen among hundreds of spring individuals of both species here. Nymphalis antiopa is at least partially double-brooded as a fresh specimen was taken at Ithaca on October 23, 1967; late pupae of the second brood might occasionally overwinter. — ARTHUR M. SHAPIRO, Department of Entomology c'r Limnology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850. Oriental caged insects — Sequel to "A beetle boom is building in Japan." Ent. News 80 (3) : 66. — The "long . . . black, ugly variety . . ." is the dynastine Xylo- trupes dichotomus (Linnaeus). This common species, the larvae of which develop in rich humus under rotting logs, rotting straw and similar environments, has long beer, well known to boys in Japan, but the growing fad of keeping the adults captive and putting them in cages is the result of modern news media and their being placed on sale in modern department stores. Thus they have become more accessible to city children, although they have always bred in city parks, gardens and compost piles. The common name "kabutomushi" — helmet insect, has always been familiar to all Japanese people. The use of small bamboo cages for insects in Japan is nothing new. As far back as history, in both China and Japan, various insects have been kept in small bamboo cages. In particular, crickets and long-horned grasshoppers are sold in small bamboo cages, particularly at night bazaars in late spring and summer. They are supplied with a slice of cucumber for food and sing well in the little cages. Particularly in China certain kinds of crickets were used extensively for betting on cricket fighting (Gressitt, 1946, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 39: 153-164). Another common use of insects in modern-day Japan is in plastic mounts of many kinds. These take the form of small blocks for paper weights or other ornaments, pendants, brooches, etc. Butter- flies, with abdomens replaced by artificial paper ones, are laminated in transparent papers and plastics for use in lamp shades, trays, table mats and many other items. Many of the actual butterflies and beetles used for these purposes come from central Taiwan, where certain pretty species are extremely numerous and the principal occu- pation of certain villages consists of the collecting of these species by the thousands. The products using these insects are produced in both Taiwan and Japan, and there are similar smaller operations in Okinawa and other islands of the Ryukyu chain. Some of the dealers sell a wider range of species abroad, for collectors. — J. LINSLEY GRESSITT, Bishop Museum, P. O. Bo.r 6037, Honolulu, flu^'nii %818. SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 139 The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. NATURAL AREAS IX INDIANA AND THEIR PRESERVATION By A. A. LINDSEV, D. V. SCHMELZ, and S. A. NICHOLS. Department of Bio- logical Sciences, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana, xi + 5(U pp. [Available only to libraries. | One hundred and sixty-three natural, areas in Indiana are described and many are photographed. In addition about 175 other areas are listed in an appendix and partially described ; these are not being recommended for legal preservation. This volume expands the old Shelford list for North America. It should be fol- lowed by companion volumes for each state. — R. H. A. MELANDERIA Edited by R. I). AKKH. with C. A. JOHXSEN, Assoc. Ed. Washington State Ento- mological Society. An irregular publication of the Washington State Entomological Society devoted to the following basic subdivisions of entomology: behavior, biology, biochemistry. ecology, morphology, pathology, physiology, and systematics. "The external morphol- ogy of Megachile rotundata (Fabricius) ( Hymenoptera : Megachilidae" by Henry S. Gerber and Roger D. Akre, vol. 1, pp. 1-36, 75 figs.— from FIRST ISSTE. [Mailing address: Editors, Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman. Washington 99163. | INVERTEBRATES By HARKV D. ROUNDS. Reinhold, 1%8. vii+119 pp. 1'aper. $2.25. This book has been written to fill what the author feels is a need for a briei over- view of the invertebrated animals. Since about 95% of all animals are invertebrates, this branch of /.oology must deal with almost the entire animal kingdom and therefore constitutes an immense body of knowledge. When confronted with the task of criti- cally examining the mass of information, in any given field, a brief overview is of inestimable value in providing a foundation upon which to build. Further, once a con- ceptual framework involving a relatively small amount of information has been ob- tained, it becomes considerably easier to examine and order relatively large amounts of information. This seems particularly true in the field of invertebrate zoology, where without some brief introductory superstructure one may easily become bogged down even in the now abundant excellent introductory source' material. In writing this short outline it has been difficult to know just where to draw the line between too much and too little; however, ii is hoped that the resulting compromise will prove useful.- PREF.M i 140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | May, 1969 SPIDERS AND THEIR KIN By HERBERT W. LEVI and LOKXA R. LEVI. Golden Press, 1968. 160 pp. Paper, $1.00. The interesting world of common spiders and their near relatives in North America, Europe and elsewhere are described and illustrated in this important guide to a little known group of animals. Information about the life and growth of spiders is emphasized as well as valuable suggestions for collecting, rearing and preserving them. Until now, few of the animals in this book have been pictured in color — over half of the 600 illustrations contained here are in vivid full color — which makes this book a definitive and vital contribution to all naturalists, scientists and students.— PUBLISHER MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Michel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. Professor of Entomology at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described ; illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biolo^\. and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed on heavy, durable paper AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free /to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new one/s are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition ; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10$ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to: R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8", France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. JUNE, 1969 OMOLOGIG CONTENTS STONES, CEMENT AND GUARDS IX HALICTIXE NEST ARCHITECTURE AND DEFENSE (j. KXF.KKK, 1'. 141 PATKR \YASI- NEST IN PITCHER PLANT. Sarntccuki pni-purca L. GAIJV L. RKKNON, i>. 14S ( )I:SKKYATIOXS ox PRKDATION BY THE \\"ASP A.xori.irs ITHACA ON THE \Yoi.K SPIDER DAVID RHIIAKIIS, i-. 14'' NOTES ON INSECTS CNFESTING PINE CONES IN Mississiri-i \V. W. XKKI. and C. F. SARTOR, P. 15'' N TIIK KNTO.MOI.OCIST'S RECORD, i-. 15S TIIK l;..\ToMoi.o(;isT's Lir.RAKV. p. loS COMI.\(i NEXT ISSUE: SIGNALS AND SYSTEMATICS oi- IAMAKAX I-'IRI^.KI.I THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 JUNE, 1969 No. 6 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4* X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. STONES, CEMENT AND GUARDS IN HALICTINE NEST ARCHITECTURE AND DEFENSE G. KXF.KKR ' ABSTRACT Nest entrances of halictine bees provide an important interface between the out-idr \\orld and the brood area, and they often show specific structural peculiarities. The openings serve constructional and nutritional functions, to which a defensive element is sometimes added in the social phase (supraorganism ). The evolution of hidden and conspicuous nest entrances may regulate a density dependent mechanism for breeding populations of l^'ylnciis malachurus. 1'YXCTIOX AXU TYPES OF NEST ENTRANT!. Many aculeate hymenoptera nest in a variety of soils and construct one or several tunnels leading to a series of brood cells. Solitary species usu- ally build less than twenty of these cells whereas a burrow of a social form contains many eggs and larvae during the summer. Such a potential source of high grade protein is exploited by diverse enemies which have often evolved ingenious methods to gain access to the buried treasures. The nest inhabitants are the first line of defense and must be eliminated before the nest is entered (Richards, 1965). The nest entrance therefore plays an important role not only in the removal of soil from the under- ground construction and in the passage of foragers but also as a distinctive landmark for the nest inhabitants and their parasites. Many halictine nests are built in aggregations, mainly because females establish new nests in the vicinity of existing ones. The range and diversity of nest entrances is striking in halictine bees and reflect the different behavior patterns and adaptations of the various species. A hole in the ground is probably the simplest stage in the evolution ot this structure. The expelled soil often forms temporary piles around the constricted entrances of Halictus In/at us. !:i'ylacus iiialiicliiinis. I Pallet us iinitahis. />. rohi^cri and many more. Halictus sc.rcinctns and Diallctiis .cr/1// vr//\ have simple openings in vertical chits. Several species excavate loose soil more fre<|uently so that a tumulus is a constant feature around the nest entrance. This has been observed 1 Department of /oology. University of Toronto. Toronto 5. Canada. 141 142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS (une, 1969 in Lasioglossum leucozonium, 11. iiics and II. oenothcrac. The consoli- dation of the soil gives this structure a more lasting appearance in H. qiunl- ncinctus and H. scabiosac and also locates the nest entrance near the top of the cone. A progressively higher "chimney" indicates the age of the perennial /:. marginatus nests ( Plateaux-Quenu, 1959; Fig. 1 ). A further elahoration of turret construction is seen in E. li)icaris, II. biniacii'atits and Augochlorella striata (Fig. 2). r«7 ' * 'a '?'!• atcl- liiti/s, H. ntbiciiiK/us and H. conjnsiis slant their nest openings in a wa\ to make recognition from above more difficult. E. cinctipes is very adept in this technique by starting a vertical burrow with a normal entrance but slanting a secondary tunnel towards the surface while filling in the original opening. The top portion of the burrow is almost parallel with the soil surface for several centimeters before it is terminated under a stone or a clump of plants. Some of the turret-makers have similarly camouflaged their nest openings by curving the above-soil structure so that it points toward the soil surface rather than the sky (e.g., E. interruptus) . NEST CLOSURE Almost all halictine bees close their nests during bad weather or at the end of a foraging period. The times at which the nests are sealed are different for the various species. The matinal II. ocnotlicrac, for example, has most of the nests closed as early as 8.00 A.M., whereas L. leucosonium keep theirs open until around noon. Summer nests of the social species H. li(/atns are rarely with a plug before 2.00 P.M. The halictines of hot climates have often two activity periods in the cooler parts of the day and close their nests after each session (e.g., //. cochlcaritarsis, II. holt.zi and H. patcllatits). Nest closure and its element of camouflage seems to be effective against visual parasitoids as the cuckoo-bee Sphecodcs, and the various flies of the genera Boiiibylins. Lcncophora and Glyphotriclis but are less of a bonus against mutillid parasitoids. Females of the genus Myr- inilld attack a great variety of halictine nests, but these are located by olfactory rather than visual cues. The temporary sealing of nests after a day's foraging is not as elaborate as the closure at the- end of a provisioning phase, especially in social species. There, a period of spring activity is separated from the matrililial social phase in summer by several weeks of rest. The nests are deliberately closed before the inactive phase and plugs range from a few millimeters in /:. Ihicaris to 50 mm or more in /:. H/i/n/v.v and /:. <•/;;<•/ //v\. /:. niala- clntnis. which produces at least three distinct broods of workers during a Mediterranean summer, seals the nests after each provisioning phase: the closures are progressively more imposing and range from 5 mm in April to over 200 mm in August. 144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | | U11C, 1969 Most of the closures are made with loose soil, brought up from the depth of the nest and pushed into place by the bee's abdomen. Several species seemed to have changed the type of plug and the way of procuring it. E. nies. for example, brushes loose soil particles into the burrow before pushing them into position in the entrance. A variety of Mediterranean forms have replaced the dry soil by more substantial material, especially stones. H. cochlearitarsis, H. holtzi and /:. f>aii.\-illtis were regularly ob- served to keep a fairly large stone at the bottom of the burrow, with which they plugged the entrance following periods of activity (Figs. 5, (>, 7). One female of H. cochlearitarsis used the same distinctive blue stone for five weeks, until the nest was excavated (Fig. 7). If the stone was pushed into the nest, the female would replace it within 20-30 seconds, rotating it for a perfect fit. All of the stones used were larger than the opening of the nest and could therefore not be removed without destroying the nest. Finally, the dimorphism of the nest closure of H. iiiacitlattis should be mentioned here. The overwintered females of this species close their nests with plugs of loose soil before the provisioning of cells has started. After that, a thin disc of moist soil, laid down in concentric rings is used for the nest closure, which blends verv well into the surrounding soil. XEST GUARDING Architectural modifications are usually not effective in denying access to host-specific parasites and many industrious species protect their young by guarding the nest. The solitary L. leucozonium fiercely defends her nest against any intruders. Continued irritation is met by abdominal presenta- tion and finally by nest closure. Blocking the nest opening with the ab- domen is a common defensive pattern in many nearctic halictines (e.g., H. li(/atns, E. cinctif>cs, D. hnitatiis and f). rohi^cn ') . but is rare in pale- arctic species which keep their head in the entrance or present the nape (e.g., E. nialochiinis ) . The overwintered females of H. scobiosac and E. inuhiclutnts show agonistic behavior towards usurping conspecifics dur- ing the solitary spring phase ( Knerer and Plateaux-Ouenu, 1967). Con- tinuous guarding is only possible when more than one female is in a nest, either in the pleometrotic spring associations or the matrifilial summer societies. Nonreproductive workers show often "altruistic" behavior when they sacrifice their lives in an attempt to save the attacked colony. How- ever, guarding behavior appears scattered over many species without regard to their social status. H. lif/atns. H. cochlearitarsis, H. rubicundus, E. inalachurus, E. pan.rillus, I), iniitatns and <•/. striata have guarding of sum- mer nests in common despite large differences in their levels of social 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 145 . • < I;K;CKKS 4-7. \:\c.. 4. A dead inahichurus worker rests on to]) of the nest closure; the entrance is protected by the hard tubular structure; Fie. 5. N'est entrance of //. Imltci closed with one large and a few small stones; FIG. 6. Closed nest entrance of E. pait.rilhts; a single large stone is wedged into the constricted part of the burrow: Fir.. 7. The "blue stone" of the //. cochlctiriturtis nest observed for five weeks. evolution. On the other hand, the advanced social /:. niai't/niatus. /:. aris and /:. nics never gnard the niatritilial ne.sts although the pleo- metrotic nests of /:. lincaris are defended effectively. 146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJuilC, 1969 NEST AGGREGATION AND POPULATION DYNAMICS The trend towards hidden entrances is probably adaptive against para- sitization by a wide variety of parasitoids. Specific parasitoids have to match every behavioral innovation of their hosts to remain successful. Bee nests are either located by following a pollen laden host to the nest (e.g., Leucophora and Glyphotriclis ) or by searching suitable terrain systemati- cally. Sphecodes monilicornis appears to do very well with the second method, although the females seem to miss the odd nest amongst vegetation. But many nests of II. malachurus , its main host, are placed conspicuously in large aggregations and are impossible to miss. This is an odd situation for an otherwise very adaptable and highly successful bee, and it seems paradoxical that this flippant behavior pattern can defy such intense evolu- tionary pressure. It can be argued, however, that camouflaged nests with their higher survival rate have become secondary in this species, and suc- cumbed to more important mechanisms. There is a strong inference that the losses inflicted by the parasitoids can be made up quite easily, as a con- sideration of the species' bionomics indicates. /:. malachurus raises 2 to 3 progressively more populous worker broods during the summer and a mature nest can produce over 100 future queens. This rate of growth is many times that of solitary and primitively social halictines and the problem of overpopulation and overexploitation of limited resources has replaced that of mere survival. Observations on E. inalaclutnts in various parts of Europe and by different investigators have shown that breeding activity is limited to a certain portion of the female population, and this seems to be quite constant from one year to the next ( Knerer, 1909). The "surplus" females were physiologically inhibited from starting nesting activities, prob- ably by some visual cues emanating from the density of the aggregation ; these potential queens died without leaving a progeny, unless they could usurp a nest which was already established. It seems clear that only well marked nests, visible to the whole population could meet the requirements for a density dependent mechanism, which would then explain the selective value of overly conspicuous nest entrances in malachurus and a few other common social species. Appropriate defensive adjustments have seemingly been made to partlv counteract the disadvantages of conspicuous nests. Guarding in this species reached a high level and it is not rare to see a small colonv completely eradicated before the parasitoid can gain entry into the nest. By the same token, both Spliccodcs and Myrmilla can gauge the strength of a colony and leave populous nests alone. The thorough nest closure after each provision- ing phase reduces the vulnerability of the nests still further and a barrier of soil can be built up quickly even after the attack had begun. The sneers^ 80| K.\TO.MOI.()(,I( Al. NKW.S 147 of all defensive manoeuvres clearly depends on a unique structural feature of iiiulacliitnis nests. It makes its appearance after the first worker brood emerged and consists of an extremely bard tube, 2 mm thick and 20 to 3() mm dee]) ( Figs. 3, 4). It completely surrounds the entrance and protects the guards by its sheer hardness from the mandibles of the attackers. The ontogeny of the structure is not known but it is probably formed from a mixture of soil and saliva. Parasitoids are usually forced to excavate their own tunnels to bypass the cement tube or wait until rain renders the structure more soft and pliable (Fig. 3). REKEKEM i - KXKKKK, G. 1969. Ins. Soc (in press I. K. \KKER, G. and C. PLATEArx-Qri';\r. 1%7. Sur 1'nsurpation do nids etrangers et le parasitisme facultatif cliex Halictus scabiosae (Rossi) (Ins. Hym. ). Ins. Soc., 14: 47-50. PLATEAi'x-OrExr, C. 1959. I'D iiovcau type dc societe d'insecU's : Iliilictus iidtiis Brulle (Hymen., Apoidca). Annee Biologique, 35: 325-444. KK H \KIIS, O. W. 1965. Symp. Zool. Soc. London, 14: 169-172. 148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | (line, 1969 Paper Wasp nest in Pitcher Plant, Sarracenia purpurea L.1 GARY L. BERNON - On August 1, 1968, a living pitcher-plant leaf, Sarracenia purpurea L., was found to contain an active nest of the common paper wasp, Polistcs fiiscatus pallipcs Lepeltier. The observation was made at a typical bog habitat near Ashburrham, Massachusetts. A small hole located near the base of the swollen portion of the leaf prevented retention of water which is normally found in the leaf base, thus making this particular leaf a suitable microhabitat for the nest. Although Lloyd ( 1943 ) listed many species of insects associated with the pitcher-plant, the Polistcs nest in the modified leaf is apparently a unique occurrence. The nest was suspended from the to]) part of the leaf and completely filled the leaf opening, forcing the wasps to enter through the basal hole. Because of the small spherical shape of the hole which served as an entrance to the nest, it is conceivable that it was cut by the wasps. The leaf con- taining the nest was brown in spots and appeared to be dying but was still alive, as were several normal leaves on the same plant. LlTKRATCkK Cl'l Hi LLOYD, F. E. 1942. The carnivorous plants. Chronica Botanica Co. Botanica Co. Walthani, Mass. 1 Accepted fur publication June 25, 1%9. - Dept. of Biology, Bowling Green University, Bowling ( ireen, Ohio 43402. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 14°- Observations on Predation by the Wasp Anoplius ithaca (Pompilidae) on the Wolf Spider Pardosa groenlandica (Lycosidae) I )AYJI> RICARDS 1> - This account is based on observation made in the summers of 1964 to I960 while I was conducting an intensive investigation of a population of P. groenlandica on the shore of Flathead Lake, Montana, at a location two miles north of Yellow Bay. Spiders of this species are very con- spicuous along the lake shore in this locality and I wished to establish a measure of their population density and related considerations including natality, dispersion, movement, mortality and/or disappearance rate. I have recorded the complete details of this study elsewhere (Ricards. 1907 >. During the course of my investigation I had many occasions to observe A. ithaca wasps grasping P. groenlandica victims and dragging them to their nest-cells. I first noted this at midday on 4 August, lc>(>4, when I noticed a was]) dragging a P. groenlandica among and over the roclo. The spider appeared completely immobile and made no resistance while I watched it being transported a distance of approximately two feet. Once the wasp left the spider while it flew ahead in a circular route appearing to reconnoiter so as to orient itself with its destination. The wasp then recovered the spider after appearing to make a search to locate it. Tin- destination proved to be a burrow excavated under a flat rock beneath which the wasp disappeared with its victim. I then covered the rock with a net, anchoring the edges with rocks, and proceeded to await the reap- pearance of the wasp. This occurred after an interval of between live to ten minutes, but the was]) immediately disappeared again under the rock. After waiting another five minutes, I began to remove the smaller rocks from under the net in an attempt to dig out the wasp and spicier. After the surrounding rocks and dirt were removed in a circle appn>\i mately eight inches in diameter and to a depth of about two inches, the was]) emerged from the dirt at the bottom of the excavation — no distin- guishable burrow entrance was apparent — and was eventually captured in the net. It was subsequently identified by Dr. II. F. Kvans ot the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard I'niversity. Further excavation of the soft, moist dirt between the rocks uncovered a total of live /'. (jrocnlandica. Although the spiders were alive only one made any active effort to escape; the others were only able to move their 1 AecepU-:! for publication .April IS, 10(>''. -791 Via Ck-lit<>. Ventura, Calif. 150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | J tllie, 1969 legs very lethargically. Close examination revealed an oval white egg attached near the left anterior margin of the abdomen of three of the spiders. Further digging uncovered the apparent remains of disintegrated spiders such as carapaces and leg segments. These and the other spiders were collected in a separate bottle with a small amount of soil for further examination. Two days later the attached egg on one of these spiders appeared withered. The spider itself was apparently normal. Three days later the egg could not be detected. There was no apparent difference in the spider and it appeared to behave normally for four more days, when it was preserved in ethanol. The second spider when examined two days after its capture did not respond but no noticeable development of the was]) egg occurred. The third spider when examined the second day after its capture also was alive but a larva had emerged from the egg and had grown to a size of 3 or 4 mm in length. It remained attached at the same location on the front left side of the spider's abdomen. Three days later (9 August, 1964) the larva had consumed the spider's abdomen and grown to about 10 mm in length by 4 mm in diameter. Its color was also noticeably darker. On 10 August, 1(>(>4, a second spider was placed in the container but was ignored as the larva later that day was observed to have commenced spin- ning a cocoon. This was completed by the following day. 1 kept this cocoon in its container until the next spring, but nothing emerged. I was able to establish further details of the nature of this wasp/spider relationship on the occasion of second observation on 31 July, 1965. On this date I noticed a digger wasp dragging a female /}. groendlandica along the lakeshore. This was accomplished by the wasp grasping the spider with its mandibles and dragging the spider backwards over and among the rocks. At intervals of one or two minutes the was]) would release its prey and fly away apparently reconnoitering its route as it flew from rock to rock along the lakeshore or in a couple of five to six feet circles around its victim, each time returning to regrasp its victim and continue its journey. Also, the was]) was observed to lie on its side on the upper surface of the rocks and rub its hind legs together several times and repeatedly flick its wings in a nervous fashion. \Yhen the march was resumed the route was continued, always in a nearly straight line along the beach crest to the location of the concealed burrow. I'pon arrival the wasp clambered around in a small circle before grasping the spider to pull it underground beneath the concealing rock. About an hour later the was]) was observed to have emerged into the net I had placed over the rock. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 151 That same afternoon I began the excavation of the burrow. Tin's had been prepared in a location distant enough from the water's edge to have allowed soil to accumulate among the rocks. The soil was removed by brushing away the uppermost layers little by little in a six inch circle surrounding the burrow entrance. At a depth of about 1.5 inches a female spider was uncovered buried in moist soil beneath two rocks directly beneath the location where the wasp originally disappeared. The spider was alive and active and attempted to escape when uncovered. A white egg was noticed attached to the front left dorso-lateral margin of the abdomen. Additional digging revealed a second spider, a juvenile, also alive but immobile except for an occasional twitching in the forelegs which with the other appendages were drawn alongside the body. It also had an egg attached in the same location on the abdomen. No further spiders were recovered. The spiders recovered were placed with some of the soil in a collecting bottle for subsequent examination. The next day both spiders were observed to be apparently normally active and sought to avoid the grasp of the forceps when examined. Xo observations were made for the next two clays but on 3 August. 1(>(>5. both parasitized spiders were dead. \Yithin a few days both spiders showed signs of decomposition, and in neither case did the wasp larva develop successfully. The behavior of the wasp in transporting its victim was investigated further on three subsequent occasions on 16 and 17 August, 1(K>5. Fach time careful measurements of the distance, direction, and time were noted for the wasp's route in transporting its victim. Two of these routes are recorded in Figs. 1 and 2. The straight line routes the wasps followed are noteworthy. The wasps maintained these by clambering up and down the sides of rocks in the route rather than seeking what would seem to be a less strenuous path among them. A random sample of twenty rocks selected at this location ranged in volume as determined by liquid displace- ment from 13 cm3 to 507 cur with an average volume of 10S cnv;. The was]) commonly would move backwards along its route pulling the spider, grasped by its mandibles, behind it. On two of these occasions the route proceeded for a distance of 7.1 and 15 feet over water. This was accom- plished bv the was]) living and dragging the spider along the surface. Flying to transport a victim was also observed for about one to two feet distance over the rocks. The effort exerted by the wasps in their task is impressive. The long- est observed route was measured to be approximately 111 feet, and this does not account for the distance traversed before the observations began 152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS June, 1969 CREST OF_» ROCK JETTY N f 20 ft ROCK Routes of two female Anoplius ithuca dragging Pardosa f/rociilandicit ( 16 August, 1965). FIG. 1. Total observed distance: 111 feet; a, 12:51, released spider and circled on ground; b, 12:52, flew south and returned; c, 12:56, circled on ground, then flew to crest and returned ; d, circled on ground ; c , 12 :59, arrived at burrow. FIG. 2. Total observed distance: 53 feet; a, 18:58, flew in circle; b, circled on ground; c, 19 :02, departed over water ; d, circled on ground, then flew to crest and returned ; c, circled on ground; /, flew in circle; <>. I wit- nessed an encounter between a wasp and a female P. groenlandica with attached egg-sac. The female was sunning herself alongside a wood chip and had just moved about two inches to the edge of tin- top of the rock when a wasp alighted on an adjacent rock. There was no immediate reac- tion by either the spider or the was]). The latter, however, by moving about on the rocks appeared to encounter seemingly by chance the loca- tion the spider had just a moment earlier occupied alongside the wood chip. At that moment the wasp appeared to become aroused and began to move about the spot in a more agitated fashion, frequently testing tin- rock surface at that location with her antennae. In the course of these movements the was]) was observed to encounter and actually make contact with the spider which had made no effort to escape nor any other obvion> reaction. Tn response to the actual contact, however, the spider raised her two pairs of forelegs in the customary defensive attitude. The wa.sp continued to advance, and. although contact was again noted, the wasp did 154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJlllie. 1969 not persist in her approach and broke off contact to fly away. The spicier then resumed her resting atitude in the sun. I witnessed another encounter on 9 August, 1906. On this occasion a struggle ensued lasting approximately three minutes and was initiated by the spider, an unmarked female, running forward to encounter the wasp which had alighted on the rock during its search along the lakeshore. The spider grasped the wasp with her chelicerae and the wasp responded by bending her abdomen forward to sting the underside of the spider when they disappeared over the edge of the rock in each other's grasp. A moment later the wasp reappeared over the edge of the rock leaving the spider immobile on the ground. The wasp proceeded to groom herself before starting to clamber south over the rocks, a distance of about a foot. Next the wasp flew back to grasp the spider to begin dragging it away. Four minutes later, as the wasp continued dragging the spider along the lakeshore, her route brought her to an encounter with an adult male P. grocnlandica, which at the approach of the wasp and her burden was observed to move to make contact with his extended forelegs. At this the wasp retreated but without any pursuit occurring. A minute later the wasp again approached the male spider and contact re-occurred. At this the spider was seen to raise his right leg-Ill, wherewith the wasp with- drew under an adjoining rock and the spider abandoned his position and disappeared from view among the rocks. Two minutes later the wasp was seen to emerge grasping a marked female I', (jrocnhnuiica. The origi- nal victim which the wasp had abandoned on encountering her new prey was subsequently located and preserved in ethanol. This new victim was then transported southward along the lakeshore to the water's edge at the location of the inlet alongside the rock jetty. Here the wasp was observed to lose her grip on the spider as she clambered along a log extending into the water ; and her victim slid off the log into the water. The wasp was seen then to fly circles in an apparent search for her victim, which although floating on the surface, had in the mean- time been washed among some rocks along the water's edge a couple of feet from where it fell into the water. After approximately rive minutes the wasp was lost from view as she appeared to abandon her search for the spider. One remaining incident of special note was witnessed on 15 August. 1966, when a wasp dragging an immobilized spider along the lakeshore was robbed of its prey by another spider which was seen to rush forward, grasp the wasp's victim and snatch it away beneath an adjoining rock. The wasp subsequently recovered its victim which had apparently been abandoned by the robber spider. This incident bears a close resemblance 80 I ENTOMOLOGICAL XKWS 155 to that observed on 9 August, 19(><>. On both occasions wasps dragging their victims were approached by another spicier which appeared to initiate the actual encounter. DISCUSSIOX There are several noteworthy aspects to the last two mentioned inci- dents. On both encounters it was the spider which was observed to approach the wasp to initiate actual contact between the two. This sug- gests that the spider apparently approaches the wasp mistaking it for a more easily subdued prey and that the wasp's role is more to lure the spider to attack than to be the aggressor herself. Secondly, although the same wasp was involved in the two encounters observed on 19 July, 1966, in the first encounter the was]) persevered in the conflict and in the second it withdrew. It may be significant that the first encounter was with a female P. groenlandica whereas the second was with a male. I suspect that the wasps are able to distinguish between the two sexes, because I have never identified a male victim in the eight instances for which I have records. Moreover, in neither encounter ac- tually observed between wasps and male spiders did the male fall victim : and on two different occasions I have noted male spiders in full view to be ignored by apparently searching wasps. As males have a proportionately very small abdomen and in all cases I have noted the parasitizing egg has been fixed at the same location on the abdomen, I feel there is cause to suspect a possible limiting factor restricting the wasp parasitism to females and immature spiders. This suspicion is reinforced in the incident in which the wasp withdrew from engaging with the male but was observed immediately afterwards with a second female victim. I believe the routes observed demonstrate that the wasps were orienting themselves to their destination. This is most likely to be to visual land- marks along the lakeshore such as the large rock which was exposed prominently and past which each wasp traveled, although the position <>t the Min or polarized lighting of the sky as is known to function in the orientation of beach spiders ( 1'api and Tongiorgi. l(Ho ) could equally be operative in this instance. Tsuneki ( 1(>50) has shown that in fact pom- pilid wasps are able to utili/e the direction of solar light in orientation. Finally there is the question of prey recognition. Wa>ps. while tran- porting their prey along the lakeshore. will regularly release' them and fly unburdened ahead to orient themselves with their destination. During her reconnaissance a wasp will travel several yards away from where the spider has been left and be gone for as long as a minute or two. yet return with only momentary hesitation to recover her victim. This apparently would demonstrate that the wasp is not limited to responding purely tn 156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJune, 1969 recognizable movement, yet I have noted several instances when spiders in full view of apparently searching wasps have been ignored. The inci- dent in which the floating spider was washed away and lost to the wasp would appear to demonstrate that the wasp places major reliance upon the immediate topography of the locality rather than the form or possible odor of her victim. Although the wasp never located her prey, she did return several times to the location at which she last grasped it, and if she was relying upon odor to do so it would seem she could have as equally well detected the odor of her prey floating nearby on the surface of the water. It is difficult to assess the effect of wasp predation on the P. grocn- landica population. The wasps are active all summer long. The earliest I have had occasion to notice them searching along the lakeshore is 27 June, the latest, 16 August. I am certain that their activities commence much before this (perhaps in April) and persist until probably October. I would judge their activities to be most intense during the first half of August. Although the wrasps begin their dailv activities with the first sun to light the lakeshore and continue until sunset, their greatest activity is concentrated at midday. These studies concord well with previous observations on Anoplius Ithaca, as summarized by Evans and Yoshimoto (1962), although provid- ing more detail than any previous studies. This wasp ranges widely in North America and is restricted to the shores of lakes, streams, and occa- sionally the sea. Most records are from rocky shores, with species of Pardosa as the major prey, but there are a few records from sandy shores with the sand-loving Arctosa littoral is as prey. Carriage of the prey over the surface film has not previously been reported for Anoplius ithaca al- though it has been reported several times in the related species A. dc- prcssipes. Also, preparation of several nest-cells in one restricted area has not been reported for Ithaca, although several related species are known to do this. The European species Anoplius citric olor, for example, makes multicellular nests much like those of Ithaca, and in fact Grandi's (1961) figure of the nest of this species is highly suggestive of that of ithaca (atrlcolor is also a predator on Pardosa). A number of species of this subgenus (Anoplius s. str. ) are semiaquatic and it is not surprising that they share some of the same adaptations for exploiting this habitat. LITERATURE CITED EVANS, H. E. 1948. Biological notes on two species of Anoplius (Hymenoptera : Pompilidae). Ent. News 59: 180-184. 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS EVANS, H. E., and C. M. VOSHIMOTO. 1962. The ecology and nesting behavior oi the Pompilidae ( Hymenoptera) of the northeastern United States. Mi>c. Puhl. Ent. Soc. America 3(3) : 83. GRAXDI, G. 1961. Studi di un entomologo sugli Imemotteri superiori. Boll. I>t. Ent. Univ. Bologna 25 : 1-659. PAPI, F., and TONGIORGI, P. 1963. Innate and learned components in the astronomi- cal orientation of wolf spiders. Ergebnisse Biol. 26: 259-280. RICARDS, D. R. 1967. "An Investigation of the Ecology of the Wolf Spider Pardosa grocnliiHdiai Th. ( Araneae, Lycosidae)." Unpublished Master's thesis, the Uni- versity of Montana, Missoula. VLIJM L., KESSLER, A. and RICHTER, C. 1963. The life history of 1'nnlnsu uincn- tata C. (Araneae, Lycosidae). Ent. Berichten [Amsterdam] 23: 75-80. TSUXEKI, K. 1950. Experimental analysis of the sensory cues working in the return to the nest of the Pompilidae (solitary Hymenoptera). Ann. Zool. Japan 23: 75-84. 158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [une, 1969 The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. HEMIPTERA The collection of Hemiptera (Heteroptera) of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., has been transferred permanently to the American Museum of Natural History in New York. In the future requests to study this ma- terial should be addressed to Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky at that institution. This col- lection contains relatively few types, but it does contain several primary types of >pecies described by N. Banks, H. G. Barber, C. J. Drake, R. C. Froeschner, H. B. Hungerford, H. H. Knight, J. Maldonado C., H. M. Parshley, E. L. Todd, R. L. Usinger, and P. Wygodzinsky. The American Museum has deposited a synoptic col- lection of identified Heteroptera at the M.C.Z. — H. E. EVANS, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. 01238. HOMOPTERA Membracidae: Cyrtolobus junklioitseri Woodruff. New records: Mazomanie, Dane Co., Wisconsin, June 24, 1965 ( T. R. Yonke) ; Rockport, Boone Co., Missouri, June 16, 1966, orchard (S. Poe). Previously known from Connecticut, Indiana, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. ( Ref. : Woodruff, L. B., 1924. Critical observations in the membracid genus Cyrtolobus Coding ( Hemip- Homop.). Journ. New York Ent. Soc. 32:14-16.) Also known from Oklahoma. (Ref.: Dennis, Clifford J., 1965. Oklahoma treehoppers ( Homoptera, Membracidae). Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci., 45:57, 62.) — CLIFFORD J. DENNIS, Wisconsin State Uni- versity, li 7n'/i-ii -liter, .xi/W and DF.NNIS D. KOPI>, ['nit'crsity of Missouri. Columbia. 65201 SO I KXTOMOI.OI.ICAL NEWS Notes on Insects Infesting Pine Cones in Mississippi \V. \Y. XEEL - and C. V. SARTOR :: Two species of the genus J)ioryctria Zeller ( Lepidoptera : Phycitidae i feed on the first- and second-year cones of the genus Pinns in Missis.si]>]>i and are considered major pests of these reproductive structures. The larvae of D. auiatella ( I lulst. ) infest the cones of longleaf pine (P. palnstris Mill. ). loblolly pine (P. tacda L.) and slash pine (P. clliotii) var. elliotii Little and Dorman. The larvae of /). diselnsa lleinrich infest the cones of long- leaf pine, loblolly and shortleaf pine (P. eehhiata Mill.). The genus Dioryctria, according to Heinrich (1956), is represented by 4 species in the southeastern United States and only one of these species. D. auiatella, is listed for Mississippi. This species is considered bv Craig- head ( 1949) as the most common insect pest of first- and second-year cone> of "yellow pines" in the Gulf States. Pistilate flowers, cones and seeds of longleaf pines as well as cones and seeds of slash pines have been ob- served by YVakely ( 1931 ) to be destroyed by this insect. In Arkansas D. auiatella. It. clarioralis (Walker) and I), disclusa are considered primarv pests of loblolly and shortleaf cones ( Yearian and Warren. 1('(>4 and Yearian. I'XiS) ; in Georgia the first 2 named species and H. ziiiuuenuani (Grote ) are considered the primarv pests of shortleaf cones ( Coulson and Franklin. 196S). All 4 species of Dioryctria listed above infest loblolly cones in Virginia and are responsible for approximately 25 f/r cone mor- tality (Morris and Schroeder. 1966-67). I), auiatella is listed as one of approximately 26 species of insects represented by 7 orders affecting seed production of slash and longleaf pines in Florida (Ebel, 1963). Merkel (1962) determined the number of larval instars of D. ahietella ( 1). and S. ). The parasitic insect species associated with I~>. auiatella and D. clarioralis in Arkansas have been listed bv Yearian and XYarren ( I('n4). Five in.M-ct- are known to parasitize I), auiatella in \orth Carolina ( Xeunzig el a!.. 1964a). Oseinella eonieola (Greene) ( I)i])tera : Chloropidae) is also considered a ])rimar\- pest of loblollv and shortleaf pine cones in Arkansas ( N earian and \\'arren, 1(">4). ( )ne of the primary insect seed destroyers of longleaf pine is Laspeyresia int/eiis lleinrich (Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae ). A detailed life histon study of this insect has been reported by Coyne (1(>(>S|. \Yahlenberg i 1'HiO) rejxirted loblollv seed losses of 9 to 42c/f from cones infested with 1 I'ublishrd with the approval of tin- Director of the Mi-^i^ippi Agricultural Ex- periment Station as Scientific Paper X'o. 173°. Accepted for publication April lc>, 1%9 -'• ; Respectively, Associate Protrssor and ( iradnatc Assistant, Mississippi S University. State College. Miss. 160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | June, 1969 Region 1 Oktibbeha and Winston Counties Region 2 Kemper and Lauilenlale Counties Region .1 Forrest and- Stone C'ounties MISSISSIPPI I:K.. 1. Map of Mississippi showing the 6 counties where pine cones were collected for this study. SO I ENTOMOI.OCK'AL NEWS 161 L. torcnta Grote and J). ainatclla. Merkel (1963) found that the slash pine seedworm. L. anaranjada Miller, occurs in the I'nited States through- out the natural range of slash pine. In a life history study of L. anaran- jiniu Merkel (1967) estimated that seed losses caused by this insect on open grown slash pines in northeast Florida vary from 2 to \Qc/f annually. Representatives of 3 genera. Hyperdiplosis, Lestodiplosis and Mycodi- plosis of the family Cecidomyiidae are considered to be secondary pests of shortleaf pine cones in Georgia, for they caused only moderate damage directly to seed ( Coulson and Franklin, 1968). I'dinphupca f>olita (Say) ( Coleoptera : Meloidae ) were observed to consume pollen catkins of shortleaf pine in Mississippi (Allen and Coyne. 1956). J:iicos!i/a sp. near or cocana (Lepidoptera: Olethreuticlae ) was found to infest 20.4c/f of the second-year zones of 2 shortleaf pine trees in South Carolina ( Ciesla ct al.. 196S). PRESENT STUDY This study was initiated in an effort to learn the extent of insect dam- age to second-year pine cones of loblolly, slash, longleaf, and shortleaf in Mississippi. Another objective was to learn the identity and seasonal occurrence of all insects affecting these cones. Procedures: The collection of cones was confined to the commercial pine timber lands in the following 3 localities in the state: Region 1, Oktibbeha and Win>ton Counties; Region 2, Kemper and Lauderdale Counties; Re- gion 3. Forest and Stone Counties (Fig. 1). The cones collected in Uegions 1 and 2 were loblolly and shortleaf; those collected in Region 3 were slash and longleaf. An attempt was made to select areas in each county where logging operations would be in progress from the beginning of the cone collections in March until the termination of the collections in September. The reason for this procedural step was to insure the collec- tion of cones from the same vegetative type cover area during the entire 7-9 month period. Cones were collected only from felled trees. Trees were randomly selected at live locations in a logging operation area as follows: (1) A straight course (compass line) was selected for transver.sing the area. (2) At a distance of 2 chains length cones were sampled from one loblolly and one shortleaf tree or from one slash and one longleaf tree. (A total of 5 trees of each species was sampled on each designated date.) (3) If no specified trees were found within 50 feet of a sampling spot the collector proceeded 2 chains to the next sampling spot. Samples were taken from trees with a Dill I of 10 inches or larger. Counts of the total number of cones on each tree selected were made but collections 162 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | J line. 1969 were made of only those cones suspected of being infested. A record was kept for each tree examined. This included date, tree species, total num- ber of cones and total number of suspected ( infested ) cones. Trees were sampled once per month during March, April. June, August and September except in Oktibbeha and Winston Counties where samples were taken more often. Cone samples were taken from trees which had been felled no longer than 2 weeks. RESULTS Region I (Oktibbeha and Winston Counties) : The insect causing the greatest damage to loblolly cones was D. disclusa. Moths from infested cones (collected in April and May) emerged as adult moths during May and June. The largest number of moths (64 out of a total of 84 ) emerged during a 2-week period extending from the third week of May to the first week of June. No other moths of this species emerged after this time although dam- aged cones were collected at weekly intervals in Oktibbeha Count}- until October. Once the larva began its feeding attack inside the cone, no further cone development occurred. A small moth belonging to the family Blastobasidae emerged from lob- lolly cones collected on June 12. Also several small moths, Battaristis spp. (family, Gelechiidae ) emerged from a June 15 loblolly pine cone collection. These cones were dead or dying at the time they were collected but the inner cone destruction was not as great as that caused by D. disclusa. Some of the loblolly cones collected during the first part of May were infested with Asynapta near kccni Foote (l)iptera: Cecidomyiidae). The damage caused by this cecidomyiid is limited to the inner surface of the cone scales and to young succulent seed. A heavy infestation with exces- sive resin flow in the affected areas prevents the normal opening of the cone and consequent loss of seed. Some of these emerged as adults from May 15 through 22. A wasp. Kracon gelechiae Ashm., ( Hymenoptera : I'ra- coniclae). emerged from an infested loblolly cone on May 20. This wasp, in all probability, had been parasitizing a D. disclusa larva. On October 6 one moth, D. auuitclla emerged from a loblolly cone collected on July IS. No insects emerged from shortleaf cones held in the laboratory. The average number of loblolly and shortleaf cones destroyed chiefly by D. disc/lisa larvae in Oktibbeha County was, respectively, 2.\S and 15.8"^. In Winston County the average number of loblolly and shortleaf cones destroyed by this insect was, respectively, l,x(Kv and ().4%. Region 2 (Kemper and Lauderdale Counties) : A few shortleaf cones were found infested with cecidomyiid maggots, Asynapta sp., and Ihoryc- 80 HXTOMOLOGICAL XEXVS 163 "H,. 2. I.onglrat' |)iiK- cone ink-sled with />ii>r_\v/n. >ho\\in.u ty]iiral curled ai 164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | I Ulie, 1969 tria spp. larvae ; no adult insects emerged from these cones ( April 27 and 28 collections). Several loblolly cones were infested with D. disclusa larvae which emerged as adult moths during late May. Only one adult moth Ditrita (Battaristis ) z'itclla Bsk. (Lepidoptera : Gelechidae ) emerged from the I tine 26 collected cones. Some Dioryctria spp. moths had probably already emerged from many of these cones which appeared to have harbored an infestation. No insects emerged from loblolly and shortleaf cones which were col- lected on August 17. The average number of loblolly and shortleaf cones damaged by I), dis- ci nsa larvae in Kemper County was, respectively, 3.3 and 0.1%. In Lau- derdale County the average number of cones damaged by this insect was, respectively, 13.9 and 3.8%. Retjion 3 ( Forest and Stone Counties ) : No insects were found infesting the slash and longleaf cones collected on March 9. Many of the fresh green longleaf cones collected on April 27 were infested with red cecidomyiid maggots Asynaf>ta spp. Three adult cecido- myiids emerged from these infested longleaf cones on May 23. Dioryctria spp. larvae were found infesting some of the slash cones on arrival. A month later 7 scolytids, probably Pityophthorus pulicarius Zinn., emerged from these slash cones as well as several small wasps, Platyi/astcr sp. No adult Dioryctria spp. emerged from these cones. The exact role of these wasps is not known. They may have been parasitizing the developing Pityophthorus larvae. Several small moths, Battaristis spp., emerged from the slash cones. Several P. pitlicarins and liniobins //ranulatns Lee. adults emerged from slash cones (May 26 collection). Also several Platygaster spp. adults emerged from these slash cones. One cecidomyiid (probably Asynapta sp. ) emerged on July 17 and two D. ainatclla adults emerged on September 22 from the longleaf cones collected on June 26. No slash cones were collected on this date. One D. ainatclla adult emerged from a longleaf cone on October 21 and 2 ichneumonids, Exteristcs coinstockii emerged from slash cones on Sep- tember 7 (September 1 collections). Two D. amatclla moths emerged from slash cones on October 21 ( Sep- tember 7 collection). A few individuals of Laspeyresia hu/ens emerged in the spring of 19nS from longleaf cones collected the previous September. For the period of inspection (April until September) second-year slash and longleaf cones collected in Region 3 were infested, respectively, at the rate of 20.7 and 20.1%. 80 J K.VPOMOLOGICAL NKWS 165 A longleaf cone collected in September ( Figure 2) shows the abnormal curled distortion caused by a I )ioryetria larval infestation. To summarize these findings a list of insects that were found to emerge from infested cones are listed below : Loblolly pine: Primary insects — Dioryctria diselnsa. I), ainatclla and Asvnapla near keeni. Secondary insects — Battaristis spp., Ditvita I'itclla. I 'arasites — Brecon i/eleeliiae. Short leu) pine: Primary insects — 1). disc/lisa. .Isvnapta sp. Secondarv insects — none recorded. Parasites — none recorded. Longleaf pine: Primary insects — I), ainatella and Asynapta sp., Laspevresia in. discliisa I leinrich and A. near keeni ha\e been found to be primarv pests of InblolK- and shortleaf pine cones. Laspeyresia insk. appear to hi- only secondary pests of pine cones. Several species of parasites emerged from pine cones infested with the primary and secondary pest.v I lymeiiopterans belonging to the families Ichneumonidae, Braconidae and Platygasteridae are apparently pnrasiti/ing one or more of the cone insects. 166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJune, 1969 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The collection of cones from the 3 localities in the state except those made locally was a voluntary operation carried out by certain staff members of the Mississippi For- estry Commission. Without the Forestry Commission's assistance, the sampling from these different geographic areas of the state would have been impossible. The cooperation of the following foresters is hereby acknowledged : O. C. Tissue, K. Burchfield, B. S. Butler, J. Prescott, L. L. Sanford, R. T. Purvis and T. H. Davies. Acknowledgment is also made of the services of Dr. David Young for taking the photograph used in this article. The authors wish to thank R. T. Gagne (Cecidomyiidae), P. M. Marsh (Bra- conidae and Platygasteridae), L. M. Walkley ( Ichneumonidae ), D. M. Anderson (Scolytidae), E. R. White (Anobiidae), D. R. Davis ( Oletlireutidae) and R. \Y. Hodges ( Blastobasidae and Gelechiidae), Insect Identification and Parasite Introduc- tion Research Branch, U.S.D.A., Beltsville, Maryland, for insect species identification. REFERENCES CITED CIESLA, W. M., J. L. RAUSCHENBERGER, and J. C. BELL, JR. 1%8. Eitcusiiut infesta- tions in shortleaf pine cones. J. Econ. Entomol., 61(4) : 1129-1130. COULSOX, R. N. and R. T. FRANKLIN. 1968. Frequency of occurrence of cone- and seed-destroying insects on shortleaf pine in Georgia Piedmont. J. Econ. Entomol., 61(4) : 1026-1027. COYNE, J. F. and R. M. ALLEN. 1956. Spraying of genetically selected pine trees to reduce seed loss caused by insects. Proc. Assoc. of So. Agr. Wkrs. 53rd, 139-140. COYXE, J. F. 1968. Laspcyrcsiti un/cus, a seedworm infesting cones of longleaf pine. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 61(5) : 1116-1122. CRAIGHEAD, F. C. 1950. Insect enemies of eastern forests. United States Depart- ment of Agriculture Misc. Pub. Xo. 657, 679 pp. EBEL, B. H. 1963. Insects affecting seed production of slash and longleaf pines. United States For. Res. Paper. SE-6. 24 p. United States Department of Agri- culture, Forest Service, Asheville, North Carolina. HEINRICH, C. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. United States Nat. Mus. Bull., 207: 1-581. MKKKEL, E. P. 1962. The number of larval instars of Dioryctria nhictcllit (I) & S) in Florida. Canadian Entomologist, 94(9) : 1005-1007. MERKEL, E. P. 1963. Distribution of the pine seedworm, Luspcyrcsiii anarcmjada with notes on the occurrence of Lasfcyrcsin ini/cns. Ann. Entomol. Soc. America, 56 : 667-669. MERKEL, E. P. 1967. Life history of the slash seedworm Luspcyrcsia anaranjada Miller. Florida Entomologist, 50(3) : 141-149. MORRIS, C. L. and W. J. SCHROEDER. 1966-67. Pine cone mortality. I'iri/inin For- ests. Winter 1966-67. Xi-.rxziG, H. H., E. D. CASHATT, and G. A. MATUZA. l%4a. Observations on the biology of four species of D'mryctr'ni in Xorth Carolina (Lepidoptera : Phycitidac). Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 57: 317-321. WAHLENBERG, W. G. 1960. Loblolly pine, its use, ecology, regeneration, protection, growth, and management. <>04 pp. School of Forestry, Duke University, Dur- ham, Xorth Carolina. 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\\ S 167 WAKELY, P. C. 1931. Some observations on southern pine seed. Jour. F<>rr>try, 2'': 1150-1164. Yi AKIAX, W. C. 1%8. Personal communication. YKAKIA.V, W. C. and L. O. WARREX. 1964. Insects of pine cones in Arkansas. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 37(3) : 259-264. 168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I tine. The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles 'of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. MOSQUITO SYSTEMATICS NEWS LETTER Edited by KENNETH L. KNIGHT. Published by South East Asia Mosquito Project, Department of Entomology, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. Vol. 1. no. 2 issued May 1969. [ Processed. 1 I am sure that once upon a time colleagues said that a special journal for just entomology would never survive. I know that colleagues have said that a special journal for an order would never survive. Now we have several special journals for families, and of course, many many journals for a single species. The really surprising thing about this journal is the information that there is still so much to be done with mosquito taxonomy. Those of us who once worked with mosquitoes, and there are many World War II people in that category, have the idea that mosquito taxonomy twenty years later is merely a matter of refine- ment. Such is not the case. It will pay any taxonomist well to examine the publica- tion we are referring to and learn what is yet to he done in this group that we, most of us at least, think as being to nearly "done" taxonomically. The most discouraging thing about this review of mosquito taxonomy is to compare this with the relatively unorganized work going on in other groups. The mosquito taxonomists are organized, with projects carefully planned so that they know fairly well at least where they are going. How many other taxonomists can say this?— R.H.A. SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY National Academy of Sciences, 1969. 648 pp. Cloth, $15.00. This book provides a survey of current knowledge related to the classification and phylogeny of organisms and discusses some of the evolutionary changes being stimulated in the field by the development of new procedures, instruments, and perspectives. The proceedings of an international conference organized by the Di- vision of Biology and Agriculture of the National Research Council, this volume presents the conference papers and resulting discussions of botanists, zoologists, and taxonomists representing various approaches to systematic biology. Among other things, the papers discuss the contributions, limitations, and future promise of molecular systematics, comparative morphology, and chromosomal, ecological, and behavioral taxonomy in the search for relevant data. They also present some of the historical perspectives, the principles, and the concepts of systematics and discuss the role of biometrical and computer techniques in the field. — RICHAKD II. BKLK.VAP, Xntionul . Icademv of Sciences. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures. 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. Professor of Entomology at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described; illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biol<>.u\. and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 postpaid ljr!ntcd on heavy, durable paper AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5f'50 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1'.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition ; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent cordition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10$ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to : R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write : Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entcmological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTEXTS SIGNALS AND SYSTEMATICS OF JAMAICAN FIREFLIES JAMES E. LLOYD. i>. 169 LlPIDS OF THK Ah'TANT BRON/.E MoSolMTO \\"ILLI.\.M J. YrKKiFAYic/ and SATISII C. HIIALLA. p. 177 XoTKS ON THK MALI-: CiF.RM CELLS OF A BEETLE \\'. SHAY, <•/ al.. r. 1S5 is f>c;/ala abbotti. XE\\- STHSPKCIKS i LEIMD.. SATYRIDAE) V . MAIM IN \\KO\\ x. i>. 1()>> AU6 2 9 196! h: ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, r. 17') HE KNTOMOI.IK.IST'S LIHRARV. i\ 1('2 COMIXCi \K.\T ESSUE: STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL OF 1 \ !•'( )R M AT I O N l'R( ) M I N SECT S I'E( I M E N S THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 JULY, 1969 No. 7 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. (I. Si HMIKDKK (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT. JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 44 X 64 inches. The cost of setting tables \\ill be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. SIGNALS AND SYSTEMATICS OF JAMAICAN FIREFLIES: NOTES ON BEHAVIOR AND ON UNDESCRIBED SPECIES (COLEOPTERA: LAMPYRIDAE) l JAMES E. LLOYD - The island of Jamaica is presently credited with at least 50 species of fireflies ( McDermott and Buck, 1959), a number that seems truly remark- able when compared with present counts for other areas of similar size. 1 believe that this is a conservative estimate and that many more are present. In a recent two-week study (16-28 Nov. 1968) I observed the behavior of numerous populations throughout the island and found direct and indirect evidence of the presence of several additional species. 1. PJwtinns lciicop\'(/c Barber and P. melanopyge Barber: After naming these species Barber (1941) decided they were conspecific and later ( Mc- Dermott and Buck, 1959) synonomized them. They are distinct morpho- logically and behaviorally, and are valid species.3 The signal of leucopyge is composed of two rapid pulses although in the field it appears to have 3 or 4 modulations ( McDermott and Buck's illustration of this signal, based on visual impressions, shows 4 modulations). It is emitted at intervals4 of 1.7-2.1 sec (70C F) as the insect flies in rapid and irregular flight 2-4 ft above the ground. Pulse duration is 0.06-0.08 sec and the pause 4 between the two pulses in a signal is about 0.05 sec (71° ). Both pulse and pulse - pause duration are more variable than pulse interval, and each pulse has an unusual intensity increment (Fig. 1). The flash pattern of inclanopyyc is 1-5 pulses, each with a duration nt 0.09-0.10 sec and emitted at 0.28-0.30 sec intervals (71°. Fig. 2). Tin- pause between flash patterns is 1.4-1.9 sec. It was probably this species that Seliger <'/ nl. ( 1()(4 i recorded and identified as lcitcopy01. :1 1 compared behavior vouchers of Icitcopyut' and »;<'//>v.se9B1K! BBBBI BBB BBB BBBBBI BBI !J! B 0 0.2 0.4 0 0.2 0.4 0 0.4 0.8 0 0.2 0.4 IffBliBB 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.4 TIME (seconds) Fir.i'KKs !-!(>. 0.2 0.4 0.6 FIGURES 1-16. Oscillograms of firefly Hashes; flash patterns of flying inaK-.i unless otlieruise noted. For recording technique see Lloyd, 1%8. Fir,. 1. I'lintiniis Icncopyyc (71°, Worthy Park). FIG. 2. I'hotinits incltinopyuc (71°, Fcclesdnwn ). I'"n;. 3. 1'ho- SO I EXTO.MOl.OCICAI. NEWS 171 Morphologically lcitcopyt/c and niclanopyi/c can he separated with the following cou]>let : Ventral ahdominal segment 5 with large, white, rectangular or trape- zoidal area ; pygidium dark ........................... melanopyge Ventral ahdominal segment 5 black or brown throughout; pygidium pale, pale with median infuscation, brown or infuscate with pale areas laterally, or completely dark ....................... leucopyge 2. Pliot inns lobatits Barber was originally described with four subspe- cies. McDermott and Buck elevated a pale form. P. I. inorhosiis. and /;. /. lobatits, to species rank and reduced the darklv pigmented /'. /. obscurelhts and /'. /. rapid its to varieties of P. lohatus. I found two darkly pigmented species that morphologically may be distinguished by Barber's couplet ( no. o3 ) that separates obsciircllits and rapidns. For convenience I will use Barber's epithets although I did not compare my vouchers with the holo- types. When the taxon obscitrcllns Barber is formally given species rank the name obscitrcllns will be unavailable because it is preoccupied by PIio- tinits obsciircllits LeConte (1852). Actually obsatrcllits Barber was a junior homonym when originally published, so the taxon in question has never had a correct name (Lloyd, 1'X/h. The signal of rapidits is a continuous train of single pulses; pulse length is about 0.15 sec and pulse interval 0.83-0.90 sec at 72° ( Fig. 3). One courtship was seen in this species. A perched female responded to the flashes of a flying male by flashing single pulses at the rate (occasionally skipping flashes) at which the male flashed and possibly in phase (syn- chrony) with his flashes. The male swerved in flight and landed 8 incite- from the female. titms Itil'iitit* rupitlns (72", Worthy Park). Upper trace shows enlargement of fourth pulse of lower trace. Time scale: har indicates 0.1 sec in upper trace, 1.0 sec in lo\\er tract.-. FH.. 4. 1'liotiiius lolnitits ohsfiircllus or possihly I'lioturis juiihiicciisis — see tr\i (fourth pulse is distorted, 71°, Fcclesdou n ). FIG. 5. 1'liotinits (midnight) i-oiiiiiiissns (72 . Worthy Park). FIG. 6. P. coiinnissns male in spider \veh (72°, Worth} I'ark I. IMG. 7. rhythms near l>l,ick-^cl• of other individuals recorded, FH.. 1<>. Portion of tlash pattern of I'li.itiinis iiicltiiuiris (71. l;.cclesdo\\ 11 ). Intensity variation among tla>l:es due to changes in recordinjj distance and (light angle of insect. 172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS f July, 1969 Three specimens of obscurellus were collected ( Ecclesclown ) . Their flash was a short flicker that appeared to have 7-9 modulations and was repeated at estimated intervals of 1.2-1.5 sec. The flicker of another speci- men was recorded ( Fig. 4 ) and it had 5 modulations with a frequency of 13.8-14.3 cps (71°). However, this individual could not he collected to verify identification and it is possible that it was instead Plwturis jarnai- ccnsis E. Olivier, a species that sometimes flashes in this manner. McDermott and Buck report a short, single flash at 2-3 sec intervals for lowland lobatus and Seliger ct al. a four pulse flicker (15 cps) at 1.4 sec intervals. The color of the elvtra in rapid us is black and in obscurellus, dark brown. As a result, in McDermott and Buck's key the two are separated very early (couplet 24) and obscurellus will be identified as lobatus but rapidns will not. 3. Shortly after sunset in a mature mangrove swamp on the southern coast Photinus couniiissiis E. Olivier was seen emitting a flickering flash each 1.7 sec (80°). Flicker and pause durations were similar. Another P. couniiissiis began flying and flashing 6 hours after sunset in a sugar-cane held adjacent to a stream and small woods at \Yorthy Park in the central highlands (1,200'). The flashes at these two localities appeared to be identical, but only those from the highlands were recorded and analyzed. Flicker frequency is 12.7—15.3 cps (10 males, 72°) and each flicker has 13-15 modulations. Modulations gradually increase in intensity during the flash until the last one or two, which decrease ( Fig. 5 ) . Flicker interval is 1.8-2.2 sec (72°). The flash of one male was recorded while he was caught in a spider web ( Fig. 6 ) and his flicker frequency was similar to that of free males. The signal McDermott and Buck associated with couniiissiis was a short flicker with 4 modulations in about one-quarter sec. They also noted a seasonal difference in flicker interval and the presence of four genitalic forms. One of these, their illustration No. 99, matches the genitalia of the commissus 1 collected at both localities. Such differences in signals, ecology, diurnal periodicity, and morphology suggest that coiiiinissiis is a complex of species. 4. At 1 :30 one morning at \Yorthy Park, fireflies were flashing near the top of an African Tulip Tree, about 60 ft above the ground. Generally this hour and area of activity would not seem unusual but these fireflies had not been seen previously and subsequent observations disclosed that they did not begin activity until about 1 :00 A.M. ; more than 7 hours after sunset ! The signal of these fireflies is composed of two flashes ; the second is about 0.25 sec in duration and the first is less intense and perhaps shorter 80] K. \TOMOLOGICAL NEWS 173 than the second ( Fig. 7 ). Flash interval is 1 .4 sec (72° I , and flash pattern interval, 3-5 sec. These fireflies are similar to Pliofilms hlucktccldcri Barber in size and coloration hut the genitalia are more elongate. Their unusual hour of activity suggests that an earlier-flying species with otherwise similar be- havior is present in Jamaica. It would seem that only in the tropics where nocturnal temperatures remain high, could a species confine its activity to the hours after midnight. 5. One Jamaican species emits a signal that is reminiscent of the "tic- tic-tic-buzz" calling songs of the meadow-grasshoppers ( Conoccphalits and Oi-cliiiiiiiinn. Tettigoniidae ) ; 4-8 flashes and then a 1-3 sec flicker. This signal is emitted as the insects fly twisting, downward courses, 1-4 ft above the ground, and 3-6 ft in length. Sometimes the preliminary flashes are omitted, and occasionally two series of flashes are produced before the flicker. Perhaps these function in illumination or inhibit other males from flashing in the immediate area. Because of the variability of the prelimi- nary pulses, and the distance flown during the entire signal. I do not believe they function in sexual communication. Flicker frequency is 13.1- 14.9 cps (21 males) and flash pattern interval 10-15 sec at 70-72° (Fig. X ). Landing males emit a ragged series of flashes (Fig. 9). Morphologically this species is similar to Pliofilms ceratus Leng and Mutchler and I'hotinits inorbosns Barber. The genitalia are like ccratiis's but the signal is not like that described for either of the above. It is per- haps the same as that given by Seliger ct al. for "ceratus-morbosus." The preliminary flashes (tics) they recorded were short flickers, and they noted the discrepancy between visual impressions and recordings since McDer- mott and Buck reported unmodulated preliminary flashes in a species in this complex. I did not record these "tics." 6. Photinus crancsccns Barber is a complex that has been troublesome for taxonomists. Buck (1942) made a statistical analysis of male genitalia and found significant differences among several populations. Barber recog- nized four subspecies: McDermott and Buck reduced these to varieties. I observed two species in this complex and have been unable to morpho- logically associate them with Barber's infra-specific categories. Their sig- nals are short flickers that are emitted at 2-3 sec intervals and electronic analysis is usually necessary to distinguish between them. The flicker fre- quency of one is 18-19 cps ( 2(> males. 71-72°). In each flicker there are 8-10 modulations ( Fig. 10 i. The flicker frequency of the other is 10.5 11.5 cps (4 males. 71° I. These signals contain 6-8 modulations < Fig. 1 1 I . Seliger ct al. recorded flicker^ of 12.5 and 16.7 cps for evanescens with . and 5 modulations, respectively. Some of my recordings show similar mini- 174 KNTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJU'}'. 1969 hers and I believe this is because sometimes the recorders failed to detect the dimmer modulations at each end of the signals. Morphologically the two are distinct and can be separated with the fol- lowing couplet. Pygidium pale ; tergites pale : sternites 2 — I- fuscous ; length h-7 mm ....... ................................................. 18 cps flicker Pygidium fuscous or dark ; tergites dark ; sternites dark ; length 7-8 mm .............................................. 11 cps flicker 7. In most species of fireflies there are individuals whose flash mechanism functions improperly and light is continuously emitted from the lantern. Usually the species-specific flash pattern is superimposed upon this glow. At a site on the southern coast near Morant Bay a number of fireflies were observed emitting light in this fashion. Their glow was brighter than usually observed in aberrant individuals and there was no discernible pat- tern in the timing of their superimposed pulses. They flew slowly 5-40 ft above the ground while emitting the sputtery glow. Since many were seen behaving in this manner, presumably this is a mating signal. These fire- flies are P. svnclironans Barber on the basis of genitalia (but the tergites are dark rather than pale or light brown, see below). At Worthy Park I found a large population of "synchronans" whose behavior was different from that described above. The male flash pattern was a single 0.43 sec flash and its interval was about 3 sec (71°). Courtship was observed in this species. A perched female answered the flash of a flying male with a single flash at a delay of 0.52 sec (Fig. 12). After the third signal ex- change the male landed 5 inches from the female and after 4-(> more ex- changes reached and mounted her. Tergite coloration has previously been used as a key character to sepa- rate svcliroiuins from inelani/ris. \Yhile this character is unsatisfactory for separation, they can be distinguished by genitalia ( McDermott and Buck), behavior, and the presence of rosy pigment on ventral segment 5. I have been unable to distinguish morphologically between the two "svn- chnmaiis" mentioned above. AL XOTKS o.\ BF.IIAVIOK The signal of Pliothuts ampins Barber appears to be composed of two flashes and similar to that of the nearctic species I'liothnis consanguineus LeConte. Actually the flashes are bimodal and some may be trimodal ( Fig- 13 and 14). The second modulation in most recorded flashes is much brighter than the first, although one recording shows peculiar intensity relationships (Fig. 15) ; the first Hash of this pattern may have been oc- cluded bv a twig. Flash pattern interval in this species was 2.8-3.8 sec (72°). 80] KXTOMOl.OCICAl, NK\VS 175 The signal of Photinus melanuris Barber is similar to tliat of melanopyge ( Fig. 16) but its phrases are composed of 4-11 (rarely 15 or more) pulses. My recordings of this species are similar to that illustrated by Seller ct al. P\ractomcna ( -- LcContca ) minima Jac. Duval males emit a three- quarter sec. amber flicker that appears similar to that of the uearctic spe- cies Pyractomcna ani/ulata (Say) in flicker frequency ( ca 9 cps ) , eacli 1.6 sec of flight (75° ). The recordings of Seliger ct al. for "LcContca." per- haps this species, show a frequency of about 7 cps but tin- flicker is much shorter. Photuris jamaiccnsis E. Olivier, if it is but one species, emits single flashes, combinations of single flashes, and slow and fast flickers. Females emit flashes when landing as in nearctic Photuris ( Lloyd. 1()(>X) and are probably also aggressive mimics; one ate a Photinus male that was caged with her (T. J. \Yalker, pers. comm. ) and another was observed repeatedly answering the flash pattern of a coinmissus male. Photinus fallens Fabricius (coastal, near N'egril ) emits phrases composed of 1-6 (3 most frequent) (fused?) pulses at 6-10+ sec intervals. In multipulse phrases, pulse intervals are 0.2-0.3 sec and each pulse is brighter than previous ones in the same phrase. This species is sedentary, and lengthy periods of perched flashing occur between flights. Robopus ( -- Diphotus) niontani/s Barber is also sedentary and both males and females emit con- tinuous glows while perched. The glow of one male was recorded and was without high frequency modulations. Flashing activity in the following species begins 15-35 min after sun- set; crancsccns (both species). lcuco[>\'(/c. coininissiis (Milk River, man- grove), melanuris. Pvractoiucna i/annna. and Photuris jainaiccnsis. \\or- thy Park svnchronans started 90 minutes after sunset and a single fl;i>li. upland pollens began one hour after sunset. Ac K \n\\ I.KIK; MKXTS I \vi.sh to thank the Clarke family of Worthy Parks Estates. St. Catherine'" Parish, Jamaica, for their generous hospitality, and Dr. T. H. Farr, Institute of Jamaica. This research was supported by PHS Research Grant \'«>. FR7052-03 from XIH to the Tniversity of Florida. I also thank Dr. T. J. Walker for his assistance in the field and for his helpful suggestions and comments on the manuscript, and K. ( iordon, USXM, for the loan of holotypes. Florida Agricultural Experiment Stations Journal Series Xo. 3257. I.ITKRATrKK Cl I Kli BARBKK, H. S. 1941. Species of fireflies in Jamaica ( Coleoptera. Lampyridae). 1'roc. Rochester Acad. Sci., 8: 1-13. BrcK, J. B. 1942. Problems in the distribution and light organ structure of Jamaican lampyrid fireflies. Year Book of the American Phil. Soc.. 124 12". 176 K X TO M ( )U )( 1 1 C A L N K\VS I July, ot temperate North America. Kntomol. \e\vs LECoNTK, J. L. 1852. Syiio|)sis of the lampyrides Proc. Acad. Xatur. Sci. Philadelphia, 5: 331-347. Li.(ivi), J. K. 1968. Illumination, another function of firefly Hashes? 79 (10) : 265-268. LLOYD, J. E. 1969. Flashes, heliavior and additional species of nearctic I'lmtiniis fire- flies (Coleoptera: Lainpyridae). Coleop. Bull. (In press). M( DKRMOTT, F. A. and J. B. Bn K. 1959. The lampyrid fireflies of Jamaica. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 85: 1-112. SKUGKR, H. H., J. B. BI/CK, W. G. FASTIE and \Y. I). Me KLKOY. terns in Jamaican fireflies. Biol. Bull., 127 (1) : 159-172. 1964. Flash pat- The Entomologist's Record To -encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. New Synonyms of Asphondylia betheli Cockerell (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae). — Two papers have recently appeared which concern, at least in part, the biology and the effect on prickly pear cactus of the western North American gall-midge, Asphondy- lia betheli Cockerell, 1907. These are by M. N. Gair/. on ovule abortion and fruit proliferation instigated by this gall midge on Opitntiti ni(ienirlii.-jd Engelm. (Cactaceae) (1968, Cactus & Succulent J., Cactus & Succulent Soc. Amer. 40(6): 249-252) and by J. Mann on cactus-feeding insects and mites (1969, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 256: x. & 158 pp.) In the latter, the name Asphondylia ofiinitiue Felt, 1908, is used instead of ./. betheli, and both papers note the fact that three species of Asphondylia, the two aforementioned species and A. arisonensis Felt, 1907, are recognized as occurring on Opinitni. Felt (1908, X. V. State Mus. Bui. 124: 377; 1916, ibid.. 186: 116) separated his two species from ./. betheli on the basis of an alleged difference in the number of palpal segments and from each oilier on the basis of color differences. I have seen the type series of all three species and find that each specimen has three-segmented palpi. The short first segment is almost hidden from view in the slide preparations of A. betheli and is presumably the reason Felt counted only two segments. The color of the insects is not of specific value as it is usually a function of the time the sclerites are allowed to harden and darken after eclosion before the insects are killed. No oilier differences on which to separate these three taxa are apparent, and I am here synonymizing ./. arisonensis and ./. opuntiae under A. betheli. The description of A. betheli (1907, Can. Kntomol. 39(9); 324), which appeared 1X-16-1907, antedates that of . /. iiriznitensis (1907, AY-u1 Species of Cccidd- myiidde II. Albany, X. Y., 23 pp.) which appeared N-26-1907. — RAYMOND J. GAGNK, Systematic Entomology Lai' oratory. Entomology Research Division, e/o ('. S. National Museum. H'dsliiiifitdu. I). ('. 20. 80 I KXTOMOl.Oi.lCAI. XK\YS 177 Lipids of the Mutant Bronze Mosquito, Aedes aegypti (L.) ' \\"ll.!.!A.M |. YCRKIKWII/. L' ami S.\TISII C. llll \LI.A :; ABSTKA< i There were no differences in lu-utral lipid <>r phospholipid content and compo^i- tion between inutaiU hron/c and wild-type mosquitoes, .Icdt's in-ti (I..). However, fatty acid composition within some of the lipid fractions was found to vary. The bronze mosquitoes contained more saturated and less unsatnrated fatly acids than wild- type in free fatty acid, mono- and diglyceride, phospliatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, and phosphatidyl serine fractions. In the sterol ester fraction the \vild- type contained more C-18:l ( oleic ) than C-18:2 (linoleic), while the reverse was true for bronze. The importance of fatty acids a> components of cuticular lipids, as necessary con- stituents for egg viability, and as integral parts of phospholipid molecules is discu-M'd in reference to the sterility of the mutant bronze. It is hypothesized that alterations in tally acid composition could be at least partially responsible for the tailure ol the bronze eggs to hatch. I XTkonrcTlox Females of the mutant hronxe of the Yellow Fever Mosquito. .It'ifcs cii'nypti ( L.), are sterile hecause their eggs fail to hatch ( Hhalla and Craig. 1967). The females mate normally and fertilization occurs but embryonic developinc-nt proceeds for only about six hours after fertilization. Bhalla and Craig snidest that the absence of melanin formation and normal tan- ning of the egg shell might be responsible for the failure to complete em- brvonic development. However, when egg shells of the mutant bronze were tanned artificially with benzoquinone so thev could not he differen- tiated from wild-type eggs, onlv a slight enhancement in embryonic devel- opment occurred and the eggs still failed to hatch. A recent paper by Jackson <•/ nX) points out that unsaturated fatty acids may plav a vital role in insect metabolism and that a rather exact fattv acid composition may he necessary for egg viability. With this in mind we have completed a >tndv of the lipids of mutant hronxe and wild- tvpe Acdcs tiCftvpti in an attempt t<> detect alterations in lipid metabolism which might account for the failure of the eggs to complete embryonic development. 1 Accepted for publication April 28, lnon. 2 Department of Biology, Millersville State College, Millersville, I Vnn-\ 1\ anin 17551. :t T'resent address: University of Maryland School of Medicine, Divisimi of Medi- cal Kntomology and Kcology. Baltimore, Maryland 212(11. 178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS IJll'v, 1969 MATERIALS AND METHODS The colonies of the two strains of Acdes acti, wild-type and bronze, were maintained using standardized rearing methods (Bhalla. 1966; I'>halla and Craig, 1967). The larval food consisted of Gaines dog food and yeast. I'upae were sexed and placed in screened cups for emergence. One to two- day-old unfed adults were used for lipid analysis. Total lipids were extracted with chloroform-methanol, 2:1 ( v/v ) and purified by the method of Folch ct al. (1957). The total lipid extract was placed on a silicic acid column and neutral lipids were eluted with chloroform, while the retained phospholipids were eluted with methanol- chloroform, 9: 1 (v/v). Neutral lipids were fractionated by thin layer chro- matography on silica gel plates ( Merck ) using a solvent system of petro- leum ether-ethyl ether-glacial acetic acid, 85 : 1 5 : 1 ( v/v/v ) ( Kinsella, 19(>(> ) . The fractions were identified by co-chromatography with known lipids (Applied Science Labs.) and by gas-liquid chromatography. The area of silica gel containing each fraction was scraped from the plate and the lipids were eluted with chloroform-methanol, 2\ 1 (v/v ), dried, and weighed. A portion of each fraction was quantitated by the sulfuric acid colorimetric method of Marsh and Weinstein (1966) as described previously ( Yurkie- wicz and Whelchel. 1969). Sterols were also quantitated by the method of Sperry and Webb (1950). No significant differences were found in the data from the two methods of sterol quantitation. Phospholipids were fractionated on glass fiber-silica gel sheets (Gelman Instrument Co.) as reported earlier ( Yurkiewicz, 1967) and an aliquot was quantitated by direct phosphorus analysis (Chen ct al., 1953). Identifica- tion was by co-chromatography with known phospholipids (Applied Sci- ence Labs. ) and by hydrolysis of the individual fractions followed by paper chromatographic examination of the hydrolytic products (I)awsi;:, 1960). The lipid fractions were saponified in 10 per cent ethanolic KOH for 20 min. at 55° C. After acidification with 50 per cent I1C1. the free fatty acids were removed with hexane. Fattv acid methyl esters were prepared using the boron trifluoride method of Metcalfe and Schmitz ( HV»1 ) and were analyzed by gas-liquid chromatography ( Yurkiewicz, 1969). Standard chromatographic techniques, including the use of diethylene glycol succinate columns and hydrogen flame detectors, were employed. The mean values from two to three determinations on single pooled mosquito samples are presented in the tables. In those cases where stan- dard deviation is included four determinations were made. so I ENTOMOLOGICAL NK\VS TABU-: 1. Neutral lipid content and composition of mutant bronze and wild-type Aedes aegypti Per Cent Composition Tnral Insect Neutral Lipid (mg/glivewt) Tri- glyceride Mono- + Diglyceride Free Fattv Acid Sterol Sterol Ester + Hydro- carbon Wild-type o* 34.5 ± 3.31 76.2 10.9 3.3 3.1 6.5 Bronze cf 31.2 ± 2.7 73.7 13.4 2.8 2.9 7.2 \\'ild-type 9 37.8 ± 4.7 81.4 8.2 2.5 2.3 5.6 Bronze 9 36. 1 ± 3.9 78.9 9.7 2.2 2.4 6.8 1 Mean ± Standard Deviation. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION The neutral lipid content and composition of wild-type and bronze mos- quitoes are shown in Table 1. Xo differences in neutral lipids are obvious between the two strains of mosquitoes, but females of both strains appear to contain slightly more lipid than males. Triglyceride is the major lipid fraction and accounts for over 70 per cent of the neutral lipids in all insects. This is in agreement with Van Handel and Lum ( 1961 ), who found mainly triglycerides and traces of sterols, free fatty acids, and hydrocarbons in . laics sollicitans. Phospholipid content and composition are shown in Table 2. Tin- total phospholipid content is similar to earlier reports on .-Icdes act/ypti ( Khan and Brown. 1966; Fast and Brown. 1961) ; but the per cent com- position differs because the total phospholipid sample was fractionated into TABLE 2. Phospholipid content and composition of mutant bronze and wild-type Aedes aegypti Per Cent Composition (lipid phosphorus) Total Phosphatidyl Insecl Phospholipid (mg glivewt) Lysophos- phatidyl Choline + Sphingolipid Phosphutidyl Cholinc Serine -\- Phosphatidyl Inositol + Lysopho- phatidyl Phosphatidyl 1- I lianolaminu ( "atilinlipiii Ethanolamintj Wild-type d* 6.9 ± 1.21 3.1 12.2 11.3 68.9 4.5 Bronze 7.6 ± 0.9 1.3 17.7 8.5 66.8 5.7 Wild-type 9 8.1 ± 2.2 2.5 16.1 12.9 62.5 6.0 Bronze 9 7.4 ± 1.7 2.7 15.0 9.0 68.4 4.9 1 Mean ± Standard Deviation. 180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS TABLK 3. Fatty acid composition of neutral lipids in \vild-type Aedes aegypti [July, 1969 Per Cent Composition of Fatty Acids Lipid Fraction 12 14 14:1 16 16:1 18 18: 1 18:2 18:.} Triglyceride o" 2.9 1.7 6.8 27.3 21.2 2.5 32.0 5.1 0.5 9 1.5 2.3 7.3 25.6 24.5 2.5 30.4 5.0 0.4 Mono- and diglyceride cf t1 3.0 3.7 29.6 15.9 5.3 28.3 9.9 4.1 9 t 4.5 3.8 34.2 17.0 6.8 24.0 7.4 2.1 Free fatty acid cf 0.3 1.0 2.5 25.6 21.4 3.3 20.2 26.0 0.6 9 0.5 1.2 2.1 31.2 20.4 4.2 22.2 18.1 0.4 Sterol ester t 1.3 2.9 18.1 22.2 2.6 31.7 19.6 1.5 9 t 1.5 2.7 19.4 25.4 2.8 31.1 16.3 0.5 1 t == trace, less than 0.1 per cent. a greater number of components in this investigation and thus the per cent contribution of any single phosphatide is lessened. Khan and Brown (1966) and Fast and Brown (1961) both reported only cephalin (mostly phosphatidyl ethanolamine ) . lecithin (mostly phosphatidyl choline), and sphingolipid. The phospholipid composition as reported here is very simi- lar to that of the housefly, Mitsca doincstica (Crone and Bridges, 1963; Crone, 1964) and blowfly, Phormia regina ( Bieber ct a!.. 1961). The fatty acid composition of the various neutral lipid fractions in TABLE 4. Fatty acid composition of neutral lipids in the mutant bronze of Aedes aegypti Per Cent Composition of Fatty Acids 12 14 14: 1 16 16: 1 18 18:1 18:2 18:.^ Triglvceride cf 0.5 1.9 10.5 27.6 18.4 2.7 28.5 9.4 0.2 9 0.7 2.0 7.1 28.9 20.1 3.2 29.4 8.4 0.3 Mono- and diglyceride cf t1 3.5 4.4 43.1 7.9 3.1 28.3 7.8 2.1 9 t 3.7 1.2 38.7 5.0 1.1 37.6 7.5 5.0 Free fatty acid c/1 0.3 0.7 0.6 72.6 2.7 15.4 4.7 3.6 t 9 0.2 2.7 1.7 68.4 1.0 21.4 3.3 1.5 t Sicrol ester t 0.8 2.5 20.7 20.1 1.8 25.8 26.6 1.7 9 t 0.8 1.9 22.5 19.2 3.3 20. 9 29.7 1.6 1 t == trace, less than 0.1 per cent. 80] KNTOMOl.otilCAI. .\F.\VS wild-type and bronze mosquitoes is sh2). lint the hronxe differs from the wild-type especially in the free fatty acid fraction. In this fraction the bronze contain considerably more of the saturated fatty acids C-U> (palmitic) and C-1S ( stearic I than the wild-type strain. The higher amount of C-U> in the bronxe is also apparent in mono- and diglycerides. There are also differences in the sterol ester fraction. The wild-type contains more C-1S:1 (oleicj than C-1S:2 (linoleic). while the reverse is true for the bronze. The significance of the differences in fattv acid composition is not clear but the possible ramifications are interesting. Insect cuticular lipids con- tain free fatty acids ( Hursell and Clements, 1967; Gilby and Cox. I'^o) so perhaps the inferior water-proofing ( Bhalla and Craig. 1967) of the bronze eggs may somehow he related to the free fatty acid differences in the bronze insect. This is especially significant since Hhalla and Craig emphasized that the egg shell is deposited by the maternal parent and hence represents the phenotype of the mother and not the offspring. Moreover, they have also shown through appropriate crosses that even the embryos with dark phenotypes within hronxe shells die, thus indicating that the bronze females depositing the egg shells must have the metabolic deficiency. Bhalla and Craig hypothesized that a lack of melanin formation and failure of the egg shell to tan and harden might result in abnormal osmotic rela- tions or in an imbalance of embryonic material and. subsequently, death. However, when they tanned the bronze eggs artificially with benzoquinone so the bronze eggs could not be differentiated from normal eggs, the em- bryos still died after a slight enhancement in development. This failure could have been due to a toxic effect of benzoquinone as suggested by the authors or possibly the fatty acid differences in the bronze mutant reported in this paper might be altering the water -proofing characteristics of the bronze egg. Another factor is the fatty acid complement provided to the embryo by the bronze female. Gilbert ( l^d/ i indicates that nnsaturated fatty acids may be of great importance to the growth of insects. Jackson et (//. (1()')S) suggest that a rather exact fatty acid composition i> neces- sary for egg viability. Furthermore, they feel that the amount of fatty acid present as free fatty acid, methyl ester fatty acid, or sterol ester fatt\ acid may be equally important in determining egg viability. Thus, it is possible that the bronze female due to some metabolic alteration does not provide the embryo with the fatty acid composition necessary to complete embryonic development. This again could explain the failure of the arti- ficial tanning to enhance egg hatching. 182 ENTOMOLOGICAL \K\\ S TABU: 5. Fatty acid composition oi phospholipids in wild-type Acdcx uegypti Lipid Fraction Per Cent Composition of Falty Acid- 14 16 Ift: 1 18 18: 1 18:2 18:.? >18:,« Lysophosphatidyl choline d1 + sphingolipid 9 7.6 6.3 31.8 31.3 14.7 14.8 9.5 13.6 22.1 19.1 14.3 14.9 t1 t t t Phosphatidvl choline d1 9 1.4 3.1 25.4 21.5 18.1 15.3 9.6 9.1 22.4 21.7 21.7 21.5 1.4 5.5 t 2.5 Phosphatidyl serine + phos- phatidyl inositol + lyso- cf phosphatidyl ethanolamine 9 t l 17.0 12.9 22.4 25.0 8.7 5.5 19.7 14.7 32.1 31.8 t 6.4 t 3.4 Phosphatid\fl ethanolamine d" 9 1.9 2.6 23.4 25.4 8.9 12.2 6.8 6.3 26.9 26.8 32.1 24.4 t 2.8 t t Cardiolipin d71 9 4.5 3.5 47.1 33.9 11.7 15.8 10.9 11.6 17.6 21.0 7.8 11.3 t 3.0 t t 1 t == trace, less than 1.0 per cent. Fattv acid composition of the various phosphatides is sho\vn in Tables 5 and (>. Here again the bronze mutant differs from the normal mosquito in that it contains considerably more of the saturated fatty acids (C-16 and TABU-: 6. Fatty acid composition of phospholipids in the mutant bronze of Aedes aegypti Per Cent Composition of Fatty Acids 1 jlplU I 1 il^ I H Ml 14 16 16:1 18 18:1 18:2 18:.l > 1 8 : .5 Lysophosphatidyl choline d" + sphingolipid 9 6.6 3.9 32.5 35.8 13.9 15.1 13.1 11.2 19.5 18.8 14.3 13.9 t1 1.1 t t Phosphatidyl choline c? 9 3.9 4.7 39.5 38.6 9.6 10.8 14.2 16.9 16.3 14.5 15.3 13.2 1.2 0.8 t 1 Phosphatidyl serine + phos- phatidyl inositol + lyso- c? phosphatidyl ethanolamine 9 8.8 1.8 40.0 36.1 13.1 16.1 13.6 11.3 17.2 18.6 4.1 11.4 3.4 4.5 t t Phosphatidyl ethanolamine o71 9 7.3 1.6 47.5 36.0 10.2 11.3 14.6 <>.l 13.1 23.3 4.5 17.3 2.7 1.3 t I Cardiolipin d* 9 5.2 3.0 38.1 33.8 15.4 17.5 12.2 11.2 18.3 19.1 9.1 13.5 1.5 0.8 t t 't == trace, less than 1.0 per cent. SO I KXTOMOI.OOK Al. NKWS 1S3 C-18) and less of the unsaturated. This is obvious in the phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, and the phosphatidyl serine (plus other phosphatides ) fractions. Phospholipids have been shown to play a variety of roles in a cell ( Gilbert, 1907 ) including cell membrane structure, ion transport, active transport, mitochondria! activity, and nervous integration. Gilbert also feels that the low solubility of phospholipids in water niake.s them ideal substances for use in membranes that are vital for both the par- titioning of separate cells and the micro-compartmentalization of the cyto- plasm. Thus, it is possible that the differences in fatty acid composition in bronze phospholipids may be responsible for the improper osmotic rela- tions suggested by Bhalla and Craig ( lc)07). In summary, the bronze mosquito differs from wild-type .Icdcs uci/ypti in that it possesses more saturated fatty acids and less unsaturated fatty acids in a number of the neutral lipid and phospholipid fractions. These findings do not explain the failure of the bronze eggs to complete embryonic development, but an alteration in fatty acid metabolism in the bronze female could be at least partially responsible since previous work indicates that fatty acids ( 1 ) are components of cuticular lipids. (2) are thought to be necessary in specific amounts for egg viability, and (3) are integral parts of phospholipid molecules. Further work, including lipid analyses of eggs and fatty acid tracer experiments using a number of different strains of this mosquito, is necessary to explain sterility in the mutant bron/e. REFERENCES P, IIALLA, S. C. 1966. Genetics of some mutants affecting tanning and eye color in . •/. 7. The cuticular lipids of the larva of Tcnc- brio nmlit,,,- L. J. Insect Physiol., U: lf.71 lo/S. CHEN, P. S., T. V. TOKIBAKA and H. WAKNKK. l°5o. Microdetermination of pho-- plioru.--. Anal. Chem.. 28 : 175d. CKONK, H. D. and K. (i. BKIIKJKS. ln<>3. Phospholipids of the housefly Mitsci)holipid composition of flight muscle sarcomere> from the hon-etly Mnscn tloiiicstu-ti ( L.). J. Insect PhyMol., 10: 4(l<)-5()7. DAVVSOX, R. M. C. l('d(). A hydrolytic procedure for the identilii-aiioii and estimation of individual phosphalipids in hiological sample^. Biochoni. J., 75: 45-53. I'AST, I'. (',. and A. \\". A. BROWN. 1(">2. Lipids of 1 'I >T-resistant and su>ce])tililc larvae of Acdcs ucuypti. Ann. Knt. Snc. America 55: dd3 o/2. 1S4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS |Jul\, 1 969 FOLCH, J., M. LEES and ( i. H. SLOAXE-STAXLEY. 1957. A simple method for tin- isolation and purification of total lipids from animal tissues. J. Biol. Chem., 226: 497-509. GILBERT, L. 1. 1%7. Lipid metabolism and function in insects. In Advances in insect physiology (J. W. L. BKAMENT ct ul.. eels.). Vol. 4, pp. 69-211, Academic Press, London and Xe\v York. GILBV, A. R. and M. E. Cox. 1963. The cuticular lipids of the cockroach, L'criplancta niiicricunti ( L. ) . J. Insect Physiol., 9: 671-681. JACKSON", L. L., G. L. BAKEU and J. E. HENRY. 1968. Effect of Mnlninocl'ii lociistue infection on the egg lipids of the grasshopper Mclanoplns hirittatus. J. Insect Physiol., 14: 1773-1778. KIIAX, M. A. Q. and A. W. A. BROWN. 1966. Lipids and Dieldrin resistance in Acdcs tici/ypti. J. Econ. Ent, 59: 1512-1514. KIXSELLA. J. E. 1966. Observations on tlie changing lipid patterns during the life cycle of Oncopeltus fasciatus. Coinp. Biochem. Physiol., 17: 1209-1211. MARSH, J. B. and 1). B. WEINSTEIN. 1966. Simple charring method for determina- tion of lipids. J. Lipid Res., 7: 574-576. METCAI.I-K, L. I), and A. A. SriiMnv. 1961. The rapid iireiiaration of fatty acid esters for gas chromatographic analysis. Anal. Chem., 33: 363-364. Si'KKRV, W. M. and M. WKBH. 1950. A revised method for cholesterol determination. J. Biol. Chem., 187: 97-102. VAN HANDEL, E. and P. T. M. LI;M. 19(>1. Sex as regulator of triglyceride metal»>- lism in the mos<|uito. Science, 134: 1979-1980. YURKIEWICX, W. J. 1967. Phospholipid nietaholism in the emhryo of the In. Han meal moth, I'lixiid interpimctella (Hiihner). I'mc. Penn>ylvania Acad. Sci.. 41: 27-29. YURKIEWICX, W. J. 1969. Fatty acid composition of limited use in aphid taxonomy. Entomol. News, SO: S5-87. N'i'KKiE\\'H'X, W. J. and K. M WiiKi.niKi.. 1()69. Lipids in the melanic mutant ot the large milkui-i'd hug, Oncopclhts fdst'uitns. Coinp. Biochem. PhyMol., 2'1 : 87('-883. SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS Notes on the Male Germ Cells of a Beetle, Leptinotarsa decemlineata ' IKRKY \Y. SHAY.- I •' VKKK TT I-".. SIMMONS and \\'II.I.IAM |. DOBSOX ' ABSTRACT The morphology <>f the- male germ cells in I.cptinntarsti dccciulincata ( Say i a- studied by correlative microscopy (bright field, phase contrast, and electron micros- copy) has been presented. Since relatively little information pertaining to spermatid maturation in this species is available, these aspects of spermatogenesis have been em- phasixed. Techniques for locating germ cells within the adult beetle and general tech- ni(|iies of tissue preparation have been included. I XTKOI>r< Tlox Studies of tlu- male germ cells of the Colorado potato beetle Lcpti- iiatai'sa deccuitincata (Say) were made by use of the light microscope (both bright field and phase contrast) and by use of the electron micro- scope. Description^ of the male reproductive tract and the female sperma- thecae are included. This article attempts to demonstrate the usefulness of correlative instrumentation in our studies of insect spermatozoa and to present some of the techniques utilized in our investigations. It U as- sumed that the reader is familiar with the terminology involved in insect spermatogenesis ( cf. Ireland <7 <;/.. FXTOMOUK.H AL XKVVS, October l')(,s, and the pa])er is directed toward the entomologist for whom we feel a basic understanding of spermatogenesis could be helpful as a research tool in cytological and taxonomic studies. Material and Methods: Adult Colorado potato beetles were collected at the I'niversity of Texas Brackenridge Field Laboratory in Austin, Texas; and were usually found on nightshade plants. The testes and spermathecae were dissected and studied with light microscopy and with electron mi- croscopy. Lit/lit Microscopy: I'dxHiHT HKI.I) — Dissection were accomplished b\ sagittally cutting the abdominal sterna; the prominent orange colon d testes were removed and placed in Bauer's Fixative <,'>. I lepartmcnt of I'hysinlogy and (VII Iliology, The I'niversity of Kansas. 1 lepartment of Zoology, The I'niviTsity of Texas at Austin, \ustin, Texas 7X" 1J. 1 Department of I'.iology. Texas A \ M University, ( 'ollege Station. Texas 186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | (illy, 1969 of paraffin were then added to this solvent for a period of two hours; after which the tissue was placed in plastic tissue molds and embedded in 100% paraffin. Sections were cut at approximately ten microns, mounted on egg albumen smeared slides, and stained with safranin-fast green following the technique of Jensen (1962). Cover slips were then mounted on the sections with Canadian balsam. The slides were then examined on a Ziess microscope utilizing the bright field objective. PHASE CONTRAST — For phase contrast microscopy a small portion of the testes was removed and placed on a slide with a small amount of Belar's insect saline (Breland, 1961 ). After gently teasing the tissue with insect pins, a cover slip was added and moderately squashed to facilitate spreading, and sealed with Kronig cement. A Zeiss phase contrast micro- scope was used to examine the various stages of sperm development and photographs were taken using Kodak contrast process ortho 4x5 film with a Leitz camera. Electron Microscopy: For electron microscopy the male Colorado po- tato beetles were placed on drv ice, which temporarily immobilized them so that the testes could be excised. Before the testes were actually re- moved, the body cavity was filled with glutaraldehyde to reduce the amount of tissue damage. After excision the tissue was cut into approximately \ mm cubes, placed in 2^%> glutaraldehyde in Sorensen's buffer for one hour and then placed into \% osmium tetroxide in Sorensen's buffer for one hour. After staining in 0.5% uranyl acetate overnight, the tissue was dehydrated rapidly in successive concentrations of ethanol placed in 100% acetone for an hour and then embedded in a plastic mixture of 70% dodecyl succinic anhydride (DDSA), 20(/f Araldite 6005 and 10% Epon 812 with one drop from a capillary pipette of accelerator DMP-30 added per milliliter of plastic. A Sorvall (Porter Blum MT-1 ) microtome with either a glass or dia- mond knife was used to cut sections 500-800 A thick, which were spread with toluene vapors. The sections were placed on grids and were then post-stained with lead citrate (Reynolds 1963) for five minutes and exam- ined on a Siemens Elmiskop I electron microscope. OBSERVATIONS AND DISCUSSION Historical: The male germ cells in Leptinotarsa decemlineota were originally investigated by Stevens (1906) and by \\'ieman ( 1910) These early studies emphasized meiosis and were not concerned with spermio- genesis (the maturation of the spermatic! into the mature spermatozoon). To the best of our knowledge no investigator has published any aspect of spermiogenesis in this common beetle which has prominent reproductive organs, is easily identified, and is widely distributed. SO I KXTOMOI.OOK'Al. NEWS 1 S 7 Gross inorf>holo(/v of the male reproductive tract: I'pon opening the al)dominal cavity in male Colorado potato beetles, the entire reproductive tract can he seen. Attempts to remove the entire reproductive system were successful hut efforts to photograph these dissections proved disappointing. Such a system is perhaps hest explained by line drawing as in I'ig. 1. .,,, „ -VAS DEFERENS EJACULATORY_ DUCT mv, \\m TESTIS ACCESSORY AEDEAGUS- FIGURE 1. Diagram of male reproductive system. The prominent, individually bilobed bodies located in the anterior por- tion of the abdomen are the testes. Each testicular lobe is connected to a minute vas efferens which joins the vas deferens. Proximal to the testi> the vas deferens unites with an accessory gland before joining with the other vas deferens which connect with the common ejaculatory duct. Posteriorly, the ejaculatory duct passes into the sclerotized aedeagus ( pen i> I. Gross morphology of the female spermatheca: The spermatheca is a diverticulum of the female reproductive tract connected to the posterior portion of the common oviduct and it is the storage organ for the sperma- tozoa which are received during copulation with the male. In Leptinotarsa (leeeinlineata the spermatheca is approximately 0.5 mm wide and heavily sclerotized. The spermatheca is a good source of mature spermatozoa which cannot always be found in testicular tissue. Attempts to observe mature spermatozoa in embedded spermathecae with the electron micro- scope were only partially successful due to the small si/e and heavy scleroti- xation of the storage organ. 1 lowever, dissections for phase contrast mien >- copy were successful and frequently used when male specimens were not available. Li(/lit microscopy of the testes: The testes are located in the anterior portion of the abdomen and are easily identified by their bright orange pig- mentation. Kach testis has two groups of follicles surrounded by ensheath- ing epithelial cells which cause them to appear non-divided and Uidnex shaped (Fig. 3). The follicle groups are made up of many individual folli- cles or sperm tubes ( Snodgrass. 1935 ) which radiate from a central "hub" termed the cap region (\Yieinan. HMO). Sperm cells develop in >perm cysts within each follicle and mature in successive stages from the periphen to the cap region which is directly connected to the vas etterens ( I'ig. .> I. IcScS ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS lulv. 1969 o $ >*• &£ z» IMCI-RES 2-4. FIG. 2. Excised spermatheca from female, X !(>(); I^ic.. .1 1'araftin section of a testis. Note bilobed follicle gniups (arrow) surrounded by ensheathing epithelial cells (EC), X256; FIG. 4. Paraffin section revealing vas efferens (VE) and radial appearance of individual follicles, X 128. 80 I KXTOMOI.oCICAl. XKWS 189 Within unv given cyst tlie germ cells were all at approximately tin- same stage i T" development and oriented in a specific polarity with respect to their a:. tenor-posterior axis (i.e., nuclei were all together). Phase contrast microscopy: The morphological changes during spermio- genesis in Leptinotarsa decemlineata were studied with phase contrast micr - py. In electron microscopy and paraffin sectioned bright field microscopy, the tissue is usually fixed, stained and sectioned before examination (usually a lengthy process) but in phase contrast microscopy the tissue is examined immediately after excision. There are many ad- vantages of correlating phase contrast microscopy with electron micros- copy and it should be remembered that even though electron microscopy ha> certain resolution advantages, it does not enable the investigator to observe the living cell. Phase contrast microscopy is especially useful for observations of flagellar motility and for observing different mechanisms by which round spermatids differentiate into long, slender spermatozoa. Figure 5 is a spermatid be- ginning to elongate. The mitochondria! nebenkern has split into the two apparently spherical mitochondria! or nebenkern derivatives which will elongate on each side of the axial filament. Xote a possible centriole (arrow) lying directly beneath the mitochondria! derivatives. Figure 6 is a phase contrast micrograph of a mature spermatozoon which measures approximately 100 micra in length. Electron microscopy: \\e have investigated many aspects of spermio- genesis in Leptinotarsa decemlineata with the electron microscope and a recent article concerned with the subunits in each of the 9 +9 + 2 flagellar tubules has recently been completed ( Shay ct al. ) . These subunits mea- sure approximately 35 — 1-0 angstroms which represents a considerable in- crease in resolution when compared with phase contrast microscopy. Figure 7 is a low magnification micrograph of an earlv spennatid. Xote the two centrioles. early acrosome formation and mitochondria which will eventually coalesce to form the nebenkern. Figure S is an elongating spermatozoon which shows the acrosome. nucleus, mitochondria! derivatives and axial filament (flagellum). There have been many statements pub- lished regarding the number of centrioles in the spermatids in insects, and Friedlander and \Yahrman (1(>(>(>) have stated that only one tvpical centriole occurs in the spermatids of all species of insects that have hem studied with the electron microscope. Breland ('/ (//. ( 1(><>8| have demon- strated the existence of two centrioles in main of the insect spermatids the\ studied and Fig. 7 clearlv shows two centrioles in Leptinotarsa, Sha\ and Biesele ( 1%S ) have stated that even though only one centriole wa> observed in spermatids of the cave cricket (Ceuthophilus sccrchts\ there ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [July, 1969 FIGURES 5-8. FIG. 5. Phase contrast photomicrograph of elongating spermatid. Nehen- kern dividing into two Nebenkern derivatives (ND) and arrow indicates possible cen- triole, X 1,900; FIG. 6. Phase contrast photomicrograph of mature spermatozoon (H - Head, T^Tail), X 1,130; FIG. 7. Electron photomicrograph of young spermatid. Note mitochondria (M), Golgi (G), nucleus (N), and two centrioles (C), X 9,900 ; FIG. 8. Electron photomicrograph of elongating spermatid. Note acrosome (A), nucleus (N), and Nebenkern derivatives (ND), X 4,500. SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\YS 191 still remained the possibility <>f the existence of a second one and that perhaps they were not fortunate enough to cut sections showing both centrioles. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Tlie authors sincerely appreciate the help of Prof. O. 1'. Breland, Prof. J. J. Biesele and C. D. Eddleman in the preparation of this manuscript. This research was supported by training grant number 5 T( )1 f Entoinolni/y, Purdue I'lii-'ersity, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 1 °3 Cercyonis pegala abbotti, New Subspecies (Lepid.: Satyridae) 1 F. MARTIN BROWN - ABSTRACT Misidentification of l\if>ili<> /><•//<;/<; Fahricius 1775 has led to transfer of that name to an unnamed taxon in the same genus, Cercyonis. The error is corrected and the unnamed taxon dubbed uhhotti. True />(•(>(> | p. 135. i Other South Carolina specimens before me are the satin- sixe and coloring as pcyala Fabricius and none look like pcijala Edwards ( ncc Fabricius I. The radius of the left fore wing of the true /V(/ i> o\er 30 mm and usually o\-er 32 nun. The females are somewhat larger. usuall b 3 to 5 mm. 1 Accepted for publication June 5. '-' Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 194 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS I.H'b'- Generally speaking, in the Carolina* f>C(/ala males have one eve^pot and the females usually have two. As you travel northward the second eyespot on the males increases in frequency until north of the mouth of Chesapeake Hay only rare individuals carry one eyespot. Thus northern pcyala and inaritiina Fdwards become indistinguishable, except by locality label. In Florida and southeastern Georgia abbot ii very rarely shows a trace or more of the second eyespot on the males. This mark always is present on the females. Perhaps one of the most telling differences between pct/ala and abbottl is habitat. The Fabrician species is associated with coastal and fiuvitile sedge marshes, abbottl inhabits xeric grasslands in and at the edges of the woods. Clark's (lc>51. pi. 2 tigs. //. /) figures of f>C(/ala are of that taxon. Holland's (1931, pi. 26, fig. 18) figure of "pc(/ala" represents an aberrant female abbottl which lacks the anterior eyespot of both trios on the under side of the hind wing. Cercyonis pegala abbotti \F.\\ SIT.Sl'ECIKS Male: Radius of left fore wing is 32 nun. Cpperside : The light field in the liinhal portion of the forewing is a slightly orangy yellow. It extends from the radius to just beyond the anal vein. Between Mi and M2 there is a small eyespot — a dark circular band surrounding pale shining blue scales centered with a white point. The amount of blue and black scales in this spot varies among the syntypes. On the hind wing there is a trace of an eyespot in Cui-Qu — a tiny black dot surrounded by a narrow burnt orange ring. On other syntypes this spot ranges from lacking to 2.5 mm in diameter. It may be wholly black except for the ring or it may be almost entirely shining blue with the ring. On the under side the fore wing pattern is repeated with the eyespot somewhat larger and the ground color lighter and irroratc with short dark lines. On the hind wing there are two groups of three eyespots, rarely only two in one or the other or both groups, set in a small brown field. On /vc presented bv Edwards m 1SS2 (B.N.A. 2:|2u.v-5|. Satyrus II, III) and P.oisduval and LeConte'i ( | 1X34 | , ]>. 22S, pi. 5() ) larva based on Abbott's original plate are sufficiently ditYerent to represent different species in this genus. The figure (p. called alopc bv Hoisduval \- LeC'onte is a good one of />«/// and matches Florida material. 196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS litlv. 1969 FIG. 2. Allotype, ?, of Ccrcyonis pc. 197 HABITAT SELECTION OF LABORATORY POPULATIONS OF TRIBOI.M \i MICHAEL T. MORGAN, O.S.B.. p. 207 THE EXTI.O<;IST'S RECORD, r. COMING NEXT [SSUE: POPULATION BIOLOGY AND GALLERY ( 'll.\RA( I F.KISTICS OF Till'. COLUMBIAN TlMI'.KR l'>KKII.I THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 AUGUST, 1969 No. 8 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable sucli an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 44 X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL OF INFORMATION FROM INSECT SPECIMENS ' Ross H. ARNETT, JR.2 The crux of taxonomy is the name of the organism, for with it, whether accurately or inaccurately determined, one stores, associates, and retrieves information. The name, therefore, serves as the turnstyle, and often tin- bottleneck, of information flow. Taxoiiomists long ago devised their own rigid system for uniformly storing information for easy retrieval, i.e.. the binomial system of nomenclature. The storage procedure is controlled by the generally accepted International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (hereafter referred to as the Code). The only bridge between the system and biological data is the type specimen, the holotype. the lectotype. or the neotype. Much confusion in the presentation of taxonomic data is due to the failure to conceive of the Code as an information storage and retrieval pro- gram. The program requires only name data to operate, but too frequent ly the input lacks accurate and detailed information associated with names and specimens, and fails to associate biological information with names cor- rectly associated with types. This paper deals specifically with the problems resulting from the use of insect specimens stored in collections as a source of information. I hope that it will stimulate improvement of collections and the more critical use of the data obtained from them. The procedure discussed below concerns three stages termed: input, (low, and output. Input is concerned with the gathering and processing ot taxonomic documents. Flow involves the sorting and storage ot these documents through the use of names and type specimens. Output tnnn the properly functioning system returns these information do-.-uments asso- ciated with the correct name. Systematists then use this information. Today's possibilities for scientific crescendos through information stor- age and retrieval using data processing machines makes it imperative for one to understand some of the theory and nature of information storage. This introduction is not intended to be a source tor storage and retri< 1 Accepted fur publication June 21, 1%9. I Vpartmeiit of Kntniin ilojjy, Purdue I'niverMty, Lafayette. Indiana 47'' 198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [AllgUSt. 1969 technique, but rather a discussion of the nature of insect specimens and associated data in terms of modern information theory. Because the sys- tematic entomologist depends upon others for many of his data, the validity of the information he must use should he examined. 'TllE I'KOIILEM Errors in labelling, distortions through preservation, and lack of detailed data aossciated with the specimens, contribute errors in systematic studies. An awareness of this will serve to improve the recording of data in the future as well as to help the proper handling of existing information. Due mainly to the requirements of the Code, taxonomists are prone to publish too much information too quickly, well before it has been processed suf- ficiently for use by others. Therefore, a large amount of erroneous infor- mation may be passed from publication to publication as fact, for the Code has no article that requires that published information be demonstrable a^ fact ! A statement printed on a locality label and attached to a specimen is not sufficient evidence of data validity. Two terms are frequently used as if they were synonyms : data and information. Data pertains to facts or statistics, either historical, or derived from calculations or experimentation. Data may be processed in a com- puter and retrieved in a form that differs from that stored. Information refers only to documents communicated or received concerning a particular fact or circumstance. Information is stored and retrieved without change. We are concerned here only with information processing. The scientific method requires that observations and experiments be repeatable. This means that, barring catastrophies of nature and man, samples of extant species, and information associated with these samples can be re-gathered by anyone given the proper circumstances. Failure to gather these data does not necessarily invalidate the original data. It may mean, however, that the original information was too scant}- to meet scien- tific requirements. The time now has come for the development of a set of standards for acceptable specimens and associated data. Specimens not meeting these standards should be disregarded except under unusual circumstances. Input. — Taxonomic input information consists of documents in the form of specimens, label data, observational and experimental data either associated with specimens or with names, and published information com- piled from these data, the "raw" data of taxonomy. These are taken in order for further study and consideration to lead to a better system o! information storage. SO I KXTOMOI.OC.JCAI. M-:\YS 1()<) Single specimens in a collection have a 50r/ chance of having incorrect labels. Kveii a series of specimens hearing exactly the same lahel data may he incorrectly labelled. With the collection of two or more specimens in a single locality, one tact is established: some morphological variation of the species. When still more samples have been gathered in the same locality by the same person or different persons at other times or during the same season of other years, the chance of incorrect labelling is insig- nificant. Once the same species has been collected at other localities. (In- validity of the theory of the existence of the species is established. Traditionally, collecting is a random but biased procedure. Seldom has the taxonomic entomologist set out in advance to discover the distribution of a population or a species. This is. like labelling, another weak part of our information gathering system because we are willing to accept the data we have. We grasp these meager data and rush them to the printer to he recorded as a taxonomic "first" without consideration of their true sig- nificance! Carefully planned collecting would improve even the first stages of taxonomy. Insect specimens, to be scientifically useful, should represent samples of a breeding population or deme. This cannot be determined at the time of their capture, but if properly preserved and associated with the required data, this may make possible the determination and circumscription of tin- population at least as it existed for a particular period of time, recognizing, of course, the ebb and flow of populations. The addition of the collecting date tells others that the particular stage occurs during a particular season. The addition of the collector's name could lead the user to other records by the association of the collector with the specimens. Such records should be directly tied into the data label by reference, so the collector's name becomes more of a bibliographic citation than one of historical interest. I'nlike other scientists, insect taxonomists depend almost entirely upon stored preserved specimens. They rarely work with living cultures either in the field or in the laboratory. There are no insect zoos, no "type cul- tures," and no surveys of the "vanishing herds." It seems logical to assume that great scientific progress could be made if living material were included as an information source. Kurther consideration of this is beyond the scope of the present analysis except insofar as it explains the need for specimens. Certain fields of organism ic investigation no longer depend upnu stored specimens except under special conditions, because these groups can be recognized to species and even deme without the studv of preserved mate rial. Birds of many species can be observed and accurate reports made without the need to collect and preserve specimens. Many other groups 200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [AllgUSt, 1969 are well enough known so that experiments, as with many vascular plants for example, mav be performed without the need to first work with the preserved specimens. In some groups, such as bacteria, stored specimens are of little value and the specialist must depend upon descriptions. One can use a manual or a similar source for the correct identification of the species of well known groups, as in the case of many economically impor- tant species. The information obtained from these observations or experi- ments is then stored for later retrieval by calling for the information by scientific name only. It follows then, that the primary reason for storing- information in the form of specimens is to study the morphology of the species so that observational and experimental data may be associated with a species. Once a group is well enough known taxonomically this is no longer necessary. Floiv. — The processing of the information documents, or the flow of in- formation through the system, involves the indexing of these documents. Taxonomists do this by making identifications. They use as the point of reference the holotype specimen, or its substitute. Through this name association, the documents are stored and retrieved. Once a specimen has been accurately identified, thus providing a name, the most important step in the preparation of information storage has been completed. Accurate means should be devised to positively associate indi- vidual specimens with information because identification errors are made and the concept of the species involved may change. If data and specimens cannot be associated individually, the data are useless. This is true of any system. The need for a standardized format for information association has become acute. As the volume of data mounts, a higher percentage becomes inaccessible. Output. — The system returns information documents onlv by the cor- rect use of the name as the index. The information retrieved describes the variation, distribution, and biological knowledge about the species. Several uses of retrieved information have been pointed out previously (Arnett, 1967a). These are repeated here with the hope of encouraging a more general awareness of the need for this kind of information. 1. Holot\[>cs and topotypic populations. A single specimen, we have concluded previously, does not provide enough information for scientific treatment. Holotype specimens are no exception and it has never been claimed that they served anything other than nomenclatural purposes. This being so, there seems to be no valid scientific reason for continuing to treasure poor holotypes, and there is no practical reason why neotypes should be restricted to replacing lost or destroyed holotypes, while retain- ing useless originals. As the taxonomist attempts to associate data with SO I ENTOMOLOCK A I. N KWS 201 names he may find a hopeless impass hccan.se the holotype does not provide the needed data. Accepting the premise that the scientific method requires repeatability, it follows that specimens of extant species should he recoverable from the held. One way to demonstrate this is to match holotypes with .specimens from the field. If, for example, a holotype lacks specific locality informa- tion, but can be matched with specimens from a restricted locality, that is, it agrees almost exactly with another variant so that there is little doubt that the extant deme represents a breeding population containing the same variants as the holotype, that population may be regarded as topotypic regardless of whether it is now at the same locality as it was when the holo- type specimen was collected. Specimens studied from that population ma\ then supply biological information attributable to the holotype. \Yith these as the anchor for the name, it is a simple matter to continue studies on related populations to help understand the variation and perhaps even the speciation of the group. Further study of the area surrounding the restricted "topotypic" popula- tion, and the gathering of information about these areas may serve to circumscribe a breeding population. It follows that by so doing, other such populations may be circumscribed, making possible the study of iso- lates if such exist. The holotype then serves as the link between biological data and the information storage and retrieval system. 2. l\wiation. distribution, and biological information. From the input information now associated with the proper species, detailed records of host, habitat, and habits for each sample may add valuable data to show variations within a single population: seasonal, genetic, environmental, and other variations. 1 labitat descriptions that include weather data, altitude, slope, vegeta- tion, and other information about the effective environment may he useful not only for the specimens collected at the time of the visit, but for the association of other collections made at other times when these details were not noted. Information output is reused, added to. and stored back into the svstem. It is superfluous to sav that the proper association of data and species is of paramount importance in the success of any information storage and re- trieval system. It is not superfluous to emphasixe that the only purpose of the Code is to provide an efficient program for the storage and retrieval of this information. Once a less cumbersome system has been de\ised, the Code is obsolete. Such a system is at least theoretically possible, so the Code is at least theoretically obsolete. \Ye should work to develop a neu s\stem before someone else does it for us (see Mittman. 1('(>S. for a hie s\ stem I. 202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [AllgUSt, 1969 NEW METHODS POSSIBLE Storage and retrieval of information documents can be easily and cheaply computer programmed. Several programs are now available. We could formalize a program for insect label data, but only when some general agree- ment has been reached with a large body of our taxonomists. Methods have been devised for the rating of the efficiency of an information storage and retrieval system (Lancaster. 1968). We are learning that no existing system is lOCK/ efficient, but the gaining of the last few percentage points to make a system 100^ efficient are too expensive in time and money with too little significance in results to make them a worthy goal. The trouble in the past has been in attempting to establish absolute priority for names thereby implying 1009r retrieval. The Code has only recently re- laxed this requirement by providing for the use of some names that may not be the oldest for the species. The ability to store information in a system using computer equipment opens the way for new techniques and changes our views on many tradi- tional procedures. For example, one of the primary reasons for the pub- lication of data by printing is to file them in the libraries of the World where the information may be readily and rapidly retrieved. Here these data lie waiting to be used. In such cases it is doubtful if there is even a \.Qc/c retrieval. However, when the same data are stored in a central bank, if the one "copy" is used once, 100^ retrieval is achieved. Time delay disappears once the user is hooked into a chain of data banks. Such a chain will become a reality soon. Thus, it is no longer necessary for many kinds of data to be reproduced by printing. This applies to much or all of the data recorded on insect data labels. Many branches of biology have been able to quantify working data through the use of various measuring and recording instruments. Little attempt has been made to do the same for data associated with insect speci- mens. Although insect collections still bear the classical three-line data label — the place, the date, and the collector's name, some improvement has been made by a majority of collectors since the early 1940's. They have been careful to record localities more precisely, and most have included information that might be termed "ecological," but little else. Because of the requirements of the Code, specimens have "historical" value, so most specimens, once information about them has been recorded in print, must be kept regardless of their condition or sparsity of data. Storage of undigested raw data as printed matter is wasteful. For example, the mere listing of locality records from insect specimen labels, arranged alphabetically or geographically, is still raw data. When printed and stored, ready for use by the next researcher, it is he who must do the 80 J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS actual research by interpretating as best he can the significance of the data. Lists of temperature recordings taken during some physiological experi- ment are comparable data and would not be published. \\ e forget that we write primarily for the use of the non-specialist, not the one other specialist on nur group. The work should be done for the user, not as a mere ap- praisal of the current status of the research, but as a finished working tool. The progress reports can be better distributed to the specialists. However, if a list of collecting sites is recorded, especially when it tell- others the season during which to collect, what to expect, and provides information about the habitat, then a useful contribution is made. Original descriptions and first revisions are information compiled from specimens and label data. These data are certainly most suitable infor- mation for punch cards or tape storage. The method of storing data is presently governed by the Code, but this need not be restrictive, for the Code is vague in its wording on this matter, and its writers were not considering the changes brought about by computer technology (for a discussion of how information may be treated validly under the Code and at the same time prepared for punch card storage, see Arnett, typescript on "Data Documents"). Endless amounts of information might be gathered and prepared for storage. A simple means of storing this might be to prepare a punch card for each information class, the cards coded to species and type <>l infor- mation. Arranged and stored, these may be changed at any time and are available for immediate printout. The following list suggests several infor- mation classes, some of which might be further subdivided: 1. Species card with classification code. 2. Preserved specimen (as individuals) cards keyed to lot records. 3. Literature reference cards (for taxa). 4. Locality data cards. 5. Field record cards. n. Experimental data cards. 7. Measurement (individual) cards keved to 2. above. S. Ideological information cards (this item can be broken into many parts I. 9. Photograph record cards keved to 4 and r> above. 10. Literature reference' cards for ecological data and other information. 11. Cards showing the collection in which each vouchered specimen is stored, also keyed to 2 above. The format for these cards, and indeed, the entire system, i- being studied in several laboratories I Arnett. l(K>7bi to devise a functional arrangement. 204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\YS [AllgUSt, 1969 Unfortunately little information on associated data other than that obtainable from the "standard" locality label is readily available with most collections. Some collections, particularly those closely connected with projects of an economic nature, have lot record systems so that many specimens have an abundance of associated information. Without doubt a great amount of data not keyed to the specimens is available from individual collectors. If collectors would prepare these data for distribution with loaned specimens, their research value would be increased greatly. Meanwhile our current system should be reexamined for deficiencies. Some of the most obvious are summarized here with the hope that future records will be improved. 1. Lack of accurate locality information is a major deficiency. Enough information should be available so that one might return at any time to the exact collecting site to obtain additional specimens. 2. Since much more material is collected than is used by the collector, care should be taken to make sure information is gathered to render the specimens useful to others. For example, host records may be needed, and without them the specimens are merely useless additions to an already bulging collection. I believe these are often described as common "trash." Yet such material might be turned easily into valuable information records by the simple addition of the proper data. 3. The need for enough information so that the observation can be repeated has been mentioned already. The lack of these data is as frequent as the lack of precise locality data. 4. Observers fail to record in notebooks or by photograph many readily available information bits that might easily enrich a storage bank, not only by adding to the file on the particular species under study, but for other species as well. For example, ecological information on a type locality might be valuable data for use in sharpening the concept of the species even if additional specimens were unavailable at the time the observations were made. One should never presume that the information he may record is already available. The continued collection of light attracted specimens, and similar mass collection procedures will serve as a valuable source of information for some time to come. Most of the specimens borrowed from the collections will be samples of this nature. With the modern techniques of information storage and the easy means this provides for retrieval, it seems clear that more detailed data will be associated with a greater percentage of material, readily available to all, in the very near future. 80 1 KXTOMOl.nCICAL NKWS LITERATI RK ClTKD 205 AKXKTT, K. H., JR. 1%/a. Locality and data labels for inserts. Ann. Kin. Soc. America, 60: 1111-1112. — . 1967b. Pilot laboratory: a center for the study of insect populations. Purdue University, Lafayette, 21 pp. — . 1969. Data documents, in typescript. LANCASTER, K. WILFRID. 1968. Information retrieval systems. John Wiley and Sons. X. V., xiv + 222 pp. MITTMAX, B. 1968. INFOL for the CDC 6400, Information storage and retrieval system. Northwestern Univcrsitv, Kvanston, vii + 10 sections. The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and rr.useums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. A paper "computer" for Entomologists with limited recall. — Krom time to time I find it necessary to locate in once-read and since-forgotten articles information deal ing with fireflies or other luminescent organisms. For the retrieval of this informa- tion I use what essentially amounts to a multiple-drawer card file housed in a single notebook. Since I started using this system my memory has given me much less trouble or concern. In addition to its data retrieval potential, the main advantage of this "paper computer'' is that once in operation it requires but a modicum of attention to keep it going. This system has distinct advantages over notched card systems : it does not cost several cents per citation, or several dollars for a puncher; cards aren't turned, stacked, poked, shaken, restacked or bent out of shape; when entering data there arc no annoying snaps or pops to acoustically stimulate irritable librarians ; and the completed data storage file can be Xeroxed for insurance or by students \\lio wish to take it along when they leave for positions elsewhere. Figure 1 shows a sample page from the notebook. It contains 2(> retVrences and adjacent to each are 20 code letters, each of \\hich represent some aspect of luminescent organisms in which 1 am interested and wish to isolate for retrieval. The first entry is interpreted as follows: McDermott in 1('14 in volume 10 of some journal la single master card file on 5" >< 8" cards gives the complete citation) published an article that deals witli (right-hand iiuir (predatoi ''rev) 206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS |Aug'USt. 1969 indicates aggressive mimicry/cannibalism. A small dot to the left of an author's name is part of another reference system and indicates the entry of this reference on the "species cards" of all the species discussed in the article. Articles not read are immediately apparent since no code letters have been marked. It is not necessary that the authors' names be in alphabetical order since they are so arranged in the master card file. — JAMES E. LLOYD, Department of Entomology, Unh'c,-sity of Florida, Gaincs- rille, Fla. 32601. 1 2 3 U 5 CPOL FNSA E»N* P*ET ••» CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FN*A EGN» PLET •*:*: •POL •NSA TON* P«ET 6* » p o L • «* £«»» «••• • »•» D-t ?2.f-93 CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP Q^l-l 7 CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP /la CftyTtft U VtO'ttQ CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FNS* EGN0 PLE« BE*P * /I 4 ft T/2." 3^~ CPOL ^ N S A EGN* PLAT AEDP /JGHOG'ff 3'2C>-/f CPOL 0NSA EGN» PL»T POL FNS* AGNF »•« B«DP CPOL *NSA » • » P»*T ••DP tPO* tfNSA EGN* PLET • A POL FNSA EGN» PLET ••DP C Q I r W P^ ^I2,-H^'3I2C POL FNSA EGNd PLE* 6 «» Orb- -P-W-S A — * CWf-P f ii ET~ •«-£«-• 9f»er^f 9%S~-&/ CPOL • • EGNF PL*T •EDP CPOL •NSA EGN* PLET •E*P CPOL FNSA »• P0*T •EDP CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP 9t7~ 7 CPOL FNSA EGNF PLET BEDP CPOL FNSA £*& PLEft BEDP CPOL FNSA EGNF PLE^ BEDP CPOL FNSA •GNF PLET Btfotf lric,rkE 1. A sample page from the data storage notebook. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 207 Habitat Selection of Laboratory Populations of Tribolium ' MICHAEL T. MORI, AN. O.S.B.- PART I : REVIEW OF THE ECOLOGY OF FLOUR BEETLES The effect of ecological factors, such as temperature, humidity, food and light on the metamorphic changes in mutants of t\v'' - St. r.rrnard College, St. Bernard, Alabama. 208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I August. 1<><>(> a factor that accelerated the growth of T. confiisiini and retarded the growth of T. castanemu mutants. No attempt was made to study the effects of food and light in any great detail. INTRODUCTION AND HISTORICAL BACKGROUND The wild types of the confused flour heetle, Tribolium confusum ( duV. ) and the red-rust flour beetle, Tribolinui castanemu ( Herbst ) are destruc- tive because they infest flour and other prepared cereal products. These insects are cosmopolitan in distribution and reported from almost every civilized country in the world. T. coufitsitin is the more common pest in temperate regions while T. castanemu is a subtropical insect (11 ). The life cycles of the two parent types are well known. The time periods re- quired for the development of various stages in the life cycle are as follows : Egg Stage (days) Larval Stage (days) Pupal Stage (days) Total No. Days (to adulthood) T. confusum T. castaneum 5.5 3.8 22.4 22.8 7.0 6.2 34.9 32.8 From the data obtained from Good and Park several norms have been established, viz., 1) The life cycle of T. castanemu is shorter than that of T. confusum ; 2 ) The life cycle for both species is shorter at higher temperatures; 3) The established period of time necessary for both T. confusum and T. castanemn to pass through their metamorphic cycle is roughly about one month at 29° C, but T. castanemn reaches maturity first. Environment factors affecting growth and development are tempera- ture, humidity, and available food supply ( 11 ) (26). Thus, the economic importance, worldwide distribution of the genus Tribolium, and the ease with which its natural habitat can be constructed under controlled environmental conditions make Tribolium spp. appear an important, practical and workable tool for studies of the geneticist and ecologist. The genetics of Tribolntni has been investigated by Sokoloff (32) Since the work reported here is primarily concerned with ecological factors, the review of literature will present only the background on these factors, such as light, temperature, humidity, water, food, and the general habitat. Lir/hf : Light is a factor in the metamorphic cycle of Tribolium spp.. but because of insufficient research, its importance cannot be established with any degree of certainty. Under laboratory conditions it was obvious 80) EXTOMOI. o(,i( :AL XK\\S that the adults are photo-negative; i.e., they are found loosely clustered in shaded portions of a container when subjected to direct light (16). Uncomfortable or undesirable temperatures and humidity will cause Triboliiini spp. to move from the food medium into light but for the most part the beetles can be maintained indefinitely in complete darkness accord ing to Chapman (5). Erdman studied the effect of X-Ray beams on these beetles to determine the sensitivity of Triboliiini castancnin and Tribolinni confusion at different stages in their life cycles. Also the destructive effects of X-Ray treatments have on Tribolinm spp. has been investigated. A variety of wave lengths of the spectrum are being studied, but to date the flour beetle has not been subjected to their rays in a manner that could measure wave length effect on the organism. Temperature and humidity: Early work on wood-ants by Herter ( 15. 16, 17 i was conducted in an apparatus called a "Temperatureogel." Un- fortunately the temperature gradient within the cage of the Temperatureogel varied with the room temperature. Some investigations of Bodenheimer and Schenkin ( 1 ) were undertaken with an apparatus similar to the one used by Herter. They repeated Herter's earlier experiment with the "flour weevil" T. conjiisuni. They found that the beetle preferred a temperature of 24.7 to 26.5° C, if previously kept at a temperature of 15 to 18° C. However, beetles kept for a month in a constant temperature of 25° C preferred a zone between 9.11 and 10.74° C. Following this early work several studies were made in the ensuing years of the relationships of temperature and humidity, the effect of con- stant and alternating temperatures, and the influence of temperature gradients on development of the various stages of Triboliiini. In 1930 Brindley (2) studied growth and development in T. conjiisuni under controlled conditions of temperature and relative humidity. He used a temperature of approximately 30° C with a relative humidity of 73%. I nder these ecological conditions he studied the weights and sizes < length and width ) of 3 stages, namely, adults, larvae, and pupae. He also counted the number of eggs laid, as well as their length and width. From his observations the life cycle was found to be completed within 29 days at 30° C and 73% relative humidity. In contrast to llrindley's findings, a Polish worker. Mikulski. I 24 i found errors in studies carried out at constant temperatures. In I1 '3d Mikulski studied the effect of constant and alternating temperature-, mi the survival of some developmental .stages of T. eonfiisiun. Tie quoted Shelford (31) as having noted that different temperatures c;m have a different influence on an organism. Mikulski asserts it is an error to use a mean daily temperature as an index of the effect of temperature on de- 210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [AllgUSt, 1969 velopment. Mikulski concluded that constant temperatures retarded de- velopment. Therefore, his experiments were undertaken to show the influence of alternating temperatures on survival and development, par- ticularly with reference to ( a ) the mean temperature at different points on the thermometric scale, ( b ) the amplitude of the change of the tempera- ture; (c) temperature limits. At extreme temperatures, i.e., in very low or very high temperature ranges, the behavior of the organism deviated from those expected for medial temperatures. For example, with a rise in temperature the rate of development increases up to a point, after which it decreases again. Mikulski concluded that T. confnsiiin is a stenothermic animal, having a narrow, favorable thermal range which differs for each developmental stage and that this thermal range is better expressed In- differences in survival. The optima are also slightly different, when com- paring the constant and alternating temperatures. It is different for eggs and pupae. There is quite a narrow range in which development rises above 50 %. For eggs this range lies above 25° to 30° C. At 32.5° C, 80% of the pupae survive. At a temperature of 22.5° C pupae developed well. 29.82% of the pupae survived at 22.5° C while only 25% of the eggs survived. Mikulski (24) found eggs of T. confnsiiin and T. castancnm to be less resistant to constant temperatures, but T. confiisnin has a different re- sistance to symmetrical alternating and constant temperatures. Mikulski seems to think that T. confnsiiin is insensitive to humidity and cites Holdaway (18) as his authority. In any case, the relative humidity fluctuated between 30 and 40% in his expeirment. Howe's (20) work appears to verify Mikulski's conclusion that T. confiisnin is insensitive to humidity. Howe demonstrated that humidity has no effect on egg development of T. confnsiiin and T. castancum. He showed that eggs of T. castancnm did not hatch at 17.5° C or lower at any humidity, and that they did not hatch at 40° C at 10% relative humidity. T. confnsiiin eggs did not hatch at 15° or 40° C at any humidity, but 60% of the eggs hatched at 37.5° C while the shortest period for egg dura- tion in this species is at 35° C. The shortest period for egg duration in T. castancnm occurs at 37.5° C. In T. confiisnin, larvae failed to develop to pupae at 17.5° C with 10% R.H. and failed to develop in 20° C at 10% R.H., and also failed to develop in 37.5° C at 10% and 90% R.H. T. castancnm larvae failed to develop into normal adults at 20° and 40° C with R.H. at 30% and 90%. The larvae of T. castancnin produced pupae at 20° C and 70^ K.H. but they do not become normal adults. In both T. confiisnin and T. castancnm larval development is affected by both temperature and humidity. T. castancnin larvae develop most <|uicklv at 35° C in any humidity, but preferably at the higher humidities. The fastest SO I KNTOMol.or.ICAL XK\VS 211 larval development of T. conjitsiun is at 32.5° C at highest humidities. The larval mortality is greatest at 37.5° C and 10% R.H. and at 20° C and 90% R.H. T. castaneitin larval mortality is highest in situations of ln\v humidity and low temperature. The pupal stage of this species while not affected by humidity is shortest at 37.5° C. T. conjusitin shortest period of pupal duration is the same as that of T. castanciiin at 37.5° C. The optimum conditions for rapid development of T. castancitui is between 35 and 37.5° C and greater than 70'' R.H. For T. coiijusiini the fastest development lies close to 32.5° C at 70^ R.H. and above. The life cycle- is completed in about 25 days, while for T. castancitui the cycle takes 20 davs. T. castaneiirn can complete its life cycle in a month at temperatures as low as 30° C, and at humidities of 30% R.H. Larval mortality was greatest at low temperature (22.5° C) and low humidity (10 and 30% ) as well as at 40° C. and, in general, was highest at the lower humidities. At temperatures above 35° C mortality of T. con jit sum was more than 20% at all humidities and greater than 60% when R.H. was less than 50%. Mortality rate between 15—25% were recorded for T. conjusitin at low temperature and low humidity. The lower limits for complete development wras between 17.5 and 20° C except at lower humidities where it rose above 20° C. Holdaway ( IS) also studied the development of T. conjusitin at various relative humidities under constant temperature conditions. He found that the egg and pupal stages were almost the same duration throughout the entire scale of relative humidity. The length of the larval life, however. was shortened when humidity was increased. From the standpoint of per- cent mortality, however, he found that there was a greater survival of the larvae at high humidity but a reduced survival of eggs and pupae. The larvae, therefore, have their per cent survival increased and the length of time fur development decreased by an increase of humidity, while the pupae and eggs do not have the time change but have the percentage greatly reduced by high humidity. However, the greatest difficulty in experiments using high humidities was controlling the growth of fungi. This could possibly have been avoided with use of silica gel. The next reported work on temperature and humidity requirements of the flour beetle is concerned with establishment of a temperature "range" in which the insect prefers to live and can readily survive. This can only be established for the adult form alone. Deal (Si used a tempera- ture gradient since he intended to prove that insect ^. given a preference will choose a "range" of temperatures rather than a "point." He stated that insects previously kept in a definite temperature for a given length of time with food available or not will choose a variet) of "preferred tempera 212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [August, 1969 tures." For example, an insect kept for a period of time, let us say a month, in one area at room temperature, when subjected to the tempera- ture gradient area, will choose one temperature range. However, when kept in an environment at 27° C for a period of time previous to being subjected to the temperature gradient, the insect will choose an entirely different temperature. In each case the insects were without food which would be a factor influencing their physiological activities, since the normal metabolic functions of the insect may be hampered and its reactions thereby slowed. Food is no less an important factor than temperatures in altering the normal body activities of insects. T. confiisiini, when kept at room temperature, showed a definite preference for temperatures between 25-30° C but could be grown in temperatures as low as 10° C. In another experiment the beetles were kept for a month at a constant temperature oi 27° C prior to going into the temperature gradient. The beetles were found in higher numbers at the cold end but some were found at ranges from 16° to 30° C. The greatest number of insects were found at a temperature 12° lower than room temperature. It is possible that the flour beetle, if kept for a period of time in a hot. dry environment, which is not exactly to its liking, would seek out an area which would first satisfy their greatest need, which would be moisture. Deal's results might be questioned as to the validity of his conclusions regarding the actual effect of his temperature gradient. Although his gradients were series of 5° C. he allowed stored beetles freedom of choosing the gradient, then proposed an explanation for their selection of the gradient. For instance, he says it is difficult to distinguish whether the flour beetles went to the cold end of the gradient because of preference or whether they wandered into the cold zone and were overcome, or trapped, before they could get away. He further states that insects go to a certain temperature in the gradient because they are attracted by the humidity there. Graham (12) worked out temperature-preference determinations for adults of T. castancinn and T. confiisnni, using a temperature gradient ranging from 13.5° C to 30° C and a relative humidity gradient of 40 to 60%. He demonstrated that T. castancinn had a definite preference for warm temperature, the limit for migration seldom being beyond 29° C. The limit for distribution at the colder end of the trough was 14° C. Further, Graham stated that the intensity of reaction towards 28° C or 14° C is dependent upon the environmental temperature at which the population ( T. castancinn and T. conjusiiin ) was previously kept and that a colder environment initiated a more intense warm-end reaction. lie found that a T. castancinn population from a warm environment lias a markedly more intense reaction toward 28° C than T. conjitsiini. I low- 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\VS 2 1 3 ever, Graham made the assumption that temperature preference for both species was a transitory matter and at best preference for a temperature in which to live or to which to migrate was characteristic only for the particular population under investigation. Temperature preferences varied according to sex, Graham (12) found that males had a slightly higher preference for the warm end of the trough, whereas females had a greater preference for 14° C. However, Graham stated that eggs are laid in appreciable numbers only when the female was at temperatures greater than 25° C so it was assumed that ovarian activity did not affect movement throughout the trough to other temperatures. But, since eggs are laid in greatest numbers when the female is at 25° C temperature, the species (T. castancitun that has a greater preference for the warm end has the greatest potential for reproduction. When the total environmental average is 20° C, T. castaiicnin would have a greater advantage for survival over T. coufnsiiin. Also, according to Dick ((|i movement of beetles (T. confnsiinn from various temperatures on a gradient, that is, from a colder to a warmer temperature, stimulated the production of ova. Water: Roth and Willis (.'H)) I ^5 i have pursued extensive studies on water balance in T. confiisinu and T. castanctn/i. They found that T. casttincitin lost water more rapidly than T. confnsiun. The females of T. castaneiini reverse their drv reaction more quickly than the males; in other words, females lose more water than males. In T. coiiji/snui the dry reaction of males is reversed more quickly and the resultant wet reaction is more intense than that of females. Although both sexes of T. conjiisitin lose water at about the same rate, the females tend to maintain a higher proportion of water to solids than the males from the .ird to 7th days of desiccation. Given a choice. T. castanciiin in normal physiological conditions will choose a lower humidity. Tt is further interesting to note that T. castuiiciiin can lay eggs well at very low humidities. //<;/>// of the complete population. The beetle. Tribolium. can accommodate and adapt itself very readily to the available food. C'hittenden (7) found Tribolium in snnlT. baking powder, ginger, peas and beans, lie found the insect in whole-wheat Hour, bleached and unbleached white tlour. rye, rice and harlev flours, in corn meal and in oatmeal. Good (11 ) reported Triholiinn cattancuiii and Trihuliiiiii conjitsitiii living in chocolate, spice> (red pepper i . various kind- 214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | August, 1969 of nuts and even feeding on specimens in an insect collection. However. Chapman (6) found that Tribolinin confusion were not equipped to feed on whole grains since the mouthparts were not adapted to attack large, hard pieces of food. In studying the feed preferences of Triholium, he observed that either coarse or fine flours were equally populated by the beetles. He further observed that wheat-germ satisfied the requirements for growth and transformation. Lerner, Sokoloff and Ho (22) did a food preference study for Tribolinin conjiisnin and Tribolium castancinn using a mixture of corn flour, rice flour, soy bean flour and whole wheat flour to which brewer's yeast was added. They subjected Tribolium castancinn and Triboliinn confiisiini to each type of flour with and without yeast, as well as a mixture. The result was that both species preferred the mixed type containing the yeast. Their next preference was rice flour and whole wheat flour. The third preference was for corn flour, and tin- least chosen food was soybean flour. Sweatman and Palmer (34) were the first to make a critical study of the vitamin requirements of T. conjiisiun. They found that wheat embryo added to a synthetic medium consisting of casein, salts, fats and dextrine shortened the time of development of the organism considerably (from 65 days to 28 days). The effect of temperature increase on the moisture content of the sub-strata in a closed container has been studied by a number of workers (1) (10) (21) (29). Several workers have determined equilibrium curves for grain moisture content (air Relative Humidity). In an open system, where nearly limitless quantities of air of a uniform R.H. are available, or where excess moisture is added or removed bv chemical solutions, the per cent moisture content of the grain is determined only by air R.H. The moisture content (M.C. ) is nearly unaffected by those temperature changes which are not accomplished by R.H. changes (12). Rough calculations indicate that a closed system, containing flour of a moderate moisture content exposed to a temperature of 20° C in the region of 10° to 30° will react thus: a ) When the volume of air enclosed is 200 to 400 times the volume of the grain, the grain moisture content — air R.H. equilibrium is practically unaltered. b ) When the volume of air enclosed is approximately 500 times greater than the grain volume, the moisture content of the grain and the air R.H. are held at a comparatively lower state because of the increase in the air's initially large potential for water retention. c) When the volume of air is less than approximately 100 times the volume of the grain, the point of equilibrium is increased because the S(.) I ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\VS 215 moisture released by the grain is far in excess of that which the air can retain. Most measures of grain greater than a few grams are of necessity en- closed with volumes of air much less than 100 times the grain volume. A possible example of the closeting of grain in storage, or in the laboratory, which results in the level of the K.M.-M.C. equilibrium being raised when the temperature is increased (12). With the foregoing facts in mind regarding the effects of environmental factors on parent types of Tribolinin -s'/1/1.. the present study was undertaken to determine the preferred temperature for egg. larval, pupal, and adult stages of Tribitliuni mutants. This paper reports the establishment of the temperature range of each life form of three mutants of T. castancuin and for two mutants and one wild type of T. conjiisinii and the deviations among these mutants from characteristics of their parent type. PART II: ECOLOGICAL VARIATIONS OF MUTANTS OF TRIBOLITM CASTANEUM. T. CONFUSUM AND A WlLD TYPE MATERIALS AND METHODS For these experiments, four controlled environmental factors, as recom- mended by Park ( 27 > were to be investigated : 1 ) Light : 2 ) Temperature : 3) Relative Humidity; 4) Volume, kind, and surface exposure of growth medium. Oxygen supply and CO., assimilation were not considered as necessary controlled factors in this study. The growth chamber apparatus consisted of a pine-veneered rectangular box, 4' X 4' X 2' in height. A fluorescent light attached to the ceiling- was controlled by a timing device that permitted a 12-hour light period and 12-hour dark period. A piece of plexiglass 2' 4', painted black, which was readily removable afforded easy access to the incubator. The floor of the box was covered with an asbestos sheet upon which there was a lead plate 3y long X 2\' wide. The leaded plate was 1" thick and had copper tubing embedded in it at one end. Six tubes, one inch apart, were supplied with flowing ice water from a refrigerator. At the other end of the plate two heat strips were soldered to the lead plate and electrically controlled by a simple thermostat. To prevent excessive heat loss the heating strips were covered with dry. flaked asbestos. With ice water flowing through one end of the lead slab and heat being supplied at the other end. a temperature gradient was maintained which ranged from 14 C at the cool end to 40° C at the heated end. The thermostat used to control the heat could be readily moved oxer the surface ot the lead slab. Several pre- liminary experiments were made to determine the proper placement of the 216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS August, 1969 thermostat to ensure maintenance of maximum temperature levels at the hot end of the trough. Relative humidity was maintained with glycerol and water. A small heat strip was soldered to the hase of a metal container holding a glycerol- water mixture. An electric relay was used to maintain proper heat to control the evaporation of water. The water was stirred slowly hut constantly. A small fan was placed in position to circulate the moist air LJ o: 1 CC. LJ CL 2 LJ h- 99.9 99.99 CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE FIG. 1. Percentage deposition of eggs of three mutants of Tribtiliinn ctistuncinn at various temperatures. but which would not disturb the flour and the insects. I sing a hygrometer and a wet-bulb thermometer, readings were taken three times each day to determine R.H. Adjustments were made in the glycerol-water solution to elevate or lessen humidity percentage as needed. When the proper K.I 1. was obtained and stabilized, copper food troughs less than 1 cm thick, 2" wide and 2' long were introduced into the incubator. Each copper trough was tilled with fond for the Tribolinin spp. 80 J KNToMOl.Oi.K Al. \K\VS 217 This food consisted of 9 parts of unbleached flour and one part of powdered yeast. Periodic readings were made with an electronic thermometer to determine temperature gradient of food medium. For three davs prior to the experiment, temperature and relative humidity were checked for reliability. The atmospheric temperature in the incubator was 27° C. The K.I I. ranged from 55 to 75rv within temperature ranges of 14° to 40° C with average R.H. being nOrv immediately above the troughs. 40- 39 -4- 35-- ui ££ tr ui a. 5 ui I- • 25-- 21-- 20 BLACK NEW VOR* EBONY 10 20 60 50 90 99 99.9 99.99 CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE Fir,. 2. 1 Vra-nlage deposition of eggs of tlirtv mutants of Triholiiun at temperatures ranging from 20° to 40° C. \Yhen proper environmental conditions were established. p<>pulation> of three mutants of Tn'bolhnn castdiiciini and 1 mutants and a wild type of Tribolium ci>n\nxnin were introduced in the incubator. Fach genetic mutant population and one wild strain (iccu])ied a .separate trough. Fifty males and fifty females comprised the initial population in each trough. Alter the mutants were placed in the feeding trough, the incubator was completely sealed and left undisturbed for one month. 218 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [August, 1969 At the end of the month flour samples from each trough were checked by means of an electronic thermometer to determine the temperature. At each degree of temperature in the food medium a sample of flour with its contents of Tribolium was taken with a small measuring spoon. The sample of flour was placed in a small jar. There were as many jars as degrees of temperature, each jar containing the measured flour sample. Counts of eggs, larvae, pupae and adult populations were made as fol- 99.9 99.99 CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE Fit;. 3. Comparison of deposition of eggs of '/>//><>//»;/; castancinn and Tribolium iisuiii over a range of temperatures. Results indicate that egg deposition proceeded at a higher temperature in mutants of T. coiifusiiin. lows: the contents of each jar was emptied into a sieve of Xo. 00 hatting cloth (29 meshes/inch) which captured large larvae, pupae and adults of the insects. The small larvae and eggs were captured in a lower sieve. Using a dissecting microscope to examine the contents of the flour population in each stage in the cycle were counted. This experiment was repeated three times. All conditions in each experiment were identical. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 219 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Temperature and humidity are two factors that influence the develop- ment of each metamorphic stage of Tribolinm spp. A specific combination of these two ecological factors is necessary for the normal progressive development of each separate, metamorphic stage in the life cycle of the insect. However, temperature and humidity combinations that may he a LJ tr Z> 5 cr Ld Q- 5 LJ I- 99 99.9 99.9b CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE FIG. 4. Cumulative percentage deposition of pupae of mutants of Tribi'linui custanrniii at various temperatures. mean.s of acceleration for one may retard the development of another life stage. In this investigation humidity lower than 70',. with a temperature gradient ranging from 14" to 40° C was found to he the factor that accelerated the growth ot 7. conliisiini mutants and wild t \ pe strain hut retarded the growth of the mutants of 7'. <- 80 ENTOMOUX i JCAL X K\\ S 221 of metamorphosis (the egg to the pupa) hut a decrease in temperature \va> preferred by the adult form. This was found to he true of all three mutants of T. castaneitin. The "Black" mutant and "Xe\v York" wild type of T. cunjusitin followed a pattern unlike that of the mutants of T. castaneitin. Both the eggs and the larvae of these two mutants preferred a closely related mean temperature. The pupae and adults of "Black" and "Xew York" chose 39- 35-- O or D a: UJ CL 5 LU H 30-- 25- 21-- 20 T. CASTANEUM T. CONFUSUM 10 20 40 60 80 90 99 99.S 99.9S CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE l;u;. 6. Comparison of deposition of pupae of Triholiitin ctistuncutn and Tribolium coiifiixiini over a given range of temperatures shows that the pupae of T. castciicmii prefer the higher temperature. a higher temperature than did the eggs and larvae hut, as for the and larval stages, there was hut little difference between their preferred temperatures. The mutant "Kbonv" of this wild type species T. coiijnsiiin followed the pattern of the T. castancuin mutants with an increase in temperature from eggs {« pupae. The adults chose a lower temperature than that of the pupae. 779 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [August, 1969 Temperature preferences for J:tudied. I \iii.H 1. Temperat uri- jircferences Cor C-L;- and pupae oC the T. raManriim iiinlani- Mm fel Sooty Pt-arl Eggs 25.82+2.81 32.56 fl.03 25.11 -f 2.w 31.52 + 1.62 .60 .U.91 224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [August, 1969 The greatest number of eggs of the T. castaticitin mutant "Jet" were found at 25° C. "Sooty" laid the greatest number at 28° C and "Pearl" deposited the greatest number at 27° C. The beetles of T. confusum laid the greatest number of eggs at 25° C. For the pupal stage of the mutants of T. castancnin. the greatest num- ber of forms of "Jet" and "Sooty" were found at 33° C. The greatest number of pupal forms of the "Pearl" mutant were found between 35° and 36° C. The pupal range among the mutants of T. castancnin was from 28° to 38° C. The greatest concentration of pupae of these mutants were found to be between 31° to 34° C. For the mutants & wild type of T. confiisnin the development of the pupal stage ranged from 26° to 39° with the greatest concentration of pupae between 30° and 34° C. This variation in number and temperature prefer- ence can be attributed to low relative humidity. This could account in part for the increased population of the mutants of this species as compared with the population number for the mutants of T. castancnin which thrives in an environment where the relative humidity is high. These data arc- in opposition to Mikulski's work (24) wherein he showed that T. confnsnni was insensitive to humidity changes. The mutant "Black" ( T. confnsinn ) had the greatest number of pupae at 31° C; and "Ebony" had the greatest number of pupae at 33° C. Although the prime purpose of this investigation was to establish the temperature preference of the four stages in the development of "mutant" insects of Tribolinin .species, one cannot overlook comparison of the results with work done with the wild-type insects of Tribolinin. A search of the literature did not reveal that any temperature-humidity studies had ever been done using these mutant types. Of the mutants studied, "Black" ( T. con fusii in ) exhibited the highest mean-temperature preference, 29.93 + 5.26. This conforms closely to Mikulski's (24) findings in which In- observed that the highest rate of survival of the eggs of T. confusum \vas between 25° and 30° C. He also noted that 80 ^ of the pupae survived at 32.5° C, whereas egg survival at this temperature was zero. However, contrary to Graham (12) who observed that eggs are laid at temperatures greater than 25° C, all the mutant beetles under considera- tion laid eggs in considerable numbers at temperatures between 23-24°. All the mutant beetles of T. castancnin deposited eggs in a lesser number in an area of 22° C. The mutants of the same species, "Sooty" and "Pearl." deposited eggs at a temperature of 21° C and the mutant "Pearl" deposited eggs at 20° temperature. The mutant "Black" of T. conlnsnin also de- posited eggs at 20° temperature. (To he concluded in the Septemher issue, p. 237) MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Hozvard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Michel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro— Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. THE BEETLES OF THE UNITED STATES A Manual for Identification By Ross H. ARNETT, JR. Professor of EntIo(/y at Purdue University The families of beetles found in the United States are described ; illus- trated keys to all of the genera, and a classification list of genera giving the number of species and their distribution are included. A working bibliogra- phy for each family gives the recent references to anatomy, larvae, biolo^\ . and keys for the identification of the species. This second printing includes corrections previously printed on flyleaf sheets. 1112 pp., 2nd printing, 1968 Several hundred illustrations Cloth $25.00 postpaid Printed <>n heavy, durable AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1".00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10<£ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to : R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write : Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8", France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same autlwrs have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. SEPTEMBER, 1969 NTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS THE COLUMBIAN TIMBER BEETLE POPULA- TION BIOLOGY AND CALLERY CHARACTERISTICS D. H. MILXE and R. L. GIESE, p. 225 HABITAT SELECTION OF LABORATORY POPULATIONS OF TRIBOLIUM (CONCL.) MICHAEL T. MORG/-X, O.S.B., p. 237 A NE\V XEARCTIC LEAFHOPPER OF THE GENUS FLEXAMIA (HEMIPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) HERBERT H. Ross and TIM A. COOLF.Y, p. 246 Co.MIXC \I-:.\T ISSl'K: FLASH COMMUNICATION IN Asi'ISdM A SI'. ( Cdl.KoPTKRA : I JA^r PVRTDAK I THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 SEPTEMBER, 1969 No. 9 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT: JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. THE COLUMBIAN TIMBER BEETLE, Corthylus columbianus (COLEOPTERA: SCOLYTIDAE). IX. POPULATION BIOLOGY AND GALLERY CHARACTERISTICS ' 1). II. MILXK- and R. L. GIESE 3 ABSTRACT 1965 and 1966 infestations of C Urtliylns columbianus Hopkins ( Coleoptera : Scoly- lidae) were observed in Indiana. Three discrete generations of the insect were present in 1966. Male beetles initiated gallery excavation. Second generation beetles attacked the lower stem ; third generation beetles attacked relatively higher portions of trees. Broods of up to 30 beetles were observed; life cycle duration varied from 21 to 71 days. Adults overwintered in short tunnels under loose hark on trees. Mycetolua dii'crycns (Diptera: Anisopodidae) and Aiilnciiiastcr Icncopcza (Dip- it ta: Aulacigastridae) use abandoned beetle galleries for rearing young. Larvae of Odinin incijiTi-i ( Diptera : Odiniidae ) and Odinin n. sp. prey upon those of C. cnliim- i'liiiins. .1. It'itcopcsa, and M. dh'crticnx. Mites (genus Lcptiis) were seen -licking adult C. ctiliiinlnuniis body juices. Deformations in wood structure about gallery mouths may reveal dates of gallery formation precisely. INTRODUCTION Previous papers by workers at the Purdue Forest Entomology Labora- tory (Kabir and Giese, 1966; McManus and Giese, 1967; Crozier and Giese, 1967 a. 1967b : White and Giese, 1968; Giese, 1966) and others I Wilson. 1959; Schuder, 1960; Hopkins. 1894a, 1894b I have described many features of the Columbian timber beetle, Corthylus columbianus I lopk. ( Scolvtidae). These studies have made clear the exceptional nature of this insect as a subject for the study of population dynamics. This native \orth American beetle rears its young in tunnel systems (galleries) bored in hardwood trees without harmfully affecting the host trees. Subsequent tree growth seals the galleries into the trees, preserving them as an indi- cator of the former presence of adult beetles. Since each gallery contains 1 Journal Paper NTo. 3732 of the Purdue I'niversily Agricultural Kxperiment Sta- tion. Accepted for publication July 5, I'1''1' '-' Present address: Department of ( intend Science, Oregon State I'niver-ity, Cor- vallis, Oregon 97331. •'Department of Kntonmlogy, Purdue I'niversity. Lafayette, Indiana 47"H". 225 226 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 a notch or "cradle" for each egg laid, inspection of a preserved gallery reveals the number of young beetles reared. Thus, the galleries of C. columbianus preserved in the annual growth rings of large trees provide unusually precise yearly population density and natality data for a span of decades or centuries. The purpose of the present paper is to describe aspects of the biology of C ' . columbianus not previously recorded and to draw attention to features of the gallery system which may prove useful in interpreting former beetle population histories. I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 NWI/4S31 TIS R Outos Co , Indiana 432 435 436 437 | 438 439 Tagging area 440 Contour interval = 6 inches FIGURE 1. Topographic map of study site. z Y X W V u T s R 0 P 0 N M L K J I H G F E D C B A3 Az Ai METHODS A fifty acre woodlot southwest of Jasper, Indiana (Fig. 1, described by Crozier and Giese, 1967b ) , served as a study site. Records in tin- growth rings of trees there indicate that it has been sporadically invaded ; those established in 1%6 were removed in January 1"'>7. Plastic cylinders were occasionally sealed in place over galleries and filled with water, in order to observe the beetles' response to flooding (which is frequent in the woodlot). Hlocks of wood containing newly initiated galleries were removed from one tree and dissected while the beetles were active, in an attempt to observe gallery excavation directly. Holes of the 228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 same diameter as beetle galleries ( 2 mm ) were occasionally drilled into trees and inoculated witb microflora from genuine galleries, in an attempt to attract insects associated with C. columbianus. In January. 1967, thirteen trees in the tagging area ( Fig. 1 ) were removed for examination. In ten of these, all galleries established in 1965 and 1966 were dissected. Three of the thirteen trees were totally dis- J sected. That is, information was recorded for every gallery found in these trees, including those established prior to 1965. The years of estab- lishment of these galleries, as determined by dendrochronology, were recorded. The largest and most interesting of the totally dissected trees, desig- natured 3-5 B. was chosen because it was one of the few in the woodlot which had been relatively heavily infested in both 1965 and 1966. A fuller analysis of aspects of the population dynamics of C. columbianus, based upon data from this tree, is presented elsewhere (Milne and Giese, 1969). RESULTS Spread oj the Infestation in Time and Space. — Throughout 1965, infes- tation of the study area was sparse. A female beetle was observed at rest on a silver maple in sector 10R ( Fig. 1 ) on May 8, after which no sign UJ K, which showed signs of timber beetle attack in I'l'o. Thus, the 1965 summer population was harbored by only fourteen trees. The infestation of 1966 began with the appearance of single galleries in single trees in sectors 51), 5B and 3B in March, April and May, respec- tively. Beetle activity became intense during the week ending June 11 and increased in tempo in the manner shown in Figure 2 throughout the season, t'ntil the week ending September 10, virtually all beetle activity detectable in the study area was confined to thirty trees within the southeast corner of the woodlot (tagging area. Fig. 1 ). On September 10. trees bearing- signs of beetle infestations were found in sectors 6E, 7E, 8E, 9E, 6G, and 1 F. and in the woodlot adjoining the study area to the south. By the end of the season, additional infested trees were scattered widely throughout tin- study area (sectors IE, 3F, 4G, 5G, II. 20J. 10K. 5L, ill'. 1Q, 3R, 17S. 5T. 4U, 3X), as well as throughout the woodlot to the south. In general, beetles remained most abundant within the tagging area, and tended to avoid trees which had been infested there in 1965. Over-wintering. — Most of the newly mature beetles which emerged from typical galleries in the last weeks of the 1965 and 1966 seasons were observed to bore short upward oriented tunnels in the outer hark of their host trees (Fig. 3). These tunnels were usually initiated in crevices, or under loose hark flakes. Beetles in these tunnels usually continued to bore slowly until immobilized by cold weather. Only one of approximately 20 beetles known to have overwintered in such tunnels (winter of 1965-1966) survived to the following spring. The latter, a male, emerged during the period April 9-April 24 and began excavating a gallerv, which was found deserted after being covered by floodwaters in early May. In one instance beetles were observed to survive the winter of l'>(o 1966 in a typical reproductive gallery. This gallery was established the week ending September 5. 1()(>5, under a trap, by several beetles which had just emerged from the original trapped gallery. A brood of newly mature beetles i>sued from the new reproductive gallerv during the period March 20-April 24, 1()(>6. This practice, considered normal for ( '. columbianus (Kabir and ( iiese. 1(><>(>; Hopkins. lS(>4a I wa> thus rare in the Jasper population in comparison with that of adult overwintering in cavitie^ in outer hark. 230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 Brood production. — Figure 4 summarizes the timing of the 1965 trap- ping program, and the results observed. Each arrow in the figure repre- sents one trapped gallery. Each solid arrow spans the time from the date of placement of a trap over a gallery to the date of discovery of a brood of newly mature beetles in the trap. The number accompanying each arrow represents the total number of beetles (dead plus alive) found in the trap; "F" denotes the discovery of a fly, Odirtia. n. sp., in a trap. Arrows accompanied by dotted lines represent traps over galleries whose dates of initiation are unknown ; all other galleries were excavated within the week before trap placement. Overwintering excavation False "growth" ring Necrotic wood (may be absent) Typical gallery FIGURE 3. Gallery types constructed by C. coliniihiaiuts. In Figure 5 (the 1966 counterpart of Figure 4) lines continued to the right of the figure and accompanied by "7X," "F," etc., represent galleries trapped in 1966 which were found, when dissected, to contain either dead timber beetle larvae or living Odinia larvae. The four lower lines portray galleries established in the week ending September 18, 1966, from which no living beetles emerged ; three of the upper four complete the histories of galleries trapped earlier. Trapping results from 1965 suggest emergences of broods of beetles during the two week period centered on August 26, and during the week ending October 24 (Fig. 4). Trapping in 1966 revealed the widespread emergence of broods of beetles within the two week periods centered upon July 24 and September 10 (Fig. 5). The 1966 emergence dates coincide closely with the dates upon which the most intensive boring activity was observed in the latter half of the season (Fig. 2). Beetles which initiated the intense boring activity in June, 1966, almost certainly emerged from 80 1 EN'K ) M ( (LOGICAL NEWS 231 overwintering galleries, only one of which was successful Iv trapped. Tims, three generations of beetles formed the galleries bored in I1 "id, and the two emergences indicated by the lc)65 trapping program suggest that at least three generations of beetles were present in that year. also. Previous workers (Hopkins, 1894a; Wilson. 1('5(>; Kabir and (iiese. 1%6) reported two generations per year. Q. Q. CO Q O o u. O Q: UJ TJ 2 3 z 10 Number of Emerging Beetles Week of Gallery Establishment I Week of Brood Emergence Emergence of cly, Odinio n. sp. Q UJ a. 0- 1 co UJ u. O UJ m 10 -, 1522 29 3 n 1925 3 10172431 71522 29 5 I2i8 21 May June July August September DATE OF OBSERVATION IMC.CKK 4. 4 II 18 24 30 6 14 21 5 October November December 5 trapping results. The number of offspring reared per gallery ( Kigs. 4 and 5 ) ranged from few to 30. Broods of from 13 to 24 offspring (larger than tln>se reported by Chamberlin. l(>3(h were freijiiently observed. Later dissection of the galleries show that each egg cradle produces no more than one nil- spring beetle. ( ialleries wen- never observed to produce' two or more consecutive broods. 232 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 Galleries established throughout June and July, 1966, consistently pro- duced newly mature beetles 35-40 days after the date of establishment. There was a tendency for shorter brood-rearing times in August and September, 1966. Brood-rearing times were much more variable in 1965. Galleries established from June through July. 1965, produced newly ma- ture beetles after 22-37 days, whereas brood-rearing times of 50-71 days were observed later in the season. Brood-rearing times observed in the Jasper study area were thus comparable to those observed by Kabir and Giese (1966) in a laboratory study. NUMBER OF BROODS TRAPPED O en O iji We< gal est t ik c en obi Number of o emerging beetles ice J Emergence of fly, nF Odinio n. sp ^^J^3 rera Odinio n. sp. lorvo in dis- sected gallery umber of dead >etle larvae und in dlssect- 1 gallery f f shment \ Week o brood emerge N bi fc e< F^33 * 4 — -i < 50 0 Ul CL < £40 in UJ '. c 10 24 17 I8» 30 6 19 17 7 6 6 6X NUMBER OF GALLERI — W CJ 3 O O O 5* 13 ~ 3* 8 15 e 3 6 5 5 5 F 4 6- 9 14 5 4 1, 5 I • 1520 30 9 24 March April 7 15 May 29 4 II 18 25 4 10 16 24 30 7 17 30 4 10 18 24 8 17 23 29 June July August September October DATE OF OBSERVATION FIGURE 5. 1966 trapping results. Dissections of galleries within which beetles were working revealed that the male beetle, closely followed by the female, begins excavation of the main tunnel of a gallery system. Once branching tunnels are estab- lished, the female assists with the excavation of these. A few egg cradles may be established and eggs deposited in them before excavation of tin- entire system is complete. One male, prevented from obtaining a mate by the presence of a trap over his gallerv, excavated a system consisting of a SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 233 main and two auxiliary tunnels, all win illy lacking in egg cradles, then abandoned it. Parent beetles usually died in tbe galleries before the emer- gence of their offspring. Male/female ratios in 1905 and 1900 were 69/74 and 145/178 re- spectively. Galleries consisting of single tunnels with no egg cradles were frequently encountered. Such galleries were especially common in trees with unhealthy interiors, and were usually abandoned by the beetles which create* 1 them. Such galleries were never observed to produce offspring beetles. . \rthn>[>od associates of C. colitinbianits. — Insects found associated with C. coliniil'ianiis in the study area were the flies Mycetobia dii'cri/cns ( Walk, i (Anisopodidae ), Aulacigaster Icucopeza (Meigen) ( Aulacigastridae ) . Odhiia incijcrci Collin (Odiniidac), and an undescribed species of Odiniu (near incijcrci) currently under study. M. divers/ens apparently com- pletes the larval portion of its life cycle in galleries recently abandoned by C. columbianus, \\-hereas A. lencopcza uses galleries which have been long abandoned. The habits of larvae and adults of the Odhiia species suggest that the larvae of these flies prey upon the larvae of C. colitinbianus as well as those of M. direr filiation dynamics. — Predation upon C. colitinbianns by organisms other than the Odhiia and Leptns species was not observed. The latter organisms were not abundant and did not seem to influence the den- it \ of the beetle population. On two occasions (September 12, 1965, and August 17, 1900) mortality of timber beetles was observed following rain- storms. Beetles imbedded in short galleries or in inner bark were drowned and flushed from their burrows by an apparent increase in sap pressure in their host trees following these storms. Broods of offspring and adult. - in deeper galleries were not affected. I'.eetles in flooded reproductive gal- leries sometimes abandoned them. The apparent predominance of climatic sources of mortality ( rain, winter cold) over biotic sources in an area near the edge of an insect's range i- a pattern anticipated by certain population theorists ( I luffaker and Mes senger. 1904). McManus and Giese ( 1908) provide evidence that climatic effects actually go\ern the density of the timber beetle's population in the studv area. 234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 Characteristics of the galleries. — When the galleries formed in 1966 were dissected, their features were compared in an effort to discover clues by which the generation of beetles responsible for each gallery could be distinguished. The following summarizes these comparisons. Giese (1966) and Giese and McManus ( 1965) reported that early sea- son galleries are normally accompanied by longer discolorations in the surrounding wood than are late season galleries. The present study con- firmed this observation. This property was found to be too variable, how- ever, to permit precise distinction of first, second and third generation galleries. Similarly, no consistent relationship was found between the lengths of tunnels, numbers of tunnels, or numbers of egg cradles in a gallery system and the generation period of the season in which the gallery was excavated. A striking tendency of second generation (July 11 to August 30, 1966) beetles to concentrate their attacks near the bases of their host trees, and of third generation (August 31 to October 8, 1966) adults to infest higher portions was noted, however (Fig. 6). 05 O 04 I- o < 03 u. 02 O.I 54 )( 25 )( 25 )( 25 X 21 )( 19 )( 7 )( 15 )( 14 )( 6 )( 4 )( 53 Totfll numbers Of attacks in the height Intervals i.o 09 2 °8 07 \ / NJ Generation I < 0.6 Generation 2 Generation 3 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 HEIGHT (INCHES) FIGURE 6. 1966 height distribution of three generations of attacks on trees 12 inches or greater in diameter. The pattern shown in Figure 6 was observed both in lightly and in heavily infested trees. It was somewhat less marked in trees less than 12" in diameter, although still unmistakable in them. Certain properties of galleries examined during dissection may, when better understood, provide clues to the dates of gallery establishment within 80 j K N T< ) MOLOGICAL NEW S 235 a given year. Figure 3 shows a deformation in the ring structure about a gallery entrance which was observed in about $f/c of the galleries dissected. Such galleries terminate in the wood between two annual growth rings, the outer one of which is "indented" back to the rim of the gallery entrance. which it contacts. The growth ring from the following year sometime.- show> a shallow indentation, as well. A prominent false "growth ring." which tades into obscurity within inches of the gallery, is usually present, and darkened necrotic wood is sometimes found immediately exterior to the gallery entrance in the growth ring from the following year. This deformation may identify galleries excavated before spring growth of the host tree is complete. Of the trapped and tagged galleries dissected in this study, only one, excavated the week ending June 18, 1966, was of this type. Others, including galleries excavated earlier, were more normal in their appearance. False "growth rings," which resemble genuine annual growth rings. were found to accompany many of the dissected galleries. Two common types of false rings are shown in Figure 7. One of these simply covers the Plug Type !. Woody plug in gallery mouth False growth ring Type 2 Covers gallery mouth Annual growth ring Plug Type 2 Bark-like cap on woody plug False growth ring Type I Indented about gallery mouth l~!<;rKK 7. False growth rings and plugs associated with certain galleries of C. columbianus. gallery entrance; the other is indented about the gallery entrance, and con- tacts it. Such rings almost invariably taper back toward the true annual ring representing the year of gallery establishment, and fuse with it ( Fig. 7). Hopkins ( 1894a ) describes the occurrence of such growths over gal- leries established in white oak. \Yoody plugs were often found blocking the entrances of certain gal- leries ( I7ig. 7). Such plugs, where present, consist either of intrusions of clean white wood produced in the year after gallery establishment, or of >uch intrusions capped by a distinct layer of bark-like brown w 1. 236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 Barklike plugs, evidently formed by proliferation of cambial tissues near the gallery entrances, were found in tbe mouths of some of the galleries excavated in 1966. At the time of dissection (January, 1967), growth of the 1967 annual ring over these galleries had not begun. No correlation between the presence of plugs and that of false rings was evident. Certain trees consistently formed more and longer plugs than did others. Since the 1966 galleries were dissected before formation of the 1967 growth ring, full development of plug and false ring structures about the 1966 galleries was not observed. \Yhether or not these struc- tures can be used to identify galleries excavated by different generations of beetles is therefore unknown. Studies by McManus and Giese (1967), Hopkins (1894a), and the present authors indicate that different responses of tree tissues to attack by C. coliiinbianiis are characteristic of different tree species. Detailed studies of these responses may show them to accurately indicate the time period within which each attack was inflicted within a given year. If gallery generations can be thus distinguished, detailed analysis of the popu- lation dynamics of C. coliiinbianiis can be easily carried out (Milne and Giese, 1969). REFERENCES CHAMBERLIN, W. L. 1939. The bark and ambrosia beetles of North America. Oregon State College Coop. Assoc., Corvallis. CROZIER, R. G., and R. L. GIESE. 1967a. The Columbian timber beetle, Corthylus columbianus ( Coleoptera : Scolytidae). III. Definition of epiphytotics. J. Econ. Ent. 60(1) : 55-58. — . 1967b. The Columbian timber beetle, Corthylus coliiinbianiis (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). IV. Intrastand population distribution. Can. Ent. 99(11): 1203- 1214. GIESE, R. L., and M. L. McMANUS. 1965. The relationship of ambrosia beetles and their microsymbiotes to sapwood staining in hardwood hosts. ( Abstr.) Proc. N. Cent. Br. Ent. Soc. America 20 : 135-136. GIESE, R. L. 1966. The bioecology of Corthylus columbianus Hopkins. In : Inter- nationales Symposium Berlin-Dahlem (1965) iiber Holz und Organismen. Mate- rial und Organismen. Beiheft 1 : 361-370. HOPKINS, A. D. 1894a. Black holes in wood. West Virginia Exp. Sta. Bull. 36 : 313-336. — . 1894b. Sexual characteristics in Scolytidae. Canadian Ent. 26 : 274-280. HUFFAKER, C. B., and P. S. MESSENGER. 1964. The concept and significance of nat- ural control. In DeBach (ed.) : Biological control of insect pests and weeds. Reinhold Corp., New York. KABIR, A. K. M. F., and R. L. GIESE. 1966. The Columbian timber beetle, Cortliylits coliiinbianiis (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). I. Biology of the beetle. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 59 (5) : 883-894. SOj ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 237 MeMANUS, M. L., and R. L. GIESE. 1967. The Columbian timber beetle, Corthylus colniiil'iiiiiiis (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). VI. Description of damage in sycamore. J. Econ. Ent. 60(2) : 410-412. 1968. The Columbian timber beetle, Corthylits coliiuihitinits. \'1I. The effect of climatic integrants on historic density fluctuations. For. Sci. 14: 242-253. MILXK, D. H. 1967. Interpretation of population data for the Columbian timber beetle, Curtliylns colitiiiluanus Hopkins (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) derived from nat- urally preserved indices. Ph.D. thesis, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. MILNE, D. H., and R. L. GIESE. 1969. The Columbian timber beetle, Corthylits fiiliiiiihiiinits (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). X. Comparison of yearly mortality and dispersal losses with population densities. Ent. News • SiiiruER, D. L. 1960. The Columbian timber beetle, Corthylus columbianus Hopk. Proc. N. Cent. Br. Ent. Soc. America 15 : 23-24. WHITE, W. B., and R. L. GIESE. 1968. The Columbian timber beetle, Cnrthylus coliimbititnts. VIII. Artifacts and characteristics of the host tree. J. Econ. Entomol. 61 : 1400-1406. WILSON, C. L. 1959. The Columbian timber beetle and associated fungi in white oak. For. Sci. 5: 114-127. (Morgan — Habitat Selection of Tribolium, continued from p. 224) In this study no investigation was undertaken to determine survival of life cycle stages at any given combination of temperature or humidity as this study was designed solely to explore temperature preferences of the four life cycle stages of five mutants & a wild type of T. confitsniit and T. casttincitiii. However, for wild tvpes Howe (19) found that the shortest period of egg duration was 35° C for T. conjusum and 37° C for T. castancinn. Concerning effect of humidity on survival of egg and pupae, Holdaway (18) observed that both eggs and pupae of T. conjiisiini have less chance of survival at high humidities. But. in close association with work reported here that eggs of mutants may be deposited over a wide range of temperature despite definite prefer- ences zones. Mikulski (24) has also stated that eggs may be deposited in a long range of temperatures but that thev will not all survive. Lamil inn! . Idult Temperature Preferences: In investigating tin- mobile forms in the life cycle of the mutant beetles, temperature preferences are not hard to recognize. In a temperature gradient where the beetles are 238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 normally health}- and living in a food medium and environment to their liking, they would naturally take up residence in areas best suited to their comfort. There is nothing to prevent them from doing so. The larval forms first concern is food, but where there is only a humidity gradient, as there was in this investigation, they will choose a comfortable environ- ment. The larvae on occasion exhibit cannibalistic tendencies. What initiates it is not fully understood, except that it may be a reaction resulting from coexistence. (Cannibalism is said to be a species specific and inherited characteristic, j In any case, the larvae, upon hatching, will choose an egg as its first nourishment. Yet the flour in which the insect lives is its primary source of food because it is most available. However, in this investigation the egg and larvae constituted the greatest number of forms TABLE 2. Mean temperature ranges of larvae and adults of T. castaneum and T. confusuni Mutants Developmental Stage Adults Larvae T. castaneum Jet Sooty Pearl T. confusuni Black New York Ebon} 28.07-3.96 25.48-3.61 28.84-5.81 31.51-2.82 32.34-2.96 30.53-3.38 30.07-2.62 28.49-2.66 31.19-3.40 29.53-3.54 28.35-5.04 30.03-3.12 in the population. In relation, however, there was no over-crowding in the food trays and all forms were able to find a suitable environment in which to establish themselves. A comparison of the mean-temperature ranges preferred by the larvae and adults of the mutant beetles of both species of Tribal iu in are given in Table 2. Investigation of the migration of both male and female adult beetles is constantly being studied. Although a preferred temperature for the adult wild-type beetle has been estimated and established by a few workers, the instability of these forms calls for further examination into both male and female activity. Several workers (Bodenheimer, Schenkin and Deal) have published preferred temperature ranges for T. conjiisinn beetles based on their pre- vious acclimatizations, whether they were higher or lower temperature 80 1 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 239 ranges. From the observations determined it would seem that temperature preferences for both larvae and adults of both T. castaiicinu and T. conjitsinn are very close (Table 2) and that the insects will seek out their preferred temperature habitat readilv. These observations agree with Graham's ( 12 i observations that the temperature preference for the adult beetles of Tribolium is strict! v a transistorv matter. 40-r 39- 35- O o OL UJ 0. 5 LJ I- 30- 25- 21" 20 T. CASTANEUM T. CONFUSUM t • -I 10 20 40 50 60 80 90 CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE 99 99.9 99.99 IMG. (). Comparison of cumulative privrntaur deposition of larvae of Tribolium and Tribolium coiifnsniii over the given range of temperatures. Effect of Lit/Jit: Li.^ht has been found to stimulate movement in form- of Tribal in in spp. This experiment demonstrated that after about a month, beetles browsed from one end of the trough to the other. They were never seen in dense clusters but were distributed loosely. This distribution occurred during the light period of twelve hours. Physiological needs may be a compelling factor in migration for both the male and the female. Dick ((h stated that egg-laying is stimulated by the female when .she travels from a warmer to a cooler environment, (iraham ( Ui established 240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 that the area where adult females laid their eggs in greatest numbers is at a temperature of 25° C. This distinguishes T. castancuin from T. con- fiisinn since the former prefers the warmer temperature. In these experiments moisture condensed at the cold end of the troughs after a period of time. This condensation caused the flour to harden Ld Q. Ld Q_ 9939 CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE FIG. 10. Results indicate that the adults of the Triboliinn castancuin mutants used in these experiments prefer more widely divergent temperatures than the Triboliinn confusum mutants tested. in an area in which the temperature ranged from 14° to 18° C. On examination, adult beetles were found boring into the hard dough. How- ever, no examination was made to determine the sex of these burrowing beetles. The reasons for burrowing and for the other activities of both wild- types and mutants for an extended period of Triboliinn spp. need clarifica- tion. 80 J ENTOMOLOGICAL \F.\VS 241 From observations made in this study the use of large numbers of beetles to determine temperature preferences is apt to clutter the data when beetles are studied in a limited space. A limited number of beetles given ample space on a temperature gradient and under controlled con- ditions of humidity, will choose quite readily the preferred temperature for all their developmental stages. Results can be readily obtained after 39' 35- 30 u CL cc u Q- t- 2\ 20 BLACK NEW YORK EBONY — I 99.99 I 2 10 20 99 99.9 40 60 80 90 CUMULATIVE PE=?CEM~AGE Fir.. 11. Deposition of adults of Trihuliuin confitsinn at various teniperatuiv>. the first generation of beetles exposed to conditions conducive to most rapid development of each metamorphic cycle is formed. The mobile forms, namely, the larvae and adults, should have ample time to choose a suitable temperature: that is for the adult female to deposit eggs, and for the larvae to migrate to a preferred temperature for termination of this stage of development as well as to moult for the last and tinal time to give rise to the pupal form. 242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 Cumulative percentage numbers for all life cycle stages of the five mutants and one wild strain have been plotted against temperature ranges (Figs. 1- 12 ). Egg deposition for all six mutants occurred over a wide range of tem- perature (Figs. 1-12) with "Sooty" (T. castaneum) reaching a maximum cumulative per cent deposition at the lowest temperature (33° C) as compared with 40° for "Pearl" and 38° for "Black" ( T. coiifusum). Beetles of T. cunfitsiini had greatest cumulative number of eggs deposited (Fig. 2) in all temperature ranges. ££ UJ a_ JO 39 35 30 •• 25 21- 20 T. CASTANE'JM T CONFUSUM 10 20 40 60 80 90 CUMULATIVE PERCENTAGE 99 99.9 99.99 Kir.. 12. Comparative of cumulative percentage deposition of adults of Tribolium casttiucinu and Tribolium confusitin over a range of temperatures. The pupae of all five mutants and the wild type were found at higher temperatures than were the eggs and in a narrower range of temperatures (Figs. 7—8). The pupae of "Sooty" (T. cashuicniii ) again reached maxi- mum cumulative per cent deposition at the lowest temperature (33° C) as compared with 38° for "Pearl" (7". castaiicmn ) and the same temperature for "New York" (T. conjitsiini ). Beetles of T. conjtisiu/i had slightly S()| KXTOMOUX.H Al. X.KVVS 243 greater cumulative number of pupae to develop. However, there was very little difference in number pupae formed among all five mutants and the wild type at the temperatures studied ( Fig. 9). In the larval and adult stage's the mutant "Sooty" showed the widest deviation of temperature selection of all mutants studied. "Sooty" reached maximum cumulative per cent deposition at 33—34° for both the larval and adult stages (Figs. 4-10). Highest cumulative number of larvae formed occurred for the T. conjiisitin wild type "Xew York" (Fig. 7 i but, as with the pupal stage, again there was very little deviation among all forms of mutants of the two species in cumulative per cent development of larvae (Fig. 6). The greatest cumulative number of adults occurred for tin- wild typr "Xew York" (T. conjnsinn ) (Fig. 11 ). "Sooty" mutant of T. castaneuiu again reached maximum cumulative per cent formation at 33° C (Fig. 10). Adults of T. castancinn mutants, although formed in lesser numbers, reached maximum cumulative per cent formation faster over a wider temperature range and particularly at lower temperature ( Fig. 12 i. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author wishes to express his sincere gratitude to Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr. whose encouragement and persuasion brought this work to fruition. I wish also to express my thanks to Dr. Alexander Sokoloff of University of California at Berkeley fur his interest and helpful suggestions in developing the manuscript — and for supplying the insects used in this investigation. LITERATURE CITED 1. BODEXHKIMKK, F. S. and SCHEXKIX, D. 1928. Uher die Temperaturab- hangigkeiten von Insekten. I. Uber die Vorzugstemperatur einiger Insekten. Z. Vergl. I'hysiol. 8: 1-15. 2. BRIXDLEY, T. A. 1930. The growth and development of Ephcstia kuehniella Zeller ( Lepidoptera) and Trihnliitni coiifi/siiui DuVal ( t'oleoptera ) under con- trolled conditions of temperature and relative humidity. Ann. Hut. Sue. America. 23: 741-757. 3. CHAPMAX, R. X. 1('24. Nutritional studies on the confused flour beetle, Triht>liiiin coiijiisiiin Duval. Jour. Gen. Physiology 6: 565-585. 4. - . ](>2f>. Inhibiting the process of metamorphosis in the confused Hour beetle (Triholiitin c<»ifiisiiiii Duval). Jour. Kxp. Zool. 45: 293-21'''. — . 1928. The quantitive analysis of environmental factors. Kcology ('(2>: 111-122. 6. - — . 1931. Animal ecology with special reference to insects. Xew York. M<-- Gra\v Hill Co., pp. 4M. 244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [September, 1969 7. CHITTEXDEX, F. H. 1896. Insects affecting cereals and other dry vegetable foods. United States Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Bull. 4(N.S.) : 112-131. 8. DEAL, J. 1941. The temperature preferendum of certain insects. Jour. Animal Ecology 10: 323-356. 9. DICK, JOHN. 1937. Oviposition in certain Coleoptera. Ann. Appl. Biol. 24: 762-796. 10. FULTON, B. B. 1928. Some temperature relations of Mclanotiis ( Coleoptera Elateridae). J. Econ. Ent. 21: 889-97. 11. GOOD, N. E. 1936. The flour beetles of the genus Tribolhtm. United States Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 498 : 1-57. 12. GRAHAM, W. M. 1958. Temperature preference determinations using Triboliuin. Animal Behavior 6(3-4): 231-237. 13. GROSSMAN, E. F. 1929. Thermotropism of the Mexican cotton boll weevil. J. Econ. Ent. 22 : 662-5. 14. GUNN, D. L. and COSWAY, C. A. 1938. The temperature and humidity relations of the Cockroach. Jour. Exper. Biology 15 : 555-563. 15. HERTER, K. 1923a. Untersuchungen uber den Temperatursinn der Feuerwanze (Pyrrhocrisaptcnts L. ). Biol. Zbl. 43: 27-30. 16. - — . 1923b. Untersuchungen uber den Temperatursinn der Hausgrille (Aclicta domcstica') und der Waldameise (Formica nifu L. ). Biol. Zbl. 43: 282-5. 17. - — . 1924. Untersuchungen uber de Temperatursinn einiger Tnsecten.' Z. Vergl. Physiol. 1:221-88. 18. HOLDAWAY, F. G. 1932. An experimental study of the growth of populations of the 'Flour Beetle' Triboliuin conjusuin DuVal, as affected by atmospheric mois- ture. Ecological Monogr. 2 : 263-303. 19. HOWE, R. W. 1956. The effect of temperature and humidity on the rate of de- velopment and mortality of Tribolimn castancum (Herbst) (Coleoptera, Tenn- brionidae). Ann. Appl. Biol. 44(2): 356-368. 20. - — . 1960. The effects of temperature and humidity on the rate of development and the mortality of Triboliuin ctnifiisuin Duval (Coleoptera Tenebrionidae). Ann. App. Biol. 48(2): 363-376. 21. KIKKPATRKK, T. W. 1925. The mosquitoes of Egypt. Egyptian Government Anti-malaria Commission. Cairo. 22. LERNER, SOKOLOFF and Ho. Triboliuin Bull. (Food) T.I.B. No. 6. 23. LIPKE, H. and FRAENKEL, G. 1955. Insect nutrition. Ann. Rev. of Ent. 1 : 17-44. 24. MIKULSKI, J. S. 1936. Effect of constant and alternating temperatures on the survival of some developmental stages of Triboliuin confusittn (Coleoptera). Bull. Internat'l de 1'Academie Polonaise, Sci. et Lettres. Cl. Sci. Math, et Nat., Ser. B. Sci. Nat. 11: 361-372; 373-385. 25. PARK, T. 1933. Studies in population physiology. J. Exp. Zool. 64: 17-42. 26. - — . 1934. Observations on the general biology of the flour beetle, Triboliuin confiisi/m. Quart. Rev. Biol. 9(1): 36-54. 27. - — . 1941. The laboratory population as a test of a comprehensive ecological system. Quart. Rev. Biol. 274-293, 440-461. 28. - — . 1948. Experimental studies of interspecies competition. Ecological Monogr. 18(2) : 265-308. 29. PARKER, J. R. 1924. Observations on the clear-winged grasshopper ( Cainnnla pcUucnla). Bull. Minn. Agric. Exp. Sta. 214: 1-44. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XKWS 245 30. ROTH, L. M. and WILLIS, E. R. 1951. The effects of desiccation and .-tarvation on the humidity behavior and water balance of Triholiinit cn hcary. durable paper AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL INSTITUTE 5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor. Michigan 48105 The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1100 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. For sale: Townsend's Manual of Myiology, 12 parts, complete, unbound; Ferris' Principles of Systematic Entomology, new condition ; Creighton's Ants of North America, new condition ; Ewing's Manual of External Parasites, excellent condition. Make offer. J. S. Wiseman, 152 E. Stenger, San Benito, Texas 78586. Oedemeridae (Coleoptera) preserved in alcohol (preferred) or pinned desired for revision of family for World. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. 47907. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10^ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to: R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write : Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. .00 f^TOBF.H. 1969 £ONT] THE EXTCIMOI.OCISTS' RECORD, p. J51. J72 COMING XF.XT ISSl'K: CYAMDK TDI.KRAM r IN N'n i OXTENTS FLASH COMMUNICATION* IX AS1MSOMA SP. (COLEOPTERA: LAAIPYRIDAEj EDWARD G. FARNWORTH, p. 249 ^- ' TAXOXOMIC NOTES ox XORTII AMERICAX AXOHJIDAE (COLEOPTERA) RICHARD E. \\'HITE, p. 252 NE\V KXOTIC CRAXE-FLIES (TIPULIDAE: DII-TERAJ. PART XVII CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, p. 259 Two NE\\ SPECIES OF STB-ARCTIC AMERICAX ORTIIOPTERA \". R. YICKERY, P. 265 TRISHORMOMYA CRATEMKOI.IA (FELT). A REPESCRIPTIOX OK Ann.T AXD I MM ATT RE STAGES H"N AI.II \V. \\"EBB AND JAMES K. APPLERY. p. 273 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Voi . SO ( K'T( >l',Kk. ]'>(>" Xo. 10 Edited, 18"0-1'J10. by HEXRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944. by PHILII- P. CAI.VKKI- ( lS71-l"ol ' : lv|45-l»(,7, by K. (i. SCHMIF.DER ( 1R98-1'".7 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published niontbly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sis., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Xatural Sciences. I'W Race Street. Philadelphia, Pa. 191U3, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. \\'. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLU-S. and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Comnuinicatinns and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers- Private subscriptions, for personal u>e. d"ini.-s:ic and foreign. $7.00 postpaid: Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories. e:c .. domestic and foreign. $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same ?h<>t:'.d be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowle 'ja-.-d and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author i; willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figure- ar.d the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed. 4^X6^ inches. The co-i of -t-v.ir.g tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL N*EW> Title-, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key \\ords to the contents fur ir. :.cx:::g. A short abstract (not a description of the paper I of about 150 words or less -' uld precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope f. r p.-; ublication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing addrc*-, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing ne\v taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole firm, ar.d by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key ••• related taxa Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records. ' • f : notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" srrtion; literature n-": "The Ento- mologist's Library," ;u ' study notices, uant items, for sale r lice; • -"i^ns open. and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-spenaljv on the subject of the artii le .IP- i-spi c jail; ''••si|-aM<-. Second-class posia^'- paid at I.an limestone island with a maximum elevation of 340 feet. It is covered almost entirely with coconut palms and scrubby second growth vegetation, with mangroves along the west and southwest coasts. The rainv season begins in July with heavy rains from August through October, and the dry season begins in December. My observations were made 2.-> to 29 July 1967. The study area. 200 X 100 yards, was from the Big Pond west to a road. The vegetation consisted of coconut palms 50 to 60 feet high and dispersed secondary vegetation up to 6 feet on either side of a path bisect- ing the study area. Flashing activity began on the ground and in low vegetation about 15 minutes after sunset and gradually more and more individuals took flight. Most indhiduals flew 6 to 10 feet above the ground, although some fleu as high as 30 feet. The level of flashing activity fluctuated throughout tin- flashing period. Although light rain did not diminish activity, during heavy rain flving and flashing decreased and then ceased. Activity resumed 1 This stiuly was conducted while the author attended a course sponsored hy tlu Organi/ation for Tropical Studies. The aid of this organization is gratefully acknowl- edged. Accepted for publication August 1. l()f>(). -' 1 thank Dr. lames K. Lloyd lor criticisms durini; the preparation of the inann- -cript. and Dr. Thonia- C. Kniniel and Mr. Michael .1. C'orn for help in the field. ^Department of Kntomolo^y and \etn;iio!<>g\ , t'niver-ity of Florida. Gainesville, Florida 32'>dl. 250 ENTOMOLOGICAL \K\\S | October. 1 ' 'l ' i1 ' when the rain stopped. Flashing decreased gradually toward the end of the activiu period and intermittent flashes could IK- -ecu in the under Drouth 15 minute.- after cessation of in-fhgl t flashing. All actuitv endeil 75 to S5 minute- after it began ( c>0 to 100 minute- after sundown"). FKing male- emitted a single, rippling flash. <>..> to 0.4 second* in duration e\er\ 1..^ second1 I range 1.0 to 1.5 second: n — 28 : 82" Fi. Females were not ohserved to fly. but remained on the ground or up to >> feet high on \egetation. They answered male rlashe- with Dingle rippling 0.4-0.5 .second fla-hes. 0.7-0.8 second4 after the beginning of the male flash ( n - JO; SJ F ). After 2 to 5 flash exchanges, males landed within 1 foot of females and walked to them. Flash exchange- occurred during v> the walking phase of the male's approach, however, male flash interval and female response delay were shorter than during male in-flight exchange- Males mounted females immediately on contact, oriented in the same direction, and engaged genitalia (copulation position : $; \\'ojcik. lOd'h. During the ten copulations I observed, both sexes intermittently emitted glows or rippling flashes. Females placed on the ground in individual vials an.-wered flying males with the same flash as free females and often directed their light organ toward flashing males. Males flew on a direct line to caged females and landed within J feet of the vial- after one to four flash exchanges. They then walked to. and climbed upon the vials, exchanging flashes, with the female- during the entire approach. I tried to attract males by simulat- ing female flashes with a pen-light, and to elicit flashes from caged and free female- with artificial male flashes, but was unsuccessful. Presumably I was unable to duplicate the flickering found in the fireflies' flashes and this may explain my inability to artificially induce response-. This -ug- ge-ts that the flickering is important in sexual recognition. Free and caged females .sometime- flashed -pontaneou-ly. that is. with- out apparent .stimulation by a male. These spontaneous fla-hes were emitted in a rhythmic sequence in which flash intervals averaged 1.4 second (range 1 .' ) \n 1.7 second: n « 9; X2 " F). and the length of the flash was 0.4 to 0.5 second. Kaufmann (1'Woi. de-cribed similar behavior in female- of the \\V-t African lirelK Liniolti tfi.\i •/ 'nllis. Tin- hrefl; was the only one I -au on San Andre-. I have been unable to identif\ this species, but morphologically i' i- -imilar to . /.v^/.vonm i,/ni- liiin I., i I .eng and Mutciiler. T'JJi. Mv specimens are -imilar to speci- men- colleeted on San Andre- b\ |. Xetek. . \pril of I'l.-il. \\hich \\ere teiitaii\el\ iflentilled as ./. i>in/ium In I'.arbrr in !''.>!. Ileba\ior voucher 1 h;t< i \;il- linn ' w I'M ;i stop .vatch KNTOMO! i x.ICAI. XKUS 2.S1 -iis will l>r deposited at ilic I uitecl Statc^ Xational Mu-cum ; Cornell l'imeT>it\; and Florida Colkvti"ii oi Arthropods, ( jaitif.iviih.-. Fin. I.i 11 i-1 \ n Ki. Ci IT.I" K\i i. MANX, T. 1%5. Ecological .UK! biological studies on the We-! African t'm-tK LucioUi dlscicollis (Coleoptera: Lanipyridae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. America 58(4) : 414-420. I.KNG, C. VV. and A. J. Mt IIIII.IK. 1(>22. The Lycidae, Lampyridae, and Canthari- i'ae ( Telophoridac) of tluw West Indies. Bull. American Mus. Xat. Hist. 4S, Art. 8; 413-499. LLOYD, J. E. 1%6. Studies on the Hash communication system in f'lwtinns fireflies. Univ. Michigan Mus. Xuol.. Misc. I'uhl. 130: 95 p. 1%9. Signals and systematics of Jamaican fireflies: Xotes on behavior and on undescribed species ( Coleoptera : Lampyridae). Ent. Xe\vs 80: 109-176. McDERMoTT, F. A. and J. R. Rn K. 1°5°. The Lampyrid fireflies of Jamaica. Trans. American Entomol. Soc. 85: 1-112. WOK IK. I). P. 196°. Mating beliavior of certain stored-product beetles C Coleoptera: Dermestidae, Tenehrionidae, Cucujidae) \\ith a literature review of beetle mating behavior. Unpublished Master Thesis. Lniv. of Florida. irUi Vt 4 - • A Note on Bioluminescence in Pleotomus (Coleoptera: Lampyridae i. — In the course of field studies at Joshua Tree Xational Monument Pleotomus ni'irir, •, mis LeConte (Figs. 2 and 3) was taken at the blacklight sheets on numerous occasions from 1961 to the present. In July 1W) it was noted that a male, attracted to a black- light sheet, when disturbed, emitted a pale green glow from the underside. Subsequent examination of this and other specimens revealed that males were bioluminescent at two sites each (Fig. 1) on abdominal >ternite- three and four. The glow was sud- denly bright at the moment the beetle \\a> disturbed, then would diminish slowly over a period of approximately three minutes. When the beetle was again disturbed, again the light was emitted. The capacity of the beetle to produce light is apparently limited. All specimens in which light production uas noted \\ere freshly emerged. In all -pecimens studied in the laboratory the ability seemed to diminish slouly and entirely disappear in ap- proximately one week. Alter this time, however, the beetles seemed to be as vigorous and active as \\hen the light was produced. It has been determined that the material from Joshua Tree Xational Monument represents the first record for tin-- beetle from California. It ha- been previously taken in Arizona. It-. dUti ibuiimi \\ttlun the Monument is apparently limited to areas demonstrating a strong Colorado iVsert i Creosote Hush Scrub plant comnur.'ity t ( Continued on p. 272) 252 ENTOMOl.or.ICAI. NKWS I October. I'"'1' Taxonomic Notes on North American Anobiidae (Coleoptera) RICHARD E. YN'IIITE- \\'<>rk done in preparation of an illustrated key to the North American genera of Anobiidae (to be submitted to slmials Entomological Society of -lincrica) has shown the necessity for changes in the generic placement of certain species; these changes and other notes are presented. The removal of Ernobins trapczoldcus Fall and E. chaniplalnl Fisher from Ernobins and assignment to Episcrnus provides the first North American record of the genus Episernns. EPISERNUS Thomson, lXf,3. p. 151. Fall ( 1^05. p. 132} regarded the genus Episernns as doubtfully distinct from Ernobins. However. I rind the following characters to be an ade- quate basis for distinguishing Episernns from Ernobins. In Episernns the pronotum bears a distinct lateral margin only basally : the prostermmi before the coxae is equal to ] to ;,! of the coxal diameter: the antennae are 10-segmented. and the first tarsal segment of the posterior legs is as long as the following 3 segments combined. In Ernobins the pronotum bears a sharp lateral margin throughout ; the prosternum before the coxae is equal to } to -.1, of the coxal diameter; the antennae are 11 -segmented (ex- cept 10-segmented in yentilis Fall), and the fir.>t tarsal segment of the posterior legs is no longer than the 2 following segments combined. In the key to genera by Fall (1905, p. 132j the genus Episcrnus will key to Ernobins. Episernns can be distinguished in that the. lateral mar-in of the pronotum is distinct only basally, and is absent or indi-tinct ante- riorly ; in Ernobins the lateral margin of the. pronotum isdi-tinct through, mi. During this work I have examined a specimen of the type->pecie> of Episernns ( E. anynlicollis Thorns., by monotyjn .1 determined by F. F-panol. Eplscrnns belongs in the subfamily Dryophiliuae and in a phylogenetic sequence should be placed after the genus Ernobins. I -'or tin; benefit of American workers a description of the genus Epist-nins las deri\ed from t!,e two Xorlh American species i follows: i Arrr|it,w. averaging about 2.5 t:rr;»:s a- !• r.£ ;..- \\ide: pubesceiuv -bur'. vt,n ':-nr- "«.-*l. unicolopv uniform in direction : body stin.ux > granulate-punctate. Head. — Front nearly even';, v :;yex ; clypeal -uture impre--e't, chj •.-•.:-. a:.d much wider than long. F.yes :r.,' derate in size; bulging from head, larger, bulging in male: eye.- of female -evirated by 2.0 to 2.'i times vertical diameter eye, those of male separated by 1.7 to 2.0 times vertical diameter of an eye. Antennae 1' • segmented, last three segment.- lengthened and widened, those of female about 1.5 tin as long as all preceding united. tho-e <>i male about 2.5 times as long as all preo ir.g united; first antennal -egment bro.ul. arcuate, longest of segment.- 1 to 7; segment? 2, 3. and 4 similar in length. 2nd broadest; segments 5, 6, and 7 similar in form. 7th shortest. Last segment of maxillary and labial palpi similar, elongate, rather narrow, broadest basally, bluntly pointed apically, about 2 times as long as wide. Dorsal surjacc. — Pronotal surface undulate ; pronotum at base about eight-tenths as wide as elytra at base ; pronotum at side with a sharp, distinct margin only a: base, margin at middle of side blunt to obsolete, margin ab-ent anteriorly. Scutel'urr. small, tab-shaped, distinctly wider than long. F.Iytra with distinct humeri ; surface granulate-punctate as rest of body, at extreme sides with faint indica- : of r< large punctures. Ventral surface. — Prosternum short, broad, length before coxae equal to 1 to coxal diameter; front coxae touching, conical, rather prominent; me-osternum = broad, posterior margin broadly Y-shaped: middle coxae touching, conical, prominent; metasternum broadly bulging posteriorly, declivous anteriorly ; metepisternum elon- gate, narrow, broadest anteriorly, more narrow posteriorly, nearly parallel-sider medially; metacoxae very narrow and elongate, widest medially, narrowly separate at center. Abdomen with 5 segments (sometimes a sixth visible), all sutures distinct. straight, 5 segments very similar in length, 2nd somewhat longer than others. Legs long and thin, tarsus of each leg nearly as long as to as long as its tibia, first tarsal segment of hind legs nearly as long as remaining segments combined. 3rd and 4th tarsal segments of all legs lobed beneath. 4th more distinctly so, tarsal claws with a narrow, elongate tooth basally. Length. — 3.0 to 4.7 mm. R Wr.te FIG. 1. Adult male of E[*is,-nin.< trapcsaideus (Fall). Line equal; I mm. 254 i-'N roMoi.or.ir.\i. NK\\S f October. l()dos \p\V COMBIXATIOX. These two species ha\e until now been placed in Ernobhi.<. but are cor- rectly assigned to the largely European genus Efiscrnus Thoni.->on (18(0. p. 151i. XYLETINUS l.atreille. 1809. p. 37o. Xyletinus brevis (White). I960. p. 235: XEW COMIil.VATION. I original!) described the above species in the genus Eni'rilletta on the basis of the elongate last 3 antennal segments. A detailed comparison of the morpho]og\ of Eircrillctta .vylctinoidcs Fall (type-species of Eircrillctta by monntvpy i and /:. tc. \\ina Van Dyke. 1940, p. 85, \vith X \-lcti nits brci'is (White). A", atcr i Cruetzer > (in Panzer, 1796. p. °». X. bucephalns (Illigeri. 1807. p. ID. and A", pcltatus (Harris). 18.V,. p. 75, shows the above change to be desirable. The only significant difference that I find in the external anatomy of Euvrilletta from that of the nbpecie> can be recognized \vithin the genus X\li'linns. In the lirst group (including In-cris. distant. M^/noiac, and (jrossns i the terminal 3 antennal >egnient- are a- long a- the 5 to 6 pre- ceding unit' '!. ai d the eyes are large. They are -eparated by 1 to 3 times the width of an eye a-, -ecu trom the frrjiit. Some \ear- rigo t\pe speci- mens of A' 'Id ' • trossus and A', seqitoiae were made a\ ailable to me for examination. My >ketrhe- mid notes ()n tho-e show that thev are \-er\ Mtnilar in antennal formation to A'. >>rrri.<. The-e 4 loj(v. ii cludil ' c torm ol the male genit: •' SO I KNTOMOr.Or.TCAt. XK\VS 255 In the second and third species groups the terminal .•> antennal -egment- are equal in length to the 4 to 5 preceding segments combi: In the. second, or large-eyed, group ( including peltatus. /W;T/.- nntcorens ) the eyes are separated hy 1 to .1 times the widti an e\ • a- seen from the front. In the third, or small-eyed, group i consisting of yracilipcs, jaseiatus. pubescens, litgubris, and jitcatns i the eve- are sepa- rated by 4 to 7 times the width of an eye as seen from the front. It must be noted that the species gracilipes Fall is very aberrant for the genus. I have seen only Fall's type (USXM number 64S50 *. It differs from all other members of the genus in that the tarsi are -lender and nearly as long as or equal in length to the tibiae. The tarsi of the other specie- of Xyletinus are stout and -\ to $ as long as the tibiae. Al-o the ventral surface of the head in gracilipes bears distinct depressions which receive the antennae in repose; the ventral surface of the head in most species is feebly to slightlv depressed. Two described species (jasciatns and ^ubcscens have the head depressed beneath, the former to as great an extern;, and the latter to a lesser extent than does gracilipes. Tn addition, the palpi of iintciUpcs are elongate and narrow. Though there is variation in the forrr of the palpi in the genus, the elongation is more developed in i/riicilipcs thai1. in any other species. It is possible that (/racilipes deserves being given separate generic rank (this was also noted by Fall. 1CK)5, p. 203). However, tin- rank to be accorded jasciatns and pubescens would complicate such a move. Also. within the small-eyed series, there appears to be a number of undcscribed species, and there are puzzling variations in series of named M'rciniens. A thorough study of the genus with more material than now a: hand will be necessarv for an understanding of these problems and change- in the genus or additions to it at this time are not justified. Examination of the European Xyletiinis afcr ( Creut/.er i has >hown this specie> to be very similar to our third (small-eyed') specie.- .uror.p. I; a!-o bears slight depressions on the ventral surface of the head bi-twim the eye In an application that has been submitted to the Commi-sion or. /ooi»-u-al Xomenclatnre I have asked the Commission to exerd-r it- plenary p» to designate X. atcr as the type-specie- of \\letinits. XESTOBIUM Motsclmlsky, 1S45. Xestobium marginicollis (Leconte), 1S51'. p. XFAV C'OMIUN'ATIOX Kuckes (1(|5S. p. \4(\\ |)laci'd t'.niohiits inari/inieollis l.i-conte in If p(-i'isifs. I ha\e compared Hvperisus plmnbcilin illh^rr'. >' ' 1 . p. 256 KNTOMOLOt.lC.M. NK\\S [October. (type-species of I/Y^CIISHS by monot\p\ i with martj'm and am in agreement that thr two species arc congeneric and different r'roni !:ni»l>ins. In the mo.st recent Luiropean treatment including f{\-.'->. •- i Kspanol. l<)'4l. the latter genus is treated a> a suligenu.s 01 A..*' A detailed comparison of Xcstobinin rnfovillostnn iDe onl\ the following differences. In the two specie> of fl\f>crisits the pubescence of the dorsal surface is unicolorous yellowi>h. uniform in density, and has intermixed, distinctly bristling hairs. Also the median elytral suture at the apical i is depressed, and there is a degree of asymme- try in the median lobe of the male genitalia. In the above species of Xt-stdhiiiiu the pubescence of the dorsal surface is appres^ed and bicolored with irregular patches of generally dense, golden pubescence contrasting with the much sparser dark pubescence. Also, the median elytral suture at the apical i is not depressed, and the male genitalia are symmetrical. I regard the above differences as too feeble a basis for >eparation of Hyperisus from Xcstobinin. and regard the names a- >vn"iiviii>. CAENOCARA Thomson. 1S5M. p. (>()7. Caenocara californica LeConte. t acHtH'ara californica Leconte. 1878. p. 412. Caenocara occidcns Casey. 1885. p. 330. Fall (1005. p. 274) synonymized Casey'.-, C. occidois with californica. Casey ( lr>24. p. 2()7 i claimed that his occidcns was not even closelv related to culijnniica. "ha\ ing only about half the weight and being of a pale piceous color, uniformlv throughout m\ serie> of three -pecimeiis. beside- differing in main other ways." 1 have compared Casey's tvpe and two paratvpe< of <,,, ideas i I'SN^F number 4023f> i with two specimens determined by I -'all a> calijoniitti. The three specimens of occidcns are all about 1.4 mm in length, are reddi-h brown to dark reddish brown above, and reddi-h hrowr [<> nearl\ black belou . The two specimens of calijornica are 1.5 and 1'carK 2.0 mm in length; the smaller is a little darker than am of the tl.r<-<- specimen- of occidcns. and the larger i> flistinc-tk darker than anv vccidcns >pecimetis. 1 lind no difference-, between these tuo serie-, (in regard to external mor- pholog\ . aiit'-nnae. and palpi i other than -i/e and color and conclude that the two names cover a single >pecies. SO] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS PTILINUS Miiller. 1/04. p. xii. Ptilinus acuminatus Casey, 18')X, p. 257 Hopping (1928. p. S) synonyrnized P. acuminatus Casev and P. l>/t.'. Leconte. I have compared Casey's three female types (type and two p;ira- types with l/SXM number 48848) with basalis and find acuminatus to ho a valid species. The characters presented by Fall ( Nu5. p. 279) for d'o- tinguishing the two species are workable. Ptilinus flavipennis Casey, 1898, p. 64. Fall ( 1^05, p. 281 ) synonymized /'. flavipcnnis with P. basalts, Leconte however, comparison of Casey's male type and only .specimen of Ftilinns flaripcnnis with a lengthy series of P. basalts Lee. has shown flavipennis to be a valid species distinct from basalts, as was stated by Casev C1924, p. 207). The type of flavipennis is 2.7 mm in length; the ram us of the third antennal segment is a little shorter than the segment itself, and the base of the ramus extends past the middle of the segment. The ramus of the fourth segment is 2 times as long as the segment, and the ramu- of the fifth segment is 4 times as long as the segment. Males of basilis vary from 3.0 to 4.6 mm in length ; the ramus of the third antennal segment is a little longer than the segment and its base extends to the middle of the segment. The ramus of the fourth segment is about 4 times as long as the segment. and the ramus of the fifth segment is about 6 times a> long as the segment. OLIGOMERUS Kedtenbacher. 184<>. p. ,U7. Oligomerus oregonensis Hatch. 1(V>1. p. olo. Melville Hatch in his Beetles of the Pacific Xorthwest described and illustrated the above species. However, his illustration is clearlv of a beetle belonging to the genu> Xylctnnts. and the drawing does not agree with his description of the antennae and elytral striae. In the de>crip'.i"r. antennal segments () to 1 1 are termed "greatlv enlarged." and the elytra! .-triae as composed of "series of elongate punctures." The drawing shows the last three antennal segments to hi- but .slightly enlarged, and the elytral -triae to consist ot tine lines. I am not able to rccogm/e the species r the description, and regard the status of O. orci/oncnsis Hatch as uncertain. C\~iv, T. I.. 1SS5. N' Ai-ad. Sci. 1 : 2S.> .!.? I.MTKATI Kl C'l IT. 1 1 ra .mil vjn-oic-. of Californian Colci >ptera. Calii 258 ENTOMOLOGICAL NK\\S [ October . 1 'Vi'"l 1S(>8. Siudus in tlu- Ptinidae, Cioidac and Sphindidae. Jour. \~e\\ York Kin. Soc. fK _ ) : ''1 "3. 1''24. Memoirs "ii ihe CoK -optei a. Vol. 11. Lancaster. Pa.: Lancaster Pre- 347 pp. ESPANOI.. !•'. 1"<'4. Los Xistiihinin Motsch. paleartio.s i Col. An ;>i:'!a<- ) . EOS. Rev. K>panol. Ent . T.n examination of ty]>es of Coleoptera in the Lecunte and Cases collecti< ms. Canadian Ent. 60(1) : 6-8. ILLIGKK, K. 1801. Magaxin fur Insetenkunde. Vol. 1, pts. 1 & 2. Braunschweig pp. 1-260. — . 1807. Maga/in fiir Insectenkunde. \*ol. 6. Braunschweig, pp. 1-370. LATUEILLE. P. A. ISu". (ieneral Crustaceorum et Insectorum. . . . Vol. 4. Paris. LECOXTE, J. L. 185''. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of Fort Tejon. California. Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Philadelphia 11: 60-<>0. - . 1878. Additional descriptions of new species In Schuarz. The Coleoptera of Florida. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 17: 373-434. Mor.-t M 1'i.sKV, \". 1845. Remarques >ur la collection de Coleuptcrc; Rushes. Arti- cle 1. Bull. Soc. Imp. Xat. Mo. Fauna Insectorum Germanica initia ... 35 RI-.HTENUAI MEK, L. 184''. Fauna Austriaca. Die Kafer. \\"ein. 1-^^.v RL'C'KES, H., JR. 1''58. fly^crisus nitiri/iiiicollix (Lecontc) a ne\\ C"mhinatioti. Pan- Pacific Ent. 34(3* : 14'.. THOMSON. C. G. 1859. Skandinavien-, Coleoptera, synoptiskt beai la Tome I. Lund. pp. 1-290. — . 1863. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, synoptiskt bearbetade. !•::.'.• \. Lund. p]>. 1-340. \*AxDvKE, E. C. 194^1. Xew species of Xorth American Coleoptera Pan-Pacific Ent. 22(3): 84-89. \VlllTE, R. E. I'".'). l-Viur new eastern species of drug-store ai •'.• athv .atch beetles ('Coleoptera: Anobiidae ). Ohio Jour. Sci. 6()i4i : 23; 23.v. SOI ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 250 New Exotic Crane-Flies (Tipulidae: Diptera). Part XVIII ' CHARLES P. ALEXANDER - The preceding part under this general title \vas published in ENTO- MOLOGICAL NEWS. Vol. 80 (5): 125-130. At this time I run de three species of the genus He. \-atonia Latreille from India, taken in by Dr. Fernand Schmid and in South India by Mr. P. Susai Nathan, as well as a single species of the genus Nephro'toma Meigen. collected in Papua by Dr. John \Yallace Hoyes. The types of the novelties arc pre- >erved in my personal collection except where indicated otherwise. Nephrotoma boyesi, NE\V SPECIES Head orange, region of the occipital brand \vith a large quadrate brown area, its anterior angles farther produced to attain the eyes ; mesonotal praescutum light yellow with three conspicuous stripes, the central one broader, intensely polished black, it^ margins and the lateral stripes opaque black; scutum yellow, each lobe with two confluent opaque black areas; posterior sclerites of notum and the pleura yellow patterned with darker : wings weakly infuscated, restrictedly patterned with darker, cell Sc brown : abdominal tergites bicolored. yellow, the posterior borders blackened : male hypopygium with posterior margin of tergite produced into two approxi- mated compressed-flattened blades that are provided with numerous black- ened spinoid setae, the lateral armature of the plate including two or three strong blackened points: inner dististyle with posterior crest extended backward into a flattened glabrous blade: eighth sternite with posterior border broadly eniarginate. lateral lobes obtuse, provided with abundant setae. Male. — Length about 14.5 mm: wing 12..^ mm: antenna about 4 mm. I:cinalc. — Length about 15 mm: wing 13 mm. Frontal prolongation of head narn>\\ly orange above, ycllou on sides; na-us elon- gate, with conspicuous black setae: palpi obscure yellow, cuter hah of tcnnin.il ment blackened. Antennae \\itli ^cape obscure yellow, pedicel dark brown, tlacclhim 1 Accepted for publication July 25. 1°"°. -'Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts. \mhei M, Ma^s. Ol(H)2. J60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NK\\ S Oct. black ; (lamellar M.%nnmii- of male with con-picuou> basil enlargement.-. I had »ra: - region dt' tin- occipital brand \\ith a lar.ce quadrate dark broun area, tin.- ann-rior aniile- farther pi ->n\csi, new siK'cics ; venation. FIG. 2. Tlic ~aine ; details of male hypopygium. 'Symbol-,: (/, dististyles; f, phallosomc ; s, 8th .-tcrnite ; t, Oth tergite.) I'ronotal scutum li^lit yellow, >idri and the scutelluni black- ned. ^f(•^onot,iI praescutum \\ith j;rotnul li^ht ycllov., with three coiis|iirui .us stripes, >-entrnl area broader, intensely [jolishcd black, the honli-r^ opa'|iic black. \ny narro\\ly behind. broader on antcn'T bah. gradually vvuli'iiftl ant<'riorl;,- and Ijct • birijH--. opaque l»I.n'... a' anterior cml \\ith a pain broun ^pot that d» continent 'lull black aieas ; -cutclluin dull hkfk, pa'-a-cutclla pai* < \cepl along tlii' elevated posterior border; mediotergite ycllo\\. posu-rior third \'.i:'h iu<> rouiiguou- polished black areas lliat arc bordered h\ opaque black. pk-urotergi.': 01. mn' d'li-.salK. katapletirotcrgite light yellou, blackened hen- atli adjoining the i<-rrs; mediotergitc with conspicuous erect black setae. Pleura yellov.. ancpisterniHu and ventral slenioplctirite \\itli light broun markings, the former larger; a narro transverse more blackened band betueen the mesepisternum and ptcropleurite. H;ii- teres light brown, base of knob slightly more darkened, apex slightly whitened. \.<-'£- \\ith coxae and trochanter.s orange; fore femora black, bases very narrowly brightcm-' middle and hind femora paler brown; tibiae light brown, tips narrowly blacken' ••.! tarsi brownish black to black, claws of male toothed, microscopically hairy. \Vit.g- ( Fig. 1 ) weakly infuscated, prearcular and costal fields more yellowed, including cell (. and the narrow anterior borders of cells R and R\, cell Sc darkened; .stigma dark brown, basal section of A',.-, with a very narrow brown cloud; veins broun. Sti;::- .;, with about eight strong trichia. Venation: Sci ending shortly beyond origin of • short oblique A'.\- ; cell Mi short-petiolatc. the stem longer in the holotype. nearly e<|ual to in ; in-cti on M ,. Basal abdominal tergites bicolored, yellow, posterior borders blackened, narrow and intense on first segment, more extensive and slightly polished on outer segment- gradually increasing in amount, on outer four segments forming a solidly bla ring, terminal segment more brightened in both sexes; sternites more obscure yell Ovipositor horn-yellow, including the dorsal shield, ventral shield black. Male popygium (Fig. 2) with posterior border of tergite, t, produced into two approximate-' erect compressed-flattened blades that are provided with numerous blackened -pin^irj setae, lateral armature of tergal plate with two or three small strong blackened poit:'- Outer dististyle. nto a flattened glabrous blade, the apex obtusely rounded. Phallosome. f. gonapophyses appearing as flattened yellow blades subtending the slightly blackened aedeagus, their apical borders microscopically roughened. Eighth sternite, *vf. with posterior border broadly emarginate, the incisure filled with pale membra:.'.. lateral lobes broadly obtuse, with abundant moderately long setae. Habitat. XK\V (HMNF.A. Holotypc: Q, \Yau. Papua, altitude 3.- feet. |une 7, 1%S ( |. \V. Boyes). Allotopotypc: $. vvith the type, llolo- type in Canadian National Collection. Ottawa: allotype in Alexander Col- lection. Submitted for identilication l>v Dr. Herbert J. Teskey, of Ottav •••.. The species is dedicated to Dr. John Wallace Boycs. distin^ni-'. student of cytology and genetics, who collected the material in 1(>>S on a c\ tolo.^ical expedition to many countries in the Old World Trop:< The species is distinguished from all other regional memher> of \'cf- tonni bv the bod\ coloration, especially of the head, and in all detail- the male hypopvj;ium. The structure of the ninth termite in the malt much as in two species of the genus in South India. Nephrotoma llct<-J :han in mini . yeneral coloration of head and ibor. \ hnn uisli black. ]'ruino-e; antennae of male \cr\ lony. exceeding tuo ;md one-halt tmie> the winy, black, tlayellar >e.yments \ir- lualK \\itbotil \e-titnrc; temora brownish yellow, tijis narrowK darkened; u'inys faintlv tinyed uitli brown, \eins behind costa virtuallv ylabrous. Male. — Leiiyth about S mm; winy ().,i mm; antenna about 25 mm. Rostrum much reduced, hrou n : palpi very small, brown. Antennae of male very long, exceeding tuo and one-half times the wing: scape light broun, darker above, pedicel very small, \ellow; first rlagellar segment brownish yellow on about the proximal third, remainder of antenna black ; rlagellar segments very long-cylindrical, virtually glabrous, uith very few small scattered stout setae, other vestiture virtually lacking, not long and erect as in /''v/f.ni. Head brounish gray, clearer gray behind, with sparse lung pale setae: vertical tubercle very large, siibglobular. uith a capillary darkened central vitta. orbital region on either side submembranous, huffy. Pronotum and cervical region concealed. Mesonotum blackened. grav pruino>e : praescutum with three brown stripes, the broad central one uith a capillary blackened vitta, lateral and humeral borders wtith very long pale setae: posterior sclerites prui- nose, centers of scutal lobe- and posterior half of mediotergite uith the pruinosin very sparse to appear blackened. Pleura brounish gray, more darkened above, meta- pleural region clearer gray. Halteres uith stem yellow, knob dark broun. Legs with coxae brounish gray, without conspicuous >etae : trochanters pale brown; temora, tibiae and basitarsi brounish \ello\\. tips narrowly darkened, remainder of tarsi brownish black. \Yings faintly tinged uith brown, prearcular and co>tal fields more brownish yellou ; stigma elongate, slightly darker than the ground; veins pale brown, cord and vein !<>--. darker broun. \eiiis behind costa virtually glabrous, including R. distal section of R-. with a few scattered trichia. Venation: R. •. , straight, less than twice 7?,..; elements of the cord behind vein R-, in virtual transverse alignment; outer end of cell R about one-half broader than cell .17; cell 1st .17, siibe<|ua! to distal sec- tion of .17:,; in-cu just beyond fork of .17. silbequal in length to distal section of Cu\. Abdomen dark brown, sparsely pruinose. Habitat. — ASSAM. 7/V>/«/y/v: -' . P,om
  • . \()<>\ (Schmidi. Hc.\'at mo>t similar to -jiecies such as //. (E. i prolixa Alexander. dilVeriny in detail.- of coloration, the virtually i- antennae, and in the lack ot trichia of the winy veins. Hexatoma (Eriocera) perelongata, \I-".\\' SPI-'CIKS -- to the albipunclata '^ra\\\)\ si/e \cr\ larj,rc Mcn^th of male 32 mm; alidom'-i; alom- abon' 2" mm : nicsoiiotal praocntnm dull black, di»k with four hrownisl • !.«i-tcrior M-lcrili-^ of notnm blackened : anlcnnrtc v.iil, ]cape. ami pedicel black, tin- former sliglitly pruinose: segments three and four \cllov.. remaimkr black; first Hagellar .segment about one-bait" longer than the second, outer two >eg- ments sube<|iial. Head black, pruinose ; vertical tubercle complex, including three small anterior lobules and a single rounded central protuberance behind. Pronotum gray. Mesonotal praescutum with the ground dull black, disk \\ith four obscure gray stripes, median darkening narrowed behind, obsolete before suture, humeral and lateral regions narrowly light gray; posterior >c!erites of notuin black- ened, pleurotergite vaguely more pruinose. Pleura black, more pruino>e veiitrally. Halteres with stem brown, knob black. Legs with coxae and trochanters black, prui- nose; femora, tibiae and basitarsi brownish black, their tips darker, remainder of tar-i black. Wings almost uniformly dark brown, base of cell 1st .1 and posterior margin of 2nd .1 slightly paler; extreme wing tip whitened, including parts of cells A'. R, and R-.'. veins darker brown, yellow in the whitened apex. Longitudinal veins beyond cord chiefly with sparse trichia. these lacking on veins comprising cell 1st M~, tn<>n numerous on A'.-.. Venation: AYj about one-half longer than /v'_ , or A'. .-. ; in-cu shortly before fork of M . .. longer than distal section of Cn . Abdomen unusually long, as shown by the measurements; chiefly dark brown, seg- ments two to four vaguely paler brown, base of segment six slightly paler. Habitat. — Sorrn INDIA. Holotypc: ^. Cinchona. Anamalai Hill>. .\50<"> feet. May 1967 ( Susai Xathan). Hc.vdtonia ( lirioccra ) perclongata is most nearlv allied to species such as//. ( /:. ) clongatisshna (Brunetti) and.//, i /:. i touiis (Brunettii, dif- fering in the coloration of the legs, thorax and abdomen. Brunetti de- scribes the male antennae of clonyatissiuta as being "-segmented, possibly in error. Hexatoma (Eriocera) uniflava. XE\\" SPECIKS (jeneral coloration of bodv blackened. ]M"ae>cutum dark grav \\ itli more blackened stripe> : legs brownish black, tips of femora and tibiae still darker; wings dark" brown, apex in outer radial cells whitened: abdomen dull black, including the genital shield ot ovipoo.tor ; segment four con- spicuouslv light \ello\v on proximal half of both tin- ;ergite and sternite. interrupted at midline. l:cinalc. — Length about 15 mm; wing 14 mm: antenna about .\S mm. Kostruin black, gray pruiuose ; palpi black. Antennae of female 10-seginented : scape and pedicel brownish black, llagellnm pale brown; tlagellar st-oments •• grc*sivelv shorter mituardly. terminal slightly longer than the >ubet|i:al eighth and J64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NF.WS | ( M< iljcr. I'),,', ninlli -cgniciu.v IIc.nl blackened, sparsely pniinosi- : vertical tubercle double, aiitc- riorlv \\iih a inure blackened tran>verse elevation, In-hind \\itli a smaller onie. rroimHiiii brownish gray. Me>onotal pracscutum dark gray uith more blackened stripes, tin- I, Una! pair solidly darkened, the broad intermediate areas m«.re grayish 1.11 centers "I" antei'ior ciuN. tl'.o central lino darkened, a more Mackeiicd marginal s|>m behind the luinu-ri : ]>«i>ti-riiir scleriles of notnin blackened. I'lura Mark, with re- stricted Rra\ area>. specially on sternopleurite, aiu-pstenuiin \\ith a nmre blackened spot immediately hel<>\\ the darkened dnrsopleural region. Halteres with stem light broun, kimh dark brown. Legs with coxae black, sparsely pruinosc; trochantei- black; femora hrounish black, outer ends still darker; tibiae brown. \\\>^ darker; tarsi brownish black. Wings strongly dark brown, cell C slightly more yellowed; a pale streak behind base of vein 1st A: wing tip whitened, including outer end of cell R, and parts of cells A'.; and Rj. Venation: R-..-I slightly longer than R. •-•., subequal to Ri+«; cell 1st .!/_ suhei]iial to distal section of vein .1/i.... Abdomen chill black, including the genital shield of ovipo>itor; segment four with slightly more than the proximal half of both tergite and stcrnite light yellow, narrowly interrupted by the brownish black border of tergite and paler area> on >ides of sternite. Ovipositor with cerci very long and slender, horn colored. Habitat. — SOUTH INDIA. Holotypc: Cinchona, Anamalai Hills, 3.500 feet. September 1967 ( Snsai Xathan). In the coloration of the mesonotal praescutum the present tlv is gen- erally similar to Hc.ratonia (Erioccra) pulchrithorax (Brnnetti) which differs in the larger size and in the coloration of the thorax, abdomen and legs. The pattern of the abdomen of the present species appears to be distinctive. SOI ENTO.MOI.OdUAI. \E\VS If)': Two New Species of Sub-Arctic American Orthoptera Y. K. Yu KF.UY - Kecentlv I published a report on the Orthoptera of Alaska, Yukon ami the Macken/ie District of the Xorthwest Territories ( Yickery, l%7i. Since that time I have received specimens which were not previously recorded. These belong to new species so it is necessarv to describe them in order to bring our knowledge of the Orthoptera of this area up to date. Superficially, both new species described in this paper resemble known species and it was not until a detailed examination was made that they were discovered to be undescribed. The first species resembles Hnnii-riii brnnnca (Thomas). It might have been recorded as a northern record for that species but for the fad that the locality in which it was found is 750 to 1,000 miles north of the previous records for B. brnnnca. Comparison of the specimens at ham! with specimens of B. brnnnca from Chilcotin. Rritish Columbia, and from 10 miles east of Fort MacLeod. Alberta, has revealed the resemblance to be superficial, denitalic differences < Figs. 3 to S) are so great that the new species should possibly he placed in a new genus, although at present it is tentatively assigned to Rrnncria. Bruneria yukonensis XEAY SPECIES ( FIGS. 1-5, 7) Holotypc.— Male. "CANADA: Yukon. Lake Laherge shore. <>2' X. ; 135 \Y.. 2.;- YIII-1%1, D. Marsh." A second label on the specimen bears the additional data : "\V. shore of lake: deep creek, no trees, grassy slope burned out by sun." [Specimen :r. the Lynian Entomological Museum.] Very similar in appearance to K. bnnnica (Thomas), ( Fig-. 1 and 2>. differing in the following external characters: head smaller in proportion to the body: frontal fastigium narnmcr near the vertex and silicate below the median ocellus, grad1: becoming obsolete (not terminating abruptly immediately below the ocellu- a> in •' rnnii,-(i I ; lateral foveolae of vertex narrourr and decreasing in uidth at apices n\«t regularly rectangular as in bnui >h\i "I ; median carina of prunotum faintly cristate prozona, elevated hut not arcuate on mcta/ona (not uniformly elevated on both a- in brnnnca) ; tegmina reaching nearly to the tip oi the abdomen. \1.$ mm long i not -lightly exceeding the tip of the abdomen a- in brnnnca, in which mean length of Teg- 1 Accepted for publication July 7, ll)"(). -Curator, l.yinan Entomological Mu-euin. Nfacdnnald College of McGill versity. Macdonald College1, P. O. 2()6 KNTOMOI.Oi.U AI. XKUS 1 ' )l ,' i mina of live specimens from Fort MacLeod. Alberta, i- 14. S mini. Measurements also dilTer slightly a* follows < tho-c for a mean of five specimen* of ' i-mim-a from th, above locality ai e given in parentheses for companion, all mea-uremcnts in mini: width of vertex between the eyes. 1.1 (1.3); proiiota! length. 3J hind femur. 11. <> i ll.U : length of hind tibia. (>.2 (S.(M. 1 . length /: & 1 CM. '1 FIGS. 1-4. Bntncria yukuncnsis. FIG. 1. Holotype, male. d'Tsal view; FIG. 2. Holotype. male, lateral view ; FIG. 3. Allotype, female, dorsal view ; FIG. 4. Allotype. female, lateral view. The color and color-pattern are as in B. hritnnca, but tend in the holotype (as well as the others in the type series) to be somewhat accentuated, the paler areas having become bleached due to alcohol immersion. The internal genitalia differ fr-jm those of B. hnnni,\i ( Fip. (> ) mainly in the epiphalliis (Fig. 5) being broader, the bridge (latter and the aiu<>rae and lophi much heavier. These differences are clearly shown by compari-<>n \\ith several specimens of hriiiiih'n from the northern part of its range, both east and \\e--t of the continental divide, in Saskatchewan. Alberta and British Columbia, all of uhich conform to the type shown in Fig. 6. Xo significant differences were found between the aedeagal valves of the two species. Allotype: Female, same data as the holotype. I)ift\Ts irom the hulotype in >• \nal character^ and in ^i/e : the small si/e of tin- head in proportion to the body ' Fig^. 3 and 4i, as compared with />'. hriniiii'ii, is even more noticeable; median canna of pronotum uniform]) elevated ihrouiihotit ; differing slightly from II. I'rinnii'ii m the following measurement-- ' tboM- for a mean of five specimens from Tort MacLeod, \lh--rta, are given in pai --nilieM ^ for comparison, all measurements art- in mini : width oi \(fie\ Ix'twrrn eye-., 1.4 1 ' ' : pronotal length, 3.7 < 3.H » ; length of hind lemur, II'- '11 1 ) ; lengih of hind tiliia, '».2 ( X.1' ) ; length of legmina. 12.3 < 14. X i. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 267 5-6, 1 MM. FIGS. 5-8. FIG. 5. Male epiphallus oi Bnutcria \iikonc>:sis. dorsal aspect; FIG. ft. Male epiphallus of Bruiicrin hnouica (Thomas'), dorsal a>pect ; Fir,. 7. Female >ui>- genital plate of Bniucrui ytikoncnsis, dorsal aspect (removed and cleared); FIG. X. Female suhgenital plate of Bnincriii hfininca (Thomas), dor-al aspect (removed and cleared ). The color and color pattern are very similar to those of B. !>niinu~ii. The dorsal surface of the suhgenital plate (Fig. 7 — drawn from the paratype i differs from that of B. bninnca ( Fiji. 8) in being slightly broader, and in having the floor pouches somewhat narrower, but mainly in the degree of development of the ' columellae" (scnsn Randell, 1%3). which in yiikoncusis are >tmngly developed. mul- tiple. and occur over much of the length of the contact area. wherea< in !'riunu\i. they are >ingle and located at the inner margins of the contact area>. /'(//•(//y/v: One female, same data as the holotype. Very similar to the allotype. differing only in the following nu-a>uremeiit> : pro- tal length, 3.''; tegminal length. 15.1. hind femur. 12.1. hind tibia, ''.'' mm. i Key to species of Bruneria 1. I lead small in proportion to liody : tesjmina reaching nearK to ti]> of abdomen; distribution nnrtliern ........... B. yukonensis \"ioker\- Head lart^e in proportion to bodv ; te.yniina slightly excxrdini; tip ot abdomen; distribution more xurdiern i kii"\\'n only as far north as Jasper and Kdmonton. Alberta, and I'rituv Albirt and I .Io\ dniinster. Saskatcliewan > ................ B. brunnea ( Tboina> .\otc: Xo otber spines ot tlu> ^(.'iin> is found a- tar north a~- (."anada but are confined to the southwestern I'nited States. 26S KNTOMOl.Ot.U'AL NK\\ S During ilu- >nnimer of 1°(>S. several specimens ot Melanoplus were collected near Fairbanks. Alaska. by Mrs. R. (iordon. Kxamination of tlu-se revealed that Mie\ art.1 not conspecific with am of the known Xortli American Mclanuf'lns. They are here described as a new »pecies and are named for \'i\ian (iordon. in appreciation of her inten •>! and efforts in providing the >pecnnen>. Melanoplus gordonae XE\V SI'F.CIKS . 9-20) //(•/of v/v. — Male. "I". S. A.: Alaska, nr. Fairbanks. 2 mi. along (iilmore Trail. 13-YI II-ln<>8. \". Cionlon." [Specimen in the Lyman Entomological Museum.] Si/c similar to Mi'laiitifliif fcHtHrrubriim fcinurrubrum ( DC- Gecr). which it sujier- ficially resi-mhles (Figs. 0 and 10), differing in the following ropecu: frontal costa broader and of generally uniform breadth (the slight enlargement at the level of the median ocellus more pronounced and abrupt), in profile projecting more in advance of the eyes, and with sulcation less pronounced than in femurrubrinn; median carina of pronotum more elevated on metazona ; subgenital plate distinctly trilobate at apex (Fig. 15), not entirely rounded as in fcnnirrubrum; furculae more convergent ( Fig. 14) but otherwise similar to fciiiurmbrum ; cerci much broader throughout, not di>- tinctly narrowed at apex, and with apex distinctly emarginate i Fig. 13) ; comparative measurements of the holotype with the mean of a sample of five males of fcunir- nibniin (in parenthox.^1) from Salmon Arm. Briti>h Columbia, arc a^ follows (all in mm): \\idth of vertex betv.een the eyes. 0/>0 (0.43): pronotal k-ngth, 4.o5 (4.10): fore femur length. 3.5 i 3.3 I : hind femur length. 11.3 ( 11.0) : k-ngtli of hind tibia, ''/' (8.6) ; tegminal length. 15.5 i 14.7 i. 1 CM. 11 I;K.~. '>-\2. M ,-ltiniif'liis i/!'i /I ,,,!,-. |-ii.. ''. i !• •!• .1 \ IK-, male, d'-r-al \ir\\ . I'H.. 1" Ilolotv|if, i;;ali-. lateral \ic\\ ; !-'i«,. 11. \llot\|i'. i> iinlc, dorsal vi<\\ . I-M. 12 All«i- t\pf, female, lateral view. 80] ENTOMOLOGtC U. XK\VS 26'' 17 19 IMCS. 13-20. Mi-ltiiii'^lns i/.W.'.vj.'. IMC. L>. Left cercu^ 01 male, l.iu-ral a^ FIG. 14. ['"urculac <>f niak'. (lur>al a-]not : l'"ir,. 15. Subgenital platr of inaK1. post a^prrt ; IMC. Id. Epiphallus of male; I;n,. 17. Aoilcagal \al\x---. uialr. ilm^al a^ (•"id. IS. AcHk'agal val\\'>. nuilr. d'M'-al aspect: l-'ic. I1'. Terminal abdominal of female, ^ho\\inj; crrci and ovi|>oxitni' valvi> ; I'"ic. J". I-'rmalr ^ul\i:riiil dorsal aspect ("ri-niovcd and cUarcd \. 270 EXTOMOLOOICAI. NEWS [October. I'lC.'l Tin- coloration is very >iniil;ir to fi'iiiurritbruin, botli being without chirk liars on the external I'.iri- .M tin- hind femur. Tin internal gt nitalia differ fn.ini those nt any other northern »pc<-ir> nf McliiH"- f'liiA-. the epiph.ilhis i- larger and inucli more heavily >clen>tize>: the aedeagal valves resemble those of jcmnr- riihrniii. hut are narrouer apically in dorsal a>pect (Fig. 18) and are more obtu-eK rounded in lateral aspect ( Fig. 17). .///•aine data as holotype (Figs. 11 and 12). Dilt'crs from the holotype in sexual characters and in larger -i/e, and in the fact that the hind femur shows indistinct barring dorsally which extends to the outer face over the upper chevrons. The dorsal area of the prozona appears reddish, but this may be due in part to alcohol immersion. The female cerci are triangular but with both upper and lower edges strongly convex (not concave as in M. fcinurrubrum and are longer than those of M. show> the edges with very strong posterolateral projection^, much more accentuated than in other northern species of Mclti>i<>plns ; the columellac are strong! v >clerotized and more specialised. Three additional specimens, probably belonging v> tlii.-> species, have the same locality data, but were collected earlier during tin- >;ime season. They are all juvenile so that determination is not con.-iden-d positive. It is hoped that additional material will soon be collected at the type localitv in order to increase our knowledge of this hitherto overlooked species. Ki-:v TO Si'K< IKS OK Melanoplus Korxi) i \ ALASKA. ^ I'KO.N \ND M A( KKX/IL I )lSTkK'T of the -alicnt feature^ arc illu-tratcd lc. I'.rook^. 1'';S or \'ick«-r. 1. Males... . ................... ...2 '' 2. Tc^miiia >hort»T than abdomen ina exceeding the abdomen SO] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 271 3. I liml tVinur banded on outer face 4 Hind fi'inur no; banded on outer face, pale yellowish-brown M. b. borealis i FieU-r j 4. Cercus broad at base and narrowing to blunt apex M. frigidus f I loin-man > Cercus long, sides subparallel. somewhat incurved and broadly rounded at apex M. fasciatus < F. Walker ; 5. Cercus broad, not strongly tapered on apical half 6 Cercus strongly tapered on apical half : subgenital plate with apex concave: confined to extreme southern part of Mackenzie District M. f. femurrubrum I DeGeer j 6. Cercus large, rectangular, with rounded apex bent dorsally ; furculae small : apex of subgenital plate truncate or rounded acute M. k. kennicotti Scudder Cercus smaller, flat or nearly so ; apex of subgenital plate notched or trilobate 7 7. Apex of subgenital plate trilobate, the lobes of equal height. outer lobes projecting laterally and obliquely truncate i Fig. 15 i .... M. gordonae Yickery Apex of subgenital plate notched 8 S. Subgenital plate broader than deep: furculae medium-sized and distinctly divergent M. s. sanguinipes ( Fabricius) Subgenital plate long, produced upward behind : furculae large. long and nearly parallel M. bruneri Scudder 9. Tegmina not reaching the tip of the abdomen 10 Tegmina exceeding the abdomen 12 10. Hind femur banded on outer face 11 Hind femur not banded M. b. borealis fFieber) 1 1. Tegmina short, extending only to the fourth abdominal segment : hind femur mainly pale with dark bands. . . .M. frigidus ('Boheman ) Tegmina longer, extending beyond the sixth abdominal segment ; hind femur mainly dark with pale bands. .M. fasciatus ( F. Walker) 12. Dorsal surface of tegmina spotted; tegmina just reaching apices of hind femora M. k. kennicotti Scudder Dorsal surface of tegmina not spotted, tegmina exceeding apices of hind femora 13 13. Antennal crescent not divided; hind femur without bands M. f. femurrubrum ( DeGeer > Antennal crescent divided : hind femur banded 14 14. Lower flange of hind femur with pink to reddish stripe on outer surface : dorsal angle of upper ovipositor valve 117 M. s. sanguinipes < Fahricius ) Lower flange of bind femur entirely yellow; dorsal angle of upper ovipositor valve greater than 1J5 " 15 15. Upper edge of cercus .straight: dorsal angle of upper ovipositor valve 145" M. bruneri Scudder P>oth edges of cercus convex: dorsal angle of upper ovipositor valve 130° M. gordonae Yickery K N T( > .\ I 01 .( H , I ( A I . X K \V S (October. 1%(J ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author \\t-he- to extend thank* to Mr>. l\. (jordon, Fairbanks Alaska, for her intere-t and efforts; Miss Diane H. John-tone, who pre- pared the photograph.- and illustrations: and to Miss Xora I'.rown for the typescript. LITERATURE CITED BROOKS, A. K. 1"5S. Acridoidea of Southern Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba. Canadian Ent. Supp. ": l-(»2. RANUKLI., K. L. 1"'>3. On the presence of concealed genitalic ^ructures in female Caelifera (In.-ecta: Orthoptera). Trans. American Ent. Soc. 88: 247-260. YICKERV, Y. R. 1(|<'7. The Orthoptera of Alaska, Yukon and the Mackenzie District of the Northwest Territories. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 93 : 249-278. (Continued from p. 251) -j - « < S /f J FiM.'i'i-.- 1 .>. l;i'.. 1. I'lujtoinicrngraph <>\ the ahdominal .^tcniii'.^ of PIe<>t<>}tin< tiifiripcmiis !.<•( "Mir : I-H.. 2. l>al vicu ni" l'l,-,-rn;-; I.r('nntc: Fi^. o- \\-ntral vicu m' -aim- ! l.im- tinurc 1 i i|iiaK 1 nun, I;H,-. 2 aix! .) i-i|iials 5 mm.) influence. 'I In^ i» tlu- lir^t evidence 'ii IIK'H prDdiu'timi in tin- x< i:>i- I'li-.'t.'inii.^. The aeli\'e jieri'i'I "i tin- adult malr beetles \\itlim the Mununic-nt i> limited t" the period from the la>t week •>] May !•• the end ni July. The aiith'ir i> indehteil |«. tlie late- J. \V. (in en f. ,r deli ' rial and dN- uiliiitiunal data and t" Iv.hert and Sijoii Hell, ^tndciit> at ' ••Mitiun. f>/ < • rnin ( '<>llr'/,-. /.»>"! Hi-ncli, Ln»,.»/yw) 1909 Jarvis, T. D., Ent. Soc. Ontario, 3°th Rep't.: 83 (Horm.nnyia) 1915 Felt, E. P., Bull. Xew York St. Mus. 175: pi. 3, Fig. 8 (Hormomyia} 1918 , Bull. Xew York St. Mus. 200: 13o (Ilonnnmyia) 1920 -, Bull. Xew York St. Mus. 231-232: 224-226 (Trislwnnnmya) 1922 Wellhousc, \V. H., Mem. Cornell Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. 5<>: Ki82 (Hortnsi 1958 Pritchard, A. E., and E. P. Felt, Bull. Connecticut Geol. Xat. Hist. Surv., oth fascicle 87 : 205 (Trisli«nnc>myii) I'M Winterringer, G. S., Illinois St. Mu>., Story of 111. Ser. 12: 2"> t'Tris': 'nr.^mya^ 1 Cecidomyiidae : Diplera. -Accepted for publication September 3, \9(>{). "•Section of Faunistic Surveys and Insect Identification, Illinois Xatural Ili-t^ry Survey. I'rhana, Illinois (il801. 1 SiTtioii of Economic Entomology, Illinois Xatural History Suf\e\, Urbaiui, Illi- nois (.1801. 274 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 1 Rl Vr j 3 7 \ /\ \ \.-.i O\ ll r\ \j 15 14 Fir.s. 1-15. Trishnrmoiiiya cratacgifnlia (Felt). FIG. 1. Maxillary palp of male: FIG. 2. Wing venation of male; Fi<;. 3. Male tenninalia, don-al view ; FIG. 4. Female terminal ia, dorsal \it-\\ ; I;i<;. 5. Male antenna, second ba-al -• gn • : • .in«l fn>t tlapcllar seRnu-nt ; l'"l'.. o. Female antriina, second li.-^al ^, .^. 1'upa, lateral \iru ; I-'K;. ''. \ntennal --licaili oi |>ii|ia, scniral \ic\\ : I [G. l'i. ]•!• spiratury a|>|iaiaiu- '•I piijta. lati/ral vn-u ; I' K.. 11. Spatula oi lar\a. \mti.il view ; I :. 12 Iliad oi lai \ i dorsal vieu : I'n.. U. Larva, lateral \ie\v; l-i«.. 14. \ntrniia • ' !ar\.i. dor-al vieu : l;i<;. 15. I'^K, 'lot -al view. SO I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS ADULTS M,tl,-. --Length (exclusive of antennae) 2.8 = 0.017 mm. Head dark- black, oval; eyes black, bare, holoptic over length of three facets posterior to antennae, facets of equal sixe; ocelli absent; antennae pale brown, tuo ba-al secrv. 12 rlagellar segments; basal segment (scape) subrectangular, 1.5 times longe; wide; second segment (pedicel) spherical (Fig. 5) dark brown; tlagellar scg:r. binodal ( Fig. 5) 3.3 times longer than wide; basal node globular (length 0.000 = ' mm) with single whorl of setae and circumfilum; apical node subrectangular < rr.zv 0.087 — 0.0001 mm) with two whorls of setae and circumfila; apex of apical scg:r. acute: maxillary palpus (Fig. 1) (5:7:10) pale yellowish brown; apical segment sub- rectangular, rounded apically, 1.5 times longer than wide; frontoclypeus dark brown. glossy, setae absent; occipital setae in biseriate row extending from base of eyes : apex of head. Pronotum dark brown, truncate medially, expanded laterally; mesonotun: ar.i scutellum pale to dark brown, postalar area pale yellow; vittae indistinct: acrostic setae in biseriate row extending three-fourth length of mesonotum ; prealar (10-12) in biseriate row; postalar setae (2-4) in uniseriate ro\\ ; scutellar -eta- •:-. biseriate row across dorsum of scutellum: metanotum dark broun; halteres pale low, covered with short, erect, brown setae. Wing (Fig. 2) length 3.3 — 0.004 mm, 2.8 times longer than wide: nx-mb: hyaline, veins pale yellowish brown; alula greatly reduced: squama small, na with fringe of elongate setae; anal angle rounded; humeral crossvein absent: C c.r cumamhient, broader along anterior margin; Sc lies alongside R,. ending in R reaching C; R> ends distal to fork of Cm-j and tip of Cu. ; R-, ends beyond art wing; apex of wing rounded; Cu,.- forks proximal to tip of Ri ; pedicel length." 11 times length of R, ; Cm and Cu- end before reaching wing margin. Legs yellowish to dark brown, elongate; basitarsus very short, equal to or • than fifth tarsal segment; tibial spurs and ptivilli absent: empodium pulvilliforrn : : claws simple. Abdomen brown to dark brown, shagreen; terminalia (Fig. 3) pale hr»\\n; ni; tergite reduced, posterior margin with two pairs of short, paramedial tubercles; bast style broad, 1.7 times longer than width at base; dististyle dark broun. curved a; apex black with numerous, short, fine, black setae; ventral plate elongate, ur. t apically, 2.0 times longer than width at base, apex rounded. Lt-i: proportions 1 /•>»; — 0.0001 mini \\ith single uhorl of circumfilum and setae: apical not tangular (length ().()(> ^ 0.0(11)1 mm) uith tuo \\liorK of setae and circumtila : ma\: 0 Pedicel length: the length of ( n I mm its origin to origin oi Lu.. Ti Tai Ta: Tai T.u r, 108 12 67 30 18 12 95 11 54 28 17 i: 111 11 • 74 39 12 i ; KNTOMOLUCICAI. .\E\\S [October. 1 ' •' f ' lary palpus pale yellowish hroun (8:10:11). apical segment -uhKlohose ; ocelli am! occipital setae a-* in male. rronotum, mcsonotnm and scutcllum dark brown; \itta«- iinli-tinrt : acrostichial, prcalar. po>talar and scutellar setae as in male : halteres pal. yell < lavatc. Wing length 3.S ± O.OS5 nun, 2.1' times longer tlian wide; memt rane- hyaline, vein- hroun: pedicel <>f Oil . 1.- times length of l\i : other character- a- in male. Legs pale brown. Abdomen and terminalia (Figs. 4, 7) pale yellowish brown, shagreen, tapered posteriorly; ninth tergite reduced, subrcctangular ; apical margin truncate; tenth ter- gite small, rectangular, apex truncate; cerci large, rounded apically, curved ventrally. Leg proportion- F.' Ti Tai Ta= Ta. Ta, Tas 1 98 95 13 60 27 17 13 II 88 92 11 50 26 16 13 111 117 112 13 72 36 23 14 PUPA Length 3.2*0.031 mm. width 1.0 — 0.005 nun, 3.2 times longer than wide; ("Fig. S i pale yellowish brown, wing pads and eyes black ; respiratory apparatus Mask shaped i Fig. 10) length 0.12^0.0001 mm, width 0.04 rt 0.0001 mn^ 2.4 times longer than wide: apex rounded, with several large apical vesicles: antennal -heath (Fig 9 unsegmented. extends to base of first abdominal segment ; two lateral tubercles present near base, length 0.012 mm. \\idth 0.014 mm, 1.2 times wider thai; long; wing pads end at middle of third abdominal segment; abdominal tergites -hagreen ; posterior rounded with pair of rounded imagination for genital structure-. LARVA Length (Fig. 13) 4.5 ±0.1^2 mm, width 1.1-0.041 mm. 4.1 time- longer than wide; head (Fig. 12) retracted partially into thorax, length 0.134 - u. 0044 mm. \\idth 0.1(>3 ± 0.0001 mm. 1.2 times wider than long; antennae ( Fig. 14 i -hort. length 0.02" = 0.0008 mm, width 0.008 :t 0.0006 mm, 2.0 times longer than uide; basal segment rectangular, length 0.008 ± 0.0006 mm, 1.25 times wider than long; apical segment conical, apex rounded, length 0.012 ± 0.0016 mm. 1.2 tinu- longer than wide; -tyk broad, elongate, apex rounded, length 0.092 ± 0.0055 mm. \\idth 0.046 ! O.OOf.4 mm. 2.0 times Utnger than wide; spatula (Fig. 11) dark broun. forked apically, apice- acute 0.267 ± 0.0035 mm, width 0.069 ± 0.0025 mm. 3.3 times longer than wide ; spiracle- present on mesothoracic segment and abdominal segment- oiu through eight; pseudo- pods absent, spinnules present laterally on abdominal sternite- ; po-terior bilobed. ( X — 30 ) Length < Fig. 15) 0.376 * 0.002 mm, uidth 0.111 ' "ion2 mm. 3.4 time- longer than wide; bright reddish orange, ellipitical, glos,\. -unace -niooth. Ll TKRATl I(K ClTK.K ]-'KLI. [-.. P. l'/07. N'eu species of ( C( idomyiidae. Hull. N'e\\ York St. Mus. 110: 160. 1920. A study of gall midgi--. Hull N'l-w \»i\< St. Mu- 231 232: 224-22'. \\':\ iKi'i'iM.i.K, d. S. P«d. Some |.lanl g:dl- of Illinois. Illii,,,-- M. Mus. 111. Scr. 12 2'< MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Xo. 20. HoMini E. f-'i'ans — A Revision of the Mexican. and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Ilyrnen- optera : Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps ..... SI 2.50 Xo. 21. Eric G. Mathcu's — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ................................ S4.00 Xo. 22. Richard M. Fo.r — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures. 1 color plate ......................................... S9.00 Xo. 23. Beatrice R. Vogd — A list of Xe\v Xorth American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ............................. S9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Ch Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae ). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ................................... $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 1 1 plates, 10 habitat photographs ................. $1.50 XM. 24. Lcc />. Miller — Tin- Higher Classification, IMiylogeny and Znn- geography of the Satyridae ( I A-pidoptera ). 174 pp ........ $7.00 Xo. 25. Michael (',. I:iiisley — The Schi/opteridae I 1 lemiptera : lletentp- tera ) will) the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pi). . $i>.5'1 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. Aquatic Bugs of \Yorld in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera X. Xieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10 nt alnTi ation-. Jun , tl,. i - ,i I , . • l\i]--i-ll I )un!i. !' 1'iX, Srd' '..i \i i/. .v'.33'. Wanted: l.iv -pidcr- t.i ],h.,i. .J.M .i|,|i ilu-jr eyes, l-'.arl Ri rick, 53n; I >• Dr . ^'al.nn.i. \\'a-hiiii" 02 Exchange ^paiii-h I I«T;I .ind ( 'olcopirra I'cdro \. Talavna Ti ; V.'l Tir^o <]'• Molina. \o 1 4\. ( .iM.n'«-n,i (Miin-iai. >p.iin NOVEMBER. 1969 NTOMOLOGICAL NE CONTENTS CYANIDE TOLERANCE IN MILLIPEDES: COMPARISOX OF RESPIRATION IX MILLIPEDES AND INSECTS F. R. HALL, R. M. HOLLIX<;\\ OKTII, AND I). L. SHAXKLAMI, i-. 277 NOTES ON THE TAXONOMJC SxATfS OF CERCERIS TEPANECA SAUSSURE AND C. SEXTOIDES BANKS HKKMAX A. Si ru.r.x, r. 283 A I 'KKI. i. MI. \.\RY ST^•D^• OK THE IDIOCERINAE OK CHILE (HOMOPTERA : CICADELLIDAE) PAUL H. FREVTAG AXD \\"lI.I.lA^r P. MORRISON. P. _'S5 A XE\V SPECIES OF ANO.MUROCHEIK P>rfKETT AND GARDNER FROM Tin: INNER C'OAST I\AM,ES OK XOKTHERN C'AI.I i URNTA Mil IIAKI. R. (lARDXKK AXD JnllX S. P. IVKKTT, I'. J('.l DISTINCTION BETWEEN I'IIYTO.MVXA HORTICOLA GOUREAU AND I'. SYN<;KNSIAK ( I IAKDY ) ( DII-TERA. ACKOM YXIDAK. ) ( ,i ORGB C. STKVSKAI., i>. 301 Tin-. ENTOMOLOGIST'S KP.I OKD, i-. _H*C); M)4 ( ( )MI.\(i N'KXT ISSUE: BIONOMICS OF THE \\.\KK UEKTI.I- I 'R I-.I )AT( )R. T 1 1 A N ASI M I 'S DT I'.H FS THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 80 NOVEMBER, 1969 No. 11 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926) ; 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4* X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article aiv especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. CYANIDE TOLERANCE IN MILLIPEDES: COMPARISON OF RESPIRATION IN MILLIPEDES AND INSECTS F. R. HALL.- K. M. I IOLI.IXC.WORTII AND 1). I.. SIIAXKI.AXD Several years ago, specimens of the millipede Plcurolonia flai'ipcs bntlcri ' McXeill ) were brought to the Department of Entomology at Purdue. Upon confinement in cyanide killing jars, the millipedes remained alive and active. When handled they produced a volatile compound with the almond- like smell of cyanide. After placing a millipede in a small closed te>t-tube with several german cockroaches (Blattclla >ugge>ted that like some other millipedes i Fi>ner and Meinwald. T'dd i P. f. butleri produced hydrogen cyanide as a defensive compound and raised the intriguing ([uestion of how these animals survive their own toxic secretions. The degree of resistance to cyanide in an organism has frequently been correlated with its level of respiration. Thus Hodine and Boell i 1938) report that sensitivity of diapausing Melanoplus egg> tn cyanide increases with their rate of respiration and very low respiratory activity has been reported for cyanide-insensitive diapausing lepidoptenms pupae i Schneider- man and William>. ll|54i. A biochemical basis for the dependence of cyanide >ensitivity on rate of oxygen con>umption is provided by tlie excess terminal oxidate hypothesi> < Kurland and Schneiderman. 1()5'''. t >n the other band Yust and Sheldon ( 1(<52 ) report that in scale in.-ect- which were highly tolerant to cyanide, the male pupae bad a high respiration rate which did not differ from that of Misceptible pupae. There i> little data on millipede respiration but reports suggest that thev too may have low rates. This ]ia]>er i> therefore- concerned with inve>tigation of tin- nature of the toxic defen>i\c -ecretiou of /'. f. butlcri and a >econ«l. c\anide- producing millipede Euryurus Icachii i ( iray i and with a»e»ing the respira- 1 Journal Taper No. 3867 «i tlu- I'unluc rnivi-i^it\ \-riruhural l-'xivriiiu-nt Station. - l'i\--rnt addre-s: (."lu-vr. m (. I'.eniieal Co., I'. <). \\«\ IIS. M. ^ HT-I. >\\ n. X.J.nS(i57. ; I Vnartnieiit "f I'.ntuincilnjjy. I'urdue I'liiversity. I.afaxetie. Indiana 47"n7 '77 278 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 tion rates of these millipedes in contrast to two cockroaches, B. gcrinanica and Blabcnts discoidalis (Serville). A more detailed report of the biochemical basis for the tolerance mecha- nism will be published elsewhere. EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS Specimens of E. leach ii were collected from rotting logs in summer and fall of 1965 and the spring of 1966 at McCormick's Creek State Park. Spencer, Indiana. Specimens of P. j. hutleri were obtained from large migratory populations in the summer and fall of 1965 in Lakeville and Martinsville, Indiana. Females outnumbered males by about 10 to 1. A third migratory population, largely of last instar larvae, was sampled in Columbus, Indiana in summer, 1966. Both species were reared in covered clear plastic boxes containing 2 to 3 inches of decaying wood and leaf litter which was kept moist by periodical addition of water. E. Icachii prospered and a year round colony was main- tained but it was not possible to maintain the colony of P. f. luitleri for more than a few months under these conditions. B. i/ennanica and B. discoidalis were laboratory strains reared on Gaines clog food and water. Both the insects and millipedes were maintained at 65-75° F with a \2 hour light-dark cycle. IDENTIFICATION OF HYDRO* IF.X CYANIDE AS A SFCRFTOKY PRODUCT OF TIIF MILLIPEDFS Adults and immatures of both P. /. bntleri and E. Icachii when dis- turbed emit a colorless liquid with a pungent almond-like odor from small openings on the dorsal surface near the tips of some of the notal projec- tions. Such secretory ducts are located in both species on segments 5, 7, 9, 10. 12. 13. 15, 16, 17, IS and 19 of adult males and females. A series of semimicro qualitative spot tests for hydrogen cyanide (Feigl, 1958) were carried out on these secretions. The tests were replicated and appro- priate blanks and standard solutions were included. Picric Acid Test. — The defensive secretion was collected directly on small pieces of filter paper treated with a saturated solution of picric acid and sodium carbonate solution. A red color developed which indicated the presence of cyanide. Starch-Iodine Test. — The test is based on the combination of cyanide and iodine to form colorless cyanogen iodide. Ten adults of each species were placed in stoppered 50 ml flasks. After shaking the flasks vigorously 80] F.XTOMOI.OCICAI. NEWS 2<() for a few seconds, a Hue potassium iodide-starch paper treated with 0.1 iodine was inserted. Rapid discharge of (lie color again indicated cyanide in the atmosphere of the llask. Palladium-Dimethylglyoxime Test. — A drop of the secretion was mixed with alkaline palladium dimethylglyoxime and nickel ammonium chloride. The formation of a red complex indicated the presence of cyanide. This combination of positive tests strongly indicates the presence of cyanide in the defensive secretions of both P. f. butlcri and /:. Icachii. It has been suggested that species of Plcuroloina release HCX under natural conditions (Young ( 1(>5S ) ) but the presence of cyanide in the secretions of /:. Icachii has not been previously reported. Probably the repugnatorial gland secretions also contained compounds other than IU'\ (Eisner and Meimvald, 1906') but these were not examined. RESPIRATION RATES Respiration was determined in terms of oxygen consumption by \Yar- burg respirometry. using standard manometric techniques ( t'mbreit, 1964 ). Individuals of P. j. butlcri. E. Icachii or B. t/cnnanlca were placed in 20 ml Warburg flasks with a center-well containing a filter paper wick dipping in 0.2 ml of 20 per cent KOH. R. discoidulis were placed in spe- cial Warburg flasks with a final volume of 100 ml and containing 0.5 ml 20 per cent KOI1. In each case, correction was made for the volume <>f the animals in the flask. Both male and female /:. Icachii were found to produce an unknown volatile compound, not absorbed by the K( )I i trap, which led to erroneous results. The release of this material was prevented by waxing over the secretory ducts with a mixture of 1 part beeswax and 1 part petroleum jelly. The millipedes were left about M) minutes after this treatment before respiration measurements were made. In all cases a 1? minute equilibration period was allowed hctore read- ings of oxvgen consumption wen- made at 15-minute intervals for 1 to J hours. During this period. o\\geii consumption was approximately linear and the individual readings were averaged. The effect of temperature on respiration rates of P. j. butlcri (female) and /:. Icachii (both sexes i is shown in I;ig. 1. In both species, the respiration rate of the males was slightly higher than that of the females although there were too few males of /'. |. butlcri for a statistically valid comparison to be made. For /'. f. butlcri females a mortaliu of about 40 percent was noted at .'o0 C. /:. Icachn was not harmed 1>\ this tempera- ture. If the data from 10 to ->5 (.' are averaged, mean (_),„ values were 280 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 2.6 7 2.2 JC •^ o» J. 1.8 z o £ 1.4 en z o 2.4 o N O (>S) noted that several species of milli- pedes are observed to have a kinetic "preference" for temperatures around 15° C. However, the physiological basis and importance of such plateaus is too complex to be inferred from this brief study. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 2S1 TABLE 1. Respiration rates at 25° C No. ot Animals Mean Wt (g) Oxygen Consumed1 P. f. butleri ( 9 ) 20 0.494 74 ±9 P.f. butleri (cf) — — 102 E. leachii ( 9 ) 18 0.188 148 ± 17 E. leachii ( cf1) 17 0.169 155 db 18 K. germanica ( cf) 20 0.056 702 ± 52 B. discoidalis ( cf) 13 2.250 269 ± 15 1 /J Go runsumed/hr/g body \vt ± 95', n>iitidciirr limits. Comparative respiration rates of the four species at 25° C arc presented in Table 1. The rates for both species of resistant millipedes are clearly well below those of the two susceptible insects, although it is worth noting that the data for /'. /. butleri were taken when they bad been maintained in the laboratory for about two months. Specimens freshly collected had respiration rates 50 to 100 per cent higher than those given here. The relatively low oxygen consumption of the millipedes may indicate that their resistance to cyanide is a further example of the excess terminal oxidase mechanism. The oxygen consumption values for the cockroaches tall within the range quoted by Keister and I hick (1064) for non-flying insects at or around 25° C. Despite the relatively low respiration rates obtained with the millipedes, their oxygen consumption is still considerably greater than that reported for some other millipedes, e.g., 3 to 5 /J (), per hour per g body weight for both .Irtlirosplieru dalyi ( 1'aulpandian. 10(>6) and Spiro- st re ft us asthenes ( Dwarakanath and Job, l(Ho). The millipede rates are also much larger than oxygen consumption values reported for cyanide- resistant forms such as diapausing lepidopterous pupae, e.g.. Platysamia eeeropiu. H> and .lutlierea peruyi. 14 //.I ( )., per hour per g body weight i Ki-ister and I'.uck. 1064). but much lower than that for resistant pupal male scale insects ( 1 .SOO //I ( )._, per hour per g body weight: Yust and Sheldon. l'<52i. Thus it may be concluded that although there is fre- quenllv a qualitatixe relationship between the level of respiration and abilit\ to tolerate csanide in invertebrates, the present work .suggests that this relationship is by no means absolute. I'mbably this fact is an indication that different mechanisms of resistance are operating in different organisms, each having its own basal respiration rate. At K \d\VI.I- IK, \IK\T \\Y \\ish tu thank Dr. Xell I'-. Caii-cy. (J. Arkansas, fur millipedes. iiU-ntilicaticin of llir 282 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 LITERATURE CITED BODINE, J., and BOELL, E. 1938. The influence of some dinitrophenols on respiratory metabolism during certain phases of embryonic development. J. Cell. Comp. Phy- siol. 11: 41-63. CLOUDSLEY-THOMPSON, J. L. 1968. Spiders, scorpions, centipedes and mites. Per- gamon Press, Oxford. DWARAKANATH, S. K., and JOB, S. V. 1965. Studies on transpiration in millipedes. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. (B). 62: 224-228. EISNER, T., and MEINWALD, J. 1966. Defensive secretions of arthropods. Science 153: 1341-1350. FEIGL, F. 1958. Qualitative analysis by spot tests. Elsevier, New York and Am- sterdam. HALL, F. R. 1967. Cyanide tolerance in millipedes. Ph.D. thesis, Purdue Univer- sity, Lafayette, Ind. KEISTER, M., and BUCK, J. 1964. Respiration : some exogenous and endogenous ef- fects on rate of respiration. In "The physiology of insecta" (M. Rockstein, ed.). Vol. 3. Academic Press, New York. Ki'RLAND, C, and SCHNEIDERMAN, H. 1959. The respiratory enzymes of diapausing silkworm pupae. A new interpretation of carbon monoxide insensitive respira- tion. Biol. Bull. 116: 136-161. PAULPANDIAN, A. 1966. A note on the respiration of the pill-millipede .-Irthrosphcra dalyi ( Pocock). Current Sci. 35 : 178-179. SCHNEIDERMAN, H., and WILLIAMS, C. 1954. The physiology of insect diapause. VIII. Qualitative changes in the metabolism of the Cecropia silkworm during diapause and development. Biol. Bull. 106: 210-229. UMBREIT, W., BURRIS, R., and STALIFFER, J. 1964. Manometric techniques. 4th ed. Burgess, Minneapolis. YOUNG, F. 1958. A large aggregation of larval millipedes Zinaria hntlcn ( McNeill) in Brown County, Indiana. Indiana Acad. Sci. 67: 171-172. YUST, H., and SHELDON, F. 1952. A study of the physiology of resistance to hydro- cyanic acid in the California red scale. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 45 : 220-228. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K.\YS 2S/) Notes on the Taxonomic Status of Cerceris tepaneca Saussure and C. sextoides Banks ' (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) HERMAN A. SCULLEN 2 Through the kindness of Dr. Max Fischer of the Xaturhistorisches Museum of Wien, Austria, the writer has been able to restudy the lectotype of Cerceris tepaneca Saussure and to compare it with type material of Cerceris se.vtoides Banks and the various subspecies of C. clypeata Dahlbom as recognized by the writer (Scullen, 1965, pp. 469 to 476). Tt is the present conclusion of the writer that C. tepaneca Saussure is a subspecies of C. dvpeata Dahlbom with a distinctive color pattern on the abdomen which separates it from the nominate subspecies and other subspecies of the eastern United States. C. clypeata tepaneca Saussure is a color form not uncommon in south central Mexico. C. sc.vtoides Banks was erroneously reduced as a synonym of C. tepaneca Saussure by the writer (Scullen, 1965, p. 509) and should be recognized as a valid species, C. sc.vtoides Banks is a much larger species and has not been taken in south central Mexico. C. enryinclc Banks is correctly placed as a synonym of sextoides. Both sexes of C. clypeata tepaneca Saussure are distinguished from the other subspecies of C. cl\'peata Dahlbom by having the yellow bands of the more distal abdominal tergites greatly enlarged. The corresponding bands on other recognized subspecies are reduced to narrow lines or are eliminated entirely. The corrected synonymy of C. clypeata tepaneca Saussure and C. se.v- toidcs Banks is as follows : Cerceris clypeata tepaneca Saussure, XK\Y STATUS Cerceris tepaneca Saussure. 1867. p. 90. — Schletterer, 1887, p. 504. — Cam- eron. 1890. p. 125, Tab. 8. figs. 6, 6a, <>1>, 6c.— Dalla Torre, C. G.. 1897. p. 478.— Ashmead. 1899, p. 296.— Scullen, 1961. p. 48, in part. Cerceris sextoides Hanks Cerceris sextoides Hanks. 1047. p. 10— Saillm. 1('51. p. 1010. Ccrccris enryinele Banks. 1947. pp. 1 1-12 Cerceris tepaneca Scullen. 1(K>1. p. 48. in part: ll>65. pp. 509-511. tigs. 96. 176a. b, c. VvfpU-d f<>r puhlii-ution JUIK- 4, ln<>'». - I Vpartnu'nt of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvulli:-, Oregon 284 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 LITERATURE CITED ASHMEAD, W. H. 1899. Classification of the entomophilous wasps, or the super- family Sphegoidea. Canadian Ent. 31 : 145-155, 161-174, 212-225, 238-251, 291- 300, 345-357. BANKS, NATHAN. 1947. Synopsis of west coast Ccrceris (Hymenoptera; Cerceri- dae). Psyche 54: 1-35. CAMERON, PETER. 1888-1900. Hymenoptera, vol. 2. Vol. 34 in Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centralia-Americana. DALLA, TORRE, C. G. 1897. Fossores (Sphegidae). Vol. 8 of Catalogus hymenop- terorum hucusque descriptorum systematicus et synonymicus. SAUSSURE, HENRI L. F. DE. 1867. Hymenoptera : Familien der Vespiden, Sphegiden, Pompiliden, Crabroniden und Heterogynen. Vol. 2 of Ed. II of Zoologischer Theil in Reise der . . . Fregatte Novara, pp. 87-102. SCHLETTERER, AUGUST. 1887. Die Hymeiiopteren — Gattung Ccrceris Latr. mit vor- zugsweiser Beriicksichtigung der palaarktischen Arten. Zool. Jahrb., Zeitschr. System. 2: 249-510. SCULLEN, HERMAN A. 1951. Tribe Cercerini. In Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes, Hymenoptera of America north of Mexico, United States Dept. Agr., Agr. Monogr. 2, pp. 1004-1013. — . 1961. Synonymical notes on the genus Ccrceris, III (Hymenoptera: Sphe- cidae). Pan-Pacific Ent. 37: 45-49. — . 1965. Review of the Genus Ccrceris in America north of Mexico ( Hymenop- tera: Sphecidae). Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 116: 333-548. 80] ENTOMOLOCK AI. M.\VS 2S.S A Preliminary Study of the Idiocerinae of Chile (Homoptera: Cicadellidae) ' PAUL H. FRKYT.V, and \\'IU,I.\M I'. MORRISON :; The Chilean fauna of Icafhoppers is uni([tie and seemingly, in nn»t groups, quite separate from the leafhoppers in the remaining countries of South America. The Idiocerinae are of this unique type and are not now known from anywhere else. Their closest relatives are in the genus Idio- scopns Baker which occurs mostly in the Oriental and African areas of the world. They cannot he properly placed in this genus, however, so arc- here being described in a new genus. All Chilean specimens in this subfamily examined so far belong to this new genus. These were from the central area of Chile, from the province of Coquimbo to the province of Conception. The entire country has not been surveyed, so this initial picture will undoubtedly change. Chileanoscopus new genus Type-species : Chileanoscopus liainulns n. sp. Crown short, broad, rounded to front. Ocelli on face, near or above end-- <>t frontal sutures, nearly same distance between them as to each eye. Antennae lniu. male without disc. Lora rounded, somewhat overlapping clypeus on each side. Fore- wing with normal venation, appendix large. Hind femur with 2 apical setae an 1 1 subapical seta. Male plates thickened, paddle-shaped, fringed witli long fine setae. Male aedeagus simple, tubular, without major processes, apodeme large. This genus resembles Idioscopus, as redefined 1>\ Maldonado-Capriles (1964 and 1965), in wing venation and femoral setae. It differs in that the male plates arc thickened and quite broad apicallv instead of long and narrow, and the aedeagus is simple instead of with 2-4 processes. This i.s the only known idiocerine genus in the new world with the subapical seta on the hind femur. llecause the females of the >pecies are so closely related, nn key is given for their separation. 1 This paper (d"-7 SO) is published with approval <>i' the Director ot" the Kentucky Agricultural Kxperimeiit Station, Lexington. Vcepted I'MI publication July 25. l(|o'i. : \ssdcialc Professor and < iraduate \ssjstant. Department of Kntomology, I'ni- versitv of Kentucky, Lexington. Kentnckv 405<)o. 286 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 0.25mm 12 13 I mm 8 0.5 mm FIGS. 1-10. Chileanoscopus hicliinsi (Heller). FIG. 1, ventral view of aecleagus ; FIG. 2, lateral view of aedeagus ; FIG. 3, ventral tip of style ; FIG. 4, lateroventral view of style ; FIG. 5, lateral view of genital capsule ; FIG. 6, dorsal view of connective : FIG. 7, dorsal view of male 2nd sternal apodemes, all male drawings to same scale ; FIG. 8, ventral view of female genitalia ; FIG. 9, face view of female head; FIG. 10. dorsal view of female head, pronotum and scutellum; FIG. 11, lateral view of female head and pronotum ; all female drawings to same scale ; FIG. 12, right forewing ; FIG. 13, right hind wing, drawn to same scale. 80] KNTO.MOMMIICAL XEWS 2t' narrowed middle, apical end scooped out medially with apex thin, straight, margin rounded, subapical hooklike process on lateral side. Connective thick and V-shaped. Aedeagus simple with shaft nearly straight except near apex where it bends slightly dorsad; apodeme \\ell developed, narrowing in ventral view to apex, expanded near apex in lateral vie\\ , and apex in line with base and apex of shaft. /•>;;; Specimens examined. — 2 males, 2 females, Los Pollines, Prov. de Nuble, Chile, March 4, 1952, L. E. Pena ; 1 male, 4 females, El Clarillo, Chile, February 19, 1953, 800-1,500 m, L. E. Pena; 1 male. 1 female, Santiago, Chile, January 19, 1954, 600- 1,100 in. L. E. Pena ; 1 male, 4 females, Curanipe, Chile, December 4, 1953, L. E. Pena ; 1 male, 1 female, Cobquecura, Chile, December 14, 1953, L. E. Pena ; 2 males, 2 females, El Canelo, Chile, December, 1952, L. E. Pena; 4 males, 11 females, Trequa- lemo, Chile, December 6, 1953, L. E. Pena ; 2 males, 24 females, Penalolen, Santiago, Chile, October 10, 1953, L. E. Pena, all in the North Carolina State University Col- lection; 14 males, 19 females, Conception, Chile, December 16-21, 1967, D. M. DeLong Collection; 2 males, 6 females, Renca, Santiago, Chile, November 1950, N. N. Coll., in the Ohio State University Collection. 14 16 0.25 mm 17 19 0.5 mm FIGS. 14-22. Chilcanoscopus uucon/s n. sp. Fir.. 14, ventral view of aedeagus ; FIG. 15, lateral view of aedeagus; FIG. 16, ventral tip of style; FIG. 17, lateroventral view of style; FIG. 18, lateral view of genital capsule; FIG. 19, dorsal view of connec- tive ; FIG. 20, dorsal view of 2nd sternal apodemes, all male drawings to same scale ; FIG. 21, ventral view of female genitalia ; FIG. 22, face view of female head, female drawings to same scale. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 289 Chileanoscopus ancorus XEW SPECIES ( I-K;S. 1-1-22) Length of males 4.7-5.1 mm and of females 4.9-5.2 mm. Structure. — Similar to liicliinsi. Male second sternal a])odeine ( Fig. 20) long, stout, slanting with a truncate apex. Coloration. — Similar to hicliiusi. Face (Fig. 22) mostly patterned with reddish brown or hlack. 23 24 0.25 mm 26 A 28 27 HAMULUS 0.5mm FIG?. 23-31. Chileanoscopus Inninilus n. sp. Fir,. 23, ventral view of aedeagus ; FIG. 24, lateral view of aedeagus; FIG. 25, ventral tip of style; FK;. 2(>. laten>ventral view of style; FIG. 27, lateral \ie\\ of genital capsule; FIG. 28, dorsal view of conncc tive ; Fi<;. ->. dorsal vie\\ of male 2nd sternal apodemes, all male drawings to same scale; Fir.. 30, ventral view of female genitalia ; Fir,. 31, face vieu of t'emalc head. female drawings to same scale. :n-nitului. — Plates thick at base, then gradually laterally tiattrned touai'd a paddlelike apex. Pjrgofer narrow, with apex rounded and prodiu-ed on rarh sidr. Tenth segmenl extending basally on each side in a fine process within p\goi"er to a point near base of styles. Style- \\ith a patch of setae on lateral margin oi" nar rowed middle, apical end scooped out medially witli apex thin, straight, with rounded margin, subapical hookhkc process on lateral side. Connective thick and V-shaped 290 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 Aedeagus simple with arched shaft narrowing to a pointed apex, a pair of very small thornlike bumps on lateral margin subapically ; apodeme well developed, narrowing in ventral view to apex, expanded in lateral view near apex, and apex in line with base and apex of shaft. Female gcnitalia. — Ovipositor extending beyond pygofer slightly more than its own width. Pygofer narrow, long, with rounded margins. Posteiror margin of 7th sternum broadly rounded with a large median emargination. Type. — Holotype male, Llay-Llay, Valp., Chile, February 4, 1951, Ross and Michelbacher. Allotype female, same data as holotype. Paratypes, 3 males, 6 females, and 1 nymph, same data as holotype. Holotype, allotype, and 8 paratypes in the California Academy of Science Collection ; and 2 paratypes in the University of Kentucky Collection. Notes. — Besides the type series two other series of specimens in the California Academy of Science Collection were examined. These series were: 7 males, 18 females Zapallar. Aeon.. Chile, December 15, 1950, Ross and Michelbacher; and 1 male, 4 females, 10 km east of Zapudo, Aeon., Chile, November 28, 1950, Ross and Michelbacher. Chileanoscopus hamulus NEW SPECIES (Fics. 23-31) Length of males 4.1 — (-.5 mm and of females 4.0-4.5 mm. Structure. — Short stubby species with head wider than pronotum, margin slightly rounded. Male second sternal apodeme (Fig. 29) short, truncate with a small median projection near base. Coloration. — Similar to hichinsi. Face (Fig. 31) mostly patterned with reddish brown or black. Male genital ia. — Plate thickened at base, then gradually laterally flattened toward a broad paddlelike apex. Pygofer narrow, with apex rounded and produced on each side. Tenth segment extending basally on each side in a fine process within pygofer to a point near base of styles. Style with patch of setae on lateral margin of mid lie, apical end scooped out medially with apex thin, bent medially and hooked, subapical hooklike process on lateral side. Connective thick and V-shaped. Aedeagus simple with narrow arched shaft extending to a slightly enlarged apex ; apodeme well devel- oped, narrowing to a slightly expanded apex in ventral view, expanded area near apex in lateral view, and apex not in line with base and apex of shaft. Female gcnitalia. — Ovipositor extending beyond pygofer slightly more than its own width. Pygofer narrow, stubby, with rounded margins. Posterior margin of 7th sternum broadly rounded with a large median emargination. Types.— Holotype male, Rio Blanco, Chile, February 28, 1954, L. E. Pena. Allo- type female, same data as holotype. Paratypes, 19 males, 14 females, same data as holotype. Holotype, allotype, and 19 paratypes in the North Carolina State University Collection, 10 paratypes in the University of Kentucky Collection, and 4 paratypes in the California Academy of Science Collection. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL XFAVS 291 Notes.- — In this species the female genitalia appear to be shorter than in other species. This is also reflected in the total length of both the male and the female as this seems to be the smallest of the known species. Besides the type series 53 other specimens were examined. These were: 3 males. 7 females, El Manzano, Chile, June 10, 1954, L. E. Pena, in the North Carolina State University Collection ; 4 males, 9 females, 35 miles south of Oralle, Chile, December 1, 1950, Ross and Michelbacher ; 2 males, 7 females, 50 km south of La Serena, Chile, December 1, 1950, Ross and Michaelbacher ; 7 males, 14 females, 5 miles north of Illapel, Chile, November 30, 1950, Ross and Michelbacher. all in the California Academv of Science Collection. 40 Fi<;s. 32-40. Cliilciiiinsci'f'iis rt'pitmhis n. sp. FIG. 32, ventral view <>i aedeagn- : FIG. 33, lateral view of aedeagus ; FIG. 34, ventral tip of style: Fir.. 35, lalemventral view of style: Fi<;. M>. lateral view <>f genital capsule ; l-'n.. 37. dm-sal view <>f connec- tive; FIG. 38, dorsal view of male 2nd sternal apodemes, all male drawings to same scale; Fi<;. 3'>. ventral view <>f female genitalia; FIG. 40, face view of female head, female drawings to same -rale. 292 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 Chileanoscopus repandus NEW SPECIES (Fic.s. 32-40) Length of males 4.5-4.8 mm, and of females 4.6-5 mm. Structure. — Similar to hichinsi. Male second sternal apodeme (Fig. 38) short, norrowing to a rounded apex, with a small median projection near base. Coloration. — Similar to hichinsi. Face (Fig. 40) mostly patterned with reddish brown or black. Male gcnitalia. — Plate thickened at base, then gradually laterally flattened toward a broad paddlelike apex. Pygofer narrow, with apex truncate and produced on each side. Tenth segment extending basally on each side in a fine process within pygofer to a point near base of styles. Style with patch of setae on lateral margin of middle, apical end scooped out medially with apex thin, bent medially and hooked, subapical hooklike process on lateral side. Connective thick and V-shaped. Aedeagus simple with narrow arched shaft extending to a flattened diamond-shaped apex in ventral view ; apodeme well developed, narrowing to a slightly expanded apex in ventral view, expanded area near apex in lateral view, and apex not in line with base and apex of shaft. Female /<•/.. pp. 67 and (>() ) will require emendations due to information presented in Causey and Tiemann (196^) and in this paper. These changes will be incorporated with new information in a future paper. Anombrocheir Buckett and Gardner .Inotiihri'dicir Buckett and Gardner, 1969. Km. News, 80(3): 69-70. Diagnosis: Body 23-33 mm in length and 4.8-6.5 mm in width: color a light yellowish-gray dorsally. with orange on tips of paranota and epiproct. Description. — Head smooth and shining, with prominent coronal suture; antennae re-aching hack to the fifth segment along paranotal margins. Tergites .smooth, paranota \\ell developed, extending ventrolaterad from mid-body height, with anterior lateral margin rounded ;md posterior corners acute, though no1 produced much caudad ; collum narrow, about one-third as long as broad, with anterior margin curving evenly hark, posterior corners equal to posterior margin of collum. Sterna low mesally, distinctly produced laterally, a transverse groove present between legpairs of each segment. Legs long, with femur extending beyond lateral margin of segment; leg segments unmodified except for moderate prefemoral spine; second and i-Diplopoda: Polydesmida : Xystodesmidae. Accepted for publication September 16, 1969. -Department of Entomology. University of California. Davis. California n5i,](,. 294 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | November, 1969 third legs of male each with a pair of cylindrical ventral processes ; second legs of female with a prominent pair of elongate coxal projections. Gonopod socket large, sub-oval in shape, with posterior rim raised heighth of one coxal width ; gonopods large, with coxae broad and joined together with a distinct sclerotized sternal connective which is surrounded by connective tissue and situated just distad of coxal muscles; telopodite joined to coxa distally by movable joint at oblique angle ; telopodite massive, longer than coxa and lacking long processes ; apex with curved flange or short processes ; seminal canal coursing almost directly up mcsal surface, ending in a small solenomerite. Type species : A. spinosa Btickett and Gardner, by original designation. A. spinosa = A. bifu?cata SACRAMENTO FIG. 1. Distribution map of Anombrocheir spinosa and A. bifurcata in the inner coast ranges of northern California. 80] EXTO.M < )!,<]<; I CAT. XKVVS 295 Anombrocheir spinosa Huckett and Gardner .hiainbrtJclicir spinosa Buckett and Gardner, 1(><>(>. Ent. News, 80(3): 70-71. Additional record: o males, 10 female>, 1 immature, 7.7 miles north- east Stonyford, /;; Colusa County. California. 23 March 1()(>X ( |. S. Buckett and M. K. Gardner). Anombrocheir bifurcata Gardner and I'.uckett, XK\\ Sl'KCIKS Diagnosis: Differs from ./. spinosa mainly in the gonopocls, in which the telopodite possesses a lohelike femoral process; gonopod apex distinctly bifurcate, both short processes acute and curved mesad. Description. — Holotype male, 28 mm in length ; 6.0 mm in width. Coronal suture prominent, ending abruptly above antennal sockets, t\vo prominent setae located on eacb side ; vertex smooth and shining, but etched with many minute transverse impressed striae; irons with a pair of setae dorsally between antennal sockets, a pair just below antennal sockets and separated by a distance equal to two-thirds the intersocket dis- tance, and a row of six setae on each side near ventral margin of frons ; clypeus with a transverse row of 25 setae ; labrum with a transverse row of 22 setae ; gula witli a broad, shallow groove parallel to lateral margin of facial shield; a distinct supra- antennal groove present ; antennae moderate in length, reaching caudad to fifth segment along lateral margins of paranota and separated by a distance equal to second antennal segment; first antennal segment cylindrical, not longer than width of socket, with two dorsal and two ventral subapical setae exceeding width of segment; second seg- ment three times length of first, proximal part half width of first, but apical part equal to it in width, with numerous short setae along dorsal and ventral margins and four long apical setae; segments three to five setose, subequal in shape, narrower proxi- mally ; segment three subequal in length to two, segments four and five slightly shorter ; segment six the longest, cylindrical, about half as wide at base as apex and covered with fine setae; seventh segment subhemispherical, with four sense cones inset at apex. Tergites smooth dorsally, except for many minute longitudinal impressed striae ; lateral extensions of paranota with subcuticular reticulations, paranota projecting slightly ventrolatcrad from midbody height and each exceeding width of body cylindei by about 30 #• of the cylinder; paranota slanted, with posterior margin higher than anterior margin; collum with anterior margin broadly rounded covering back of head; posterior corners of collum rounded, not projecting beyond posterior margin of seg- ment ; collum short, about one-third a- long as broad; following seven segments with anterolateral corners increasingly rounded, (posterior corners produced; segments 1 to I1' with anterolateral margins of paranoia broadly rounded, with the posterior corners acutely rounded and produced distinctly caudad of segment; repugnatorial pores opening on dorsal side of lateral margins of paranota near caudal corner; se.u ments 7 to 20 progressively reduced, with segment I1' greatly reduced, tergite narrower than distance between posterior corners of segmnt IS; epipmct subtriangular, its apex truncate and exceeding anal valves; epiproctal setae with two pairs of paramedial dor>al setae close to mesal line lone about midlength of segment, the oilier near apex I, three setae along each lateral margin of irrgile and two pairs of apical setae; an.il valves roughened, anal lips produced and lined bj two pairs of setae; hypoproct suh- lenlicular, longer than halt its width. 296 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 3 2 FIGS. 2-5. 80] ENTOMOLOCH'AL NEWS 2()7 Sternum of first legs not exposed between closely adjacent coxae; second through seventh segments with intercoxal area of sternum becoming gradually wider; follow- ing segments with sterna finely wrinkled, low mesally, raised out from body cylinder in lateral regions by one-third coxal width, a distinct transverse groove present be- tween legpairs of each segment; pleural area smooth; anterior stigma of each segment elongate-oval, the posterior one subcircular and smaller. Legs long and robust, femur exceeding lateral margin of paranota, coxae separated by slightly more than two coxal lengths; second coxa with small, rounded caudal process; third coxa with rounded, anteroventral lobe; succeeding legs with coxa short, slightly flattened, densely setose; prefcmur about 1.3 times length of coxa and slightly broader, with a distinct ventral apical spine ; femur very narrow basally, widening to three times basal width at apex, about 1.2 times length of prefemur ; postfemur shorter and narrower than coxa, and tibia of same proportions, but shorter and narrower yet : tarsus subcylindrical, more densely setose than previous segments, shorter than pre- femur, with a large, slightly curved claw equal to almost half the length of tibia ; femur and tarsus becoming exaggerated in length near posterior end of body, tarsus subequal to previous two segments in length and femur almost twice length of tarsus. Gonopod socket suboval in shape, with a low anterior rim and raised posterior rim. socket extending cephalad through two-thirds of prozonite and cauded to eighth ster- num, its width slightly narrower than distance between lateral margins of eighth coxal sockets. (i:iT>pods very large, telopodites produced cephalad to anterior margin of sixth segment; coxae erect, longer along lateral margin than along mesal margin; anteriorly, coxae joined at apex of mesal margins by distinct oval sternal remnant and a trans- lucent band of connective tissue beneath sternum ; coxae connected posteriorly by abun- dant transverse muscle tissue; telopodite joined to coxa by movable hinge which flexes longitudinally, permitting a vertical- or anterior-facing position of the telopo- dite; telopodite massive, exceeding coxa in length, with segmentation obscured; from anterior aspect telopodite narrowing just beyond origin then gradually widening until wider than coxa; numerous long setae generally distributed on posterior surface and on mesal surface near origin; rounded lobe produced mesad from anterior surface In-solid middle of telopodite, its mesal surface marked with prominent vertical stria- tions ; vertical flange produced on mesal surface of telopodite, extending from point caudad of mesal lobe to apex; apex of telopodite distinctly divided into two short processes; a caudal process ending in a prominent mesal spine and a cephalic procc^ receiving the vertical flange, ending in acute mesocaudal spine, and bearing small subapical anterior solenomcrite ; solenite emerging from coxa anteriorly, entering seminal canal on mesal surface of telopnditc, proceeding caudad of mesal lobe and cephalad of vertical flange to solenomerite. Specimens examined. — CALIFORNIA: liolotype male. S.5 niilr> north- west Rumsey, /;/ Colusa County. 1(> January 1(>(>() (Al. K. and R. C. FIGS. 2-5. FIG. 2. Holotype male, Anombrocheir />//»/•<•ido[>- tera of l:lor\da ( 1965). In attempting to learn if this were an undescribed species, I sent specimens to Mr. I). S. Fletcher of the British Museum. He identified the species as .\cr(tt»dcs uhliiHttaria Moschler, described from Puerto Rico. Furthermore, be found that the Florida material compared favorably with the subspecies scintillans Warren, described from British Guiana. A third name applied to the species is aberration fosciatti I 'nun, Hi" which Caracas, Venex.uela, is the type locality. The three names seem to reflect slight differences in maculation, especially expression of the median band. Some varia- tion in this band was seen in the series before me, indicating a possible source of confusion; however, none of the Florida specimens have the band almost wanting, as is the case with some neotropical specimens in the National "Museum of Natural History. The species is widely distributed in South America and the Caribbean area. although its full range and life history are not recorded. The specimens sent by Kimball were all but one taken by Mrs. Spencer Kemp in 1965 and 1966 in every month except March, May, and September; however, uhlina- taria can probably be found on Key Largo throughout the year. The other specimen is the earliest known from Florida, taken by II. V. Wccms, Jr., July 20, 1 '>'>_' Tbe-e specimens are in the Kimball collection. 300 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [November, 1969 Acratodcs oblinataria should be placed in the McDunnough Check List ( 1938 ) after Xvsfrota davisi Grossbeck (p. 143, No. 4137). Until revisionary studies clarify the correct generic placement of oblinataria. it should be left in Acratodcs (as used by L. B. Prout in Part 61 of Lcpidoftcromm Cataloyus, 1934). McDunnough listed in Xystrota the North American species ascribed by Prout to Acratodcs, and prob- ably would have included oblinataria in Xystrota as well. Acratodcs oblinataria Moschler, fe- male ; taken at Key Largo, Florida, April 15, 1966. Wingspan 16 mm. It seems strange to me that this species was not discovered in Florida by earlier workers. Perhaps its colonization of Key Largo is very recent, and that it was brought in on the winds of a hurricane. More probably it was simply missed, possibly due to lack of collecting on Key Largo. It seems well entrenched now, although tlit- subtropical hardwood hammock on northern Key Largo is doomed to clearance for development in a few years. Sad to say, this species may become extinct in Florida almost before its presence was discovered. I wish to thank D. S. Fletcher and C. P. Kimball for their assistance. — CHARLES V. COVELL, JR., L'nircrsity of Louisville. Kentucky 40208. (ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD continued on p. 304) 80] KXTOMOI.OCICAL NEWS 301 Distinction between Phytomyza horticola Goureau and P. syngenesiae (Hardy) (Diptera, Agromyzidae) ' GEORGE C. STEVSKAL - The widespread and very polyphagous leafminer formerly known as Phytowyza atricornis Meigen or P. chrysanthciui Kowarz, as well as by several less-used names, has been shown bv Griffiths ( 1967 ) to consist of a complex of 5 species : P. ara. Miller — The Higher Classification. I'hylngeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae ( Lepidoptera ). 174 pp S7.00 Xo. 25. Michael (', . J^ins/cy — The Schizopteridae (llemiptera: I leterop- tera ) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $().N) THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1"00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus lOtf per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to : R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8*, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, Zamberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba, Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. DECEMBER, 1969 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS BIONOMICS OF THE BARK BEETLE PRED- ATOR, THAXASLMUS DUBIUS FAB. KiAVAKD C. MIGXOT and ROGER F. AXDKKSDX, p. 305 PLFCOPTERA FROM HK;II ALTITUDES AND A NEW SPECIES OF LEUCTRA STEPHEX \\". HITCHCOCK, r. 311 THE MATURE LARVA AND PUPA OF CALOBAT1XA GEOMETROIDES ( CRESSON ) J. B. WALLACE, p. 317 A MODIFIED TF.CHNKJUE FOR MOUNTING Tin SANOPTEKA IN CANADA BALSAM B. S. HEM ixc, p. 323 RKVIFW OF "DiE LONCIIAEIDAE AND PALLOPTERIDAE . . . ," p. .^22 TlIF lil'FFALO TKEEIIOI'l'FR ON A MISSISSIPPI KlVER ISLAND. P. .^2S NEXT ISSl !•'.: DATA DOCUMENTS THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. SO DECEMBER, 1969 No. 12 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 62 inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 70 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section; literature notices in "The Ento- mologist's Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Market Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. BIONOMICS OF THE BARK BEETLE PREDATOR, THANASIMUS DUBIUS FAB. (COLEOPTERA: CLERIDAE) ' FI>WAKI> C. MIC. NOT- and ROGER F. ANDERSON ;t Many species of checkered beetles are well known predators of bark beetles; consequently, the adults of these insects are commonly observed on the outside bark while the larvae are in the inner-bark of trees infested with bark beetles. Inasmuch as checkered and ( )stomid beetles are usuallv the most abundant insect predators ot bark beetles and because only a few intensive studies have been made on these insects it was thought desirable to evaluate the effectiveness of two species of these common predators. Thanasimus dnhiiis Fab. and Tewnochila t'ircsccns Mann. Therefore, a study on these relationships was undertaken in 1(»64 and conducted over the following two year period, 1964 to 1(M>. Part of these studies entailed collecting a considerable amount of infor- mation on the life history and ecology of these predators and for one of these, the checkered beetle, Tlianasiiinis dnhiiis. the results are presented in this paper. A future paper will deal with the ostomid beetle, Tcuino- cliila t'ircsccns. About the same time the present study was made Thatcher and Pickard (1966) also studied the predator, I'lianusiiuus iliilnns. in which the host prey was the southern pine beetle, Dendroctonus jrontalis Zimm. The results of their work concerning the life history were somewhat similar to those presented here, but tor certain aspects we have more detailed data. Other rather intensive studies of clerid beetles as predators of bark beetles were those of Person ( 1'HO) and Struble (1942). Person studied Thanasitnus Iccotitci ( \Volc. i whereas Struble was concerned with l-'no- clcrns sphegeus Fab. In a third paper, which is scheduled tor future publication, the potential effectiveness ot both Tluinasiiiiit.f ihihius and Tcinnocliilii -I'lrcst'cns in regu- lating bark beetle populations will be discussed. 'This study was supported jointly by the Southern Forest I )i-ea-<- and Insect Research Council and Duke I'niversity. Accepted for publication Xovemher ,\ lnn'». 2 Present address ((f tlie senior author is Department of Kntoniolx spp. Time of Year Insect Specie- Spring H irly Suninie;- Late Summer Fall Days Days Days Days I ps spp T. diihius 34-37 67-83 31-35 Absent4 33-35 Absent4 32- 34 240-2625 4 Only adults were observed on the outside bark, larvae and pupae were not found. 5 The lonji developmental period was because the larvae passed the winter in this state. were cut from the boles of the felled trees. The bark was removed from these samples so that the bark beetles and predators present in the inner- bark could be identified, counted, and their developmental stage determined. In the laboratory the predators were reared in I'etri dishes. The inside of the bottom plates were usually covered with moistened filter paper so as to produce moisture conditions similar to those in the inner- bark where the immature stages of the predators normally live. The larval stages of the predators were fed with larvae and pupae ot the pine en- graver beetles (If>s spp.) whereas the adult predators were fed with adult engraver beetles. Various constant temperatures were used for the labora- tory studies. For the oviposition studies a small piece of pine bark had to be enclosed with each pair of beetles. This provided a suitable place for egg deposition. SO) KXTOMOLOCICAL XKWS 307 RESULTS The data collected on the life cycle of the checkered heetle. '/'. days; 30° C. 45 - U> days; 35° C. 29± 1.8 days; 37.1 C, 2S± 2.3 days. 308 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS December, 1969 TABLE 4. Mortality suffered by Thanasimus dubius during the developmental period Stage of Development Temperature °C 20 25 30 35 37 J Percent Mortality1* Egg 31.0 28.0 34.0 59.0 83.0 Larval Inst.tr 1 33.0 26.6 27.0 22.0 11.5 2 2.2 5.0 5.1 4.4 1.8 3 2.0 3.6 4.1 2.1 0.7 4 1.2 2.6 2.4 1.1 0.4 Pupa 8.1 5.8 5.5 3.7 1.1 Total 77.5 71.6 78.1 92.5 98.6 9 Mortality values for each stage are based on the total population at the beginning (e.g., number of eggs). The number of insects used for each stage at each temperature varied from 27 to 74 with the average being 48.2. The average preoviposition period from the time of heetle emergence to when the first egg was laid varied from 3 days at 20° C to 7 days at 37-J-0 C. At 25° C and 30° C the length was 4 days and for 35° C it was live days. Five replicates were used at each temperature studied with the range for each varying from 3 to 4 days at 20° C to 6 to 8 clays at 37i° C. Subsequently, the oviposition period continued for an average of 21 clays at 37r C to 47 clays at 25° C. Total egg production for five pairs of these predators varied from an average of 11 to 112. The average number of eggs per female for the various temperatures were as follows: 20° C, 81 eggs; 25° C, 106 eggs; 30° C, 112 eggs; 35° C, 37 eggs; 374° C, 11 eggs. These were produced at an average rate of 3.6 to 19.6 eggs per week. Uather dry conditions were better than a moist environment for larval development. Mortality was 61.1 percent when the insects were reared on moist filter paper, but was only 41.3 percent when the paper was kept dry. A total of 80 larvae were used in this study. Whenever two T. ditbins larvae were enclosed together in a Petri dish, one commonly killed and ate the other. When other food (bark beetle larvae or pupae) was present, however, the rate of cannibalism was re- duced to about 35 percent when two larvae were caged together for a period of two days. When the usual food consisting of bark beetle larvae or pupae was absent, however, one larva always soon destroyed the other. The adult beetles, on the other hand, were not cannibalistic even in the absence of other food. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 309 In the field, the density of the 7'. dnluits populations, on the- outside of logs infested with pine engravers was higher, both during the spring (averaging 1 beetle per square foot of bark) and the fall (0.8 beetles per square foot) than it was during the three hot summer months from June through August. During the latter period the average was 0.5 beetles per square foot. Larval populations of the earlier instars of this predator also averaged about 1 per square foot of inner-bark surface during both the spring and fall seasons. However, this density decreased as the larvae matured so that for the last (4th) larval instar and the following pupal stage there averaged only 0.5 insects per square foot of inner-bark. As can be seen from the data in Table 1, there were no immature stages of T . diibius present in the logs infested with Isf> spp. during the three hot summer months of June, July, and August. DISCUSSION The data presented in Tables 1 to 4 show that the bark beetle pre- dator, T. ditbins, developed fastest and survived better at the cooler tem- peratures that occur during the spring and fall seasons. Throughout the hot summer months from June through August, the immature stages of this predator were absent in logs exposed in the field and infested with bark beetles even though the adults were present. During the hot summer season this ecological niche in the inner bark was consistently and com- pletely occupied by another common predator, Tcninochila I'ircsccns. Other data presented here pertaining to eggs production, incubation period, and development from egg to adult of T. diihins in the field are somewhat similar to those reported by Thatcher and Pickard (I9(>f>i. As with most preliminary types of studies, this one suggests several relationships that should lie investigated more thoroughly. One aspect that should be clarified is to determine \vhy the immature stages are absent during the hot summer months. As stated previously, the- inner-bark of logs infested with bark beetles during the summer was occupied by another predator. Icninocliila I'ircscois. If T. iliil'ius did not produce a genera- tion during the three hot summer months the beetles either had to survive as adults until autumn, at which time they reproduced, or the}' produced a summer generation with the larvae feeding on some prey other than hark beetles. In either case, the density of the immature stages of '/'. dithins was as large in the autumn as it was in tin- spring. It is suspected that during mid-summer the clerid larvae were destroyed by the other common predator, Tcnnmchila I'ircsccns. Another somewhat unexpected result was that the rate of development decreased considerably at a temperature of only 30° C. At J5 C" the 310 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 rate of development from time of oviposition to the imago was 23, 33, and 46 percent faster than it was at 30° C, 35° C, and 37^° C, respectively. This adverse effect of higher temperatures agrees with the other results indi- cating that T. ciii bins succeeds better at cooler temperatures. And, lastly, the interspecific relationship between the two predators, Thanasimus diibius and TemnochUa t'ircsccns, should be investigated more thoroughly especially at cooler temperatures. This type of study may help to explain the fate of the ostomid larvae in the spring and fall and the clerid larvae in the summer. LITERATURE CITED PERSON, H. L. 1940. The Clerid Thanasimus Icc/mtci (Wolc.) as a factor in con- trol of the western pine beetle. J. For. 38(5) : 390-396. STRUBLE, G. R. 1942. Biology of t\vo native coleopterous predators of the mountain pine beetle in sugar pine. Panpac. Knt. 18(3) : 97-107. STRCBLE, G. R. 1942. Laboratory propagation of two predators of the mountain pine beetle. J. Econ. Ent. 35(6) : 841-844. THATCHER, R. C. and L. S. PICKARD. 1966. The Clerid beetle, Thanasimus diibius. as a predator of the southern pine beetle. J. Econ. Ent. 59(4) : 955-957. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NKNVS 311 Plecoptera from High Altitudes and a New Species of Leuctra (Leuctridae) ' STEP 1 1 KX W. HITCHCOCK - ABSTRACT Five species of stoneflies have been previously recorded from the alpine zone above timberline in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. Two of these were probably carried up by wind and do not survive in the area. Two additional species of Nemoura were found existing there. Eleven species were collected near or above timberline in Wyoming, two of these being new records for Wyoming. The alpine zone in tin- east has relict arctic populations with occasional incursions of temperate species. Alpine zones in the west have populations that are continuous north and south. I.citctiM luiir,; new sp. is described. A key to Leuctra males of the northeast is given. High mountain areas are of considerable interest in the .study of popu- lations for they allow intrusions of northern species into more southern areas. The alpine zone of the White Mountains is a restricted area thai has been under scrutiny of biologists since the late eighteenth century. The higher reaches of the western cordillera cover a vast expanse that have been onlv imperfectly examined. Recently I have collected stoneflies near and above timberline in both the Presidential range of Xew Hampshire and the Wind River range of "Wyoming. Several stoneflies have been recorded from the former, apparently none from the latter. Alexander ( lc)40 ) has given a fine summary of the biology and geolo^x of thi' Ml. Washington area of Xew Hampshire so no detailed descriptions will be given here. The following stoneflies have been previously recorded from the alpine /.one of Ml. Washington : Dinnt naiiscni ( Kempny) ( Perlo- didaei, Leuctra ruriublis Hanson, Xcinoitra n'njritta 1'rovancher (Nemou- riolae i . Leuctra tennis (IMcteti and Arcynopteryx couipacta ( MacT.ach- lan i ( i 'erlodidae ) . The first two species were found at the Lakes of the Clouds i el. 5.000 feet) or the outlet to it. An additional record from this spot is Xetiinoiira Inspinosu C'laassen collected by me on June 28th. These stonetlies were numerous and emerging as adults at noontime. As might be expected, thev resembled specimens from the north in Quebec rather than western population.-, in Illinois. The adults were all macropterous but did not fly. It disturbed, they lifted their wings, the ever present wind 1 Accepted for publication September 13, 1%''. -Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, Box lllld, \\-\\ 11. urn, Connecti- cut OfolM. 312 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 carried them a few feet, whereupon they folded their wings, dropped to the ground and ran into rock cracks or other shelter. Nemo-nra washing toniana Claassen wras originally collected from "Mt. Washington" but without specific data to enable it to be placed by life zone. It is of interest therefore that I captured one male and two females from a small brooklet coming off the snowfields over timberline above the head- wall of Tuckerman Ravine at about 5,100 feet. Slosson (1895, 1897) recorded two stoneflies from above timberline on Mt. Washington and probably from the summit as her collecting was apparently restricted to the vicinity of the hotel at the top of the mountain (el. 6,288 feet). Xcinonra nii/ritta (--N. dclosa) ranges from Florida to southern Quebec. It is perhaps the most common Xcnionra in southern New England and it would therefore seem likely that nujntta, being a more southern species and common in streams, was a likely candidate to be carried by winds to the summit, rather than breeding in the little water available above timberline. Lcuctra tennis recorded by Mrs. Slosson in 1895 may also be a chance capture. Most Lcuctra fly readily and I have taken them one-half mile from the nearest stream. I have found the closely related L. tcnclla in a stream on the wooded slope of Mt. Wash- ington and, if flying near timberline, could be easily carried upwards by the wind currents. In the absence of contrary evidence, L. tennis should also not be considered an inhabitant of the upper slopes. Three different elements then make up the Plecoptera fauna of the alpine zone in the White Mountains: a) casual visitors — lowland species of more southern range taken by convection air currents and deposited in the area but which cannot survive (example — Ncmoura nigritta) : b ) temperate species — species whose range is continuous latitudinally to the north and can survive in the alpine zone as equivalent to the northern edge of its range. If the local population is wiped out by an extra severe winter or other catastrophe, it can be replenished by immigrants from the same stream farther down the slope in the Hudsonian or Canadian zones (exam- ple— Nemoura trispinosa ) ; c ) northern species — species whose range is discontinuous to the north and the White Mountains represent an isolated southern remnant of an otherwise circumpolar distribution. If destroyed in the local area, there can be no immediate replacement (example — Diura nanseni washingtoni) . Tuckerman Ravine, a protected glacial cirque on the eastern slope of the range, has been extensively collected for stoneflies. Arcynopteryx compact a, a transcontinental arctic species, has been taken there as has a single female Ncmoura, possibly oregonensis. Both of these represent isolated outposts of more northern or western species. X0| ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 313 Tuckerman Ravine also contains the- following new species: Leuctra (Leuctra) laura XK\Y SPFCTES ( Figs. 1, 3, 4) Male: Light brown in color; prosternal sclcrites and \ving venation typical of subgenus ; first six abdominal segments unexceptional, seventh tergite bears a broad sclcrotized lobe that is barely raised above the surface and extends two-thirds the way across the tergite, a membranous area extends from the posterior margin of the tergite forward on each side of the lobe ; the eighth tergite bears a trifurcate process reaching (in dorsal view) almost to the hind margin, the lateral teeth of this process sharply pointed and raised above the surface of the tergite, the center tooth smaller and ap- prcssed to the surface so that it turns slightly downward; the posterior membranous margin of the tergite drops sharply down from the trifurcate process, this membranous area extends anteriorly on each side of the process ; the ninth tergite largely mem- branous except for a lightly sclerotized area medially; the vesicle (ventral lobe) of the ninth sternite setiferous and twice as long as wide, the center portion of the sternite flattened, somewhat membranous and slightly recessed medially, the terminal lobe sharply produced; paraprocts curved and of approximate equal width throughout; the titillators shorter than the paraprocts and only slightly curved. Length to tip of wings 8.5 mm. The holotype male was taken by sweeping the foliage over Cutler's Brook at the base of Tuckerman Ravine (el. 3.300 feet). Ml. Washington, N. H., June 28, 1969. Tt will be placed in the United States National Museum, type number 70772. Female: unknown. There were two distinctive Leuctra females col- lected with the holotype, either of which could be the female of this species. The most likely specimen, based on size and color, is illustrated in Fig. 2 and described as follows : Light brown in color; prosternal sclerites, abdominal tergites and wing venation typical of subgenus; subgenital plate of the eighth sternite slightly produced into two broad, flattened lobes with a shallow narrow notch between them; a lighter colored area extends forward from this notch to the anterior margin of the sternite so forming an irregular longitudinal stripe; cerci setiferous with a small lobe distally at the tip. Length to tip of wings 10.7 mm. Captured at some time and place as the male of lanra. There is no recent key to Xorth American Leuctra. L. laura would fit in as follows to a key to male Leuctra s.s. of the northeast : 1. Raised processes on both tergites 7 and 8 or processes on neither ................ 2 Process on either tergite 7 or tergite S but not on both .......................... 4 2. No processes on either tergite 7 or 8; or a single, rounded, hardly raised process on each segment .......................................... f erruginea Processes on both tergites 7 and 8; process on S either hi- or trilobed ............ o 3. Process bilobed on each of tergites 7 and 8 ............................. duplicata Process trilobed on tergite S ; single, rounded, hardly raised on 7 ............ laura 314 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 4. Process on tergite 7 only 5 Process on tergite 8 only 9 5. Process on tergite 7 distinctly trilobed <> Process of tergite 7 not trilobed 7 6. No spines on apices of paraprocts, titillators slightly curved or straight. . .variablis Paraprocts finely spinulate apically, titillators well curved triloba 7. Process of tergite 7 reaching anterior margin of 8th tergite 8 Process of tergite 7 not reaching more than halfway across tergite 7 tenella 8. Sclerotized process long, extending out over tergite 8 ; vesicle longer than wide tenuis Sclerotized process not extending over tergite 8; vesicle as wide as long variablis 9. Tergite 8 with a single process 10 Tergite 8 with two processes or a single bifurcate or tri furcate one 11 10. Process truncate truncata Process rounded and hardly raised f erruginea 11. Tergite 8 with a trifurcate process laura Tergite 8 with two processes or a single bifurcate one 12 12. Process of tergite 8 with 2 slender processes widely separate and several times as long as wide ; paraprocts without trough sibleyi Process of tergite 8 with two lobes close together ; trough in paraprocts maria There are no specific lists of timberline insects of the Rocky Mountains. However, Knight and Gatiiin (1966) and Gaufm (1964) give some mea- sure of expected stoneflies. The following stoneflies were collected from July 16 to 20 at elevations of 10,000 to 10,500 feet in the Bridger Wilder- ness Area of Wyoming. Xcinonra Iwysi Ricker — a mating pair well above timberline on a cliffside several hundred yards from the nearest water (Bear Lake). Ncinoura coluinlnnua Claassen — above timberline at the outlet to Pass Lake. Paralcuctra piirccllana (Neave) — female among scrub willows at outlet to Faler Lake. The venation of the hindwing was not typical of Paralcuctra but the genitalia and abdominal sclerotization of the abdomen are distinctive. Pcrloinyia utahcnsis Needham and Claassen — above timberline at outlet to Pass Lake. Capniu cuiifitsa Claassen — above timberline at Bear Lake. Capnia gracilaria Claassen — two gravid females at outlet to Faler Lake. Allopcrla laiuba Needham and Claassen — outlet to Faler Lake. . \Unpcrla fidclis Banks — numerous at both Faler Lake and its outlet. A female was captured ovipositing on the lake at 10 A.M. I\ira[>crla frontalis (Banks) — . .Ircynnptery.v watcrtonil: Ricker — both of the above were collected in a grassy meadow with scattered trees in a pocket otherwise ab jve timberline. Isopcrla cbria (Hagen) — Faler Lake. The most notable thing in this list is the wide spread distribution of all these insects in the cordillera. There were no rare or restricted species. This is in strong contrast to the situation in the White Mountains. Al- though the Bridger area is twice the elevation of the White Mountains, the so i ENTOMOLOGICAL NKXYS 315 1 FIGURES 1 — t. 1. Dorsal view «\ terminal abdominal M'gnunts ni Leuctra Itinra new sp. 2. Probable female of /.. luiirn. ventral view. 3. Lateral vie\\ nf male ter- minalia, L. hnira. 4. X'entral vie\\ »i male ninth sternite, L. luiirn. \\-ratlKT is less rigorous and tlie lii^her life zones arc continuous to the north and south. Xehi-ker and Gaufin ( 1()C>7 ) present a ma]) showing harriers and the /.ones of isolation in the mountainous areas of the west. These particular insects fall into the \Yasatch zone with affinities to the \Yasatch and I'inta Mountains and the mountains of south central I 'tali. However the ( ireen River drainage has an altitudn c< tniiection to the north through the Ahsaroka Mountains and two species ( /'. purcellana and 316 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | December, 1969 A. u'aiertoni), not previously recorded from Wyoming (Gaufin, 1964) nor from the general Wasatch area but rather from Montana and north, were found at 10,300 feet altitude. These two species may be establishing themselves at the headwater of the Green River after having surmounted the mountain passes to the north and will eventually be found farther south. Because of the Snake River Plain barrier on the west and the desert areas of south central \Yyoming on the east, the headwaters of the Green River may be the present main corridor for northern aquatic insects to make their way south into the Colorado River drainage. At the higher, colder altitudes, stoneflies are less restricted to streams and will be commonly found in lakes as well. Many of these high country lakes contain no fish as the steep streams preclude natural movement of the fish into them. Others have been artificially stocked, usually with a single variety of trout. They thus provide a natural laboratory to examine the effects of fish on native arthropod populations. It should be possible to study undisturbed lakes as well as those subject to feeding pressure by different species of trout. The alpine zone of the \Yhite Mountains represents an area available for colonization only since the retreat of the Wisconsin glaciation. It is an area of rigorous climate characterized by a relict plecopteran arctic fauna being occasionally invaded by more temperate species. These iso- lated populations of stoneflies have already shown evidence of differentia- tion (Brinck, 1954). The higher areas of the Rockies have been available for colonization for a longer period of time and the continuum of areas of high altitude is much greater. Consequently, stoneflies from northern areas are found extending far to the south and there is a greater population flux between zones of isolation. LITERATURE ClTKI) ALEXANDER, C. P. 1940. The presidential range of New Hampshire as a biological environment, with particular reference to the insects. American Midi. Nat. 24: 104-132. BRINCK, P. 1954. On the classification of the Plecopteran subfamily Perlodinae. Opus. Entom. 19: 190-201. GAUFIN', A. R. 1964. Systematic list of Plecoptera of intermountain region. Proc. Utah Acad Sci. Arts Letters 41 : 221-227. KNIGHT, A. W. and A. R. GAUFIN. 1966. Altitudinal distribution of stoneflies in a Rocky Mountain drainage system. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 39: 668-675. NEBEKER, A. V. and A. R. GAUFIN. 1967. Geographic and seasonal distribution of the family Capniidae of western North America (Plecoptera). Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc. 40: "41 5-421. SLOSSON, A. T. 1895. The season on Mt. Washington. Ent. News 6 : 276-280. — . 1897. Additional list of insects taken in alpine region of Mt. Washington. Ent. News 8 : 237-240. 80 J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 317 The Mature Larva and Pupa of Calobatina geo- metroides (Cresson) (Diptera: Micropezidae) ! I. B. WALLACE2 ABSTRACT Larvae and puparia of Calohtitinn f/coiiictraidcs (Cresson) were collected in de- tritus in an old tree trunk at Warm Springs, Georgia. The mature larvae and pu- parium are described. Characters are given for separating Calobutina larvae from those of other known Micropezidae. There are very few published descriptions of immature stages of micro- pezids in entomological literature. Hennig (1952) and Steyskal (19M> brought together information on the immature stages of this family. Stey- skal included a key to the known third instar larvae of the Micropezidae. There are approximately ol species of micropezids in 8 recognized genera north of Mexico in the Nearctic realm (Steyskal, 1965). However, there are only two or three descriptions of immature stages of the Xearctic fauna known and included in Steyskal's (1964) key. Based on the known information of life histories, micropezid larvae appear to have saprophagous feeding habits. Sabrosky (1942) reared Rainieria antennae pes ( Sav ) (as R. brunneipes} from puparia found in the crotch of an American elm. Berg ( 1947 ) reared Miiuc64) reported additional rearings of Mimegralla spp. in ginger root from Asia. Taeniaptera lascrca ( V . \ has apparently been reared from underneath the bark of fig trees in Florida (Steyskal. 1964). According to Steyskal (19(>4). there are three species in the genus Calobatina in the I". S. Calobatina ijeutnetroides is distributed from Mis- souri and Kentucky southward to Texas and Florida. Specimens included in this paper were collected from approximately 1 cubic foot of moist organic debris in a hollow stump of tulip poplar. Liriodendron tulipfera, within 100 yards of the famous spring at \\ arm Springs, Georgia. In ad- dition to the micropezids, a number of Tabanidae larvae (Diptera). CM! lembola and isopods were feeding in the above media. 1 Accepted for publication September 26, 1969. - Department of Kntoinoloj-y, l.'niversity of < .eorgia, Athens 30MI1. 318 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 On April 26, 1969, 8 larvae and 7 puparia were collected from the above habitat. All of the larvae were apparently in the late 3rd-instar when collected. Five of the 7 puparia had evidently been parasitized when found. The dorsal cephalic caps of the latter puparia were still intact and 3 of them had small holes in their midportion where the parasites had appar- ently emerged. No parasites were successfully reared from the remaining puparia. The puparia were formed in the same habitat as that in which the larvae were living. Some of the larvae and puparia were found as deep as 6 inches below the surface of the debris. The rather "spoon-shaped" mouthhooks (Fig. 2) and the larval habitat suggests saprophagous feeding habits of C. gcomctroides. One adult emerged on May 30, 1969. from the puparia collected on April 26, 1969. These puparia had been held in the laboratory in 1x2 05 FIGS. 1-3. Third stage larva of Calobatina geometroides. 1, cephalopharyngeal skeleton (dc, dorsal cornua ; HS, hypostomal sclerite ; MH, mouthhook ; vc, ventral cornua). 2, ventral view of apex of left mouthhook; 3, posterior spiracular plates (isp, interspiracular processes; sts, stigmatic scar). (All measurements in mm.) SO I K.\ TO. MOLOGICAL .\K\YS in. plastic snap-top vials at 23-25° C from April 26. The 30-plus-day pupal period perhaps indicates that the life cycle of C. geometroides may he somewhat prolonged. Calobatina geometroides (CressonJ Third-iiistar Larva — cream white. Length 12.1-15.0 mm (X = 13.5 mm), width 2.0-2.6 mm (X = 2.25 mm). Maggot shaped with 12 apparent body segment* (Fig. 6). Cephalopharyngeal skeleton; length = 1.15 mm (Fig. 1); with paired mouth- hooks, the apical portion of each hook somewhat "spoon-shaped" in ventral vie\\ (Fig. 2), each hook with two posterio-ventral branches. A crescent-shaped dorsal bridge lies between the parastomal bars interiorly with a similar shaped bridge occur- ring ventrad to the hypostomal sclerite. Dorsal cornua of pharyngeal sclerite slightly shorter than ventral cornua which bears a dorsobasal lobe. Second thoracic segment bearing an anterior spiracle dorsolaterally on each side (Fig. 4), eacli spiracle with 14-16 (X = 15) papillae. Creeping welts with small, rounded spicules present ven- trally on intersegmental lines of segments II-IV through Xl-Xil. IVsteri- r s; iracu- lar plates proximate as in Fig. 3; each on a rather heavily sclerotized stigmatophore ; each spiracle with a heavily sclerotized dorsolateral spine. Spiracular openings num- bering 40 or more, irregularly arranged on each spiracle without separation into definite slits; each spiracle with a distinct stigmatic scar (STS) and four branched interspiracular processes (ISP) located around the margin of each spiracle. Anal plate about twice as wide as long, with a few very small, scattered, rounded, spinules around the anterior and lateral margin of the plate. (Based on 7 specimens, Warm Springs, Georgia). Pnt>arinm—(Figs. 7-8)— Dark brown. Length— 10.1-11.5 mm (X = 11.1) ; width — 2.0-2.5 mm (X = 2.25 mm) ; tapering at the anterior end in dorsal and lateral view. Anterior spiracles (Fig. 4) at each antero-lateral margin with distinguishable papillae numbering 14-16 (X = 15) around the margin of each spiracle. Remains of spinulose area of creeping welts visible ventrally at intersegmental lines. Posterior ] of pu- parium ringed with small striae ; striae also present anterio-ventrally. Posterior spi- racular plates as two short, sclerotized projections at the posterior end of the puparium, distinctive shape, stigmatic scar, and spiracular openings still evident. Anastomosing remains of trachea! branches between individual spiracular openings and main tracheal trunk evident beneath the translucent spiracular surface. ( Based on 5 specimens, Warm Springs, Georgia). DISCUSSION The larvae of Calobatina i/conicfroidcs will correctly key to the sub- family Taeniapterinae in Steyskal's ( 1964) key to known micropezid larvae. However, a conflict will arise between his couplets S (Rainieria antcn- iHicpcs) and (> (leading to Minn-i/nillit .vpp. and Taeniaptera spp. ). Based on Steyskal's descriptions of these latter 3 genera. Calobatina has the fol- lowing attributes that will readily distinguish it fmm l\alnlcrla antcnnacpcs: dorsal and ventral cornua approximately equal in length: posterior spiracle with irregularly arranged slits not in a winding configuration as in Ra'tucrui 320 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS .15 [December, 1969 2.5 FIGS. 4-8. 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 321 antcnnacpes. Calobatina can be separated from Mimegralla and Taeni- aptcra on the basis of the latter two genera having posterior spirac!<-~ arranged in 3 definite slits, whereas those of C. geometroides are a> in Fig. 3. The larval anatomy of C. geometroides appears to support Steyskal's ( 1964 ) delineation of Micropezidae sens. str. larvae. The stigmatophore of the posterior spiracles, openings of the posterior spiracles, anal plate with only a few very weak spicules and the dorsobasal swelling of the ventral cornua agree well with characters used by him to separate the larvae of Micropezidae from the Xeriidae. ACKNOWLEDGMENT The author thanks Air. G. C. Steyskal of the Systematic Entomology 1 .almratory. USDA, for identification of ( . geometroides reared in tin's study. LITERATURE CITED BERG, C. O. 1947. Biology and metamorphosis of some Solomon Island^ Diptera. Part I: Micropezidae and Xeriidae. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan X<>. 503: 1-14, pis. I-III. Mi-. \\i<;. \\'. 1952. Die Larvenformen der Dipteren, Part III. Akademie Yerlag: Berlin. 628 p. SABROSKY, C. W. 1942. An unusual rearing of Raincria bnnincipcs (Cresson) (Dip- tera: Micropezidae). Ent. Xe\vs 53: 283-285. STEYSKAL, G. C. 1964. Larvae of Micropezidae (Diptera), including two species that hore in ginger roots. Ann. Entomol. Soc. America 57 : 292-296. STEYSKAL, G. C. 1965. Alicropezidae, p. 633-636. In A. Stone et al. A Catalog of the Diptera of America Xorth of Mexico. United States Dept. Agric., Agr. Handb. 276. FIGS. 4-8. Third stage larva and puparium of ( alabatine geometroides. 4, ante- rior spiracles of 3rd-stage larva: 5, lateral view of posterior spirucular di>c of 3rd- stagc larva ( AP, anal plate; ps, posterior spiracles) ; o, lateral view of 3rd-stagr larva; 7, puparium lateral view; N, puparium, dorsal view. (All meaMmiiiu-nt> in nun.) 322 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | December, 1969 DIE LONCHAEIDAE UND PALLOPTERIDAE OSTERREICHS UNO DER ANGRENZENDEN GEBIETE. PART II: DIE PALLOPTERIDAE By GUNTER MORGE. Naturkundliches Jahrbuch der Stadt Linz, 1967: 141-213, 6 color plates, figs. 242-295. The second part of Dr. Morge's monographic studies of Dipterous enemies of forest tree pests has appeared in the Naturkundliches Jahrbuch der Stadt Linz, Austria and should be of great significance to forest entomologists and to systematists. Both of these studies are excellent examples of thorough monographs of two rather poorly known and understood families of flies which obviously are of considerable importance as biological control agents against bark beetles and possibly wood boring beetles. The author, Dr. Giinter Morge, Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde, D.D.R., has had many years of research experience in forest entomology with a spe- cial interest in the biology and taxonomy of the flies which prey upon pests of forest trees. The present work has resulted from the compiling of an impressive amount of biological data gathered from carefully controlled field and laboratory studies. The- Lonchaeidae and Pallopteridae are commonly associated with forests over much of the world and probably play an important part in keeping populations of bark and wood boring beetles in check. Even though these studies deal largely with the Austrian fauna the work is so thoroughly done that it treats a large share of the European species and much of the information would be directly applicable to these flies in other parts of the world. It stands as an outstanding example of excellence in research and in the presentation of results. The introduction discusses the background of this study and points out the need for revision of the Pallopteridae. Much misinformation has appeared in the past literature and many contradictions have resulted from misidentification of species. The need for a modern classification is made obvious. The main purpose for this research has been to bring up-to-date the knowledge of the family. The background work and previous studies by other authors are discussed and a review is given of the pertinent literature pertaining to the family. He discusses in detail the biology, habits, and characteristics of the species which are of most importance in the forests. Various species have a wide range of habits from those which are saprophitic or predaceous under bark ; species which are phytophagous in fruits, leaves and other plant parts in pine, spruce, fir, and other forest trees. Some are also gall formers in grasses. The principal taxonomic and diagnostic morphological and chaetotaxic characters of the adult and the importance of these flies as natural enemies of bark beetles are treated. The evolutionary significance of the morphological characters is discussed and a detailed phylogenetic arrangement of subfamilies and genera, and keys to the taxa are presented. I am not a specialist in this group and am not qualified to criticize his well presented phylogenetic charts. The bibliography is excellent and should be very useful. The work is excep- tionally well illustrated and contains six beautiful color plates and 56 line drawings which add greatly to the value of this work. The color plates are most unusual, the reproductions are well done and it is hoped will serve as a stimulus for other authors to use color reproductions. These are far superior to the ordinary black and white illustrations. — D. ELMO HARDY, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Haifa ii 96822. 80 j ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 323 A Modified Technique for Mounting Thysanoptera in Canada Balsam ' B. S. HEMIM, ABSTRACT A technique i_s described for mounting Thysanoptera in Canada Balsam which overcomes most of the problems associated \vith the use of this mounting medium. It is unnecessary to puncture the animals prior to clearing them and usually the ap- pendages are already spread. In addition the male external genitalia are extruded. INTRODUCTION Attempts have been made to shorten the process of mounting Thysa- noptera on slides by using mounting media such as glycerine, glycerine- gelatin, Berlese's , Hover's, de Faure's, poly vinyl lactophenol etc. (Priesner, 1960). An important advantage that all of these media share is that the animals can be mounted into them directly, either alive or from alcohol. In addition, some of them (e.g.. Hover's, Berlese's) are water-based ami facilitate study of the animals by phase microscopy (Ross in Stannard, 1968). However, none of these preparations are permanent even if they are ringed. Also, the specimens tend to fade with time and frequently the taxonomically-important ocellar and epidermal pigments of the thrips dis- solve (Priesner, 1960). For these reasons most thysanopterists agree that the best mounting medium for thrips is Canada Balsam (Hartwig, 1952; Bierne, 1955; Priesner, 1960: Faure, 1%1 : O'Xeill and Bigelow. 1(><>4: Stannard, 1968). Unfortunately, the use of Canada Balsam has three major drawbacks. First, considerable time and patience is required to process the specimens properly prior to mounting them. Second, the specimens tend to crumple or shrink when they are transferred from 95^, 98%, or absolute alcohol to the usual clearing agents (xylol, carboxylol, oil of wintergreen, oil of cloves, etc.). To avoid this problem the usual procedure is to puncture the abdomen prior to transferring each specimen to the clearing agent (Hartwig, 1952; Priesner. 1960; Stannard. l('dS). I'nless the worker is experienced, this process often results in the damage or removal of struc- tures (sclerites, setae) necessary for the identilicatinn of the thrips. Third. 1 Accepted for publication September 29, 1969. 2 Department of Entomology. I'niversity of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta. 324 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 the appendages (wings, legs), of the specimen must be spread before the coverslip is applied. This operation is often unsuccessful and, again, fre- quently results in the destruction of useful characters. Having recently begun a comparative morphological study of the male external genitalia of thrips, I have experimented with various mounting methods to find one the use of which would result in the preparation of specimens with everted genitalia. This search has resulted in the devel- opment of a technique which avoids some of the drawbacks of Canada 50% ale. 70% a k. ( !/2h. store) 15CH.COOH ( 1/4 h) 10% a)c..0.1% Triton-X ( dilation) 98%alc. (V2h) (structure) cold 10% KOH or NaOH ( 1/2 h- severe I days) 9 8% ale. cedarwood oil (-lh) Canada Balsam cedarwood oil FIG. 1. Outline of mounting procedure. 80J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 325 Balsam noted above. The technique is basically that of Hartwig ( 1('5J as modified by Faure ( 1958). PROCEDURE The mounting procedure is outlined in Fig. 1. Thrips are collected in the usual manner (Bailey. 1^57; Priesner, 1960) into 10% ethanol (Hart- wig, 1952) to which 0.1% Triton-X emulsifier has been added ( Faure. 1958). The low alcohol concentration, over a period of two days to a week or more, distends the thrips, extends the wings (in Terebrantia ; in Tubulifera the \vings are often held over the abdomen by wing-holding setae i and legs and everts the male and female external genitalia (this also occurs in small Coleoptera, 1 1 ymenoptera, Diptera, etc. collected with the thrips). As I lartwig (1952) pointed out, distension is facilitated at higher tempera- tures (37° C) and by placing grass seeds (preferably germinating) in tilt- collecting solution. The emulsifier acts as a wetting agent and causes the thrips to sink. Further processing is best carried out in 70 mm watch glasses, each collection of thrips remaining in the glass as the succession of liquids are introduced and drawn off with a medicine dropper. Between changes a second, 100 mm, watch glass inverted over the first keeps out dust. The collecting label for each collection is placed under the watch glass. In this way one can process up to 15 collections, each containing many individuals, one after the other, thereby eliminating the time factor as a drawback in the use of Canada Balsam. The thrips are passed successively through 35%, 50%. and 70% ethanol, leaving them in each concentration for at least 4 hour. The thrips can be stored in 70% ethanol, but over long periods (several months or more) the epidermal and ocellar pigments and later, the integumentary ones, fade (Priesner, 1960). If the thrips are dark and heavily sclerotized (e.g.. Elaphrothrips, //- lothrips, etc. ) a few of the series should be macerated in cold 10% KOH or NaOl I for from \ hour to several days, depending on degree of scleroti- xation. This trea ment reveals manv structures, necessary for identification, which would be invisible otherwise. Others of the series should not be macerated because of the importance of color. After maceration, the lye is replaced by 15'^ acetic acid followed by distilled water, both for 15 minutes. Following this the specimens are treated in the usual manner. ( The amount of time the specimens were in lye should be indicated on t Ill- label after mounting, Stannard. pers. comm.). The thrips are placed in °)89r or absolute alcohol for at least \ hour before infiltrating them with ci-darwood oil. Cedarwod oil is used because 326 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 it is much heavier than the alcohol. An embryological staining dish is half-filled with the oil. If the dish is then slowly filled to the top with absolute ethanol, the two liquids will remain separate for several hours, the lighter alcohol floating on the cedarwood oil. Each thrips is lifted out of the watch glass with a camel's hair brush and an insect pin is used to trans- fer it from the brush into the staining dish. The thrips sink through the alcohol and come to rest on the surface of the cedarwood oil. Over the next hour or so, as the thrips become infiltrated, they gradually sink through the cedarwood oil and, when completely clear, some to rest on the bottom of the dish. No shrinkage occurs and the male genitalia remain expanded. The entire collection is then transferred in a medicine dropper to a Syracuse watch glass filled with pure cedarwood oil. Mounting, label- ling and drying are carried out in the usual fashion (Hartwig, 1952 ; Bierne, 1955; Priesner, 1960; O'Neill and Bigelow, 1964; Stannarcl. 1968, pers. comm.), but it is usually unnecessary to spread the appendages except to flip the wings of phlaeothripids out from under the wing-holding setae. \Yhen the alcohol in the embryology dish starts to become milky (usually after three to four hours) the infiltration solution should be thrown out and a new one prepared. OBSERVATIONS AND DISCUSSION Figs. 2 and 3 are photomicrographs of a brachypterous male Chirothrips patniclis Hood and a macropterous female Anaphothrips canicroni (Bag- nail ) mounted according to the procedure outlined in this paper. Note that the antennae, legs and wings are nicely spread as in mounts prepared in the traditional manner by experienced thysanopterists. Since all speci- A FIG. 2. Chirothrips patniclis Hood, brachypterous male, dorsal aspect. FIG. 3. .liKiphotlirips canicroni (Bagnall), macropterous female, dorsal aspect. FIG. 4. Clii- rothrips patniclis Hood, extended male genitalia, dorsal aspect. 80] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 327 mens mounted in this way are distended, measurements for taxonomic pur- poses should he taken as outlined by I'riesner (1960). Ing. 4 is a photomicrograph, taken at higher magnification, of the dis- tended male genitalia. Both Hartwig ( 1952) and Priesner (1960) advise separating the genitalia from the animal and mounting them separately under another cover slip on the same slide. If very little Canada Balsam is used, the genitalia flatten on drying, and the preparation is easier to .study. The external genitalia are being used with increasing frequency in taxo- nomic studies of thrips, particularly the aedeagus or pseudovirga of the genitalia of male Phlaeothripidae (see recent papers of Priesner, Faure and y.\\r Strassen). From my own work. 1 predict that the shape and ornamen- tation of the epiphallus or endotheca in Terebrantia will he of use in higher taxon evaluation (the terminology of the various parts of the genitalia is discussed by Hartwig, 1952; Priesner. 1(>5(>. 1960: and Heming, 1970). This technique has two minor disadvantages. When female phlaeo- thripids are mounted in this way the terminal portions of the reproductive system are usually everted, bringing the spermatheca and aciculae and frequently the fustis outside of the animals. This makes comparison of these structures between specimens difficult. The other problem is associated with the ovipositor of female Tere- brantia. This structure is usually extended at right angles to the body when the animal is processed as outlined above. When the cover slip is placed on a specimen mounted with the dorsum uppermost, the ovipositor tends to be bent sideways, twisting the abdomen to one side or the other. However this makes lateral mounts of female terebrantians, necessary for studying ovipositor characters, easier to prepare. The technique outlined in this paper should be useful for studying geni- talia of other small insects, particularly those of small beetles. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank A. W. Thomas for pointing out to me the advantages uf cedarwood oil. Miss M. Wilkie for testing the method, J. S. Scott for taking the photomicrographs, Dr. G. E. Ball for reading, and Miss X. Daviduk for typing the manuscript. This study was supported hy the National Research Council of Canada, (irant No. \.->7.-'o. (Heming Trust. ) REFERENCES CITED BAILEY, S. F. 1057. The thrips of California. Part 1 : suborder Terebrantia. Bul- letin of the California Insect Survey 4(5) : 141-220. BIF.RNE, B. P. 1955. Collecting, preparing and preserving in>cctv Publication- ot the Canada Department of Agriculture Science Service. KiitoiiK ilogy Division #932: 1-133. 328 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December, 1969 FAURE, J. C. 1958. South African Thysanoptera — 9. Journal of the Entomological Society of Southern Africa 21 : 354-375. FAURE, J. C. 1961. Taxonomy of the Thysanoptera. South Africa Department of Agriculture Technical Service. Technical Communications 12 : 82-86. HARTWIG, E. K. 1952. Taxonomic studies of South African Thysanoptera, including genitalia, statistics and a revision of Trybom's types. Entomology Memoirs. De- partment of Agriculture. Union of South Africa 2 : 339-499. HEMING, B. S. 1970. Postembryonic development of the male reproductive system in Frankliniclla fitsca (Thripidae) and Haplothrips I'crbasci ( Phlaeothripidae ) (Thysanoptera). Miscellaneous Publications of the Entomological Society of America. (In press.) O'NEILL, KELLIE and R. S. BIGELOW. 1964. The Tacnwthri[>s of Canada (Thysa- noptera: Thripidae). Canadian Entomologist 96 : 1219-1239. PRIESNER, H. 1956. Thysanoptera, pp. 169-174. In S. L. Tuxen (ed. ), Taxono- mist's glossary of genitalia in insects. E. Munksgaard, Copenhagen. PRIESNER, H. 1960 (1964). A monograph of the Thysanoptera of the Egyptian deserts. Publications de ITnstitute du Desert d'Egypte No. 13: 1-549; pi. 1-21. STANNARD, L. J. JR. 1968. The thrips or Thysanoptera of Illinois. Illinois Nat- ural History Survey Bulletin 29(4) : 215-552. The Buffalo Treehopper on a Mississippi River Island (Homoptera, Mem- bracidae). — In a previous paper (1969, Ent. News 80: 32-33) I had described the incidences of treehoppers on islands in the Mississippi River between miles 621 and 623 on the Corps of Engineers navigation chart. During late summer and autumn of the years 1967, 1968 and 1969 the buffalo tree- hopper, Stictocephala bitbalus (Fabricius), was collected from an island at mile 619. This island is the southerly one of the pair just east of the 619 mile designation on the chart. Goldenrod is growing on this island and hosts the membracid. Neither the buffalo treehopper nor this plant have been found on the islands between miles 621 and 623. Other plants from which this insect has been collected such as American elm, haw, nettle and wild plum grow on the latter islands but have failed to produce the hopper. There is an abundant growth of American elm ; but haw, nettle and wild plum are uncommon. These four plants are not favored hosts of the insect in mainland areas ; here alfalfa, apple, clovers and goldenrod are preferred. Apparently, when one of the preferred hosts is found, so is the insect. It is a matter of conjecture how the islands were colonized by membracids in the first place. Perhaps some were left on the islands formed by rising water after the dams were built several years ago. Winds may have been responsible. Possibly they could have flown onto the islands. They are not good distance fliers and often when disturbed fly out a short way and return to near the point they had left. Still, they could have flown the short distance required in some places. And these insects could have arrived as eggs, nymphs or adults with vegetative debris during the flooding periods. These observations were made during work supported in part by the Board of Regents of Wisconsin State Universities. I wish to express my thanks to the Board. — CLIFFORD J. DEXXIS, U'iscinisin State University, ll'Intci^'utcr. Wisconsin 531^0. 80 J ENTOMOLOGICAL XE\YS 329 INDEX Amateur entomological clubs, p. 102 Announcement ( see also, notices) p. 74 Anoplura, p. 27 Ant, Army, p. 6 Arachnida Chelonethida, Chernetidae, p. 131 Paracherscs corticits Muchmore and Alteri, p. 134 Paracherncs litorulis Muchmore and Alteri, p. 131 Lycosidae, predation, p. 149 Pseudoscorpion, p. 66 Scorpionida, Vejovidae, p. 57 Ihidmnts concolorous Stahnke, p. 59 Ifadrurus pinteri Stahnke, p. 61 Hadrurits thaycri Stahnke, p. 62 Bioluminensence, p. 251 Chilopoda Garden centiped, p. 26 Geophilomorpha, Geophilidae, p. 7 Arenophilus pscdnns Crabill, p. 10 Neogeophilidae, p. 38 Ncof/eophilus i.rinn Crabill, p. 40 Coleoptera \lleculidac, p. 304 Anobiidae, p. 252 Chrysomelidae, p. 185 Cleridae. p. 305 Curculionidae, p. 2 Elateridae, p. 81 Fos.-il, p. 74 Lampyridae, p. 169, 249, 251 Hobby, p. 66 Scolytidue. ]i. 225 Staphylinidae, p. 44 Schiselythron clennonie Kistner, ]i. 47 Schizcl\thron einersoni Kistner, p. 50 Schizel \tlinni sarawakensis Kistner, p. 49" Tenebrionidae, p. 207, 237 Communication, p. 169, 249 Cornell University Insect collection, p. 43 Crab, p. 6 Diplopoda, Polydesmida Xystodesmidae, p. 67, 293 . Inonibrneheir Buckett and < iardner. p. 69 . Inombrocheir bijurcata Gardner and r.iu-ket, p. 295 Aiiuiiihroelieir spinosa Buckett and Gardner, p. 70 Diptera Agromyzidae, p. 301 Cecidomyiidae, p. 17n, 273 Chaoboridae, p. 34 Chironomidae, p. 13, 5o Culicidae, p. 177 Micropezidae, p. 317 Rachiceridae, p. 78 Simuliidae, p. 107 Tipulidae, p. 125, 259 Atarba (. Iturhmlcs) bilnbula Alex- ander, p. 126 .ItttrJ'n (Atarbodes) bisinila Alex- ander, ]>. 127 Atarba ( Atarbmlcs ) dccincta Alex- ander, p. 127 .Iturbit ( . •ttiirbudi's ) die era Alexan- der, p. 128 Atarba (Atarbodcs) sitakimensis Alexander, p. 129 He.vatoiua ( fcriocera} i/Iabiconiis Alexander, p. 262 Hc.ratojna (Eriocera) pereloin/atii Alexander, p. 262 He.ratoina (Erioccra) itniflai'a Alex- ander, p. 263 Nephiotoma boyesi Alexander, p. 259 Riedelomyia lipoleuca Alexander, p. 125 Entomologists' Library, p. 11-12, ;o-56, 82-84, 106, 108-112, 139-140, K)8, 1(>2. 322 luitomologists' l\econl, \>. 2<>, 37. 43. 53- 55, 56, 65-66, 73-74, 78, 81, 88, 92, 102, 105, 130, 138, 158, 176, 205-206. 251. 272. 2("). 304. 328 Kpi/oic symbiosis, p. 1 Fatty acids, p. 85 Forbes, \V. T. M.. obituary, p. 88 ( irrm cells, ]i. 185 Habitat preference, p. 20", 237 1 [emiptera Museum of Comparative /oology col- lection, ]i. 158 330 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [December. 1969 Homoptera Aphidae, p. 85 Cicadellidae, p. 246, 285 Chileanoscopus Freytag and Morri- son, p. 285 Chileanoscopus unconts Freytag and Morrison, p. 289 Chileanoscopus hamulus Freytag and Morrison, p. 290 Chileanoscopus rcpandus Freytag and Morrison, p. 292 Flc.Yciiuiii dclonqi Ross and Cooley, p. 246 Diaspididae, p. 304 Membracidae, p. 32, 158, 328 Hymenoptera Andrenidae, p. 89 Metapsaenythia Timberlake, p. 89 Metapsaenythia sononiiia Timherlake, p. 91 Formicidae, p. 6, 93 Pheidolc clementensis Gregg, p. 93 Phcidolc dwycri Gregg, p. 97 Halictidae, p. 141 Phoretic copulation, p. 113 Pompilidae, p. 149 Sphecidae, p. 283 Tiphiidae, p. 17 Krombeinia liurdi Allen, p. 20 Krombeinia oa.rucac Allen, p. 21 Krombeinia scuUcni Allen, p. 22 Neotiphia aiirisactac Allen, p. 25 Neotiphia latirostrata Allen, p. 24 Vespidae, p. 148 Lepidoptera Geometridae, p. 299 Nymphalidae, p. 130 Satyridae, p. 193 Cercyonis pcgala abbotti Brown, p. 194 Millipedes, respiration, p. 277 Museum of Comparative Zoology insect collection, p. 158 Mutants, p. 207, 237 Chemistry, p. 177 Nests, p. 141, 148 Xeuroptera Mantispidae, p. 29 Nomenclature, notice, p. 73, 130 Notice (see also announcement) p. 87 Odonata, p. 88 Orthoptera Acrididae, p. 265 Bruneria yukonensis Vickery, p. 265 Melanoplus gordonac Vickery, p. 268 Colorado, p. 65 New records, p. 78 Phoretic copulation, p. 113 Pine cones, Mississippi, p. 159 Plecoptera Capniidae Capnia (Capniu) itrizoncnsis Bau- mann and Gaufin, p. 75 Leuctridae, p. 311 Lctictra (Lcuctni) hntra Hitchcock, p. 313 Populations, p. 225 Predation. p. 14(> Respiration Insect, p. 277 Millipedes, p. 277 Salt marsh, p. 43 Sarcophagous habits, Trichoptera, p. 103 Siphonaptera, p. 54 Technique Information retrieval, p. 197, 205 Mounting, p. 323 Plastic microvials, p. 56 Rearing, p. 29 Termitophilous Staphylinidae, p. 44 Thysanoptera Mounting technique, p. 323 Trichoptera Hydroptilidae, p. 79 Hydroptila Icnno.n Blickle, p. 79 Sarcophagous habits, p. 103 MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps ..... $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures ................................ $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate ......................................... $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages ............................. $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps ................................... $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs ................. $1.50 No. 24. Lcc D. Miller— The Iliglu-r Classification, Plivlo^m and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp ........ S7.00 Xo. 2?. Michael (/. /Kinsley — The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: I feterop- tera I with the description of new sjxries from Trinidad. 154 ]»]. ................................................. $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus 10^ per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to : R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu. Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba. Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOLUME 81, 1970 R. H. Arnett, Jr., Editor EDITORIAL STAFF H. W. Allen S. S. Roback E. J. Gerberg (Ent. Library) Published By The American Entomological Society at The Academy of Natural Sciences 1900 Race Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, U. S. A. DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE NUMBERS OF VOLUME 81, 1970 No. 1-January (pp. 1-32) March 10, 1970 No. 2-February (pp. 33-56) May 15, 1970 No. 3-March (pp. 57-72) June 2, 1970 No. 4-April (pp. 73-100) August 11, 1970 No. 5-May (pp. 101-128) August 21, 1970 No. 6-June (pp. 129-156) August 25, 1971 No. 7-July (pp. 157-184) October 19, 1970 No. 8-August (pp. 185-212) October 22, 1970 No. 9-September (pp. 213-240) January 11, 1971 No. 10-October (pp. 241-268) March 23, 1971 No. 11 -November (pp. 269-296) April 5, 1971 No. 12-December (pp. 297-316) April 13, 1971 TABLE OF CONTENTS AND INDEX Abnormalities, 50 Acndidae, 188 Acrocyum sallaei. lectotype, 195 Acrocyum spp. key to species, 195 Aeslina interrupts interrupts. new distribution record, 1 27 Alexander, Charles P. 1970. 3.0018 New exotic crane-flies (Tipulidae: Dipteral Part XIX, 79-84. 3.0060 New exotic crane-flies (Tipulidae: Dipteral Part XX, 233-240. Alleculidae, 41 Alticmae, 195 Ansss trislis, parasitism in, 185 anatomical terminology, Scorpionida, 297 Anderson, Roger F., see Edward C. Mignot, 85 announcement, 292 Antheraea eucalypti, chromosomal breaks, 241 A ntichaela melanosoma, new synonymy, 247 aquatic beetles, 253 Arkansas, Neurocolpus nubilus, 257 clouded plant bug, 257 Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1970 3.0001 Data documents: a new publication plan for systematic entomology, 1-11. 2.0021 Three previously unrecognized New World species of Oxscis (Coleoptera: Oedemeridael, 50. [3.0021, DDSE, v. 1, p. 1-4.] 3.0035 The type locality and the study of natural populations, 95-100. Data document numbers, 50 Notice (re DDSE], 78 Data dbcument comments, 125 Data document comments, continued, 208 Araneae, 188 Arachmda, 210,221, 246 Archilestes grandis, oviposition, 157 Arctic Alaskan slope, mosquitoes, 1 28 Argentina, Oedemeridae, 50 Arizona, Acrocyum spp., 195 Diplocentrus spitzeri. 25 Arkansas, Neurocolpus nubilus, 213 Arthropods, parasites, 53 Atraclothrips bradlevi, in Florida, 220 in Georgia, 220 hosts, 220 Balsbaugh. Edward U., Jr. 1970 Dr. Gerhard Scherer, Museum G. Frey Entomo- logisches Institut, Hofrat Beisele Strasse 6, 81 32 Tutzmg bei Munchen, West Germany, 292 Barbosa, Pedro, see T Michael Peters. 125 beetles (see also. Coleoptera) bark, predators, 85 behavior, 33, 57 bivoltine, 36 feeding. 289 mating, 66 Beshear, Ramona J. 1970 3.0066 New collection records for Sporol/irips amplus and Atractothrips bradlevi (Thysanoptera: Phlaeothnpidael, 230 Bick. George H and Juanda C. Bick 1970 30036 Oviposition \r\Archilestesgrandis (Ram- bur) (Odonata: Lestidae), 157 Bick, Juanda C., see George H. Bick, 1 57 Bio-Rand Founcation, Inc., 292 black light, 52 Blaesoxipha uncata, parasites of Dissosteira Carolina, 188 parasites of grasshopper, 188 Blanton, Franklin S., see Willis W. Wirth, 141 Braun, Bernard H., see Curtis W. Sabrosky, 185 Brazil, distribution of Heliconius mattereri feeding habits of Trsumstomutilla latevittata, 152 Pseudothonius orthodactylus. n. sp., 221 Breland. Osmond P. and Everett Simmons 1970 3.0028 Preliminary studies of the spermatozoa and the male reproductive system of some whirligig beetles (Coleoptera: Gyrimdae), 101-1 10 brood, double, 36 single, 36 Brown, Harley P. 1970 3.0048 A key to the dryopid genera of the New World (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea), 171-175. Brown, Harley P. and Ralph D. Stoaks 1970 1 .0038 Distribution records for I.utrochus luteus LeContelColeoptera, Dryopoidea Limnichidael 78 [3.0038, DDSE, v. 1 , p. 7-8]. Brown, Keith S., Jr. 1970 3.0047 Rediscovery of Heliconius nattereri in eastern Brazil, 129-140. brown recluse spider, in North Carolina, 246 brown-tail moth, book review, 54 Buprestidae, 263 synonymy, 263 biological notes, 263 Byron Bog, Ontario, Diptera of, 189 California. Oedemeridae, 50 Cannon, William N., Jr. 1970 3.0023 Distribution records of the locust leaf miner, Odontota donalis (Thun.l, in the United States, 115-120. Capnia (Iftacapnia) lemonisns. type species designation, 197 Capnidae, 197 case, 33 Cecidomyiidae, 153 Central America, review of Culicoides nigripennis group. 141 Physorhinus spp. , 225 Ceroloma irifurcata, parasitism in, 185 Certopogonidae, 141 chromosome aberrations, 241 number, 1 27 Chrysomehdae, 115, 1 85. 1 95 Chthonndae, 210,221 Clouded plant bug, hosts. 213 in Arkansas, 257 life cycle, 257 season, 213 Coleoptera (see also, beetles), 12, 41 , 50, 85, 91, 101 , 115, 171, 185. 195,225.246,253.255.263 Cotias sp., abnormalities, C. eury theme, false broods, 73 collecting, 52 collection. North Carolina State, 69 Colorado, Hydropsyche occidentslis, larvae, 33 Columbia timber beetle. 12 coprophily, 289 ( 'urihvlus columhianus. population gam and loss, 12 Costa Rica, undescribed enicocephalid, 66 Coulson, Robert N., Rudolph T. Franklin, and D. A. Crossley, Jr. 1970 3.0044 A self-maintaining window trap for collect- ing flying insects, 164. crab spider, 38 crane-fly, descriptions, 79, 233 Crossley, D. A., Jr. see Robert N. Coulson, 164 Culicidae, 125 Culicoides nigrigenus group, review, 141 Curcuhonidae, 85, 185, 246 Cutler, Bruce 1970 3.0007 A fossil crab spider from west-central Wyo- ming (Araneae: Thomisidae), 38-40. Cyhister spp., marking technique, 253 Cvrtolobus flavolatus, similarity to n. sp., 191 Cyrtolohus maxint'i, (Homoptera, Membracidae), description, 191 Data documents, 1 Dennis, Clifford J. 1970 3.0054 A new treehopper of the genus Cyrtolohus from Wisconsin (Homoptera, Membracidae), 191- 194. Dermaptera, 1 85 Dineutus spp. spermatozoa, 101 Diplocentndae, 25 Diplocentrus spitzcri, (Scorpion Diplocentridae}, description, 25 Diptera, 71, 79,92, 125, 128, 141, 153, 165, 185, 189,233, 247 dispersal, 1 2 Dissosteira Carolina. parasitism in , 1 88 Dixella alcxandcri , (Diptera, Culicidae), description, 125 Dixmae, 125 Doyle, Margaret 1970 International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature A (n.s.) 86., 252 Dryopidae, 1 71 genera, 171 key to genera, 1 71 New World, 171 Dryopoidea, 1 71 Dytiscidae, 101 Elatendae, 185, 225 Enicocephahdae, 66 Entomologist's Library, 72, 93, 133, 170, 200, 265, 293 Entomological News, 51 Ephydndae, 71 epiphytotic, 54 h'rehia disca maudlins, in Minnesota, 246 False broods, 73 Ferris, Clifford D. 1970 3.0049 A new subspecies of P/ebejus (Icaricia) shasta from Wyoming (Lepidoptera, Lycaemdae), 203 Ferris, John M. 1970 3.0009 The animal world of Germany: Gregarines parasitic in Arthropoda [Review] , 53 fleas, 279 Florida State Collection of Arthropods, 292 Forficu/a auricularia, parasitism in, 185 14th International Congress of Entomology, 51 Fox, Jean Walker (1914-1970), 252 Franklin, Rudolph T., iff Robert N. Coulson, 164 Gagne, Raymond J. 1970 3.0034 A new genus and new species of Cecidomyi idae on pinyon pine (Diptera), 1 53 gain and loss equation, 12 Gaufm, Arden R. 1970 3.0053 Type species designation for the subgenus i'tacapnia (Plecoptera: Capnndae), 197 Gelastocondae, 1 1 1 Ge/astocoris oculattts, pulasting organs, 111 Gerberg, Eugene J. 1970 3.001 7 World crop protection (Review), 53 Giese, Ronald L. 1970 3.0027 The brown-tail moth (Review), 54 Giese, R. L. sec D. H. Milne, 12 Grasshopper, distribution, 62 Greenberg, Bernard, see Jaclin S. Lewbin, 188 Gregarines, 53 Gryllacrididae, 289 Guatemala, Acrocvum spp., 195 Gyrmidae, 101 habitat, larval, 92 head, 57 Heliconius nattereri, distribution, 129 biology, 129 evolution, 1 29 Hemiptera, 66, 1 85, 213, 257 Hesperndae, 1 77 Hesperopsis, subgenus of Pholisora, 1 77 Heteroptera, 1 1 1 Hexatommae, 79 hibernation, 33 history, 279 Hocking, Brian 1970 3.0071 Insect flight and entomologists' inheritance, 269 Homoptera, 191 Hopkins, Harry, 279 House fly, range, 128 Hubbard, C. Andresen 1970 3.0078 Harry Hopkins, master siphonaptenst, and his associates, 279 Hyalomyodes triangulifer, parasitism, 185 Hydropsyche occidentalis, larval case, 33 Hydropsychidae, 33 Hylobius pales, parasites, 91 Hymenoptera, 57, 152 Hypcra postica, parasitism in, 185 Hypera pitnctata, parasitism i n, 1 85 Illinois, Loxosceles rufescens, 1 88 India, Crane-flies, 79 Indian meal moth, chromosome number, 1 27 glucose catabolism, 121 sexual dimorphism, 121 Insect flight behavior, 267 insecticide misuse, 269 Insects of Virginia, 51 Institute for the Study of Natural Species, 292 International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, 95 International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature 252 International organization for biological control (IOBC), 128 introduced species, 62 Ipsspp., predators, 85 isolation, 36 Isoinira spp., review, 41 Isopods, introduced species, 198 Japan, slime flux feeding, 255 Japanese weevil, m North Carolina, 246 Johnstone, D. C. 1970 3.0020 Notes on the Palaearctic grasshopper, Meconema thalassinum (DeGeer), (Orthoptera: Tettigonndae; Meconematmael established in Long Island, New York, 62-65. Jordon, Karl, 279 Judd, W. W. 1970 3.0045 Studies on the Byron Bog in Southwestern Ontario XLIV. Flies (Sarcophagidae, Muscidae, and Tachinidae) trapped in the bog, 189 Kentucky, Sarcophagidae, 165 Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) anophthalmus, (Arachmda, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthonndae), description, 21 1 Kleptoch thonius (Chamherlinochthonius) henroli. (Arachmda, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthonndae), distribution, 210 Kleptochthonius fChamberlinochthonius) regulus, (Arachmda, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthonndae), description, 21 1 Knapp, F. \N..see R. W. Rummel, 165 Knull, J. N. 1970 3.0073 Notes and synonymy on Buprestidae (Coleoptera), 263-264. Knutson, L. W. 1970 3.0063 Pteromicra melanothrix Melander, new synonym of Antichaeta melanosome Melander, with a key to the Nearctic species of Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera: Sciomyzidae), 247 Lampyridae, 185 Lenko, Karol 1970 3.0046 A singular method of feeding of Mutillid wasps, 152 Leonard, Mortimer D. Edward Avery Richmond (1887-1970), 224 Lepidoptera, 36, 50, 52, 54 73 127 129 177 185 203, 241, 246, 255 Lestidae, 157 Lewbin, Jaclin S. and Bernard Greenberg 1970 3.0052 B/aesoxipha uncata (Wulp) (Diptera, Sarco- phagidae), a parasite of the grasshopper, Disso- steira Carolina (L.) (Orthoptera, Acrididae), 188 Limnophtta (Indolimnophila) adicia (Diptera, Tipul- idae), distribution, 234 illustration, 234 L. (Eloeophila) dravidiana, description, 236 L. (Indolimnophila) dravidica. description, 234 L. (Afrolimnophila) euglena, description, 233 /,. (Eloeophila) fiacoanaUs, description, 237 /.. (Prionolabis) habrosyne, description, 79 L. (Indolimnophila) iota, distribution, 236 illustration, 236 L. (Eloeophila) oxyacanlha, description, 238 L. (subgenus uncertain) pectinifera, distribution, 239 illustration, 239 L. (Eloeophila) perdilata, distribution, 239 illustration, 239 lipid, 121 Lipsey, Richard L. 1970 3.0064 The hosts of Neurocolpus nuhilus (Say), the clouded plant bug (Hemiptera, Miridae), 213 3.0065 The life history of Neurocolpus nubilus (Say), the clouded plant bug (Hemiptera Miridae) 257 locust leaf miner, 1 1 5 Long Island, N. Y., grasshopper in, 62 Loxosceles reclusa, distribution, 70, 78 in North Carolina, 246 L. rufescens, distribution 70 188 LSD, 241 Lycaemdae, 203 lysergic acid diethylamide, 241 Mackey, Halhard E., Jr. 1970 3.0013 Accessory pulsating organs in the legs of Gelastocoris oculatus (Fabncius) (Heteroptera: Gelastocondae), 111-112. MacNeill, C. Don 1970 3.0042 A new Pholisora with notes on P. alpheus (Edw.) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae), 177 Macrobaenetes sp., coprophily, 289 feeding habits, 289 Malaise trap, modified, 269 Marshall, James D. 1970 3.0010 Isomira Mulsant in America north of Mexico (Coleoptera, Alleculidae) : Redescriptions, new synonymies, and taxonomic notes on eastern North American species, 41-49. Masters, John H. 1970 3.0067 Erebia disa (Lepidoptera: Satyndae) in the continental United States, 246 Mecom, John O. 1970 3.0024 Unusual case building behavior of Hydro- psyche occidentalis larvae (Tnchoptera' Hydro- psychidae). 33-35. Meconema thallassinum, distribution, 62 Meconematmae, 62 medical, 52 Membracidae, 191 mensuration, Scorpionida, 297 Mexico, Acrocyum spp, , 195 review of Culicoides nigrigenus group, 141 Mignot, Edward C. 1970 3.0057 A lectotype designation and a key to the species of Acrocvum (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae Alticmae), 195-196. Mignot, Edward C. and Roger F. Anderson 1970 3.0019 Bionomics of the bark beetle predator, Temnochila virescens Mann. (Coleoptera- Ostom- idae), 85-91. Miller, Bruce W., see Chad M. Murvosh, 253 Milne, D. H. and R. L. Giese 1970 3.0002 The Columbian timber beetle, Corthvlus columbianus (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). X. Compar- ison of yearly mortality and dispersal losses with population densities, 12-24. Minnesota, new species from 125 Miridae, 213, 257 Mississippi, Tabanid in, 92 Mohler, J. Harold and William J. Yurkiewicz 1970 3.0014 Glucose-U-Ci4 catabolism in Podia mterpunctella (Hubner), 121-124. mortality, 1 2 mosquitoes, range extensions, 1 28 moths, 52 Muchmore, William B. 1970 3.0055 New records of European woodlice in New York, 198-199. 2.0058 New cavermcolous Kleptochthonius spp. from Virginia (Arachmda, Pseudoscorpionida Chthonndae), 210 212. [3.0058 DDSE vol 1 19-23.1 3.0059 An unusual new Pseudochthonius species from Brazil (Arachmda, Pseudoscorpionida Chthonndael, 221-223. Murgan tia histrionica, parasitism in, 185 Murvosh, Chad M. and Bruce W. Miller 1970 3.0070 A method of tagging large aquatic beetles 253-255. Muscidae, 189 Museum G. Frey, 292 Mutilhdae, 57, 152 nematodes, neoapteclamd. 91 New Jersey, silkmoths, 36 new journal, 55 New Mexico, description of n. gen., n. sp., pine gall, 153 New World, Dryopidae genera, 171 New York, Central, false broods, 73 Neurocolpus mibihts, in Arkansas, 257 hosts, 213 life cycle, 257 season, 21 3 Nodonota puncticollis, parasitism in, 185 nomenclature notice, 51 North America, eastern, Alleculidae, 41 Physorhinus spp. in, 225 North Carolina, Japanese weevil, 246 Pseudocneorhinus bifasciatus, 246 Brown recluse spider, 246 Loxoceles reclusa, 246 Psilotretra rossi. 243 notice, 197, 256, 292 Nygmia phaeorrhoea, book review, 54 Nymphalidae, 129 Odonata, 127, 157 Odontocendae, 243 Odontoid dorsalis. distribution, 1 1 5 Oedemeridae, 50, 292 Ohio, Ephydndae, 71 Oklahoma, Archilestis grandis, oviposition, 157 Ontario, Byron Bogs, Diptera of, 189 Orthoptera, 62, 188, 289 Ostomidae, 85 Oxacis fuscus, (Coleoptera, Oedemeridae), description, 50 O. marianna, description, 50 O. triados, description, 50 Palaerctic, grasshopper in N. Y., 62 Papilio sp , abnormalities, 50 Papilionidae, 50 Paradelphontyia (Oxyrhiza) angustistyla, (Diptera, Tipulidae), description, 79 P. (OJ bigladia. description, 79 P. (O.) dolonigra, description, 79 parasites, 91 Parks, James C. and Donna S. Terney 1970 3.0041 Chromosome number of the Indian meal moth, Plodia interpunctella (Hubner) (Lepido- ptera: Pyralidae), 127 Pennsylvania, new distribution records, 127 Loxosceles ntfescens, 70 Loxosceles reclusa, 78 Peters. T Michael and Pedro Barbosa 1970 2.0030 A new Nearctic species of Dixinae (Culicidae: Diptera), 125. [30030 DDSE, v. 1, p. 11-17.) phenogram, 85 Phlaeothnpidae, 220 Pholisora alpheus alpheus, (Lepidoptera, Hesperndae), description, 182 P. a. oricus, (Lepidoptera, Hesperndael, description, 182 P. graciclae, description, 177 Physorhinus, key to species, 225 descriptions, 225 Piendae, 50, 73 Pinyonia editlicola, (Diptera, Cecidomyndae). description, 153 Pinyon pine needle gall, description of n. gen., n. sp., 153 Plebeius (Icaricia) shasta browni, (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae), description, 204 P. (I.) spp., review of, 203 Plecoptera, 197 Plodia interpunctella, chromosome number, 127 glucose catabolism, 121 sexual dimorphism, 121 populations, 85 control, 269 densities, 12 topotypic, 95 predator, 85 Pseudocneor/iiints bifasciatus, in North Carolina, 246 P. orthodactylus, (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpiomda, Chthomidae), description, 221 Pseudoscorpionidae, 210, 221 Psilotreta rossi, (Trichoptera, Odontocendae), description, 243 Pteromicra, key to Nearctic spp., 247 melanothrix, synonym, 247 snail hosts, 251 publications received, 55 (see also Ent. Library) Pyralidae, 127 Quinn, Norvall C. 1970 3.0069 LSD: Chromosomal breaks in Antheraea eucalypti (Scott), (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae), 241 Ratcliffe, Brett C. 1970 3.0061 Collecting slime flux feeding Coleoptera in Japan, 255-256. reproductive system, male, 101 Rentz, David C. 1970 3.0077 An observation of the feeding behavior of a sand-treader cricket (Orthoptera; Gryllacrididae; Rhaphidophormae), 289-291 . Rhaphidophormae, 289 Rhyacionia huoliana, parasitism in, 185 Richmond, Edward Avery (1887 1970), 224 Roberts, R. H. 1970 3.0039 A unique larval habitat of Tabanus atratus Fab. ,92 Rochester, N. Y., introduced species of isopods, 198 Rothschild, Lord, 279 N. Charles, 279 Walter, 279 Miriam, 279 Rummel, R. W. and F. W. Knapp 1970 3.0037 Preliminary survey of Sarcophagidae (Diptera) of Kentucky, 165-169. Sabrosky, Curtis W. and Bernard N. Braun 1970 3.0051 A tachmid parasite of fireflies (Diptera, Tachmidae; Coleoptera, Lampyndae), 185-187. Sarcophagidae, 165, 188, 189 Saturnidae, 36, 241 Satyndae, 246 Schaaf, Dietrich 1970 3.0056 Revision of the genus Physorhinus (Coleop- tera, Elatendae) in North, Central, and South America. Part I : Introduction and key to the species, 225-232. schedule of laboratory division training courses, 1 27 Scheiring, J. F. and B. A. Foote 1970 3.001 2 Three species of shore flies (Diptera: Ephydndaelpreviously unreported from Ohio, 71 Scherer, Gerhard, 292 Schuh, Toby 1970 3.0022 Swarming in an undescribed enicocephalid (Hemiptera) from Costa Rica, 66-68. Sciomyzidae, 247 Scolytidae, 12 Scorpion, 25, 297 Scorpionida, 297 anatomical terminology, 297 mensuration, 297 Scytodidae. 70, 78. 188, 246 SDI. 1 sexual dimorphism, 57 Shapiro, Arthur M. 1970 3.001 1 Further observations on "false broods" of Colias eitrvt/ienie in Central New York (Lepido- ptera; Piendae), 73-77. 1.0025 Asymmetric Papilio and Colias. 50. 13.0025 DDSE.v. 1,p. 5.] Sheldon, Joseph K. 1970 3.001 6 Sexual dimorphism in the head structures of Mutillidae (Hymenoptera): a possible behavioral explanation, 57-61 . Shiffer, Clark 1970 3.0032 Acshno interrupla interrupta Walker, a subspecies of Odonota previously unreported from Pennsylvania, 127 shore flies, distribution, 71 Sikkim, crane-flies, 79 Simmons, Everett, see Osmond P. Breland, 1 01 Siphonaptera, 279 slime flux, feeding, 255 snail hosts. 251 Smit. Frans, 279 South America, northern, Physorhinus, spp., 225 review of Culicoides nigrigenus group, 141 spermatostyles, 101 spermatozoa, 101 spider, fossil, 38 Sporothrips amplus. in Florida, 220 in Georgia, 220 hosts, 220 Stahnke, Herbert L. 1970 3.0003 Diplocentrus spitzeri, a new Arizona species of scorpion, 25-32. 3.0076 Scorpion nomenclature and mensuration, 297-316. Stoaks, Ralph D., see Harley P. Brown storage vials, 69 swarming, 66 Syrphidae, 128 Systelloderes sp., swarming, 66 systematic entomology, 1 Tabanus atratus, larval habitat, 92 Tachmidae, 185, 189 Tawanomyia inobsepta. (Diptera, Tipulidael, description, 79 Tall Timbers Research Station, 292 technique, 52, 69 collecting, 1 64 sampling, 164 Temnochila virescens. bark beetle predator, 85 Terney, Donna S.see, James C. Parks, 127 Tettigonndae, 62 Thailand, crane-flies, 79 Thomas, H. A. 1970 3.0033 Neoaplectanid nematodes as parasites of the pales weevil larva, Hylohius pales. 91 . Thomisidae, 38 Thysanoptera, 220 Tipuhdae. 79, 233 topotypes, 95 trap, bait, 165 window, 1 64 flight, 164 wind, 269 Traumatomutilla laterittata, feeding habits, 152 Travis (Prof.) appointed entomology chairman at Cornell. 199 treehopper, description, 191 Trichoptera, 33, 243 Trinidad, Oedemeridae, 50 Tring Museum 279 type locality, 95 vn Unzicker, John D. 1970 3.0050 The spider l.oxosceles rufescens (Dufour) in Illinois: a correction, 188 USDA announces insect and disease slide sets. 91 Virginia, new pseudoscorpions, 210 Wallace, George F. 1970 Jean Walker Fox (1914 1970), 252 Wallace, J. B. 1970 3.0062 A new species of Psilotreta from North Carolina (Trichoptera; Odontocendae), 243 Weber, Neal A. 1970 3.0043 Extension of insect ranges on the Arctic Alaskan slope, 128 weevil , pales, parasites, 91 West Indies, review of Culicoides nigrigenus group. 141 West Virginia, new Pseudoscorpionida, 210 Whitmyre, George and William Wills 1970 1 .0040 Loxosceles reclusa Gertsch and Mulaik (Araneae; Scytodidae) in Pennsylvania, 78. 3.0040 (DDSE, v. 1 , p. 9.) 3.0015 Loxosceles rufescens (Dufour), (Araneae; Scytodidae) in Pennsylvania, 70 Wills, William, see George Whitmyre, 70. 78 wind trap, 269 Wirth, Willis W. and Franklin S. Blanton 1970 3.0029 A review of the Culicoides nigrigenus group, with two new species (Diptera; Ceratopo- gonidae), 141 Wisconsin, Cyrtolobus maxinei. described from, 191 woodlice, 198 Worth, C. Brooke 1970 3.0008 Studies of partially double-brooded silk- moths in Cape May County, New Jersey (Lepido- ptera, Saturniidae), 36-37. Wray, David L. 1970 3.0004 Hazards of insect collecting, 52 3.0005 A note on some very old specimen storage vials, 69 3.0075 Two new records for North Carolina faunal list, 246 Wyoming, fossil spider, 38 Plt-bejus (Icaricia) s/iasta browni, description, 204 Yurkiewicz, William J.,see J. Harold Mohler, 121 JANUARY, 1970 CONTENTS DATA DOCUMENTS: A NEW PUBLICATION PLAN FOR SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY K. H. ARNETT, JR., i>. 1 THE COLUMBIAN TIMBER BEETLE: COMPARISON OF YEARLY MORTALITY AND DISPERSAL LOSSES WITH POPULATION DENSITIES D. H. MILNE AND R. L. GIKSE. i>. 12 DlPLOCENTRUS SPITZERI, A NEW ARIXOXA SPECIES OF SCORPION HERBERT L. STAHNKE, p. 25 COMIXO XT" XT ISSUE: UNUSUAL CASK BUILDING BEHAVIOR OF Tk 1C I KM'TKKA I. AKYAF. THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 81 JANUARY, 1970 No. 1 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT. JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4* X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 80 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short informative abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, in- cluding zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices and books received in "The Entomological Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Mar- ket Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Articles of an archival nature will be recommended for "Data Documents." Instructions for the latter will be furnished on request (see vol. 81, pp. 1-11). Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. 3.0001 DATA DOCUMENTS: A NEW PUBLICATION PLAN FOR SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY Ross H. ARNETT, JK. - The availability of the raw data of systematic* in the form of journal published descriptions of new taxa, redescriptions. distribution record -<. and the records of vouchered specimens, has been delayed in the past by several months to several years from author to user. In the early days of taxon- omy, such documents could be distributed only by sailing ships, stage., or on foot, making a few months delay an ordinary occurrence and of little consequence. At that time there were so few taxonomists that the annual research reported even on large groups of organisms could be purchased and stored by all interested persons. A circulation of one or two hundred was the most that could be expected of a journal, and this was enough to pav the printer in those davs. A taxonomisl of the time found it possible through personal subscription to keep up with the literature in his field, assured that he had missed very little. Moreover, in those unhurried days interests were broad and journal subscribers were interested in and used most of the papers published in each issue. This firmly fixed tradition of publication continues as a procedural ritual without being influenced by the suggestion of changes in the light of modern techniques. 1 Approved by the Agricultural Experiment Station, Purdue- University, Lafayette, Indiana, a-. Journal Paper no. 3(^7o. Accepted for publication October JO. ](><<<>. Since this was proposed as an Experiment Station Project nearly two years ago. at least four publications have appeared that support this idea: 1) a letter in Science, v. \><<>. no. 3'Mi], pp. 43-44, October 3, 1%9, by S. Fred Singer; 2) the SATCOM report pub- lished by the National Academy of Science (publication 1717), \^<>(>. This report suggests in recommendation C 12 a publication very similar to the one described here. The generic term for this type of information processing is: Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI). 3) A editorial in Datamation (15(12): 1S3, !%<)) shows a history of SDI as early as l('3o. 4) Finally, tin-re has appeared as this issue is uoitig to press, an article by F. Yochelson in Systematic /imlni/y. IS: 47'' 4X0 \\Hch in- cludes a line discussion of the problems of SDI and the lnteriiation.il t ode of /"ologi- cal Nomenclature, and a proposed solution. -I acknou ledge \\ith thanks the helpful suggestions made by Dr. Kich.ml II. Foote, I'. S. Department of Agriculture, and the manuscript review committee of the Department of Entomology at Purdue University, including Drs. K'onald I Gi se and Virginia Ferris. 'Department ot Entomology, Purdue I 'nivei -sjt\ . l.afaxctte. Indiana 47';i>7 1 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January. 1^70 The speed up of transportation and communication lias been paralleled by an increase in scientific production. The result is that current litera- ture accumulates in nearly disastrous proportions, resulting in an informa- tion explosion that alarms every scientist because of the consequential low level of current awareness even among specialists. Even with the speed-up of communication, little has been done to reduce the delay of information transfer from author to user. The publication lag remains the same as it was in sailing ship days. Yet. immediately available arc many inexpensive means for the solution of this problem. In a recent review by Brown ct al. ( l^h/) a computer-based system is proposed which will enable a subscriber to receive titles, abstracts, and specially selected documents to meet his personal, and perhaps frequently changing needs. The present paper deals with onlv one aspect of the problem of information communication, the publication of raw taxonomic data. At the same time, it is thought the' principles suggested here might apply equally well to other areas of investigation. In the belief that most taxonomic data reported as the result of original research are of direct interest only to a few specialists, and that these data should be made available almost immediately to this group, the "Data Docu- ment" concept is proposed for immediate use in insect taxonomy. By employing the principles alreadv laid down bv Brown, and modified slightlv to meet the requirements of the International Code of Zoological Nomen- clature. 1 feel certain the system is both functional and logical. Indeed, it is already in operation in some fields of science, even to the extent of utilizing computer storage. Within a very few years, perhaps even bv the end of this decade, infor- mation of the type currently found in most scientific journal articles will be stored for instant retrieval in national or international information centers. The Special Committee on Information Storage and Retrieval of the Ento- mological Society of America is investigating the feasibility of establishing a data center which, if established, could include the storage of information in the manner described herein. The Interuniversity Communication Coun- cil (EDI" COM ) is deeply involved in the coordination and unification of a project which will result in the eventual change of procedures that will startle and be opposed by the traditional minded taxonomist. Already I have heard the objection that long papers are needed for pro- motion. This is. of course, an administrative matter and not a logical argu- ment against the proposed system. But it is of sufficient importance to prevent an easy and rapid change to the system proposed here. It appears that some wholesale revision of administrators' views must be made now and are going to be necessarv in the future. The "publish or perish" 81 | ENTO.MOLOOK Al. XKWS mandate is undergoing serious review in many advancing organizations. The acceptance of the Data Document concept, or its equivalent In objec- tive administrators, will be an indication of their true concern over the communication problem. Further comments received lead me to believe that non-taxonomists will be glad to see taxonomic descriptions disappear from the pages of journals, but they do not believe that their data should be suppressed! Although this paper concentrates on a svstem for taxonomy, it is only because I teel com- petent to suggest a system for this area of study and not others. 1 feel equally certain that the same system is needed for all areas of entomologx . \o one can sav that one kind of data is of less or greater general interest and usefulness than another kind. In fact, the entire logic behind this pro- posal is based upon the need to get information to where it is needed when it is needed by the best possible means. \KW OPTIONAL SKKVICK STARTKD In anticipation of this change, a new publication service is offered called Data Documents jor Systematic !:utomolo. The titles and Data. Document citation will be published either in the monthly issle of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS or the quarterly issues of The Coleopterists' Bulletin as soon as the article is processed. This assures very prompt publication. This citation will include the descriptors and interested per- sons may place orders according to their selection from these descriptors. Tn addition, if appropriate, either an informative abstract or an abbreviated article will be issued as soon as possible after the processing. Descriptive abstracts will not be produced. The abbreviated article' will contain those portions of the full article deemed immediately useful to a large number of people. For example, keys to genera and species with brief diagnoses and distributional information, might be extracted from an article and published (with the authors permission and galley proof corrections). T'r.;;.-. tin- greater mass of data will be stored as a Data Document. 81 | K.\ TOMOI.fHilCAL NEWS 1'i'tee. — I hit a Ihicntnents will be sold at ;i fixed rate per document) \vbicb will include shipping and handling. These may be obtained either directly from the Center }or the Stud\ o\ C'olcopteni (CSC) at Purdue I'niversity for '/'/;< Colcoptcrists' Bulletin or from the Institute for the Study of Xarr.r;.: Species' for articles in ENTOMOLOGICAL \T:ws. Advanced sub- scriptions at somewhat reduced rates will be provided. Subscribers will be charged onlv for the parts they select at the time of subscribing or aco/rding to their change of option which may be submitted at anv time (sample subscription forms and details will be supplied upon request). The ordering procedure is indicated on forms provided. liditiiuj. — Articles will be edited in exactly the same manner as anv article submitted to the respective publications. Reviewers will be asked to comment on the article. Changes required by the editors will need to be considered by the authors as with traditional publications methods. After any necessary changes have been made, and the article is accepted. instead of the usual marking for the printer, the editor will prepare a I hit a Ihtcttiintit form as a cover. Illustrations will be reduced to the 8^ X 1 1 format. The title, code words, and any other necessary information, in- cluding the document number, will then be prepared for publication in the next issue of the parent publication. I'urmat. — Articles submitted should contorm to the journal format a- closelv as pratical to avoid anv delays in processing. The title should be carefully thought out to indicate an exact description of the contents. As man\ kevs words as possible should be included, and few non-descriptor words. Whenever possible. titles should be limited to SO characters includ- ing spaces so that they may be fullv permuted without loss ot context \i\ such services as M.A.S.I.C. ( I'.iosrience Information Service. Inc.). An abstract should be prepared containing every descriptor, including all taxa. These abstracts must be limited to IdOO characters, a sixe selected because of future computer scanning of these abstracts. It all taxa cannot be listed because of these word restrictions, taxa of a higher category should be substituted to indicate the extent of the organisms included in the article. The title should include the order and family ot the insects discussed in the paper. If more than one order and or several families are included. the title must reflect this by the use of appropriate descriptors. The geo- graphical area covered and the nature of the data presented will ser\e to restrict the scope of the article. •'55(i Klsi.m Kouil. Lafayette, ln.liaiu 47('()5. •\rtirlrs iisin^ this inrmat \\ill appear in tin- next ISMIC of ENTOMOLOGK \i. \i-\\s. 6 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1970 Articles should be submitted in typewritten form, double spaced, on 8i X 11 6 sheets, one side of the page only. In other words, the editorial policy of the respective journals should be followed exactly as before. Authors will be given the same format freedom as previously. However, they are strongly urged to conform with the indentations, centering, and underlining used in the journals because it will not be possible to make these adjustments by the editor's marks. A black, if possible, carbon ribbon on the typewriter is especially desirable. Authors are advised to follow the published format instructions reviewed here before final typing • if the article. TJie numbering system. — Data Documents of all kinds are numbered to permit instant identification. The system makes no attempt to code according to taxonomic category or taxa because there can be no agree- ment on this. The system is kept open-ended by the simple method of numbering each article received. These are logged in, and at the time of acceptance, the date recorded on the typescript as is done now. X umbers not appearing in the parent journal refer to papers withdrawn or papers to be published out of sequence. The date of publication is the date of issue of the respective journal, the actual data that the article become axailable to users. Distinction between the three types of awareness for- mats is made and is described below. A. List of Data Documents. The complete list of titles and descriptors will be published in the periodical accepting the article. These titles are prefixed by the number 1, followed by a period, and then the document number. The location of deposits of copies will be indicated with the list. From time to time catalogues and indexes may be issued. The 1 will indi- cate that the title and descriptors are published in the awareness list. For example, this form of indication might appear as follows : 1.0021 Three previously unrecognized Xew World species of O.vacis ( Coleoptera : Oedemeridae), by R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Ento- mology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907 ( Data Document Center, ISNS). Descriptors7: Oxacis ; Peru: Trinidad: California; dist. ; ills. ; keyr. B. Abstracts. Data Documents are available separately as abstracts, either published in the parent journal, if warranted, or placed on file for subscribers or for individual orders. As explained above, they are re- 6 Some institutions may use a sheet size 8 X 10i inches, which is permitted. How- ever, sheets of this size reproduced by xerography will show a black margin, which is somewhat distracting. Sheets larger than 82 X 11 are not suited to xerography unlo- a special reducing lens is used. ~ These abbreviated descriptors are explained below. SI I KN TO MO LOOK A I. NK\\ S 7 stricted to !/>()() characters for ease in storing and for future retrieval by computer scanning. If it is decided that an abbreviated article is to be published by the parent journal, this will he treated separately, as indicated in C below, and will not be considered as an abstract. Abstract- will be ^iven the same document number as the title but they will be prefixed by the number 2. This will inform the user that the abstract, in addition to the title and descriptors. is, published in the awareness journal. C. Complete Ihita Ih>cnincnt. Kach I hit a J )ociiincnt is ^iven the same number as the title and the abstract, but with the prelix number .v Kvcn if the entire article is ]>ublisbed in the parent journal, this is done. If an abbreviated article is published, the same number will he ^iven to this because exact excerpts will he taken from the complete document. The only change will he to indicate what has been omitted. It is obviously necessary that each journal have its own series ot num- bers, so a complete citation must include' the name of the journal, volume and pa.^c number (for priority purposes), and the name of the document center storing the document. When the system is adopted bv other publi- cations, numbers can easily be followed by a periodical number and issue number for short citation. The C'liilini/ system. — The coding of documents i.s the most difficult procedure for all information Morale systems. It must be done carefully. be open-ended, and provide for the matching of search requests both by indi- viduals and by machine. Much miidit he said about this, but I am discuss- ing this in a separate publication I Arnett. in press. 11'70). l"ser> should be warned, however, that no coding principles other than that for xoologi- cal nomenclature have been proposed and accepted bv a working majority. The system u>ed here may need to he changed at a later date, and time- consuming adjustment made to facilitate retrospective search. The codes listed below are in addition to geographical locations and the names of taxa included in the title' ot the article. These code letters are used to describe the contents ot an article in the list of documents. Kour- letter words are used because of a computerized retrieval program ahvad\ in operation at Purdue I'liivcrsiu that imohes ei^ht character words, up to ten retrieval words per computer pass. (This can be rewritten to allow for any number of descriptors for retrieval, i My iisin^ these four-char- acter words, we are able to combine two concepts as a single request IVtails of the system will be described elsewhere. IU I'd. I'.iblio^rapln of references to taxa. HIOI. Most information, habitat preferences, and similar observational biological information. ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1970 CAT A — Catalog of references to taxa. CSCO — The Center for the Study of Coleoptera, Purdue University. DESR — Revised descriptions of taxa previously described (subsequent descriptions ) . DIST — Distribution of a taxon, including lists of specimens examined. ILLS— Illustrated. ISXS — Institute for the Study of Xatural Species. KEYN — New key for identification of taxa. KEYR — Reference to existing kev. NCOM — New generic assignment of a previously described species. NGEN — The description of a previously unrecognized genus. NSPE — The description and validation of a specific name including its generic assignment, designation and deposition of the holotype specimen. ODRE — Reprint of the original description available for distribution by the retrieval service. S Y X X — New synonymy. X I )SR — New distribution records for the taxon. TECN — New technique for the treatment of data specimens or ob- servational data described. Undoubtedly more code terms will be necessarv as the system is put into operation and refined. Method of citation. — Some authors may still feel that a new taxon is not validated unless it appears with a description in the parent journal. I ntil the matter has full acceptance, an abbreviated description will be published if requested by the author for the purpose of validation. This may take the form of a diagnosis usually found at the beginning of a formal description, similar to the Latin description required by the botanical code. However, once it is determined that validation is made by the stored document alone, the question of method of citation of the species arises. An example of a catalog citation is given here : O.rncis inai'ianna Arnett, 1970. Data Document 3 :0000, Ent. News. 81 : 00 (p. 0) (ISNS). The number in parentheses after the journal page citation indicates the document page showing where the description started. Citing these documents in a bibliography also needs explanation. An example of this follows : ARXETT, R. H., JR.. 1970. 1 :0000 Three previously unrecognized New World species of Oxacis (Coleoptera: Oedemeridae ) . Data Docu- ment 3.0000, Ent. News, 81 : 00 (24 pp. ) ( Data Document Center, ISNS). 81 | KNToMOI.OiilC Al. XKVV S 111 this case, the number of pages after the journal indication shows the total number of document pages on file. .liiflior's copies. — Reprints, in the journal sense, for the full document are not available. Abbreviated articles may be reprinted as traditional journal articles. Abstracts and complete documents will be supplied in very limited numbers to authors, as explained above, to satisfy the needs of the individual's sponsoring organization. Further copies may be ordered if necessary, but this is discouraged as discussed above. Personalized subscription service. — The entire concept of Data Docu- ments is based upon the limited reproduction of documents and immediate availability of useful material. Although individual sales are possible and provided for. the most efficient method of distribution is through a per- sonali/ed subscription service, eventually to be computer controlled. Sub- scribers may select any combination of articles or abstracts according to the code words they select. They are thereby assured of immediate aware- ness of material needed for their research. To do this, the subscriber must first indicate exactly the taxa and topics of interest to him. and the geo- graphical restrictions, if any. that he wishes. For example, he may wish to subscribe to all articles on \orth American Coleoptera. and abstracts of all other Coleoptera articles, except for the families Elateridae and Oerle- meridae for which he wants all articles. He may desire abstracts for all articles on pollen feeding insects, or some other combination. Each sub- scriber will have a code number that will indicate his requirements. Arti- cles corresponding to this number will be sent to the subscriber automati- cally. The cost of the documents supplied will be deducted from his subscription balance'. As soon as subscription money is used, a new subscription bill will be issued. In addition, subscribers may purchase coupons to be used for payment for complete documents they may wish in addition to those they automatically receive. Consequently, subscrip- tion * will be based on quantity and not volume or year. (/bailors in subscription requests may be made at am time without additional charge. However, additional articles ordered, but not previously subscribed to, will be subject to the document fee. . Itfrantoin's and disadvantages of l>uta Documents. — The advantages of the svstem seem apparent : speed of information dissemination; economv of space required to store entire issues of a publication; economy of pro- duction; readilv available copies at anvtime — never "out-of-print." The system meets the present demands for a solution to the bulging library. The limited but effective circulation also conserves the user's time. The apparent disadvantages are: high cost of individual copies and re- sulting lack of private reprint circulation; varying composition, i.e., *vpe 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1970 writer differences, possible format variation and lack of pleasing typo- graphical art ; a greater possibility of alteration of master typescript copy so that exact reproduction of each copy is not assured ; the elimination of the "browsing" aspect with current journals; the possibility that libraries will demand the full text of each document and thus defeat the space saving feature of the system. I believe that the apparent disadvantages are greatly outweighed by the advantages. The high cost of individual articles is more than balanced by the reduced expense for journal subscriptions due to the saving of space and reduction of total pages. Even with the disappearance of the publi- cation of raw data, typographical art continues in the synthesis publications which will continue to be widely circulated. The alteration of the master copy can be controlled by the requirement that verified copies be deposited in key information centers, and this is planned. This will assure also that the terms of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature are met. "Browsing" actually can be enhanced because more time can be spent read- ing synthesis articles and noting the Data Documents in the references cited. Except that the method of presentation of data may be missed, wider coverage of the literature is possible for any individual through the use of the system, and of course, there are other ways to learn how to present data. The matter of libraries subscribing to the entire series of documents may be discouraged by the price of the publications, and by a clear under- standing with librarians of the nature of the system. The jntnrc oj flic system. — The format is designed for easy and even- tual automatic data processing. It is not beyond the margins of possibility that all existing systematic entomology data can be gathered, coded, and reprocessed for storage and retrieval by the use of this system. The same principles apply to all other kinds of publications including those with physiological, ecological, and experimental data. Once this is done, there will be no need for the traditional literature search and no need for the complicated rules of nomenclature now so laboriously followed. SUM MARY This plan provides an open-ended and flexible system fitted to auto- matic data processing, awaiting only the increased availability of computer time and a unified processing procedure. The Data Document concept is essentially a refinement and wider application of the same system used by Dissertation Abstracts® for theses, except that it eliminates the need for microfilming. I feel that both Data Documents and the xerography edition of Dissertation Abstracts meet all of the requirements of publication re- 81] KXTOMOLOGICAL N'KWS 11 quired by the Code and that to republish any of this material for the sake of meeting Code requirements is redunant. A thesis, like a I hit a Docu- ment, should he prepared for final publication and treated as such when it becomes available in either form. Citations should he made to these docu- ments and priority established on the basis of the date of issue of each. Data Ihtcituicnts are currently produced by the Center for the Study of Coleoptera (CSC) and the Institute for the Study of Natural Species ( IS MS I. Other information centers are planning similar publications and services. To be effective, however, all data centers must he linked together ( a network ) or a chaotic situation will soon result. LlTERATUKK CITED . \KXKTT. R. H.. JR., in press. Entomological Information Retrieval Aids, Institution for the Study of Natural Species. BROWN, \V. S., PIERCE, J. R., and TKATB, J. P., 1967. The future of scientific journals. Science, 158: 1153-115". 2.0001 Data Documents, a new publication plan for systematic entomology. ABSTRACT. — Data Documents is a selective dissimulation of information system (SDI) used to control the distribution of information. Documents are stored in a data document center for reproduction and distribution as needed. A \\arcness of the existence of these documents is published in the parent journal either by title, by title and abstract, or by complete publication. The system is optional, but authors are requested to use the system of storage of data not immediately and generally useful. Descriptors that serve as retrieval codes are provided for each document for automatic data piocessing. Subscribers may order documents by these descriptors. The sys- tem is immediately effective for two journals, ENTOMOLOGICAL \K\VS, and the ('olcnfi- tcrists' Hnllctiii.— R. H. AR.XKTT, JR. I >> \.-riptors: Data Documents; Systematic Kntomolo.yy : SDI. 12 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS I January, 1970 3.0002 The Columbian Timber Beetle, Corthylus columbi- anus (Coleoptera: Scolytidae). X. Comparison of Yearly Mortality and Dispersal Losses with Population Densities' D. H. MILNE - and R. L. GIESE "' Few insects offer as appealing an opportunity for analysis of popula- tion dynamics as does the Columbian timber beetle, Corthylus columbianus Hopkins. This native North American beetle rears its progeny in tunnel systems (galleries) bored in hardwood trees, and is unique in leaving the host trees unharmed in the process. Within the gallery system a develop- mental chamber or cell persists for each egg that was laid in it. Since annual growth increments are added during subsequent seasons the year of establishment of a gallery system can be determined precisely by dendro- chronology. Thus, host trees attacked by this insect oyer long periods of time contain, in their preserved galleries, year-by-year indices of former beetle population densities and natalities. Dissection of such trees imme- diately reveals all of the beetle population records accumulated throughout the lifetimes of the trees, and provides the observer with population data seldom, if ever, obtainable for other insect species. The present paper utilizes the biological observations of several workers to develop a set of equations describing beetle population dynamics. The equations allow preserved gallery characteristics to be used to compare mortalities suffered by former beetle populations with population densities. An application to observed data is made. METHODS Aspects of timber beetle biology utilized in the following development are taken largely from a study by Milne and Giese ( 1969). and also from papers by Wilson ( 1959), Kabir and Giese (1966), and Hopkins (1894). Biological features which are incorporated into the equations as assump- tions are a) the male: female ratio is 1:1 (Kabir and Giese, 19(-><>; Milne 1 Journal Paper No. 3767 of the Purdue University Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion. Accepted for publication September 4, 1969. 2 Present address : Department of General Science, Oregon State University, Cor- vallis, Oregon 97331. :; Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 4791)7. 81 ) KNTOMOI.Ol.K Al. NK\VS 13 and (iiese, 19(>(>) : In each male-female pair of beetles establishes a single reproductive gallery system and rears a single discrete brood of progeny in il (Milne and Giese, 1969) ; c) exactly one egg is laid in each cradle of each gallery system (Milne and (iiese, 1969; Heal and Masse\. 1'Mo; Kabir and Giese, 1966; Hopkins. 1894); d) no offspring are reared in gallery systems which lack egg cradles (Milne and Giese, 1969) ; e; male beetles initiate gallery excavation (Milne and Giese, 1969); f) discrete generations of beetles occur during each season (Milne and (iiese, 1969: Wilson, 1<>59; Hopkins, 1S'»4: Kabir and Giese, 1966). Preserved gallerv data to which the equations are applied were taken from a red maple tree (Acer nihnini L. ) near Jasper, Indiana (woodlot described earlier by Crozier and (iiese, 1967a, 1967b). This tree, mentioned by Milne and Giese (1969) as one totally dissected by them, was felled and examined in January. 1967. It had served as a focus of intense beetle activity throughout the two-year period in which these workers studied the woodlot. DERIVATION OF THE EQUATIONS Development of equations relating beetle population densities and mor- talities tn features of gallery systems left In the beetles in trees is best begun bv consideration of a simple hypothetical situation, to which com- plexity is added step by step. It we consider an isolated tree harboring an infestation of ( . culnin- I'unitis. and which is insulated from immigration, it is clear that the number of galleries bored by adult male beetles of any generation i into the annual ring representing vear b is related in the number of egg cradles in all of the galleries bored by males of the previous generation. /-I. of the same year. Let . and ( ', ,.,, he the number of egg cradles in galleries established bv the pre\ ions generation (i.e.. the cradles in which the /th generation adults were reared). If the male : female ratio is 1:1, then .',(',- i b is the number of pairs reared in /-I generation galleries and is the maximum number of /th generation pairs available to re-infest the tree. If ;//. , /th generation pairs are lost to mortality sources and r, ,, pairs emi- grate, then the number of galleries established by adults of this generation will be gi\en by gi,b ' (', 1.6 -' («i.6 + f,.!,). \ If \\ e no\\ consider all /th generation gallerv records tor \ ear /' in all of the trees of an isolated cluster which is insulated from immigration, equation ( 1 ) is seen to describe this more complex situation, as well. 14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\YS (January, 1970 The number of galleries established by ;th generation pairs of beetles in a sample of trees in a woodlot, or other location in which immigration must be considered, is equal to the number of pairs of beetles reared in galleries of the previous generation in those trees (-iCj-i,/,) minus the number of those pairs lost by mortality and emigration (;»/.,, + c/j,} plus the number of pairs immigrating to the sample trees and establishing gal- leries there (/,-.?,). Thus, an equation describing the number of tth gen- eration galleries to be expected in the annual growth rings for year b in a typical sample of trees is A numerical example to which this equation is applied is diagrammed in Fig. 1. Sample Trees C|.| = 16-0 9i-l = 6-0 ., = 15 Ii = 2-0 m, = 2-5 g; = 6-0 Loss to mortality of beetle reared in tree A Establishment of gallery in tree B b> beetle reared in tree A FIGURE 1. The effects of mortality and dispersal on numbers of galleries established by beetles of generation i. If Nn and Nb represent the numbers of beetle generations in consecu- tive years a and b, and if year c follows year b, a set of equations similar to (2) can be written to relate mortality and dispersal losses to population density for each generation of year b. Such equations are : SI K.NTO.M ()],<•( ilCAL N F.WS 15 /i./, £•>,& ;: 5 g.V4.h := 5 C.V ,,-l,h '• <»'.V,,./. + ''-V ,,./,) + /.V,,./, gl.c : 5Cv6.6 - - (»»!.« + <"!,.•) -H I\,c I-'.acli c'(|uation in the set (3) can he solved for ///. (Quantities C and // in the e(|iiations arc preserved within the trunks of trees attacked by C. . and thus can he ohser\-ed. Immigration to and emigration 1950 U55 YEAR FIGURE 2. Attack history of tree 3-5B. from >am])le trees In ])re\'ioii> generations of hectics cannot be ob>er\ed. If all of the trees from a sufficient!) large unit of beetle habitat are studied. however, the gains and los»e> due in immigration and emigration max be jnesumed tn cancel, thus lea\ ing mortality as the onlv significant unkno\\n factor in i'(|uations (3), \\'hat constitutes a "sufficiently large" unit of habitat is, at present, unknown. Since s(-\,Tal workers I Hopkins. 1X(>4, 16 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS lamiurv. 1970 1903: Wilson, lc)59; Schuder. 1960) suggest that the beetles commonly re-infest the tree in which they were reared, a single carefully chosen tree might constitute such a unit. As can he seen from the derivation, equations (3) can only be used meaningfully if a way can be devised of distinguishing between the different generations of galleries initiated within each year of a tree's lifetime. Sources of mortalities are not revealed by the equations, nor do they indi- cate whether mortalities are experienced earlv or late within the develop- ment of a particular generation. 300 280 X X X 260 X X 240 X w 220 UJ o 200 \ f \ f°nds d J Meon x deviofions | Heighf ~ 180 o 160 ? u_ 140 O 1 £ 120 Xxf § 100 X X •*$ xx 80 x *x 1 60 X X X 1 40 20 0 X " Hxx xx x I 2 3 GENERATION FIGURE 3. Heights of first, second and third generation galleries established during 1%6 in tree 3-5 B. 81J ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 17 APPLICATION OK I UK EQUATIONS Biological Basis of the .-I Client ion. — In the following, an application of an equation from set (3) is made which illustrates the nature of the results which can he obtained. The historical beetle gallery data to which it is applied were taken from a large tree, designated 3-5B, which grew in sector 5B of the Indiana woodlot studied by Milne and Giese (1969) and others. As mentioned above, this tree was felled and dissected in January. 1967, after having been observed for two years by Milne and Giese (1969). The tree was 48 years old when felled. A total of 1.254 beetle galleries were found within tree 3-51!. Their distribution in time, as determined by dendrochronology, is shown in Fig. 2. The remarkable yearly fluctuations in numbers of galleries established in ibis tree throughout the 20-year period in which beetles infested it parallel the pattern observed in the rest of the woodlot within which ir stood ( Crozier and Giese, 1967a). Three well defined generations of beetles were observed to excavate galleries, both in tree 3-5B and in its neighbors, in the summer of 1(><>(> (Milne and Giese, 1969). Later dissection of these galleries revealed that the height of the gallery in the host tree is one feature which was fairly characteristic of second and third generation galleries. Second generation beetles were observed to place their attacks near the bases of their host trees, whereas third generation beetles infested the higher portions. This pattern was less pronounced, although still unmistakable, in trees less than 12" in diameter, and was observed both in lightly and in heavily infested trees. Tree 3-5B (20.3" dbh ) exhibited this pattern in 1966 (Fig. 3). Identification of Gallery Generations. — If we assume that the last and next-to-last generations of beetle.-, in the Indiana woodlot always inflicted their attacks upon the highest and lowest portions ot their host trees, re- spectively, then the next-to-last equation of set (3) can be used to deter mine the net gains or losses due to mortality plus dispersal suffered by beetles reared in next-to-last generation galleries of tree 3-5B each year. Xote that if this assumption is true, it is not necessary that the last and next-to-last generations always be third and second generations, respec- tively, a.- was true in 1(>(>(>. in order to use- the equation. Since tree 3-5B probably experienced significant net gains and losses of beetles due to dispersal throughout its historv. the equation must be used in its entirety. Solving for the combined lo.s>e> due to mortality and dispersal, mL + ,', / : AC.V/. . 4 18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1970 where subscripts L and XL mean "last" and "next-to-last." respectively. Equation (4) thus applies to all galleries esetablished by last and next -to- last generation beetles within tree 3-5 B within a particular year. In the following. (;///. + CL — IL}. is referred to as beetle "loss" due to effects of mortality plus dispersal. Where negative losses occur, immigration effects greater than the effects of mortality plus emigration are indicated. Interpolation of values presented by Milne and Giese (1969) indicates that f or more of all galleries established in trees observed by them in 1966 at heights greater than 41" were established by third generation beetles. Similarly. f{ or more of all galleries established less than 8" above the ground in infested trees were established by second generation beetles. For the purpose of this illustration, these heights were arbitrarily selected as reference points. All galleries found in tree 3-5 B at heights of 41" or more were designated "last" generation galleries, and those occurring below X" were designated "next-to-last" generation galleries. Generations of gal- leries occurring at intermediate heights cannot be determined by this scheme. As can be seen from Fig. 3, the great majority of the 196(> gal- leries of known dates of origin are identified correctly as "last" and "next- to last" generation galleries by this particular technique. Since the relationship between a gallery's generation and its height in a tree is less well denned in trees less than 12" in diameter than in larger trees, all galleries established in years prior to 1952 (the year tree 3-5B first exceeded 12" dbh ) were excluded from this analysis. Similarly, galleries found to terminate in the wood between annual growth rings and associated with a set of annual ring deformations characteristic of this type of gallery ( Milne and Giese, 1969 ) were excluded from this analysis on the basis that they were probably early-season galleries. RESULTS The results of classification of the galleries in tree 3-5 B by height are shown in Table 1. Early-season galleries are those associated with annual ring deformations mentioned above ; non-reproductive galleries are those which lacked egg cradles. Values of C for application of equation (4) are the numbers of cradles found in the next-to-last generation galleries ; values of y are the numbers of reproductive last generation galleries. All galleries established in tree 3-5B in 1964 were placed either low enough or high enough in the tree to be classified as next-to-last or last generation galleries. For 1964. C =21, g -- 3, and (inL + eL — IL) - ^CNL — (jL - - 7.5. Thus, events in the woodlot during that period were such that tree 3-5B suffered a net loss of 7.5 of the 10.5 pairs of beetles 81] ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\\ S 19 TABLE 1. Assignments of galleries to generation-. Veai Gallery Charact 24 5 Reproductive 0 24 98 35 Number of cradles 0 303 1049 358 1965 Nonreproductive 0 0 2 1 Reproductive (1 5 7 2 Number of cradles (1 33 87 10 1 964 Nonreproductive (1 0 1 0 Reproductive 0 3 3 0 Number of cradles (1 21 31 0 1963 N o n re prod u c t i ve (1 1 1 0 Reproductive 2 0 3 3 Number of cradles 14 0 35 38 1962 Nonreproductive (I 6 17 7 Reproductive 0 28 42 54 Number of cradles (I 295 477 602 1961 Nonreproductive 1 0 1 2 Reproductive 0 4 13 15 Number of cradles 0 30 175 174 I960 Noureproductive 3 0 3 3 Reproductive 1 1 12 3 Number of cradles 5 8 108 25 1959 Nonreproductive 2 9 13 9 Reproductive 3 29 52 45 Number of cradles 24 267 519 483 1958 Noureproductive 0 1 5 1 Reproductive 2 6 22 8 N umber ol cradles 14 50 262 88 1957 Nonreproductive 0 3 16 i Reproductive 4 6 10 14 Number of cradles 37 40 81 104 1956 Nonreproducl ive 1 3 7 9 Reproductive 7 17 34 21 Number of cradles 78 139 232 160 1955 Nonreproductive 0 3 5 2 Reproductive 0 5 8 3 Number ol cradles 0 71 69 37 20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1970 TABLE 1. — (Continued) Gallery Generations Unclassified Year Gallery Characteristics ( I ntf rmcdia.t P Heights) Early Season "Next-to-Last" "Last" 1954 Nonreproductive 0 1 9 1 Reproductive 0 5 6 1 Number of cradles 0 52 42 57 1953 Nonreproductive 0 1 21 2 Reproductive 0 5 11 8 \ umber of cradles 0 55 94 62 1952 Nonreproductive 0 0 2 0 Reproductive 0 3 0 3 Number ot cradles 0 32 0 23 which were reared there, and which were therefore available to re-infest it. In all other years, certain galleries were established at intermediate heights, and could not be classified by generation. These galleries intro- duce uncertainty into the application of equation (4) which may be dealt with as follows. In any year in which N generations were present and in which n gal- leries cannot be classified, there are Ar" ways in which these galleries can be assigned to N generations. One conceivable way is that in which all n belong to generations other than the last and next-to-last. In such a case, values of C and y can be read from Table 1 as it stands. Other con- ceivable possibilities are that all n could be last generation galleries (giving the minimum possible loss) or next-to-last generation galleries (giving a maximum loss figure). The n galleries could also be last, next-to-last and other generation galleries in various combinations. Beetle losses can al- ways be easily calculated in the first three instances, and, when n is small (3 or less, as in 1952, 1955 and 1965) for all other combinations, as well. These calculations establish the limits of the population density of the last generation, and the limits of the mortality plus dispersal losses experienced by that generation. In 1955, for example, the three reproductive galleries established be- tween heights 8" and 41" contained 19, 14 and 4 cradles, respectively. If all of these had been galleries bored by beetles of a generation other than the last or next-to-last of 1955, then values of C and g would be those shown in Table 1 ; C -71 and g -- 8. If all three had been last genera- tion galleries, C would remain as shown in Table 1, whereas g would be increased bv three galleries. If all had been next-to-last generation gal- Si I ENTOMOLOGICAL XKWS 21 leries. // would remain as shown in Table 1, whereas ( would he increased by 37 cradles. The losses ( numbers of pairs ) calculated in these three instances are 27.5. 24.5 and -k>.() pairs, respectively. Per cent losses [(\mL + f, - IL]/$CXL) X 100 1 are. respectively. 77.5%, 69.0f/r. and X5.2r/r. Last generation per cent losses for the 24 other distinguishable ways in which the three questionable galleries could have been distributed in time are plotted against last generation population density (as are those for 1952 and 1965) in Fig. 4. If the galleries which were assigned, by heights, to generation cate- gories for 1952, 1955 and 19(>5 were correctly identified, then one point in each of the clusters produced by considering the unidentified galleries ( Fig. 4) is precisely the beetle loss for that year. Which point is the cor- rect one can only be established if the generations to which the question- able galleries belong can be identified. Hut the wedge-shaped figures formed by connecting the extreme points span the entire cluster containing the desired point. For years in which large numbers of galleries were established at intermediate heights, the extreme points may still be calcu- lated and plotted to indicate the orders of magnitude of the last generation beetle losses. These extremes, for all years following 1951 (except 1960 and 1963) are shown in Fig. 5. The extremes for the excepted years are so broad, and extend off scale in the direction of negative loss to such an extent, that they are of little value in estimating precise population trends for these years. Negative "losses" indicated for three of the years in Fig. 5 ( 1957. 1()5S. 1(>M ) as well as for I960 and 1963 suggest that immigration may have outweighed mortality plus emigration during those years. Fig. 2 indicates that all of these were vears following population declines. It there were reason to believe that immigration and emigration were negligi- ble throughout the other years, then Fig. 5 could be interpreted to show evidence for density independent regulation of the Indiana beetle popula- tion. Since the method of gallery generation identification used here was not precise, however, and since the derivation of Fig. 5 is based upon many assumptions, the results presented in the figure should probably not be cited as support for anv theory of population regulation. I )is( CSSION Figure 5's comparison of the densities of former beetle populations with their losses due to mortality plus dispersal rests upon many assumptions and is clouded by the uncertainty due to lack of precision in gallery genera- tion identification. It demonstrates the tvpe of data which is potentially ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | January, 1970 uJ Z UJ CO < _J CO CO O O 52, 1955 and 1965. attainable, given a more refined understanding of the biology of C. Colum- bian us and its tree hosts. To remove the uncertainties encountered above, further investigations of all aspects of the beetle's biology are needed. Of 81] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 23 FlGl 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 INITIAL POPULATION DENSITY (LAST GENERATION PAIRS) UK 5. Last generation per eent losses from tree 3-5K in all years. 450 particular importance are observations of the number> of beetle genera- tion- per year, whether or not they are always discrete, and the distances over which adult beetles characteristically disperse. The development of a precise \va\ of distinguishing generations of galleries is indispensible to application of equations (3). Studies of the responses of tree tisMies to beetle attack may provide a promising approach to thi> problem (Miliu- and ( iie.se. llK>iilv two previously described diplocentrids in the sixe range are DipltH'aitnis kc\'scrlint/i Karsch. 1880 and D. icliitci Gervais. 1844. Ac- cording to the original description and the examination of the types the following comparative data have been obtained : 1 Accepted for publication August 30, l('d". -Poisonous Animals Research Laboratory. Arizona State University. Tempo, Arizona 85281. 26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1970 D. keyserlingi D. whitei D. spitzeri 1. General coloration Blackish brown Dark brown Light to medium brown 2. Adult length 40 mm 63 inni 50 mm 3. Tar so mere II spine formula 44 55.66.66 55'55'66'66 55.66.77.88 66'77'88'88 66 66 77 77 rj:ri:rj:77 4. Digital keel 5. Pectiual teeth 6. Ratios:3 Very strongly dev. ; absent on finger c? 9/9 9 well dev. & extends along linger 9 16/15 9 weakly represented cf well dev. but absent on finger tf 15/15; '12/12 6.4 il 673 tf 0.89 9 1.09 0.77 0.66-0.88 - H d" 1.26 9 1.03 1.07 1.02-1.14 4.3-4.1 a71 0.35 9 0.40 0.52 0.46-0.69 4.0 :; See code on last page. DESCRIPTION (icncral appearance. — Both sexes range from a light vellcnv brown in juveniles to a medium brown in adults. Legs of adults lighter than other structures. Pectines yellow. All ages moderately hirsute, very few punc- tations and sparsely granular ; female less granular than male. Prosonia (Cephalothorax ). — Carapace. Indefinite fuscous pattern; most noticeable on lighter specimens. Three pair lateral eyes; first pair smaller or about same diameter as second pair; third pair at about 170° angle to other two. Anterior median notch does not extend beyond level of posterior margin of second pair of eyes ; somewhat shallower in very young specimens. Ratio of distance between anterior margin of carapace and anterior edge of median eyes and depth of median notch : 5.56 (4.00- 7.90). Male surface covered with very minute granules with small gran- ules scattered along anterior margin. Minute granules absent on female. Moderately hirsute along lateral and anterior margins. Median ocular tubercle dark brown to black and flanked on each side with an elongate, light spot. Furrow's : Anterior median broad and shallow ; median ocular slight vestige ; lateral ocular shallow ; central median broad but distinct ; vestige of posterior transverse ; posterior median deep, narrow, almost slit- like; posterior marginal and posterior lateral well developed but not inter- connected. Sternum. Subpentagonal with lateral sides subparallel. Relatively broad, steep sided median furrow extending over approximately one-third 81 ENTOMOLOGICAL NKXVS posterior length and abruptly spreading anteriorly into depressed, suh-- dianiond shaped area. . l[>pc)i(i and $ (2). Although the patterns are essentially the same they differ in 1 >,.•.• \- D,. Mi.- and la,:!, i. The distances vary also between trichobothria in the hasal (15) and < \terior (E) sct>. Pcdipalps: Chela. Tarsus (linkable linger) slightly reddish on light specimens: moderately to densely hirsute. Hasal lobe small — somewhat larger on female — but bearing relativelv large tooth; somewhat coarsely punctate. 'Libia. Fixed linger like tarsus in general appearance. Four triclm bothria ( Figs. 1 & -) inner surface (I); six on exterior .surface ( I)). D, slightly distal to I).,. Manns of •' adult with well developed costate reticu him on superior surface: moderately so on inferior surfaces: 9 t-'iintl\ 28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | |anuary, 1970 costate on both surfaces. Costate reticulum primarily absent on younger instars. Superior surface with scattered coarse punctations. Moderately to densely hirsute on inner and exterior margins and lightly so on superior surface. Fifteen trichobothria (Figs. 1 & 2) arranged in three clusters of 5 each (M, B & E). Keels: Exterior marginal strongly developed and diagonal with distal terminus nearer EL) ; superior exterior moderately de- veloped on $ but only slight vestige on 5 : superior digital very strongly developed on <$ with only a slight vestige on fixed finger, moderately devel- oped on J ; superior inner secondary like superior exterior ; interior mar- ginal of J1 well developed and coarsely granular on distal two-thirds, § same but granular on distal one-half. Patella (brachium) : Dorso-inner keel of J1 strongly developed and agranular, weaker on J, bears three trichobothria : dorso-exterior and exterior median only a slight vestige on distal one-half and agranular on both sexes ; ventral inner well developed with widely spaced large, broad granules on both sexes ; ventral exterior well developed on J1, weakly so on isthosonia. — Mesosonia (preabdomen » : 'I'cri/a. S])arely hirsute: <$ minutely and densely granular. $ agranular. both with some large granules posteriad on VII. Very faint vestiges of median keels and vestiges of two pair of laterals on VII. Stcrnitcs. VII with four lateral keels which bifurcate posteriorly and bear confluent granules. Stigma elongate, narrow. (icnital of'crcnlinn. Ovoid ( Figs. 3 & 4) ; width-length ratio: $ 2.24 (1.62-3.32). 5 2.23 (1.73-3.10); ratio decreases with increase in age. Operculum undivided on $: divided on J1 and bearing genital papillae. I'cctincs. Lightly hirsute, generally 3 small middle lamellae; angle of ha. sal margin of middle lamellae: J1 90°; $ 45° (Figs. 3 & 4). Marginal lamella III longer than II. I'ectinal teeth typically $ 12 (10-13). J1 15 (14-16). Sinnesborsteu cover about SSr/c of length of inner ventral sur- face of $ and about 33^ of inner edge of $ teeth. Basal piece with ante- rior-posterior margins subparallel ; ratio of length to width: Q 0.4() (0.32- 0.55), 5 0.50 (0.38-0.59) ; ratio of basal piece length to genital operculum length: J* 0.89 (0.67-1.40), $ O.Qf> (0.52-1.31 ) ; the ratio decreases with increase in age. Figure 3A Figure 3B ]'H, i KI: ,1. Developmental changes in male nenilal operculum, ha>al pectines. \. 1'' mm juvenile ; B. 45 mm adult. «\ ( cauda : postabdomen plus telsoni. [ntercarinal >]iace \c-r\ minutely and densely granular on ,<;': inostlv agrauular on ^ ; lightly hirsute except telson ; dorsal turrow moderately de\elo]>ed on segments I 1\ : vestigial on V. Keels: I )orsal and superior laterals well developed and bearing continent granule's; median laterals well developed and granular 30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [January, 1970 on segment I. weakly developed and granular on segment II, absent on all other segments; inferior laterals strongly developed, granular and taper- ing posteriorly on segments I and 1 1 ; well developed and bearing confluent grannies on segment III, vestigial and agranular on segment IV, strongly developed with large granules on segment V ; inferior laterals like the preceding except that for the tapering on segments I and II and the absence of the keels on segment IV. Crescentic area strongly developed and out- lined by large granules ; on J1 these granules nearly all cone-shaped but on 5 granules are chisel-shaped. Intercrescentic area bears a cluster of large cone-shaped granules. Anal arch well developed. Anterior crest well developed and bears about 14 large chisel-shaped granules. Posterior crest well developed and densely covered with moderately large granules of various shapes. Figure 4A Figure 4B FIGURE 4. Developmental changes in female genital operculum, basal piece and l>ase of pectines. A. 17 mm juvenile; B. 45 mm adult. Tclson. Moderately to densely hirsute. Agranular except for clusters of 3:2:3 very large granules on ventro -proximal margin. Aculeus short, sharply curved with large, blunt subaculear tubercle. Ampulla about same width as caudal segment \ . I )ISCUSSION The ratios on Table 1 indicate little sexual dimorphism. Only ratios 14, 15 and 16 are indications and these deal exclusively with the pectines, basal piece and genital operculum. Subjectively sexual dimorphism is indicated by the well developed digital keel and costate reticulum of the 81 ENTOMOLOGICAL XK\VS 31 T \iu.i- 1 . Type Mi-ail-; and Kaimr- Holotype Allotype cf 9 4 0 1. 0.95 0.96 0.94 (0 80-1.00) 0.94 (0.87-1.03) 4.3 4 0 7 1.27 1.36 1.37 (1 23-1.58) 1.42 (1.32 1.50) 6.51 3. 1.14 1.28 1.25 (1 10-1.41 i 1.32 (1.24-1.40) 6.7 4 0 4. 1.21 1.36 1.35 (1 17-1.53) 1.41 (1.33-1.50) 6.9 5. 0.54 0.62 0.55 (0 46-0.6()i 0.56 (0.46 0.63) 4.11 6. 6.67 7.12 6.28 (5 05-7.50) 6.44 (5.22-7.67) 4.9 4.3-4.1 7. 0.51 0.52 0.52 (0 46 0.69) 0.52 (0.45 0.62) 4.0 8- !''"! 2.13 2.08 2.12 (1 89-2.43) 2.08 (1.86-2.38) 6.4 1.59 1.69 1.68 (1 59-1.78) 1.68 (1.60 1.76) 6.6 6 4 HI. 1.62 1.70 1.56 (1 35-1.68) 1.55 (1.35-1.701 6.5 6 SI i 1 0.71 0.72 0.78 (0 .67 0.82) 0.75 (0.68-0.81) . 6.6 6 7 12. 1.06 1.06 1.08 (1 04-1.27) 1.07 (1.02-1.14) 6.9 6 9 i j i j; ' '7 2 20 i 2 00-2.44) 2.17 (2.00 2.39, ' 6.10 — .-'.' _,._./ 6 1 ' 14' TTl 0.93 1.36 1.14 (0 93-1.55) 1.42 (1.31 1.60i 7.21 1 00 1 '9 1 II ) Ml QQ 1 ()Q) ,. ( 1 20 1 >s5 15- 7.22 1 . \ M f 1 , J, V !.*'_('' . vo i ,\jy ) 7 6 16. -- 0.69 o 67 0.89 (0 .67-1.40) 0.96 (0.52 1.31 7.8 3 00 17 4 W ; r>6 "' 4.00 , 1 . 1 M i 4.00 1 K 1.05 1.21 J o. 8.13 6 1 19. 0.97 0.97 6.11 8 13 20. 1.80 1 87 8.1 1 Sec (•()(!».• on l.i-i page. 32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Januarv, 1970 male in contrast to a much weaker development of these structures on the female. The male genital operculum is divided and genital papillae are present. These conditions do not exist on the female. In the adult the male pectinal teeth are both longer and wider. The basal margin of the middle lamellae at all ages above first instar forms nearly a 90° angle with the dentate margin on rfs and about a 45° angle on $s. Caudal segment V which is very frequently much longer on the J* shows some sex dimor- phism in ratio with the carapace length (ratio #1X). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author Rose, A. Bebee, and T. Lutz. Figures 3 and 4 by P. McLynn. wishes to acknowledge the technical assistance of R. I)e- NUMERICAL CODE 3.0 Metasoma (caudal) length 6.5 4.0 Carapace length 6.51 4.1 \nterior width of carapace 4.2 Carapace width at level of median 6.6 eyes 6.7 4.3 Posterior width of carapace 6.9 4.95 Width of median ocular tubercle 0.10 4.11 Distance between posterior margin 0.11 of median eyes and posterior mar- 0.12 gin of carapace 7.21 6.1 Pedipalp length less coxa 7.22 6.2 Length of pedipalp tibia 7.6 6.3 Length of pedipalp manus 7.8 6.4 Width of manus Thickness of manus Length of exterior margin of manus (underhand) Pedipalp tarsus length Pedipalp patella length Pedipalp femur length Pedipalp femur widtli Leg IV length Leg IV coxa length Length of pecten Length of dentate area of pecten Length of pecten basal piece Width of pecten basal piece J This is not the width of ocular diad which technically would lie the sum of the diameters of the two median eyes. The width of the median ocular tubercle is the distance between the lateral margins of the median eyes. LITERATURE CITED STAHNKE, H. L. 1967. Diplocentrus hi(/hcndciisis. a New Species of Scorpion. Ent. News 78(7) : 173-179. 2.0003 Diplocentrus spitzeri, a new Arizona species of scorpion. AP.STRACT. — A medium sized species, light yellow brown to medium brown; pec- tines yellow; moderately hirsute, very few punctations and sparsely granular; type locality: 8.8 mi. e. Nogales ; collected: July 17, 1965. — R. H. AKXETT, JR. Descriptors: scorpion; Diplocentridae ; Diplocentrus spitzcn, nspe ; Arizona. The December 1969 issue was mailed Februarv 20. 1'VO. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lcc D. Miller — The Higher Classification. Phylogeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley — The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heterop- tera) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $<>.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Aquatic Bugs of World in exchange for Dutch insects except Lepidoptera. N. Nieser, Zoologisch Laboratorium, afd. Systematiek, Janskerhof 3, Utrecht, Netherlands. Insect Pins: $4.00 per thousand plus lOtf per M postage. Prompt service. Clair Armin, 191 W. Palm Avenue, Reedley, California 93654. Colombian Insects for sale, all kinds upon request. Many showy Lepidoptera and Coleoptera available. Carlos A. Pineda, c/o Comercial Antolf Apartado Aereo 8811, Bogota, Colombia. Sphaerophoria (Diptera: Syrphidae) desired for revision of genus for North America. R. G. Gunther, 124 Lauder, Peoria, Illinois 61607. Wanted: News, notes, and reviews of less than one page for immediate publica- tion in ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Send to: R. H. ARNETT, JR., Editor, c/o Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8*, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba, Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. FEBRUARY, 1970 CONTENTS UNUSUAL CASE BUILDIXC, BEHAVIOR OF HYDROPSYCHE OCCIDENTALIS LARVAE JOHN O. MKCOM, p. 33 STUDIES OF PARTIALLY DOUMLE-HROODED SILKMOTHS JN CAPE MAY COUNTY, \K\\ JERSEY C. BROOKE WORTH, p. 36 \ FOSSIL CRAB SPIDER FROM WEST-CENTRAL \YYoMI.Ni, BKI i i ( i n. KK, p. 38 IsoMIRA Mri.SANT IN A.MKRICA XoRTIl OF MEXICO: NOTES ON KASTFRN NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES .1 . \.\IKS I). MARSH ALL, r. 41 DATA I )o< c M I-.NTS FOR SYSTEMATIC I^NTOMOLOCY. p. 50 KNTOMOI.OCIST'S RECORD, i-. 51 OI.OCISl's I.1HRARY. 1'. 5^ "')MIN(i Xl-'NT ISSl'K: SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN ini HEAD STRUCTURE OF M UT I I.I . 1 1) A F V J,» THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. SI FEBRUARY. 1970 No. 2 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT. JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4* X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 80 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short informative abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, in- cluding zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices and books received in "The Entomological Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Mar- ket Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Articles of an archival nature will be recommended for "Data Documents." Instructions for the latter will be furnished on request (see vol. 81, pp. 1-11). Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. 3.0024 UNUSUAL CASE BUILDING BEHAVIOR OF HYDROPSYCHE OCCIDENTALS LARVAE (TRICHOPTERA: HYDROPSYCHIDAE)1 JOHN (). MECOM - During the course of an investigation of tlie distribution and productivity of Trichoptera larvae in a Colorado mountain stream unusual case building behavior was noted in the net-spinning larvae of Hydropsyche occidentalis (Banks). Over 700 larvae of this .species were hand picked from tin- substrate of the St. Yrain River in Moulder County. Colorado at elevations of 1750-2050 m (T3X, K71\V. S2f» (T2X. R71\Y. Sf» from June. l<>r,S. to May, 1969. From late May to late October the larval case of Hydropsyche occi- dentalis consisted of a loosely woven tube 7-12 mm in length .supported by small pebbles and vegetable matter. A net was spun by this species in front of the case to aid in the capture ot lood. \\ith the onset of colder temperatures in November, H . occidentalis remained inactive in a highly modified overwintering case or hibernaculum. The food net was not present and the case was reinforced with larger pebbles to form a dense, more convex house rarely exceeding 7 mm in length. Pupal cases were found infrequently in late spring and early summer and consisted of an elongate tube in which large anchoring stones were utilized at the lateral margins. Authors such as Ilynes (1('M) have reported the seasonal habits oi Trichoptera larvae and Copeland and Crowell (1937), Fankhauser and Keik (l(M5i. and Milne il'MSi have investigated the case building behavior of many species. Flliott ( l('oS) reports that some genera over- winter as fifth instar "resting larvae" but no special case modifications art- present. It is difficult to speculate on the adaptive value of the hibernaculum of H \drops\c1ic occidentalis but such a structure could aid in resisting ice 1 Tliis is contribution number 5S of tin- I'niviTsity of Coloiado Limnology Labora- tory. Final preparation of the manuscript \va> made tbron.ub tin- facilities oi Soullu-rn Mrtbodist L'nivc-rsity. Accrpti-d for publication. February h, 1('7<). 2 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.— ] am indebted to Dr. Robert IVnnak i I niversit\ ('olorado) for bis lK-l])ful su.u.m-stioiis. and to Dr. II. II. Ross (University of ( ieoi for his identification of tin- larvai- of Hydropsyche occiticiittilis. 3 Department of I'.iolouy. Soutbcrn Methodist t'nivrrsity. Dallas. Texas 75 _'_'_' 33 34 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February. 1970 10 mm Fi<;. 1. The summer case (A), winter case or hibernaculum (B), and pupal case ((.' ) of Hydropsyche occidentals in the St. Yrain River of Colorado. and flooding. Brachycentrus aincricanits and Ecclisomyia maculosa were common at the same elevation as Hydropsyche occidentalis but tbe standing crops of botb of tbese species were sharply reduced with the appearance of anchor ice in November and again during heavy flooding in early May. XI I ENTOMOLOGICAL .\K\VS There was no significant reduction in the number of H. occidentalis larvae during ice cover and this species suffered far less mortality during spring runoff than did B. americanus and /:. maculosa. Li i EKATI-KK CITED I'oi'ELAxn, M., and CKOWELL. I'. S. 1937. Observations and experiments on the case-building instincts of two species of Trichoptera. Psyche 64: 125-131. ELLIOTT, J. M. 1968. The life histories and drifting of Trichoptera in a Dartmoor stream. Jour. Animal Ecol. 37: 615-625. FANKHAUSER, G., and REID, L. E. 1935. Experiments on the case building of the caddis-fly larva, Ncuronia postica \\'alker. Physiol. Zool. 8: 337-359. HVXKS, H. B. N. 1961. Tlie invertebrate fauna of a Welsh mountain stream. Arch. Ilydrohiol. 57: 344-388. MII.XE, M. J. 1938. Case building in Trichoptera as an inherited response to nxy^cn deficiency. Canadian Ent. 70 : 177-179. 2.0024 Case building behavior Hydropsyche occidentalis larvae (Trich., Hydropsychidae) ABSTRACT. — During the course of an investigation of the distribution and productivity of aquatic insects in the St. Vrain River of Colorado unusual case building behavior was noted in the net-spinning larvae of Hydropsyche occidentalis. During the warmer months ( April to October ) the larval case consisted of a loosely \\oveti tube of small stones and vegetable matter. A net was spun by this species in front of the case to aid in the capture of food. The pupal case of H. occidentalis had a rigid closed construction in which large anchoring stones were utilized at the lateral margins. The unusual aspects of case construction were seen during tin- winter months. \Yith the onset of cold temperatures in November //. occidentalis destroyed the food net and reinforced its case with pebbles to form a thicker, more convex house in which the animal remained inactive until spring. The adaptive significance of this behavior is unknown but perhaps it serves to resist heavy icing. — J. O. MECOM n, '.\criftors: Trichoptera; Hydropsychidae; Hydropsyche occidentalis; behavior; case; Colorado; hibernaculum. 36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February. 1970 3.0008 Studies of Partially Double-Brooded Silkmoths in Cape May County, New Jersey (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae) ' C. BROOKE WORTH - Cape May County, New Jersey, lies in a zone where single- and double- brooded populations of some species of silkmoths overlap. It appears to me that ,-lctias luna is totally double-brooded here, while Hyalophora cc- cropia limits itself strictly to one annual generation. However, both . Intheraca polvphcinns and Callosainia proinetlica exhibit both phases. It may be fallacious to speak of single- and double-brooded populations of the latter two species within this region, for in reality only a single genetically-mixed population of each may occupy the area. It certainly seems unlikely that there could be physiological or behavioral barriers that prevented mating between two such sympatric contingents. The only way they could be effectively separated is for their times of emergence to be sharply limited to different periods. Obviously this does not happen, for once the short-lived adults appear in late May, the two species are con- stantly present until early September, an indication that fresh individuals are continuously emerging. Hence it does not seem likely that isolation is achieved. Under those circumstances one wonders how the phenomenon of double- broodedness is regulated. My studies of the subject were made by rearing and observing sibling broods, on the assumption that brothers and sisters, maintained under identical conditions in nets as caterpillars and in indi- vidual cubicles of a large box as cocoons, should in those uniform confines have the best opportunity for disclosing genetic variations. Or, if they were genetically similar, they should then behave as units, all members of a given sibling spring brood either emerging as a second summer genera- tion or entering directly into overwintering diapause. Data pertaining to the performance of progeny of spring moths are pre- sented in Table 1. Inspection of the table discloses immediately that sib- ling broods may consist of a mixture, so far as their immediate or delayed emergence is concerned. It is apparent also that the trend is away from double-broodedness as maternal emergence takes place on later spring dates. As a further observation, I found that summer moths emerged from cocoons that were, on the average, spun earlier than those in the same brood 1 Accepted for publication November 12, 1969. - Eldora. R. D., Delmont, N. J. 08314. SI ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 37 that proceeded to overwinter. These summer ninths, of both sexes, aver- aged lighter in weight than their overwintering siblings. Hence it would appear that the smaller, earlier-maturing ones were "constitutionally" dif- ferent from the larger, more deliberate contingent. Since environmental conditions were identical, the difference might be a genetic one, rather than metabolic and/or physiological. I AHI.K 1. Hmer^eiice patterns ot sibling Polyphemus and Promethea broods relative to their mothers' dates ot" spring emergence Progeny Emerged Same Summer Following Spring Poly 185-1969 I'olv 78-1968 I'olv 190-1969 Poly YV-1967 Poly 76-1968 May 30 June 2 June 13 June 19 June 22 20 (32%) 29 (91%) 0 ( 0%) 21 (25%) 0 ( 0%) 43 ( 68f';) 3 ( 9%) 72 MOO', ) 63 ( 75', 19 (100', ) Prom 44-1968 Prom 154-1969 Prom 67-1967 Mav 16 May 19 June 21 46 (88%) 19 (39%) o ( 0%) 6 ( 12', ) 30 ( 61'', ) 56 (100' , ) Overwintering sibling cocoons showed a protracted emergence pattern over a two-month period in the following spring. Those earliest to emerge again produced mixed broods, while the last ones left only overwintering descendants. Since emerging females must perforce mate with short-lived males sharing the same emergence period, one would expect to obtain pure hues, from at least some of the earliest pairs — as well as from the latest one.-. That this does not occur throws some doubt on the genetic interpre- tation of the regulation of bivoltine behavior in Cape May County. These studies ,-uggest the need of a more extensive schedule of breeding tests for elaborating the problem. \( K. \0\VI. Klir.MKNTS T uisn to thank Dr. Xeal A. Weber of Swarthmore College and Dr. Lincoln P. Brovv : • \mherst College for helpful comments during the course of this work. 2.008 Partially Double-Brooded Silkmoths in New Jersey (Lepidoptera: Satur- nidae). ABSTRACT. — Double brooded and single brooded silkmoths occur together at C.i|n May County, Xe\v Jersey, with no discernible isolation. — R. II. AKXKTT. rs: I.epidoptcra ; Saturnidac ; Xeu Jersey; double broods; single broods; bivoltine behavior ; isolation. 38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February, 1970 3.0007 A Fossil Crab Spider from West-central Wyoming (Araneae: Thomisidae)1 BRUCE CUTLER -> 3 In 1966 a fossil spider carapace was obtained from a copropelic sediment from an excavation on tbe soutb sbore of \Yliimpy Lake. Tbe lake is in a small kettle bole tbat has no outlet. It lies on a moraine just west of tbe Bridger \Yilderness Area, in Sublette County, Wyoming, and about three miles northwest of New Fork Lake. At present sagebrush covers the moraine, and Populns sp. and Sali.r sp. grow around the lake's margin. Two miles east in the Wind River Mountains, spruce-hr forest is present. The specimen is estimated as being 6,000 ± 2,000 years old on the basis of an unpublished pollen diagram of R. C. Bright. The pollen diagram from the lake indicates that the vegetation was similar to that which now occurs around Whimpy Lake. The specimen consists of an almost complete carapace, Fig. —2, of a species of Coriarachne (Araneae: Thomisidae). It is dark brown and glossy; the surface is rough owing to many raised pits (spine sockets) and small wart-like protuberances. The eyes are blackish-brown. The diameter of each of the anterior median eyes is 0.14 mm. each of the anterior lateral eyes 0.25 mm, each of the posterior median eyes 0.11 mm, each of the posterior lateral eyes 0.16 mm. Clypeus height 0.16 mm. Distance between posterior median eyes 0.27 mm, between anterior median eyes 0.28 mm. Length of the median ocular area 0.15 mm. Distance between the posterior lateral eyes and the posterior median eyes 0.34 mm. Distance between the anterior lateral eyes and the anterior median eyes 0.13 mm. Both eyerows are recurved. The carapace is from a penulti- 1 Paper No. 7066, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101. Accepted for publication October 22, 1969. - Department of Entomology, Fisheries, and Wildlife, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55101. 3 This investigation was supported in part by a Public Health Service 'Fellowship 5-F1-GM-36, 067-02 from the National Institute of General Medical Sciences. I am indebted to the following faculty and staff members of the University of Minnesota for help in the preparation of this paper: Dr. E. F. Cook, Dr. H. E. Wright, Mr. \\. Woo, Mrs. C. Wang, and my wife Lucy E. Cutler. I wish to thank Dr. R. C. Bright of the University of Minnesota separately for making the specimen available for -tudy, and for providing most of the information about Whimpy Lake and environs. SI I ENTOMOLOGICAL NKWS 39 mate or a mature individual. The species cannot he determined definitely on morphological criteria because the genitalia are missing; however, it may be possible to determine the species as soon as statistical data accumu- lates for recent specimens in museum collections. There are six members of the genus Coriaracluic in Xorth America, one in Kurope, and two or three in Asia ((iertsch. l(>5.i). He divider the Xorth American species into two groups. A and H. Four species are in group A. ( iroup H may he eliminated, because in this group the posterior median eyes are much closer together than they are to the posterior lateral eyes. The four members of group A and their present geographical distribu- tion are as follows: C. acinnla (). I'. Cambridge, eastern Mexico and southern Texas; C. floridana Hanks, southeastern United States and the Atlantic coastal plain to Xew York; C'. utalicnsis (iertsch, all of Xorth America west of the Rocky Mountains, and east across Canada and the extreme northern Inited States to the Atlantic coast: C. 1'crsicolor Kcyserling, all of Xorth America east of the Rocky Mountains, one record from Ari/ona. and several from Alaska. On a zoogeographic basis alone, it would appear that the carapace is that of C. utalicnsis. This is the onlv species recorded from Wyoming ( Lowrie and (iertsch. 19??. Grand Teton area, and Levi and Levi, 1(>51. Yellowstone area). Unfortunately the width of the median ocular area (0.27 mm) is so much larger than the length (0.15 mm) that the ratio of width to length (0.27/0.15) falls far outside the known range of any American species of Coriarachne. 'I he only species whose measurements approach this ratio is C. floridana, whose present range lies 1,500 miles to the east of \Yhimpy Lake. Further- more, C. floridana has the lower margin of the anterior eyes in a straight line, while the lower margin of the anterior eyes of the Whimpy Lake specimen are slightlv recurved. It is possible that the fossil represents a new species, but I would not wish to designate it as such until data trom non-American species of Coriaraclinc an- made available. The difficult}/ with the Asian members of the genus is the uncertainty of the number of species in that part of the world, and the strong possibility of unidentified species occurring in the central Asian and Siberian areas. Hence mea- surements would indicate little in the face of these unknowns. This genus of crab spiders is very much flattened dorso \mtra11y. Specimens are most commonlv taken under the loose bark of dead trees and logs. Thev are also seen in houses, on stone walls, wooden tences. or under rocks and stones King on the ground. An occasional specimen is found while sweeping. I'hev are colored with mottled shades ot gra\ and brown, remaining immobile among debris and sei/mg am small arthro 40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1970 pod that blunders into their outstretched front legs. The average length of mature specimens of several species is about 5.5 mm. This is the first fossil record of the genus Coriarachnc. FIG. 1-2. Carapace of Coriarachnc sp. coated with ammonium chloride. Fig. 1. Dorsal view X 61. Fig. 2. Anterior view X 61. LITERATURE CITED GERTSCH, W. J. 1953. The spider genera X ysticns, C oriarachne , and O.vyptila, (Thomisidae, Misumeninae) in North America. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist. 102: art. 4, 413-482. LEVI, H. W. and LEVI, L. K. 1951. Report on a collection of spiders and liarvestmen from Wyoming and neighboring states. Zoologica 36: pt. 4, 219-237. LOWRIE, D. C. and GERTSCH, W. J. 1955. A list of the spiders of the Grand Teton Park area, with descriptions of some new North American spiders. American Mus. Novitates, no. 1736, p. 1-29. 2.0007 A fossil crab-spider from west-central Wyoming (Araneae, Thomsidae). ABSTRACT. — The first fossil record of the crab spider genus Coriuraclinc is recorded. A carapace was found in a copropelic lake sediment from Whimpy Lake. Snblette Co., Wyoming. The estimated age of the specimen is 6,000 ± 2,000 years old. — BRUCE CUTI.KK. Descriptors: Crab spider; Wyoming: Fossil spider; Araneae; Thomisidae. 81] K.XTOMOI.OCICAL \K\\ .-- 41 3.0010 Isomira Mulsant in America North of Mexico (Coleoptera, Alleculidae) : Redescriptions, New Synonymies, and Taxonomic Notes on Eastern North American Species ' IAMF.S I ). MARSH ALL - Below are re-descriptions aiul new synonymies and otlier taxonomic notes for four species occurring in eastern Xorth America. Terminology used in discussing the male genitalia is in keeping with that of Campbell (1966). The drawings provided in Figs. 1-4 represent lateral views of male genitalia. A full lateral view of the apical piece is shown, hut only the distal portion of the basal piece is illustrated. The size of the eyes is expressed as the ocular index, a quantitative character discussed fully by Campbell and Marshall (1(^>4). In showing the geographic distribution records of the various species, the label data of specimens examined are summarized for each locality and presented in the following order: locality; month : number of specimens. Seasonal distribution is given as the earliest and latest dates on the labels of specimens examined. Isomira valida Sclnvarz I sonnni I'alida Sclnvarz 1878: o70. — Casev 18(H : 152. Isomira similis Hlatchley 1'MO: 1278. XFAY SYNONYMY. DIAGNOSIS. — The moderately large size ('at least 8.5 mm long i of both sexes, and the large eyes of the males (ocular index less than 35) serve as good characters for distinguishing this somewhat uncommon species from its relatives. I h-.st KiPTinx. Body ovate; elliptical, strongly convex in cross-section; color medium brown throughout ; integument shining, pubescence short and dense, uniformly 1 Accepted for publication February n, 1°7(). -Biology Department, The College of Idaho. Calduell, Idaho S.iMls. ''This paper is a part of my continuing scries hearing the general foretitle. "ls«ini)-a Mulsant in America Xorth of Mexico CColeoptera, Alleculidae)" throm-h which the United States and Canadian members of the genus /.\v;i//n; are being n vised. Other parts are in press, or else are in preparation. The last part will be a concise illustrated synopsis containing keys, distribution maps, and full recognition oi ihe individuals and institutions \\ho made1 this study possible. 42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | Kebruary, 1970 distributed over entire dorsal surface. Head finely and moderately punctate, distance separating punctures two times average diameter of punctures ; terminal segment of maxillary palpi wide, less than twice as long (16:9) as greatest width, angle formed at junction of inner and basal sides obtuse ; antennae with third segment as long as fourth, remaining segments slender, three times as long as greatest width ; eyes mod- erate ; ocular index: x (males) = 29.9 ; x ( females) = 40.8. Thorax finely, deeply, and densely punctate ; two times as wide as long ; cephalic margin slightly arcuate, three-fifths as wide as caudal margin ; sides evenly rounded ; basal foveae almost im- perceptible, widely separated. Elytra as wide at base as caudal margin of pronotum, four times as long as pronotum and one-and-two-fifths as long as their greatest width ; striae marked by series of almost imperceptibly impressed punctures which are dark piceous in color ; striae not at all impressed basally, only faintly so apically ; shallowly and somewhat sparsely punctate, punctures separated by a distance two times the diameter of a puncture. Abdomen polished, finely and densely punctate. Length : 8.5 to 9.4 mm. Male (/enitalia: Fig. 1. Location of type: valida. United States National Museum; simitis, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana. Type locality: valida. Enterprise, Florida; si in His, Posey County, Indiana. Seasonal distribution: March 10-July 23. Geographic distribution : This species is found on the East Coast from New Jersey south to Florida. West from Florida it seems to range along the Gulf Coast. Actual records show that it occurs in southwest Arkansas from which point it probably ranges northward to the Wabash Valley in Indiana and eastward through the Ohio Valley. There is a literature record of valida being taken in Cincinnati, Ohio (Dury 1902). One speci- men from Point Pelee, Canada, was examined. Specimens c.rainincd : 20 males, 18 females from the following localities: CAN- ADA: Point Pelee, June, 1. UNITED STATES: Alabama: Mobile, May, 1. Arkansas: Hope, May 1; "Southwest," no date, 3. Florida: State label only, 1; Marion, no date, 1; Paradise Key, March-April, 9; St. Augustine, no date, 1. Illi- nois: Mason Co., Mason State Forest, June, 2. Kansas: Douglass, no date, 2. Mary- land: State label only, 1; Plummer's Island, June-July, 5; New Jersey: Anglesea, June, 2; no date, 1. Smith Carolina: Aiken, May, 1. ll'cst J'irifhiia: Berkeley Co., April, 1. DISCUSSION. — There is little variation in size. The shining, medium brown color is more or less uniform over its entire range, but dark brown specimens are occasionally taken. The ocular index varies from 24 to 34 for males and 35 to 47 for females. The male genitalia have the median strut ventrally lamellate and resem- bling that of tc.vana, but can be distinguished by the moderate swelling on the dorsal side of the basal half of the apical piece ( Fig. 1 ) . 81 KXTOMOI.OCK Al, XK\VS 43 The eyes of ralida are in general larger than those of te.vana, although some overlap in the ocular indices occurs in hoth sexes ( see discussion under te.vana below). The last segment of the maxillary palpi in valid a is shorter in relation to width than that of te.vana. In ralida the angle formed at the junction of the inner and basal sides is obtuse, with the inner side only one-half as long as the outer side; in te.vana the angle at the junction of the inner and basal sides is almost 90°, and the inner side is three-fourths as long as the outer side. 4 FIGURES 1-4. Lateral views of male genitalia of Isomira spp. (1) /. i-alida ; (2)7. tc.rana; (3) I. pulla ; (4) /. scricca. Heavy black line = 0.5 mm. Isomira texana Casey Isomira te.vana Casey 1891 : 15,\ DIAI.NOSIS AND DKSCkirriox. — This species is similar in general ap- pearance to ralida. but may be distinguished as follows: eyes smaller and more widely separated, ocular index: \ (males) "42.0; x (females) = 44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February 1970 47.3 ; terminal segment of maxillary palpi elongate, two times as long as greatest width, angle formed at junction of inner and basal sides only slightly obtuse, almost 90° ; prothorax one-and-two-thirds as wide as long; elytra parallel on basal two-thirds ; striae feebly but distinctly impressed for entire length. Length: 8.5 to 10.2 mm. Male genitalia: Fig. 2. Location of type: United States National Museum. Type locality: "Texas." Seasonal and geographic distribution : Specimens are known to have been taken between May 5 and July 12. Records are only from Texas as follows: Alpine. May 1, Big Heml Xat. Park, Green Gulch, 5,300', May, 6; Jeff Davis Co., July, 1 : Kerrville, May-July, 2. DISCUSSION. — Variation in size is slight. The color, which is usually medium brown, is darker in the specimens from Kerrville, Texas. The ocular index of the males varies from 34 to 42 and that of the females from 44 to 52. The male genitalia have the median strut ventrally lamellate resembling that of valida, but they lack the small basal swelling on the dorsal side of the apical piece, see Fig. 1 (valida) and Fig. 2 (te.vana}. The eyes of te.i'ana are in general smaller than those of valida, although some overlap in the ocular indices occurs in both sexes (see discussion of valida above). The last segment of the maxillary palpi in texana is longer in relation to width than that of valida. In tc.vana the angle formed at the junction of the inner and basal sides is almost 90°, and the inner side is three-fourths as long- as the outer side ; in valida the angle at the junction of the inner and basal sides is obtuse, and the inner side is only one-half as long as the outer side. Isomira pulla ( Melsheimer) Cistela pulla Melsheimer 1846 : 60. Isomira pulla, Casey 1891 : 149. Isomira ignora Blatchley 1914 : 144. NEW SYNONYMY. DIAGNOSIS. — In this species the last segment of the maxillary palpi is moderately robust, with the angle formed at the junction of the inner and basal sides obtuse and the inner side one-half as long as the outer side. This character, in combination with the small eyes (ocular index of 55 or more) and the distribution east of the 100th meridian, should serve to separate both sexes of pulla from other species of Isomira. DESCRIPTION. — Broadly oval, convex ; brown throughout ; integument minutely punctate, slightly shining ; pubescence pale, very short, dense, and appressed. Head 81] ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 45 with terminal segment of maxillary palpi moderately robust, one-half a> wide as long, angle formed at junction of inner and hasal sides obtuse, inner side one-half as long as outer side; antennae less than one-half length of hody ; third Moment elongate, as long as fourth, remaining segments elongate, slender, two times as long as greatest width; eyes small, ocular index: x = 59.6. Thorax two times as wide a- long, sides gradually and unevenly rounded from base to cephalic margin; cephalic margin slightly rounded, almost truncate, one-half as wide as caudal margin; caudal margin sinuate ; basal foveae feebly impressed ; basal angles almost 90°. Elytra at base equal in width to pronotum ; sides becoming slightly broader on posterior one-third; not quite twice (12:7) as long as their greatest width; striae not visible on disk ; two sutural striae visible apically, intervals of these very feebly convex. Abdomen polished throughout. Length : 5.6 to 7.7 mm. Male i /en Italia: Fig. 3. Location of type: Museum of Comparative Zoology. Lcctotype: Here designated. Male, "Pennsylvania." < ': } Museum of Comparative Zoology no. 30868. Seasonal mid geographic distribution'. Collecting data indicate a seasonal distribu- tion of February 22 to November 11. Examined were 84 males, 397 females, and 107 -ex not determined from the following localities: CANADA: Ontario: Port Credit. July, 1; Toronto, June, 3. UNITED STATES: Alabama: Chambers Co., Langdale. no date, 2; Decatur, May, 2; Thomasville, April, 1. Arkansas: Ozone, June, 1; "Southwest," no date, 3. Delaware: Bridgeville, June, 4; Glasgow, June. 2; Harrington, June, 1; Millsboro, June, 1; Milton, June, 1; Newark, June-August, 2; Petersburg. June, 1; Smyrna, no date, 1 ; Wyoming, no date, 1. District nf Columbia: District label only, June, 7. Florida: State label only, 2; Atlantic Beach, no date, 1; Crescent City, no date, 1; Dunedin, February-April, 4; Interlacken, April, 2; Xe\\ Smyrna, April, 1; Okeefanokee, May, 1; Orlando, March, 3; Ormond, April, 1. Georgia: State label only, 1; Atlanta, May, 1; Clayton, 2-3,000, June, 2; Dnnwoody, no date, 18; Rabum Co., July, 1; St. Catherine Isl., April, 2; St. Simons Isl., April- May, 1. Illinois: Goreville, June, 1. Indiana: Clark Co., State Forest, June, 2; Tippecanoe Co., June, 2. lou'a: Glen wood, spring, 1 ; Spirit Lake, June, 1. Ken- tucky: State label only, 1. .\faine: Lincoln Co., July, 1. Maryland: State label only, 9; Baltimore, June-July, 27; Bladensberg, May, 2; Dorchester, near Lloyds, July, 6; Fair Hill, July, 1 ; Odenton, June, 2; Sparrows Point. July, 10. Massachusetts: Boston, no date, 1 ; Dennis, July, o; Marion, July, 2; Winchester, June, 1 ; Woods Hole, July, 1. Michigan: Detroit, June, 1; 5 mi. E. Brighton, Kensington Park, June, 1; Gill Lake Biol. Sta., July, 2; Grand Ledge, July, 1; South Haven, July. 1. Minnesota: State label only, 2; Cass Co., no date, 1; Winona Co., June, 2. Mississippi: Lucedale, April, 1. .Vert1 Jersey: State label only, 1; Anglesea, May, 7; Atlantic City, July, 12; Atsion June, 2; Boontoii, June, 1 ; Cape May, July, 2; East Plains, June. 2; Franklin. June, 1; Greenwood Lake, June, 3; Hopatcong, no date, 1; Lakehur-t. May- July. 13; Lake Alarcia, June, 1; Linwood, July, 1: Malaga, June, 5; South Orange, June. 1. A't'7ip York: State label only, 2; East Hampton, June, 1; Long Island, July, 1; Orient, L. I., June-July, 5; Pinelawn. L. I., June, 2: Staat>burg, June, 1 : West Dai:l>\. May, 1; West Point, June, 5. \ortli Carolina: Cherokee, Soco Valley, June, 2; Holly Shelter, April. 1 ; Murphy, May, 1 ; Southern Pines, no date. 2. Ohio: Delaware Co., June-July, 71; Ea>t Liverpool, no date. 1; Franklin Co., May. 2; Greene Co., 46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1970 May, 8; Hocking Co., June, 36; Ironton, May, 1 ; Marietta, June, 1 ; Scioto Co., June, 20; Shawnee "Forest, June, 5. Pennsylvania: State label only, 12; Allegheny Co., June, 20; Cresson, July, 2; Glenolden, no date, 4; Jeannette, May-June, 119; Pitts- burgh, May, 13. Tennessee: State label only, 1; Burrville, May, 4; Erwin, June, 1; Great Smokey Alt. Nat. Park, June, 1 ; Knoxville, May, 1 ; Memphis, May, 6 ; 1 mi. W. Vonore, June, 1. 17irgima: State label only, 2; Cape Henry, May, 4; Fort Monroe, May, 1 ; Fredericksburg, June, 2 ; Lake Drummoncl, June, 3 ; Mt. Vernon, June, 1 ; Nelson, June, 1 ; near Plummers Isl., June, 1. DISCUSSION. — The variation in this species is moderate. The color varies from a uniform tan to dark piceous brown. Usually the intervals of the sutural striae are of lighter color than the remainder of the dorsal surface. There is no significant difference in the ocular index of males and females ; the observed range for both sexes is 56.0 to 63.0. Isomira qnadristriata Couper also has an ocular index of over 55 and is the eastern species most likely to be confused with f> ulla, but the broadly triangular terminal segment of the maxillary palpi of the former have the angle at the junction of the inner and basal side almost 90° which is quite distinct from the obtusely angulate condition of that segment in pitlla. Isomira ruficollis Hamilton also has a comparable ocular index range, but its distinctive coloration, the combination of a ferruginous prothorax and shining black elytra, serves to distinguish it from pulla. A very distinctive characteristic of the male genitalia is the very short ventral strut which is only two times as long as wide ( Fig. 3 ) . Isomira sericea (Say) Cistela scricca Say 1824: 285— Leconte 1866: 139. Isomira scricca, Casey 1891: 146. — Blatchlev 1910: 1277. — Papp 1956: 149. Isomira tcncbrosa, Casey 1891 : 146. NE\Y SYNONYMY. DIAGNOSIS. — The normal coloration of scricca is ochreous, but specimens are frequently taken which are yellowish-brown or brown ; and when this coloration occurs, the specimens are difficult to separate from some females of iowensis Casey. A subtle but apparently constant character for separat- ing the females of ioivcnsis from scricca is the parallel-sided condition of the head in front of the eyes in the former and the slightly tapering form in the case of the latter species. DESCRIPTION. — Elongate-elliptical in outline, convex in cross-section ; color ochreous, integument shining; pubescence very fine, extremely short and dense throughout. Head minutely and very densely punctate throughout ; terminal segment of maxillary palpi two times as long as greatest width ; inner side one-half as long as outer, angle formed at junction of inner and basal sides obtuse; antennae slender, two- thirds as long as body, filiform, third joint as long as fourth; eyes moderate in size. SI I ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS 47 ocular index: x — 50.2. Thorax minutely and densely punctate: one-and-one-third times as wide as long, sides straight and suhparallel on basal half, becoming strongly rounded toward cephalic margin ; cephalic margin subtruncate. slightly rounded, one- half as wide as caudal margin; caudal margin feebly and broadly sinuate; basal foveae distinct; basal angles right angles. Elytra minutely and sparsely punctate; their bases slightly wider and at middle one-third wider than caudal margin of prothorax; four times as long as pronotum and two times as long as their own greatest width ; discal striae feebly but visibly impressed, intervals flat basally, very feebly convex apical ly ; sutural striae conspicuous throughout length. Abdomen more shining than dorsal surface; pubescence of visible sterna four and five longer and more conspicuous than that of basal sternum. Length : 5.5 to 7.8 mm. Male genitalia: Fig. 4. Location of tyf>c: Presumably destroyed. Xeotype not designated. Type locality: "United States." Seasonal mid i/eoi/raphic Jistrilnttioii : 319 males, 954 females, and 150 the sex of which was not determined were examined. Seasonal distribution was established as March 3 to September 7. Geographic distribution is as follows: CANADA: \~<>:-n Scotia: Annapolis Royal, July, 2. Oiittirin: Bells Corners, July, 1; Chatterton, July. 5: DC Cew F., May, 1; Grand Mend, July, 1; Grimsby, June, 2; Leamington, June-July. 17; Muskoka, July. 1; Xew Glasgow, July, 2; Port Credit, July, 1 ; Toronto. June, 4; Vineland Sta., July, 1. (Jnchcc: Queen's Park, Aylmer, July, 3. UNITED STATES: Arkansas: Ozone, June, 1; "Soutlmest", no date, 3. Connecticut: Cornwall, July, 3; Litchtield, July, 3; Xew Haven, July. 1; Norwalk, July. 1; Sound Beach, July, 2; Storrs, June, 2; Wallingford, July. 3. District of Columbia: June, 7; Rock Creek Park, June, 2. Dcla-i^arc: Cheswold, May, 1; Ellendale, June, 1; Laurel, June, 1; Millsboro, June, 1; Newark, May-August, 6; Rohoboth Beach. July, 1: Water Gap, no date, 2; near Wilmington, June, 1. Florida: Dunedin. March, 3; Enterprise, no date, 1; Torreya State Park, May. 1. Georgia: Atlanta, May. 14; Blue Ridge, June, 3; Clarkesville, May, 1; Clayton. 2-3,000', June, 5; Dallas, June, 1; Dunwoody, no date, 44; Kenncsaw Mt., May, 1; Neel Gap. July, 3; Rabun Co., July, 2; Rockmart, June, 1: Sotolah. July, 1; Stone Mtn.. May, 5; Tray Mt., June, 1; Yonah Mt., June. 3. Illinois: State label only, 7. Indiana: Clark Co., St. Forest, June, 1; Hessville, July, 4; Indian Dunes St. Park, July, 12. Iowa: Iowa City, June-July, 2. Kentucky: Christian Co., Pennyroyal, June. (•; Prestonburg. June, 1. Maine: Casco, August, 3. Maryland: State label only, 5; Baltimore, June-July, 32; Beltsville, July. 1; Breton Bay, Potomac River. July. 1 : Corner Conduit and Potomac Roads, June, 1 ; Glen Echo, no date. 1 ; Montgomery Co., July. 1; Odenton, June, 69; Plummers Island, June, 7; Sparrows Point, July, 2. Mussaclntsctts: State label only. 6; .Arlington Hts., July, 4; Beach Bluff, July, 7; Boston, no date, 1; Framingham, July, 1; Marblehead, July, 1; Marion. July, I1'; Milton, July, 1; North Adams, July, 1; North Saugus, no date, 1; Sunderland. Mt. Toby. July, 1; Swampscott, no date, 1; Tyngsboro, no date, 42; \Vayland. July, 1; Wilbraham, no date, 4; Woods Hole, no date, 1. Michigan: Allegan Co., July. 1: Barry Co., Yankee Springs Game Area, July, 6; Chelsea, July, 1; Cheboygan Co., Douglas Lake, July, 10; Detroit, no date. 1 ; Fennville, no date, 10: Huron Mt. Club. June, 1 ; Kalamazoo Co., Gull Lake Biol. Station, June-July. 11 ; Lake Co., Basswood Lake. July August. 9; Olmstead. no date, 1; South Haven. July, 1. Minnesota: 48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [February, 1970 Eaglenest Lake, July, 1 ; Goodhue, July, 1 ; 4 mi. S. Lamoillc, July, 1 ; Minneapolis, June, 2; Ramsey, July, 1; Winona Co., Kings Bluff, June, Twin Bluffs, Lamoille, July, 5. Mississippi: Lucedale, April-May, 3; Richton, May, 1. Missouri: Big Spring St. Park, June, 1. Nezv Hampshire: Carroll Co., July, 1 ; Rumney, July, 2. Arru' Jersey: State label only, 14; Anglesea, no date, 1; Barnegat Bay, July, 4; 5 mi. Beach, July, 1; Boonton, July, 17; Browns Mills, June, 5; Chatsworth, July, 1 ; Chester, July, 2 ; Englewood, no date, 1 ; Fort Lee, no date, 3 ; Lakehurst, June- July, 40 ; Lakewood, July, 10 ; Malaga, July, 2 ; May's Landing, June, 2 ; Nutley, July, 2; Oak Ridge, July, 1 ; Paterson, June, 2; Plainneld, July, 17; Rahway, Septem- ber, 1; Ramsey, July, Bear Swamp near Ramsey, July, 11; Ridgewood, June, 3; Riverton, July, 1; Sand Hills, no date, 1; Spring Lake, July, 1. Arnt' York: State label only, 22; Allegany St. Park, July, 2; Brooklyn, June-July, 3; Buffalo, no date, 1; Callicoon, June, 3; Catskill, July, 1; Colden, July, 1; Crugers, June, 1; Dryden, Ringwood, July, 3; East Aurora, July, 1; East Hampton, L.I., July, 3; East Islip, L.I., no date, 1; Farmingdale, L.I., June, 2; Flatbush, L.I., June, 36; Forest Park, Queens, June, 1; Gowanda, June, 1; Hyde Park, June, 3; Ithaca, June-August, Coy Glen, August, Six-Mile Creek, August, 40; Jamesburg, July, 1 ; Darner (near Albany), August, 1; Sancaster, June, 1; Massapequa, L.I., no date, 3; Mosholu, no date, 1; Mt. Kisco, July, 1; New York City, June, 5; North Castle, June, 3; Olcott. July, 12; Packville, L.I., June, 8 ; Peekskill, June, 1 ; Port Jervis, July, 5 ; Ramapo, July, 1 ; Riverhead, June, 1; Salamanca, July, 5; Scarsdale, July, 2; Southold, L.I., June, 4; Staatsburg, June, 10; Tompkins Co., McLean Bogs, June, Six-Mile Creek, July, Taughannock, August, 8; Ulster Co., Slide Mtn., June, 4; West Point, 2; Whitehall, June, 6. North Carolina: State label only, 2; Aiken, June, 16; Black Mts., June, 61 ; Blue Ridge Parkway, July, 3,500', July. 21 ; Cherokee, June, 2 ; Doughton Park, June, 12; Franklin, 2,000', June-July, 12; Graybeard Mt., June, 1; Highland, July, 3,800', June, Whiteside Cove, 2,900', June, 4; Jackson Co., 3 mi. SW Cashiers, 2,700', June, 68; Linnville, 3,500', July, 10; Mitchell Co., no date, 3; Round Knob, June, 1; Southern Pines, May, 1 ; Swannonoa Valley, June, 1. Ohio: State label only. 1 ; Amherst, July, 1 ; Ashtabula Co., Jefferson, Aug., 1 ; Delaware Co., July, 1 ; Fair- field Co., August, 1 ; Greene Co., June, 3 ; Hocking Co., June, 26 ; Lucas Co., June, 1 ; Marietta, June, 1; Wayne Co., Wooster, June. 2. Pennsylvania: State label only, 6; Allegheny Co., no date, 7; Angora, June, 1; Clarks Valley, June, 1; Cove Mt., July, 1 ; Crisp, no date, 3; Easton, July, 11 ; Glenolden, June, 26; Hanover, June, 1 ; Heckton Mills, July, 1; Jeannette, May-July, 121; Lashley, July, 6; Lehigh Gap, July, 1; Lime Park, no date, 1; Overbrook, June, 1; Philadelphia, June, 6; Pittsburgh, June- July, 15; Water Gap, no date, 3; Westmoreland Co., July, 1. Rlwde Island: East Greenwich, July, 1; Washington Co., July, 1 ; Watch Hill, July, 2; Westerly, no date, 1; Woods Hole, July, 4; Batesburg, May, 4. Tennessee: State label only, 1; Crabtree, July, 14 ; Cumberland Co., Black Mts., no date, 1 ; Great Smokey Mt. Nat. Park, June, 6,500', July, 4; Lookout Mtn., no date, 2. I'iri/iuin . • Cobham, no date, 1; Falls Church, June-July, 11; Farmville, June, 6; Floyd, June, 15; Laurel Fork, June, 1 ; Massanutten M., Waonage Peak, June, 1 ; Pennington, no date, 1 ; Pennington Gap, no date, 3; Shenandoah National Park, 1,600-1,800', July, Big Meadows, July, Blue Ridge, 3,000', July, Lesic Falls, July, 20. U'est Virginia: White Sulphur Springs, July 5. Wisconsin: Bayfield, no date, 1. DISCUSSION. — Variation in color is considerable. The usual coloration is pale yellow, but frequently specimens are taken in which the coloration 81] ENTO.MOI.OOICAI. NK\\S 49 is yellowish brown. On rare occasions specimens are encountered in which the color is very dark piceous throughout. Such a series of dark-colored specimens constituted Casey's toiclvosn. The ocular index varies from 44 to 54 with no apparent difference in the value of this character between the sexes. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. — I owe special thanks to the following: Leland Chandler. I'nnlue University, allowed me access to the Blatchley Collection; I'. J. Darlington. Jr., Museum of Comparative Zoology, permitted me to examine the Melsheimer material; and T. J. Spilman, United Slates National Museum, "ranted me permission in study the Casey and Schwarz types. LITERATURE CITKD I'.i •. ICHLEV, W. S. 1910. An illustrated descriptive catalogue of the Coleoptera or bettles (exclusive of the Rhynochophora) known to occur in Indiana. Indiana Department of Geology and Natural Resources Bulletin 1. Indianapolis. Pp. 1-1386. BLATCHLEY, \V. S. 1914. Notes on the winter and early spring Coleoptera of Florida, with descriptions of new species. Canadian Ent. 46: 140-144. ('AMI-BELL, J. M. 1966. A revision of the genus Lobopoda (Coleoptera, Alleculidae") in North America and the West Indies. Illinois Biol. Monogr. No. 37. U. of Illinois Press. Urbana. Pp. 1-203. ("\\IPHKI.L. J. M. and MARSHALL, I. I). 1(">4. The ocular index and its application to the taxonomy of the Alleculidae (Coleoptera). Coleopt. Bull. 18: No. 2, 42. CASEY, T. L. 1891. Coleopterological Notices III. Ann. New York Acad. Sci. 6: 69-170. DIKY, C. 19()2. A revised list of the Coleoptera observed near Cincinnati, Ohio, with notes on localities, bibliographical references, and descriptions of new species. .1. Cincinnati Soc. nat. Hist. 20: 107-196. I.KIOXTK, J. L. 1863-1866. Xew species of North American Coleoptera. pt. 1. Smiths. Misc. Coll. no. 167. Pp. 1-86 (1863), 87-177 (1866). MM SHEIMER, V. E. 1846. Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera of the United States. I 'roc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia III : 58-60. PAPP, C. S. 1956. Notes on the genus /.vowin/ and a new species from Ari/ona. Bull. S. California Acad. Sci. 55: 145-149. SAY, T. 1824. Coleoptera. In Narrative of an expedition to the source of St. Peter's River, & c., under the command of Stephen H. Long, Major U.S.T.E. Vol. 2. Philadelphia. Pp. 268-378. Si IIWAKX. E. A. 1878. The Coleoptera of Florida. Proc. American Phil. Soc. 27 : 353-472. 2.0010 Isomira (Coleoptera, Alleculidae) of eastern North America ABSTRACT. — Four of the several species of eastern North American Ismnirti are: /. ralida Schwarz (with /. siinilis Blatchley as a synonym) ; /. tc.runn Casey; /. />»//(/ (Melsheimer) ( with /. ;riln//\\ I'unin,- I'nh'crsity, Lafayette. Indiana. Descriptors: (iregarines; parasites of arthropods. 3.0017 World Crop Protection. — The authors of this volume- have undertaken a tremendous task to survey the major pests and diseases of world crops and methods that are being used to combat them. Dr. Lee Ling, in his foreword, states "Kven a long journey starts with a first step. . . ." Unfortunately the road is long and many steps are required. This volume will at least serve as a pathfinder to any other intrepid souls who are willing to tackle the Herculean labors of detailing the pests that effect our food production. This volume should be required reading for all parties involved in the current DDT squabble. Every crop mentioned, with the possible exception of citrus, require either DDT or BHC to control the insect pests! Without these chlorinated hydrocarbons there evidently would be no control sections in the book, and probably no control in the field. The authors state they have limited the book to the principal crops (apple, banana. barley, citrus, cocoa, coconut, coffee, cotton, grape, maize, oats, oil palm, olive, peach, 1 GKIS, AK.MI.N, 1969. Sporentierchen, Sporozoa Die Gregarinida. V. F. I'.. ( iustav Fischer, Yerlag Jena, v. 57, 608 pp., 338 figs. -STAPLEY, J. H. and GAYNER, F. C. H. 1969. World Crop Protection, vol. 1. CRC Press, Cleveland, Ohio, 44128, 270 pp., cloth, $18.50. 54 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February. 1970 potato, rice, rubber, sorghum, sugar beet, sugar cane, tea, tobacco) of the world, however, some other important agricultural crops have been omitted, i.e., groundnuts or peanuts, pineapple, mango, forage crops, legumes, grasses, tomatoes, crucifers and many other vegetable crops. The text is concise and nontechnical. The authors have had considerable experience in Europe, the Middle and Far East and Africa, resulting in a rather thin treatment of the pests of the Western Hemisphere. There is a lack in depth in listing or describing pests of certain crops. A recent work lists 74 major citrus pests, in contrast to a total of 29 citrus pests mentioned in the text. The authors have attempted to bring together "the whole subject within the confines of one single volume ... to be of value to agricultural research institutes, university departments of agriculture, agricultural colleges and to students of agriculture and horticulture in different parts of the world ... a quick reference to pests and diseases of crops, their distribution and importance." Though they did not reach their goal, they have brought together under one cover a general review of the world wide pest problem, with suggested (in cany cases obsolete) control methods. This text does provide one with "a better understanding of the importance of crop pests and diseases in the world today." It is a good reference book. — EUGEXE J. GERBERG, Insect Control fy Research, Inc., Baltimore, Maryland 21228. Descriptors: Crop protection; DDT; BHC. 3.0027 The Brown-tail Moth. — About three decades following the introduction of the Gypsy moth, a familial relative, Nyc/mia phacorrhoca (Donov.), the Brown- tail moth appeared in North America. Both species threatened to become widespread destructive pest species and during the ensuing years were subjected to rigorous controls. A reprint 3 of the history of this moth comes as a timely reminder that, with restrictions on convenient chemical suppression techniques, we are again confronted with the likelihood of invasion to newr and broader geographic areas. Two chapters lead up to the rationale for the book — a facsimile of an eighteenth century paper. The opening chapter presents a professional biography of the eminent naturalist William Curtis. It is followed by entomological notes which bring the reader up to date on distribution, outbreaks in Europe and North America and control programs. The finale is a facsimile of Curtis's 1782 article on the Brown-tail moth. An epiphytotic of this tussock moth had aroused the press to suggest that the caterpillars were presaging the plague, would fill the air and destroy all the vegetation thus starving the cattle. Curtis responded with his natural history paper to allay the imaginary terrors of the public. Without the advantage of professional entomologists, or a large bank of information, he demonstrated phenomenal insight into ecological prob- lems at a time when integrated systems were not recognized or studied. He discussed life history, host preference, feeding behavior and natural control mechanisms. A semiquantitative notion of numbers is even given in his description of the Clapham parish where 80 bushels of webs were collected in one day (collectors received about 14 cents per bushel). The Short History is touted as a pioneer essay in economic entomology and indeed its general format was followed by numerous governmental reports on pests in 3 CURTIS, WM., 1969 (reprint). A short history of the Brown-tail moth. (With an introduction by W. T. Stearn and entomological notes by D. S. Fletcher.) Ento- mological Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 207, East Lansing, MI 48823. Cloth, $9.30. SI I K.\TOM<)I. to genera, keys to some species, illustrations, checklists, and notes on morphology, distribution, habitats, and behavior. PCHLICATIONS RECEIVED. — The following annotated list of publications have been received for notation in this section. Papers dealing only with taxonomic changes and additions that will be fully indexed in /.onltniicul AVr<>rKK, RK IIARII D. and DA.XIKL OTTLE, 1967. The evolution of genitalia and mating behavior in crickets ( Gryllidae ) and other Orthoptera. Misc. 1'ubl.. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan no. 133, 62 pp. Introduction contains general information on sexual behavior, especially during copulation, relating to insects in general as well as the specific topic. The evolution of the groups of Orthoptera is discussed. .\\UKi.\\s, SIR C'liKiSToi-iiEK, 1969. The lives of wasps and bees. American Klsevier Puhl. Co., Inc., 2(14 pp.. pis. $5.75. Km KHAKII, MANY JANE \\"EST, 1969. The social biology of Poli-tine \\asp-. Mi~> I'ubl. Mus. 7.01 >!., I'niv. Michigan no. 140, 101 pp. In addition to the definitive behavioral study of two species of I'ulisti's. con- siderable data is presented to show the origin of the genus. PA i K, ANN 1C.. 1967. Lite history and behavior of a fungus beetle, Bolitothcrus rnutus (Tenebrionidae) . Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, no. 653. 15 pp Important detaiU previously unavailable to students of behavior and Tenehrionidar sheds new light on the speciatioti of the group. The significance of sound productior during mating remains unstudied. 56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS | February, 1970 Identification Aids Diptera HALL, JACK C., 1969. A review of the subfamily Cylleniinae with a world revision of the genus Thevenemyia Bigot (Ediunts auct. ) (Diptera: Bombyliidae ). Univ. California Publ. Ent, 56, 85 pp. JOHANNSEN, O. A. (part V by LILLIAX C. THOMSEN), 1969 (reprint). Aquatic Diptera. Entomological Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 207, East Lansing, MI 48823, 370 pp., 757 figs. Cloth $11.25. Hymenoptera TIMBERLAKE, P. H., 1969. A contribution to the systeinatics of North American species of Synhalonia (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Univ. California Publ. Ent., 57, 76 pp., incl. 80 figs. Paper, $3.00. Lepidoptera FORBES, WILLIAM T. M., 1969 (reprint). The Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states (part 1: primitive forms; microlepidoptera ; Pyraloids ; Bombyces). Entomological Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 207, East Lansing MI 48823, 729 pp. Cloth $17.50. MOSHER, EDNA, 1969 (reprint). Lepidoptera pupae; five collected work- >\\ the pupae of North American Lepidoptera. Entomological Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 207, East Lansing, MI 48823, vii + 323 pp. Cloth $9.95. SCHMID, MICHAEL and BRADFORD M. ENDICOTT, 1968. Mariposas de Venezuela. Entomological Reprints Specialists, P.O. Box 207, East Lansing, MI 48823, xi + 67 pp., 142 color illus. Bound $9.95. Beautiful color photographs and short descriptions of showy butterr!*-.^ and moths of Venezuela, in Spanish and in English. Information Retrieval COMMITTEE ON SCIENTIFIC' AND TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION, 1969. Scientific and Technical Communication, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D. C., xiii + 322 pp. Paper, $6.95. A pressing national problem, the information explosion, is discussed with recommendations for its solution. Local Society Publication Mclslieiincr Entomological Scries, no. 3, April 1, 1969: False parasitism by the Asiatic Garden Beetle, Maladera castaeba (Arrow) ( Coleoptera : Melolonthidae (sic)), by William Willis, Luther Lengel, Jr., and George Whitmyre, 3 pp., illus. Yr-a'.v/c//rr <>f tlic Entomological Society uj Pennsylvania, vol. 4, 1(>68; vol. 5. 1969. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY Xo. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera : Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lcc D. Miller- -The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley — The Schizopteridae ( Hemiptera : Heterop- tera ) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write : Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8", France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology ( Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map. 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu. Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba. Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. For sale: Books, periodicals, and reprints from private medical entomology library. C. B. Philips, PHS, Hamilton, Montana 59840. Wanted: Beginning collector wishes any back date or duplicate ent. lit., or re- prints available (esp. on Coleopt). Postage reimbursed. Also, to buy Dillon and Dillon, Manual of Common Beetles. Dennis H. Bartow, 601 Media Pky., Walling- ford, Pa. 19086. For sale: Copy of Blatchley's Coleoptera of Indiana, complete, front cover gone; Introduction to Entomology, 1st eel., 1924, poor condition. Send offer to Dr. R. C. Dobson, Dept. Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Library, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. Oedemeridae determined promptly from any part of the World. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Wanted: Customers; am trying to liquidate large stock of Ler;r'optera as well a> my own collection. Discounts on all orders — write for list. Russe'l L. Dunn, Sedona. AZ 86336. MARCH, 1970 CONTENTS SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN THE HEAD STRUCTURE OF MUTILLIDAE JOSEPH K. SHKI.DOX, p. 57 XOTF.S ox TIIK I'ALAEARCTIC GRASSHOPPER, Ai ECON EM A TH ALASSI N 1 1 M D. E. JOHNSTONE, p. 62 S\\ AKMJXi; IX AN rXDESCRIBED ENICOCKP 1 1 ALII) FROM COSTA RICA TOBY SCHUH, p. 66 ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, p. 69 KNTOMOLOGIST'S LIBRARY, P. 72 COMING NEXT ISSUE: FALSE BROODS OF COLIAS Kl-KYTMEME THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS VOL. 81 MARCH, 1970 No. 3 Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at Prince and Lemon Sts., Lancaster, Pa., and the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT. JR., Editor. Editorial Staff: H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4* X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 80 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short informative abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, in- cluding zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices and books received in "The Entomological Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Mar- ket Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Articles of an archival nature will be recommended for "Data Documents." Instructions for the latter will be furnished on request (see vol. 81, pp. 1-11). Second-class postage paid at Lancaster, Pa. 3.0016 SEXUAL DIMORPHISM IN THE HEAD STRUCTURE OF MUTILLIDAE HYMENOP- TERA: A POSSIBLE BEHAVIORAL EXPLANATION ' JOSEPH K. SIIKLDOX - A striking sexual dimorphism involving modifications of the clypeus of males occurs in many species of Mntillidae. This dimorphism is especially pronounced in members of the genus Tiinulla, and is often diagnostic of the species (Mickel, 1937). For example, most of the lower median clypeal surface of T. rti(/ans ( Fahricius ) forms a shallow, smooth, transverse con- cavity, while the upper median margin is elevated into an arcuate ridge which slopes smoothly into the concave area (Fig. 1 ). In males of T. ditbitata (Smith), however, the smooth concave portion does not extend as far laterally, and the ridge rises more abruptly ( Fig. 2). In addition to these specializations, the males of some species show a modification in tin- basic structure of the mandibles. Those of T. I'aijans. for example, are strongly excised beneath, have a large- tooth near the base, and have the dorsal surface flattened ( Fig. 1 I. In T. ditbitata the excised area is absent, the tooth is poorly developed, and the dorsal surface lacks the large flat area (Fig. 2 ). To my knowledge no attempt has yet been made to provide a functional explanation for these peculiarities of structure. A recent observation of a portion of the courtship behavior of T. dnbitata has sug- gested that the adaptive value of the peculiar head modifications of the males of some mutillids may be found in a study of the details of their reproductive behavior. A survey of the scant}' literature dealing with this behavior in mutillids provides additional support lor this idea. The first significant report of courtship in the Mutillidae was by BischolT (]()27). who stated that mating in mutillids takes place in flight. The method of carriage was not mentioned. Crevecceur ( 1930) presented a detailed description of the mating behavior of the Knropean species Smicromyrme nifties Fabricius. lie reported that mating in this species 1 Accepted for publication February 6, 1('70. -' Kuti mil >li ifjy Department, University nf Illinois, L'rbana, Illinois 61801. :; I wish to express niy thanks to Dr. Kills G. MacLeod for his ci >iMrncti\ e criticism of the manuscript ; to Mrs. . \liee I'rickctt, staff artist for the School of Life Sciences, who prepared the figures ; and to Dr. Arnold S. Menke for his help in determining the Mutillidae. 57 58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March. 1970 occurs on the ground, although the male often flies some distance with the female grasped in his mandihles prior to copulation. Well developed mandibular teeth are present in this species and apparently aid in grasp- ing the female. Crevecceur stated that the male tries to grasp the female's pronotum with his mandibles and catch its lateral hoarders with the mandibular teeth. Immediately preceding copulation in this species the male, carrying the female in his mandibles, climbs a small herbaceous stem and it is there that copulation takes place. 1 IG. 1. Head of male mutillid wasp iunnlla I'uminx (Fabricius). male mutillid wasp Tinutllti titilntata (Smith). FIG. 2. Head of Only two observations of the mating behavior of American Mutillidae have been reported. Linsley (1%0) observed a mating pair of T. oajaca ( I 'lake) in which the male was carrying the female in flight by means of his legs and affixed genitalia. He did not mention any use of the mandibles. A more detailed account of the courtship behavior of Sphaeropthalma blacken (fox) was presented by Ferguson (ll>62). When a virgin pair 81 ENTOMOUH1U AI. NKWS of this species was confined under ;i o5 nun diameter j)etri dish the male, upon overtaking the female from the rear, "climbed on her back, seized her neck region with his mandibles, and her body with some of his legs." He then prodded the tip of her abdomen with his extruded genitalia. During the summer of l(tf>7 at Mason State Forest, near Havana, Illinois, 1 observed an attempted mating of T. dubitata. Upon capturing a large male, which had been flying at a height of about three feet. 1 dis- covered that it was carrying a female less than half its size in its mandibles. The female was grasped by the male's mandibles in her cervical region ( H^. • Whether or not hi> legs were used to support her while in ; K,. Maiidiliular carriage in I'unitlla i'a\ II. A. ^ iilK-n at .\ine-, Iowa and are located in the Oregon State collection. 60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS (March, 1970 flight was not observed. Shortly after the pair was placed in a 2 dram vial, the male began copulatory attempts while still grasping the female in his jaws. These attempts consisted of shaking the female from side to side violently five or six times and then stroking her sides with his fore legs while standing on his middle and hind legs. After a few seconds of stroking he curved the tip of the abdomen down and forward and prodded the tip of the female's abdomen, apparently attempting to induce her to open her genital chamber. After a few seconds of unsuccessful prodding the sequence was repeated. During the prodding the male's antennae were extended forward over the female's head and were bent down and back so as to press against her venter. Occasionally his antennae were lifted straight up and held rigid. After several minutes of futile attempts the male dropped the female. DISCUSSION The importance of the concave clypeal surface of the male becomes ap- parent when the details of the mandibular carriage of the female by the male are examined. In T. dnbitata. when the male grasps the female's cervix with his mandibles the convex postocular ridge of the female rests against the male's concave clypeus. This adaptation serves to reduce a 'point of friction and may. in fact, "lock" the female into the correct position for subsequent steps in the behavioral pattern. Once the behavior pattern of grasping the cervix of the female by the male's mandibles has arisen in a species, this behavior could serve as a preadaptive step for a whole series of additional morphological changes aimed at improving or modifying the details of this carriage. The parts most directly involved, the face and the mandibles, should be the areas to undergo the most change. The evolutionary step from simply picking up the female as a courtship manoeuvre to flying with her as a portion of the full epigamic behavior is easily understood when the reproductive ad- vantage of dispersal is considered. In a recent paper dealing with phoretic copulation in 1 1 ymenoptera, Evans (1969) suggested that the dispersal capacity which seemingly has been lost in the groups with wingless females is maintained in some species by the male carrying the female in flight during copulation, by means of their affixed genitalia. He argued that this phoretic behavior should have a high selective advantage, since it would enable the dispersal of the wingless females to new, unexploited populations. He presented examples of such behavior from the Bethylidae and thynnine and myrmosine Tiphiidae, and noted that phoretic copulation may also occur in Timulla 81 | K.XTOMol.Oi.K AI. .\K\VS 61 ( Mutillidae). Evans' arguments for the selective advantage of genitalic transport in these wasps should hold equally well for the niandihular carriage discussed in this paper. The full extent to which the male's mandibles are utilized in the court- ship of Mutillidae is unknown. Considering the details of the structure of the head, however, it would seem unlikely that extensive use is made of mandibular carriage in certain groups. For example, in Dasvinutilla occi- dentalis • Linnaeus) there are no obvious modifications of either the mandi- bles or the clypeus which would suggest such usage; indeed, there is a pair of horn-like projections arising from the clvpeus in the same area which i> concave in species of Thniillu. These projections would seem to interfere with the male's grasping the female in the manner of T. dubitata. At the present time information about the courtship behavior of only a few species ol Sm'n-rouiyniic. Sphaeropthalma, and Tiunilla is known. In these species we now know that there is a close correlation between certain aspects of their courtship behavior and the .structure of the male's mandibles and clypeus. It is likely that a study of the morphology of these structures in species of other genera will predict information about their courtship behavior. LITERATURE CITED Hi- H. 1''27. Biologic der Hymenopteren. Berlin. Springer. CREVH u i R, A. 1930. Recherches biologiquc sur Sinicroniynn,- (Mittil/n) rujif><\< I- Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgiquc. 70 : 271-284. EVANS, H. E. 1969. Phoretic copulation in Hymenoptera. Ent. News. 80(5) : 113-124. FERGUSON, YY. E. 1962. Biological characteristics of the niutillid suh.iienus I'/iatopsis Blake and their -y-tematic values ( Hymenoptera). CTniv. California Publ. Entom. 27(1) : 1-92. . . E. G. 1960. A fragmentary observation on the mating behavior of Tininllti. Pan-Pacific Ent. 36 : 36. Mn KKI.. C. E. 1937. The niutillid \\asp.s of the genus Timiilla which occur in N'orth America north of Mexico. Ent. Americana (n.s.) 17: 1-119. 2.0016 Sexual dimorphism head structure Mutillidae possible behavior explana- tion. u - 1 1 M T.— The presence of a marked sexual dimorphism involving the surfao of the clypeus and the mandibular structure occurs in males of certain genera of Mutillidae. These modifications appear to be correlated with a portion of the courtship behavior in which the male grasps the female with his mandibles. In some -p. ries the male is known to carry the female in flight while grasping her in hi.s mandibles, thus providing a means of dispersal otherwise unavailable to the win^K •-- females. — J. K. SHELDOX Descriptors: HymenopUTa ; Mutillidae; Mead; Sexual dimorphism; behavior. 62 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS March, 1970 3.0020 Notes on the Palaearctic Grasshopper, Meconema thalassinum (De Geer), (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae: Meconematinae) Established in Long Island, New York ' D. E. JOHNSTONE - Aii unusual tettigoniid was recently discovered in a group of miscel- laneous insects collected for the Lyman Entomological Museum at King's Park, Suffolk County, Long Island, New York, August 2, 1968, by R. M. Emberson. The specimen, a slightly teneral adult male, was determined by Dr. D. K. McE. Kevan as Mcconcuia thalassinum (DeGeer) Figs. l'& 2). / CM. FIG. 1. Mcconcinn thalassinum (DeGeer), male, dorsal view; FIG. 2. Meconema tlialtissini/i/i (DeGeer), male, lateral view. The previous records in North America, by A. B. Gurney (1960, 1960a), include two males, two females, July and August 1957; one female 1 Accepted for publication February 7, 1970. - Lyman Entomological Museum, Macdonald College of McGill University, Mac- dunald College, P. Q., Canada. 81 I KNTOMOI. ()(,!( Al. XKVV S 63 and one male July. W5(': all collected by John K. Terres at Little Xeck. close to the border of Queens and Nassau counties. Long Island, Xe\v York. The specimen recorded here indicates that M. fhalassiniiin is established and has increased its distribution on the island. The genus Mcconcina is not native to the Xearctic or Neotropical fauna. .17. tlialassinitin is widely distributed in Europe. The Meconematinae, a very small group, lias been ranked at various levels by several authors but was placed as a subfamily by Ragge (1965) (see also Beier, 19()(». There are but two additional species of Mcconcina. M. meridionale Costa. ISuO, found in southern Europe, and .17. stthpnnctatiiin Motschoulsky, 1866. from lapan. There is some doubt concerning the true status of the latter species. \o Xearctic records of .17. thalassinum are known other than the pres- ent one and those recorded by (iurney ( I960. 1960a). .17. tlia/assiniiin is arboreal, frequenting a variety of deciduous trees, including oak. In England, the common name for this species is Oak Bush Cricket (Kevan, 1952. 1961; Ragge. 1965). The Long Island propertv of Mr. |ohn K. Terres contains introduced trees and shrubs, and intro- duction into the United States could well have been by eggs deposited in imported plant material ((iurney. l(tt>0). The female oviposits within the uneven surfaces of tree bark and among lichenous material covering the trunks of trees (Lucas. 1912, rig. 3; Chopard. 1938: (iurney, 1960; Ragge, 1965). The insect is nocturnal and, in England, maturity is reached during the latter part of July and in August. Its life-span is relatively long, often enabling it to survive until late fall months. Some confusion exists as to the feeding habits of this tettigoniid. Ragge i l''(>5 i states that it chooses principally animal matter upon which to feed, such as small insect larvae and aphids, but. in captivity, leaves are appar ently accepted although survival is poor. This is at variance with Currie < l'»53), who stated that it could easily be kept in captivity devouring read- ilv leaves of oak. rose and birch. Currie (of1, cit.) had also observed it in the field, feeding upon saw tly larvae. Lucas (1(M2) reported this Spe- cies to be occasionally carnivorous. It is apparently omnivorous, like many nemobiine crickets, and this may also contribute to its seasonal longevity. The principal morphological characters of M . thalassiniini are the teg- niina of tin- male, which resemble those of the female and lack the charac- teristic sound-producing organs of most other males of the Tettigoniidae. Although small, line teeth are found close to the inner tegminal margin, the exact function of these has not been determined. The veins in this area are not specialized. The insect does, however, stridulate in a nm<|uc 64 ENTOMOLOcu'AL NEWS [March, 1970 manner. A male erects its tegmina and hind wings above the body, while the abdomen is vibrated extremely rapidly and could possibly be struck repeatedly against a leaf or twig upon which the insect is situated. Many of those who have attempted to study this aspect of behavior of M. thalassi- num are doubtful that the abdomen is necessarily brought into contact with any surface. Currie (op. cit. ), who assiduously observed drumming phases over a period of time, stated that the body is raised and that any part of the abdomen which contacted anything during the vibratory phases would be the subgenital plate or the cerci which he described as 1 icing depressed. (See also Kevan, 1954.) However, Ragge (1965) states that the first tarsal joint of the hind leg of the male, which is provided with a hard, specialized area, is used to strike against the substratum in a manner causing a vibrating sound, the other hind leg being extended for support. The abdominal movements occur simultaneously, and normally without contact with any surface. An audiospectogram of the sound pattern of M. thalassinum is clearly de- picted by Ragge (1965, fig. 3S), showing that the stridulation is muted, unvarying in pitch, and occurs in short, extremely rapid pulses, the first few brief pulses lasting a little over ^ second, followed by 1 second pulses with 2 to 2| second periods of silence between each pulse. The specimen at hand, from Long Island, is faded, but the dorsal, yell<>\\ . median stripe and the two oblong, brownish-black spots on the hind third of the pronotum are clearly defined. The sub-acute fastigium is abnormally depressed between the antennal sockets due to some shrinkage of tissue. The eyes are typically swollen and globular ; the diagnostic, ovate-elongate auditory organs are clearly seen on the proximally expanded frontal tibiae ; the cerci are typical of M. thalassinum, being conspicuously long, curved upward, with simple apices. The subgenital plate is short, apically trun- cate, and bears two small movable lateral appendages. The tegminal length from the hind edge of the pronotum, is approximately 11 mm. The length of the body from the frontal region of the head, and excluding the cerci, is 10 mm. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. — 1 wish to thank Dr. A. B. Gurney, \vlio has informed me that he knows of no additional North American records for this species ; Dr. D. K. McE. Kevan for determination of the specimen ; Dr. V. R. Vickery for assistance with the manuscript; and Miss N. Brown for the typescript. LITERATURE CITED BEIER, M. 1966. Orthopterorum Catalogus, Pars 9 : Tettigoniidae : Subfani. Mecone- matinae, Mecopodinae, Phyllophorinat. Junk, (Iravenhage, Netherlands, pp. 248- 342. 81] ENTOMOLOGICAL NKUS 65 , L. 1938. La Biologic des Orthopteres. Encycl. Hut. (A) 20: ii-541, 5 pi. CURRIE, P. W. K. 1{'53. The 'drumming' of M,\»nmihi tliiilnssiiiiuii Fabr. Knt. Rec. 65: 93-94. (in<\KV, A. B. 1960. Mccuncnui tlnilassiintin, a European katydid new to tlie United States (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. \\"ashington 62: 95-96. — . 1960a. Meconema taken in the United States in 1957 (Orthoptera: Tettigonii- dae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 62: 279. KKVA.Y, 1). K. McE. 1952. A summary of the recorded distribution of British orthop- teroids. Trans. Soc. British Ent. 11 : In5-180. — . 1954. "Unorthodox" methods of sound-production in Orthopu-ra. Spec, papers Univ. Nottingham Sch. Agric. Zool. Sect. Puhl. 52: 1-22 ( Mimeo. ). — . 1961. A revised summary of the known distribution of British orthopteroids. Trans. Soc. British Ent. 14: 187-205. LUCAS, \Y. .1. 1912. British Orthoptera in 1911. Entomologist 45: 114-117. RAGGE, D. R. 1965. Grasshoppers, crickets and cockroaches of the British Ne.v London, pp. \-2(>(>. xxii pi. 2.0020 Palaearctic Meconema thalassinum in N. Y. (Orth., Tettigoniidae, Meco- nematinae) ABSTRACT. — Records confirm the establishment of Mccoiicmu tlniUisshiuni (De- , a Palaearctic species, in Long Island, Xew York. — R. H. AKXF.TT, JR. Descriptors: Orthoptera; Tettigoniidae; Meconematinae ; Meconema thalassi- num : ' Irasshopper : Long Island, X. Y. ; Introduced species: Palaearctic. 66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1970 3.0022 Swarming in an Undescribed Enicocephalid (Hemiptera) from Costa Rica ' TOBY SCHUH - In August of 1969, while collecting on the Cerro de la Muerte, Costa Rica, at an elevation of about 2,700 meters, I observed the swarming flight of a previously unknown species of Systellodcrcs which will be described by Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky in a forthcoming revision. This phenomenon has been previously observed in the Enicocephalidae by Knab (1908), Johannsen (1909), Usinger (1945) and others and recorded for two spe- cies of Didymocephalus in Africa by Villiers (1963); however, little is known about the habits of the family and very few records on their biology are present in the literature. Mv first observations were on August 2, 1969, in and around an uncut forest of Oncrciis copcycnsis about 5 km SE of Villa Mills, Cartago Prov- ince. This forest type is the dominant vegetation at approximately 2,500- 3,000 meters elevation on the Cordillera de Talamanca. It consists mostly of Q. copeyensis with occasional specimens of other species such as Podo- carpiis sp. The close spacing of the trees, which was seldom over 10 meters, coupled with high rainfall (about 2 meters annually) and cool tem- peratures (mean about 12° C) produced a very damp forest, luxuriant with mosses, ferns, orchids and bromeliads. Some low areas with standing- water were present. Shafts of sunlight struck the forest floor through opening in the oak canopy which was about 25-30 meters in height. At about 10:00 A.M. with a clear sky and a temperature of 16° C, swarms of what were thought to be chironomids were seen. After collect- ing some I determined that they were in fact enicocephalids. The numbers of individuals in each swarm were probably from 200-500 ; the largest swarms were observed in the forest, but smaller swarms were seen in cleared areas adjacent to the forest and in another open area at Villa Mills. The swrarms themselves moved little in a horizontal plane and shifted from 1-2 to 3-4 meters above the ground. The flight of individuals was hover- ing and rather clumsy. Members of the swarms had two distinct types of movements : most of the time they seemed to maintain their relative posi- tions with respect to one another ; periodically the entire swarm went into a swirling-mixing movement, and a few individuals would drop from the swarm and then fly back up into it. 1 Accepted for publication February 7, 1970. - Biological Sciences Group, U-43, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06268. Si I ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\\ S 67 During the latter heha\ioral stage mating was apparently taking place. 1 was able to collect copulating pairs by standing under the swarms and allowing the individuals to land on me. Mating position was with the male and female oriented in the same direction and the male situated on top of and slightly to one side of the female. Of a total of 441 individuals col- lected, only 7 were females ! The forest was visited on August 5 to look for specimens and gather additional ecological information. The entire morning was spent search- ing possible habitats and no specimens were found. The only data on the habitat was collected by Douglas Futuyma on August 3, in the Oak Forest, where he found a few specimens in the forest floor litter layer which con- tained some mosses and ferns. L'singer (1945) comments that he en- countered swarms of hundreds of thousands of individuals of Systelloderes an factors are important in initiating .-.warming, it may be that it could not take place in the afternoon on the Cerro de la Muerte, because, at least during certain parts of the year (including August ) torrential rains lasting throughout the afternoon are the rule. Little information is available on reproductive behavior in the Ileterop- tera, but no records indicate mating behavior similar to that of the enico- cephalids in other members of the order. I "singer and Matsuda ( 1(>5(> ) cite 68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NE\vs [March, 1970 records of what are apparently dispersal flights for California species of Aradidae, but do not indicate that these have any particular significance for mating. In the Enicocephalidae swarming definitely seems to involve mat- ing and dispersal. This swarming has been likened to that of Xematocerous Diptera (Knab, 1908), and does in fact seem to be a very similar phe- nomenon. Barring the possibility of a very specialized habitat which I may have overlooked, population density would appear to be low, judging from my sampling. I would think that the inability to find specimens in an area where apparently extremely large numbers are present is a result of cryptic coloration, seclusive habits, clumped distribution or an even redistribution after swarming, rather than the insects having mated, oviposited and died, which does not appear to be what happens in most Heteroptera. This peculiar type of behavior in the Heteroptera further substantiates the isolated nature of the Enicocephalidae in the Heteroptera as indicated by the work of Cobben (1968) on the eggs of Heteroptera and that of Leston, Pendergrast and Southwoocl (1954). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. — I would like to thank Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky of the American Museum of Natural History, New York, for his very generous and valuable advice and the Organization for Tropical Studies which made this work possible. LITERATURE CITED COBBEN, R. H. 1968. Evolutionary trends in Heteroptera. Part I Eggs, architec- ture of the shell, gross embryology and eclosion. Center for Agricultural Pub- lishing and Documentation, Wageningen, 475 pp. JOHANNSEN, O. A. 1909. North American Henicocephalidae. — Plate I. Psyche 16 : 1-4, 7 figs. KNAB, F. 1908. Swarming of a reduviid. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 10 : 7-8. LESTON, D., J. G. PENDERGRAST, and T. R. E. SOTTHWOOD. 1954. Classification of the terrestrial Heteroptera ( Geocorisae). Nature 174: 91. TSINGER, R. L. 1945. Classification of the Enicocephalidae (Hemiptera, Reduvioi- dea). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 38: 321-342, 3 figs. USINGER, R. L. and R. MATSUDA. 1959. Classification of the Aradidae (Hemiptera- Heteroptera). British Museum (Natural History), 410 pp. VILLIERS, A. 1963. Hemiptera ( Heteroptera) : Henicocephalidae. South African Animal Life, vol. 9, 324-336, Swedish Natural Science Research Council, Stock- holm. 2.0022 Swarming in undescribed Enicocephalid (Hemiptera) from Costa Rica ABSTRACT. — The swarming behavior of the Enicocephalidae, unique in the Heterop- tera, is discussed for an undescribed species of Systelloderes from the mountains of Costa Rica. Previous records of this phenomenon are cited. — T. SCHUH. Descriptors: Hemiptera; Enicocephalidae; Systelloderes; swarming; Costa Rica; mating behavior. 81] KNTOMOUH.K Al. \F.\VS The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and rr.useums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. 3.0005 A Note on Some Very Old Specimen Storage Vials. In 1954 our Entomological Collections and facilities were moved from the first floor of the did Agriculture Building (Raleigh), where- they had been for over thirty years, to tin- third floor of a new building annex housing the State Museum of Natural History. In the course of going over some old materials we came across a box of old glass vials containing specimens which \\t- are fairly sure have not been opened since the date of collection. We were amazed that the fluid (grain alcohol) was still in all the vials. The vials were all much smaller in diameter than the kind \ve presently use (3 dram, patent-lip). Most vials measured 10 mm width by 59 mm height and had an indented neck. Black rubber stoppers had been used and these had become about as hard as the surrounding neck of the glass vial so that they could not be removed without breaking the whole vial. Evidently this adhesion of rubber to the glass had preserved the fluid in these vials for at least sixty-eight years! The speci- mens had no doubt been placed in these vials by Mr. Franklin Sherman, Jr., our first state entomologist who came to Xorth Carolina in 1898. The labels were written in his characteristic handwriting. Small red-bordered labels with numbers were placed at the top of the vials and square white labels with collection data \\ en- attached below. Out of the lot 1 picked out . 1°()1, Sherman. col." Larvae dark, fluid one-third full in vial. Ic. 3. "Xo. 165 — Sannina exitiosa, <> from one peach tree. Southern I'iiu-s, X. C.. Jan. 8, 1902, Sherman, collector." Fluid in vial (full) and larvae in good shape, not darkened as others, Ic. 4. "Xo. 122 — on pine, T. l\. Manning, Henderson, X. C., May 13, 1901." Larvae in excellent shape showing stripes and markings very distinct ; liquid full in vial. 5. "Xo. 119— Sawflies on pint-, M. 15. Prince. Henderson, N. C., May 10. I'Xll." Larvar in excellent shape, markings very clear; fluid in vial; rubber stopper hard as glass vial. (>2." Larvae in excellent shape with clear markings; fluid three-fourths full in vial; rubber stopper as hard as glass vial neck. 8. "Xo. 336 — Pupa from Kxp. 4. l')()2r." Pupa in excellent shape: fluid three t full in vial ; rubber stopper hard as glass vial. 70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1970 The above information would indicate that with the use of rubber stoppers in comparison to cork specimens can be kept longer in fluid without serious evaporation. This conclusion is supported by my experience in recent years with the use of various kinds of neoprene stoppers. White neoprene stoppers are preferable to colored ones because of less discoloration to the fluid and/or the specimens due to chemical reaction caused by the fluid (grain alcohol or various mixtures) on the stoppers. Cork stoppers tend to either shrivel or deteriorate and become brittle with age. — DAVID L. WRAY, Division of Entomology, N. C, Department of Agriculture, Raleigh, N. C. 27602. Descriptors: technique; N. C. State Collection; storage vials. 3.0015 Loxosceles rufescens (Dufour) (Araneae: Scytodidae) in Pennsyl- vania.— On September 26, 1969, a Luzerne County housewife discovered a mature male Lo.rosccles rnfcsccns (Dufour) in a new plastic pitcher purchased from a retail store in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. The plastic pitcher was introduced in a shipment from Chicago, Illinois, where L. rufescens is reported from the southern part of that state ( Gorliam, 1968. Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept. 18(10): 171-175, figs. 1-2). L. rufescens, although supposedly rare, was also taken from buildings in New York, New York, and from College Park, Maryland, the nearest localities to this record. Taxonomy and distribution records were given for United States Lo.voscclcs spp. by Gertsch (1958. American Mus. Nov. (1907) 46 pp.). Lo.roscclcs spp. are small, light brown spiders, about i inch in length. The eye group consists of three diads arranged semi-circularly, with a dark brown fiddle- shaped marking on the mid-dorsal line, extending through the anterior median occular area. Specific determination is based on genital characteristics. Although tlie brown recluse spider, L. recltisa, has been implicated as the main cause of necrotic arachnidism in the United States, other species of Lo.voscclcs of both sexes have been shown to have similar cytotoxic effects in experimental animals (Micks and Smith, 1963. Bull. Ent. Soc. America 9( 3 ) : 174 ) . Fortunately loxoscelesism is a rare occurrence. However, with the widespread publicity of each reported case and with the behavior of these spiders lending them- selves to easy transportation (Gertsch, 1967. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist. 136(3) : 117-174), a constant vigilance should be maintained for all Lo.voscclcs spp., with distribution records reported immediately. Appreciation is extended to Dr. Charles Reif of Wilkes College who recognized the spider as Scytodidae, and brought it to the attention of the Supervising Sanitarian of the Wilkes-Barre State Health Center and to Robert Snetsinger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology, Pennsylvania State University, who confirmed identification of Lo.voscclcs ntfcscciis (Dufour). — GEORGE WHITMYRE and WILLIAM WILLS, Medical Entomologists, Office of Research ami Demonstration Services, Bureau of Housing and Environmental Control, Department of Health. P.O. Ho.v Of>. Harrisburu, Penn- sylvania 171 20. SI I EXTOMDl. (i(,H \l. NEWS 71 3.0012 Three species of shore flies (Diptera: Ephydridae) previously un- reported from Ohio. — Intensive collecting during September, 1969, around several highly saline pools at Rittman, Ohio ( Wayne County) has resulted in the discovery of 3 species of shore flies not previously known from the state. The records also constitute significant range extensions for the 3 species. The -alt pools are just south of the city and were formed by drainage fnmi a brine storage pool on the property of the Rittman Plant of the Morton Salt Company. Some drainage undoubtedly occurs also from the few brine u ell- scattered through the area. All pools are quite shallow and have muddy shores, as there is very little vegetation cover. Ephydra cinerca Jones previously was reported only as far ea-t as Texa- and Utah, and E. tmriccfs Cresson as far east as Kansas and Quebec ( \Virth, 1965. USD A Agric. Handbook 276, p. 754). The first species frequently is abundant around saline lakes and seepage areas in the western states, whereas the second is usually found around freshwater habitats. The third species, Atissa litunilis (Cole), has been considered to be a rather scarce inhabitant of western saline lakes ( Sturtcvant and \Yheeler, 1954, Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 79, p. 247; Wirth. loc. cit. p. 735) although Deonier (1964), Iowa State J. Sci. 39 (2), p. 120) recently has reported it from Iowa. E. ciitcrcii and E. riparia Fallen were by far the most abundant species in the area. Massive numbers of adults were present around all pool-, and thousands of pupari;. \vere floating or submerged in the water or formed windrows along the shores. Only a single specimen, a male, of E. nireiceps was obtained. Numerous adults of A. lilonilis were reared during late September from a floating mass of ephydrid, sphaerocerid, and syrphid puparia that had accumulated along one side i if a small pool. We wish to thank Mr. Richard E. Winkler, Office Manager of the Rittman Plant of the Morton Salt Company, for permission to collect on the property. — J. F. SriiKiu- i\(, and B. A. FOOTK. l>cptirtincnt <>f Hioloiii^tl Sciences, Kent Sttitc I'nircrxity. Kent. Ohm 44240. 72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS [March, 1970 The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. Biogeography HOLT, PERRY (ed.) 1969. The distributional history of the biota of the Southern Appalachians, part 1 : invertebrates. Research Division Monograph 1. Virginia Polytechnic Inst., viii + 297 pp. Several groups are considered, including Mecoptera and the Carabidae of Coleoptera ; includes drainage maps and a discussion of the Cenozoic era. KARLSTROM, THOR N. V. and GEORGE E. BALL (eds.) 1969. The Kodiak Island Refugium. Published for the Boreal Institute, Univ. Alberta, by the Ryerson Press, Toronto, xv + 262 pp. The pleistocene period is discussed using illustrations from many groups includ- ing the Carabidae among the insects. WHEELER, MARSHALL R. (ed.), 1969. 6918, 339 pp. Genetics Studies in genetics, V. Univ. Texas Puhl. no. This volume contains 16 papers on the genetics of Diptera, mostly on of Drosophila, including taxonomy, new species, radiation-induced dominant lethals, translocations, enzymes, interspecific hybridization, and behavior. Pest Management MALLIS, ARNOLD, 1969. Handbook of pest control, 5th ed. 101 W. 31st St., X. Y., N. Y. 10001, 1158 pp. McNair Borland Co. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lee D. Miller -The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley — The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heterop- tera) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 1»I» $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba, Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. For sale: Books, periodicals, and reprints from private medical entomology library. C. B. Philips, PHS, Hamilton, Montana 59840. Wanted: Beginning collector wishes any back date or duplicate ent. lit., or re- prints available (esp. on Coleopt.). Postage reimbursed. Also, to buy Dillon and Dillon, Manual of Common Beetles. Dennis H. Bartow, 601 Media Pky., Walling- ford, Pa. 19086. For sale: Copy of Blatchley's Coleoptera of Indiana, complete, front cover gone; Introduction to Entomology, 1st ed., 1924, poor condition. Send offer to Dr. R. C. Dobson, Dept. Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Library, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. Oedemeridae determined promptly from any part of the World. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Wanted: Customers; am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders — write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Chrysomelidae: Wish to c.\-clian Sc2 slightly removed; #2+3+4> #2+3 and #1+2 long, subequal or the last a little shorter, vein #2 virtually atrophied, apparently far distad (its position indicated by stippl- ing; Rs greatly arcuated, about one-fourth longer than the nearly straight #2+3+4; cellA/! lacking; cell A/2 open by atrophy of m\ m-cu about one-half its length beyond the fork of M; cell 2nd A moderately broad. Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites yellowed. Ovipositor with valves very long, the cerci unusually slender. Habitat.- Thailand. Holotype: 9, Chiengmai, at Dr. Buker's cabin, Febru- ary 4, 1953 (Manop). The regional Taiwanomyia perpendicularis Alexander and T. perretracta Alexander differ from the present fly in venation and in coloration details. Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) angustistyla, NEW SPECIES Allied to newar; general coloration of mesonotum obscure yellow, prae- scutum with a broad brown median stripe; antennae 16-segmented, dark brown; legs yellow; wings weakly tinted with pale brown, outer cells with abundant macrotrichia; abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites and hypopygium yellow; male hypopygium with dististyles subterminal, outer style with two major outer spines and a further macroscopic denticle, inner style strongly narrowed out- wardly. Male.- Length about 5.5 mm; wing 6 mm; antenna about 1.2 mm. Rostrum light brown; palpi black. Antennae with scape light brown, remainder dark brown; 16 segmented, proximal four or five flagellar segments short and stout, outer ones elongate, shorter than their verticils. Head light gray; anterior vertex broad. Pronotum dark brown, sides yellowed. Mesonotum obscure yellow, praescutum with a brown median stripe, centers of scutal lobes less evidently darkened. Pleura yellow. Halteres with stem yellow, knob infuscated. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow, remainder of legs yellow, outer tarsal segments slightly more darkened. Wings (Fig. 2) weakly tinted with pale brown, prearcular and costal fields more yellowed, stigma only slightly darker; veins light brown. Outer wing cells from R2 to 1st A with abundant macro- trichia. Venation: /?2+3 and /?2 subequal; cell MI nearly one-half its petiole; m-cu be- fore midlength of M3+4. Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites and hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 4) with basistyle, b, produced apically into a small acute pale point. Dististyles, d, subterminal, outer style blackened, with two major apical spines, the lower one longer, with a barely indicated microscopic denticle on lower margin at its base; inner style conspicu- ously narrowed outwardly, apex slender, outer margin beyond base produced into a low lobe. Gonapophysis, g, with lateral margins narrowly sclerotized, darker in color than remainder of blade. Spines of ventral fork, v, of moderate length, slender. Habitat.- India. Holotype: d, Kulara, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 12,000 feet, August 3, 1958 (Schmid). The most similar species is Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) newar Alexander, 82 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 of Nepal and Sikkim, which differs evidently in the structure of the hypo- pygium, including the broad-based apical spine of the basistyle and in both disti- styles, the outer style being simply bispinous, the inner one with apex broadly obtuse, its outer margin glabrous, with a low flange. Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) bigladia, NEW SPECIES Allied to discalis; general coloration uniformly pale yellow; wings sub- hyaline, with a barely evident darkening over the anterior cord, macrotrichia of wing cells virtually lacking; male hypopygium with basistyle produced beyond bases of dististyles as a narrow hyaline point, outer dististyle narrow, pale, with only the three apical points darkened. Male.- Length about 5-5.2 mm; wing 5.8-6 mm. Rostrum light yellow, palpi pale brown. Antennae brownish yellow, flagellar verti- cils long and conspicuous. Head brownish yellow. Thorax uniformly pale yellow. Halteres and legs yellow, the terminal tarsal seg- ment darkened. Wings subhyaline, veins pale yellow; a barely indicated darkening over anterior cord including r-m and basal section of R5. Macrotrichia of wing cells virtually lacking, in cases with very few scattered trichia in outer ends of cells R4 and R $ . Venation: Cell R3 deep, branches only slightly divergent; cell Ml present, small; m-cu at near mid- length of M3+4. Abdomen, including hypopygium, yellow. Male hypopygium (Fig. 5) much as in discalis, differing in details. Basistyle, b, produced beyond bases of dististyles as a narrow hyaline point with several long setae, the two outermost shorter, dilated into narrow blades, the outer one at base of a final slight extension of the style. Outer dististyle, d, narrow, pale, the three apical spines darker; inner style and ventral fork about as in discalis. Habitat.- Sikkim. Holotype: 6, Lathong, 6,560 feet, July 26, 1959 (Schmid). Paratopotypes, 2 broken specimens, with type; paratypes, 2 66, Chateng, 8,000 feet, July 28, 1959 (Schmid). Most nearly related to Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) discalis Alexander, differing in the details of hypopygial structure. Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) dolonigra, NEW SPECIES Allied to dissita; size large (wing of male 7.5 mm); entire body very dark brown; antennae relatively long, outer flagellar segments elongate with very long verticils; wings weakly tinged with brown, costal border more yellowed, outer wing cells with abundant trichia; male hypopygium with outer dististyle relatively stout beyond base, with two strong terminal spines; points of ventral fork long and straight. Male.- Length about 6.5 mm; wing 7.5 mm; antennae about 1 .5 mm. Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 83 Rostrum and palpi brown. Antennae relatively long, brown, flagellum slightly paler; proximal three flagellar segments enlarged, progressively smaller outwardly, succeeding seg- ments elongate with very long verticils, the extreme being about one-half longer than the segment. Head dark brown. Thorax almost uniformly very dark brown, praescutum, scutal lobes and pleura brownish black. Halteres with stem yellowed, apex of knob weakly darkened. Legs with fore coxae blackened, remaining coxae and all trochanters light yellow, the latter with a blackened mark on posterior face; remainder of legs brownish yellow, outer tarsal seg- ments brownish black. Wings weakly tinged with brown, prearcular and costal fields more yellowed, stigma pale brown; veins brown. Macrotrichia of wing cells unusually abundant, extending from above the stigma in cell C into cell A/4. Venation: Sci ending opposite fork of Rs, Sci long, subequal to #2+3+4. #2 not apparent; cell MI about one-half its petiole; m-cu immediately before midlength of M-$+i\. Abdomen dark brown, hypopygium very slightly paler brown. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle relatively stout beyond base, with two strong terminal spines and an isolated erect point on inner margin at near two-thirds the length. Gonapophyses very broad, inner margin membranous. Points of ventral fork long and straight. Habitat.- India. Holotype: 6, Shergaon, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 6,400 feet, May 8, 1961 (Schmid). The most similar species is Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) dissita Alexander, of Pakistan, which is distinguished by the small size, general coloration, and in the details of the male hypopygium. Limnophila (Prionolabis) habrosyne, NEW SPECIES •Size medium (wing of male about 6 mm ); general coloration of body polished black; antennae short, only slightly longer than the head; legs with femoral bases yellow, tips broadly black; wings before cord light yellow, outer fifth weakly darkened, stigma and a seam over cord still darker, cell Af i lacking; male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite produced into two slender lobes; outer fourth of inner dististyle curved to form a crook-shaped structure. Male.- Length about 4.2-4.5 mm; wing 5.8-6 mm; antenna about 1.2-1.3 mm. Female.- Length about 6 mm; wing 7 mm. Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae 15 segmented, black, short, only slightly longer than the head; flagellar segments short-oval, crowded, the more proximal ones about as long as broad, the outer segments smaller and very slightly longer, terminal segment more elon- gate. Head polished black. Thorax polished black, very restrictedly gray pruinose on posterior praescutal inter- spaces and less evidently elsewhere. Halteres pale yellow. Legs with coxae black, tro- chanters brownish yellow; femora yellow, tips broadly black, on fore and middle pairs in- cluding about the outer two-thirds, on posterior legs about the outer third; tibiae obscure yellow, tips narrowly brownish black; tarsi pale brown, outer segments darker. Wings (Fig. 3) with cells before cord light yellow, outer fifth weakly more darkened; stigma and 84 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 seams over cord and outer end of cell 1st M2 slightly darker brown; veins clear light yellow in the ground, yellowish brown in the patterned areas. Venation: Rs from three to four times /?2+3+4i ceU M\ lacking; m-cu at near one-third M^+q. Abdomen uniformly polished black. Male hypopygium (Fig. 6) with central region of posterior border of tergite, t, produced into two slender lobes that are separated by a U-shaped emargination. Outer dististyle, d, with base enlarged, suboval, outer half a straight black rod, its tip suddenly narrowed into an acute point, outer surface with setae and micro- scopic roughened points; inner style about two-thirds as long, straight, outer fourth more narrowed and arcuated, crook -shaped. Gonapophysis, g, expanded at apex into an irregular- ly triangular blade. Aedeagus, a, narrow, apical third narrowed. Habitat.- India. Holotype: 6, Nyukmadong, Kameng, North East Front- ier Agency, Assam, 6,800 feet, April 19, 1961 (Schmid). Allotype: 9, Rahung, Kameng, 7,000 feet, April 25, 1961. Paratopotypes, 3 66, 6,600-8,000 feet, April 18-20, 1961. Paratypes, 1 d, 1 9, Jhum La, Kameng, 7,800 feet, May 13, 1961 (Schmid). Limnophila (Prionolabis) habrosyne is quite distinct from other regional members of the subgenus having cell M\ of the wings lacking, including L. (P.) coracina Alexander, L. (P.) fletcheri Senior-White, and L. (P.) mecocera Alexander. It differs most evidently in the short antennae, wing pattern and in the details of the hypopygium, particularly the tergite and inner dististyle. 2.0018 New exotic crane-flies (Tipulidae: Diptera), part XIX. Abstract.- Con- tinued studies on the Hexatomine crane-flies of India and one species from Thailand; five new species are described.- C. P. Alexander, Entomological Laboratory, University of Mass- achusetts, Amherst, Mass. 01002. Descriptors: Diptera; Tipulidae; Hexatominae; Taiwanomyia inobsepta; Paradelpho- myia (Oxyrhiza) angustistyla; Paradelphomyia (Oxyrhiza) bigladia; Paradelphomyia (Oxy- rhiza) dolonigra; Limnophila (Prionolabis) habrosyne; India; Thailand; Sikkim. [3.0019] BIONOMICS OF THE BARK BEETLE PREDATOR, Temnochila virescens Mann. (Coleoptera: Ostomidae) J Edward C. Mignot2 and Roger F. Anderson3 Many species of Ostomid and Clerid beetles are well known predators of bark beetles; consequently, the adults of these insects are commonly observed on the outside bark whereas the larvae inhabit the inner-bark of trees infested with bark beetles. Inasmuch as Ostomid and Clerid beetles are usually the most abundant insect predators of bark beetles and because only a few intensive studies have been made on these insects it was thought desirable to evaluate the effectiveness of two species of these common predators, Temnochila virescens Mann, and Thanasimus dubius (Fab.). Therefore, a study of these relationships was undertaken in 1964 and conducted over the following two year period, 1964-1966. Part of these studies entailed collecting a considerable amount of informa- tion on the life history and ecology of these predators and for one of these, the Ostomid beetle, Temnochila virescens, the results are presented in this paper. Another paper (Mignot and Anderson, 1969) deals with the Clerid beetle, Tlianasimus dubius. The only intensive past studies of Ostomid beetles as predators of bark beetles were those of Struble (1942a and 1942b). These also dealt with T. virescens but the host prey was the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monti- cola Hopk. The result of these studies were somewhat similar to those presented here. In a third paper, which is scheduled for future publication, the potential effectiveness of both Temnochila virescens and Jlianasimus dubius in regulating bark beetle populations will be discussed. 1 This study was supported jointly by the Southern Forest Disease and Insect Re- search Council and Duke University. Accepted for publication January 9, 1970. 2 Present address: Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. 3 School of Forestry, Duke University, Durham, N. C. 27706. Ent. News, 81: 85-91 85 86 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 Methods of study Both field and laboratory studies were used. Ten pines (Pinus taeda L.) were felled in each of twelve different areas of the Duke University Forest which is located near Durham, North Carolina. These trees were cut at four different times during the year— spring (April), early summer (June), late summer (Aug- ust), and fall (Spetember). This experimental design resulted in infestations by bark beetles, mostly the pine engraver, Ips grandicollis (Eichh.) and to a lesser extent /. avulsus (Eichh.) and /. calligraphus (Germ.), at various times during the warmer seasons so that activities of the predators could be followed in the field. These felled trees were observed periodically to determine the presence of infest- ations by the pine engravers and the associated predators. Starting three weeks after each group of trees had been cut, and continuing thereafter at weekly inter- vals for a period of twelve weeks, bolts two feet long were cut from the boles of the felled trees. The bark was removed from these samples so that the Ips and predators present in the inner-bark could be identified, counted, and their devel- opmental stage determined. In the laboratory the predators were reared in Petri dishes. The inside of the bottom plates were usually covered with moistened filter paper so as to pro- duce moisture conditions similar to those in the inner-bark where the immature stages of the predators normally live. The larval stages of the predators were fed with larvae and pupae of the pine engraver beetles (Ips spp.) while the adult pre- dators were fed with adult engraver beetles. Various constant temperatures were Table 1. Length of the developmental periods for the predator Temnochila virescensand its host, the pine engraver, Ips spp. Insect Time of Year Species Spring Early Summer Late Summer Fall Days Ips spp. 34-37 31-35 33-35 32-34 T. virescens absent1 89-91 254-25S2 absent3 1 Only adults were observed on the outside bar, larvae and pupae were not found. 1 Only adults were observed on the outside bark, larvae and pupae were not found. 2 The long developmental period was because the larvae passed the winter in this stage. 3 Neither adults nor larvae and pupae were found. Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 used for the laboratory studies. A small piece of pine bark had to be placed with each pair of reproducing beetles. This material provided a suitable place for egg deposition. Results The field data collected on the life cycle of the Ostomid beetle, T. vires- cens, are summarized in Tables 1 and 2, whereas similar data collected in the lab- oratory are presented in Table 3. Mortality data for the developmental stages at the various temperatures are presented in Table 4. Longevity of the adults when kept separately in Petri dishes varied from 115 to 194 days. Longest survival occurred at 30° C and the shortest at 20° C. The averages and standard errors for the five replicates used for each of the five temperatures were as follows: 20° C, 131+ 4.7 days; 25° C, 165+ 6.8 days; 30 ° C, 179+ 5.4 days; 35°C, 176+ 3.7 days; 37^° C, 153+ 3.4 days. The average preoviposition period from the time of beetle emergence to when the first egg was laid varied from 3 1 days at 30° C to 48 days at 20° C. The length of time was 34 days at 25° C, 35 days at 35° C, and 43 days at 37^° C. Five replicates were used at each temperature studied with the range for each varying from 29 to 34 days at 30° C to 42 to 56 days at 20° C. Subsequently, the opposition period continued for 83 days at 20° C to 148 days at 30° C. Total egg production for pairs of these predators varied from 81 to 216. The average number of eggs per female for the various temperatures were as follows: 20° C, 81 eggs; 25° C, 157 eggs; 30° C, 216 eggs; 35° C, 184 eggs; 31l/2° C, 118 eggs. These were produced at an average rate of 6.8 to 10.2 eggs per week. Moist conditions appeared to be better than a dry environment for larval development. The total mortality was 58.4 percent when the insects were reared on dry filter paper, but was only 36.9 percent when the paper was kept moist. A total of 100 larvae were used in this study. Whenever two T. virescens larvae were enclosed together in a Petri dish, one commonly killed and ate the other. Even when other food (bark beetle larvae or pupae) was present, cannibalism was still rather high (80 percent) dur- ing the test period of one to two days. When bark beetle larvae or pupae were lacking one larva always destroyed the other. The adult beetles, on the other hand, were cannibalistic about two-thirds of the time but only in the absence of their usual food. In the field, the density of the T. virescens populations, on the outside of logs infested with pine engravers was constant during the spring, early summer, and late summer (averaging 1 beetle per 3 square feet of bark). In the fall, this species of predator was absent from the outside of infested logs. Larval popula- 88 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 tions of the earlier instars of this predator averaged 1 per 2 square feet of inner- bark surface during both the early summer and late summer seasons. However, this density decreased as the larvae matured so that for the last (6th) larval instar and the following pupal stage there averaged only 1 insect per 3 square feet of inner-bark. As can be seen from the data in Table 1, there were no immature stages of T. virescens present in the logs infested with Ips spp. during the cool spring months of April and May. Throughout the autumn this predator was also absent in those logs that had been cut in September and only recently attacked by Ips. Older T. virescens larvae, however, were present throughout the fall in the inner-bark of logs that had been cut and infested earlier in the summer (June and August). Table 2. Development of Temnochila virescens in the field Time Instar1 of Year 12345 6 Pupal Total Days Early Summer 3 6 13 37 5 6 16 86 Late Summer 3 7 13 1962 5 5 16 245 1 Development of the egg stage was not followed in the field. 2 Extended length of time for fourth stadium was because the insects passed the win- ter in this instar. Discussion The data presented in Tables 1 to 4 show that the bark beetle predator, T. virescens, developed fastest and survived better at the warmer temperatures that occur during the summer season. This species apparently was unsuccessful in establishing broods during the cooler periods of spring and fall. Immature stages were absent in logs exposed in the field and initially infested with bark beetles in April and September even though the adult predators were present during the spring. During the cooler months this ecological niche in the inner-bark was con- sistently occupied by another common predator, TJwnasimus dubius (Mignot and Anderson, 1969). As with most preliminary types of studies, the present one suggests several relationships that should be investigated more thoroughly. One aspect that Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 89 needs clarification is to determine why the immature stages were absent during the cool spring and fall months. As stated previously, the inner-bark of logs in- fested with bark beetles during both spring and fall was occupied by another pre- dator, Tlianasimus dubius. From the data presented it is obvious that 7! virescens has only one gen- eration per year in North Carolina. Winter was passed in both the larval and imago stages. It also should be noted that the rate of development decreased greatly at temperatures below 30° C. At 30° C the rate of development from time of ovi- position to the imago was 38 and 63 percent faster than it was at 25° C and 20° C respectively. This adverse effect of cooler temperatures agrees with the other results indicating that this predator succeeds better at higher temperatures. However, as can be seen from the results in Table 3, extremely high tempera- tures also repressed the speed of development. At 371/£° C and 35° C the rate of development was 42 and 22 percent slower for the two respective temperatures than at 30° C. And, lastly, the interspecific relationship between the two predators, Temnochila virescens and Tlianasimus dubius, should be investigated more thor- Table 3. Development of Temnochila virescens at various constant temperatures Stage Temperature °C of Development 20° 25° 30° 35° 37%° Days Egg 18(1.3)! 14(1.4) 9(0.5) 7(0.2) 10(0.9) Larval Instars 1 17(0.8) 9.5(0.8) 6.5(0.2) 4(0.3) 10(0.7) 2 21.5(1.2) 15.5(1.2) 6.5(0.4) 7.5(0.2) 8.5(0.5) 3 61(4.6) 54.5(6.1) 16.5(1.7) 10(0.9) 25(1.5) 4 118(4.7) 50(3.1) 55(4.3) 51(3.0) 65.5(4.8) 5 22(1.3) 11(1.5) 4.5(0.5) 14(1.8) 20(3.3) 6 10(0.7) 7(0.3) 2 21(1.0) 23(1.1) 7 2 2 2 17(2.1) 20.5(1.8) Pupa 24(1.8) 13(0.3) 11(0.7) 6(0.2) 5(0.6) Total 291.5 174.5 109.0 137.5 187.5 1 Values in parentheses are standard errors. Five replicates were used for each temp- erature. 2 No instars occurred at these temperatures. 90 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 oughly especially at cooler temperatures. This type of study may help to ex- plain the fate of the Ostomid larvae in the spring and the Clerid larvae in the summer. Literature Cited Mignot, E. C. and R. F. Anderson. 1969. Bionomics of the bark beetle predator, Thanasi- mus dubius (Fab.) (Coleoptera: Cleridae). Ent. News, 80: 305-310. Struble, G. R. 1942a. Biology of two native coleopterous predators of the mountain pine beetle in sugar pine. Pan-Pacific Ent. 18(3): 97-107. Struble, G. R. 1942b. Laboratory propagation of two predators of the mountain pine beetle. J. Econ. Ent., 35(6): 841-844. Table 4. Mortality suffered by Temnochila virescens during the developmental period Stage Temperature °C 01 Development 20° 25° 30° 35° 37>/2° Percent Mortality1 Egg 44.0 42.0 33.0 47.0 50.0 Larval Instar 1 10.6 10.4 9.4 11.1 19.5 2 5.9 4.8 4.0 3.8 3.7 3 3.2 2.2 2.7 1.9 1.9 4 6.9 3.7 1.0 1.8 2.0 5 7.1 4.8 1.0 1.4 1.8 6 6.5 4.2 2 3.0 2.7 7 2 2 2 4.8 3.3 Pupa 4.5 6.7 5.9 5.0 5.4 Total 88.7 78.8 57.0 79.8 90.3 1 Mortality values for each stage are based on the total population at the beginning (e.g. number of eggs). The number of insects used for each stage at each temperature var- ied from 19 to 51 with the average being 35.1. 2 No instars occurred at these temperatures. 2.0019 Bionomics of the bark beetle predator, Temnochila virescens Mann. (Coleo- ptera: Ostomidae). Abstract.- The Ostomid, Temnochila virescens Mann., a predator of Ips spp. bark beetles in the Southeastern United States, develops and survives best during the summer months. In this area this predator has one generation per year, overwintering in both the larval and imago stages. Longevity and egg production are at a maximum while mortality and preoviposition period are at a minimum at 30° C. Both adults and larvae exhibit canni- Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 91 balism.- Edward C. Mignot and Roger F. Anderson, Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907, and School of Forestry, Duke University Durham N. C. 27706. Descriptors: Ips spp.; Temnochila virescens; bark beetles; predator; Ostomidae; Col- eoptera. The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. 3.0033 Neoaplectanid nematodes as parasites of the pales weevil larva, Hylobius pales.- The purpose of this note is to report what is believed to be the first known instance of Neoaplectanid nematodes attacking the pales weevil, Hylobius pales (Herbst). In August 1965, during an ecological study of immature stages of the pales weevil in a stand of lobolly pine (Pinus taeda L.) near Raleigh, N. C., 14 sixth-instars and 1 pupa, all apparently diseased, were removed from the roots of one stump. The specimens were turgid but yellowish-brown, as compared with the near-white of normal individuals, and made up about 30% of the weevil population in that stump. All were adjacent to one another on the same root about 5 cm below the soil surface. Approximately 125 additional weevil larvae and pupae were collected from 8 stumps in the same area, but no other abnormal specimens were found. Microscopic examination showed the specimens to be heavily infected with large numbers of an immobile nematode which was identified as Neoaplectana sp. by Dr. C. W. Massey, USDA Forest Service, Albuquerque, N. M. Recent work by Jackson and Moore (1969. J. Invertebrate Pathl. 14: 194-198) showed that infestation of pales weevil larvae under laboratory conditions is feasible, and the discovery of a natural infestation in the field points to the possibility of using Neoaplec- tana sp. against the weevil as a control practice.- H. A. Thomas, Southeastern Forest Experiment Station, Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27709. Descriptors: Coleoptera; Curculionidae; pales weevil; Hylobius pales', neoaplectanid nematodes; parasites. USDA announces insect and disease slide sets.- A set of 400 35 mm color slides has been prepared to help identify plant disease and insect injury and symptoms which cause problems on crops, livestock, timber, garden, and man. The slides are useful for accurate diagnosis of pests and injury symptoms. The complete set, which contains 225 insect and 175 plant disease slides, was prepared by the Extension Service of the USDA in cooperation with Clemson University, Clemson, S.C. These slides are especially suited for use of individuals and groups interested in pests and pest control. The full set, selling for $ 50, is Set A-52, "400 Insects and Plant Diseases." This large set is divided into several categories which may be purchased separately.- Photography Division, Office of Information, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 20250. 92 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 3.0039 A unique larval habitat of Tabanus atratus Fab.1 - The typical semiaquatic habitat of the immature stages of Tabanus atratus Fab. has been well-documented. How- ever, a few reports exist of larvae found in unexpected locations such as floating logs and other debris, under submerged stones in a brook, and under a log on dry land that had been submerged 2 or 3 weeks earlier (Marchand, 1920). The development of larvae in the efflu- ent from a dairy barn (Gingrich and Hoffman, 1967) is perhaps especially unexpected. This present note reports the occurrence of larvae in an artificial container. Every spring one of the maintenance jobs at the Mississippi State University Agri- cultural Experiment Station at Stoneville, Mississippi, involves cleaning and repairing the concrete watering troughs in the pastures. On April 12, 1966, while the accumulated algae and other debris were being removed from one trough, tabanid larvae floated to the surface. A total of nine larvae ranging in size from 20 to 25 mm was found and identified as T. atratus. This trough (Figure 1) measured 12 x 1 x 1 ft. internally and had 4-in. thick walls and bottom. At the time the larvae were found, the water was about 8 in. deep, and the algae on the sides and bottom was from 2 to 4 in. deep. Other unidentified organisms also living in the algae probably served as food for the larvae. Since the date of collection was well before the adults of this species appear in the field, the larvae were obviously from eggs oviposited sometime in 1965. The most likely site of oviposition was the fence cross-bar shown in Figure 1 . Because the larvae were present in the trough instead of the ground through the winter, they were exposed to greater extremes of temperature. According to John Hursh, Environmental Science Service, U. S. Department of Commerce, at the station, January 1966 was unusually cold; the mean monthly temperature was 37.6 F, the fourth coldest average temperature recorded for January since 1931. From January 16 to February 7, early morning temperatures were 32° F or less, and the lowest temperatures were 12 F (January 29), 5 F (January 30), and 7° F (January 31). Moreover, during this 3-day period, the daytime temperatures did not exceed 32 F. During this period, the surface of the water in the trough was frozen, so the larvae could not reach the surface for respiration. Undoubtedly, the sides and bottom were coated also with ice, so there is a good possibility that these larvae were imbedded in ice. 1 In cooperation with the Delta Branch of the Mississippi State University Agricultur- al Experiment Station, State College, Mississippi 39762. Figure 1. Water trough where larval T. atratus were found. Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 93 Larvae have not been found in this or any other trough on the station in the 3 years subsequent to 1966. Literature cited.- Marchand, W. 1920. The early stages of Tabanidae (Horse flies). Monograph of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, no. 13, 203 pp. Gingrich, R. E. and R. A. Hoffman. 1967. Abundance and survival of tabanid larvae in effluent from a dairy barn. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 60: 72-74.- R. H. Roberts, Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Ser., U. S. Department of Agriculture, Stoneville, Mississippi 38776. Accepted for publication April 14, 1970. Descriptors: Diptera; Tabanidae; Tabanus atratus; larval habitat; Mississippi. The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con- tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. Publications received.- The following annotated list of publications and short re- views have been received for notation in this section. Butterflies Cowan, Charles F. 1970. Annotationes Rhopalocerologjcae 1970. Clunbury Press, Berk- hamsted, Herts, England, 70 pp. $ 3.00. This is Cowan's second and last installment of addenda and corrigenda to the late Francis Hemming's "Generic names of the butterflies and their type-species." The booklet is divided into seven sections, A-G. Seventy-nine generic names are treated, a number of these for North American genera. An interesting discussion about emendation and incor- rect spellings and an analysis of emended generic names constitutes section E and should be read by every nomenclaturist. Section B establishes the dates of publication of important nomenclatorial works of seventeen authors, including S. H. Scudder. This little booklet and its earlier companion should be in the possession of every active taxonomist and nomenclaturist working with North American butterflies. Principles used by Cowan will be of interest and use to all such workers in zoological areas. The two booklets can be purchased from the author at Little Gaddesden House, Berkhamsted, Herts, England.- F. M. Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 80911. Mosquitoes Gerberg, Eugene J. 1970. Manual for mosquito rearing and experimental techniques. American Mosquito Control Assoc., Inc. Bull. no. 5, viii +109 pp. Bringing together in a meaningful way the voluminous literature relating to procedures developed for the colonization of mosquitoes is a tremendous task. Yet, the values that can be derived from the accomplishment of this task are great. Therefore, all who work with mosquitoes owe a very large debt to the American Mosquito Control Association for organi- zing and supporting the endeavor. An even larger debt is owed to the individual who accom- plished it. The choice of Dr. Eugene J. Gerberg for the task of revising and updating the former publication (Bulletin 3) is a particularly fortunate one. For a number of years he has been 94 Ent. News, Vol. 81, April 1970 engaged in the development of mass rearing methods for mosquitoes and has probably be- come more knowledgeable in this area than anyone else. The acquisition of knowledge of the taxonomy, biology, and control of mosquitoes and of their relationship to the transmission of animal disease has been tremendously aided by the ability to colonize them in the laboratory. Yearly, new species are added to the list of those that can be continuously maintained in cages, and the acquisition of useful biologi- cal information results in each case. I am confident that the availability of this most useful compendium of information on rearing techniques for mosquitoes will provide new stimula- tion for this.— Kenneth L. Knight (from the Foreword). Information Retrieval Arnett, R. H., Jr. and G. Allan Samuelson, et al. Directory of Coleoptera Collections of North America. Agricultural Information Department, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana, vii + 123 pp. Cloth $ 3.95. The 286 collections of beetles known to be housed in North America are described in this directory. The 174 institutional collections represent all of the research collections of insects in the area covered, thus providing a valuable source of information for groups in addition to the Coleoptera. Introductory chapters describe the nature of insect specimen information storage and retrieval and the use of the collections listed.- From flyer. Pest Management Hassal, H. K. 1969. World Crop Protection, vol. 2. Chemical Rubber Co. Press, Cleveland, Ohio 44128, 249 p. Cloth $ 16.60. For student, scientific farmer or agricultural advisor who would like basic informa- tion on pesticides, this volume should prove invaluable. The contents include some general considerations; physico-chemical factors; barriers and targets in insects; organochlorine in- secticides; other insecticides and related compounds; inorganic fungicides; organic fungi- cides; and herbicides. The author discusses the scientific principles which relate to the for- mulation, persistance, degradation, synergism, toxocology, and side effects of pesticides. This volume is not a catalogue of pesticides, it is a treatise on the principles, beneficial as- pects and hazards of pesticides.- Eugene J. Gerberg, Insect Control and Research, Inc., Baltimore, Md. 21228. Desert Locust Project, FAO, Rome 1968, 142 p. UNIPUB Inc., 650 First Ave., N. Y., N'Y' 10016. The United Nations Development Program Desert Locust project was planned to operate for six years (1960-1965) with the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) as executing agency. Forty territories were involved, from Senegal in the west and Tanzania in the south to India and Pakistan in the east and Turkey in the north. The project was organized and executed in five main sections: ecological survey; strengthening and coordination of research; reporting and forecasting; training, and opera- tional research. This is the final report of the project and provides an excellent summary of the organization, contributions and recommendations of an international pest control program. - Eugene J. Gerberg, Insect Control and Research, Inc., Baltimore, Md. 21228. [3.0035] THE TYPE LOCALITY AND THE STUDY OF NATURAL POPULATIONS1 Ross H. Arnett, Jr.2 The greatest drain on the modern systematic entomologist's time is the burden of the original literature. The law of priority, because it requires that every taxon be accounted for, leaves no alternative for the systematist except to deal with all described genera, species, and infraspecies whether or not they are based on sound evolutionary theory. However, a systematist can study natural populations without involving himself in nomenclatural problems, and for one to insist on a complete accounting of all past taxonomic literature often delays work that may lead to the discovery of important biological phenomena. A pro- cedure to circumvent this problem, which at the same time permits thorough work within the requirements of the rules of the International Code of Zoolog- ical Nomenclature, is proposed below. This is done by fitting previous taxono- mic work into the population concepts of species resulting from field studies, without the necessity of solving useless nomenclatural puzzles. The natural species is defined after the results of the data on the component natural populations have been analyzed, in contrast to the non-dimensional species concept of the old-time naturalist (ref. Mayr, 1963: 17), or the museum taxonomist's concept based on mechanical differientation. In groups that are poorly known and poorly studied, it cannot help but be true that natural species are really unknown, and the methods of the taxonomist are no different than those of the field biologist. But once a significant number of populations have been observed, there is a chance that isolating mechanisms and the evolutionary potential of the populations leads to an understanding and appreciation of our living environment and justifies systematics. A study of populations requires almost exactly the same procedure as studies at the species level. The systematist estimates by sampling the most useful para- Approved by the Agriculture Experiment Station, Purdue University, as Journal Paper no. 2957. Accepted for publication March 9, 1970. 2Professor of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Ent. News, »1: 95-100, 1970 95 96 Ent. News, vol. 81, April 1970 meters, including variance, of the populations of a species. Until the systematist learns this, he is unable to precede further with his work because he lacks a foundation upon which he can build. Unless the data on populations are organ- ized and used, future generations of systematists will be forced to continue to deal with the past taxonomic literature. The use of the phenogram3 (Arnett, 1963) is one way to synthesize popula- tion data and is an approach toward the solution of a systematic problem by a field biologist. The phenogram provides a graphic means of assigning the holo- type or neotype specimen to the exact population of which it may have been a member. This is done by making a list of all of the major distinguishing features to be found in a single genus, with ah1 of the known variations, distributed in a series of from two to ten states. Tliis includes all known intraspeciflc variations as well as interspecific differences. Many systems already purport to do this in a sophisticated manner but are very tedious, may include expensive computer time, and many really are faulty systems. So far, these procedures have been done to demonstrate a particular phenomenon and as yet have not achieved the status of a routine, as have, for example, genitalia preparations in insects. As a working hypothesis, the features listed for the phenogram are assumed to be influenced either by a single gene or by a gene complex. The proof or disproof of this hypothesis may be one of the chores of the gamma taxonomist, and, of course, can not be done in most groups. The connection between the various descriptions and nomenclature is apparent when it is understood that the con- tents of a description is the postualtion of the natural species, while the publica- tion of the name is the process of nomenclature. 3 Although the term phenogram has priority and is etymologically more appropriate as I have used it (Arnett, 1963), it is necessary that I redefine it here because, like the term genotype taken over by the geneticists, this term has been assumed for another use. My 1963 definition of a phenogram still holds as a modified histogram showing the pattern of phenotypic characters of an individual, a sample, a population, or a species by plotting the the position of many characters and their states in graphic form. In 1965 the phenogram was redefined (Camin and Sokal) as a phenetic dendrogram (sic; graph means connecting lines, while gram means a drawing or a picture, hence histogram) as opposed to a cladogram (sic), a cladistic (=phylogenetic) dendrogram (sic) and even though my 1963 paper was re- ferred to, the term was used instead of the more appropriate term, phenograph. More re- cently Sokal (1966) has again used phenogram incorrectly as a phenetic dendrograph with- out regard to priority or etymology which is even more important. NOTE: This paper, written several years ago, was refused publication in two national journals with the comment that the author "is listening to a different drummer." This may not be the right "drum", but considering the slow progress being made by taxonomists, and the low regard for taxonomy held by many scientists, it seems that a"different drummer" is needed. Ent. News, vol. 81, April 1970 97 To avoid a priori thinking, the systematist compares the holotype specimen with the natural populations rather than the converse. The phenogram treats the existing nomenclature with a maximium of objectivity and tests are readily avail- able enabling the fitting of a single specimen (e.g., a holotype) into a population, once sufficient samples have been gathered (ref. Simpson, et al. : 182). For well known species, which in some cases have no existing holotype, and no designat- ed neotype, the problem for the student of natural species is simple since he accepts species as he recognizes them from his field studies. His problem is to determine the homogeneity or heterogeneity of the aggregate populations. Then by the restriction of the type locality to the area of a single population, even in the cases of sympatric sibling species, the need for a neotype becomes less im- portant, and may even be eliminated. This does not apply to those relatively few cases where the exact type locality has been destroyed. By a designation of the population from which the holotype was selected, a very useful purpose is served, for it fixes a unit population from which genetic and/or phenetic change can be measured. The successful application of this theory may lead to a con- siderable revision of our thoughts about holotypes. Even if a neotype has been selected and doesn't conform with the description of the population to which the lost holotype probably belonged, as might be shown by an examination of the work of a second revisor, it too may be fitted into a population. The names may then be correctly applied, and any nomenclatural adjustments may be made. This method would go a long way toward eliminating the need for com- plex rules of nomenclature and permit easy handling of these procedural matters by the systematist. The phenogram procedure may be compared with the keying of a specimen for identification. The major difference is that all decisions are based on a study of the various natural populations, independent of any previous treatment by taxonomists. Here is an example of how I used this system to revise the genus Oxacis. There was no comprehensive monograph of the genus for any area, thus necessitating an examination of all of the literature, available types, and museum specimens, as well as all of the other normal procedures required of alpha taxo- nomic work. I then ignored the species-group names where type specimens were non-existent and the descriptions were so poor that the species couldn't be re- cognized. These names were listed, but no further consideration was given to them at that time. Next, I was concerned with two things: the species that were discovered by studying as many populations as possible, and the probable species known only from a few samples. As a speciationist, I was concerned with the variants and isolates. An interest in the classification of the entire family as well, required me to make use of this revision as a part of the classification of the higher groups. In other words, a genetic concept was formed also. This com- 98 Ent. News, vol. 81, April 1970 pleted, it became necessary to assign holotypes to populations enabling the pro- per application of species-group names. In the case of species based on a know- ledge of only one or a few population samples, the species were either referred to as typological species if a holotype were available, or if not, then these were described as unassigned populations (and remain unnamed). Once this was done there was no longer a need to refer to systematic work published prior to the date of my revision (Arnett, mss.) unless I desire to and have the opportunity to do so. I, however, may find it necessary at a later date to rearrange taxa using newly available data. There is no need to "pass judgement on" previous work with the view of discarding the work of the taxonomist. The individual always makes the deci- sion on what work is acceptable and what is rejected. The acceptance is indi- cated by the use of the work in question. The rejection is signified by the publication of a subsequent revision or monograph. The procedure described here for the treatment of all taxonomic literature enables the placing of all work but does not oblige the population systematist to do so. He is not required, when his primary concern is populations, to search out and insert every old "species" into his treatment of natural species. However, by using this system, he may, at any time, add old, overlooked, or subsequent species descriptions to the work. This is the system used by most field biologists, including those con- cerned with pest management; they do not delay their research waiting for the snail-paced taxonomist to untangle 200 years of archaic literature. The following is a summary of the proposals made above. To follow these, I believe, will not only enable the modern population systematist to carry on his work without the long standing impediments of nomenclature but will speed up the process of alpha taxonomy for the systematist interested in faunistics. 1) Study populations of animals using every available technique to delimit the natural breeding populations. Do this first with the minimum use of previous literature. By doing so, one can form unprejudiced concepts of species. Many workers advocate starting without reference to literature, but few have actually done so. As far as possible the populations should be analyzed and compared species by species throughout the genus and from genus to genus throughout the family. 2) By means of the phenogram method, or similar procedure, describe the species of a genus using as the basis for the description an analysis of the characters and their variation as found in the populations studied. The isolates, if any, should be carefully and fully described in terms inclusive enough so that they can be recognized when additional specimens need to be identified. Scatter diagrams, comparative tables, and refined statistical treatment of the data should be used wherever there are available data. Ent. News, vol. 81, April 1970 99 3) If there is a comprehensive work available then the results of 1) and 2) can be collated with such works. For example, the exhaustive monograph of the Onychophora by Bouvier (1905-1907) makes all reference to earlier literature unnecessary. No doubt a thorough restudy of all previous work would reveal nomenclatural errors in Bouvier's work, but what possible useful purpose would be served? If such a work is not available then step 4) must be followed. 4) The use of copying machines makes the World's literature readily avail- able to any worker. To prepare a catalog and to determine type localities is time consuming, but eventually necessary. The assigning of available names to the material at hand should now be so simple as to be almost routine. Holotype specimens that are readily available can be placed in the proper variational spectrum of the species by following the procedure dis- cussed previously. As emphasized before, obscure descriptions, unrecogni- zable species and unavailable holotypes need not be considered further at this time. 5) Some groups have been particularly overworked by taxonomists or, even worse, by incompetent amateurs. In exceptional cases, the majority of the available names in a group for major areas have been validated by such workers, and many of the holotypes destroyed through lack of proper care or by accident. After a reasonable attempt is made to place the names in- volved, they should receive little further consideration, thus saving vast amounts of time and money. This will not be difficult to do except for the systematist who persists in following the outmoded taxonomy of pre- Darwinian days. Those who follow the recommendations of 1) will find this the easiest step in these procedures. As long as it is kept in mind that the proposed system is an open ended one and any of these difficult names can be placed at any time if new data become available, then the chance of evoking anarchy in our science by such a procedure is non-existent. Currently, it seems, the twentieth century systematist is still chained to a nineteenth century methodology which does not fit the new concepts of species. Great strides have been made to develop a suitable methodology, e.g., biometry, refined collecting methods, field experimentation, and laboratory study of living material. A better system for filtering and treating current and past literature is badly needed. The "new systematics" has gotten old and is increasingly haunted by its stilted ancestor— nomenclature. Acknowledgments.- A preliminary draft of this paper was circulated among my grad- uate students which resulted in many useful suggestions, especially by Thomas F. Hlavac and Gerald Noonan, then at Purdue University, Dr. Leland Chandler of the Purdue University 100 Ent. News, vol. 81, April 1970 faculty offered several constructive comments. The greatest help came from discussions with Dr. John N. Belkin of the University of California at Los Angeles and Dr. Eugene J. Gerberg of BioRand, Inc., Baltimore, Maryland during our trip to Ecuador and the Gala- pagos Islands. This resulted in essentially a rewriting of the entire manuscript. I do not mean to imply that any of these readers agree with my views or endorse them; I cannot deny that they influenced me greatly. To them I extend my thanks. Literature Cited Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1963. The phenogram, a method of description for studies on Oxacis (Coleoptera, Oedemeridae). Coleopterists' Bull., 17: 6-18. Bouvier, M. E. L. 1905. Monographic des Onychophores. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., ser. 9, 2: 1-383. 1907. Ibid. 5:61-318. Camin, J. H. and Sokal, R. R. 1965. A method for deducing branching sequences in phylo- geny. Evolution. 19:311-326. Mayr, E. 1963. Animal species and evolution. Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, xvi + 797 pp. Simpson, G. G., Anne Roe, and R. C. Lewontin. 1960. Quantitative Zoology. Harcourt, Brace and Co., vii + 440 pp. Sokal, R. R. 1966. Numerical Taxonomy. Scientific American, 215 (no. 6): 106-116. 2.0035 The type locality and the study of natural populations. Abstract.- The use of topotypic material and the study of the holotype population provides an objective means of relating the name of an organism to the living insect, leaving the study of the poly- morphism of contemporary populations unhampered by nomenclatural legalities.- Ross R Arnett, Jr., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana 47907. Descriptors: Type locality; topotypes; populations; phenogram; International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Hozvard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lee D. Miller — The Higher Classification, Phytogeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley — The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heterop- tera) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month, to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write : Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8% France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba. Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. Wanted: Beginning collector wishes any back date or duplicate ent. lit., or re- prints available (esp. on Coleopt.). Postage reimbursed. Also, to buy Dillon and Dillon, Manual of Common Beetles. Dennis H. Bartow, 601 Media Pky., Walling- ford, Pa. 19086. For sale: Copy of Blatchley's Coleoptera of Indiana, complete, front cover gone; Introduction to Entomology, 1st ed., 1924, poor condition. Send offer to Dr. R. C. Dobson, Dept. Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Oedemeridae: determined promptly from any part of the World. Ross H. Arnett, Jr. Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN 47907. Wanted: Customers; am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. For sale: Books, periodicals, and reprints from private medical entomology library. Cornelius B. Philip, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, MT 59840. MAY 1970 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS PRELIMINARY STUDIES OF THE SPERMATOZOA AND THE MALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF SOME WHIRLIGIG BEETLES OSMOND P. BRELAND and EVERETT SIMMONS, p. 101 ACCESSORY PULSATING ORGANS IN THE LEGS OF GELASTOCORIS OCULATUS (Hemiptera) HALKARD E.MACKEY,JR., p. 111 DISTRIBUTION RECORDS OF THE LOCUST LEAF MINER IN THE UNITED STATES WILLIAM N. CANNON, JR., p. 115 GLUCOSE-U-C14 CATABOLISM IN PLODIA INTERPUNCTELLA J. HAROLD MOHLER and WILLIAM J. YURKIEWICZ,p. 121 The Entomologist's Library, p. 113 Data Documents, p. 125 The Entomologist's Record, p. 127 COMING NEXT ISSUE: Rediscovery of Heliconius nattereri in eastern Brazil THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, IN 47905 and at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Institute for the Study of Natural Species, 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, IN 47905. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4* X 6* inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 80 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short informative abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, in- cluding zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices and books received in "The Entomological Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Mar- ket Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Articles of an archival nature will be recommended for "Data Documents." Instructions for the latter will be furnished on request (see vol. 81, pp. 1-11 ). Second-class postage paid at Lafayette, Indiana [3.0028] PRELIMINARY STUDIES OF THE SPERMATOZOA AND THE MALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM OF SOME WHIRLIGIG BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: GYRINIDAE) ' OSMOND P. BRELAND and EVERETT SIMMONS 2 For some months several of us have been studying the developmental stages and the mature spermatozoa of various kinds of insects. During the course of this work, we have encountered an unusual situation in two species of whirligig beetles. This situation is described below. As the spermatozoa of these gyrinid beetles pass through the vasa defer- entia, they become attached by their heads to rodlike objects which we have termed spermatostyles. These spermatostyles, each with more than 100 attached spermatozoa, also occur in the reproductive tract of the female. As yet we do not know the details relative to the formation of the spermatostyles and the association of the spermatozoa. However, because of the occurrence of cold weather which will limit our work for some months, and because the situation is so unusual, we feel that a report at this time is justified. So far as could be determined, little work has been published on the repro- ductive systems of gyrinid beetles. For this reason, a diagram of the male repro- ductive system is included, and a brief comparison is made between the repro- ductive systems of those beetles and those of a few related species. Materials and Methods The results reported here are based upon a study of two closely related species of gyrinid beetles, Dineutus assimilis Kirby and Dineutus carolinus Le- Conte. These two species are very similar, and much of the work was done be- fore we were able to distinguish between the two. So far no important differ- ences in the reproductive system or in sperm development have been noted be- 1 Accepted for publication February 9, 1970. 2 The University of Texas at Austin, Texas 78712. Ent. News, 81: 101-110, 1970 101 102 Ent. News, Vol. 81, May 1970 tween the two species. However, since both species were involved in the studies, the insects will be referred to asDineutus or Dineutus sp. in the description and discussion to follow. All specimens used were collected from ponds near Austin and San Marcos, Texas. Collections began near the first of July, 1969 and continued intermittant- ly until low temperatures the middle of October presumably caused the beetles to disappear. During this period we collected and dissected several dozen beetles, and although no effort was made to collect males only, less than half a dozen females were found. The reason for the paucity of females is not appar- ent. In the laboratory, the insects were kept in plastic containers or aquaria con- taining pound water until they were dissected. Sexes of the two species of Dineutus can be easily distinguished by grasp- ing the beetles with blunt forceps, and examining the posterior abdominal sterna with a low power (e.g. 10X) dissecting microscope. The terminal sterna are somewhat transparent in strong direct light, and the external genitalia can be seen through them. The genitalia of males have three projections, whereas, those of females have only two. The beetles were pinned to paraffin in a small dissecting dish, and dissect- ed in Balar's saline using small scissors, fine needles and forceps. Portions of the reproductive system were placed in saline on a microscope slide and dissected further; a cover slip was applied and the material examined with a phase con- trast microscope. Observations A diagram of the male reproductive system of Dineutus sp. is shown in figure 1. This system is similar in many respects to that of Dytiscus marginalis (L.) (Dytiscidae) described by Blunck (1912) and Damandt (1912); and to two species of Dytiscidae examined by us, Cybister sp. and Thermonectus sp. There are, however, some differences. For example, in all the dytiscids the vasa defer- entia join the ducts of the accessory glands very near the point effusion of the accessory gland ducts into a single one. In Dineutus these connections occur considerably anterior to the fusion of the accessory gland ducts into a single duct. Also, in D. marginalis and Cybister sp. each vas deferens forms a separate epididymis, whereas, in Dineutus the two epididymides are entangled into a single mass. Only a single mass of epididymides occurs in Thermonectus. The testes of Dineutus are single coiled tubes, not divided into follicles. The testes are thus similar to certain other species of Coleoptera, suborder Ade- phaga, that have been studied. In many insects, including some Coleoptera, sub- order Polyphaga, the testes are composed of small divisions or follicles; the Ent. News, Vol. 81, May 1970 103 AG Figure 1. Diagram of male reproductive system of Dineutus sp. AG, accessory gland; E, epididymides; ED, ejaculatory duct; G. external genitalia; SV, seminal vesicles; VD, vas deferens. spermatozoa develop within these follicles and are often in cysts formed by test- icular cyst cells (Blunck, 1912; Davey, 1965; Imms, 1960; Krause, 1946; Snod- grass, 1935; Williams, 1945). Preliminary studies indicate that in Dineutus the spermatozoa do not pass through most of their development stages in cysts as often occurs in insects with testicular follicles. Single spermatozoa of varying lengths, with cytoplasmic blobs indicating immaturity, occur at the anterior ends of the uncoiled testes. As one proceeds posteriorly along the testes, the spermatozoa lose their blobs, become longer, and groups of spermatozoa become surrounded by cells which form cysts about each group. Near the posterior end of the testes, the walls of the cysts break and become dissipated. However, most of the sperm remain in groups, held together by masses of material at their anterior ends. These adhes- ive masses may be composed of cyst cells, or derived from these cells, as found 104 Ent. News, Vol. 81, May 1970 by Anderson (1950) in the Japanese beetle. Within the vasa deferentia the groups of spermatozoa with the adhesive material became associated together into larger groups. Often chains of groups, considerably longer than individual sperm were seen, and the tails of the sperm were often twisted into tight spirals. Each vas deferens passes from a testis toward the midline of the body, be- comes very small and convoluted, and is entangled with the other to form a tightly coiled mass. The term epididymis (E, Fig. 1) is often used for a coiled or convoluted part of a vas deferens (Snodgrass, 1935; Tuxen, 1956). Because of the small diameter of the epididymides, and the compact tortuous coils, we have not been able to maintain complete orientation within this mass with conven- tional dissection methods. However, within the epididymides, groups of sperma- tozoa of varying lengths and spermatostyles have been encountered. Sometimes the spermatostyles had their complete complement of spermatozoa; sometimes only a few sperm were attached; and sometimes the rods were bare. As indicated in the diagram, the very small tubes of the epididymides en- large near their posterior ends forming what might be called seminal vesicles (SV, Fig. 1). These larger tubes are relatively easy to dissect. The formation of the spermatostyles and the attachment of the spermatozoa are essentially complete, so far as phase contrast microscopy reveals, by the time the seminal vesicles are attained. Well formed spermatostyles with attached spermatozoa also occur in the common ducts of the vasa deferentia and accessory glands, and they are also found routinely within the spermathecae of females. Spermatozoa, attached to spermatostyles, when removed from seminal vesicles, common ducts, or sperma- thecae, often became quite active in saline. In fact, on several occasions, the beating of the sperm tails has caused the spermatostyles to move rather rapidly through the saline. Detached spermatozoa were also often active and sometimes swam across the microscope field. The rods or spermatostyles with their attached spermatozoa vary in length, diameter and conformation (Fig. 2 and 3) although it is probable that some of the variation may represent different developmental stages. We have tentatively assumed that most of the spermatostyles in the posterior part of the male repro- ductive system, and those in the female reproductive tract are fully developed. In these regions, most of the spermatostyles have been 800 to 1 ,000 micra in length, and the spermatostyles were apparently rigid (Fig. 3). In the epididym- ides, however, where formation of the rods and the association of the spermato- zoa occur, much shorter spermatostyles have been found and some of the rods have been apparently flexible (Fig. 2). Individual spermatozoa are approximate- ly 150 micra in length. The development of the spermatozoa and the spermatostyles in these whir- Ent. News, Vol. 81, May 1970 105 ligig beetles is apparently continuous during the summer in this area. From the first of July until the middle of October we averaged several dissections per week, and in practically all specimens we found similar stages in comparable parts of the male reproductive system. . Figure 2. Spermatostyles with attached spermatozoa, from epididymis of Dineutus sp. The curved, apparently flexible, spermatostyles suggest that they are not completely developed. Phase contrast, ca. 190X. 106 Ent. News, Vol. 81, May 1970 m^KM;'^'- ' • -7 2 Keith S. Brown, Jr.3 I. HISTORY Heliconius nattereri is a very striking and practically unknown member of a characteristically neotropical genus of striking and generally well known butterflies. It was first described from Bahia, in eastern Brazil, by the Felders in 1865; alleged type specimens are present in the British Museum (Natural Histo- ry) and in the Weiner Museum in Austria, the latter being the true holotype through designation by the Felders. To our knowledge, during the hun- dred years following its description, only fourteen additional specimens were obtained, all from the same area and all males. Two of these, not mentioned in the literature (Riffarth, 1901; Emsley, 1965) or in European collections, are in the collection of the Museu Nacional in Rio de Janeiro, and are the only two of the sixteen specimens which bear accurate locality and date labels: Fazenda Sao Joao, Agua Preta (today called Uru9uca), inland from Ilheus, Bahia. September 1928, collected by E. May; and Santa Teresa, Espfrito Santo, May 19, 1928, col- lected by O. Conde, from the collection of Julius Arp. Eduardo May, an intense and assiduous field collector, also mentioned (1939) seeing another male in the Uru9uca area, and observing a male flying too high to be captured in October 1936 in the woods along the road between Colatina and Nova Venezia, in north- ern Espfrito Santo. A very closely related butterfly species, with identical red basal spots on the underside of the wings (regarded presently as very important in Heliconius systematics; see Emsley, 1963, 1964, and 1965) was originally noted in an un- published Boisduval manuscript as H. teridas, and finally legitimately named by Riffarth in 1898 as H. fruhstorferi. The type of//, teridas, in the British Muse- um, came from "Pernambuco" (including parts of at least four present-day states) and is a female. The presumed Riffarth type, and an additional two //. Heliconians of Brazil. (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Part 1. 2 Accepted for publication May 26, 1970. 3Centro de Pesquisas de Produtos Naturais, Faculdade de Farma'cia, U. F. R. J. Praia Vermelha, Rio de Janeiro ZC-82, Brazil. Ent. News, 81: 129-140, 1970 130 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 fruhstorferi, all females, all originally from the Fruhstorfer collection and now in the British Museum (Natural History), were captured in Espfrito Santo, almost surely in the Santa Teresa area (which is the "Santa Leopoldina" of the German literature in general and the Lepidopterorum Catalogus of Junk). An additional female from "Bahia" is present in the Paris Museum, and a further two females, presently in the Museum of the Humboldt-Universitat in Berlin, were mentioned by Riff arth( 1901). Although H. nattereri and H. fruhstorferi were tentatively linked by some early authors as male and female of the same species, they are so different in overall appearance (Figures 1 and 2), and sexual dimorphism is so rare in heli- conians, that they have been maintained up until the present as nomenclaturally distinct entities. The two were apparently never captured together, and the total number of specimens of each in existence in 1964 was so small that in a defini- tive revision of the genus Heliconius it was suggested that they might even be color-morphs unassociated with sex (Emsley, 1965). We have recently begun intensive biochemical investigations of the genus Heliconius (Brown, 1965, and 1967; Brown and Domingues, 1970; Tokuyamaef al, 1967), and needed to acquire full information on the species occurring in extra-Amazonian Brazil. This eventually led us to prepare a complete supple- mentary revision to Emsley's papers, developed with Dr. Emsley's cooperation, in the light of many new data on both Brazilian and extra-Brazilian species (Brown and Mielke, in press}. It also required a definition of the relationship be- tween H. nattereri and H. fruhstorferi, as well as breeding of this (or these?) species, since it was placed by Emsley as the most primitive of all Heliconius spp. and therefore directly next to the biochemical and cytological "hinge" of the tribe Heliconiini: more primitive genera and Eueides do not store 3-hydroxy-L- kynurenine as a tegument pigment (above reference) and all except Philae- thria and Podotricha) have 31 pairs of chromosomes (de Lesse, 1967; T. Emmel, personal communication; Soumalainen, Cook, and Turner, in press', de Lesse and Brown, unpublished results); while all species of Heliconius store the pigment and almost all, except most evolved forms, show n=21. Extensive preliminary travels in the broad area of tertiary tablelands in coastal Bahia, northern Espirito Santo, and eastern Minas Gerais revealed that al- most all of the primary vegetation in this faunal subregion (which is notable, in remnants of virgin forest, for a wealth of typically Amazonian plants and an- imals, as well as a very high percentage of endemic species) had been substituted by arid grassland and poor second growth. The sandy Amazon-basin type soil did not permit even the partial recuperation of primary woods; where the origin- al vegetation was cut and burned, it was rapidly and permanently replaced by sterile saw-grass fields or scrub. Of the known localities for H. nattereri, the woods north of Colatina had long since disappeared, and the forests of the Fa- Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 131 zenda Sao Joao had been totally cleared of their undergrowth (probably includ- ing all Passiflora spp. vines, the exclusive food plants of heliconians) to plant cacao. Very extensive virgin forests were found to still exist, however, in the high- lands around Santa Teresa, where a populace enlightened over several decades in the principles of wildlife conservation (in the last thirty years chiefly by Dr. Augusto Ruschi, world famous for his studies of orchids and hummingbirds) had preserved much of the original vegetation, and created several public and private forest preserves. Here, in preliminary collecting characterized principally by very unfavorable weather, we verified the existence of an exceedingly rich mixture of butterfly faunas from adjacent areas (Brown and Mielke, manuscript in pre- paration; for example, seventeen of the eighteen species of heliconian, and all eight Morpho species, known from extra-Amazonian Brazil fly in Santa Teresa). Though we did not observe any H. nattereri, we left Claudionor Elias, a local in- sect collector, instructed in its habits and appearance, in hopes that he might re- locate the species in periods of better weather. Results came in the following year, 1967. Mr. Elias captured two males of H. nattereri in areas of heavy steep virgin forest at 600-800 meters elevation near Santa Teresa, and sent them to the collection of the Departamento de Zoologia in Curitiba, Parana. The credit for the species' modern rediscovery thus belongs with him; as noted below, he also provided key assistance at other points in this study. Concentrating my efforts in the Santa Teresa area, I was able to locate and capture a further two males in June of 1968, in one of the two areas in which Mr. Elias had collected the species in the previous year. I also captured in the other area a female of H. fruhstorferi, evidently the first to be seen in this cen- tury and the first to be found in immediate association with H. nattereri (seen one hour later at the same spot). The female proved to be totally intractable even in our largest cages and eventually died without laying any eggs. In the second half of 1968, a long period of very cold weather made the species dis- appear totally from these areas in which it had been present in June. A small population reappeared, however, in one of the two areas, near the Santa Teresa-Santa Leopoldina boundary, in early 1969. During 14 collecting days in February to April, many males and females were extensively observed in this forest and an additional three male H. nattereri and four female H. fruhstor- feri were captured. It was now evident that the species was indeed sexually di- morphic, the only one strongly so in the genus Heliconius (some silvaniforms and H. demeter Staudinger (see Turner, 1966) are weakly sexually dimorphic). In the 1969 collecting, the presence of the species was also verified in the two largest public forest reserves in the Santa Teresa area, thus guaranteeing its sur- vival (barring major natural disasters) in the foreseeable future. 132 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 One of the females captured in 1969 had revealed to me her food plant, which proved to be a nearly unknown Passifloraceous species, distinguished from all others by the four carpels in the fruit, and thus placed in a separate genus, Tetmstylis, the species being T. ovalis Velloz. Its ordinary (entire, elon- gated) leaf shape, very seldom produced and inconspicuous cream-colored flow- ers, and treetop habitat (we have seen vigorously growing shoots over fifty feet from the ground, evidently seeking sun in the closed and dark virgin forest) have prevented this vine from being noted by most botanists or represented in her- baria; a single specimen from southern Bahia (Porto Seguro) was found in the Jardim Botanico in Rio de Janeiro, catalogued as "Mitostemmal sp." This plant is evidently confined to the littoral area of eastern Brazil and may repre- sent a strongly limiting factor not only on the distribution of H. nattereri, but also, as it is used by at least four other very common and highly adaptable members of the genus Heliconius (ethilla, melpomene, erato, and sara) in the area, on the numbers, and continued existence of large colonies, of H. nattereri. The female observed in February 1969 had originally called my attention to a relatively low T. ovalis vine (about fifteen feet up in a small tree) by investi- gating it cursorily twice in fifteen minutes. I climbed the tree and brought a growing shoot of the plant down to eye level; two weeks later, a female was captured in characteristic pre-egg-laying fluttering before this graceful tip. From one of the females captured in 1969, a single fertile egg was obtained by gentle expression of the abdomen; all other methods of obtaining eggs from live fe- males failed. The larva was reared in Rio de Janeiro through the fourth instar before succumbing, probably to excessive photography and consequent dehy- dration, coupled with drying out of the T. ovalis leaves brought back to Rio de Janeiro; this plant species could not be located in the Rio de Janeiro area. In July 1969, after I had confirmed a new reduction in//, nattereri num- bers with the onset of cold weather in June, Claudionor Elias (now living in northern Espfrito Santo, where he had not been able to locate the species in any of a large number of extensive virgin forests) provided the eventual key to the full study of the biology of//, nattereri, summarized briefly here and discussed in detail in Part II of this series (Brown and Mielke, in press). In a revisit to Santa Teresa, he discovered the species still present and evidently not uncom- mon in a previously unvisited area on the edge of over 100 square kilometers of virgin forest (including one of the largest reserves) east of Santa Teresa. I con- firmed its presence in this area in the dead of winter (September) 1969, and explored the entire area for field work in the following summer. As might have been predicted from the species' presence in winter, this area in late summer 1970 proved to be a veritable nest of//, nattereri; as many as nineteen individuals were seen in a single day's collecting. The unusual popu- Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 133 lation density of//, nattereri in the area was surely due to an abundance of flow- er food (mostly Lantana camara) and to the presence of a large number of vigor- ous vines of T. ovalis in constant and exceedingly rapid growth in the sun along the forest edges and in small clearings, enough to serve all four adaptable species (see above) and still have many growing shoots left over for H. nattereri. This high density, with consequent frequent encounters between individuals, also provoked appreciable changes in the species' overall quantitative (but not quali- tative) behavior. The behavior delineated below for the adults is typical of the more sparse (and probably more normal) populations which we have observed intensively in other areas near Santa Teresa. II. BIOLOGY After a number of failures in attempts to breed H. nattereri adults in Rio de Janeiro, from eggs expressed from females captured in the previously men- tioned large colony, I decided to carry out the breeding program in the forest near Santa Teresa, right by the food plant. Larvae were maintained in separate pint jars in the shade, and fresh leaves were provided two or three times a week. Even with this care, protection, and relatively natural environment, mortality between egg and adult exceeded 50%; but nearly a doven viable adults were obtained, sufficient to observe all normal variations in the juvenile stages and development of the species. No parasitism was observed even in eggs and larvae found in nature; two young larvae in one jar died from evident virus infection, but the most frequent cause of mortality appeared to be difficulties in molting, possibly produced in some instances by excessive handling during photography. In nature, the most frequent cause of larval death is almost surely ant and spider attack on young larvae or even eggs. The egg of Heliconius nattereri (Fig. 3) is very similar to those of //. ethilla or H. melpomene (Beebe, Crane, and Fleming, 1960), but somewhat smaller, generally darker yellow, and with fewer (14, rarely 16) vertical ridges. It is laid at the end of a tendril (or rarely a small leaf) shortly back from a vigor- ously growing tip of Tetrastylis ovalis, and takes in the Santa Teresa environ- ment (mean temperature in late summer and early fall somewhat under 20° C) the rather extended range of three to seven days (normally six days; three days is usual for heliconians) to hatch. The newly emerged larva (uniform light yellow and 2 mm in length) does not normally eat its eggshell, perhaps a sign (Alexander, 1961) of the tolerance it shows throughout all its larval life towards other, even much smaller, caterpillars on the same plant. In the case of the //. nattereri larva occupying the same growing tip as caterpillars of other more successful and less tolerant species (such as H. ethilla narcaea, H. melpomene 134 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 nanna, or particularly the aggressive and cannibalistic H. erato phyllis), this tolerance would probably be a fatal disposition. The progress of the larva through five instars (Figs. 4-8) is marked by the progressive lightening of the ventral and lateral body color from deep yellow-brown (in the mature first in- star) to pure white, with the appearance of a typically melpomeneform pattern of small black pigment spots, and by deepening of the ventral color (below sub- lateral scoli) from brown to nearly black. The thorax and the abdomen of the mature larva are not unlike those of H. erato, but have a different spot-pattern and much longer scoli (Fig. 6). The color and pattern of the head undergo dra- matic changes in each instar, highly characteristic of H. nattereri larvae. The first stage head is deep yellow-brown, dark brown around the pseudoocelli; the second instar has a uniformly black head with medium length scoli; the third stage head is still very dark, with scoli about as long as its height, and frequently shows a suggestive differentiation, being lighter dorsally and darker ventrally. In the fourth instar the head is masked, principally yellow dorsally and laterally, black ventrally and frontally, with a black prong extending to the base of each scolus, and the area around the mandibles yellow. In the mature larva (Figs. 7 and 8) the head is light yellow, with the mandibles, area around the eyes, and center of the frontal plate black, and a black sickle-shaped mark starting in front of each ring of eyes, curving forward and upward to follow the frontal sutures, and men outward to meet the base of each scolus (which may be as much as twice the head height in length). Thus, while the overall larval appearance is suggestive of the relationship of H. nattereri to the silvana, melpomene, and erato groups of the genus, the head-pattern and very long scoli remain as primi- tive characters (Beebe, Crane, and Fleming, 1960) and suggest the relationship of H. nattereri to Philaethria dido, Dryas iulia, and Eueides species. Each larval instar except the fifth takes two to four days to complete; the last normally takes seven days, including a thirty-hour hanging-up period at the end. Maximum lengths in the instars are normally 5.5-6, 9-10, 14-16, 23-25, and 33-37 mm. The chrysalis of H. nattereri (Figs. 9 and 1 0) is nearly identical in form to that of H. ethilla or H. melpomene, and dimorphic without relation to sex: dark brown or light cream-colored (occasionally intermediate), with short but well- marked cephalic projections, melpomeneform antennal and abdominal spines and flanges, and six large and four small silvered patches on the dorsal surface of the prothorax, metathorax, and first two abdominal segments. The chrysalis, like most heliconian pupae, makes violent swinging motions (through lateral bending of the abdomen at about the fifth segment) when disturbed; these are unaccompanied by any detectable creaking noise or odor, however. The total duration in Santa Teresa is 14 to 18 days, unusually long for heliconian pupae, Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 135 and emergence is in very early morning (5-8 AM), with the first meconium void- ed being deep chestnut-colored, almost brown. The adults of H. nattereri, as with many butterfly species showing sexual dimorphism, occupy poorly overlapping ecological niches in the deep virgin forest which is their home; they meet principally at favored red flowers, mostly (in these days) introduced Lantana camara at the edge of the forest, or Gurania sellowiana (a native Cucurbitaceous vine) within it. The females fly quite slow- ly, except when startled, when they either mimic Mechanitis spp. flight (mild disturbance) or fly rapidly and directly upward and away (strong fright). They are seen very rarely within the forest except near their food plants (10:30 AM to 2 PM, probably two or three visits per day), and keep to the undergrowth when on the forest edge, infrequently flying in the bright sun. They thereby join very effectively the predominant south Brazilian black-yellow-orange mimetic com- plex whose principal distasteful members are slow-flying, shade-loving ithomiines (several ithomiine species endemic to the same faunal region as H. nattereri are strikingly similar to these females). The males have a high, dashing flight, with a shallow, rapid, and irregular wingbeat and much gliding; they spend most of the day promenading over a set and repeated path, high above the ground within the forest, with an average frequency (passing one observation post in one direction) of fifteen minutes and area exclusively occupied over 50,000 square meters. They always fly in the bright sun, resting during cloudy periods, and are most often observed momentarily as they pass high overhead (five to twenty meters) in steep, humid areas of primary forest. Both sexes are best observed and captured at flowers. The females tend to come once in very early morning (7.45 AM or first bright weather) and twice more during their egg-laying period (usually once in late morning, again in early afternoon). Males visit flowers profusely in mid-morning or first bright weather, and very occasionally (more often in the large colony discussed previously) later in the day, during their promenade period (up until two o'clock). We have seen but two fragmentary courtships in the wild, at 10:05 and 11:50 AM; one in- volved an aerial phase with extensive horizontal spiralling on barely fluttering wings, the pair heading slowly from open second growth (where they encoun- tered near a lantana patch) toward the deep woods; the other (Stage II) involved first back fanning and then front fanning by a male over a stationary female with wings held half open, similar to the courtship of//, melpomene (Crane, 1957). The normal life span of//, nattereri in the wild is probably somewhat over one month; at least one recognizable male was observed in the same area near Santa Teresa for over eleven weeks. 136 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 III. MORPHOLOGY The male genital valves of//, natter eri are typically silvaniform, very simi- lar to those of H. ethilla narcaea but less elongate, as figured by Emsley (1965). We have confirmed that the androconia do not occur on the membrane of the hindwing, and have not discovered them over as many veins as indicated by Ems- ley, though our method (scale removal) might prevent detection of a very sparse distribution; on the forewing, the androconia seem restricted to vein 1A. We cannot confirm the female morphology reported by Emsley. The abdominal processes are strongly curved at the base, as in all members of the silvana- and melpomene-groups, and the bursa copulatrix bears medium long, evenly arcuate, symmetrical 3- or 4-tooth signa, similar to those of Heliconius aoede or//, doris. The spermatheca is typical of the genus Heliconius, with a broad duct to the di- verticulum, and the paronychial processes on the metapretarsi are narrow, point- ed, and equal in length. IV. EVOLUTION Heliconius nattereri is evidently a very primitive species in its genus, but its biology as well as adult morphology place it near the evolutionary line from the Dryas junction to the silvaniform heliconians, and not near to the genus Eueides or the hierax, aoede, wallacei, doris, or xanthocles groups of the genus Heliconius. Indeed, the overall juvenile and adult characters of H. nattereri would place it within the silvaniforms, were it not for (1) the larval head pattern and long scoli, the gradually curved signa on the female bursa copulatrix, and the lack of androconia on the membrane of the male hindwing (all closer to primitive groups), and (2) the dark underparts of the mature larva, and the adult male color pattern (hard to assign in evolutionary terms but not silvaniform). In a tentative reformulation of the evolution of Heliconius and related genera (in full paper, Brown and Mielke, in press), we place the//, nattereri junction as shortly toward the silvaniforms from the hypothetical historico-evolutionary bi- furcation of the advanced Heliconius line into the silvana and melpomene groups on one hand, and the erato and highly evolved charitonia (or sara) groups on the other. V. SUMMARY AND PERSPECTIVE What is the future for this apparently declining and highly specialized pri- mitive heliconian species? We have tried many times to adapt it to life in a cage, without success even for hand-reared individuals; it presumably would need a very large and unpractically high enclosure to feel unconfined. A final attempt Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 1 37 at domestication is being made in the largest of Dr. Ruschi's hummingbird avi- aries in Santa Teresa (50 x 17 x 7 meters), where two T. ovalis plants have been introduced but are still growing slowly; any colony established there, however, would be at most fragmentary and non-natural. As mentioned previously, the species should survive in the two large forest reserves in Santa Teresa. Most hopefully, the owner of most of the forests and clearings in the area of the large and unusual colony discovered in mid -1968 is an enlightened conservationist who intends to preserve these areas in the foreseeable future. The focus of the H. nattereri colony, however, is not on his property, and efforts are presently underway in collaboration with Dr. Ruschi to purchase and preserve this part as a biological reserve of the Museu Mello Leitao in Santa Teresa, one of the first to be created to protect an endangered butterfly species. The area, however, seems to be not only exceptional for H. nattereri but also rich in a wide variety of plants, insects, birds, and mammals, and is apparently a funnel for insect migration comparable to the well known Portachuelo Pass at Rancho Grande, Aragua, Venezuela. In terms of other areas in eastern Brazil, from our field observations, we calculate that at least a square kilometer of steep, humid, and food-plant-rich virgin forest should be necessary for the existence of a healthy colony of //. nattereri. As very few such tracts still exist in its former range, and many of those which do are falling to ax and fire each year, we still regard H. nattereri as a species with an uncertain future, surely to be listed along with those other specialized, primitive, and forest-adapted animals presently placed in danger of extinction by the intervention of man. Acknowledgments In addition to Dr. Augusto Ruschi and Mr. Claudionor Elias, several persons contri- buted to the field work summarized here: Olaf H. H. Mielke, Nirton Tangerini, and Luis Otero (all of Rio de Janeiro; O. Mielke now in Curitiba), and K. Ebert (Rio Claro, Sao Paulo). Stimulating discussions and assistance were obtained from Dr. H. Ebert (Rio Claro), and Dr. J. R. G. Turner (York, England), and Dr. M. G. Emsley (Trinidad and Philadelphia; now Fairfax, Virginia), and pointers on breeding from Dr. Jocelyn Crane Griffin (New York and Trinidad). Botanical identifications were provided by Apparicio Duarte (Rio de Janeiro, now Belo Horizonte) and Dr. S. M. Tillett (Barquisimeto, Lara, Venezuela). Infor- mation on museum specimens came from R. I. Vane-Wright (British Museum (Natural Hist- ory)), Dr. H. de Lesse (Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris), Dr. H. J. Hannemann (Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin), and R. Imb and H. and R. Holzinger (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna). Photographs are by the author, with enlargements made by Mr. Jose A. Pires Ferreira. Financial support is gratefully acknowledged, from the National Science Foundation (Grant GB 5389X and GB 5389X1), the Conselho Nacional de Pesquisas (in- cluding a stipend as Pesquisador-Conferencista and much aid in travel expenses), the Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Fconomico (general support of the C. P. P. N.), and the 138 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 Conselho de Pesquisas e Ensino para Graduados of the Universidade Federal do Rio de Jan- eiro (aid in travel expenses and laboratory materials). Literature Cited Alexander, A. J. 1961. A study of the biology and behavior of the caterpillars, pupae, and emerging butterflies of the subfamily Heliconiinae in Trinidad, West Indies. Part I. Some aspects of larval behavior. Zoologica. 46: 1-26, pi. I, figs. 1-8. Beebe, W., J. Crane, and H. Fleming. 1960. A comparison of eggs, larva, and pupae in four- teen species of Heliconiine butterflies from Trinidad, West Indies. Zoologica. 45: 111-154, pis. I-XVI, figs. 1-14. Brown, K. S., Jr. 1965. A new IXtAminoacid from Lepidoptera. J. American Chem. Soc. 87: 4202. Brown, K. S., Jr. 1967. Chemotaxonomy and chemomimicry: the case of 3-Hydroxyky- nurenine. Syst Zool. 16: 213-216, figs. 1-2. Brown, K. S., Jr., and C. A. A. Domingues. 1970. A distribui9ao do Amino-acido 3-Hidro- xi-L-quinurenina nos Lepid6pteros. Anais Acad. Brasil.Ciencias, Suppl. 1969, in press. Brown, K. S., Jr., and O. H. H. Mielke. (In press). The Heliconians of Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Part II. Introduction and general comments, supplementary revision of the tribe, and biology of Heliconius nattereri. Zoologica. Crane, J. 1957. Imaginal behavior in butterflies of the family Heliconiidae: changing social patterns and irrelevant actions. Zoologica. 42: 135-145, pi. I. Emsley, M. G. 1963. A morphological study of imagine Heliconiinae (Lep.: Nymphalidae), with a consideration of the evolutionary relationships within the group. Zoologica. 48: 85-130, pi. I, figs. 1-153. Emsley, M. G. 1964. The geographical distribution of the color-pattern components of Heliconius erato and Heliconius melpomene, with genetical evidence for a systematic relationship between the two species. Zoologica. 49: 245-286, pis. I-II, figs. 1-15. Emsley, M. G. 1965. Speciation in Heliconius (Lep., Nymphalidae): Morphology and geo- graphic distribution. Zoologica. 50: 191-254, figs. 1-173. de Lesse, H. 1967. Les nombres de chromosomes chez les Lepidopte'res Rhopaloceres Neo- tropicaux. Ann. Soc. Ent. France. 3: 67-136, figs. 1-39. May, E. 1939. Notes on the lepidopterous fauna of the northern region of the state of Espfrito Santo, Brazil. Physis. 17: 133-136. Riffarth, H. 1898. Neue Heliconius-Foimen. Berliner Ent. Zeit. 43:405-408. Riffarth, H. 1901. Der Gattung Heliconius Latr. Neu Bearbeitet und Beschreibung Neuer Formen. Berliner Ent. Zeit. 46: 25-182. Soumalainen, E., L. M. Cook, and J. R. G. Turner. (In press). Chromosome numbers of Heliconiine butterflies from Trinidad, West Indies (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae). Zoo- logica. Tokuyama, T., S. Senoh, T. Sakan, K. S. Brown, Jr., and B. Witkop. 1967. The photore- duction of Kynurenic acid to Kynurenine yellow, and the occurrence of 3-Hydroxy- L-kynurenine in butterflies. J. American Chem. Soc. 89: 1017-1021. Turner, J. R. G. 1966. A rare mimetic Heliconius (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London (B). 35: 128-132. Turner, J. R. G. 1968. Some new Heliconius pupae: their taxonomic and evolutionary significance in relation to mimicry. J. Zool. London. 155: 311-325, pis. I-IV, figs. 1-2. Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 139 (See p. 140 for explanation of figures.) 140 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 2.0047 Rediscovery of Heliconius nattereri in Eastern Brazil (Lepidoptera: Nymphal- idae). The Heliconians of Brazil. Parti. Abstract.— Since Heliconius nattereri was first de- scribed in 1865, only 14 additional specimens were collected until very recently when it was found in relative abundance in Santa Teresa, Espfrto Santo, Brazil. The uniquely dimorphic female has been known as H. fruhstorferi. The egg and pupa are very close to those of the silvaniform Heliconius, while the larva, feeding on Tetrastylis ovalis, shows relationships to this group and to more primitive and more evolved heliconian species. The adults are diffi- cult to observe in nature except on flowers of Lantana catnara. The adult male and female morphology are very close to those of members of the silvaniforms. H. nattereri is evidently a very primitive species in its genus, linking Dryas ivlia to the silvana, melpomene, and erato groups of Heliconius; its rarity today, and probable continued decline in the future, are a- scribed to great specialization to a disappearing biotype and competition from more evolved and adaptable species of Heliconius. -Keith S. Brown, Jr., Centra de Pesquisas de Produtos Naturais, Faculdade de Farmacia, U. F. R. J., Praia Vermelha, Rio de Janeiro ZC-82, Brazil. Descriptors: Lepidoptera; Nymphah'dae; Heliconius nattereri', Brazil; distribution; biology; evolution. Figures 1-10. Heliconius nattereri. Fig. 1, typical male, life size; Fig. 2, yellow- barred female, life size. A small number of females also have the hindwing median bar part- ly or totally suffused with orange; Fig. 3, egg, 15X life size; Fig. 4, mature first instar larva, 10X life size; Fig. 5, second stage larva in molt, 6X life size; Fig. 6, mature larva, 2X life size; Fig. 7, mature larva, detail of head, 3X life size; Fig. 8, mature larva, front view of head, 2Vi X life size; Fig. 9, dark pupa, dorso-lateral, life size; Fig. 10, light pupa, lateral, life size. [3.0029] A REVIEW OF THE Culicoides Nigrigenus GROUP, WITH TWO NEW SPECIES (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE)1 Willis W. Wirth2 and Franklin S. Blanton3 The Culicoides nigrigenus group (Wirth and Blanton, 1959) includes five previously known species from Central America and the West Indies: C. decor (Williston) from St. Vincent, C. nigrigenus Wirth and Blanton from Panama, C. lutealaris Wirth and Blanton from Panama, C. chrysonotus Wirth and Blanton from Panama, and C. hayesi Malta from Honduras. We are taking this opportu- nity to add descriptions of two new species from the West Indies, to give a rede- scription of C. decor, to provide a key for the separation of the seven known species, and to present some new distribution records. The known distribution of the group is shown in fig. 1 . The following measurements and special terms are used in our descrip- tions of the female and in our summary of numerical characters in Table 1. Wing length is measured from the basal arculus to the wing tip; Costal Ratio (CR) is the length of the costa measured from the basal arculus to the tip of the second radial cell (2RC) divided by the wing length. Antennal Ratio (AR) is the combined length of the five elongated distal segments (in this paper the flagellomeres for convenience are called segments) divided by the combined length of the preceding eight. Sensory pattern is distribution of antennal seg- ments bearing distal sensory tufts. Palpal Ratio (PR) is the length of the third palpal segment divided by its greatest breadth. Proboscis/Head Ratio (P/R Ratio) is the length of the proboscis measured from the distal end of the labrum- 'This investigation was supported in part by the United States Army Medical Depart- ment Contract no. DA-49-193-MD-2177. Accepted for publication February 13, 1970. Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agriculture Research Service, USDA; mail address: c/o United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. 3 Department of Entomology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32601 . Ent. News, 81: 141-151 141 1 42 Ent News, Vol. 81, June 1970 epipharynx to the anterior margin of the tormae divided by the distance mea- sured from the latter point to the median hair socket between the eyes. Material studied is in the collection of the U. S. National Museum in Wash- ington, D. C. We are greatly indebted to Miss Linda Heath for making the illustrations. Table 1. Numerical characters of species of the nigrigenus group of Culicoides. Wing Length Costal Antennal Antenna! Palpal Mandibular P/H mm Ratio Ratio Sensoria Ratio Teeth Ratio chrysonotus 1.66 0.60 2.10 3,8-15 2.4 14 0.74 decor 1.20 0.60 1.25 3,8,10-15 3.2 15 0.85 dominicanus 1.22 0.62 1.85 3-15 2.3 15 0.75 farri 1.25 0.60 1.35 3,10-15 2.0 13 0.68 hayesi 1.36 0.58 1.48 3-15 2.5 15 0.91 lutealaris 1.56 0.58 1.30 3-15 2.0 14 0.70 nigrigenus 1.11 0.64 2.00 3-15 1.9 13 0.83 The species treated in this paper are members of the subgenus^4«//omv/a Vargas (type-species, C. covagarciai Ortiz), which is characterized as follows: Neotropical species of medium to large size with the 2RC ending in a pale spot, no pale area in the base of cell M4 bordering veins M3+4 and Cu^ sensory pattern 3, 11-15, and sometimes also on some or all of segments 4-10; two sclerotized spermathecae and a rudimentary third present, a sclerotized ring pre- sent or absent; scutum yellowish to brownish, without conspicuous pattern; leg markings various, characteristic for each species and species group; hind tibial comb with 4 to 6 spines; male genitalia with dorsal and ventral roots slend- er, subequal; apicolateral processes of ninth tergum usually well developed, the caudal margin between them usually transverse; parameres usually separate. The subgenus Anilomyia comprises two species groups, the covagarciai group (Wirth and Blanton, 1959) containing the type-species and four other Neotropical species, and the nigrigenus group with seven species, all Neotropical and circum-Caribbean (fig. 1). The male genitalia of the species placed by Wirth and Blanton (1959) in the covagarciai group are rather diverse in structure and some species will have to be transferred elsewhere, but the species of the nigrigenus group are remarkably uniform in their genitalia, coming reasonably close to the type found in C. covagarciai Ortiz. Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 143 The species of the nigrigenus group have in common the following charac- ters: Eyes contiguous to narrowly separated, bare. Antenna with distal five segments elongated, antennal ratio 1.25-2.10; sensory pattern 3-1 5; 8-1 5; or 3, 8, 10-15. Palpus with third segment bearing a distinct sensory pit which is usually deep and opens in a round pore, sometimes smaller in diameter than the pit. Pale wing markings usually extensive, frequently interconnected; wing usually with abundant macrotrichia. Hind tibial comb with four spines; legs always with all the knees bearing a conspicuous black spot, the legs usually extensively yel- lowish. Spermathecae without a sclerotized ring on the membranous duct. Male genitalia with parameres always separate, a strong basal knob present, distal portion slender, abruptly bent laterad and ventrad with sharp simple tip; aede- agus without transverse sclerotized bar across the base of the arch or a papilli- form tip; apicolateral processes always well developed, usually long and slender, diverging dististyles slender with bent, pointed tip. DOMINICAN ARRI HA LUTEALARIS IGENUS Figure 1. Distribution of the Culicoides nigrigenus group in the Caribbean. Biology.- The biting habits of the females are unknown. The immature stages so far as known are found in bromeliads. Dr. R. W. Williams reared C. nigrigenus from a bromeliad of the genus Guzmania in Trinidad, and H. A. Tre- vino reared C. hayesi from a bromeliad in Tamaulipas, Mexico. 144 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 Key to the Species of the nigrigenus Group (females) 1. Hind femur pale, a conspicuous dark band only on midportion 2 Hind femur dark, with only a subapical pale band 3 2(1). Spermathecae small and subequal, each measuring 0.057 by 0.044 mm; distal an- tennal segments very elongate, 11 1.5 as long as 9-10 combined; AR 2.00; sen- sory pattern 3-15 nigrigenus Wirth and Blanton Spermathecae large and unequal, measuring 0.130 by 0.090 mm and 0.102 by 0.068 mm; distal antennal segments moderately elongate, 11 0.9 as long as 9-10 com- bined; AR 1 .25; sensory pattern 3, 8, 10-1 5 decor (Williston) 3(1). Antenna with sensory pattern 3, 8-15 or 3, 8, 10-15 4 Antenna with sensory pattern 3-15 " 5 4(3). Antenna with segment 11 1 .5 as long as 9-10 combined; AR 2.1 0; large species, wing 1.66 mm long; wing pattern dark, pale spot straddling middle of vein M2 isolated. chrysonotus Wirth and Blanton Antenna with segment 1 1 not as long as 9-10 combined; AR 1 .35; small species, wing pale, pale spot straddling middle of vein M2 not isolated. . . . farri n. sp. 5(3). Wing paler, pale spot straddling middle of vein M2 not isolated; smaller species, wing 1.22 mm long dominicanus n. sp. Wing darker, pale spot straddling middle of vein M2 isolated from adjacent pale spots; larger species, wing 1.36-1.56 mm long 6 6(5). Proboscis long, P/H Ratio 0.91 ; third palpal segment longer and not as stout, PR 2.5; wing 1.36 mm long hayesi Matta Proboscis short, P/H Ratio 0.70; third palpal segment stouter, PR 2.0; wing 1.56 mm long lutealaris Wirth and Blanton Figure 2. Culicoides decor, a, female eye separation; b, female antenna; c, female palpus; d, female wing; e, hind femur and tibia; f, spermathecae;g, male parameres; h, male genitalia, parameres removed. Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 145 Culicoides chrysonotus Wirth and Blanton Culicoides chrysonotus Wirth and Blanton, 1956, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 58: 226 (male, female; Panama; fig. wing, palpus, spern.3thecae, male genitalia); Wirth and Blanton, 1959, Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 109: 312 (redescribed; fig. wing, scutum, palpus, tibial comb, spermathecae, male genitalia). A large dark brown species, wing 1.66 mm long. Antenna with segment 1 1 1.5 as long as 9-10 combined; AR 2. 10; sensory pattern 3, 8-15. Third palpal segment moderately long, PR 2.4; sensory pit relatively small and deep. Probos- cis short, P/H Ratio 0.74. Legs brownish with markings as found in C. decor; pale wing markings more restricted than in decor, with an isolated pale spot straddling middle of vein M2 . Spermathecae small and slightly unequal, with short, relatively stout necks. Male genitalia with ninth tergum bearing long, di- vergent apicolateral processes; aedeagus with short basal arch and stout basal arms, the distal process tapering to a blunt point; parameres with main portion relatively stout. Distribution: Costa Rica, El Salvador, Panama. New records: COSTA RICA: Cartago, Navarro, July, 1962, F. S. Blanton, light trap , 2 females. EL SALVADOR: Santa Ana, Ayutuxtepea, 3000 ft., 18 November 1961, J. Calvo, 1 female; Las Navanjos, 1000 m, 19 November 1961, J. Calvo, 2 females; Volcano. 14 November 1961, J. Calvo, 1 female. PANAMA: Chiriqui, El Volcan, 22 July 1966, A. Broce, light trap, 1 female. Culicoides decor (Williston) Ceratopogon decor Williston, 1896, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1896: 281 (female; St. Vincent, W. I.; fig. wing). Culicoides decor (Williston); Johannsen, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soc. America 36: 779 (combination); Wirth and Blanton, 1956, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 58: 227 (notes on type; comparison); Forattini, 1957, Arq. Fac. Hig. Saude Pub. Univ. Sao Paulo 1 1: 265 (notes, comparison; fig. wing). Female.- Length of wing 1.20 mm. Head: Eyes (Fig. 2a) narrowly separated. Antennae (Fig. 2b) with lengths of fla- gellar segments in proportion of 36-25-25-24-24-23-23-24-45-48-50-50-76, AR 1.25; sen- sory pattern 3, 8, 10-15. Palpal segments (Fig. 2c) with lengths in proportion of 20-40- 70-20-27, PR 3.2; third segment long, slightly swollen distally, with a large, deep, round pit opening by a slightly smaller pore. Proboscis moderately long, P/H Ratio 0.85; mandi- ble with 15 teeth. 146 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 Thorax'. Yellowish brown; scutum with dense grayish pollen, scutal pits and anterior margin between them dark brown; scutum with numerous erect yellowish hairs; pleuron dark brown below. Legs (Fig. le) yellowish, knee spots blackish; proximal 0.6 of femora and distal 0.6 of tibiae on fore and mid legs brownish, hind femur with prominent dark brown band in midportion, and hind tibia with narrow apex brown; hind tibial comb with four spines, the one nearest the spur longest. Wing (Fig. 2d): Pattern as figured; distal 0.6 of 2RC in a pale area; pale areas large, leaving the dark areas forming a narrow zig-zag pattern; CR 0.60; radial cells both elongate, with broad lumens; macrotrichia numerous, extending to base of wing in anal cell. Halter pale. Abdomen: Yellowish, becoming brownish distally. Spermathecae (Fig. 2f) large and ovoid, with short, slender necks; unequal measuring 0.130 by 0.090 mm and 0.102 by 0.068 mm. Male.- Similar to the female with the usual sexual differences; antenna with yellow- ish brown plume, last three segments with lengths in proportion of 70-56-75. Genitalia (Fig. Ih). Ninth sternum with shallow caudomedian excavation, the ventral membrane not spiculate; ninth tergum moderately long and tapering, with long, slender apicolateral pro- cesses. Aedeagus with basal arch extending to nearly half of total length, basal arms slender and curved; distal portion tapering to long, slender median point. Parameres (Fig. 2g) each with slender anterolateral process; main portion long and straight, tapering to slender simple tip abruptly bent laterad and ventrad. Distribution.- Dominica, St. Lucia, St. Vincent. Specimens examined: DOMINICA: Clarke Hall, January-March 1965, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 40 males, 50 females; April-June 1964, O. S. Flint, light trap, 8 males, 22 females; July-August 1964, T. J. Spilman, light trap, 18 males, 24 females; Layou River mouth, 20 January 1965, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 3 females; Macoucheri, 12 February 1965, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 3 females; South Chiltern Estate, 19 February 1965, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 2 females. ST. LUCIA: Castries, Fairview, 14 April 1959, R. Darsie, light trap, 1 male; Gros Islet, Yacht Club, 27 October 1967, J. B. Davies, at light, 1 female; St. Lucia Beach Hotel, 27 October 1967, J. B. Davies, at light, 1 female. Culicoides dominicanus Wirth and Blanton, NEW SPECIES (Figure 3) Female. - Length of wing 1 .22 mm. Head: Eyes (Fig. 3a) narrowly separated. Antenna (Fig. 3b) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 32-20-20-20-20-20-20-20-50-56-60-60-92, AR 1.85; sensory pat- tern 3-15. Palpal segments (Fig. 3c) with lengths in proportion of 15-40-52-17-17, PR 2.3; third segment swollen distally, with a large, round, deep, sensory pit. Proboscis moderately short, P/H Ratio 0.75; mandible with 15 teeth. Thorax: Yellowish brown, scutum yellowish pollinose, dark brown on anterior margin; pleuron dark brown below; scutum with abundant yellowish hairs. Legs (Fig. 3e) brownish, knee spots blackish; fore and mid femora with subapical, and fore and mid tibiae with basal, broad yellowish bands; hind femur dark brown with broad subapical yellowish Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 147 ring, hind tibia yellowish except at extreme tip; hind tibial comb with four spines, the second from the spur longest. Wing (Fig. 3d): Pattern as figured, as in C. decor; CR 0.62; macrotrichia numerous, extending to base of wing in anal cell. Halter pale. Abdomen: Yellowish, becoming brownish distally. Spermathecae (Fig. 3f) ovoid with short slender necks; moderately small, slightly unequal, measuring 0.080 by 0.058 mm and 0.072 by 0.055 mm. •---.-»-• ~**- ... Figure 3. Culicoides dominicanus. a, female eye separation; b, female antenna; c, female paplus; d, female wing; e, hind femur and tibia; f, spermathecae; g, male parameres; h, male genitalia, parameres removed. Male.- Similar to the female with the usual sexual differences; antenna with yellow- ish plume, last three segments with length in proportion of 82-65-93. Genitalia (Fig. 3h): Ninth sternum with shallow caudomedian excavation, the ventral membrane not spiculate; ninth tergum short and tapering, with moderately long, slender, diverging apicolateral pro- cesses. Aedeagus with basal arch extending to more than half of total length, rather angulate mesad, basal arms moderately stout and slightly bent; distal portion tapering to long slender median point. Parameres (Fig. 3g) each with short anterolateral arm; mid portion straight and moderately swollen at base, tapering distally to slender simple tip abruptly bent laterad and ventrad. Distribution: Dominica. Types.- Holotype, female, allotype, male, Dominica, 0.3 mi e Point Casse, 6 May 1964, O. S. Flint, at light (Type no. 70653, USNM). Paratypes, 53 males, 37 females, as follows: DOMINICA: Castle Bruce Junction, 21 March 1965, J. F. G. Clarke, 4 males; Dleau Gommier, 17 March 1956, J. F. G. Clarke, at light, 5 males, 2 females; Point Lolo, 25 Jan- 148 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 uary 1965, W. W. Wirth, at light, 3 females; Point Casse, June 1964, O. S. Flint, at light, 41 males, 15 females, 12 March 1965, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 9 males, 8 females; South Chiltern Estate, 19 February 1965, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 4 males, 9 females. Discussion.— In Dominica, where both C. decor and dominicanus have been taken, the endemic species is found only at the higher elevations, while the more widespread C. decor is restricted to lowland habitats. Culicoides farri Wirth and Blanton, NEW SPECIES (Figure 4) Female. — Length of wing 1 .25 mm. Head: Eyes (Fig. 4a) narrowly separated. Antenna (Fig. 4b) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 32-22-22-22-22-22-23-24-45-45-50-54-70, AR 1.35; sensory pat- tern 3, 10-15. Palpal segments (Fig. 4c) with lengths in proportion of 15-30-46-15-18, PR 2.0; third segment short and broad, with a large, round, moderately deep, sensory pit. Pro- boscis short, P/H Ratio 0.68; mandible with 13 teeth. Thorax: Yellowish brown, pleuron and anterior and lateral margins of scutum dark brown. Legs (Fig. 4e) brownish, knee spots blackish; fore and mid femora with subapical, and fore and mid tibiae with basal, broad yellowish bands; hind femur dark brown with broad subapical pale band, hind tibia yellowish except dark brown at extreme tip; hind tibial comb with four spines, the one nearest the spur longest. Wing (Fig. 4d): Pattern as figured, as in C. decor; CR 0.60; macrotrichia numerous, extending to base of wing in anal cell. Halter pale. Figure 4. Culicoides farri. a, female eye separation; b, female antenna; c, female wing; d, female palpus; e, hind femur and tibia; f, spermathecae; g, male parameres; h, male genitalia, parameres removed. Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 1 49 Abdomen: Yellowish, becoming brownish distally. Spermathecae (Fig. 40 ovoid with long slender necks, small and slightly unequal, measuring 0.064 by 0.046 mm and 0.058 by 0.042 mm. Male.- Similar to the female with the usual sexual differences; antenna with yellow- ish brown plume, last three segments with lengths in proportion of 87-70-75. Genitalia (Fig. 4h): Ninth sternum with shallow caudomedian excavation, the ventral membrane not spiculate; ninth tergum short and tapering, with very long and slender, divergent, apico- lateral processes. Aedeagus with basal arch extending to not quite half of total length, basal arms slender and curved; distal portion tapering to mederately slender, bluntly pointed tip. Parameres (Fig. 4g) each with moderately long anterolateral arm; mid portion straight and moderately stout, tapering to slender, simple tip, abruptly bent laterad and ventrad. Distribution.— Jamacia. Types.- Holotype female, allotype male, Hardwar Gap, Green Hills Cabin, Jamaica, 20 February 1969, W. W. Wirth, light trap (Type no. 70654, USNM). Paratypes, 1 male, 2 females. Same data. Discussion.- We take pleasure in dedicating this species to Dr. Thomas H. Farr of the Institute of Jamaica in Kingston, in recognition of his important con- tributions to our knowledge of Jamaican Diptera. Culicoides hayesi Matta Culicoides hayesi Matta, 1967, Florida Ent. 50: 75 (male, female, larva, pupa; Honduras; fig. wing, antenna, palpus, tibial comb, eye separation, sperma- thecae, male genitalia, larval pharyngeal comb, pupal respiratory horn). A moderately large, bright yellow and brown species; wing 1.36 mm long. Leg markings as in C. dominicanus; wing markings as in decor with the brown zig-zag bands somewhat broader than in decor, with an isolated pale spot straddl- ing the middle of vein M2. Antenna with segment 1 1 as long as 9-10 combined, AR 1.48; sensory pattern 3-15. Third palpal segment moderately swollen dis- tally, PR 2.5; with a large, round, moderately deep sensory pit. Proboscis long, P/H Ratio 0.91. Spermathecae subequal, relatively small, ovoid, with short slender necks. Male genitalia with apicolateral processes of ninth tergum long and slender; aedeagus with basal arch extending to slightly more than half of total length, the distal process slender; parameres with main portions quite slender. Distribution.- Honduras, Mexico. Specimens examined.- HONDURAS: La Tigra, Dist. Central, 6000 ft., 10 June 1966, J. F. Matta, light trap, 2 males, 4 females (holotype, allotype). MEXICO: 150 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 Tamaulipas, Ciudad Victoria, Rancho del cielo, 4 April 1963, H. A. Trevino, reared from bromeliad, 3 males, 3 females, 2 larvae, 2 pupae (paratypes). Culicoides lutealaris Wirth and Blanton Culicoides lutealaris Wirth and Blanton, 1956, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 58: 225 (male, female; Panama; fig. wing, palpus, spermathecae, male geni- talia); Wirth and Blanton, 1959, Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 109: 310 (redescribed; fig. wing, scutum, palpus, tibial comb, spermathecae, male genitalia). A moderately large, yellowish brown species; wing 1.56 mm long. Leg markings as in C. dominicanus; wing pattern with an isolated pale spot straddl- ing middle of vein M2 . Antenna with segment 11 1.1 as long as 9-10 combined; AR 1.30; sensory pattern 3-15. Third palpal segment short and swollen, PR 1.9; with a large, round, deep sensory pit. Spermathecae small, subequal in size, with short, stout necks. Male genitalia with apicolateral processes of ninth tergum long and slender, divergent; aedeagus with basal arch extending to half of total length, the distal process very slender; parameres with main portion relatively slender. Distribution.- Panama, Costa Rica. New records.- COSTA RICA: Cartago, Navarro, July 1962, F. S. Blanton, light trap, 2 females; Sabalito, August 1953, F. S. Blanton, light trap, 1 female. PANAMA: Chiriqui, El Volcan, July 1964, A. Broce, light trap, 1 female. Culicoides nigrigenus Wirth and Blanton Culicoides nigrigenus Wirth and Blanton, 1956, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 58: 222 (male, female; Panama; fig. wing, palpus, spermathecae, male geni- talia); Wirth and Blanton, 1959, Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 109: 308 (redescribed; fig. wing, scutum, palpus, tibial comb, spermathecae, male genitalia). A moderately small, pale grayish yellow species; wing 1.1 1 mm long. Wing markings as in C. decor, the dark zig-zag bands becoming more or less interrupt- ed by the more extensive pale markings; leg markings as in C. decor, the base of the hind femur broadly pale. Antenna with segment 11 1 .3 as long as 9-10 com- bined, AR 2.00; sensory pattern 3-15. Third palpal segment short and swollen, PR 1.9; with a large, round, deep sensory pit. Spermathecae small, subequal, Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 151 with short, stout necks. Male genitalia with apicolateral processes of ninth ter- gum long and slender, divergent; aedeagus with basal arch extending to half of total length, distal process with relatively stout tip; parameres with main portion moderately stout. Distribution.- Colombia, Mexico, Panama, Trinidad. New records.- COLOMBIA: Rio Raposo, Valle Prov., July 1963, V. H. Lee, 1 fe- male. MEXICO: Fortin de las Flores, Vera Cruz, June 1964, F. S. Blanton, light trap, 12 fe- males. PANAMA: Los Santos, Los Santos Prov., 24 October 1952, F. S. Blanton, light trap, 1 female. TRINIDAD: Locality unknown, 29 August 1963, R. W. Williams, reared from Guzmania, 1 female; Macqueripe, 11 January 1956, T. Aitken, light trap, 1 male, 1 fe- male; Tembladora, May 1958, T. Aitken, light trap, 2 females; United States Naval Station, January, November 1958, T. Aitken, light trap, 4 females. Discussion.- Like C. decor, which it closely resembles in leg markings, C. nigrigenus is a lowland species. Literature Cited Wirth, W. W. and F. S. Blanton. 1959. Biting midges of the genus Culicoides from Panama (Diptera: Heleidae). Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 109: 237-482. 2.0029 A review of the Culicoides Nigrigenus Group, with two new species (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Abstract.— The Culicoides subgenus Anilomyia and within it, the C. nigrigenus group are characterized, and a key is presented to the seven known species, including the following which are described as new: C. dominicanus from Dominica and C. farri from Jamaica. Brief diagnoses and new distribution records are given for the five other speices. The distribution of the group is circum-Caribbean; female biting habits are unknown; the immature stages are found in bromeliads.- W. W. Wirth, Systematic Entomology Labora- tory, Agriculture Research Service, USD A, and Franklin S. Blanton, Department of Ento- mology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32601. Descriptors: Diptera; Certopogonidae; Culicoides; Culicoides nigrigenus group; Mex- ico; Central America; West Indies; n. South America. 152 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. 3.0046 A singular method of feeding of Mutillid wasps.— Information on the feeding habits of adult Mutillid wasps seems to be very scarce in entomological literature. As a matter of fact, even in the neotropical region, where these Hymenoptera are very abundant, it is rare to surprise them at their feeding activities. An inedited observation was made during my field research in the savannahs of the "cerrado" type in the Fazenda1 Retire das Telhas near Tres Lagoas, in the State of Mato Grosso, Brazil, on the 22nd of October, 1964. We found in this locality a shrub of about 60 cm in height, belonging to the genus Cordia (Borraginaceae), with the leaves invaded by a large number of small nymphs of a species of leaf-hoppers (Cicadellidae), measuring from 2 to 3 mm. On three of the leaves, among the leaf-hoppers we observed three female Mutillid wasps, belonging to two different species: Traumatomutilla latevittata (Cresson, 1902), two specimens, and Cephalomutilla distincta Mickel, 1960, one specimen. They were running about in what seemed a disorderly fashion, knocking against the nymphs of the cicadellids, and dislocating them from the places where they were busy sucking the leaves. Removed from the suction points, the cicadellids excreted by the anus small drops of honeydew that adhered to the leaf hairs. The cicadellids did not seem to mind the interruption, taking new positions and continuing the sucking process. The mutillids, after dislocating several nymphs, slowed down their running and rapidly consumed the excreta left by the leaf-hoppers. Soon after they continued their knocking techniques, pro- vocking new emissions of honeydew. After repeating this process for a number of times, the Mutillids passed on to other leaves occuppied by yet undisturbed nymphs and again repeated the same tactics. Finally they abandoned the plant and decended to the ground. Besides the excreta, the dislodged nymphs left, very often, small drops of sap on the points where they were sucking, but they didn't feed on them. On another occassion (X/17/1964) in the Fazenda Beija-flor, also near Tres Lagoas, we observed a female of one of these Mutillids, Traumatomutilla latevittata, feeding on the secretion of extrafloral nectaries on the petioles of leaves of Mimosa tree (Leguminosae). - Karol Lenko, Institute Biologico, Caixa Postal 7119, Sao Paulo, SP, Brazil. Accepted for publication May 25, 1970. 1 "Fazenda" is the name given to large rural properties in Brazil, equal to "Ranch". Descriptors: Hymenoptera; Mutillidae; feeding habits; Brazil. [3.0034] A NEW GENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF CECIDOMYIIDAE ON PINYON PINE (DIPTERA)1 RAYMOND J.GAGNE2 Pinyonia edulicola, new species, which causes a spindle-shaped gall at the base of pinyon pine needles in New Mexico and Colorado is described now to make the name available for a biological study in progress. In 1968 John Durkin of New Mexico State University, Las Cruces, N. M., sent the first specimens of this species for determination and, in 1969, Wayne Brewer of Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colo., submitted a long series of adults. I gratefully acknowledge their help in providing additional specimens and their permission to describe the new species. Its biology is the subject of a thesis being prepared at Colorado State University by a student of Dr. Brewer. Pinyonia, NEW GENUS ADULT. Postvertical peak absent. Eyes broadly joined at vertex, facets circular. Male flagellomeres binodose, each node with 1 circumfilum. Palpus 1 or 2 segmented. Claws simple, evenly curved, shorter than empodium. Female terga I-VIII and male terga I-VI with caudal and lateral setae and without scales; male tergum VII with only caudolateral setae and tergum VIII without setae. Male genitalia: tergum and sternum X bilobed, the sternum deeply so; aedeagus very long, parallel sided, slightly curved in lateral view; telomere dorso- ventrally flattened. Ovipositor short but protrusible; lamellae closely juxtaposed medially and, in dorsal view, tapering abruptly to pointed apex. LARVA. Spatula lost. Papillae not evident. Cuticle smooth except for cephalo- ventral rows of spinules on abdominal segments. TYPE SPECIES. Pinyonia edulicola, n. sp. Pinyonia belongs to the tribe Contariniini of the supertribe Cecidomyiidi because of the untoothed, evenly curved claws, the characteristic shape of the 'Accepted for publication April 24, 1970 Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA. Mailing address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. Ent. Ne>vs, 81: 153-156, 1970 153 154 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 male tergum and sternum X, and the piercing-type ovipositor. It is, however, a very distinctive genus in its very long aedeagus, short ovipositor with the distinc- tively shaped lamellae, and the most featureless larva I've seen to date. The larva with its lack of spatula and papillae greatly limits the number of characters on which to base judgements concerning relationships to other genera. Thecodi- plosis Kieffer, which contains many species associated with pine needle galls, re- sembles this genus in the elongated empodium. This character, however, while possibly indicating relationship, is characteristic of most species in many genera of the Cecidomyiidi and Oligotrophidi that are associated with conifers. Theco- diplosis differs from Pinyonia in the much smaller straight aedeagus (subequal in length to sternum X), the presence of a full caudal row of setae on the male ter- gum VII, the long ovipositor with the soft, usually apically rounded lamellae, and the good key character of the three to four segmented palpus. The larvae of Thecodiplosis have a spatula, and the full complement of papillae are evident in- cluding the enlarged, sclerotized terminal pair. The figures of the genitalia of Agevillea abietis Hubault (1945), a needle miner of Abies alba Mill, in France, re- semble Pinyonia in the long aedeagus and dorsoventrally flattened telomeres. On the other hand, the remaining figures in Hubault (1945) show a long ovi- positor with soft, apically rounded lamellae, trifilar male flagellomeres, a four segmented palpus, and a strongly curved R5 . The larva of A abietis lacks con- spicuous papillae also except for one tiny terminal pair, but does have a spatula. Pinyonia edulicola, NEW SPECIES ADULT. Wing length (from arculus), 1.55-1.82 mm. Flagellomere III of male and female as in figs. 1 and 2, respectively. Palpus usually 1 segmented but occasionally with a second segment about 1A length of first. Wing as in fig. 3. Male genitalia as in figs. 7-9. Ovi- positor as in figs. 4-6. Holotype, male, emerged from needle galls of Finns edulis Engelm., VI-20-1968, Ra- ton, Colfax Co., New Mexico, A. Woodburn, USNM, Type no. 70807. Paratypes: female, same data as holotype; 8 males, 2 females, VI-8-1969, Fort Collins, Colo., M. W. House- weart; 18 larvae, ex spindle galls P. edulis, VI-4-1969, Fort Collins, Colo., M. W. House- weart. The only other described species of Cecidomyiidae found associated with pinyon pine needles are Janetiella coloradensis Felt and Contarinia cockerelli (Felt). The former is in a different supertribe, the Oligotrophidi, and can be separated from P. edulicola by the short Rs which does not reach the apex of the wing, the uninodose male flagellomeres, and the single dorsal lamella of the ovipositor. C. cockerelli, known from the female only, is separated from the new species by the long ovipositor, which is approximately as long as the re- mainder of the abdomen, and by the dorsoventrally flattened, sclerotized lamel- lae. Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 155 8 Figures 1-9, Pinyonia edulicola, n. sp. Fig. 1, male flagellomere III; Fig. 2, female flagellomere III; Fig. 3, wing; Fig. 4, ovipositor; Fig. 5, lamellae of ovipositor (lateral); Fig. 6, same (dorsal); Fig. 7, male genitalia (dorsal); Fig. 8, telomere (caudal); Fig. 9, paramere and aedeagus (lateral). 1 56 Ent. News, Vol. 81, June 1970 Literature Cited Hubault, E. 1945. Un parasite non encore signale des aiguilles du sapin blanc (Abies alba Mill.). Bull. Biol. de la France et de la Belgique. 79: 17-30, pis. II-V. 2.0034 A new genus and new species of Cecidomyiidae on pinyon pine (Diptera). Abstract. -Pinyonia edulicola, new genus and new species belong to the tribe Contariniini of the supertribe Cecidomyiidi. P. edulicola forms a spindle shaped gall at the base of pin- yon pine needles. This new species is distinguished by the long Rs which reaches the apex of the wing, the binodose flagellomeres of the male, and the short ovipositor of the female. It is distinct from Contarinia cockerelli, the only other species of the tribe associated with needles of pinyon. Type locality: Raton, Colfax Co., New Mexico. -Raymond J. Gagnd, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560. Descriptors: Diptera; Cecidomyiidae; Pinyonia edulicola; pinyon pine needle gall. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Hozvard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lee D. Miller — The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley — The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heterop- tera) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month, to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, 2amberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba. Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. Wanted: Beginning collector wishes any back date or duplicate ent. lit., or re- prints available (esp. on Coleopt.). Postage reimbursed. Also, to buy Dillon and Dillon, Manual of Common Beetles. Dennis H. Bartow, 601 Media Pky., Walling- ford, Pa. 19086. For sale: Copy of Blatchley's Coleoptera of Indiana, complete, front cover gone; Introduction to Entomology, 1st ed., 1924, poor condition. Send offer to Dr. R. C. Dobson, Dept. Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Oedemeridae: determined promptly from any part of the World. Ross H. Arnett, Jr. Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN 47907. Wanted: Customers; am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. For sale: Books, periodicals, and reprints from private medical entomology library. Cornelius B. Philip, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, MT 59840. JULY 1970 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS OVIPOSITION IN THE DAMSELFLY ARCHILESTES GRANDIS GEORGE H. BICK and JUANDA C. BICK, p. 157 A SELF-MAINTAINING WINDOW TRAP FOR COLLECTING FLYING INSECTS RUDOLPH T. FRANKLIN and D. A. CROSSLEY, JR., p. 164 PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF THE FLY FAMILY SARCOPHAGIDAE OF KENTUCKY R.W. RUMMELand F.W. KNAPP,p.165 A KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEETLE FAMILY DRYOPIDAE OF THE NEW WORLD HARLEY P. BROWN, p. 171 A NEW BUTTERFLY OF THE GENUS PHOLISORA C. DON MACNEILL, p. 1 77 The Entomologist's Library, pp. 170, 176 COMING NEXT ISSUE: A Tachnid parasite of Fireflies THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by HENRY SKINNER (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by PHILIP P. CALVERT (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. SCHMIEDER (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Ento- mological Society at 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, IN 47905 and at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103, U. S. A. R. H. ARNETT. JR., Editor. Editorial Staff : H. W. ALLEN, M. E. PHILLIPS, and S. S. ROBACK. SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Ento- mological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers : Private subscriptions, for personal use, domestic and foreign, $7.00 postpaid ; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Institute for the Study of Natural Species, 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, IN 47905. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if ac- cepted, they will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and the cost of engraving. Size limit, when printed, 4i X 6i inches. The cost of setting tables will be charged to authors. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles, to facili- tate computer recording, should be limited, if possible to 80 characters including spaces and punctuation, and should include key words to the contents for indexing. A short informative abstract (not a description of the paper) of about 150 words or less should precede the article. The Editor may reword the abstract for brevity and scope for republication in Biological Abstracts. The author's complete mailing address, in- cluding zip code number, should be given as a footnote. All papers describing new taxa would be greatly improved by including illustrations of a part or the whole form, and by referring to existing keys, or if none exist, by including an identification key to related taxa. Immediate publication will be given to new distribution records, short field notes, and news in "The Entomologist's Record" section ; literature notices and books received in "The Entomological Library," and study notices, want items, for sale notices, positions open, and position wanted notices in "The Entomologist's Mar- ket Place." Articles of wide interest to the general entomologist and non-specialist on the subject of the article are especially desirable. Articles of an archival nature will be recommended for "Data Documents." Instructions for the latter will be furnished on request (see vol. 81, pp. 1-11). Second-class postage paid at Lafayette, Indiana [3.0026] OPPOSITION IN Archilestes grandis (Rambur) (ODONATA: LESTIDAE) George H. Bick1 and Juanda C. Bick1 Few Zygoptera species routinely oviposit in nonaquatic plants well above or away from water. Kennedy (191 5a,b) considers Archilestes californica a dragon- fly that lays eggs in trees because of the large size of the Salix and Alnus in which it oviposited .6-3.1 m above water. In Ohio, Williamson (1931) observed three pairs of A. grandis oviposit in 5o//.v, Ulrnus, and Platanus .3-3.1 m above water. In Malaysia, Orolestes wallacei inserted eggs into a sapling 68 cm high, 14 m away from water (Lieftinck, 1939), and Selysioneura Cornelia deposited eggs about 2.5 m above water in galls of a woody plant probably produced by some other insect (Lieftinck, 1953). Opposition in woody materials is recorded for Lestes viridis (Nielsen, 1954; Loibl, 1958; Schiemenz, in Robert, 1958), and for Lestes barbarus and Sympecma paedisca (Robert, 1958). For several summers at the University of Oklahoma Biological Station, we made random observations of a small population of Archilestes grandis at Cowan Creek, the previously described site of several earlier studies (Bick and Bick, 1958, 1968; Bick and Sulzbach, 1966). During the summer of 1968, we ob- served this population almost daily, studying oviposition substrates in particular and obtaining cinematographic records. The largest numbers were at the head- waters near a small pool about 4 m in diameter and less than 1 m deep. Our study area extended along the Creek 20 m above and 45 m below the pool. Although demography was not a primary concern, irregular counts of all individuals along the 65 m stretch of stream averaged 12 per day. The mean "age" (actually a minimum age since all individuals were mature when marked) of 19 individually marked males was 25 days, the maximum, 51. This mean is much longer than the average we (1961) record for Lestes d. australis. Kennedy (191 5 a) considers A. californica an "autumnal insect." His first 1 Biology Department, Saint Mary's College, Notre Dame, Indiana 46556. The research was conducted at University of Oklahoma Biological Station where the Senior Author was Visting Professor. Accepted for publication March 10, 1970. Ent. News, 81: 157-163, 1970 157 • 158 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 specimens were obtained July 27, the population was not large until early August, and mating did not occur until early September. Likewise, Williamson (1931) in Ohio and Ferris (1951) in Pennsylvania record October oviposition for A. grandis. Contrastingly, grandis in Oklahoma was common and oviposition frequent by June 15, the earliest date of our observations. Reproductive behavior of A. grandis was similar to that of Lestes (Bick and Hornuff, 1965), Agria (Bick and Bick, 1965a), and Enallagnia (Bick and Bick, 1963) in that grandis females were usually not present at water unless ready to mate. Neither males nor females exhibited courtship behavior, and unreceptive females showed no refusal signs; they were simply not at water or escaped by rapid flight. Although 41 males were readily secured for marking during a six- week period, only two unaccompanied females were at water, and the popula- tion was too small to disturb pairs in tandem. In grandis we observed no difference between a female escape flight and the flight wherein the female allowed herself to be captured. The one seizure wit- nessed was in flight as Kennedy (1915a) describes for californica. Immediately after seizure, the pair flew high in a sycamore (Platanus) where tandem sperm translocation and copulation occurred. Sperm translocation, lasting 32 sec, was 3.6 m above water in Platanus. The event was longer (Bick and Bick, 1965b) and much higher above water than in other zygopterans we have studied. Copulation followed immediately at the same spot. Only interrupted or partial copulations were observed, so complete information on duration was not obtained. During copulation the female clasped her abdomen with six legs as Kennedy (1915a) figures for californica. The substrates explored and utilized by grandis were recorded for eight ovi- positions (Table 1). During all lengthy sequences, exploratory activity preceded and often interrupted actual insertion of eggs. For example, the pair observed on July 25 shifted 56 times during 32 minutes of exploration briefly visiting and testing species of Rosa, Paspalum, Verbena, Rumex, Polygonum, Bidens, Andro- pogon, 25 cm to 2.3 m above water, as well as 21 spots on one Celtis sp., 1.6-5 m above water, and 16 spots, nearly all petioles, on one Platanus, 2-3 m above water. None of these stops was lengthy enough for insertion of eggs. The actual oviposition of this pair, lasting 58 minutes, occurred only in two Platanus pet- ioles, 2-3 m above water. Similarly, Harwood (1960) records that L. congener perched on and probed many different plants but completed oviposition only in dead parts of Glyceria. Three of the eight pairs utilized Platanus, and 55% of the total oviposition time for all pairs was at this plant. Every other plant used for actual oviposition was also nonaquatic (Table 1) species of: Rumex, Monarda, Erigeron, Eupator- ium, Verbena. Water cress (Nasturtium sp.), abundant along the creek and fre- Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 159 m r^ o^ ' &> (N TJ- CL> O CD -S 5^ r- O O ^ O O O g .0 £ S E £ E £ ^ 12 ^ "S "5 ^j QJ o o> **1 ^"^* ^«n* a a a '£* "^* Cn^ ***^ C^ Q ^ M M Q^ .O ^J "**J **^ 1 S^ St ^ £! S! S! ^j ^j ^j ^J ^J ^J -*- "Q "^j "^j *^i *^3 "^3 ^ ^ Q ^J Qj *««* *^S ""^j ^-) "2d ^Si r\ Si r> ^> ^> ^ ^ 8 .§ 8 ^ 5 CO S^, ^*j O O ^J ^J ^J ^J <0 ^ •hi to O ^J ^J ^J ^ ^J Cj Cj ~ Q Q ^ ^ ^ ^j O g* 'C 0 O O C O O 00^ ^j sj *>• US ^* O O -S 5! ^ 'C C3 '^! co co s; >^ S S S S 2S 2 ~ ~ "S 5 S S § S S S C" 53 53 53 53 53 53 K: *^ i^ i~. -t^, v. •<— 111 ^ $J 53 ,0) 53 53 tX; oo CL v Ci_ *~ *~ 'C 'C 5" ^J 2" 53 53 Q^ a, ex, a, ex, o^ a. a, a, ^ Ly Ltj Ly ^ LIJ ft, G^ . — in r-- o r- r-- ro CN OO ^— m O m O c-i in — -^f O O ^ in — — i ^ »2 ON — •— r \ 04 m (•<•> •^f in in — ' — in ON O ro m , r — \ _ - , , ON O **— J * m oo m •*** — (N (N rl rl T T ^ 3 160 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 quently used for oviposition by other zygopterans, was not used by grandis either for perching or for oviposition. Although three sycamores were along the creek within the study area, grandis oviposited only in the one large tree having almost all branches over water. Apparently either one or both members of the pair could see the reflections of water below them even when they were as high as 13m. Regardless of the plant utilized, no fallen prolarva would have been more than .7 m from water's edge. Similarly, prolarvae from the grandis ovipositions in Ohio (Williamson, 1931) and from the calif ornica ovipositions (Kennedy, 1915a) would have fallen directly into water. Oviposition in A. grandis differed in three ways from both A californica and L. viridis. A. grandis sometimes oviposited in herbaceous nonaquatic plants (Table 1), the other two odonates entirely in trees and shrubs. L. viridis ovi- posited in 21 woody species (Nielsen, 1954; Schiemenz, in Robert, 1958) and A. californica in Salix and Alnus (Kennedy, 191 5a). Second, calif ornica, viridis, and the Ohio population of grandis oviposited in branches, whereas grandis in Oklahoma, when ovipositing in trees, almost always used petioles. The use of petioles of deciduous trees is possible only in species such as grandis which do not overwinter in the egg stage. Lastly, viridis oviposition has not been re- ported higher than 2 m and californica higher than 3.1 m, whereas grandis re- gularly probed 8-10 m high in trees and actually oviposited at 13m. St. Quentin (1962) correlates hardness of oviposition material with size and number of teeth on the lateral gonapophyses of several members of the family Lestidae. We compared the ovipositor of grandis with that of L. d. australis, a species common at ponds in southern Oklahoma. Although the former oviposits in nonaquatics and the latter only in soft aquatic material, the two showed structural differences in gonapophyses insufficient to account for the major difference in oviposition habits. Structurally, australis seems just as well e- quipped as grandis to oviposit in trees and shrubs. All pairs oviposited in tandem, but, after 56 minutes of tandem oviposition, one male left the female who continued to lay eggs unaccompanied for 3 1 more minutes. A. grandis in Ohio (Williamson, 1931), A. californica (Kennedy, 191 5a) and S. paedisca (Robert, 1958) also oviposited in tandem. In contrast, Lieftinck's (1939, 1953) Malaysian species oviposited alone, and the European species viridis and barbarus oviposited sometimes in tandem, sometimes unac- companied (Robert, 1958). Pairs perched vertically when ovipositing in herbaceous stems, but sometimes hung upside down when using Platanus petioles, as Robert (1958) illustrates for the unaccompanied viridis female. Like other species routinely ovipositing in nonaquatic plants, all grandis females kept their ovipositors between their meso- Enl. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 161 and metathoracic legs thus affording greater leverage when inserting eggs. This resulted in a very slight bend at the juncture of abdominal segments II-III and a double right angle bend at IV, rather than at III as Kennedy (1915a) illustrates for californica. During oviposition, as well as during nontandem perching, both males and females of grandis held the wings almost completely outspread. On all substrates, the female moved backward at the very slow rate of 1-2 mm per min producing incisions in approximately a straight line. During this time, her abdomen was never gradually extended as in Lestes unguiculatus (Bick and Hornuff, 1965) but was always between her legs. In one sequence the female of a pair inserted eggs from the middle of the petiole to the blade and then from the petiole base back to its middle, moving backward all the time. In each incision, californica deposited six eggs (Kennedy, 1915a), viridis, four (Loibl, 1958; Robert, 1958) in precise arrangements. Both species oviposited only in trees and shrubs, all probably with very little parenchyma. On the other hand, grandis, which oviposited in diverse kinds of vegetation, inserted a varying number of eggs irregularly placed in each incision. An average of 10 eggs, almost completely filling the large central pith, was removed from each incision in Rumex. But only one or two eggs per incision were recovered from Platanus petioles which lacked a large central pith. It seems logical thai grand is, so flex- ible in using various oviposition substrates (Table 1), would also be flexible in arrangement and number of eggs inserted in each incision. Robert (1958) states that a single viridis female can deposit 200-400 eggs, Kennedy (1915a), that californica deposits 70-180 in any one oviposition se- quence. We are uncertain that any of our sequences for grandis were complete, but the maximum number for any one female was 149 eggs placed in two Pla- tanus petioles (Table 1). Apparently neither species of Archilestes deposits as many eggs in one sequence as does the one species of Lestes which uses parts of woody plants and for which there are egg counts. Either the beginning or the end of each oviposition was not observed, hence our duration figures (Table 1) are partial. However, the lengthy performance of some pairs shows that the whole oviposition sequence including exploration may last more than two hours. Unlike many zygopteran species reproductively active near noon, grandis pairs oviposited at various times from as early as 0951 hours to as late as 1 545 (Table 1 ). Eggs removed from plant tissue a few hours after oviposition were white with a dark anterior pole, similar to Kennedy's (1915a) drawing of californica. The grandis egg was 1.9 mm long and .28 mm in greatest diameter, slightly larger than that of viridis (Robert, 1958). Lutz and Pittman (1968) report that eggs of Lestes eurimts removed from plants and maintained in pond water hatched in 19 days, that those in nature 162 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 above water level required 45 days, and that immersion is not essential for sub- sequent development but hastens the rate. This does not seem true for grandis. On June 19, immediately after oviposition, we removed 123 eggs from the Rumex stem and placed them in a dish of water. Fifteen days later eight hatched in spite of mold which destroyed the rest. On June 26 we dug up the Monarda, following oviposition, and planted it in a flower pot in such a way that the vegetation leaned over a white pan of water. Sixteen days later 55 second instar larvae were in the pan. The eggs had hatched without wetting of any kind under almost natural conditions. Wetting did not seem to influence rate of egg development. Kennedy (1915a) supposed that calif ornica eggs wintered in the live cambium of the twigs. Corbet (1956), Robert (1958), and Gower and Kormondy (1963) also report overwintering in the egg for L. sponsa, L. viridis, and L. rectangularis respectively. But in the warmer climate of North Carolina, eggs of L. eurinus hatched by mid July, and overwintered in several larval stages (Lutz and Pitt- man, 1968). Because grandis eggs deposited on June 26 hatched after only 16 days under almost natural conditions, it seems that in Oklahoma this species also overwinters in the late larval stages. We twice observed hatching of grandis eggs. Events were unanticipated and, without recorder and timer, we failed to keep precise records. In one instance, a worm-like newly hatched prolarva under the stereoscope was being observed wriggling within the cavity of the stem when suddenly it seemed to "jump." One minute later an obvious second instar larva was found in the water of the petri dish beneath the stem. The prolarval stage could have lasted hardly more than one minute. In another instance, a newly hatched prolarva, being observed in a drop of water on a slide, "jumped" in a similar fashion and was permanently lost. Pierre (in Corbet, 1963) found that the prolarva of viridis could remain active on the ground for up to two hours before its frequent jumping brought it to water where it molted to the second instar. Literature Cited Bick, G. H. and J. C. Bick. 1958. The ecology of the Odonata at a small creek in southern Oklahoma. J. Tennessee Acad. Sci. 33:240-251. — . 1961. An adult population of Lestes disjuhctus australis Walker (Odonata: Lestidae). Southwestern Nat. 6: 111-137. . 1963. Behavior and population structure of Enallagma civile (Hagen) (Odonata: Coenagriidae). Southwestern Nat. 8: 57-84. 1965a. Demography and behavior of the damselfly Agria apicalis (Say) (Odonata: Coenagriidae). Ecology. 46: 461-472. 1965b. Sperm transfer in damselflies (Odonata: Zygoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 58: 592. . 1968. Demography of the damselfly Argia plana Calvert (Odo- Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 163 nata: Coenargriidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. 70: 197-203. Bick, G. H. and L. E. Hornuff. 1965. Behavior of the damselfly Lestes unguiculatus (Hag- en) (Odonata: Lestidae). Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 75: 110-115. Bick, G. H. and D. Sulzbach. 1966. Reproductive behavior of the damselfly Hetaerina americana (Fabricius) (Odonata: Calopterygidae). Animal Behaviour. 14: 156-158. Corbet, P. S. 1956. The influence of temperature on diapause development in the dragon- fly Lestes sponsa (Hansemann) (Odonata: Lestidae). Proc. R. Ent. Soc. London. (A) 31: 45-48. — . 1963. A biology of dragonflies. Quadrangle Books, Chicago. 247 pp. Ferris, C. D. 1951. The discovery of Archilestes grandis in eastern Pennsylvania (Odonata). Ent. News. 62: 304. Gower, J. L. and E. J. Kormondy. 1963. Life history of the damselfly Lestes rectangularis with special reference to seasonal regulation. Ecology.44: 398-402. Harwood, P. D. 1960. Additional notes on the Odonata (Dragonflies) of Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 60: 341-344. Kennedy, C. H. 1915a. Notes on the life history and ecology of the dragonflies (Odonata) of Washington and Oregon. Proc. United States Nat. Mus. 49: 259-345. — . 1915b. Interesting western Odonata. Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 8: 297- 303. Lieftinck, M. A. 1 939. On the true position of the genus Orolestes McLach., with notes on O. wallacei (Kirby), its habits and life-history (Odon., Lestid.). Treubia 17: 45-6 1 . — . 1953. The larval characters of the Protoneuridae (Odon.), with special reference to the genus Selysioneura Forster, and with notes on other Indo-Australian genera. Treubia. 21: 641-684. Loibl, E. 1958. Zur ethologie und biologie der deutschen Lestiden (Odonata). Z. Tier- psychol. 15: 54-81. Lutz, P. E. and A. R. Pittman.1968. Oviposition and early developmental stages of Lestes eurinus (Odonata: Lestidae). American Midi. Nat. 80: 43-51. Nielsen, C. 1954. Notule Odonatologiche II. Notizie sul Gen. Lestes Leach. Boll. 1st. Ent. Univ. Bologna. 20: 65-80. Robert, P. A. 1958. Les Libellules (Odonates). Delachaux and Niestle, Neuchatel. 364pp. St. Quentin, D. 1962. Der eilegeapparat der Odonaten. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere. 51: 165- 189. Williamson, E. B. 1931. Archilestes grandis (Ramb.) in Ohio (Odonata: Agrionidae). Ent. News. 42: 63-64. 2.0036 Oviposition in Archilestes grandis (Rambur) (Odonata: Lestidae). Abstract.- A population of Archilestes grandis (Rambur) in Oklahoma oviposited in tandem between 0951 and 1545 hours entirely in nonaquatic plants including: Platanus petioles, 13m above the surface, and stems of species of Eupatorium, Rurnex, Monarda, Erigeron, and Verbena. At all sites, no fallen prolarva would have been more than .7 m from water. During oviposi- tion the female's abdomen always remained between her legs as she moved backward 1-2 mm per min, producing incisions in an approximately straight line and depositing an average of 10 eggs per incision in Rumex, with a large central pith, 1-2 in Platanus petioles without a large pith. The longest Oviposition time recorded, including exploration, was 159 min; maximum egg production was 149 in 58 min. Because oviposition was frequent by June 15, and eggs hatched after only 16 days under almost natural conditions, the population pro- bably overwinters in late larval stages.- George H. Bick and Juanda C. Bick, Biology Department, Saint Mary's College, Notre Dame, Indiana 46556. Descriptors: Odonata; Lestidae; Archilestes grandis', oviposition in nonaquatic plants. 164 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 3.0044 A self-maintaining window trap for collecting flying insects.- Window flight traps have been used as a relative method of sampling flying insects for a number of years. Chapman and Kinghorn (1955) introduced one of the original designs, consisting of a pane of glass sipported vertically over a trough of preservative. Insect flying against the glass drop into the preservative and are periodically removed. The original design has been modi- fied by reducing the size of the trap as well as providing a means of collecting live speci- mens. Ethylene glycol has been used also as a temporary preservative where evaporation loss was important (Nijholt and Chapman, 1968). Window traps described by these authors require a certain amount of frequent maintenance in the form of replenishing preservative and removing rain water from the trap. Often an entire sample is lost by the overflowing of the trough due to rain. The window trap can be rendered easily maintenance free by provid- ing an automatic drain and using a preservative which is of low volitility and nonmiscible in but lighter than water. The automatic drain system consists of an inverted U-shaped siphon positioned at the end of the trap with one arm inside and the other outside the trough. The arm inside the trough should reach to within one-half inch of the bottom of the trap (Fig. 1). The outside arm should be of the same length or shorter than the inside arm. A layer of preser- vative is added to the trap at the beginning of the study. During rain storms the water accumulates in the bottom of the trough raising the level of the preservative. When the preservative reaches the level of the top of the drain, water will then siphon from the bottom of the trough until the level of the preservative again drops below the top of the drain. Captured insect specimens float in the layer of preservative and are not lost when ex- cess rain water siphons out. Kerosene is a suitable preservative, if captured insect specimens are removed period- ically. If kerosene is used, the insect specimens will require cleaning, which can be accomp- lished by rinsing with dioxane and preserving in alcohol. We have found this modified window trap suitable for collecting most orders of fly- ing insects with the exception of Lepidoptera, which are extensively damaged by the kero- sene preservative. Literature cited.- Chapman, J. A. and J. M. Kinghorn. 1955. Window flight traps for insects. Canadian Ent. 87: 46-47; Nijholt, W. W. and J. A. Chapman. 1968. A flight trap for collecting living insects. Canadian Ent. 100: 1151-1153.- Robert N. Coulson, Texas A. & M. University, Texas Forest Service, P. O. Box 310, Lufkin, Texas 75901, Rudolph T. Franklin, and D. A. Crossley, Jr., Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30601. Accepted for publication May 12, 1970. Descriptors: Collection technique; window trap; flight trap; sampling technique. Figure 1. The modified self -maintaining window flight trap showing automatic si- phon system. [3.0037] PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF SARCOPHAGIDAE (DIPTERA) OF KENTUCKY1 R. W. RUM MEL and F. W. KNAPP2.3 The family Sarcophagidae is a group within the Order Diptera comprising some 48 genera and 327 species in America north of Mexico (Stone et al., 1965). There is considerable diversity within this family, the adults of which are commonly called Flesh Flies. So far as known the females are ovoviviparous, depositing larvae rather than eggs. Various species of the family are associated with manure, while others are associated with decaying organic matter. Other species of the group are either facultative or obligate parasites. These species may produce certain types of intestinal or cutaneous myiasis. The family in- cludes species which are parasitic on lower animals including other insects. Little work has been done on this group in Kentucky. Dr. Lee H. Town- send, Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, had previously (1939-1952) collected 5 Kentucky species which were not taken in this survey. His specimens are in the collections of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington. MATERIALS AND METHODS This survey was accomplished primarily by the use of fly bait traps. Ten modified USDA traps (Schoof, 1952) were constructed for this study. The basis of this trap was a metal cylinder 6 in. in diameter and 9 in. tall (Fig. 1). The cylinder itself consisted of a piece of galvanized stove pipe with a removable 'The investigation reported in this paper, no. 70-7-3, is in connection with a project of the Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station and is published with the approval of the Director. Accepted for publication March 13, 1970. 2 Graduate Assistant (present address: Department of Entomology, Virginia Poly- technic Institute, Research Division, Blacksburg) and Associate Professor respectively. 3 Appreciation is expressed to H. Rodney Dodge formerly at Washington State Uni- versity, Pullman, and to Raymond J. Gagn6 of the Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA for identifying the male Sarcophagidae collected. Ent. News, 81: 165-169, 1970 165 166 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 screen top. A cone made from a circular piece of screen wire 8.5 in. in diameter with a % in. hole cut from the center was fitted into the bottom of the trap. A triangular section with a 6 in. base and a height of 4/4 in. was cut from one side of the screen. The straight sides of the screen were soldered together to form the cone which was fitted into the bottom of the trap and soldered there. The base of the trap was extended 2 in. by the addition of a strip of V& in. mesh hardware cloth. This prevented the cylinder of the trap from sitting flush against the ground, thereby preventing the flies from entering. The mesh hard- ware cloth also protected the bait from scavenging animals. A metal stand 25 in. tall and having a metal cross-piece 15 in. from the base supported the trap. The metal cross-piece was used to push the stand into the ground. The trap was secured to the stand by a metal loop. Traps baited with sheep or horse liver were used to do most of the collect- ing and to determine the seasonal occurrence of the species. Other baits tried included decaying fruits such as apples and bananas, beer, ammonia, and a malt mixture consisting of 1 part hop malt, 2 parts water, and 1/8 oz of Fleischman's active dry yeast. All locations were baited with liver. In addition, the locations were irreg- ularly baited with all other baits. In the collection notes for the individual species, the omission of a bait indicates that it was ineffective. Collections of flies from the traps were made daily from April through August of 1966 and 1967 with irregular collections made through October pri- marily in Fayette County, Kentucky, however, some collections were made in other areas of the state. The captured flies were killed by placing them in a clos- ed chamber containing carbon tetrachloride. The chamber was a durable, cylin- drical, cardboard container large enough to hold the entire trap plus a small con- tainer of carbon tetrachloride in the bottom. After collection the specimens were returned to the laboratory for sorting and identification. It was necessary to expose the genitalia of the males for them to be identified. This was sometimes difficult because of the tendency of the specimens to dry when several hours were required to return to the labora- tory. This problem was overcome by Tindale's method for using chlorocresol in field collecting (Tindale, 1962). By employing this technique the specimens could be maintained in a relaxed condition for long periods of time. Only the males were identified owing to the difficulty in identification of the females. The technique used in spreading the genitalia was that described by Aldrich(1916). Larval specimens also were obtained from various types of breeding media. Infested dead animals, such as rabbits, squirrels, oppossums, snakes, and manure found in fields or along roadsides were brought to the laboratory and caged until Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 167 Table 1. Species of male Sarcophagidae collected and their relative abundance Species Percent of Total Males Collected Oxysarcodexia ventricosa (Wulp) Sarcophaga utilis Aldrich Ravinia derelicta (Walker) Ravinia Iherminieri (Robineau-Desvoidy) Sarcophaga sarracenioidcs Aldrich Sarcophaga bullata Parker Helicobia rapax (Walker) Blaesoxipha impar (Aldrich) Ravinia querla (Walker) Sarcophaga haemorrhoidalis (Fallen) Sarcophaga crassipalpis Macquart Boettcheria cimbicis (Townsend) Blaesoxipha basalts (Walker) Oxysarcodexia galeata (Aldrich) Ravinia latisetosa Parker 62.62 10.59 4.67 4.05 3.12 2.49 2.49 2.49 1.87 1.87 1.25 1.25 0.62 0.31 0.31 Do Not . of thtomofoqy U. of Ky. 2 52 -£000 2735 fi Figure 1 . Fly bait trap. 168 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 the adult flies emerged. A sweep net was used on vegetation and in places where adult Sarcophagidae were suspected to occur. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION By the method of collection in the present survey a total of 37,393 Diptera specimens from four families were collected. Of this total number, Calliphoridae ranked first (20,728 specimens), Muscidae second (8,011 speci- mens), and Anthomyiidae third (4,461 specimens). Sarcophagidae ranked fourth (4,193 specimens), comprising 11.2% of the total number of Diptera collected, and males comprised 7.65% (321 specimens) of the Sarcophagidae collected. In the present survey 15 species4 of the family Sarcophagidae as determined from males only were collected. Their relative abundance is shown in Table 1 and in the following list. Saicophaga Meigen S. utilis Aldrich.- This species accounted for 10.59% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected. It was collected from May through September from traps baited either with liver, banana, or malt mixture. S. sarracenioides Aldrich.- Accounted for 3.12% of the total number of male Sarco- phagidae collected; collected from May through September from traps baited with liver. S. haemonhoidalis (Fallen).- Accounted for 1.87% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected; collected only during the early part of the summer before the middle of June; also collected only from traps baited with liver. This species is capable of producing intestinal myiasis in man. S. crassipalpis Macquart.— Accounted for 1.25% of the total number of male Sarco- phagidae collected; collected only during the months of August, September, and October, and only by sweeping. S. bullata Parker.- This species accounted for 2.49% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected; collected early in the season and only from traps baited with liver. Ravinia Robineau-Desvoidy R. (Chaetoravinia) derelicta (Walker).- This species accounted for 4.67% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected. It was collected in large numbers throughout the months of June, July, August, and September; collected by trapping either with liver, banana, beer, or malt mixture. R. (Chaetoravinia) latisetosa Parker.- Comprised 0.31% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected; collected only early in the season from traps utilizing liver as the bait. R. (Ravinia) Iherminieri (Robineau-Desvoidy).- Comprised 4.05% of the total num- ber of male Sarcophagidae collected; collected from June through September from traps 4Five additional species were collected earlier (1939-1952) by Dr. Lee H. Town- send: Ravinia pusiola (Wulp); R. ochracea (Aldrich); Boettcheria latisterna (Parker); B. bisetosa Parker, and Blaesoxipha hamata (Aldrich). Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 169 baited either with liver, banana, or malt mixture. R. (Ravinia) querla (Walker).- Comprised 1.87% of the total number of male Sar- cophagidae collected; collected from June through August in traps baited either with liver, banana, or malt mixture. Oxysarcodexia Townsend O. (Oxysarcodexia) ventricosa (Wulp).- This species accounted for 62.62% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected. It was collected throughout the summer from traps baited with either liver, banana, or malt mixture. O. (Oxysarcodexia) galeata (Aldrich).- Comprised 0.31% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected; collected only early in the season from traps baited with liver. Helicobia Coquillett H. rapax (Walker).- This species accounted for 2.49% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected. It was collected throughout the summer from traps baited either with liver, banana, or malt mixture. Blaesoxiphia Loew B. (Kellymia) impar (Aldrich).- This species accounted for 2.49% of the total num- ber of male Sarcophagidae collected. It was collected during the early part of the season from traps baited either with liver, banana, or malt mixture. B. (Spirobolomyia) basalis (Walker).- Comprised 0.62% of the male Sarcophagidae collected; collected in the early part of the season from trap s baited with the malt mixture. Boettcheria Parker B. cimbicis (Townsend).- This species accounted for 1.25% of the total number of male Sarcophagidae collected; collected only during April and from traps baited with liver. Literature Cited Aldrich, J. M. 1916. Sarcophaga and allies in North America. Entomological Society of America, Thomas Say Foundation, vol. 1, 302 pp., 16 pis. Stone, A. et al. (eds.). 1965. A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. United States Dep't. Agric. Handbk. no. 276, 1696 pp. (Pp. 933-961). Tindale, N. B. 1962. The chlorocresol method for field collecting. J. Lepidopt. Soc. 15(3): 195-197. 2.0037 Preliminary survey of Sarcophagidae (Diptera) of Kentucky. Abstract.- A survey based on collections from fly bait traps utilizing liver as the primary bait is reported. Banana, beer, ammonia, and a mixture consisting of malt, yeast, and water also were used as baits. The traps were operated from April through August of 1966 and 1967 and were located primarily in Fayette County, Kentucky. The seasonal occurrence of the various collected species was recorded also. Fifteen species were collected: Oxysarcodexia ventri- cosa Wulp, O. galeata (Aldrich), Sarcophaga utilis Aldrich, S. bullata Parker, S. haemor- rhoidalis (Fallen), 5. crassipalpis Macquart, S. sarracenioidcs Aldrich, Ravinia dcrelicta (Wal- ker), R. Iherminieri (Robineau-Desvoidy), R. qucrula (Walker), R. latisetosa Parker, Heli- cobia rapax (Walker), Blaesoxipha impar (Aldrich), B. basalis (Walker), and Boettcheria cimbicis (Townsend).- R. W. Rummel, Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Va. 24061 and F. W. Knapp, Department of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. 40506. Descriptors: Diptera; Sarcophagidae; bait traps; Kentucky. 170 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and articles received and of special interest to entomologists The con tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical re-views may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has been previously noted here. — Ed. Hymenoptera Malyshev, S. I. 1968. Genesis of the Hymenoptera and the phases of their evolution. [Translated by the National Lending Library for Science and Technology, edited by O. W. Richards and Boris Uvarov, Methuen and Co., London.] Barnes and Noble, Inc., N. Y. (translation), viii + 319 p., illus. Cloth, $ 10.00. This is a translation from the Russian which reads as smoothly as if originally written in English. It describes the supposed origin of the Hymenoptera in Mecoptera-like ancestors living on decaying plant tissues through all the progressive stages of evolution to plant feeders, gall makers, inquilines in galls, the development of parasitoid phases in several different branches of the order and finally to nest builders and in the bees a reversion to stocking nests with plant foods. The publication is sufficiently detailed to consider the differences in the biology of different species within the same genus. This book is the last publication of Professor Malyshev who spent a long lifetime (1911 to 1966) studying and publishing on the paths of evolution in the Hymenoptera which are undoubtedly more varied and diverse than in any other order of insects. The translation, published posthumously has been edited by the distinguished English entomol- ogists, Professor O. W. Richards and Sir Boris Uvarov. The book is based in part on Maly- shev's own extensive research, supported by reviews of several hundred other research arti- cles on the biology of diverse groups, many of which occupy quite specialized nitches in the environment and in their totality covering all large areas of the world. The reviews include the work of numerous Russian workers hitherto relatively unknown to entomologists out- side of Russia. Two very valuable features of this book are the indices, (1) to authors, and (2) to names of insect species, genera, and families. To this reviewer the arguments presented for the course of evolution in the biology and habits of the many diverse groups are exceedingly well presented, and in general most convincing, although in some instances Malyshev has taken a position quite different from other well-known students of Hymenoptera. One small criticism of the book is that despite the scores of text references to sources, sometimes these are not present. This is the case in one area in which the reviewer has had direct experience. On pages 1 19 and 120, Tiphia popilliavora is stated to be a North American species and a parasite on species of the genus Amphirnallon. This is not a North American species and has never been reared on species of the genus Amphimallon. It is, however, an eastern Asiatic species, parasitic on species of the genus Popillia. Original work on its biology was done in Japan and Korea and was published by Clausen and co-workers. My only criticism of the book is that a few of the photographic reproductions lack satis- factory sharpness. -H. W. Allen. (Continued on page 1 76. J [3.0049] A KEY TO THE DRYOPID GENERA OF THE NEW WORLD (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea)1 HARLEY P. BROWN2 INTRODUCTION Seven genera representing the family Dryopidae have thus far been report- ed from the Western Hemisphere. Of these, only three are common and widely- distributed within the hemisphere: Dryops, Helichus, and Pelonomus. These three occur within the United States, and are included in the keys of Arnett (1963), Leech and Chandler (1963), and Leech and Sanderson (1959). All of these keys are satisfactory for the species within the United States, but none of them will serve for some of the Neotropical species, as is evident from the re- marks by Hinton (1937a) concerning the characters used by Musgrave (1935) to separate Dryops from Helichus. Furthermore, no one has published a key in- cluding the other four genera. One is needed, hence this attempt. Blackwelder (1944) lists the species recorded to that date, with an indica- tion as to the country from which each was described. His extensive biblio- graphy (1957) provides citations of the original descriptions of all such species, so I shall not duplicate the references or species list here. The genus Lutrochus listed by Blackwelder is now placed in the family Limnichidae (cf. Hinton, 1939), and the species he listed under the genus Parygrus should be transferred to the genus Helichus (Hinton, 1936a). I have had no opportunity to examine specimens of Protoparnus, Sostea, or Sost eamorphus , so the characters relating to these genera in the key below are extracted solely from the literature. The only feature I note in Pascoe's (1860) description of the genus Sostea or elsewhere that really distinguishes it from the genus Helichus is the large, laminate basal segment of the antenna (Fig. 1), which he further describes thus: ". . . when in repose it appears to act as a Accepted for publication June 3, 1970. 2 Department of Zoology and Stovall Museum of Science and History, University of Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman, Oklahoma 73069. Ent. News, 81: 171-175, 1970 171 1 72 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 valve, closing in entirely the rest of this organ. . ." (the antenna). If this applies to the Brazilian species as well as to the southeastern Asiatic species examined by Pascoe, it should suffice, for it certainly does not fit the species of Helichus I have seen or found described. In Helichus, the second segment of the antenna is typically much more inflated than the first, tending to enclose the segments beyond it, rather than to be covered by the first (Fig. 2). However, Hinton (1937b) remarked that there seemed to be no good character for separating these two genera, so the antennal character used here may be invalid. KEY TO NEW WORLD GENERA OF THE FAMILY DRYOPIDAE 1. Hind wings absent 2 Hind wings present 3 2(1). Pronotum with median longitudinal impression; elytral intervals coarsely tuberculate (1 sp. from Chile) Sosteamorphus Hinton 1936 Pronotum without median longitudinal impression; elytral intervals not tuberculate (1 sp. from St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles; 4 spp. from New Zealand) Protoparnus Sharp 1883 3(1). Pronotum with a sublateral longitudinal carina or virtually complete sulcus on each side 4 Pronotum without sublateral carinae or nearly complete sulci 5 4(3). Hairs on pronotum and elytra sparse and inconspicuous; pronotum with sublateral carinae; margin of each elytron with a densely pubescent depression at about apical fourth (1 sp. from Panama, 1 from Venezuela, 1 from Mexico) Elmoparnus Sharp 1882 Pronotum and elytra densely and conspicuously pubescent; pronotum usually with sublateral sulci; margin of elytron without pubescent depression at apical fourth (ca. 21 spp. ranging from southern United States to Chile and Brazil; many Old World spp., of which 1 has become established in eastern Canada, probably ex- tending into parts of Maine) Dryops Olivier 1791 5(3). Second segment of antenna dilated or produced into an earlike structure which may partially enclose apical segments 6 Second segment of antenna not thus dilated; dorsum typically pubescent, with con- spicuous erect hairs (ca. 12 spp. from central United States to Argentina; also in Old World) Pelonomus Erichson 1847 6(5). Basal segment of antenna laminate, distinctly larger than second segment, may cover all other segments when antenna is withdrawn (Fig. 1 ) (3 spp. from Brazil; many spp. from Madagascar to Philippines) Sostea Pascoe 1860 Basal segment of antenna not laminate, usually smaller and less inflated than second segment (Fig. 2) (ca. 26 spp. from Canada to Argentina; many spp. in Old World). Helichus Erichson 1847 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 173 COMMENTS For the four genera that do not extend into North America, the specimens reported to date from the entire New World are: Protoparnus , 1; Sostea- morphus, 6; Sostea, 2 of 1 species, 1 each of 2 species; Elmoparn us, 2 of the species from Panama, "a few" of that from Venezuela, and 1 of a species from Mexico which I am describing elsewhere. In view of the abundance and wide- spread distribution of Helichus, Dryops, and Pelonomus, it is surprising that the Figures 1-2. Fig. 1. Antenna of Sostea westwoodii from Borneo, with segments numbered. (Redrawn from Fig. 6 of Pascoe, 1860). Fig. 2. Antenna of Helichus suturalis from Oklahoma, with segments numbered. Ventral aspect of left antenna of male. Seg- ments 3-8 may be withdrawn beneath part of segment 2. remaining genera should be so rare. A single collection of any of these three often includes more specimens than the total sum of all reported specimens of the other four genera combined. For example, I have taken more than 18 speci- mens of Helichus in 55 collections. Nor is this attributable to overwhelming success of any single species, for 10 different species of Helichus are represented by 19 or more specimens in a single collection. In contrast, I have collected about 35,000 specimens of Neotropical dryopoids, working carefully in stream habitats in many localities of Central America, the West Indies, and northern South America, and have taken but a single specimen representing any of the four rare genera: one of Elmoparnus from a small cataract in southeastern Mexi- co. Since both adults and larvae of such genera as Sostea are terrestrial, it is per- haps not surprising that I should fail to collect them. Obviously, I have not worked in the proper habitat. Perhaps a major reason for the apparent rarity of these beetles is simply that we do not know much about them and their ecology. In the case of Sosteamorphus, for example, we know nothing more than the 174 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 country from which the specimens were taken-nothing even of locality or date. It is to be hoped that anyone who knowingly collects any representatives of these genera will report not only locality and date, but details of the micro- habitat and observations upon behavior. Perhaps it goes without saying that I should greatly appreciate specimens of (and data concerning) any of these genera. Literature Cited Arnett, R. H., Jr. 1963. The beetles of the United States. Catholic University of America Press, Washington, D. C. xi, 1112 pp. Blackwelder, R. E. 1944. Checklist of the Coleopterous Insects of Mexico, Central Amer- ica, the West Indies, and South America, part 2. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 185: 189-341. . 1957. Checklist of the Coleopterous Insects of Mexico, Central Amer- ica, the West Indies, and South America, part 6. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 185: i-vii, 927-1492. Erichson, W. F. 1847. Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands, Abt. 1, Coleoptera, vol. 3, Lief. 4: 481-640. Hinton, H. E. 1936a. Synonymical and other notes on the Dryopidae (Coleoptera). Ent. Mon. Mag. 72: 54-58. . 1936b. Descriptions of new genera and species of Dryopidae (Coleoptera). Trans. Ent. Soc. London 85: 415-434. 1937a. Helichus immsi, sp. n., and notes on other North American species of the genus. Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 30:317-323. 1937b. Descriptions of new Brazilian Dryopidae and distributional records of others. Ent. Mon. Mag. 73: 6-12. 1939. An inquiry into the natural classification of the Dryopoidea, based partly on a study of their internal anatomy (Col.). Trans. Ent. Soc. London 89: 133- 184. Leech, H. B. and H. P. Chandler. 1963. Aquatic Coleoptera, chapter 13, pp. 293-371. In R. L. Usinger, Aquatic Insects of California. University of California Press, Berke- ley, ix, 508 pages. Leech, H. B. and M. W. Sanderson. 1959. Coleoptera. Chapter 38, pages 981-1023. In W. T. Edmondson, Fresh-water Biology, 2nd ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York. xx, 1248 pages. Musgrave, P. N. 1935. A synopsis of the genus Helichus Erichson in the United States and Canada, with description of a new species (Coleoptera: Dryopidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. 37: 137-145. Olivier, A. G. 1791. Encyclopedic methodique. Histoire naturalle. Insects, vol. 6 (pt. 1): 1-368. Pascoe, F. P. 1860. Notice of new or little-known genera and species of Coleoptera. Part I. J.Ent. 1: 36-64. Sharp, D. 1882. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera. Haliplidae, Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae, Hydrophilidae, Heteroceridae, Parnidae, Georissidae, Cyathoceridae. Vol. l,pt. 2: 1-144. . 1883. Some new species and genera of Coleoptera from New Zealand. Ent. Mon. Mag. 20: 23-27. Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 1 75 2.0049 A key to the Dryopid genera of the New World (Coleoptera, Dryopoidea). Abstract. -To date, 7 genera represent the family Dryopidae in the Western Hemisphere. Dryops, Helichus, and Pelonomus are common, widely distributed, and represented by many species. Protoparnus and Sosteamorphus are each represented by but one species reported once from but a single locality. Sostea and Elmoparnus are each represented by 3 species, each of which is rare and known from no more than 2 localities. No key has pre- viously been published covering these genera. Such a key is presented, based in part upon characters drawn solely from the literature.-Harley P. Brown, Department of Zoology and Stovall Museum of Science and History, University of Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Nor- man, Oklahoma 73069. Descriptors: Coleoptera; Dryopoidea; Dryopidae. genera of Dryopoidae; key; New World. 176 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 (Continued from p. 1 70.) Identification Aids Orthoptera Strohecker, H. F., W. W. Middlekauff, and D. C. Rentz. 1968. The grasshoppers of Calif- fornia (Orthoptera, Acridoidea). Bull California Ins. Surv. 10. 177 p. Keys to the California acridoids with descriptive and distributional material. Neuroptera Stange, Lionel A. 1970. Revision of the ant-lion tribe Brachynemurini of North America (Neuroptera: Myrmeleontidae). Univ. California Publ. Ent., 55: 1-192. Paper $ 5.50. Includes all of the known species in the United States and Mexico, plus information on their biology. Diptera Cole, Frank R. (with the collaboration of Evert I. Schlinger). 1970. The flies of Western North America. Univ. California Press, Berkeley, xi + 693 p. Cloth, $ 25.00. This large work is essentially a compilation from the literature-only a few families such as the Acroceridae and Cecidomyidae were revised especially for the work. The lengthy introduction defines the area studied and discusses its ecology, biogeography, life zones, etc. There is also a short section on Geologic history and a lengthy discussion of general anatomy. The key to families is modified from that in Brues and Melander (1932). Each family treatment contains keys to subfamily (if necessary) and to genera. Under each genus the original citation is given and there is a listing and some discussion of the western species which fall in that particular genus. There are no keys to species and it would be very difficult to identify species with this work. The illustrations, particularly the full figures by Dr. Cole, are very good and are well reproduced. A great many are reproduced from Curran's Manual. This book was many years in preparation and consequently some of the families or subgroups have been more recently revised but this would be true of any compilation of this kind. Since the source of each key is given the reader can refer back to the original work and is aware of the date of the key in question. One unfortunate error has occurred in the table (p. 100) comparing the Townes— Jo- hannsen classification of the Chironomidae with that of Freeman. The lines below Limno- phyes through Tanytarsus in the second column do not correspond to their equivalents in column 1. The reader should consult the table on p. 143 of the Catalogue of North Ameri- can Diptera. The closing sections of the volume consist of a glossary, selected bibliography and an index to families, subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species.-S. S. Roback. [3.0042] A NEW PHOLISORA WITH NOTES ON P. alpheus (Edw.) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)1 C. DON MacNEILL2 This paper provides a name for a species of Pholisora for use in several other works currently in preparation. This new species is the third member of the closely related group designated by Dyar (1905: 118) as the genus Hesper- opsis. These three species are fundamentally similar with respect to wing mark- ings, secondary sexual characteristics, genitalic structure of males, and egg morphology, in striking contrast to the two remaining species of Pholisora (which also are vastly divergent from one another). This unit, recognized by Dyar, comprises at least a subgenus Hesperopsis Dyar and includes Pholisora ( Hesperopsis ) alpheus (Edw.), P. (H.) libya (Scud.) and P. (H.) gracielae, new species. P. (H.) gracielae is very closely related to P. alpheus with which it has been confused in the literature. This paper will consider only these two species of this subgenus but polytypic P. libya is also in need of distributional scrutiny in the future. Pholisora gracielae, NEW SPECIES (Figures 1,2,5,6) Diagnosis: This is a small species with very long palpi. The forewings above usually have a post-discal sigmoid series of poorly defined, short blackish spots, which are scarcely elongate wedge-shaped, running from the soiled white subapical spots to the vannal margin. The hindwings above usually have a pale brown or buff curved band of spots extending from the cell end to the vannal fold, and a less conspicuous submarginal series of poorly defined separated buff spots. The lower surface of the hindwing has a conspicuous curved series of white spots separated by dark veins extending from the end of the cell to the vannal fold, which is contrastingly gray overscaled. The submarginal white spots are usu- 1 Accepted for publication May 4, 1970. 2 Division of Natural Sciences, Oakland Museum, Oakland, California 94607. Ent. News, 81: 177-184 111 178 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 ally well developed only on the vannal one-half of the wing, and are never more prominent than the discal series of curved white spots. The length of the fore- wing of males ranges from 9 mm to 1 1.5 mm; that of the females from 10 mm to 12 mm. The species is named for my wife, who was a great help to me during all phases of this study. Figures 1-2. Adults of Pholisora. Top tier, P. gracielae (spring); second tier, P. gracielae (fall); third tier, P. alpheus alpheus; bottom tier, P. alpheus oricus. Fig. 1, upper side, males left, females right. Fig. 2, lower side, males left, females right. Holotype MALE: Head with palpi long, projecting forward from below center of eye a distance greater than greatest width of head. Upper surface of forewing brown, liberally dusted with buff overscaling. Subapical spots sullied white and not prominent, their pro- ximal margin defined by a minute curved blackish line continuing as a sigmoid series of ill- defined small dark spots, not wedge-shaped, to the vannal margin, and enclosing in spaces 2, 4, and 5 obscure buff spots. Fringe brownish buff, obscurely checkered with dark brown. Forewing length: 10 mm. Hindwing dark blackish brown with buff overscaling restricted to vannal fold, a submarginal series of vague pale spots on vannal one-half of wing, and an ill- defined curved pale band from cell to vannal fold. Fringe brownish buff, obscurely check- ered with dark brown. Lower surface of hindwing dark brown, densely overscaled with buff. Submarginally with a series of poorly defined white spots gradually becoming obso- Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 179 lete on the costal one-half of the margin. A curved series of white spots extends from end of cell to vannal fold, and in mid cell is one white dot. Vannal fold buffy gray. Genitalia with caudal process of valva very slender, directed laterally, and slightly ventrad, the ter- minal portion flattened horizontally by disto-lateral position of subterminal wings. Penis with caudal bevel prolonged, the ventral tip exceeding the dorsal portion by a distance much greater than caudal diameter of penis. Allotype FEMALE: Much as in male but upper surface of forewing paler with dark markings more distinct, especially the discal series through middle of cell, and a small sub- basal dark spot in cell. End of cell defined by vague pale bar. The sigmoid series of dark spots running from subapicaJ spots to vannal margin conspicuous, a few short wedge-shaped, and several enclosing small pale buff spots. Forewing length: 10 mm. Hindwing dark brown, less blackish than in male, and with pale spots buff-white and better defined. Lower surface of hindwing as in male but with white spots more sharply defined. Material examined: HOLOTYPE, male: CALIFORNIA, San Bernardino Co., Bennett Wash, vicinity Parker Dam, IV-22-51 (C. D. MacNeill). ALLOTYPE, female: same data as holotype. PARATYPES: 92 specimens as follows: same data as holotype, 10 males, 2 fe- males; CALIFORNIA, San Bernardino Co., nr. Earp, IV-29-49 (C. D. MacNeill) 1 male, 5 fe- males; 10 mi. n.e. Earp, IV-18-64 (Langston and MacNeill) 35 males, 1 female; Needles, IV- 17-64 (Langston and MacNeill) 3 males, 3 females; Riverside Co., Ely the, IV-10-21, 1 male; nr. Blythe, IV-27-49 (C. D. MacNeill) 2 males, 1 female; Blythe, VII-8-56 (A. Menke, Jr.) 1 female; ARIZONA, Yuma Co., Colorado R. at Parker, IV-18-64 (Langston and MacNeill) 21 males, 6 females. The holotype and allotype will be deposited in the collection of the California Acad- emy of Sciences. Paratypes will be placed in the collections of the following institutions and individuals: California Academy of Sciences, Los Angeles County Museum, American Museum of Natural History, California Insect Survey, J. M. Burns, H. A. Freeman, K. C. Hughs, R. O. Kendell, R. L. Langsron, C. D. MacNeill, K. Roever, and J. W. Tilden. In addition to the type material, 37 males and 8 females of the spring brood (dated April and May) from the Imperial Valley of southern California have been examined, and 43 males and 11 females of the late summer brood have been seen. These represrnt local- ities from near Parker in Yuma Co., Arizona, south to Yuma, and in the Imperial Valley of California. Dates of collection of these specimens extend from late July to October. DISCUSSION Adults of P. gracielae representing the late summer and fall brood are noticably much darker insects, particularly the males. In these the upper surface may be almost entirely unmarked, with even the subapical pale spots absent. The slightly curved band of pale spots extending from the end of the cell to the pale vannal fold on the lower surface of the hindwing may be the only whitish spots on males of this late brood, although this band is usually suggested on the upper surface in lighter brown. On the upper surface of the forewing P. gracielae differs from P. alpheus in that the post-discal sigmoid series of black marks are short, generally not con- spicuously elongated into slender wedge-shaped dashes. The overscaling is buff in color, not white, and it is especially prominent in females where the nonde- script black markings are contrasting. The pale spots of the forewing are usually 180 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 buff, not white, and the fringes of both wings are obscurely buff and dark brown or black checkered. The lower surface of the hindwing is usually distinctive in that the curved series of whitish spots running from the cell end to the pale van- nal fold is at least as prominent as the submarginal series of pale spots. This latter is generally poorly developed and the spots become obsolete on the costal one-half of the wing. The palpi are generally distinctly longer in P. gracielae than in P. alpheus. The male genitalia are very similar to those of P. alpheus. The long caudal process of the valva extends backward in a curve directed laterally as in P. alpheus, but the minute subterminal wing of that process which gives the tip a flattened aspect, is located laterally and the consequent horizon- tally flattened tip tends to be directed very slightly ventrad (see fig. 6). This Figures 3-5. Head and palpi of Pholisora males, dorsal aspect. Fig. 3, P. alpheus alpheus; Fig. 4, P. alpheus oricus; Fig. 5, P. gracielae (Holotype). condition seems to obtain only in certain populations of P. alpheus which, how- ever, are superficially quite unlike P. gracielae. Because of the laterally divergent arc these processes demonstrate in both species, the additional dorsal or ventral deflection of the tip is difficult to ascertain once the genitalic parts have been separated after dissection. This critical deflection is relative to the position of the valvae in situ, and it is essential to compare these structures from the same lateral viewing angle. Therefore, it is difficult to determine from the numerous published illustrations of "P. alpheus" genitalia the actual identity of the species figured. Pholisora gracielae has been figured as P. alpheus by Comstock (1927) (late summer brood) and his (1929) reference to the early stages of P. alpheus refers to P. gracielae. This species is very closely associated with the larval food plant, Atriplex lentiformis (although Comstock gives A. expansa as the food plant), a very large shrub that forms dense thickets as a sub-riparian associate of the drainage sys- Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 181 terns of the lower Colorado River in Arizona, Nevada, California, and adjacent Mexico. It is here that P. gracielae occurs, and it is in such situations that this species demonstrates a distinctive behavioral characteristic. The flight of P. gracielae is very weak, a fluttering bouncy flight that is quite slow even when away from the larval food plant. Adults tend to remain well within the shrub- bery, where their flight is "moth-like", especially slow and weak, and their pro- gress from bush to bush seems to preferentially be restricted to a route through twiggery. They will select a course through a low and dense slash pile to tra- verse a small interspace between shrubs apparently in preference to a short pass- age in the open. Pholisora alpheus is generally a larger insect than is P. gracielae and there is less difference in wing markings between the sexes. The upper surface of the forewing in P. alpheus usually has conspicuous white subapical spots, and from these to the vannal margin is a series of elongate wedge-shaped dashes which, in females, may enclose several small white spots. The fringes may be nearly black- ish or distinctly checkered black and white. On the lower surface of the hind- wing there is generally a thin white bar at the end of the cell, and a submargina] series of small white spots which are always at least as prominent as any suggest- ed pale band between the cell end and the dark vannal fold. The palpi are rela- tively shorter than are those of P. gracielae. Pholisora alpheus is widely distri- buted in the arid west and demonstrates a considerable geographic differentia- tion through its range. At least two subspecies can be superficially recognized. The nominate subspecies, P. a. alpheus (figs. 1, 2, 3, 7) is a dark insect with little white overscaling on either the upper surface of the forewing or on the hindwing below. The tip of the caudal process of the valvae of males tends to be directed ventrally (in addition to the lateral curve) (see fig. 7) and the minute subterminal wing is almost ventral in position so the flattened tip of the process is somewhat obliquely vertical rather than horizontally oriented. Pholisora alpheus alpheus is evidently at least two brooded and individuals of the second brood are somewhat darker than earlier adults. The wing pattern is not obscured, however, in second brood adults. This subspecies ranges from Mexico into Texas, New Mexico, southern Arizona and probably eastern and southern Colorado. According to Roever (personal communication) this subspecies is associated with A triplex canescens in Arizona. In extreme southern Texas is a population of P. alpheus the adults of which are rather small and have wing markings curiously suggestive of P. gracie- lae. The palpi are shorter than are those of P. gracielae and though the wing features, particularly of females, resemble that species, they are in detail more characteristic of P. alpheus. The male genitalia are rather like those of northern and eastern populations of the following subspecies in that the caudal process of 182 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 the valva is horizontally flattened at the tip where it is directed slightly dorsad. The posterior tip of the penis is evidently variable, some examples having a long terminal bevel as in P. gracielae, and others having a more abrupt bevel as in most P. alpheus. This population is not typical of either P. alpheus alpheus or the following subspecies. Pholisora alpheus oricus Edwards (1879: 51) (NEW STATUS) (figs. 1, 2, 4, 8, 9, and 10) is a striking insect which appears quite different when fresh from any of the populations previously mentioned. Adults are usually large and have on the upper surface of the forewing a heavy vestiture of white overscaling, I mm. Figures 6-10. Male genitalia of Pholisora, left lateral aspect of uncus and gnathos, vinculum, and left valva. Fig. 6, P. gracielae (Type locality); Fig. 1,P. alpheus alpheus (Big Bend, Texas); Fig. 8, P. alpheus oricus (n.w. Utah) (vinculum and valva only); Fig. 9, P. alpheus oricus (w. Nevada) (vinculum and valva only); Fig. 10, P. alpheus oricus (s. Califor- nia). Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 183 particularly distal to the series of wedge-shaped spots where these are in effect outlined in white. The subapical spots are usually large and conspicuously white. The fringes of both wings are boldly black and white checkered. The lower surface of the hindwing appears grizzled owing to heavy white overscaling and the submarginal series of white spots is usually well developed. The male genitalia of the populations inhabiting the Mojave Desert of California are dis- tinctive in that the caudal process of the valve is terminally directed dorsad (see fig. 10), and the minute subterminal wing is almost dorsally placed causing the plane of the flattened tip to be almost vertical. This condition changes, how- ever, in the Great Basin, where the end of the caudal process, one might say, has "rotated" laterally so that the tip is only slightly, if at all, directed dorsad (see figs. 8 and 9), and the wing being lateral imparts a horizontal orientation to the flattened tip. It is in this feature that the genitalia most closely resemble those of P. gracielae but even so the tip is usually directed very slightly dorsad rather than slightly ventrad as in P. gracielae. Superficially the majority of these Great Basin adults entirely resemble those of the Mojave Desert. In central Arizona, northwestern New Mexico and central Colorado these populations should meet P. alpheus alpheus and both the wing characteristics and the features of the end of the valvae can be expected to change toward the condition typical of the nominate subspecies. This subspecies is evidently single brooded, adults being taken only from April to June. This subspecies ranges from the Mojave Desert of California, northward and eastward through Nevada, eastern Oregon, Utah, western Colorado, northern Arizona and extreme northwestern New Mexico. The food plant of this subspecies isAtriplex canescens and adults are not found far from this shrub. The flight behavior of this insect is direct, fairly rapid, and in general quite skipper-like when traveling. In the immediate vicinity of A. canescens the flight becomes somewhat erratic and hesitant, but adults show no desire to penetrate the shrubbery for long periods or to shun open space. Acknowledgments I am grateful to the following individuals for the loan of material in then- care or per- sonal collections: P. H. Arnaud (California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco); D. L. Bauer; F. M. Brown; J. M. Burns; P. J. Herlan;C. L. Hogue (Los Angeles County Museum); K. C. Hughes; R. O. Kendall; R. L. Langston; L. M. Martin (Los Angeles County Museum); J. A. Powell (California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley); K. Roever; J. A. Scott; O. E. Sette. For considerable help in the field with several populations of this com- plex I wish to thank the following people: R. L. Langston, D. D. Linsdalc, M. R. Lundgren, C. A. Tauber, and M. J. Tauber. The photographs were taken by Stennett Heaton of Oak- land, California, and his assistance is gratefully acknowledged. Finally, for rewarding dis- cussions and most fruitful suggestions I especially appreciate the counsel of John M. Burns, Jerry A. Powell, Kilian Roever, and O. Flton Sette. 184 Ent. News, Vol. 81, July 1970 Literature Cited Comstock, John Adams. 1927. Butterflies of California. J. A. Comstock, Los Angeles. . 1929. Studies in Pacific Coast Lepidoptera. Bull. Southern Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. 28(2): 22-31. Dyar, Harrison G. 1905. A review of the Hesperiidae of the United States. J. New York Ent. Soc. 13(3): 111-141. Edwards, W. H. 1879. Descriptions of new species of butterflies collected by Mr. H. K. Morrison, in Nevada, 1878; also, some remarks on some errors of synonymy and arrangement. Canadian Ent. 11(3): 49-56. 2.0042 A new Pholisora with notes on P. alpheus (Edw.) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Abstract.-The species P. alpheus (Edw.), P. libya (Scud.), and P. gracielae, NEW SPECIES, comprise the subgenus Hesperopsis Dyar of the genus Pholisora. The new species, P. gracielae, restricted to the lower Colorado River drainage, has as its principal distinguishing features very long palpi; forewings above usually with a post-discal sigmoid series of poorly defined, short blackish spots, which are scarcely elongate wedge-shaped, running from the soiled white subapical spots to the vannal margin. The hind wings above usually have a pale brown or buff curved band of spots extending from the cell end to the vannal fold, and a less conspicuous submarginal series of poorly defined separated buff spots. The lower surface of the hindwings has a conspicuous curved series of white spots separated by dark veins extending from the end of the cell to the vannal fold, which is contrastingly gray overscaled. The submarginal white spots are usually well developed only on the vannal one- half of the wing, and are never more prominent than the discal series of curved white spots. The length of the forewing of males ranges from 9 mm to 11.5 mm; that of the females from 10 mm to 12 mm. Type locality: Bennett Wash, vicinity Parker Dam, San Bernar- dino Co., California. Its closest relative is P. alpheus. The peculiarly retiring flight be- havior is characteristic of the new species, contrasting with the behavior in some populations of P. alpheus. The larval food plants of P. gracielae and P. alpheus are two different species of A triplex. Pholisora alpheus is polytypic and the name P. oricus Edwards is resurrected from the synonymy to apply to the Great Basin and Mojavian populations of P. alpheus. There is some further geographic differentiation between populations of P. alpheus oricus with respect to male genitalia.-C. Don MacNeill, Division of Natural Sciences, Oakland Museum, Oakland, California 94607. Descriptors: Lepidoptera; Hesperiidae; Pholisora; Hesperopsis; Pholisora gracielae; Pholisora alpheus alpheus; Pholisora alpheus oricus. MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans — A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymen- optera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews — A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeinae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox — A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel — A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel — A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro — Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lee D. Miller — The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoo- geography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley — The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heterop- tera) with the description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, Penna. (19103), U.S.A. The Entomologist' s Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three- lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month, to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Rare Beetles, Butterflies from all parts of the World offered. Write: Michael Monguillon, 7 rue Berryer, Paris 8e, France. For Sale: Determined beetles of all families from Middle Europe prepared for scientific study. O. Marek, Zamberk 831, Czechoslovakia. Russian Entomological Literature Translated into English. One cent per word plus postage. Dr. V. P. Gargav, Department of Entomology, Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur 4 (M.P.), India. Bonnet: Bibliographia Araneorum. Vol. I of this classic monograph, which is essential to all research on spiders, has been reprinted. 832 pp., bound. $30.00. En- tomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740, U. S. A. Sharp & Muir: The Comparative Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. The classic 1912 monograph and six other papers by the same authors have been reprinted. 304 pp., 43 pis., bound. $10.00. An essential book for all coleopterists. Entomological Society of America, 4603 Calvert Road, College Park, Maryland 20740. Bibliography of New Guinea Entomology (Gressitt and Szent-Ivany). Anno- tated, 6,140 references, through 1967; all fields of entomology: New Guinea, Bis- marcks, Solomons ; all subjects indexed. Pacific Insects Monogr. 18, 674 pp., map, 1968. $12.50 bound; $11.50 wrappers. Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818. For Sale: Goliath beetles, 14 different aberrations, 200 other species of beetles. Russell Dunn, Box 468, Sedona, Ariz. 86336. Wanted: Live spiders to photograph their eyes. Earl Broderick, 5305 Douglas Dr., Yakima, Washington 98902. Exchange Spanish Lepidoptera and Coleoptera. Pedro A. Talavera Torralba. Avd. Tirso de Molina, No. 1-4A, Cartagena (Murcia), Spain. Wanted: Beginning collector wishes any back date or duplicate ent. lit., or re- prints available fesp. on Coleopt.). Postage reimbursed. Also, to buy Dillon and Dillon, Manual of Common Beetles. Dennis H. Bartow, 601 Media Pky., Walling- ford, Pa. 19086. For sale: Copy of Blatchley's Coleoptera of Indiana, complete, front cover gone; Introduction to Entomology, 1st ed., 1924, poor condition. Send offer to Dr. R. C. Dobson, Dept. Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN. 47907. Oedemeridae: determined promptly from any part of the World. Ross H. Arnett, Jr. Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN 47907. Wanted: Customers; am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. For sale: Books, periodicals, and reprints from private medical entomology library. Cornelius B. Philip, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, MT 59840. AUGUST 1970 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS A TACHINID PARASITE OF FIREFLIES CURTIS W. SABR OS KY and BERNARD H.BRAUN, p. 185 STUDIES ON SOME FLIES TRAPPED IN THE BYRON BOG W. W. JUDD, p. 189 A NEW TREEHOPPER FROM WISCONSIN CLIFFORD J. DENNIS, p. 191 A LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION AND KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ACROCYUM (COLEOPTERA, CHRYSOMELIDAE) EDWARD C. MIGNOT, p. 195 A NEW SUBSPECIES OF PLEBEJUS SHASTA FROM WYOMING (LEPIDOPTERA, LYCAENIDAE) CLIFFORD D. FERRIS, p. 203 The Entomologist's Record, p. 188, 197 The Entomologist's Library, p. 200 Data Documents, p. 208 Notice, p. 197 COMING NEXT ISSUE: The Hosts of the Clouded Plant Bug THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Entomological Soc- iety at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: H. W. Allen, M. E. Phillips, S. S. Roback, and R. H. Arnett, Jr. (Editor); E. J. Gerberg (Editor, The Entomologist's Library). SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Prof. R. H. Arnett, Jr., 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, IN 47905. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within three months. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the review editor at: 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 21228. PAGE 'CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the follow- ing rate: Each line cut regardless of size, $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6l/2 inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not available. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup- plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Articles of an archival nature, including new taxa as separate descriptions for validation, new distribution records, or records of specimens (Continued on back inside cover.) SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT LAFAYETTE, INDIANA [3.0051] A TACHINID PARASITE OF FIREFLIES (Diptera, Tachinidae; Coleoptera, Lampyridae)1 Curtis W. Sabrosky2 and Bernard H. Braun3 Tachinid flies have not been recorded parasitizing beetles of the family Lampyridae, as far as we can determine from a survey of the usual sources and summaries of host-parasite records. Van Emden (1950) reviewed "Dipterous parasites of Coleoptera" on a world basis, but listed none from Lampyridae. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. (in litt.) has kindly informed us that he found no published records from that family for his nearly completed manuscript of a host-parasite catalog of North American Tachinidae. Therefore, the following record is believed to be the first report of a tachinid parasite of lampyrid beetles. Early in 1970, one of us (Braun) collected a few adult lampyrids, Ellychnia corrusca (L.) [det. Robert D. Gordon] , on trunks of trees at Beltsville, Mary- land. On 27 and 28 February, three small maggots emerged from one of four adult beetles which were collected on 19 February and held alive in jars. By evening of the 28th, all had pupated, and these were delivered to Sabrosky for observation. On the morning of 12 March, shortly after some moisture was supplied, two flies emerged and proved to be the small and common tachinid, Hyalomyodes triangulifer (Loew) [det. Sabrosky] . This parasitism was apparently not isolated or aberrant. After the maggots were noted, large numbers of the beetles were collected in March and April, and over 30 maggots were found at various times. Some were accidentally lost or 'Accepted for publication July 27, 1970. Systematic Entomology Laboratory, United States Department of Agriculture, c/o United States National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. 3Pesticide Chemicals Research Branch, Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville, MD, 20705. Ent. News, 81: 185-187 185 186 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 molded, but nine matured and emerged as adults. All were H. triangulifer. W. R. Thompson (1954) reviewed the known biology of Hyalomyodes tri- angulifera (sic), described and figured all larval stages and puparium in detail, noted that its known hosts were beetles, and named six genera of Chrysomel- idae, Alleculidae, Coccinellidae, and Curculionidae. Other published records known to us list the species from the vegetable weevil, Listroderes costirostris obliquus (Klug), another weevil, Sitona lepidus (Gyll.), and the three-spotted flea beetle, Disonycha triangularis (Say). Wellso and Hoxie (1969) have re- cently recorded it from the cereal leaf beetle, Oulema melanopus (L.), and they also mention rearings from the alfalfa and clover leaf weevils, Hypera postica (Gyll.) and H. punctata (F.). Data from the collection of the U. S. National Museum and from identifications by Sabrosky yield the following host records: Coleoptera Cerotoma trifurcata (Forster), the bean leaf beetle: Greenwood, Miss., July 21 and 23, 1916 (C. F. Turner); Crawford Co., Ark., Apr. 23, 1970 (H. P. Tugwell); Magazine, Ark ., July 4, 1968 (L. D. Newsom); Lacassine Refuge, La., June 14, 1968 (L. D. Newsom). Hypera postica (Gyll.), the alfalfa weevil: Beltsville, Md., Mar. 8, 1965. H. punctata (F.), the clover leaf weevil: Muirkirk, Md., Oct. 13, emgd. Dec. 17, 1965 (C. C. Blickenstaff); Forest Grove, Ore., Nov. 8, 1924 (M. M. Reeher), probably from H. punctata adult. Nodonota puncticollis (Say), the rose leaf beetle: Chambersburg, Penn., June 27, 1921 (F. M. Craighead). Elateridae: Walla Walla, Wash., June 1932 (M. C. Lane), "in cage of adult wireworm beetles." Lepidoptera Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiff.), the European pine shoot moth: Maumee State Forest, Ohio, 1956. Dermaptera Forficula auricularia L., the European earwig: Kingston, R. I., Sept. 20, 1953 (K. E. Hyland, Jr.). Hemiptera Anasa tristis (DeGeer), the squash bug: Beltsville, Md., Dec. 5, 1958 (R. I. Sailer), emerged in laboratory. Murgantia histrionica (Hahn), the harlequin bug: Athens, Ohio, Aug. 16, 1933 (H. C. Mason); St. Mary's City, Md., Aug. 6, 1939 (Doris H. Blake). Undoubtedly a survey of other collections would reveal additional hosts, but these records are sufficient to indicate that Hyalomyodes triangulifer parasitizes a variety of Coleoptera, and sometimes other orders. The range of dates suggests several generations of the parasite. Thompson noted that all records up to that time showed emergence as adults the same year, after a short pupal period; Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 187 however, in the very early rearing from Lampyridae the larvae found in February must have overwintered in the body of the host. This rearing does confirm Thompson's conclusion that the larvae leave the body of the host for pupation. Literature Cited Emden, F. I. van. 1950. Dipterous parasites of Coleoptera. Entomol. Mon. Mag. 86: 182- 206. Thompson, W. R. 1954. Hyalomyodes triangulifera Loew. (Diptera, Tachinidae). Canadian Entomol. 86: 137-144, 2 pis. Wellso, S. G., and Hoxie, R. P. 1969. Hyalomyodes triangulifer parasitizing the cereal leaf beetle, Oulema melanopus. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 62: 923-924. 2.0051 A tachinid parasite of fireflies (Diptera, Tachinidae; Coleoptera, Lampyridae). - The tachinid Hyalomyodes triangulifer emerged in the laboratory from the lampyrid Ellych- nia corrusca. This species is known to parasitize species of Chrysomelidae, Curculionidae, Scarabaeidae, and Elateridae in addition to this new record for Lampyridae. Records of parasitism on Lepidoptera, Dermaptera, and Hemiptera also have been reported. -Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560 and Bernard H. Braun, Pesticide Chemicals Research Branch, ARC, Beltsville, MD 20705. Descriptors: Diptera; Tachinidae; Coleoptera; Lampyridae; Hyalomyodes triangulifer; parasitism; Chrysomelidae; Cerotoma trifurcata; Hypera postica; Hypera punctata; Nodo- nota puncticollis4, Elateridae; Lepidoptera; Rhyacionia buoliana; Dermaptera; Forficula auri- cularia\ Hemiptera \Anasa tristis; Murgantia histrionica. 188 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. [3.0050] The spider Loxosceles rufescens (Dufour) in Illinois: A correction. -Whitmyre and Wills (1970. Ent. News 81(3): 70) reported that, "On September 26, 1969, a Luzerne County housewife discovered a mature male Loxosceles rufescens (Dufour) in a new plastic pitcher purchased from a retail store in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. The plastic pitcher was introduced in a shipment from Chicago, Illinois, where L. rufescens is reported from the southern part of the state (Gorham, 1968. Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept. 18(10): 171-175.)" The implication here is that the specimen of L. rufescens came from Chicago, also that it occurred in southern Illinois. L. rufescens has been introduced into the United States and is now established along the East Coast and the Gulf states (Gertsch, 1958. American Mus. Nov. No. 1907. 46 pp.). This species could have been transported from Chicago to Wilkes- Barre, but Whitmyre and Wills' evidence indicates only that L. rufescens was discovered in a plastic pitcher in Wilkes-Barre and that the pitcher came from Chicago. There is no direct evidence that the specimen originated in Chicago. I have examined all the specimens of Loxosceles collected in Chicago, and they have all been the brown spider, L. reclusa Gertsch and Muliak. Whitmyre and Wills' reference to Gorham's southern Illinois record of L. rufescens is based on a misinterpretation of his distribution map (fig. 1, p. 174) of the species of Loxosceles in the United States. The symbol for L. rufescens is placed within the bounda- ries of Illinois but a guideline points to St. Louis, Missouri. This record was taken from Gertsch (1958) who recorded the species from St. Louis, Missouri, not Illinois. I have been studying the genus Loxosceles in Illinois for seven years, and extensive collections from throughout the state since 1959 indicate that L. reclusa is the only species of Loxosceles now present in Illinois. -John D. Unzicker, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois 61801. Accepted for publication July 25, 1970. Descriptors: Loxosceles rufescens', Illinois; Araneae; Scytodidae. [3.0052] Blaesoxipha uncata (Wulp) (Diptera, Sarcophagjdae), a parasite of the grass- hopper, Dissosteira Carolina (L.) (Orthoptera, Acrididae).-Six maggots emerged from bet- ween the third and fourth abdominal segments of an adult female Dissosteira Carolina (L.) collected alive in south eastern Cook County, Illinois, on September 19, 1969. The maggots pupated shortly afterward in sawdust kept at 23 C and adults emerged three weeks later. They were identified as Blaesoxipha uncata (Wulp) by Dr. Maurice T. James, University of Washington. A review of the literature has failed to reveal any previous mention of this parasitic association. -Jaclin S. Lewbin and Bernard Greenberg, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Illinois at Chicago Circle, Chicago, Illinois 60680. Accepted for publication July 29, 1970. Descriptors: Blaesoxipha uncata; Sarcophagidae; Diptera; parasite; Dissosteira Carolina; Orthoptera; Acrididae. (Continued on p. 197.) [3.0045] STUDIES ON THE BYRON BOG IN SOUTHWESTERN ONTARIO XLIV. FLIES (SARCOPHAGIDAE, MUSCIDAE AND TACHINIDAE) TRAPPED IN THE BOG1 W. W. JUDD2 In 1956 a study of filth flies occurring in the Byron Bog in London, On- tario was made (Judd, 1958). The flies were trapped from May 15 to November 15 in a baited trap set out on the Sphagnum mat of the bog and located as shown on the map included by Judd (1957). The structure and use of the trap are described by Judd (1956). During 1956 the population of nineteen species of flies was studied and is reported on by Judd (1958). In addition to the flies reported by Judd (1958), several other species were found in the trap in 1956, particularly in the fall, and a report on them is includ- ed herewith. The flies were identified by members of the staff of the Entomol- ogy Research Institute, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa: D. M. Wood (Tach- inidae) and G. E. Shewell (Muscidae, Sarcophagidae). All specimens are deposit- ed in the collection of the Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontar- io except two of Oxysarcodexia ventricosa kept in the National Collection in Ottawa. Sarcophagidae Boettcheria cimbicis (Townshend): 21 flies, October 25 to November 5. This species is recorded by Stone et al. (1965) as occurring in the eastern United States. Boettcheria latisterna Parker: 6 flies, October 25 to November 5. This species is re- corded by Stone et al. (1965) as occurring in the eastern United States and Canada and was trapped in London in 1953 by Judd (1956). Oxysarcodexia cingurus (Aldrich)?: 4 females, October 26 to November 3. O. cin- garus is recorded by Stone et al. (1965) as occurring in the eastern United States and Canada and was trapped in London in 1953 by Judd (1956). Oxysarcodexia ventricosa (Wulp): 4 flies, October 26 to November 3. This species is •Accepted May 21, 1970 2 Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario Ent. News, 81: 189-190. 189 190 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 recorded by Stone et al. (1965) from the eastern United States and Canada and was trapped in London in 1953 by Judd (1956). Ravinia derelicta (Walker): 1 fly, November 5. This species is recorded by Stone et al. (1965) from the eastern United States and Canada. Ravinia Iherminieri (R.-D.): 4 flies, October 25 to November 4. This species is re- corded by Stone et al. (1965) from much of the United States and Canada and was collected in 1953 at London by Judd (1956). Ravinia querula (Walker): 16 flies, October 25 to November 6. This species is re- corded from much of North America by Stone et al. (1965) and was collected in London in 1953 by Judd (1956). Sarcophaga melanura Meigen: 1 fly, November 6. This species is recorded from the eastern United States by Stone et al. (1965). Sarcophaga sinuata Meigen: 3 flies, October 25, November 4, 5. This species is re- corded from much of North America by Stone et al. (1965) and was collected in London in 1953 by Judd (1956). Muscidae Muscina assimilis (Fallen): 1 fly, November 2. Graphomya maculata auct. : 12 flies, October 29 to November 6. Both of these species are recorded by Stone et al. (1965) as occurring over much of North America. Tachinidae Voria ruralis (Fallen): 2 flies, October 25, 26. This species is recorded as occurring in eastern North America by Stone et al. (1965) and is a parasite of caterpillars, particularly the larva of the Cabbage Looper, Trichoplusia ni (Huebner) (Elsey and Rabb, 1970). Exorista mella (Walker): 1 fly, October 26. Winthemia rufopicta (Bigot): 3 flies, November 1,5,6. Both of these species are recorded by Stone et al. (1965) as occurring over much of North America. Literature Cited Elsey, K. D. and R. L. Rabb. 1970. Biology of Voria ruralis (Diptera: Tachinidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America. 63: 216-222. Judd, W. W. 1956. Results of a survey of calyptrate flies of medical importance conducted at London, Ontario during 1953. American Midi. Nat. 56: 388-405. Judd, W. W. 1957. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario I. Description of the bog. Canadian Ent. 89:235-238. Judd, W. \V. 1958. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario VIII. Seasonal distri- bution of filth flies. American Midi. Nat. 60: 186-195. Stone, A., C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth, R. H. Foote, and J. R. Coulson. 1965. A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. United States Dept. Agric., Agric. Res. Serv. Handbk. no. 276. 1696pp. 2.0045 Studies of the Byron Bog in Southwestern Ontario XLIV. Flies (Sarco- phagidae, Muscidae, and Tachinidae) trapped in the Bog. Abstract. -Nine species of Sarcophagidae, two of Muscidae and three of Tachinidae were collected in a baited trap in the Byron Bog at London, Ontario in the fall of 1956. -W. W. Judd, Department of Zool- ogy, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada. [3.0054] A NEW TREEHOPPER OF THE GENUS Cyrtolobus FROM WISCONSIN (HOMOPTERA, MEMBRACIDAE)1 Clifford J. Dennis2 The genus Cyrtolobus Coding is a difficult one, containing several closely related species which present problems in determination. It has often been implied that the females show less variation than the males and bear more dis- tinctive patterns so that more meaningful comparisons can be made using fe- males to designate species. I would take issue with this since I have found that in several species of Cyrtolobus the females vary greatly too, notably in what can be called the "vow" group. In some species, such as C. querci (Fitch), the male certainly is distinctive. Since so many recognized species do intergrade, it was interesting to find these strongly marked new males. They were collected by two students attend- ing an N. S. F. Institute at the Pigeon Lake field station of Wisconsin State Universities. They are Mr. Robert Battle? of Ankeny, Iowa, and Mr. Wayne Suoja of Virginia, Minnesota. They were part of a group collecting from bur oak, jack oak, and hazel in the pine barrens, but specific plants from which these insects were taken are unknown. However, since the members of this genus are common inhabitants of several kinds of oaks and hickories as well as black locust, either the bur or jack oak is the probable host for this species. The genus Cyrtolobus contains about 42 species in North America, of which 17 have been known previously from Wisconsin. The insect described here keys readily to the genus Cyrtolobus in Funk- houser's (1923) Hemiptera of Connecticut. On page 171 it comes out to the subfamily Smiliinae. On page 172 of his key to genera of Smiliinae it comes out in the second part of couplet 18 to Cyrtolobus. In my (1952) keys on 'Accepted for publication August 14, 1970. 2Wisconsin State University, Whitewater, WI 53190. Ent. News, 81: 191-194 191 192 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 pages 130 and 131 it runs easily to subfamily Smiliinae, tribe Smiliini, genus Cyrtolobus. However, it will not fit in my key to species at all. The simplest way to modify the key to males on page 132 would be to make the first coup- let a triplet to read as follows: 1. Pronotum distinctly green and black maxinei Dennis Pronotum with bright yellow markings 2 Pronotum without distinct green and black or bright yellow markings . ... 3 Cyrtolobus maxinei NEW SPECIES (Figures 1,2,3) Male: Medium sized, relatively low, in form resembling C. flavolatus Wood ruff. Pronotum strikingly and distinctly marked with green and black. Face between eyes nearly twice as broad as tall, coarsely punctate, yellow-green with deep brown as sparce, scattered spots and irregularly bordering epicranial suture and as an irregular line from each ocellus toward lower corner of eye and along medial 2/3 of lower edge of vertex. Ocelli hyaline, equidistant from each other and eye. Eye red. Clypeus abruptly narrowed apically, yellow-green with deep brown along lower margin and as two irregular vertical bars arising from point of abrupt narrowing. Lateral aspect of head black with posterior borders of sclerites narrowly testaceous. Base of antenna pale testaceous. Pronotum coarsely punctate, scantily haired, little elevated, regularly curved to the sub- acute apex which attains half of the terminal areole. Metopidium green with yellow-green surrounding and between the callosities. Callosities and irregular spots between them deep brown. A black stripe arising on the median carina between the callosities and broadening as it rises and continues posteriorly to the anteapical vitta before which it attains the margin of the pronotum. Sides of the pronotum and anteapical vitta green. Tip of pro- notum black. Body beneath black, with posterior margins of sclerites testaceous. Abdomen black with posterior margin of segments yellow. Subgenital plate yellow with a median patch of black and a pair of short longitudinal black bars arising from the base, equidistant from each other and the lateral borders of the plate. Coxae black with obscure proximal and distal testaceous bands. The middle and rear coxae with postero-lateral protuberance yellow. Trochanters testaceous. Femora black with proximal and distal testaceous bands. Tibiae and tarsi testaceous. Tegmina hyaline; base, veins, membrane beyond cells, extreme posterior of terminal areole and of two cells above it deep brown. Holotype dimensions: Total length, 4.9 mm. Maximum width of pronotum 2.0 mm. Holotype male: 14 miles west of Drummond, Bayfield Co., Wisconsin, July 23, 1970 (Robert Battles). Paratype male: same locality and date (Wayne Suoja). This specimen is slightly more yellowish on the face and metopidium, and the tip of the pronotum is missing. Both specimens are in my collection. Female: unknown; however, in the same area I have found females which are green with a slight yellow cast and closely resemble those of C. inermis (Emmons) but differ by being larger. It is possible that these are females of this new species; however, in the absence of definitive evidence I do not wish to designate these as the females of the species described here. Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 193 This species is dedicated to my wife, Maxine, who has patiently and mater- ially aided in my collecting for many years. Literature Cited Dennis, Clifford J. 1952. The Membracidae of Wisconsin. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 41: 130-132. Funkhouser, W. D. 1923. Family Membracidae in Britton's Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Part IV. The Hemiptera or sucking insects of Connecticut. Bull. Connecti- cut Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv., 34: 171-172. 2.0054 A new treehopper of the genus Cyrtolobus from Wisconsin (Homoptera, Mem- bracidae).-The new species, Cyrtolobus maxinei Dennis is a medium sized, relatively low in form species resembling C. flavolatus Woodruff. The pronotum is strikingly and dis- tinctly marked with green and black. The type locality is 14 miles west of Drummond, Bayfield Co., Wisconsin. -Clifford J. Dennis, Wisconsin State University, Whitewater, WI 53190. Descriptors: Homoptera; Membracidae; Cyrtolobus maxinei; Cyrtolobus flavolatus. 194 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 Figures 1-3. Cyrtolobus maxinei new species. Fig. 1, left lateral view of pronotum and tegmen; Fig. 2, dorsal view of pronotum; Fig. 3, anterior view of face and pronotum. All drawn to same scale. [3.0057] A LECTOTYPE DESIGNATION AND A KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Acrocyum (COLEOPTERA, CHRYSOMELIDAE, ALTICINAE)1 Edward C. Mignot2 The genus Acrocyum Jacoby was erected in 1885 for 4 new species also de- scribed at the same time. Since then no additional species have been added to the genus. Of the 4 species, 3 occur in Mexico and 1 in Guatemala. The range of 1 of the 3 Mexican species, A. sallaei Jacoby, extends into southern Arizona. As with most of the Jacoby species from the Biologia Centrali- Americana, no holotypes were designated. My current revisionary work on the Alticinae of the United States and Canada has necessitated the designation of a lectotype for the only species of Acrocyum that occurs in the United States. Since specimens of species of Acrocyum are rarely collected, the genus re- mained little known. Therefore, the genus is redescribed here. Acrocyum Jacoby Acrocyum Jacoby, 1885. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, 6(1): 380. Description of the genus. -These are moderately sized beetles, elongate, oval, quite con- vex. Head', oval, glabrous except around mouth, free, inserted in pronotum to just behind eyes; tubercles flattened or absent; fovea very small, shallow, near each eye; apex of man- dibles pointed; maxillary palpi moderate in size; eyes small to moderate; antennae long, ex- tending to middle of elytra, 11 segments, middle segments not broad or flat; interoculaur distance usually greater than Vi width of head. Thorax: rectangular, glabrous; widest just anterior to base, front edge entire; very shal- low anti-basal depression; immaculate or spotted. Scutellum triangular. Prosternum nar- rowed between coxae, procoxal cavities closed, procoxae narrowly separated; claws bifid. Elytra oval, glabrous; wider than thorax; punctations arranged in striae; spotted; no depress- ions. Abdomen: abdominal sterna free; pubescence fine, pale, sparse. 'Accepted for publication September 14, 1970. 2 Department of Biology, St. Mary of the Plains College, Dodge City, Kansas 67801. Ent. News, 81. 195-196 195 196 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 Key to the species of Acrocyum 1. Pronotum immaculate 2 Pronotum spotted 3 2(1). Elytra with 7 or 8 black spots on each elytron sallaei Jacoby Elytra with less than 6 dark fulvus spots on each elytron .... dorsalis Jacoby 3(1). Pronotum with 9 spots maculicollis Jacoby Pronotum with 2 spots tarsata Jacoby Acrocyum sallaei Jacoby Acrocyum sallaei Jacoby, 1885. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleo- ptera, 6(1): 381. Type locality. -Yolotepec, Mexico [Lectotype: Yolotepec, Mexico, Salle Coll., British Museum (Natural History), here designated.] Description of lectotype. — Elongate oval, quite convex; testaceous except apical seg- ments of antennae black and black spots on elytra; total length 5.8 mm, greatest width 3.0 mm. Head', testaceous, very fine punctation; tubercles flattened; fovea very small, shallow near eyes; margin of labrum straight; right antenna missing, antennal segments 1-4 testace- ous, 5-11 black, segments 3, 4, and 5 progressively longer; interocular distance 0.8 mm, greater than Vz width of head. Thorax', shining; pronotum rectangular, testaceous, extremely narrowly margined; small projection at each corner, prolonged near eyes; anti-basal shallow transverse impression; immaculate; punctation very fine, scattered; pronotal length 1.1 mm, pronotal width 2.0 mm, width/length = 1.8. Scutellum triangular, testaceous, shining. Elytra oval, shining, narrowly margined, testaceous, rounded apex; distinct humeral prominences with short inter-humeral sulcus; punctation moderate, arranged in striae; each elytron with 8 black spots: 3 basal spots, 1 at suture at middle, 3 behind middle, and 1 at apex; elytral length 4.5 mm, elytral width 3.0 mm. Legs: metatibiae and tarsi missing; tibiae and femora with black spots, tarsi black. Abdomen: first visible sternum as long as 2 + 3. Literature Cited Jacoby, M. 1885. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleoptera, Galerucidae. 6(1): 337- 408. 2.0057 A lectotype designation and a key to the species of Acrocyum (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae, Alticinae).-The species Acrocyum sallaei Jacoby has as its lectotype a specimen from Yolotepec, Mexico, from the original series in the Salle Collection at the British Museum (Natural History). The species known for the genus are keyed on the basis of coloration. -Edward C. Mignot, Department of Biology, St. Mary of the Plains College, Dodge City, KS 67801. Descriptors'. Coleoptera; Chiysomelidae; Alticinae; Acrocyum; lectotype for Acrocyum sallaei; key to species; Mexico; Arizona; Guatemala. Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 197 (Entomologist's Record, continued from p. 188) 3.0053 Type-species designation for the subgenus Utacapnia (Plecoptera: Capniidae).- In Nebeker and Gaufin (1965. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 91: 467-487), the Capnia columbiana complex was described containing ten species. This species complex was raised to subgeneric status by Nebeker and Gaufin (1967. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 93: 235- 247), but a type-species was not designated. The purpose of this note is to designate one of the originally included species as the type-species for the subgenus Utacapnia: Capnia (Utacapnia) lemoniana Nebeker and Gaufin, 1965, (Present designation). The males of this species have supra-anal process bipartite, upper portion bifurcate and enlarged at tip. The females have the subgenital plate on eighth sternite produced, bound on either side by a lateral sclerotized patch; subgenital plate with variable median and anterior sclerotization. The species occurs in western and Arctic North America. -Arden R. Gaufin, Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 841 12. Accepted for publication: July 31, 1970. Descriptors: Plecoptera; Capniidae; Capnia (Utacapnia) lemoniana; type-species. NOTICE The new printing method and other changes recently made in the processing of the issues of ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS have required clarification on the masthead. Prospective authors in particular should refer to this information. This is found on the inside covers beginning with this issue. At the same time, it should be noted that very prompt publication can be given to suitable articles, without page charges, and with very modest fees for illustrations. Some difficulty in mail deliveries prompts us to publish the mailing dates of the issues for 1970. This information is included with the table of contents of each volume. Because mailings have been delayed in recent months, sub- scribers are advised that the issues for 1970 have been mailed as follows: Vol. 81, no. 1, January 1970, mailed from Lancaster, Pa., March 10, 1970. Vol. 81, no. 2, February 1970, mailed from Lancaster, Pa., May 15, 1970. Vol. 81, no. 3, March 1970, mailed from Lancaster, Pa., June 2, 1970. Vol. 81, no. 4, April 1970, mailed from Lafayette, Ind., August 1 1, 1970. Vol. 81, no. 5, May 1970, mailed from Lafayette, Ind., August 21, 1970. Vol. 81, no. 6, June 1970, mailed from Lafayette, Ind., August 25, 1970. The July, 1970 issue will be mailed about September 25th. The exact date will be published in the next issue.— Editor. 198 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 3.0055 New records of European woodlice in New York. -In recent years there have been reported from Rochester, New York, a number of exotic arthropods (see Muchmore, 1969, Ent. News, 80: 66). Apparently these have been imported from Europe on botanical nursery stock and have succeeded in establishing themselves in favorable situations here. The most hospitable area has proved to be a railroad embankment between the Genesee River and Mt. Hope Cemetery in the southern part of the city, near the former site of a large, prosperous nursery. Previously (Muchmore, 1957, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 47: 78-83), a number of European woodlice, or terrestrial isopods, were reported as living in this habitat. These in- cluded such rare forms (for the United States) as Trichoniscus pygmaeus, Hyloniscus ripar- ius, and Platyarthrus hoffmannseggi. I now wish to report the occurrence here of two other introduced species, namely Androniscus dentiger Verhoeff and Philoscia muscontm (Scopoli). Androniscus dentiger has been reported only once previously from North America, from greenhouses in the vicinity of London and Toronto, Ontario (Medcof, 1939, Canad- ian Field-Natur., 53:115). In Rochester, this species has been found living outdoors in two widely separated localities; one is the railroad embankment near Mt. Hope Cemetery mentioned above, the other is in Ellison Park, about six miles northeast of the first. The latter location is within half a mile of the site where the European opilionid, Trogulus tricarinatus, was found (see Muchmore, 1963, Ent. News 74: 208-210). On the embank- ment A. dentiger lives, in company with Trichoniscus demivirgo (probably = T. pusillus), T. pygmaeus and Hyloniscus riparius, in the loose cinders along the roadbed or under old ties or rocks nearby. In the park they were found under leaves in the loose soil of a damp stream bank, along with T. demivirgo, H. riparius, Haplophthalmus danicus, and Oniscus asellus. In both cases, it is evident that these small arthropods can easily travel far enough down into the loose soil in the winter to escape freezing. Both populations are thriving; they have been observed in different seasons over a period of several years and are still present. Philoscia muscorum (=P. vittata; see Schultz, 1965, Crustaceana 8: 107-108) has been reported extensively from the coasts of northeastern and northwestern United States, but it has not heretofore been reported from any inland locality. On 15 November, 1956, a single specimen (fortunately a male) of Philoscia muscorum was taken by Tullgren extrac- tion from litter at the base of a stone wall along the railroad embankment mentioned above. It was accompanied by the other isopods, Trichoniscus demivirgo, T. pygmaeus, Hyloniscus riparius, Haplophthalmus danicus and Trachelipus rdthkei. The specimen has been com- pared carefully with authoritative descriptions of P. muscorum and against specimens of that species from England. There is no doubt as to its identity. In spite of repeated sub- sequent collections in the same area, however, no additional specimens have turned up. Possibly the population was quite restricted and its exact location has not been visited again, or else it may have become extinct. In this connection, it may be noted also that the population of Platyarthrus hoffmannseggi reported earlier (1957) has not been en- countered again since 1957. Extensive reconstruction, weed-killing and general clean-up campaigns along the railroad right-of-way may well have extirpated these two species by destroying their special niches. Recently (9 August 1970) another population of P. muscontm has been discovered in Durand-Eastman Park, at the northern edge of Rochester near Lake Ontario. The isopods vere found under leaves on wet mud at the edge of a small pond, in company with Tri- cnomscus demivirgo and Oniscus asellus. That this is a stable population is evidenced by Enl. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 199 the occurrence of large numbers of adults (including gravid females) and of juveniles of various sizes. Inasmuch as this park has served for many years as a city arboretum, with many introduced trees and shrubs, it is not unexpected to find yet another exotic animal here. It is, perhaps, more interesting to wonder why P. muscorum is not more widely distributed around Rochester and in other parts of the country, as many other introduced European species are. -William B. Muchmore, Department of Biology, University of Roches- ter, Rochester, NY 14627. Accepted for publication August 22, 1970. Descriptors: Woodlice; Isopods; introduced species; Rochester, New York; United States. Prof. Travis appointed entomology chairman at Cornell. -The appointment of Prof. Bernard V. Travis, a noted medical entomologist and parasitologist, as chairman of the Department of Entomology and Limnology at the New York State College of Agriculture at Cornell University, has been announced by Charles E. Palm, dean of the College and former head of the Department. Travis, who has been serving as acting chairman of the department since December 1969, replaced Prof. David Pimentel who has returned to full-time teaching and research, effective July 1. A member of the Cornell faculty since 1949, Travis will serve in his new position for a term of two years, Palm said. A specialist in the control of insects that affect the health and welfare of man, Travis played a prominent role in research and development of a series of insect repellents for military use during World War II. In addition to his current research interests in the control of blackflies, Travis has com- piled a six-volume reference guide on insects throughout the world that transmit disease. The 3,000-page publication, which took 17 years to complete, describes more than 17,000 insects of medical importance, re- presenting the most comprehensive work of its kind ever published. A research entomologist of the U. S. Department of Agriculture from 1935 to 1949, Travis worked on insect repellents at a World War II federal insect research labo- ratory in Orlando, Fla. Assigned to the Navy from 1944 to 1946, Travis tested a number of insect repellents in the Central and South Pacific areas for military use under field conditions. Travis and one of his fellow USDA scientists jointly hold sev- eral patents on repellents effective against such blood-sucking insects as mosquitoes, blackflies, punkies, and fleas. Travis also helped develop a formula for an aerosol bomb that has since found wide commerical use. Later, as leader of a joint USDA-military research team, Travis spent 12 months in Alaska over a four-year period from 1947 to 1950, investigating the biology and control of bit- ing insects in the arctic region. 200 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 Down through the years, special assignments also took the Cornell scientist to many parts of the world, including Panama, Costa Rica, and 18 countries in Asia and Europe. From 1957 to 1959, Travis served as a visiting professor at the University of the Philip- pines' College of Agriculture at Los Banos under the sponsorship of the joint Cornell-U. P. Graduate Education Program. In 1964, he went to the Philippines again as a consultant for three months to help strengthen teaching, research, and extension programs in the animal sciences. While on sabbatical leaves in 1968, Travis set up a research project on black- flies under the joint sponsorship of the University of Costa Rica and the Louisiana State Medical School. A native of Uncompahgre, Colo., Travis was graduated from the Colorado State Univer- sity in 1930 with a B.S. degree. He received the M.S. degree in 1934 and Ph.D. in 1937, both from Iowa State University. He is author of more than 100 research and technical papers dealing with the biology and control of insects of medical significance, insect taxono- my, parasitic protozoa, and wildlife. For his outstanding professional achievements, Travis was elected an Honorary Fellow of the Entomological Society of America in 1950 and a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in 1951. In addition to these organizations, he holds membership in the American Mosquito Control Association, the American Society of Parasitologists, and the Society of American Tropical Medicine and Hygiene. He also is a member of the American Society of Protozoologists, the American Microscopical Society, the American Society of Medical Entomology, Phi Kappa Phi, Alpha Zeta, Sigma Xi, and Gamma Sigma Delta. -New York State College of Agriculture, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14850. The Entomologist's Library In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs, and article's received and ot special interest to entomologists The con- t(.-rit-, of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical it-view, may be submitted for possible publication even if the work ha1. l)ci'ii previously noted here. — Ed. Arachnida Weygoldt, Peter. 1969. The biology of Pseudoscorpions. Harvard University Press, Cam- bridge, vii + 145 p. Cloth $ 6.00. This small volume is a translation by the author of the 1966 German edition with the additions of recent research and new material on ecology, reproductive and developmental biology. The eleven chapters cover external morphology, internal anatomy and physiology, locomotion, reproduction, post embryonic development, longevity, senility, teratology, eco- logy, evolution and systematics, and collection, culture, and preservation of pseudoscorp- ions. There is a bibliography and species and subject indices. Though small this work is readable, well illustrated and contains a tremendous amount of interesting data on these little known arthropods. -S. S. Roback. Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 201 Evans, Owen (ed.). 1969. Proceedings of the 2nd International Congress of Acarology. Akademiai Kaido, Budapest. 652 p. The papers presented give the results of recent research on the morphology, biology, and economic importance of mites and ticks. There are overall 102 contributions divided into 12 sections-soil mites, marine and freshwater Acari, plant mites, general and experi- mental taxonomy, mites of stored products, parasitic mites, ticks, biological control, phy- siology and genetics, chemical control techniques and Acari and diseases of medical and veterinary importance. The majority of the papers are in English though a few are in French or German. -S. S. Roback. Siphonaptera Stark, Harold E. 1970. A revision of the flea genus Thrassis Jordan 1933 (Siphonaptera: Ceratophyllidae) with observations on ecology and relationship to plague. Univ. of California Publ. in Ent. 53: 1-184. Univ. California Press. Paper $ 5.00. Members of the flea genus Thrassis are suspected of playing an important role in the transmission and perpetuation of plague. The author has written an excellent and extensive paper covering the morphology, systematics, ecology, and host relations of the genus. The illustrations are well done and the bibliography appears quite complete. The principal objectives of this study are to determine the taxonomic categories which best apply to groups within the genus; to present the morphology of adult Thrassis making comparisons within the genus and to higher taxonomic categories; to determine geographic distribution of the species, and to discuss the ecology, host relations, and plague importance of the genus. -Eugene J. Gerberg, Insect Control and Research, Inc., Baltimore, MD 21228. Pest Management Avidov, Zvi and Isaac Harpaz. 1969. Plant pests of Israel. Israel Univ. Press, Jerusalem, ix + 549 p. Cloth, $ 18.00 This book deals with 630 species of Mollusca, Acarina, and Insecta which are pests of cultivated and forest plants or are parasites or predators of these fomrs. The overall arrange- ment is taxonomic and under each pest are included data on morphology, host range and geographical distribution, life history, bionomics and ecology, nature of damage and control measures. There is an extensive bibliography, subject index and host plant index. This is the only text covering all crops of the Eastern Mediterranean area and as such should be very useful to all concerned with agriculture in this area.-S. S. Roback. Miller, Morton W. and George R. Berg (eds.). 1969. Chemical fallout -current research on persistent pesticides. Charles D. Thomas, Publ., Springfield, xvii + 531 p. Cloth, $ 22.50. This volume reports the results of a conference held at the University of Rochester. There were, in all, 33 contributers, mostly from the United States. The presentations are arranged in five groups which follow the pesticides from their entry into the ecosystem to their effect on man. The effects in aquatic, terrestrial and aerial environments are covered with the effects on birds being especially well covered. Of great interest are the discussions of the papers and a general discussion -all of which are fully recorded. These illustrate the points of agreement and disagreement among the participants. The picture painted is not an encouraging one and the extent to which politics and the almighty dollar enters the situation is most dismaying.-S. S. Roback. 202 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 Lever, R. J. A. W. 1969. Pests of the coconut palm. FAO Agric. Studies no. 77. UNIPUB, Inc., 650 First Ave., N. Y., NY 10016. 190 p. $ 3.50. The Food and Agriculture Organization is producing a series of publications on the pests and diseases of economically important plants and plant products, primarily to fill the gap in currently available entomological and phytopathological literature and so to assist developing nations. The first of these is the "Pests of the coconut palm (Cocos nucifera)" and is intended for the use of research workers, plant protection personnel and growers. The principal pests, both invertebrate and vertebrate that are harmful to the coconut palm are briefly described. Casual feeders on coconut or those that cause minor or occasional injury have been omitted. In this work 110 species of insects which attack the palm in the field are dealt with; in addition to the stored product pests attacking copra, as well as the various pests that are not insects. The title of this publication is somewhat misleading as the text discusses only in- vertebrate and vertebrate pests and does not include plant diseases or weed pests. For those interested in tropical agriculture or tropical entomology this is a fine handbook for the common insect pests of the coconut. Though the publication is fairly well illustrated, it is hoped that future publications of the series will illustrate all pests, and perhaps examples of damage, that are discussed in the text. -Eugene J. Gerberg, Insect Control and Research, Inc., Baltimore, MD 21228. Environment Insect ecology and the sterile-male technique. Proceedings of Panal FAO/IAEA Division of Atomic Energy in Food and Agriculture, 1967, Vienna, 1969. 102 p. UNIPUB, Inc. P.O. Box 433, N. Y., N.Y. Paper $ 4.00. The papers presented at an international panel on studies of the practical ecology of noxious insects have been published in an economical form. Studies on population dynam- ics, demographic models of population response to sterile male release, competition between sterile and normal males, estimating size of populations and the regulatory aspects of insect population dynamics are included. This series of panels organized and published by the International Atomic Energy Agency contains much valuable information.- Eugene J. Ger- berg, Insect Control and Research, Inc., Baltimore, Md. 21228. Technique Bethke, Emil G. 1969. Basic drawing for biology students. Charles C. Thomas, Publ., Springfield. 86 pp. Cloth, $ 7.00 For those beginning biologists who have never attempted to illustrate a paramecium or a grasshopper leg, this book may be of some value-for others the techniques are too simple and too condensed. The illustrative material is somewhat poor and in some cases has not been labeled correctly, e.g., a photo and drawing of a pseudoscorpion, labeled- "Stenocephalus Felis (Cat Flea)". There is a need for a good text on scientific illustrating; unfortunately this text does not satisfy that need. -Eugene J. Gerberg, Insect Control and Research, Inc., Baltimore, MD 21228. [3.0049] A NEW SUBSPECIES OF Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta) FROM WYOMING (LEPIDOPTERA, LYCAENIDAE)1 Clifford D. Ferris2 Three subspecies of Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta (Edwards) are currently recog- nized (dos Passos, 1964): shasta (Edwards), comswcki Fox, and minnehaha (Scudder). These three subspecies may be separated by the color, and width of the outer margin of the dorsal surface. Males are best used for comparison as the differences are more distinct than in the females. The subspecies minnehaha exhibits a bright blue-violet color with relatively narrow brown or gray-brown margins; shasta is a darker violet with brown margins approximately double the width of those found in minnehaha; comstocki, which should probably be con- sidered as a local race of shasta rather than a separate subspecies, is distinguished by its very wide borders and generally darker colors (Fox, 1924). The subspecies shasta and comstocki (types) are figured by Comstock (1927, Plate 54). Scudder (1874) described minnehaha from a series of four specimens (2dd, 299), while Fox described comstocki from a series of thirty-five specimens (26 dc5, 999). It is not known by this author the number of specimens in the type series for the nominate species shasta. From specimens examined in various collections, it does not appear to be scarce. The morphologic differences among the three subspecies rest in the dorsal surface color and width of the outer margin, as described above, and in the distal end of the valvae as shown in Figure 1 . Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta comstocki has not been figured as it appears to be really a local race or altitudinal variation of Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta shasta. Geographically, Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta shasta is recorded from the Sierras of California north through Oregon and Washington; shasta comstocki is re- 1 This paper is published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experi- ment Station, as Journal Paper no. 441. Accepted for publication June 20, 1970. 2 Department of Electrical Engineering and Bioengineering, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82070. Ent. News, 81: 203-207 203 204 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 corded from the type locality: Glacier Point, Yosemite National Park, California, and shasta minnehaha is found in North Dakota and Wyoming. In the past, there has been some confusion concerning Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta in the Rocky Mountain region. Holland (1931) in the Butterfly book, page 268 has made the statement: "A rather small variety called minnehaha by Scudder is found on the high mountains of Colorado." This statement is the source of confusion. If one refers to Scudder's original description (1874) of Agriades minnehaha, now placed in Plebejus, Holland's error becomes apparent. First, there is no appreciable difference in size among the subspecies of this insect. Second, Scudder's butterfly was collected by J. A. Allen, a zoologist, who accompanied the Yellowstone Expedition of 1873. The collection locality was the Heart River Crossing, Dakotah [sic] Territory approximately fifty miles west of the Missouri River. This would place the type locality most probably in Grant Co., North Dakota where the present State Road 49 (between Glen Ullin and Elgin) crosses the Heart River. The elevation of the collection site is given as 1800' above sea level, hardly a high mountain area. The type series was collected in the river valley on 26 June, 1873. Thus the name Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta minnehaha applies to a low altitude prairie insect, whose distinguishing morphology is noted above, rather than to an arctic-alpine subspecies. In the Intermountain Region there is found an insect which is distinct from the presently named subspecies. A new name for this form is proposed below. In Wyoming, P.(I.)s. minnehaha is found on the prairies in the eastern portion of the state, usually in association with washes or stream beds. Records exist from Albany Co. (East of Laramie, 7500'; Sybille Canyon, 5400') and Converse Co. (4800'). It probably occurs in other prairie locations within the state, but has not been recorded simply because most collectors ignore the arid regions for the more inviting looking mountains. To date/*. (I.)s. minnehaha has not been recorded from Colorado. In July of 1953, F. Martin Brown collected a series of montane Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta on Powder River Pass, Johnson Co., Wyoming. He had intended to name the insect, but was diverted by more pressing matters and recently turned the series over to the author of this paper, who now takes pleasure in naming the insect after its collector. Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta browni Ferris, NEW SUBSPECIES (Figures 1 and 2) Male. -Dorsal surface: blue-violet; marginal fringes white; outer margin narrow (slightly wider on forewing than on hindwing) and brown to gray-brown in color; on hindwing the margin is partially broken suggesting between-the-vein spots on a grayish background; there is a cell-end dark bar on both wings, but it is quite faint on the secondaries. Ventral surface: Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 205 pale gray-brown (slightly darker in the males than in the females); the spots are brown narrowly ringed with pale gray to white; on the secondaries there is a marginal row of metallic green spots, often with dark centers, which are capped basally with orange and then brown; the region just basad from the spots is lighter in color than the remainder of the wing. Expanse (costal margin length): 1 cm. Female. - Dorsal surface: brown with basal blue flush of the same hue as in the male, extending in some examples over half of the wings; on the secondaries there is a marginal row of dark spots capped basad with orange and forming a lunule pattern; cell-end dark bars are present as in the male with the forewing bar about double the width of that of the male. Ventral surface similar to male but paler in color. Expanse: 1.1 cm (length of costa). High altitude specimens (above 10,000') are generally paler with more sub- dued markings than specimens from lower elevations. The type series consists of eighty specimens, F. Martin Brown collector. Holotype.-6, Powder River Pass, 9700', Johnson Co., Wyoming, 28 July, 1953. Allotype.-9, same data and location as male. Paratypes.-46 66, 32 99, same data and location as holotype. It is interesting to note that there is remarkable uniformity in facies within the type series. Only four specimens (two pairs) are significantly different from the others. One pair resembles the high altitude subdued marking form, while the other pair resembles the prairie minnehaha. The new subspecies is intermediate between the subspecies shasta and minne- haha. The width of the outer margin on the dorsal surface of the males is mid- way between that on shasta and minnehaha. The color and male genitalia are closer to shasta than to minnehaha, although browni appears brighter in color than shasta. The differences between the high alpine form of browni and the lower mon- tane form are not considered sufficient to warrant any nomenclatural distinction as in the case of P. (I.) shasta shasta (Edwards) and P. (I.) s. comstocki Fox. Occassionally rather small specimens of browni are taken at high altitude. As one collects from treeline to high mountain tops, a cline is observed with re- spect to color and size. This is typical of other montane species found in the Intermountain Region. This author has not attempted to make a detailed range study of shasta shasta, shasta comstocki, shasta minnehaha, and shasta browni. Such a study has been undertaken by J. F. Emmel and 0. Shields and will be published at a later date. Presently Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta browni is recorded from several locations in Johnson Co., Wyoming and in Colorado from Boulder, Chaffee, Clear Creek, Costilla, Gilpin, Gunnison, Hinsdale, Lake, Larimer, Mineral, Pitkin, San Juan, San Miguel, and Summit Cos. at suitable elevations. Both Comstock (1927) and Holland (1931) allude to the occurrence of Plebejus shasta in Idaho and Montana. If the insect does occur in these states, one would expect to find 206 Ent. News., Vol. 81, August 1970 subspecies browni in Idaho and the mountains of western Montana and minne- haha in eastern Montana. minnehaka. Figure 1. Male genitalia (aedeagus and valvae structures from slides) of Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta shasta (Yosemite National Park, California), Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta browni (Powder River Pass, Johnson Co., Wyoming), and Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta minne- haha (East of Laramie, Albany Co., Wyoming). Paratype specimens of the new subspecies have been distributed as follows: Allyn Museum of Entomology: 1 pair; American Museum of Natural History: 2 pairs; Carnegie Museum: 2 pairs; United States National Museum: 1 pair; Uni- versity of Wyoming Collection: 2 pairs; F. Martin Brown: 5 pairs; John F. Emmel: 4 pairs. The holotype, allotype, and remaining paratypes are presently placed in the author's collection. Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 207 Literature Cited Comstock, J. A. 1927. Butterflies of California. Published by the author, Los Angeles, California. 334 pp. + 63 pis. dos Passes, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. The Lepido- pterists' Society. Memoir No. 1, v+ 145 pp. Fox,C. L. 1924. A new Lycaenid (Lep.) from the Pacific Coast. Ent. News. 35:140-141. Holland, W. J. 1931. The Butterfly Book. Doubleday and Co., New York. xii + 424 pp. + 77 pis. Scudder, S. H. 1874. Report on the butterflies collected by Mr. J. A. Allen on the Yellowstone Expedition of 1873. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 17: 86-91. Figure 2. Dorsal and ventral surfaces of holotype male (left) and allotype female (right) of Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta browni Ferris. 2.0049 A new subspecies of Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta from Wyoming (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae). Abstract. -The subspecific name minnehaha Scudder has been applied to one of the subspecies of Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta (Edwards) found in the Rocky Mountain region. Recent investigations have shown that the name minnehaha applies to a prairie subspecies from North Dakota. A new subspecific name browni Ferris is proposed for the montane insect found in the Rocky Mountains. Descriptors: Lepidoptera; Lycaenidae; Plebejus; Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta shasta; Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta comstocki; Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta minnehaha; Plebejus (Icaricia) shasta browni. 208 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 Data Documents for Systematic Entomology The following articles are available to specialists in complete form or as abstracts from The Institute for the Study of Natural Species (ISNS), 550 Elston Road, Lafayette, Indiana 47905, U. S. A. Copies are deposited in other Data Document centers as well. These documents are in addition to Data Document numbered articles and abstracts published in other sections of Entomological News. Data Document comments, continued. -Very few questions have been sent in at this time. The editor is preparing for a discussion of the DDSE system at the annual meeting of the Entomological Society of America at Miami. Questions and comments will be welcome in advance of this meeting. COMMENT: I would prefer to set up this . . . paper in the old fashion way rather than by the Data Document system. One reason for this is a desire to get reprints of the full article in the hands of European and Japanese workers who will be confused by the Data Document system. REPLY: Full reprints are available, immediately, for these workers. But, these reprints should be exchanged only with those interested in the subject and currently doing research that requires the use of the data presented by the DDSE method. These reprints are free! COMMENT: The February issue of Ent. News arrived and I congratulate you on putting Data Documents into practice. I think the system is a good one, but I wonder how much acceptance or support it will get. COMMENT: If I were just beginning my work on the . . ., I would feel much more willing to switch over to a plan such as you have described, and very probably you will hear from numerous such young workers who are favorable to the new plans. COMMENT: I have read your paper on SDI with great interest and foresee some real advantages in the system. However, I would prefer that my present manuscript be published under the old method. I am hesitant about SDI for several reasons. The [name of group] are small in number and worked over by very few people at erratic intervals. At present the classic method of publication suffices for the group although it may not for other larger and more frequently worked taxa. REPLY: This is like saying that news of a trash fire in a neighbors garage should be published in Newsweek. Modern technology permits a suitable method of communication for each kind of information package. COMMENT: Another thing that bothers me very much is the fact that these more de- tailed bits of information are not going to be present in libraries. This is going to do great disservice to international work, which is basic it seems to me in taxonomy, since many European and other colleagues certainly are not going to be able to stand the expense of buying descriptions which you admit will be reasonably expensive and this will lead to greater and greater provincialism in exchange of information. Furthermore, if I am unable to have reprints to exchange with foreign colleagues, I can hardly expect foreign colleagues to exchange their reprints with me and, since this is a major method in keeping up with literature, I think this is going to be very disadvantageous also. Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 209 REPLY: The reprint system should be replaced by current awareness publications and by photocopies. This will enable journals to survive, and cut down on the crates of useless reprints moved each year by our peripatetic entomologists. The library problem could be solved by having interested libraries take over as Data Document centers. It seems reasonable to believe that such a union between information disseminators and consumers would be extremely beneficial. COMMENT: ... the title and descriptors . . . leave me cold ... I pity the poor fellow in Akademia . . . writing a paper . . . who sees a reference to a paper [in Ent. News] , borrows the journal from a ... library or orders a xerox copy of the journal, and find only this much. He can order a copy from Data Document Center, but this involves months of government's red tape, restrictions on sending money out of the country, etc. Have you blocked much international communication? REPLY: Is this the fault of the DDSE system, or an international problem? How far do our obligations extend to provide means for information dissemination? The problems mentioned here exist in this country, e.g., postal delivery problems; purchase order pro- blems; budget restrictions, etc., or we could send it free-that is not unprecedent! COMMENT: I can see need for your type of publication plan for many of the articles that are cluttering up the literature today. They are masses of data tables with a paragraph of summary conclusion. I have noticed that a goodly number of articles are essentially the same thing slightly abridged and rehashed and published under different titles in different journals. I suppose as a response to the spread of "publish or die" in so many universities, or, to pump up a thin result from work under N.S.F. . . . Since the papers I submitted are not of archival nature please return them and I will have them published elsewhere. COMMENT: I am particularly concerned about your feeling that the Code cannot possibly rule out [publication of new taxa by DDSE system] because there are several thousand authors involved. It seems to me that the really responsible way to go about this would have been to have initiated an action by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature asking them to give you a ruling on this. COMMENT: I object to anything that makes a journal obsolete! REPLY: Data Documents does not make a journal obsolete, but it does make them useful. If they cannot survive by serving a useful purpose, why continue an expensive, time consuming project? NOTE: The article that follows was submitted with the statement that it could be used for DDSE if desired. The journal article 2.0058 publishes 59% of the material. There is a space saving of 41%. Consider this saving in terms of printing costs and storage space in today's inflated economy! 210 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 [2.0058] NEW CAVERNICOLOUS Kleptochthonius spp. FROM VIRGINIA (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthoniidae)1 William B. Muchmore2 Through the courtesy of Dr. John R. Holsinger, I have received for study a number of specimens of pseudoscorpions from caves in eastern United States. Here I wish to report on one previously described and two previously unde- scribed species of Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) from these collec- tions. Types of the new species are deposited in the American Museum of Natural History. This work has been supported in part by a grant (GB 17964) from the National Science Foundation. Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) henroti (Vachon) Two female specimens were taken in Blue Springs Cave, l/i mile northwest of Mill Point, Pocahontas County, West Virginia, 2 September 1967, by J. R. Hols- inger and R. Baroody. They appear to conform in major characteristics with specimens of A^. henroti, which has heretofore been known only from caves in Greenbriar County (see Muchmore, 1965). This represents, therefore, an exten- sion of the known range of the species about 20 miles to the northeast. K. henroti has been found also in the following additional caves in Greenbriar County: Grapevine Cave, two miles north of Lewisburg; one male, collected by J. Holsinger and D. Newson. The Hole, near Frankford;one male, collected by J. M. Rutherford. Benedict's Cave, 1.5 miles southeast of Maxwelton; two deutonymphs, col- lected by J. M. Rutherford. 1 Accepted for publication, September 12, 1970. 2Department of Biology, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY 14627. Ent. News, 81: 210-212; Data Documents, 5 pp.; American Ent. Soc. Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 211 Kleptoch thonius (Chamberlinochthonius) anophthalmus NEW SPECIES (Figures 1 and 2) [Omitted in journal article] Material: Holotype female (WM 467.01001) found by J. R. Holsinger in Porter's Cave, about 7.5 miles WSW of Millboro, Bath County, Virginia on 30 December 1960. Description of female: A moderate-sized species, similar in general facies to others of the subgenus, but without eyes or eyespots. [The journal article omits here the detailed description and measurements.] Male: Unknown. Remarks: This species is readily distinguished from most others in the genus by the complete absence of eyes or eyespots. It shares this characteristic with K. (C.) gertschi Malcolm and Chamberlin (1961), the only known specimen of which is from Gilley Cave,Pennington Gap, Lee County, Virginia. K. anophthal- mus may be separated from K. gertschi on the basis of its smaller size (palpal femur 0.90 mm vs. 1.082 mm long), less attenuated appendages (1/w ratio of palpal femur 6.0 vs. 7.2), and fewer setae on the cheliceral palm (7 vs. 9). Also at hand is a tritonymph from Madison Cave, Augusta County, Virginia (collector, T. C. Barr, Jr.) which may represent another new species of Klepto- chthonius (Chamberlinochthonius); however, because it is not in perfect condi- tion, I refrain from describing it at the present time. Suffice it to mention here that it has a short, bilobed process on the movable chelal finger and appears to be without eyes, but that other characters preclude its being the nymph of K. anophthalmus. Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) regulus NEW SPECIES (Figures 3 and 4) [Omitted in journal article] Material: Holotype male (WM 1613.01001) and two paratypes, a female and a deutonymph, collected by J. R. Holsinger in Fallen Rock Cave, about two miles SW of Pounding Mill, Tazewell County, Virginia on 9 November 1968. Description of male: A large, slender species, similar in general facies to others of the subgenus. [The journal article omits here the detailed description and measurements.] Female: Very similar to male in most particulars, but slightly larger. [The journal article omits here the detailed description and measurements.] Deutonymph: This specimen bears the same general relation to the adults described here as the deutonymph of K. charon does to adults of its species (see Muchmore, 1965, p. 18). [The journal articles here omits the measurements.] Remarks: As pointed out in an earlier publication (Muchmore, 1965), the species of Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) can be grouped according 2 1 2 Ent. News, Vol. 81, August 1970 to the size and shape of the process on the dorsal edge of the proximal end of the movable chelal finger. Thus, the two species known from Greenbriar County, West Virginia, namely K. henroti and K. proserpinae, have large, bifur- cated processes on the movable fingers, while the two species known from Monroe County, West Virginia, and eastern Kentucky, namely K. orpheus and K. krekeleri, have processes which are long and simple. On the other hand the large number of species from extreme southwestern Virginia, central Kentucky and Tennessee have very short, slightly bilobed processes. Remarkably, the two new species described above resemble in this respect, not their nearest neighbors in West Virginia, but the short-processed forms, the closest of which are from Lee County, Virginia. As a matter of fact, the present species, K. regulus, seems morphologically most like K. rex Malcolm and Chamberlin (1961) which is known only from Bunkum Cave, Byrdstown, Pickett County, Tennessee. It can be separated from that species by its slightly smaller size (palpal femur 1 .30 mm vs. 1 .47 mm long), greater number of setae at the posterior margin of the cara- pace (four vs. two), and stronger development of the microdenticles on the chelal fingers. The explanation of the distribution mentioned above is not yet known. As Dr. Holsinger has pointed out to me (in litt.), theoretical dispersal barriers are much greater between the caves of central Tennessee-Kentucky and the Virginia Appalachians than between those of the Virginia and West Virginia parts of the Appalachians. However, if pseudoscorpions do not often move from one cave to another, but rather the populations in individual caves have been derived independently from locally endemic, surface populations, then the distribution of cave forms may simply reflect the occurrence on the surface of diverse ancestral forms at some time(s) in the past. Since practically nothing is yet known about the distribution of present day, epigean forms of the genus (that is, those placed in the nominate subgenus), there is no other information available about the relationships of the cavernicolous species. Literature Cited Malcolm, D. R. and J. C. Chamberlin 1961. The pseudoscorpion genus Kleptochthonius Chamberlin (Chelonethida, Chthoniidae). American Mus. Nov., no. 2063, pp. 1-35. Muchmore, W. B. 1965. North American cave pseudoscorpions of the genus Klepto- chthonius, subgenus Chamberlinochthonius (Chelonethida, Chthoniidae). American Mus. Nov., no. 2234, pp. 1-27. Descriptors: Arachnida; Pseudoscorpionida; Chthoniidae; Kleptochthonius (Chamberlin- ochthonius) anophthalmus; Kleptochthonius (Chamberlinochthonius) regulus; Kleptochth- onius (Chamberlinochthonius) henroti; Cavernicoles; Virginia; West Virginia. examined, and long, detailed descriptions, discussions of nomenclatural problems will be recommended for Data Documents for Systematic Entomology. Instructions for this will be furnished on request (see Vol. 81, pp. 1-11 and recent issues). Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books re- ceived will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A. Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A. Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 Clarence E. Mickel-A. Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymen- optera: Mutillidae, Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps. . . .$2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro- Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 No. 24. Lee D. A//7/er-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de- scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor.0 Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Chrysomelidae: Wish to exchange for representatives of many World Leaf Beetle genera of all subfamilies. Can offer Asian & Pacific Coleoptera of most families in return. Please write first to set up arrangements. J. L. Gressitt and G. A. Samuelson, Bishop Museum.Box 6037, Honolulu, HI 96818. Chrysomelidae: Wish to borrow Australian ALTICINAE for revision. Depending on your convenience, send either to G. Scherer, Museum G. Frey, 8132 Tutzing bei Munchen, Hofrat-Beisele-Strasse 6, Germany OR to G. A. Samuelson, Bishop Museum, Box 6037, Honolulu, HI 96818. Compiling a checklist of the beetles of Southern Nevada. I would like to hear from any one who has collected Coleoptera in this area. Also need someone to det. Carabidae from this area. B. W. Miller, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, Las Vegas, NV 89 109. Wanted: Beginning collector wishes any back date or duplicate ent. lit., or reprints available (esp. on Coleopt.). Postage reimbursed. Also, to buy Dillon and Dillon, Manual of Common Beetles. Dennis H. Bartow, 601 Media Pky. Wallingford, PA 19086. Oedemeridae: determined promptly from any part of the World. Ross H. Arnett, Jr. 550 Elston Rd., Lafayette, IN 47905. Wanted: Customers; I am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W.Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. ENTOMOLOGICAL INFORMA TION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL by Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Professor of Entomology, Purdue University CONTENTS: The Information Problem; Information Storage and Retrie- val Systems Theory; Stored Information; Original Documents; Preparation of Original Documents for Information Storage; Preparation of Documents for Information Retrieval; Search Resources; Abstracts and Indexes; Synthe- sized Information; Popular Literature; Societies, Institutions, and Personnel; Glossary of Terms; Appendix: Bibliography of Basic Types of Entomological Literature; A selected list of Commercial Publishers and Dealers in Entomo- logical Literature; Entomological Equipment and Supply Companies. Cloth, xiii + 204 pp. List price: $ 7.95 Introductory offer until November 1, 1970, $ 5.95, check with order, or, $ 6.32 (postage and handling) if billed. THE BIO-RAND FOUNDATION, INC. 1330 Dillon Heights Ave., Baltimore, MD 21228 SEPTEMBER 1970 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS THE HOSTS OF THE CLOUDED PLANT BUG RICHARD L. LIPSEY, p. 213 AN UNUSUAL NEW PSEUDOSCORPION FROM BRAZIL WILLIAM B. MUCHMORE, p. 221 REVISION OF THE GENUS PHYSORHINUS (COLEOPTERA, ELATERIDAE). PART I: Introduction and Key to the Species DIETRICH SCHAAF,p.225 NEW EXOTIC CRANE-FLIES (TIPULIDAE: DIPTERA) PART XX CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, p. 233 The Entomologist's Record, p. 220, 224 • COMING NEXT ISSUE: LSD and Lepidoptera THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Entomological Soc- iety at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: H. W. Allen, S. S. Roback, and R. H. Arnett, Jr. (Editor); E. J. Gerberg (Editor, The Entomologist's Library). SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Dr. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within three months. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the review editor at: 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 2 1207. PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the follow- ing rate: Each line cut regardless of size, $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4]/2 x 6Vi inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not available. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup- plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Articles of an archival nature, including new taxa as separate descriptions for validation, new distribution records, or records of specimens (Continued on back inside cover.) SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT LAFAYETTE, INDIANA [3.0064] THE HOSTS OF Neurocolpus nubilus (Say), THE CLOUDED PLANT BUG (Hemiptera, Miridae)1 Richard L. Lipsey2 Introduction Neurocolpus nubilus, the clouded plant bug, was described by Thomas Say in 1832, from a specimen collected in Indiana (LeConte, 1883). While Say placed it in the genus Capsus, Reuter, in 1876, used N. nubilus as the type species when he named the genus Neurocolpus. Capsus hirsutulus in Britian is considered synonymous to N. nubilus (Distant, 1904), but distinct from N. mexicanus and C. affinis (Knight, 1934). N. nubilus has been recorded from Canada to Panama and from Maine to California on button bush growing in eastern swamps to mesquite growing in the desert in the southwest (VanDuzee, 1889; Crawford, 1916; Knight, 1941; Needham, 1908). A list of 42 known hosts from the literature appears in Table 1. Bibby, 1946, reported N. nubilus caused economic damage in cotton in Mississippi, while Crawford, 1916, found apple damage by TV. nubilus. This insect did more to lower yield in the cotton crop in Mississippi in 1946 than did any other insect pest (Bibby, 1946). N. nubilus has been reported to spread the twig blight, Bacillus amylovorus, to apples (Caesar, 1913). Crawford wrote on certain aspects of the biology of the clouded plant in 1916. The life history is described in a paper in press. N. nubilus was first collected in Arkansas in 1924, in Lee County. The Entomology Department Museum at the University of Arkansas contains a total of 26 specimens collected from seven counties during May, June, and July from 1924 to 1965. Recent specimens have been collected in August and September as well as the months mentioned above. Extension personnel 'Accepted for publication September 24, 1970. 2Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana, 1L 61801. Ent. News, 81: 213-219. 213 2 1 4 Ent. News, Vol. 81 , September 1970 began finding N. nubilus in cotton in ever increasing numbers in northeast Arkansas from 1958, through 1966, with the peak appearing in 1965. This study on the hosts of the clouded plant bug was done during the summers of 1966, and 1967, at the Northeast Branch Experiment Station in Keiser, Arkansas. Table 1. A list of all hosts of N. nubilus found in the literature. 1. Alsike clover* 22. Mesquite 2. Apple* 23. Mullein 3. Alternate-leaved dogwood 24. Old witch grass 4. Burdock* 25. Orange milkweed 5. Button bush* 26. Peach trees* 6. Canadian blue grass 27. Peppermint 7. Catnip 28. Pigweed 8. Cone flower 29. Poison sumac 9. Cotton 30. Ragweed 10. Cottonwood 31. Raspberry 1 1 . Croton capita tus 32. Red clover 12. Curled dock* 33. Round-leaved mallow 13. Elder* 34. Rye* 14. Evening primrose* 35. Spearmint 15. False indigo 36. Spy apple* 16. Golden rod 37. Staghorn sumac 17. Ground cherry* 38. Stinking milkweed 18. Hairy vetch 39. Sumac* 19. Horseweed 40. Teasel 20. Hungarian millet 41. Timothy* 21 . Kentucky Coffee tree 42. Willow *Designates those hosts on which nymphs were found also. Materials and methods Selected field crops and ditches in northeast Arkansas were sampled with 15 inch sweep nets and a D-Vac vacum apparatus, from June to September, in 1966 and 1967. Techniques of sampling had to vary with the host plants sampled. For example, blooming button bush could not be swept without crushing the insects under a mass of buttons, and a D-Vac could not be carried into ditches where the vegetation was too thick. Also, valid compari- Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 215 sons could not be made between populations of N. nubilus on various host plants for the same reason, so we could not quantatively determine which were the most important hosts. Also, since we could collect only during the summer, a complete seasonal history study was not possible. One thousand sweeps were taken in cotton, soybeans, corn, wheat, and alfalfa fields during June and half of July in 1966, but this was reduced to 100 sweeps for the remainder of the summer. There were 16 cotton fields, 8 soybean fields, 3 alfalfa fields, 1 corn, and 2 wheat fields involved in the survey in 1966. The following summer the same fields were swept except that no corn or wheat fields were involved since no N. nubilus were collected from these two hosts in 1966. In 1967, only 100 sweeps were taken in each of the fields. These fields were swept regularly, about every three weeks in 1966, and about every two weeks in 1967. But in 1967, 6 cotton, 6 soybean, and 3 alfalfa fields were swept weekly to determine population build-up in these three field crops. Ten sweeps were taken in 10 widely separated places in each field in an attempt to cover as much of each field as possible. The ditches were swept as frequently as the field crops, but the number of sweeps de- pended on the extent of a pure stand of a particular host. The D-Vac was used in 1966 in all crops except wheat, in an attempt to suck the nymphs out of flowering parts. It was every Tuesday in the same 3 cotton fields, 3 soybean fields, and 1 alfalfa field. The funnel had a one-half square foot opening and was operated for one to five minute periods for an average of 157 row feet covered in one minute. The host plants were identified by Drs. E. E. Dale and E. B. Smith of the Botany and Bacteriology Department of the University of Arkansas. The con- firmation of the identification of N. nubilus was made by Dr. H. H. Knight of Iowa State University and Dr. J. L. Herring of the Entomological Research Division, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Beltsville, Maryland. Results Adult and nymphal N. nubilus were collected from three field crops: cotton, soybeans, and alfalfa. None were found in corn or wheat, using a sweep net for a total of 3,600 sweeps in June, July, and August of 1966. In addition, this mirid was collected from a total of 13 wild hosts during 1966 and 1967 (Table 2). Ten of these wild plant species are previously unrecorded as hosts in addition to soybeans and alfalfa. Nymphs were collected from: cotton, soybeans, alfalfa, button bush, black willow, smart weed, ladies' eardrop, and daisy fleabane. Adults were first collected in early June on button bush, black willow, and 216 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 soybeans, and the last adults were collected in the last week of September on late blooming and fruiting hosts: cotton, golden rod, smart weed, stink weed, and wild pepper. Small isolated populations of the clouded plant bug were seen in cotton well up into October. The populations in cotton during both summers averaged 2.65 individuals per 100 sweeps. The population peaks occurred in August with a total of 187 bugs per 190 row feet. In soybeans the populations were low during 1966 and 1967, but they were fairly consistent all summer long. Button bush and black willow supported the highest populations. The peaks appeared in July when a total of 50 adults and 150 nymphs were counted on 21 button bush plants in 2Vi hours, and 27 adults and 3 nymphs were collected in 400 sweeps. But more TV. nubilus was taken from button bush during the two summers than from any other host. More nymphs were found in button bush than from all other hosts combined. Nymphs appeared on button bush with the appearance of flower buds or buttons in June. These numbers reached as high as 6 nymphs per button and 23 nymphs per plant in July at the peak. Nymphs were still present throughout August but in very low numbers. Black willow supported clouded plant bug populations through- out the summer, from the first week of June to the last week of August, but no nymphs were collected on this host after mid-July during either summer. The other hosts supported low populations at particular times during the summer. Nymphs were found on the major hosts mentioned above, as well as smart weed, ladies' eardrop, and daisy fleabane only at the time of blooming. Discussion Neurocolpus nubilus is a polyphagous mirid. A total of 16 host plants were recorded in northeast Arkansas during the summers of 1966 and 1967. A literature search revealed 42 hosts for this insect, while this study found ten new hosts, for a total of 52 host plants. Six hosts had previously been re- corded in the literature. The 16 hosts of TV. nubilus in northeast Arkansas include 3 field crops: cotton, soybeans, and alfalfa, and 13 wild hosts mainly in wet ditches and at or near the time of blooming. Adults were collected from 64% of all cotton fields sampled in 1967, and averaged 2.65 individuals per 100 sweeps. TV. nubilus adults were first found in cotton about the time of squaring, the last week of June, and disappeared in October. We don't know if TV. nubilus actually does damage in cotton until present experiments are concluded. The most important hosts appear to be button bush and black willow since they supported the highest numbers. The peaks appeared in July at the Ent. News, Vol. 81 , September 1970 217 Table 2. Host plants of Neurocolpus nubilus in Mississippi County, Arkan- sas, with combined data from 1966 and 1967. June July August September Hosts Weeks: 1234123412341234 1 . Alfalfa* X- -X 2. Black willow (Salix niger)* X- - X 3. Button bush (Cepha- X- - X lanthus occidentalis) 4. Cotton X- 5. Daisy fleabane (Erigeron X spp.)* 6. Evening primrose X (Denathera biennis) 7. Golden rod (Salidago X altissima) 8. Honeysuckle (Lonicera X sp-)* 9. Johnson grass (Sorghum X halenpense) * 10. Ladies' eardrop X (Brunniehia cirrhosa)* 1 1 . Morning glory X (Ipomoea pandurata}* 12. River locust (Amorpha X— —X fruticosa)* 13. Smart weed (Polygonum X— pennsylvanicum ) * 14. Soybean* X— -X 15. Stink weed (Pluchea X camphorata}* 16. Wild pepper (Ampelopsis X— arbor ea}* *Previously unrecorded hosts peak of reproduction for both hosts. In fact, I believe that there is a strong correlation between time of flowering of the various hosts and the presence of TV. nubilus. The insect was found on all hosts when flower buds, blooms, 218 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 or fruit were present. It was collected on smart weed, golden rod and other later blooming hosts only when it was blooming in late August and early September. Since nymphs were collected from 8 hosts, then N. nubilus can probably pass its life cycle on these hosts. They are: cotton, soybeans, alfalfa, button bush, black willow, smart weed, ladies' eardrop, and daisy fleabane. Pre- viously recorded hosts, such as staghorn sumac, cottonwood, apple, and pig- weed, which are common to northeast Arkansas were swept extensively, but no clouded plant bug was ever taken from these hosts. I believe this insect over-winters in the egg stage from diapausing eggs laid in late August. About 30 eggs brought back to the laboratory at this time imbedded in the nodes of button bush failed to hatch. Also, in live button bush in the field, eggs stayed imbedded in the stems up until the time observa- tions ceased in October and no nymphs were found on this host after the last week of August. Experiments in the laboratory where temperature, humidity, and especially photoperiod are controlled, I hope, will confirm this opinion. Since it takes about 40 days to pass one generation in the laboratory (Lipsey, in preparation) and the first nymphs hatch in May, then from 2-3 generations may be possible in the field each summer in northeast Arkansas. Crawford (1916) also reported that nymphs first appeared on May 27 in an apple orchard in Ontario, Canada, and the population completely disappeared by September 7. The wide distribution of this species, together with the large number of host plants, some of them field crops, make Neurocolpus nubilus an import- ant species in North America. Bibby (1946) reported that it damaged cotton; Crawford (1916) found that it damaged spy apples. Since it occurs also in such crops as clover, vetch, millet, peaches, peppermint, spearmint, rasp- berries, rye, timothy, soybeans, and alfalfa, as well as in various economically important shade trees, N. nubilus could be of economic importance. It also has the capacity for producing high numbers of individuals. Therefore, research continues on the possibility that this plant bug may become an economic pest of cotton in northeast Arkansas. Literature cited Bibby, F. F. 1946. N. nubilus, a cotton pest. J. Econ. Ent., 39(6): 815. Caesar, L. 1913. Some new and unrecorded Ontario insect pests. Ent. Soc. Ontario Re- port no. 44, pp. 102-103. Crawford, H. G. 1916. A capsid attacking apples (TV. nubilus). Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 46: 79-88. Distant, W. L. 1904. Heteroptera. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 7: 110-205. Knight, H. H. 1934. N. Reuter: key with five new species, (Hemiptera, Miridae). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 29: 162-167. Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 219 Knight, H. H. 1941. The plant bugs or Miridae of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey, 22, article 1. LeConte, J. L. 1883. The complete writings of Thomas Say on the entomology of North America. 1: 341. Needham, J. G. 1903. Button-bush insects. Psyche, 10: 22. Reuter, O. M. 1876. Capsinae ex America Boreali in Museo Holmiensi asservatae, de- scriptae. Ofv. Sv. Vet.-Aik. Forh. 32(9): 59-92. Van Duzee, E. P. 1917. Hemiptera of America north of Mexico. Vol. 2, Univ. California Pub. Ent., pp. 314-315. 2.0064. The hosts of Neurocolpus nubilus (Say), the clouded plant bug (Hemiptera, Miridae). Abstract. -Neurocolpus nubilus, the clouded plant bug, was collected from three field crops and 13 wild hosts during the summers of 1966 and 1967, in the north- east corner of Arkansas. Nymphs first appeared in May on button bush, black willow, and other wild hosts in ditches, with the adults appearing in June and moving into cotton, soybeans, and alfalfa. Two to three generations are possible and diapausing eggs are probably laid in August and September. -Richard L. Lipsey, Department of Ento- mology, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801. Descriptors. -Hemiptera; Miridae; Neurocolpus nubilus', clouded plant bug; Arkansas; hosts; season. 220 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department 3.0066 New collection records for Sporothrips amplus and Atractothrips bradleyi (Thysanoptera: Phlaeothripidae).-5poA'o?/2np^ amplus (Hood) and Atractothrips bradleyi Hood have been known only from the peninsula of Florida and the Florida Keys (Stan- nard, 1968). 5. amplus was described by Hood (1925) on the basis of specimens collected from Bradenton, Florida, and A. bradleyi described by Hood (1938) from material from Clearwater, Florida. Both species have been taken only from dead branches and dead leaves of palms or palmenttos. The following collections should be recorded because the collection of these 2 species extends the range into south Georgia and includes a new host for A. bradleyi. S. amplus was taken from dead Sabal palmetto (Walt.) Lodd. leaves in Echols Co., Georgia, on January 31 and February 7, 1970. Thirty-six adult males and 34 females of S. amplus were collected by beating dead leaves remaining on the palm and dead branches that had fallen on the ground near the base of the tree over a 36 square inch white sheet. Numerous larvae were taken on both collection dates. Four adult females and 1 adult male were collected on dead S. palmetto leaves, March 19, 1970 from Cumberland Island, Georgia. Eight adult brachypterous females, 1 macropterous female and 1 brachypterous male of A. bradleyi were collected from Mariscus sp., Cumberland Island, Georgia, September 9, 1969. Additional unmounted material collected from the same host on June 11, 1970 is at hand. One brachypterous female was collected from dead S. palmetto leaves in Echols Co., Georgia, on February 8, 1970. Appreciation is expressed to Dr. L. J. Stannard, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, for confirmation of the identifications. Examples of both species are deposited in the Illinois Natural History Survey collection at Urbana and the University of Georgia at Experiment, Georgia. Literature cited.-Hood, J. D. 1925. Four new Phlaeothripidae from the United States (Thysanoptera). Canadian Ent., 57(9): 218-222; 1938. A new genus and species of Phlaeothripidae (Thysanoptera) from palmetto. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 51: 27- 32. Stannard, L. J. 1968. The thrips, or Thysanoptera, of Illinois. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull., vol. 29, art. 4, pp. 215-552.-Ramona J. Beshear, University of Georgia College of Agriculture Experiment Stations, Georgia Station, Experiment, GA 30212. Accepted for publication: October 9, 1970. Descriptors: Thysanoptera; Phlaeothripidae; Sporothrips amplus; Atractothrips brad- leyi; Florida; Georgia. (Continued on p. 224.) [3.0059] AN UNUSUAL NEW Pseudochthonius FROM BRAZIL (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthoniidae)1 William B. Muchmore2 In the collections of the American Museum of Natural History was discov- ered a single specimen of a remarkable species of pseudoscorpion. Resembling Pseudochthonius in many details, it nevertheless differs from all known species of that genus in some very important features, so that it is desirable to present a formal description. This work was supported in part by a grant (GB 17964) from the National Science Foundation. Pseudochthonius orthodactylus, NEW SPECIES Material: Holotype male (WM 634.01001) from Belem, Brazil, 8 February 1959 (A. M. Nadler). Description: Male: Generally similar to other members of the genus except that the chelal fingers are shorter and lack the distinctive curves seen in most species. Body quite small and all parts weakly sclerotized and pale in color. Carapace slightly longer than broad; epistome broad and strongly serrate; surface nearly smooth; two weak eyes present, about one ocular diameter from the anterior margin. Carapace with 14 long, slender setae and a microseta in front of each eye: m3m-3-4-2=16 (normal total is probably 18). Coxal area typical; chaetotaxy 2-2-1 :m-2-l-cs:2-3-cs:2-5:2-6; with three finely pinnate spines (Fig. 1) on each coxa I and five similar spines on each coxa II; no intercoxal tubercle present. Abdomen typical. Tergal chaetotaxy 4:4:4:4:6:6:6:6:6:3:4:0. Sternal chaetotaxy 4_4:[4-4] :(3)— (3):(3)10(3):8:8:8:8:6:4:0:2; spiracles oriented transversely and with- out distinct guard sclerites. Pleural membranes with very small granules. Chelicera about twice as long as broad and 0.6 as long as carapace. Palm with five setae; fixed finger with nine teeth, the distalmost the largest; movable finger with one large distal tooth, plus a row of ten smaller ones; galea represented by a low eleva- tion; serrula exterior of 15 blades, flagellum of seven or eight pinnate setae. Accepted for publication September 17, 1970. 2 Department of Biology, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY 14627. Ent. News, 81: 221-223. 222 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 Palps moderately long and slender; femur 1.14 and chela 1.61 times as long as cara- pace. Proportions of segments shown in Fig. 2; especially noteworthy are the relatively short and straight fingers of chela. Trochanter 1.65, femur 5.25, tibia 2.0 and chela 7.4 times as long as broad; hand 2.95 times as long as deep; movable finger 1.35 times as long as hand. Surfaces smooth except for femur, which is weakly reticulated. Trichobothria of chela as shown in Fig. 3. Fixed finger of chela with two small distal denticles, fol- lowed by 13 large, sharp, spaced teeth, then by three low, rounded contiguous teeth; movable finger with one, seven and twelve similar teeth. Movable finger with a conspicu- ous, large apodeme projecting from dorsal side of basal end; this process provides a sur- face for the attachment of some, but not all, of the fibers of the adductor muscle. Legs moderately slender. Leg IV with entire femur 2.25 and tibia 3.4 times as long as deep; trichobothria on metatarsus 0.36 and on telotarsus 0.12 length of segment from proximal end. Female: Unknown. Measurements (in mm): Body length 1.07. Carapace 0.39 long and 0.315 broad across eyes. Chelicera 0.24 by 0.125; movable finger 0.125 long. Palpal trochanter 0.14 by 0.085; femur 0.445 by 0.085; tibia 0.16 by 0.08; chela 0.63 by 0.085; hand 0.265 by 0.09; movable finger 0.36 long. Leg IV: entire femur 0.385 long; basifemur 0.23 by 0.17; telofemur 0.24 by 0.15; tibia 0.34 by 0.07; metatarsus 0.14 by 0.05; telotarsus 0.26 by 0.03. Remarks: The pseudoscorpion described above is placed in the genus Pseudochthonius for the present, although strong arguments could be made for placing it in a separate, new genus. It appears to belong to Pseudo- chthonius because of the nature of the coxal area, including the shape and placement of the coxal spines, the nature of the spiracular areas, the structure and the chaetotaxy of the carapace, the placement of the trichobolhria on the palpal chela, and most details of the genital area (see Chamberlin, 1929; Hummelinck, 1948; Hoff, 1963). However, it differs markedly from all other known members of the genus in the structure of the palpal chela, which is as a whole unique. While most other species ot Pseudochthonius have long, gracefully curved chelal fingers with the fixed finger strongly hooked termi- nally and the movable finger meeting the fixed finger far proximad of the tip, P. orthodactylus has relatively short, straight chelal fingers which meet with their tips nearly in contact. Further, in most other Pseudochthonius the teeth on the two chelal fingers are distinctly different, the fixed finger having alternating large and small, spaced, acute teeth (except in P. homodentatus) and the movable finger having more or less contiguous and uniform, small, retrocuneate teeth; in P. orthodactylus, on the other hand, the teeth are similar in shape and nearly equally developed on the two fingers, nowhere being alternately large and small. Also, the apodeme for the attachment of the adductor muscle to the base of the movable finger is long and heavy in P. orthodactylus, but is small, or entirely absent in other members of the genus. The condition of the chela in P. orthodactylus can be viewed reason- Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 223 ably as more primitive, i.e., less highly modified, than the corresponding fea- tures in other species. If it can be accepted that P. orthodactylus is indeed more primitive in these respects than other members of the genus, then com- parison of Pseudochthonius with other genera of the Chthonioidea is made much easier. In fact, a consideration of the relationship between Pseudo- chthonius and the unusual, cave-restricted genus Aphrastochthonius , based upon this point of view, will appear shortly in another paper. Literature cited Chamberlin, J. C. 1929. The genus Pseudochthonius Balzan (Arachnida-Chelonethida). Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 54: 173-179. Hoff, C. C. 1963. The pseudoscorpions of Jamaica. Part 2. The genera Pseudochthonius, Paraliochthonius, Lechytia, and Tridenchthonius. Bull. Inst. Jamaica, Sci. Ser. no. 10, pt. 2: 1-35. Hummelinck, P. W. 1948. Pseudoscorpions of the genera Gary pus, Pseudochthonius, Tyrannochthonius, and Pachychitra. Studies Fauna Curacao, Aruba, Bonaire and Venezuelan Is. 3: 29-77. Pseudochthonius orthodactylus, new species, holotype male. Fig. 1 . Single coxal spine from pedal coxa II. Fig. 2. Dorsal view of left palp. Fig. 3. Lateral view of right chela. 2.0059. An unusual new Pseudochthonius from Brazil (Arachnida, Pseudoscorpion- ida, Chthoniidae). Abstract. -The new species, Pseudochthonius orthodactylus, differs from others in the genus in certain characters which suggest that it is a primitive member of the group. -William B. Muchmore, Department of Biology, University of Rochester, Rochester, NY 14627. Descriptors: Arachnida, Pseudoscorpionida, Chthoniidae, Pseudochthonius ortho- dactylus, Brazil. 224 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 Edward Avery Richmond (1887-1970).-Dr. E. A. Richmond was born June 10, 1887 at Brockton, Massachusetts, of a very old Massachusetts family. He died July 14, 1970 in the Burlington County Hospital, Mt. Holly, New Jersey. He is buried in the old family plot at Brockton, Massachusetts. He obtained his B. S. degree at Dartmouth College in 1912, his M. S. at Cornell Uni- versity in 1924 and the Ph. D. at the University of Massachusetts in 1930. He had a long and active career of such a varied nature that it is difficult to summarize adequately his many activities and accomplishments. Richmond was a member of the staff of the Japanese Beetle Laboratory, Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agriculture at Moorestown, New Jersey, 1924 to 1929 where he contributed to the development of chemical attractants and of traps for catching Japanese beetles. He then did research on the development of chemicals of possible value as insecticides for Rohn & Haas Co. and the Crop Protection Institute. He was one of the first to use pyrethrum for cranberry insects. He was Plant Quarantine Inspector, United States Department of Agriculture at West- over Air Force Base near Springfield, Massachusetts June 12, 1946 to June 1, 1955 and Supervisory Plant Quarantine Inspector United States Department of Agriculture, Mc- Guire Air Force Base, Wrightstown, New Jersey, June 1, 1955 to June 30, 1957 on which date he reached the compulsory retirement age of 70. Dr. Richmond's two principal papers on entomology, both considered as basic in their field are: Studies on the biology of the aquatic Hydrophilidae (Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist.. 42(1): 1-94. September 27, 1920) and The external morphology of Hydrophilus obtusatus Say (Coleop: Hydrophilidae) (J. New York Ent. Soc., 39: 191- 251, June 1931). Horn Island is situated in the Gulf of Mexico just off-shore from Gulfport, Missis- sippi. For some time during 1944 and 1945 Ned was stationed on and near the Island. He became interested in its natural history, an interest which continued during all of the ensuring years and he made many trips there to collect plants and animals. His results, combined with those of others, culminated in the following two papers authored by him: The fauna and flora of Horn Island, Mississippi (Gulf Research Reports 1(2): 59-106, figs. 1-27, maps 1, 3, 13, 1962). In November 1968 he published a supplement (same title) in volume 2, no. 3 (pp. 213-254) of the series. During 1944 through 1966 the impressive totals of 1364 species of animals and 204 plants were listed in these papers. Richmond was a member of the American Entomological Society, Entomological Society of America, Phi Kappa Psi, Acacia, Sigma Xi, Moorestown Stamp and Camera Clubs, Masonry (Blue Lodge Chapter, Council, Commandery, Consistory). He was also Life Deacon of the South Congregational Church of Springfield, Massachusetts. His military record was as follows: 1st Lt. QMC and Sn. Corps 1917-1919 and 1921; Captain and Major, CWS, U. S. Army, 1942-1945. Ned Richmond was broadly interested in natural history; he was an excellent field botanist and his extensive garden at his home in Mooreslown, New Jersey contained many kinds of flowers and ornamental shrubs and trees. He was a thorough extrovert and had hosts of friends. To this writer, who knew him intimately for over 50 years, his loss is great. He is survived by his wife, Leona, at the Moorestown home. -Mortimer D. Leonard, 2480 16th St., N. W., Washington, DC 20009. [3.0056] REVISION OF THE GENUS Physorhinus (COLEOPTERA, ELATERIDAE) IN NORTH, CENTRAL, AND SOUTH AMERICA1-2 PART I: Introduction and Key to the Species Dietrich Schaaf 3 The genus Physorhinus as it is presently known occurs only in the New World, primarily in the Neotropics. This revision deals with the known species of North, Central, and South America, exclusive of the Galapagos Islands. The species treated here are alike in having a yellowish color on the frons, a character which was until recently considered distinctive for the genus, if not definitive. Seventeen such species from the southwestern United States, Central America, and South America were described between 1801 and 1903. Until now, no all- inclusive revision of their taxonomy has been undertaken. HISTORICAL REVIEW The genus Physorhinus was noted in 1833 in the third edition of the Dejean Catalogue and again in 1836 in Sibermann's Revue Entomologique, but in both cases, no validly described species were assigned to it. In 1840 Germar published descriptions first of P. xanthocephalus and later of P. sturmii. He mentions the morphology of the pleurosternal sutures, the second and third antennal segments and the metacoxal plates which in combination with the yellow frons became the hallmarks of the genus. Cand&ze revised Physorhinus in 1859, bringing together Fabricius' Elater erythrocephalus, described in 1801, Germar's two species, P. galapagoensis described by Waterhouse in 1845, and 6 new species 1 Accepted for publication: September 28, 1970. 2 A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirement for a Master of Science degree from Purdue University; approved by the Agricultural Experiment Station, as journal paper no. 4207. 3 Department of Fisheries & Wildlife, Michigan State Univ., E. Lansing, Ml 48823. Ent. News, 81: 225-232. 225 226 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 first described at that time. P. galapagoensis , distinguished in his key by a pro- thorax which is only slightly narrowed and by a frons which has only the anter- ior border yellow, was placed in Anchastus in 1895 by Champion on the basis of its narrowly separated pleurosternal sutures. The remainder of the species CandSze separated on the basis of elytral maculation, pronotal punctation and the comparative widths of the prothorax and elytra; the latter character being of doubtful value for this purpose. Several additional species were described in the ensuing years (Steinheil, 1875; CandSze, 1881, 1893). In 1895 Champion reviewed the Central American species and described 4 new ones. Two additional yellow-headed Physorhinus species were later described, one from Peru by Schwarz in 1902, the other from the United States by Wickham in 1903. More recently, Van Dyke in 1953 treated the Physorhinus species of the Galapagos Islands. He described 6 new species and included one formerly placed in Anchastus. This was the first work to include within the genus beetles which do not have the classical yellow frons. Physorhinus Germar, 1840 Dejean, 1833. Catalogue des Cole'opte'res . . . de M. le comte Dejean, ed. 3, p. 86 (2 manuscript species). Eschscholtz, 1836. [Table of] Classification des elaterides . . . Rev. Ent., 4:4. (In table without species.) Germar, 1840. Zeitschr. Ent., 2: 245. (Type species of the genus: P. xantho- cephalus. Monobasic.) Lacordaire, 1857. Gen. Col., 4: 167, 175. Candfize, 1859. Mon. Elater., 2: 387. CandSze, 1891. Cat. Elat., p. 103. Champion, 1895. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Coleopt., 3: 385. Schwarz, 1906. In Wytsman, Gen. Ins., fasc., 46, Elater., p. 131. VanDyke, 1953. Occ. Papers California Acad. Sci., no. 22, p. 46. It is not clear which characters separate Physorhinus from the closely related genus Anchastus (LeConte, 1893). In the past these two genera were separated by the yellowish color of the frons (present in Physorhinus, absent in An- chastus), the relative lengths of antennal segments 2 and 3 (equal or subequal in Physorhinus, 3 longer than 2 in Anchastus), the extent of the caudal expansion of the metacoxal plates (reaching to or just short of the second abdominal segment in Physorhinus, considerably shorter in Anchastus) and the extent and nature of the separation between the pleurosternal sutures (most widely sepa- rated toward the center of their length in Physorhinus, evenly and rather nar- rowly separated throughout in Anchastus). On the basis of studies conducted Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 221 in the preparation of this work, I believe that none of these characters is com- pletely reliable. I have examined A. digitatus LeConte, the type species of Anchastus, and find that it differs in several respects from P. xanthocephalus Germar, the type of Physorhinus. In A. digitatus the pronotum is longer than wide, the anterior edge of the prosternal lobe is sculptured to give a scalloped effect, the pleuro- sternal sutures are narrowly and evenly separated throughout their length, the male genitalia are short and broad, with the apices of the parameres blunt or subquadrate in form, the female bursa bears two bulbous colleterial glands, and the spermatheca is greatly elongated and contorted. P. xanthoceplialus differs in that the pronotum is wider than long, the prosternal lobe is not sculptured, the pleurosternal sutures are most widely separated in the middle of their length, the parameres are slender with pointed apices, the bursa is bulbous or roughly pyriform with two sclerites near the vaginal canal opening, and the sperma- theca is shorter and less contorted. The other species of Physorhinus here treated agree well with these characters shown by P. xanthocephalus, but there are exceptions. Examination of 12 additional species assigned to Anchastus showed that one of these, A. fumicollis Fall agrees closely with A. digitatus. Ten others, including two exotic species, one from Africa, the other from Asia, differ from the type of both Anchastus and Physorhinus in genital characters, width and morphology of the pleurosternal sutures, lack of prosternal sculptur- ing, morphology and size of antenna! segments 2 and 3, and total body size, some of the species being very much smaller than others. One species, A. sub- depressus Fall belongs in the genus Physorhinus, since it displays characters which agree with those given above for P. xanthocephalus, differing only in that the pleurosternal sutures are narrower than usual. However, it does not exhibit the yellow frons and greatly extended metacoxal plates which were until now considered important characters in separating Physorhinus from Anchastus. Seven Physorhinus species were recently named from the Galapagos Islands (Van Dyke, 1953). They further prove the unreliability of the characters used in the past to separate Physorhinus and Anchastus, in that they all lack the yellow frons. I was able to examine two of these species and found also that the meta- coxal plates are not extended caudally as they are among the yellow-headed species from the mainland. These exceptions led to further analysis, and it was found that the Physorhinus and Anchastus species examined here differ in the mode of articulation of antennal segments 1 and 2. In Physorhinus segment 2 joins 1 on the inner side of 1 , leaving the distal end of segment 1 to form a rounded cap over the end of segment 2. In Anchastus, segment 2 joins 1 on its distal end (figure 1). This difference in the manner of antennal segment articulation and the differences in the genitalia described before appear to be 228 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 more fundamental and universal than the characters heretofore used in separa- ting the two genera. It is important to point out that this analysis of generic differences is far from exhaustive and will have to be used with care until further research tests its validity. In addition, the examination of Anchastus showed that several species have antennal segment 3 similar in size and morphology to segment 4, while only segment 2 is small and cylindrical. In the Physorhinus species here examined and in the type species of Anchastus, both segments 2 and 3 are small and cylin- drical or subcylindrical. This and other differences within the genus suggests that Anchastus, as it is now constituted, may contain more than one genus. Nothing is known about the biology of the Physorhinus species, and there are no data on life histories or food preferences which might be used to delimit species. Although some label data give the names of plants on which specimens were taken, this information is not proof of host plant relationships since the insects may simply have alighted before being caught, and the data are so sketchy that no tentative correlations may be made. Adults appear to be active the year around in the tropics, but here again data are not sufficient to indicate peaks of activity. No sexual dimorphism was observed. Champion (1895) believed that the antennae of the males were longer than those of the females in several species, but his conclusions are based on few specimens, and no such conclusions can be drawn from the present study. Locality data are cited under the listings of specimens examined. Distribu- tion is sometimes indicative of specific differences, as in the case of P. cruciatus and P. insularis. Material for the revision was borrowed from a number of individuals, museums and universities both in the United States and Europe (abbreviations used later in the text are given after the name of the individual or institution, following the system proposed by Arnett and Samuelson, 1969): American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH); Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (ANSP); British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH); California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CASC); Cornell Univer- sity, Ithaca (CUIC); Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde (DEIC); Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa (CNCI); Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago (FMNH); Mr. Gerard E. Flory, Lincoln Memorial University, Harrogate, Tennessee (GEFC); Institute Royal des Sciences Naturalles de Belgique, Brussells (IRSN); Institute for the Study of Natural Species, Lafayette, Indiana (ISNS); Dr. J. N. L. Stibick (JNLS); Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge (MCZC); Museum fur Naturkunde, Berlin (MFNC); Museum G. Frey, Tutzing (MGFC); Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (MNHN); Mr. M. W. Stone, Riverside, California (MWSC), Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm (NRIC); Ohio State University, Columbus (OSUC); University of Kansas, Snow Entomo- logical Museum, Lawrence (SEMC); University of California, Berkeley (UCBC); University Ent. News, Vol 81, September 1970 229 of California, Davis (UCDC); United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. (USNM); and the Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Copenhagen (UZMC). DIAGNOSTIC CHARACTERS Many characters were examined for usefulness in separating the various Physorhinus species. Those which were found of value are discussed below. Head. -A triangular brownish macula is found at the base of the head in several species, and it occurs most consistantly in P. erythrocephalus; only a few specimens of this species were seen in which it is lacking. The characteristic brown border around the frons which often occurs in P. frontalis has not been discovered in any of the other species described here. The nasale is almost always more or less flat and rectangular or subrectangular. Only in P. sexnotatus it is consistantly concave, with the lateral anterior edges raised into distinct ridges. Antennae. -The following antennal characters are common to all the species examined here: segments 2 and 3 smaller than all the others, segments 4-1 1 com- pressed and similar to each other in morphology, almost always each of segments 4-1 1 has a more or less distinct median longitudinal dark brown streak; this is rarely lacking, sometimes it is probably masked by the dark brown color of the anten- nal segments themselves. P. sexnotatus, P. xanthocephalus, and P. marginatus all have these dark streaks raised into more or less distinct carinae, usually on segments 4-8. In these species segment 1 also bears a median carina. Antennal length varies considerably intraspecifically, but the extraordinarily long antennae of P. longicornis are useful in distinguishing this species. Pronotum. -The shape, color and punctation of the pronotum vary some- what intraspecifically, yet the pronotum offers several useful characters for the separation of species. Color is useful in separating P. marginatus from all other species because of its flavous pronotal borders. Both?, marginatus and P. insularis have a distinctly broad, almost flat pronotum, while in P. frontalis, P. fusculus, and P. lateralis the pronotum tends to be more distinctly convex. In almost all cases pronotal punctation increases in size and density on the anterior sides of the pronotum, and the extent of coarse, deep pronotal punctation onto the hind angles is important in separating P. fusculus from similar species. The density of pronotal punctation on the disc and sides is quite noticably greater on such species as P. fusculus, P. frontalis, and P. sturmii than on P. erythrocephalus, P. distigma and others. The hind angles of the pronotum are as a rule bicarinate with the carinae well developed, except in P. longicornis and P. sellatus where the supramarginal carinae are very weakly developed or lacking altogether. In P. fusculus, P. frontalis, and P. sturmii the area between the carinae is flat or even slightly concave, making the hind angles appear not to blend smoothly into 230 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 the contour of the pronotal disc, as they do for example in P. distigma, where the space between the carinae is convex. Elytra. -The most useful feature of the elytra is the presence or absence of maculae and the pattern of maculation, which is constant in all the species ex- cept P. distigma where there is considerable variation in size, shape, and inten- sity, but not in number of maculae. Also in P. sexnotatus, the second pair of elytral maculae is much smaller in several specimens from Costa Rica than in those specimens from further south. Elytral striation, though variable, can be helpful in identifying several species. For example, in P. quadrinotatus only the sutural stria is distinct, while in P. boliviensis 9 striae can be distinguished. In P. stellatus elytral striation is absent except for the sutural stria, while in P. fusculus and P. frontalis striation is well developed and distinct. Elytral apices are distinctly serrate in most of the species, but in P. fusculus, P. frontalis, P. lateralis and P. sturmii serration is absent or at most very fine. Metacoxal plates. -The extent of development and the shape of the meta- coxal plates is of limited use in separating some of the species. In P. xantho- cephalus and P. stellatus the metacoxal plates are triangularly produced to acute apices which generally do not reach the second abdominal segment. P. erythro- cephalus has the metacoxal plates more bluntly rounded and almost always reaching the second abdominal segment. P. sexnotatus has metacoxal plates which are narrowly and acutely produced, often reaching beyond the anterior edge of the second abdominal segment. Male genitalia.-The genitalia of the species examined here are all very similar in appearance, with simple, acutely pointed parameres, each paramere bearing 3 setae near its apex, 2 ventrally and 1 dorsally placed. These setae are common to all the species and are not shown in the illustrations. The genitalia differ chiefly in the length of the parameres and the amount of curvature of their outer margins, when viewed from the venter. There is a good deal of intraspecific variation, and the examples described and illustrated were chosen because they appear to best represent the species in question. In general, male genitalia should not be used to separate species, with the exception of those of P. frontalis which have a minute but distinct notch at the apex of each paramere where its inner margin is drawn out into a fine point. One or two additional differences can be mentioned. For example, P. longicornis has a long, slender genital apparatus in comparison with the other species. The parameres of P. erythrocephalus are quite strongly curved in comparison to those of P. stellatus or P. xanthocephalus and others. In P. marginatus the basal ends of the parameres join to form a more rounded arch than in any of the other species. Female genitalia.-The female genitalia are much more distinctive than the male genitalia, and they can be used to separate groups of species or single Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 231 species. This will be apparent from an examination of the illustrations and descriptions. In all cases the spermatheca has a row of fine scales which some- times has the appearance of a zipper along the side of the spermatheca, and sometimes forms a wide band along the spermathecal wall. The individual scales examined under high magnification may show specific differences; however, they were not examined in this manner since the more obvious features of the female genitalia provide suitable diagnostic characters. Size, shape and number of bursal sclerites, spermathecal shape and accessory gland position are impor- tant diagnostic features. The illustrations show only the bursa and bursal scler- ites, spermatheca with scales and the bulbous or sausage-like accessory gland attached to the spermatheca. KEY TO THE Physorhinus SPECIES OF NORTH, CENTRAL, AND SOUTH AMERJCA 1. Flavous maculae present on elytra 2 Maculae absent or so large as to cover most of elytra, or elytra with lateral flavous bands 8 2(1). Elytra yellow brown to piceous red brown with 2 subapical variable maculae. distigma Maculae more than 2 3 3(2). Maculae 4 4 Maculae 6 7 4(3). Basal elytral maculae as large or larger than apical maculae 5 Basal elytral maculae smaller than apical maculae 6 5(4). Elytra piceous to red brown with 4 subapical maculae, 2 toward bases, 2 toward apices; pronotum with lateral flavous bands marginatus Elytra red brown to yellow brown; 2 slightly oblong maculae toward bases, 2 smaller and rounder toward apices; pronotum without lateral flavous bands erythiocephalus 6(4). Elytra red brown to brown, 2 small round maculae at outer margins just below bases, 2 larger subapical round maculae; sutural striae alone distinct (Central America) quadrinotatus Elytra red brown; each elytron with small round macula centrally placed below base, and larger, oblong macula toward apex; 9 elytral striae distinguishable (Bolivia) boliviensis 7(3). Elytra yellow brown to brown, 2 small basal maculae distinct or obscure, 2 oval and laterally placed, large or small, 2 before apices; antennal segments 1 and 4-9 or 10 with median longitudinal carinae sexnotatus Elytra shiny yellow brown to brown, 4 small maculae slightly beyond base, 2 much larger, laterally placed beyond middle; antennal segments without carinae . stdlatus 8(1 ). Hind angles or prothorax unicarinate or with supramarginal carina very weakly devel- oped; antennae long, half of body length or more, antennal segments 3-5 times as long as broad; prothorax dark, elytra light yellow brown and narrowly tapered. longicornis 232 Ent. News., Vol. 81, September 1970 Hind angles of prothorax bicarinate; antennae half of body length or less, antennal segments at most 4 times as long as broad; prothorax dark, elytra yellow brown or darker, narrowly tapered or not 9 9(8). Elytra brown with 4 large subequal maculae covering most of surface; pronotum sub- triangular, not strongly convex; lateral anterior pronotal punctation coarse and deep (Caribbean island of Guadeloupe) insularis Elytra as in P. insularis: pronotum more squared and convex; anterior lateral pronotal punctation shallow, large but not coarse (Pacific coast of southern Mexico). cruciatus Elytra more or less unicolorous and without maculation, or with flavous lateral bands; pronotum subtriangular or not 10 10(9). Lateral elytral bands with conspicuous emarginations toward sutural line near bases; antennal segments 1 and 4-8 or 9 with more or less distinct median longitudinal carinae xanthocephalus Lateral elytral bands, when present, without emarginations; antennal segments with- out carinae 11 11 (10). Elytra with lateral bands 12 Elytra without lateral bands, unicolorous 13 12(1 1 (.Pronotum convex, densely punctate; elytral apices without serrations (Peru). lateralis Pronotum not strongly convex, moderately punctate; elytral apices at least finely serrate (Caribbean, Mexico, northern Central America) distigma 13(11). Elytra brown to piceous brown; pronotal punctation distinctly extending onto hind angles fusculus Elytra piceous red brown to yellow brown; pronotal punctation obscure or obsolete on hind angles 14 14(13). Elytra brown to piceous red brown; pronotal punctation dense, but obscure on hind angles; elytral apices with very fine serration at most; male genitalia with inner margins of parameres produced into a fine point, creating a small notch at apex of paramere; female genitalia with slender, toothed bursal sclerites . . . frontalis Elytra light brown to yellow brown; pronotum dark, densely punctate, but puncta- tion obscure on hind angles, elytral apices without serration; or elytra and pro- notum uniformly dark; male parameres without apical notch, female bursal scler- ites rounded, each with 2 large conical teeth sturmii Elytra brown to piceous brown; pronotal punctation moderate, obscure well before hind angles; elytral apices finely serrate; male parameres without apical notch, fe- male bursal sclerites slender and toothed distigma (To be continued: Part 2, descriptions of the species.) [3.0060] NEW EXOTIC CRANE-FLIES (TIPULIDAE: DIPTERA) PART XX1 Charles P. Alexander2 The preceding part under this general title was published in Entomological News, vol. 81 (4): 79-84. At this time I am considering further Hexatomine crane-flies that were collected by Dr. Fernand Schmid in various parts of India. Additional to the new species herein described and figured I am includ- ing drawings of four others that had been described in earlier parts of this series of papers but not previously illustrated. All species discussed at this time belong to the genus Limnophila Macquart. Types of the new species are preserved in the Alexander Collection. Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) euglena, NEW SPECIES Size relatively large (wing of female to 10 mm); head and thorax olive gray, praescutum with scarcely evident more yellowed stripes; halteres yellow; legs yellow, femora with a faintly indicated darker subterminal ring, tips of tibiae narrowly darkened; wings light yellow with scattered pale brown dots and large open ocelli at origin and fork of Rs and at near midlength of vein ^5. Female. - Length about 11 mm; wing 9.5-10 mm. Head, including rostrum, olive gray, mouthparts and palpi black, the latte* with long conspicuous setae. Antennae brown, flagellar segments oval. Thorax almost uniformly olive gray, praescutum with scarcely evident more yellowed stripes; dorsopleural membrane yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder of legs yellow, femora with a scarcely evident subterminal darkening, tips of tibiae and basitarsi narrowly darkened, remainder of tarsi brownish black. Wings (Fig. 1) light yellow, including the slightly darker veins; an abundant pale brown pattern that includes dots in all cells, and larger ocelliform rings, the largest and most 'Accepted for publication: September 17, 1970. Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01002. Ent. News, 81: 233-240. 233 234 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 evident of these at origin and fork of Rs and in outer radial field, the center of the last just beyond midlength of vein R5; ocelli large, the darkened borders much narrower than the enclosed yellow rings; dots in cells small and scattered, less conspicuous than in pterosticta. Venation: Cell Ml about one-half longer than its petiole; m-cu shortly beyond midlength of M3+4. Abdomen light brown, genital shield and bases of valves of ovipositor dark orange. Habitat. -Sikkira Holotype: 9, Namnasa, 9,500 feet, July 13, 1959 (Schmid). Paratopotype, broken, sex doubtful. The most similar species is Limnophila ( Afrolimnophila ) pterosticta Alex- ander, of Manipur, which shows slight distinctions in the leg pattern and marked differences in wing pattern, the darkened dots being more abundant, equalling or exceeding the yellow ground, and with the borders of the ocelli- form areas broader, subequal to the enclosed yellow ring. Limnophila ( Indolimnophila ) adicia Alexander Limnophila ( Indolimnophila ) adicia Alexander; Ent. News, 75: 62; 1964. Type from Leimatak, Manipur, Assam. Fig. 2 (venation), Fig. 6 (male hypopygium). Limnophila (Indolimnophila) dravidica, NEW SPECIES General coloration of mesonotum gray, praescutum irregularly patterned with brown; halteres light yellow; femora and tibiae yellow, tips conspicu- ously blackened; wings light yellow with abundant brown dots in all cells; male hypopygium with outer dististyle terminating in a long spine; gonapo- physis slender, yellow, with a crown of from about six to nine spines at apex; outer end of aedeagus strongly recurved. Afa/e-Length about 6-7 mm; wing 6.5-7.5 mm; antenna about 1.1-1.3 mm. Female.- Length about 8.5-9 mm; wing 8-8.5 mm. Rostrum brownish black, palpi black. Antennae with scape dark brown, remaining segments paler brown, oval, progressively smaller outwardly; in male outer segments longer. Head brownish gray, vertex with a narrow brown central line. Pronotum large, brownish gray, patterned with darker. Mesonotal praescutum light gray, patterned irregularly with brown, central darkening very narrow in front, widened posteriorly, at near midlength subtended by a short lateral streak on either side, lateral stripes broader and more conspicuous, osuedosutural area darkened; posterior sclerites of notum dark gray, scutal lobes dark brown; a continuous brown central line on scutum and scutellum, mediotergite darkened posteriorly. Pleura dark gray, variegated by darker. Halteres light yellow. Legs with coxae dark gray, trochanters obscure yellow; femora yellow, tips conspicuously blackened, on fore pair including about the. outer seventh; tibiae and basitarsi yellow, tips more narrowly blackened, outer tarsal segments brownish black. Wings light yellow, with abundant brown dots in all cells, largest areas at tip of Sc and in stigmal region, united posteriorly to form a major spot over the anterior cord, in some specimens solidly darkened at costa; veins brownish yellow, clearer yellow in pre- Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 235 Figures 1-10. -Fig. 1, Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) euglena, new species; venation. Fig. 2, Limnophila (Indolimnophila) adicia Alexander; venation. Fig. 3, Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iota Alexander; venation. Fig. 4, Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata Alexander; venation. Fig. 5, Limnophila pectinifera Alexander; venation. Fig. 6, Limno- phila (Indolimnophila) adicia Alexander; male hypopygium. Fig. 7 , Limnophila (Indolim- nophila) dravidica, n. sp.; male hypopygium. Fig. 8, Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iota Alexander; male hypopygium. Fig. 9, Limnophila (Eloeophila) dravidiana, new species; male hypopygium. Fig. 10, Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata Alexander; male hypopygium. (Symbols: a, aedeagus; b, basistyle; d, dististyle; g, gonapophysis; p, phallosome; t, 9th tergite.) 236 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 arcular and costal fields, not evidently darker in the patterned areas. Longitudinal veins beyond cord with abundant trichia, lacking on Af3+4. Venation: Sc\ extending beyond fork of Rs, 802 at its tip; cell 1st MI long-rectangular, with m-cu at or just beyond mid- length; cell MI small, approximately one-third to one-half its petiole. Abdomen, including hypogjum, brownish black. Male hypopygium (Fig. 7) with tergal lobes, r, relatively slender, the emargination broad. Outer dististyle, d, gradually narrowed outwardly, gently curved to a long terminal spine, outer two-thirds with long setae; inner style with numerous short erect setae, apex obtuse. Phallosome with gona- pophysis, g, yellow, slender, apex with a crown of from about six to nine spines; aede- agus, a, with outer third strongly recurved to form a crook. Habitat.- South India. Holotype: 6, Periyakanal, Kerala, 5,000-5,500 feet, December 17, 1958 (Schmid). Allotype, 9, Kodaikanal, Madras, 6,500-7,200 feet, December 5, 1958 (Schmid). Paratopotypes, 2 males, pinned with holo- type, 5 females on three pins. Paratypes, d, Fort Hamilton, Madras, 7,200- 7,500 feet, December 12, 1958; males, Ootacamund, Madras, 7,200-7,300 feet, December 25, 1958; 4 males, 1 female, Senbaganur, Madras, 5,500-6,500 feet, December 7-8, 1958; 1 male, Swamp Hill, Madras, 7,500 feet, December 13, 1958 (all Schmid). Other allied regional species include Limnophila ( Indolimnophila ) adicia Alexander and L. (I.) iota Alexander, all species being most readily separated by hypopygial characters, especially the dististyles, aedeagus, and gonapo- physes. Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iota Alexander Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iota Alexander; Ent. News, 75: 60; 1964. Type from Telca, Cachar District, Assam. Fig. 3 (venation), Fig. 8 (male hypopygium). Limnophila (Eloeophila) dravidiana, NEW SPECIES General coloration brownish gray, pronotum and praescutum with a dark central stripe; antennae brown; femora yellow, tips dark brown, tibiae and basitarsi yellowed, tips narrowly darkened; wings obscure yellow, patterned with large brown costal areas, with smaller markings elsewhere, without spots or dots in the cells; male hypopygium with outer dististyle terminating in a small subappressed spine, with relatively few smaller spicules on outer margin, inner style oval, with yellow setae. A/a/e.-Length about 6.5 mm; wing 6.8 mm. Female. - Length about 7 mm; wing 8 mm. Rostrum dark brown, palpi black. Antennae with scape dark drown, pedicel paler, proximal flagellar segments light brown, the outer ones brownish black, elongate. Head dark brown, laterally yellowish pollinose; anterior vertex broad. Pronotal scutum brownish gray with a darker central stripe, scutellum light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum brownish gray, the interspaces clearer yellow, anterior fourth of sclerite with a more blackened central streak; posterior sclerites of notum brownish gray. Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 237 Pleura brownish black, variegated by paler gray areas, dorsopleural region obscure yellow. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob brownish black. Legs with coxae dark brown, trochanters obscure yellow; femora yellow, tips conspicuously dark brown, including about the outer seventh; tibiae and basitarsi yellow, tips narrowly darkened, remainder of tarsi brownish yellow. Wings with ground obscure yellow, clearest on anterior half, posterior cells more infuscated, especially before cord; a heavy brown costal pattern, including about seven major areas, the largest at origin of Rs, end of Sc and the stigma, the two latter more or less interconnected posteriorly over the anterior cord, last major costal darkening near outer ends of cells R$ and/?4; other conspicuous darkenings over posterior cord, outer end of cell 1st A/2, fork of MI +2, supernumerary crossvein in cell M and in base of this cell; further spots at ends of longitudinal veins and less evidently along the margins, especially in the holotype; veins brown, darker in the infuscated parts, clear yellow in the costal interspaces of veins C, Sc and R; no spots or dots in the wing cells. Venation: Cell M i variable in length, from subequal to longer than its petiole; m-cu at near midlength of cell 1st Af2; supernumerary crossvein in cell M about opposite one-third the length of Rs. Abdomen dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 9) with outer dististyle, d, terminat- ing in a small subappressed spine, with seven or eight smaller spicules more basad, these progressively smaller on outer margin, inner margin rounded just below the terminal spine; inner style unusually short, oval, with yellow setae. Habitat.- South India. Holotype: 6, Avalanche, Madras, 6,900-7,500 feet, December 29, 1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype: 9, pinned with type. Limnophila (Eloeophila) dravidiana is most similar to species such as L. (E.) paraprilina Alexander, of eastern China, and less evidently to L. (E.) fumigata Alexander, of Assam. The last species and virtually all other regional forms have darkened dots and spots in the wing cells, lacking in the present fly. Limnophila (Eloeophila) fuscoanalis, NEW SPECIES General coloration of head and thorax gray, conspicuously patterned with brown; femora yellow with a narrow brown subterminal ring, the actual apex paler brown; wings yellowed, with a heavy brown pattern that includes a series of transverse dashes in cell C and small darkened areas along all veins, posterior border of cell 2nd A with confluent spots along posterior border. Female. -Length about 9 mm; wing 9.3 mm. Rostrum brownish black, palpi black. Antennae with scape and pedicel brownish black, pruinose; proximal flagellar segments obscure yellow, outer segments more bicol- ored, darkened beyond bases. Head yellowish gray, vertex extensively dark brown. Pronotal scutum yellowish gray, with a narrow dark brown central stripe, lobes of scutellum more yellowed. Mesonotal praescutum yellowish gray, conspicuously pat- terned with brown, including three stripes on anterior half, with paler brown marks at posterior ends of the intermediate areas; margins and sublateral stripes paler brown, interspaces with about five brown setigerous punctures, pseudosutural foveae black; posterior sclerites of notum yellowish gray, each scutal lobe with three brown areas, the innermost larger. Pleura variegated gray and brown, dorsopleural membrane more 238 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 yellowed. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob brown. Legs with coxae dark brown, pruinose; trochanters brownish yellow; femora yellow with a narrow brown subterminal ring, the actual tip paler brown; remainder of legs yellow, outer tarsal segments brown. Wings yellowed, with a heavy brown pattern, involving all cells excepting 1st M^; major darkenings in radial and medial fields, including origin of Rs and the supernumerary crossvein in cell M; other large marks in stigmal area, continued caudad to r-m and a subterminal blotch with center over cell M j ; small darkened spots along all veins, includ- ing a series of transverse dashes in cell C\ veins M, Cu and the Anals with series of brown marks on their cephalic margins; posterior border of cell 2nd A almost continuously darkened by confluent brown spots; veins in the very restricted interspaces yellow, brown in the patterned areas. Venation: Rs square at origin; supernumerary crossvein in cell M oblique, its posterior end more distal; apex of vein 2nd A conspicuously arched. Abdomen dark brown; genital shield and valves of ovipositor brownish yellow. Cerci long and very slender. Habitat.- India. Holotype: 9, Jhum La, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 7,800 feet, June 2, 1961 (Schmid). 7,800 feet, June 2, 1961 (Schmid). The most similar regional species is Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata Alexander, which is virtually of the same large size, in the female sex differing especially in the wing pattern, including the distribution of dark pattern in the Anal cells. Limnophila (Eloeophila) oxyacantha, NEW SPECIES General coloration of thorax gray, patterned with brown; antennae rela- tively long, proximal flagellar segments weakly bicolored; legs yellow, femora with a pale brown subterminal ring; wings yellowed, with a heavy brown costal pattern, posterior two-thirds with smaller brown clouds in ah1 cells; male hypopygium with outer dististyle long-oval, apex produced into a long slender spine. Male.-Length about 5.5 mm; wing 5.2 mm; antenna about 1.4 mm. Rostrum brownish gray, palpi brownish black. Antennae of male relatively long; scape and pedicel brownish black, proximal flagellar segments weakly bicolored, brown basaJly, outer third or less obscure yellow, distal five or six segments uniformly dark- ened; segments subequal in length to their longest verticils. Head grayish brown. Pronotum gray. Mesonotal praescutum gray, with four dark brown discal stripes, the intermediate pair narrow, subequal in width to the median interspace more confluent posteriorly; lateral borders behind the humeral region more broadly darkened, pseudo- sutural foveae and adjacent margin blackened; posterior sclerites of notum brownish gray, scutal lobes with darker centers, parascutella and pleurotergite darkened. Pleura dark brown. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brownish black. Legs with coxae dark brown, trochanters yellowed; femora brownish yellow with a narrow pale brown sub- terminal ring; tibiae and tarsi clearer yellow, especially the latter. Wings with the restrict- ed ground yellowed, with a heavy brown pattern that includes seven larger costal areas, the fourth at tip of 5ct , fifth at stigma, the two broadly confluent posteriorly in cell R j ; posterior two-thirds of wing with relatively sparse smaller and slightly paler brown marks Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 239 and clouds in all cells, the total amount subequal to the ground areas; veins brown. Venation: Cell A/t slightly longer than its petiole. Abdomen brownish yellow, segments with lateral and posterior borders brown, sub- terminal segments more uniformly darker brown. Male hypopygium with outer dististyle long-oval, apex extended into a long slender spine; outer margin without projections, lower margin at base of spine microscopically tuberculate, inner style gently arcuated. Habitat. -India. Holotype: d, Amatulla, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 1,250-2,000 feet, March 11, 1961 (Schmid). Limnophila (Eloeophila) oxyacantha is most readily distinguished from other generally similar regional species by the conformation of the outer dististyle of the hypopygium. Other regional species, including L. (E.) fasci- pennis Brunetti, with numerous brown markings in the wing cells have these smaller and more numerous. Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata Alexander Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata Alexander; Ent. News, 77: 221; 1966. Type from Yagtang, Sikkim. Fig. 4 (venation), Fig. 10 (male hypo- pygium). Limnophila f subgenus uncertain,/ pectinifera Alexander Limnophila pec tinif era Alexander; Ent. News, 75: 59; 1964. Type from Tairenpokpi, Manipur, Assam. Fig. 5 (venation). 2.0060 New exotic crane-flies (Tipulidae: Diptera) Part XX. A bstract. - Further Hexa- tomines were collected in various parts of India. Additional to the new species described and figured drawings of four others described in earlier parts of this series are illustrated. Types of the new species are preserved in the Alexander Collection. Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) euglena, NEW SPECIES: Size relatively large (wing of female to 10 mm); head and thorax olive gray, praescutum with scarcely evident more yellowed stripes; halteres yellow; legs yellow, femora with a faintly indicated darker sub- terminal ring, tips of tibiae narrowly darkened; wings light yellow with scattered pale brown dots and large open ocelli at origin and fork of Rs and at near midlength of vein R5. Type locality: Sikkim, Namnasa, 9,500 feet. Limnophila (Indolimnophila) adicia Alexander: venation and male hypopygium illus- trated; type locality, Leimatak, Manipur, Assam. Limnophila (Indolimnophila) dravidica, NEW SPECIES: General coloration of meso- notum gray, praescutum irregularly patterned with brown; halteres light yellow; femora and tibiae yellow, tips conspicuously blackened; wings light yellow with abundant brown dots in all cells; male hypopygium with outer dististyle terminating in a long spine; gona- pophysis slender, yellow, with a crown of from about six to nine spines at apex; outer end of aedeagus strongly recurved. Type locality: South India, Periyakanal, Kerala. 5,000- 5, 5 00 feet. 240 Ent. News, Vol. 81, September 1970 Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iota Alexander: venation and male hypopygium illus- trated. Type locality: Telca, Cachar District, Assam. Limnophila (Eloeophila) dravidiana, NEW SPECIES: General coloration brownish gray, pronotum and praescutum with a dark central stripe; antennae brown; femora yellow, tips dark brown, tibiae and basitarsi yellowed, tips narrowly darkened; wings obscure yellow, patterned with large brown costal areas, with smaller markings else- where, without spots or dots in the cells; male hypopygium with outer dististyle termina- ing in a small subappressed spine, with relatively few smaller spicules on outer margin, inner style oval, with yellow setae. Type locality: South India, Avalanche, Madres, 6,900- 7,500 feet. Limnophila (Eloeophila) fuscoanalis, NEW SPECIES: General coloration of head and thorax gray, conspicuously patterned with brown; femora yellow with a narrow brown subterminal ring, the actual apex paler brown; wings yellowed, with a heavy brown pattern that includes a series of transverse dashes in cell C and small darkened areas along all veins, posterior border of cell 2nd A with confluent spots along posterior border. Type locality: Jhum La, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 7,800 feet. Limnophila (Eloeophila) oxyacantha, NEW SPECIES: General coloration of thorax gray, patterned with brown; antennae relatively long, proximal flagellar segments weakly bicolored; legs yellow, femora with a pale brown subterminal ring; wings yellowed, with a heavy brown costal pattern, posterior two-thirds with smaller brown clouds in all cells; male hypopygium with outer dististyle long-oval, apex produced into a long slender spine. Type locality: Amatulla, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 1,250- 2,000 ft. Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata Alexander: venation and male hypopygium illus- trated. Type locality: Yagtang, Sikkim. Limnophila (subgenus uncertain) pectinifera Alexander: venation illustrated. Type locality: Tairenpokpi, Manipur, Assam. -Charles P. Alexander, Entomological Labora- tory, University of Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01002. Descriptors: Diptera; Tipulidae; Crane-flies; India; Limnophila (Afrolimnophila) euglena; Limnophila (Indolimnophila) adicia; Limnophila (Indolimnophila) dravidica; Limnophila (Indolimnophila) iota; Limnophila (Eloeophila) dravidiana; Limnophila (Eloeophila) fuscoanalis; Limnophila (Eloeophila) oxyacantha; Limnophila (Eloeophila) perdilata; Limnophila (subgenus uncertain) pectinifera. examined, and long, detailed descriptions, discussions of nomenclatural problems will be recommended for Data Documents for Systematic Entomology. Instructions for this will be furnished on request (see Vol. 81, pp. 1-11 and recent issues). Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books re- ceived will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-'Yhe Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera).with the de- scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00 Clarence E. Mickel-A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymen- optera: Mutillidae, Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps. . . . $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro- Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Shield-backed katydids of the genus Steiroxys wanted for taxonomic study. D. C. Rentz, Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103. For sale: Papers and reprints on entomology and arthropods (no Lepidoptera). List sent in return for stamped self -addressed envelope. Rossell Rahn, Sawyer, MI 49125. Subantarctic entomology, particularly of South Georgia and Heard Island, with bio- geographical summary. Ed. by J. L. Gressitt. Pacific Insects Monograph 23, 1970, 383 p, ill. incl. color pi. $ 9.50 hard binding; $ 8.50 wr., Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Hono- lulu, HI 96818. Wanted to buy: Living cocoons of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. Colum- bia, and other species. Richard K. Zajdel, 1 709 Jamestown Place, Churchill, PA 15235. Wanted: Cleridae preserved in fluid (Formalin, Bouin's, etc.) for internal anatomy studies. Will trade, buy or any other arrangement. Especially interested in foreign material. G. Ekis, Rutgers University, Entomology Department, New Brunswick, NJ 08903. Wanted: Customers; I am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. ENTOMOLOGICAL INFORMA TION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL by Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Professor of Entomology, Purdue University CONTENTS: The Information Problem; Information Storage and Retrie- val Systems Theory; Stored Information; Original Documents; Preparation of Original Documents for Information Storage; Preparation of Documents for Information Retrieval; Search Resources; Abstracts and Indexes; Synthe- sized Information; Popular Literature; Societies, Institutions, and Personnel; Glossary of Terms; Appendix: Bibliography of Basic Types of Entomological Literature; A selected list of Commercial Publishers and Dealers in Entomo- logical Literature; Entomological Equipment and Supply Companies. Cloth, xii + 210 pp. Price: $ 7.95 Check with order, publisher pays postage. THE BIO-RAND FOUNDATION, INC. 1330 Dillon Heights Ave., Baltimore, MD 21228 OCTOBER 1970 ENTOMOL AL NEWS -. CONTENTS LSD: CHROMOSOMAL BREAKS IN LEPIDOPTERA NORVALLC.QUINN,p. 241 A NEW SPECIES OF TRICHOPTERA FROM NORTH CAROLINA J. B. WALLACE, p. 243 KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PTEROMICRA (DIPTERA) L. V. KNUTSON, p. 247 A METHOD OF TAGGING LARGE AQUATIC BEETLES CHAD M.MURVOSH and BRUCE W. MILLER, p. 253 THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE CLOUDED PLANT BUG RICHARD L. LIPSEY,p.257 The Entomologist's Record, p. 246, 252, 255 and 263 Notice, p. 256 The Entomologist's Library, p. 265 COMING NEXT ISSUE: Insect flight and Entomologists' inheritance APR 51871 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Entomological Soc- iety at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: H. W. Allen, S. S. Roback, and R. H. Arnett, Jr. (Editor); E. J. Gerberg (Editor, The Entomologist's Library). SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Dr. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within three months. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the review editor at: 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 21207. PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the follow- ing rate: Each line cut regardless of size, $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 61A inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not available. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup- plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Articles of an archival nature, including new taxa as separate descriptions for validation, new distribution records, or records of specimens (Continued on back inside cover.) SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA [3.0069] LSD: CHROMOSOMAL BREAKS IN Antheraea eucalypti (Scott) (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae)1 Norvall C. Quinn2 Entomogenetic studies with lysergic acid diethylamide have been scarce and inconclusive. Browning (1968) reported augmentation of X chromosome damage in Drosophila sp. males exposed to LSD. However, massive doses equivalent to 4000 jjg per gram of fly body weight were utilized. Working with both low and high tissue saturations, D. Grace (1968) found no evidence of chromosomal or mutagenic aberrations in Drosophila. The present research investigated the in vitro effects of LSD on the chro- mosomal structure of Antheraea eucalypti (Scott) tissue cells. Entomogenetic Technique Cultures of A. eucalypti cells from ovaries of diapausing pupae were reared and sustained in T. D. C. Grace's (1962) insect tissue medium supplemented with 10% Bombyx mori plasma. Experimental suspension cultures in 25 ml medium containing 106 cells/ml were treated with an aqueous solution of LSD (Sandoz, 20 jJg/ml) at 27° C for five hours. After a five hour recovery period, cells were given a one hour subjection to 7 x 10 7 M colchicine and then bathed for 1 5 minutes with distilled water. Following fixation with 60 per cent acetic acid 0.1 N hydrochlorid acid and staining with acetic orcein. squash preparations were examined for structural defects. For purposes of this analysis, a lesion produced by a shift in alignment of the distal end of the centric fragment with respect to the proximal end of the acentric fragment was classified as a break. Achromatic lesions not fitting this definition were scored as gaps. 'Accepted for publication October 20, 1970. 2Baker Research Center, 710 Bowdoin Street. Stanford, CA 94305. h'nt. News, 81: 241-242 241 197, 242 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 Control cultures underwent identical test conditions excepting substitu- tion for LSD of an equal quantity of control solution. Results Structural aberrations, the majority of which were chromosome breaks, were observed within many cells. Most breaks occurred near primary con- striction thus accounting for an increase in acentric fragments. A summary of the mean values noted during metaphase scoring is presented in Table 1 . All differences significant at 0.001. Table 1. Effects of LSD on in vitro A. eucalypti culture cells. Cells Aberrant Chromosome Chromatid Achromatic Dosage Analysed Metaphase Breaks/Cell Breaks/Cell Gaps/Cell jjg/ml N. % N. N. N. 0 300 .01 .01 .00 .00 20 300 47.99 4.41 .79 .06 In addition to chromosomal breakage, scattered incidents of mitotic ruf- fling were detected. The author knows of no other study in which LSD in- duced ruffling has been reported. Literature cited Browning, Luolin S. 1968. Lysergic acid diethylamide: mutagenic effects on Drosophila. Science, 161: 1022-1023. Grace, D. et al. 1968. Drosophila melanogaster treated with LSD: Absence of mutation and chromosome breakage. Science, 161: 694. Grace, T. D. C. 1962. Establishment of four strains of cells from insect tissues grown in vitro. Nature, 195: 788. 2.0069. LSD: Chromosomal breaks in Antheraea eucalypti (Scott) (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae). Abstract. -Cultures of A. eucalypti cells from ovaries of diapausing pupae were treated with an aqueous solution of lysergic acid diethylamide (20 Mg/ml) for five hours. After a five hour recovery period, significant increases in chromosomal aberrations were detected. Most were chromosome breaks occuring near primary constriction. Scat- tered examples of mitotic ruffling were noted. -Norvall C. Quinn, Director, Entomo- genetic Research, Baker Research Center, 710 Bowdoin Street, Stanford, CA 94305. Descriptors: Lepidoptera; Saturniidae; Antheraea eucalypti; chromosome aberrations; LSD; lysergic acid diethylamide. [3.0062] A NEW SPECIES OF Psilotreta FROM NORTH CAROLINA (Trichoptera: Odontoceridae)1 J. B. Wallace? A survey of the Trichoptera of the Coweeta Hydrological Laboratory in Macon Co., North Carolina, has resulted in the discovery of a new species of Psilotreta Banks from the southern Appalachians. The following description is offered to give workers in aquatic biology, especially those concerned with rearing and use of the metamorphotype technique, a more accurate determi- nation of species in this genus in the eastern United States. The author is pleased to name this species for H. H. Ross, who has contri- buted so much to our knowledge of the North American Trichoptera fauna. Psilotreta rossi NEW SPECIES Male. -Length from head to tip of wings 10 mm; head, thorax, and legs yellowish brown; forelegs appearing darker at tibia and tarsi due to heavy brush of dark brown haii. Abdomen black dorsally, slightly lighter ventrally. Maxillary palpi with first two segments short, bearing a mesal brush of hair that extends from midway on the first segment to the tip of the third; third and fourth segments each about the same length as the first and second combined; fifth segment about one-fourth longer than the fourth. Genitalia as in Figs. 1-3. Ninth segment rather sinuous and narrowed above at point of insertion of cerci. Ninth tergite long and narrowed in middle (in dorsal view) slightly bulbous at apex with a small apical notch. Basal hooks of tenth tergite curled with pointed tip projecting posteriodorsally (Figs. 1-2). From the lower side of the apex of the tenth tergite arise a pair of sclerotized, elongate, slightly sinuate, robust plates which are rather pointed at their apices (visible only as rather blunt plates in dorsal view, Fig. 2). Cerci rather elongate and slightly pointed at their apices, widest at a point about one- fourth distance from base. Claspers each with basal segment widest near base; second segment about one-fourth length of the first, each with two heavily sclerotized teeth, one 1This work was supported by U.S. D.I. , F.W.P.C.A., Grant no. 18050 DFQ. Accepted for publication: September 21, 1970. 2 Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30601. Ent. News, 81: 243-245. 243 244 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 mesally near base and another at the dorso-mesally curved apex (Figs. 1, 3). Adeagus with a slender, tubular base and a sclerotized U-shaped process at apex which is sur- rounded by a membranous sheath (surrounding sheath not shown on drawing, Fig. 1). Female. -Unknown. Habitat- A small spring seep at 3800 feet elevation in the southern Appa- lachians. Holotype.-Ma\e; Coweeta Hydrological Laboratory, Macon Co., North Carolina, 15 June 1970; J. B. Wallace. 1 Figs. 1-3. Psilotreta rossi new species, male genitalia. Fig. 1 , lateral view; Fig. 2,dorsal view; Fig. 3, clasper, ventral view; Fig. 4, Psilotretra rufa (Hagen), male genitalia, later- al view. Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 245 Psilotreta rossi will not key to any species in Ross 1944 (p. 286). This species appears closest to rufa (Hagen). P. rossi can be separated from rufa by the following features. The apical sclerotized plates of the tenth tergite are longer and slender in rossi compared to the shorter, more robust apical processes in rufa (cf Figs. 1 and 4). The posterior extension of the ninth tergite slightly surpasses the sclerotized apical plates (in dorsal view) in rossi (Fig. 2) whereas in rufa the extension of the ninth tergite does not surpass the apical plates. In addition, the second segment of the claspers has two teeth (Fig. 3) in rossi and 5-6 teeth in rufa. The holotype specimen is deposited in the University of Georgia collection. Literature cited Ross, H. H. 1944. The Caddis Flies or Trichoptera of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv., 23: 326 p. 2.0062. A new species of Psilotreta from North Carolina (Trichoptera: Odontocer- idae). Abstract.— A new species of Psilotreta (Trichoptera: Odontoceridae) is described from the southern Appalachians. The species, .P. rossi, is closest related to P. rufa (Hagen). -J. B. Wallace, Dcp't. Entomology, Univ. of Georgia, Athens, GA 30601. Descriptors: Trichoptera; Odontoceridae ; Psilotreta rossi, n. sp.; North Carolina. 246 Ent. News. Vol 81, October 1970 The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department 3.0075 Two new records for North Carolina fauna! list.-Through oversight, records for the Japanese Weevil, Pseudocneorhinus bifasciatus Roelofs (Curculionidae) were omit- ted from the third supplement to "Insects of North Carolina" (1967). Since this marks the southern limit of this introduced weevil, the following records are significant. First re- cord for North Carolina was at Charlotte, August 7, 1961, when several adults were collected at night feeding on privet hedge. Another recent record is for Raleigh, May 12, 1969, when one adult was found feeding on privet. Another record for the North Carolina faunal list is the Brown Recluse Spider (Loxo celes reclusa Gertsch and Malaik), family Scytodidae, which was first found in North Carolina at Reynolda May 5, 1968, by A. T. Olive, Wake Forest University Biology Department. Three specimens were found in a Children's Science Museum in a room where packing material had been removed from shipped-in stuffed animal and bird speci- mens from the Midwest. Since then six specimens have been found on several later visits. The museum is situated in an old dairy building with many crevices and out-of-the-way corners. This is very conducive for this spider to survive and become established. The identity of the first spider specimen was confirmed by Dr. W. J. Gertsch. -David L. Wray, Systematic Entomologist, Entomology Division, N. C. Department of Agriculture, Raleigh, NC 27611. Accepted for publication: October 19, 1970. Descriptors: Coleoptera; Curculionidae; Japanese Weevil; Pseudocneorhinus bifascia- tus; Arachnida; Scytodidae; Brown recluse spider; Loxoceles reclusa; distribution; North Carolina. 3.0067 Erebia disa (Lepidoptera: Satyridae) in the continental United States. - I predicted the presence of Erebia disa (Thunberg) in northern Minnesota (Masters, 1969. J. Res. Lepidoptera, 7: 19-22) but personal attempts to locate it here have failed. I recently had the opportunity, however, to confirm the identification of a fresh male specimen collected 21 June, 1970 by Ronald L. Huber of St. Paul in a black spruce area about 30 miles north of Two Harbors, Lake County, Minnesota. Erebia disa, a circum- polar species inhabiting mature black spruce bogs, had been taken in Alaska and Canada, east to Smoky Falls, Ontario, but the Huber specimen is the first authentic record for the adjacent 48 states. The Minnesota specimen belongs to the geographical subspecies mancinus Doubleday.-John H. Masters, P. O. Box 7511, Saint Paul, MN 55119. Accepted for publication: October 15, 1970. Descriptors: Lepidoptera; Satyridae; Erebia disa mancinus', Minnesota. (The Entomologists' Record is continued on page 252) [3.0063] Pteromicra melanothrix MELANDER, NEW SYNONYM OF Antichaeta melanosome MELANDER, WITH A KEY TO THE NEARCTIC SPECIES OF Pteromicra LIOY (Diptera: Sciomyzidae)1 L. V. Knutson2 Pteromicra melanothrix Melander, 1920 (page 313), was described from 1 male collected at Yellowstone Lake, Wyoming, August 9, 1918, and Anti- chaeta melanosoma Melander, 1920 (page 318), was described from 1 female collected during July in Polk County, Wisconsin. Comparison of the holotypes of P. melanothrix and A. melanosoma, which are now in the United States National Museum of Natural History, Washington, has revealed that these re- present 1 species of the genus Antichaeta Haliday. Furthermore, the male genitalia of the holotype of P. melanothrix compare exactly with published figures of the genitalia of A. melanosoma (Steyskal, 1960), with genitalia of specimens associated with females and obtained during rearings in Ithaca, New York, and with other specimens of A. melanosoma from Quebec, Ontario, New York, Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin, North Dakota, Nebraska, Idaho, Utah, and Wyoming. Antichaeta melanothrix (Melander), 1920, new combination, is placed as a junior synonym of Antichaeta melanosoma Melander, 1920. Species of Antichaeta lack a propleural bristle and belong to the Tetano- cerini; species of Pteromicra Lioy have a propleural bristle and are placed in the Sciomyzini. Many species of Antichaeta are very similar in size and color pattern to Pteromicra, but they may be further distinguished from Pteromicra by the following characters: arista with black hairs; midfrontal stripe broad, shiny and complete; hind tibia with 2 dorsal pre-apical bristles; epandrium of the male postabdomen strongly asymmetrical; fifth abdominal sternum pro- jecting under the postabdomen in the male; anterior surstylus of the male 'Accepted for publication: September 23, 1970. Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o [U.S.] National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DC 20560. Ent. News, 81:247-251. 247 248 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 postabdomen rudimentary. In Pteromicra, the arista is black- or white-haired, the frons is entirely shiny; the hind tibia has only 1 dorsal pre -apical bristle; the epandrium is symmetrical; the fifth sternum does not project under the postabdomen, and both the anterior and posterior surstyli are well developed. The genus Pteromicra is known exclusively from the northern hemisphere. The world species were reviewed by Steyskal (1954); additional Nearctic species were described by Fisher and Orth (1966), Foote (1959), Knutson and Zuska (1968), and Steyskal (1956, 1958), and a key to the Nearctic species was presented by Foote (1959). A study of the biology, morphology of immature stages, and classification of adults of European Pteromicra en- tailed changes of names of 2 Holarctic species (RozkoSny and Knutson, 1970). A revised key to the Nearctic species is presented below. I have not been able to recognize P. apicata (Loew, 1876), and I have found no characters in the description of the female holotype of P. apicata that will distinguish this species from all specimens of P. pectorosa (Hendel). The type material of P. pectorosa was examined recently (RozkoSny and Knutson, 1970); the geni- talia of North American and European specimens compare exactly, although there are minor differences in coloration. Study of additional material of Pteromicra inermis Steyskal may show this species to be better placed in the genus Sciomyza Fallen. The holotype of P. inermis has 1 dorsal pre-apical bristle on 1 of the front tibia and 1 strong bristle and 1 weaker bristle on the other front tibia; other specimens show 2 well developed bristles. The food snails, where known, are included as the last entry in each coup- let of the key. Information on geographical distribution (based on the above papers and on Steyskal, 1965; T. W. Fisher, B. A. Foote, and R. E. Orth, per- sonal communication, and specimens in the U. S. N. M. and Cornell Univer- sity) also is included in the key. The distribution of the closely related and common P. pleuralis and P. siskiyouensis are shown in Fig. 1 . I thank T. W. Fisher, B. A. Foote, and R. E. Orth for helpful criticism of the key. KEY TO THE NEARCTIC SPECIES OF Pteromicra LIOY 1. Front femur without pecten (series of short, closely-spaced spinules located apically on anteroventral margin); pteropleuron with 2 or 3 long bristles in addition to several shorter bristly hairs; 2 pairs of fronto-orbital bristles 2 Front femur with pecten; pteropleuron with small patch of short hairs only .... .5 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 249 2(1). Antenna entirely black; palpus black; front femur mostly yellowish (Mich., Kans., Sask.) (Succinea sp.) .... anopla Steyskal Antenna yellowish to brownish; palpus yellowish or black; front femur entirely black or black on apical 1/2 to 2/3 3 3(2). Palpus yellow in male, black in female; front femur black on apical 1/2 to 2/3 in male, entirely black in female (N. Y.) (Lymnaea spp.) inermis Steyskal Palpus yellow in both sexes; front femur completely black in both sexes 4 4(3). Front tarsus pale basally; wing not patterned; posterior surstylus without process on anterior margin (Colo.) (Pupilla sp.) .... perissa Steyskal Front tarsus black basally; wing patterned; posterior surstylus with process on anterior margin (Mont., Colo.) rudis Knutson and Zuska 5(1). Palpus completely yellow 6 Palpus black, at least apically 11 6(5). Two pairs of fronto-orbital bristles, anterior pair often much shorter 7 One pair of fronto-orbital bristles 9 7(6). Front tarsus usually completely black, at most last segment in male sometimes yellowish to brown; wings brownish to black with whitish tomentum (Alaska, Popoff Is. and Amchitka Is.; Europe) (small Planorbidae, Lymnaeidae, Succineidae) angustipennis (Staeger) (=glabricula authors) Front tarsus with last 1-3 segments whitish; wings broader; hypo- pleuron yellowish, rarely with faint whitish tomentum ... 8 8(7). Dorsum of thorax shiny black (B. C., Wash., Europe) (small Planorb- idae) leucopeza (Meigen) Dorsum of thorax mostly yellowish, blackish only anteriorly (N. H., Mass., N. Y., Iowa) (Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb)) steyskali Foote 9(6). Thoracic pleura entirely dark brown to black; hypopleuron and sternopleuron with dense whitish tomentum; head mostly black . 10 Thoracic pleura mostly yellowish to light brown; hypopleuron yellow; hypopleuron and sternopleuron with sparse whitish to- mentum; head extensively yellow (Alaska, B. C., Wash., Calif., Mont., S. D., Alta., Man., Mich., Ont., Que., N. Y., Europe) 250 Ent. News., Vol. 81, October 1970 (many non-operculate aquatic and hygrophilous snails) . . . . pectorosa (Hendel) 10(9). 11(5). Male posterior surstylus pointed apically, with anteriorly directed process located midway on anterior margin (distribution, Fig. 1). ............ siskiyouensis Fisher and Orth Male posterior surstylus rounded apically, with inwardly directed process on anterior margin near base (distribution, Fig. 1 (many non-operculate aquatic and hygrophilous snails) pleuralis (Cresson) Two pairs of fronto-orbital bristles ......... 12 One pair of fronto-orbital bristles .......... 13 12(11). Metapleuron black; hind legs entirely yellow (Maine, N. H., Mass., Conn.) ............ albicalceata (Cresson) Metapleuron mostly yellowish; apex of hind femur blackish (due., N. Y., N. J., Mich.) (Planorbula spp.) .... similis Steyskal 13(11). Frons yellowish apico-medially; arista brown, long plumose; third antennal segment usually darkened apico-dorsally (D. C., Mich., S. D.) (Physa spp.) ......... sphenura Steyskal Head entirely black (occasionally tomentose on facial orbits); arista white, short plumose; third antennal segment almost entirely black (Wash., Idaho, Wyo.) (Gyraulus spp.) leucothrix Melander LAMBERT AZIMUTHAL EQUAL-AREA PROJECTION SOODE BASE MAP SERIES Fig. 1. Distribution of Pteromicra siskiyouensis Fisher & Orth and P. pleuralis (Cresson). Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 251 Literature cited Fisher, T. W. and R. E. Orth. 1966. A new species of Pteromicra from western North America and resurrection of Pteromicra pleuralis (Cresson). Pan-Pacific Ent., 42: 307-318. Foote, B. A. 1959. A new species of Pteromicra reared from land snails, with a key to the Nearctic species of the genus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 61 : 14-16. Knutson, L. V. and J. Zuska. 1968. A new species of Pteromicra and of Euthycera from western North America (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 70: 78- 84. Loew, H. 1876. Beschreibungen neuer amerikanischer Dipteren. Zeitschr. f. gesam. Naturwiss., 48: 317-340. Melander, A. L. 1920. Review of the Nearctic Tetanoceridae. Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 13: 305-332. RozkoSny, R. and L. V. Knutson. 1970. Taxonomy, biology, and immature stages of Palearctic Pteromicra, snail-killing Diptera (Sciomyzidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 63:1434-1459. Steyskal, G. C. 1954. The genus Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera, Sciomyzidae) with especial reference to the North American species. Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., 39: 257-269. . 1956. New species and taxonomic notes in the family Sciomyzidae (Diptera: Acalyptratae). Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., 41: 73-87. . 1958. A new species of the genus Pteromicra associated with snails (Diptera, Sciomyzidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 59: 271-272. 1960. The genus Antichaeta Holiday, with special reference to the Ameri- can species (Diptera, Sciomyzidae). Papers Michigan Acad. Sci., 45: 17-26. . 1965. Family Sciomyzidae, in Stone, A., et al, A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. United States Dept. Agric. Hndbk. 276. 2.0063. Pteromicra melanothrix Melander, new synonym of Antichaeta melanosoma Melander, with a key to the Nearctic species of Pteromicra Lioy (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Abstract. -A ntichaeta melanothrix (Melander), 1920 (Pteromicra), new combination, is placed as a junior synonym of Antichaeta melanosoma Melander, 1920. A key to the 14 Nearctic species of Pteromicra Lioy serves to separate the species. -L. V. Knutson, Sys- tematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o /U.S.] National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DC 20560. Descriptors'. Diptera; Sciomyzidae; Pteromicra; Pteromicra melanothrix; Antichaeta melanosoma; synonymy; key to species of Pteromicra; snail hosts. 252 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 (Continued from p. 246.) International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature A. (n.s.) 86. -Announcement: Required six-month's notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by the Inter- national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following insect names listed by case number (see Bull. Zool. Nomencl., 26, pt. 6, 7 April 1970): 1791, suppression of Papilio aglaja Linnaeus, 1758 (Lepidoptera); 1889, suppression of Culex albirostris Macquart, 1851 (Diptera); 1892, emendation to Sphaeridae of Sphaeriidae Erichson, 1845 (Coleoptera); 1897, type-species for Trepsichrois Hubner, 1816 (Lepidoptera); 1898, type-species for Monroa Warren, 1904, and Hetererannis Warren, 1904 (Lepidoptera); 1899, suppression of Hymenitis [Illiger], 1807 (Lepido- ptera). (See Bull. Zool. Nomencl., 27, pt. 2, 10 August 1970): 1916, neotype for Hyocephalns aprugnus Bergroth, 1906 (Hemiptera); 1917, type-species for Mineco- mutilla Ashmead, 1903 (Hymenoptera); 1918, suppression of Zealandobates Hammer, 1967 (Acari); 1919, suppression of Clavicera Latreille, 1802 (Hymenoptera); 1921, neo- type for Saperda inornata Say, 1824 (Coleoptera). Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, Inter- national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London SW7, England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. -Margaret Doyle. Received for publication'. November 2, 1970. Jean Walker Fox (1914-1970).-Mrs. Jean Walker Fox died in Pittsburgh, Pennsyl- vania, of a coronary involvement March 10, 1970. She was the wife of the late Dr. Richard M. Fox. As his devoted and able assistant and co-worker she had participated in the preparation of much of her husband's work on the Ithomine butterflies. They were joint authors of a number of publications, including a text-book-"Introduction to Comparative Entomology" (Reinhold Publishing Corporation. 1964). With her husband Mrs. Fox served on the staff of the Liberian Institute, American Foundation foi Tropical Medicine during 1955-1957, and in 1958 accompanied him on an expedition to the Liberian interior. It was during her residence in Africa that she became interested in the Strepsiptera; later (1964-1969) publishing six papers on this order. Mrs. Fox was born at Bradford, Pennsylvania, April 23, 1914. She attended Swath- more College and Pennsylvania College for Women (now Chatham College) taking her A. B. degree at the latter institution in 1934. Her marriage to Richard M. Fox took place in June of 1942. In 1949 she received her M. S. degree from the University of Pittsburgh. Her active and varied scientific career included the following posts: Instructor in the Department of Zoology, Colorado College 1949-1954; Laboratory Assistant in water purity research program, Colorado Springs Department of Public Works 1951-1954; Research Assistant and Staff Librarian at the Liberian Institute, American Foundation for Tropical Medicine, Harbel, Liberia 1955-1957; Research Assistant in the Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum 1962-1969. See was a member of Sigma Xi, Phi Sigma, American Association for the Advance- ment of Science, American Microscopical Society, Entomological Society of America, and Sweadner Entomological Society. -George E. Wallace, Carnegie Museum, Pitts- burgh, PA 15213. (Continued on p. 255.) [3.0070] A METHOD OF TAGGING LARGE AQUATIC BEETLES1 Chad M. Murvosh2 and Bruce W. Miller2 Ecological studies of the desert pupfish, Cyprinodon nevadensis (Deacon, 1968), at Saratoga Springs, Death Valley National Monument, have led to ecological-ethological work on two similar species of predaceous diving beetles, Cybister explanatus LeC. and C. ellipticus LeC. Investigations of mating be- havior, trophic ecology, and activity patterns led us to initiate a search for a suitable marking technique, enabling us to differentiate between males and females as well as between the species. A visible tag was practical since the water in one of the two habitats is remarkably clear, enabling observations under field conditions. Previous experience by the senior author in tagging flies (Murvosh and Thaggard, 1966), and a literature search suggested that an acceptable method was lacking. The following procedures were tried: 1) Painting dots on the elytra; 2) Spraying fluorescent paint; 3) Tying colored thread to the beetles, and 4) Applying dots of colored tape to the elytra. Painting dots with various inks and paints was unsatisfactory except for limited success with Testers Dope applied with a toothpick or capillary tube. Dots begin to peel off after a couple of days and may be seen for up to a week. A method used in tagging fish (Jackson, 1959), with dry fluorescent pigments applied by compressed air, proved to be unsatisfactory, as the pig- ment did not penetrate the elytra as expected, adhering only to tarsal hairs. This method is expensive, difficult to apply, visible only under U-V light, and short lived (3-4 days). An attempt was made to census the beetle population at Saratoga Springs by a tag, release, recapture procedure. One hundred adults were released after tying a short length of very brightly colored thread through a pinhole at the edge of an elytron. This marker lasted about a month in laboratory aquaria 1 Accepted for publication: October 20, 1970. 2 Department of Biological Sciences, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, NV 89109. Ent. News, 81: 253-255 253 254 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 but none of the field marked beetles were ever recaptured or sighted. A more promising technique is the "Tape Dot" method in which tiny dots of colored tape are applied to the elytra. A dot about four mm in diameter was punched out of a roll of colored tape using a paper punch. The punched dot was picked up at the very extreme edge with the sharp tips of jewelers forceps and applied to the dry surface of an elytron. This method is tedious and time consuming and the dot must be applied correctly or it may flake off in a few days. Dots must be punched free of frayed edges and with as little disturbance to the adhesive as possible. Several different tapes were tried. Scotch plastic tape was used with some success in preliminary studies, but most dots peeled off after a month in laboratory aquaria. We finally selected Time Laboratory Tape3 after vigorous tests in aquaria. Dense cover (Phragmites sp. and Ceratophyllum sp.) and rocks in the aquaria provided surfaces which came in contact with the tape marker on the dorsum of the beetles. Longevity of the Time tape exceeded two months under these conditions. Preliminary field studies suggest that the method is also applicable under natural conditions. Tagged beetles were re- covered in the field after four weeks and preliminary census and sex ratio data obtained using 50 marked beetles. Studies are in progress and another attempt will be made to census the population in one of the habitats at Saratoga Springs. Individual beetles may be identified by varying the size and/or shape, location, number, and color of the dots on the beetles. The large size (30 mm) of the beetles is a boone to this technique. Time tape dots also were applied successfully to the large (40 mm) hydrophilid Hydrophilus triangularis , but was of little value when a half dot was placed on the elytra of the smaller (10 mm) Tropisternus obscurus. Insect tagging techniques often work well for one investigator but poorly for another. This procedure, properly used, may prove of value for other workers. We have not tagged any terrestrial insects but the method seems applicable to that area. Acknowledgments. -We wish to thank Dr. James Deacon for his assistance in and support of the work and Dr. Glen Bradley for criticizing the typescript. We also wish to acknowledge the work of James Lesser and Claude Whitmeyer, undergraduate biology students, who devised and field tested the thread tying method. Literature cited Deacon, James E. 1968. The ecology of Sarotoga Springs, Death Valley National Monu- ment. Report to the National Park Service 1968 (PP1-82). Jackson, C. F. 1959. A technique for mass marking fish by means of compressed air. New Hampshire Fish and Game Dept., Tech. Circ. 17, 8 pp. Professional Tape Co., Burlington Road, Riverside, IL 60546. Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 255 Murvosh, C. M. and C. W. laggard. 1966. Ecological studies of the house fly. Ann Ent. Soc. America, 59(3):533-547. 2.0070. A method of tagging large aquatic beetles. Abstract. -Two dytiscids,Cy bister explanatus and C. ellipticus were successfully marked in laboratory and field studies using a "Tape Dot" technique. Small dots of colored tape were punched from a roll of Time Laboratory Tape and put on the dry elytra of the beetles. Individual beetles were identified by altering the size, color, shape, and location of the dots. -Chad M. Murvosh and Bruce W. Miller, Department of Biological Sciences, University of Nevada, Las Vegas, NV 89109. Descriptors: aquatic beetles; Coleoptera; Cy bister spp.; marking technique. (The Entomologists' Record, continued from p. 252.) 3.0061 Collecting slime flux feeding Coleoptera in Japan. -Sappy wounds of injured or diseased trees entice a wide variety of insects. Carter (1945) stated that when fluxing is prolific or long continued, air-borne bacteria, yeasts, and fungi contaminate the oozing sap, ferment it and produce the material called slime flux. Apparently the oozing flux is toxic to the flux site and so prevents callusing by the tree. Consequently, the same tree usually can be a good collecting site for insects from year to year. My stay in Japan spanned four years, and collecting at flux sites was one of the most fruitful areas of endeavor. As soon as the vascular system of a tree became active in the spring the slime flux began to ooze out and attract insects. The best trees to visit were usually elms which possibly suffered from wetwood. April and May saw only a few insects feeding at the trees in the Tokyo area, but their numbers and kind greatly in- creased in June, July, and August; an abrupt decline in insect activity occurred in September. During the day in the prime months, numerous species of nymphalid butterflies could be encountered and easily captured (species of Hestina, Kaniska, Nymphalis, Vanessa, Polygonia, Neope). Flies, wasps, and occasionally slugs were seen also feeding in very close proximity to one another and in apparent harmony. Only a new arrival or departure would send a nervous twitch through the group. Beetles, however, were the most prevalent visitors to the sap flows. Nitidulids (Libro- dor japonicus Motschulsky) were always to be found buried in the slime flux or hiding in adjacent cracks and crevices. Helotids (Helota gemtnata Gorham) were seen less commonly but were usually in the same surroundings as the nitidulids. Scarabs, especial- ly the Cetoniinae (Protactia oricntalis Gory and Percheron, Rtiornborrhina japonica Hope, R. polita Waterhouse) were very abundant during the day. The cetonines invari- ably kept to the higher or tree-top feeding areas and only rarely visited a lower flux site. An extendable 15 ft. net was an essential piece of equipment and enabled one to catch 20-30 of these swirling insects in one sweep. During the first two years of collecting, the rhinoceros beetle (Allomyrina dichotoma L.) could be found during the day, but after the second year they could be observed only at night. Insect activity at the flux sites increased sharply with the advent of darkness. Wood roaches, long-horned grasshoppers and a variety of moths made their appearance. Carabids (Damaster blaptoides Roller, Ncbria sp.) would venture near the sap flows, and the nitidulids and helotids remained active. Curculionids (Ectatorrhinus adamsi Pascoe, Hylobius abietis L.) occurred in considerable numbers on three or four trees in one 256 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 very localized area. The most frequently encountered beetles, however, were the elaterids, lucanids, scarabs, and cerambycids. The elaterids Tetrigiis lewsi Candeze, Spheniscosomus cete Cande"ze, Stenagostus umbratilis Lewis, Melanotus legatus Cande"ze, and Selatosomus onerosus Lewis were collected with ease, there normally being several individuals at each of the 20 or so collecting trees. Lucanids were very abundant and seemed to be climbing about nearly everywhere; it was not uncommon to see 10-20 individuals on just one flux site. Species taken were Psalidoremus inclinatus Motschulsky, P. inclinatus var. inflexus Harold, Serrognathus titanus Saunders, and Macrodorcas rectus Motschulsky. The beam of a flashlight would cause a number of them to start and maintain an alert or defensive posture while others, seemingly oblivious to the light, continued lapping up the flux. Even though all the individuals on a tree might be collected, returning a half hour later would reveal a host of replacements feeding at the flow. Like the stag beetles, the rhinoceros beetle (A. dichotoma L.) came to feed at the flux sites in numbers, often flying in with a heavy droning of great wings, their eyes glowing in the flashlight beam like orange embers. Collecting 50 of these beetles a night was not an unreasonable goal. Another dynastine, Eophileurus chinensis Faldermann, was taken on less numerous occasions. Among the cerambycids, Mallambyx raddei Blessig fed at the flow sites frequently as did the highly elusive, beautifully green Chloridolum japonicum Harold. The latter were wary and would rapidly run up the tree within a matter of seconds after a light was shown. The optimum time for night collecting began at about 8:30 PM and lasted until about 2 AM. The majority of the beetles had retired after this time, leaving the slime flux to the moths and roaches. This method of collecting was a continual source of excellent material and personal pleasure because one never knew what new and unexpected creature could be waiting on the next tree. Literature cited: Carter, J. C. 1945. Wetwood of elms. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey, 23: 407-448.-Brett C. Ratcliffe, 2237 Griffith, Lincoln, NB 68503 Accepted for publication: September 19, 1970. Descriptors: Lepidoptera; Coleoptera. Orthoptera; Slime flux feeding; Japan. ^/^AA/VVVX/VVVVVVVVVX^^ NOTICE Please send all correspondence of an editorial nature to the editor at the following address: Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Editor Entomological News Route 1, Box 161 Tallahassee, FL 32303 The editor has left Purdue University permanently. He has been appointed a Henry L. Beadel Fellow at the Tall Timbers Research Station, Tallahassee, Florida. 'VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV^^ [3.0065] THE LIFE HISTORY OF Neurocolpm nubilus (Say), THE CLOUDED PLANT BUG (Hemiptera, Miridae)1 Richard L. Lipsey2 Introduction Neurocolpm nubilus (Say, 1832), the clouded plant bug, is one of seven species in the genus: N. arizonae Knight, jessiae Knight, johnstoni Knight, rubidus Knight, simplex Van Duzee, and tiliae Knight. The species N. nubilus was originally described in the genus Capsus Fabricius, 1803 (LeConte, 1883). However, in 1876 Reuter described the genus Neurocolpus with nubilus as the only included species. This mirid occurs throughout the United States, Southern Canada, and Mexico (Crawford, 1916; Knight, 1941, and Van Duzee, 1889). Crawford, 1916, wrote on certain aspects of the biology of this mirid when it became a pest on spy apples in Ontario, Canada, from 1912 to 1916. He reported that the eggs hatched about May 27 in 1915, and the nymphal period lasted for about a month. The population had almost disappeared by August 24 and was gone entirely by September 7. A total of 42 hosts have been mentioned in the literature: Alsike clover, apple, alternate-leaved dogwood, burdock, button bush, Canadian blue grass, catnip, cone flower, cotton, cotton wood, Croton capitatus, curled dock, elder, evening primrose, false indigo, golden rod, ground cherry, hairy vetch, horseweed, Hungarian millet, Kentucky coffee tree, mesquite, mullein, old witch grass, orange milkweed, peach, peppermint, pigweed, poison sumac, rag- weed, raspberry, red clover, round-leaved mallow, rye, spearmint, spy apple, staghorn sumac, stinking milkweed, sumac, teasel, timothy, and willow (Bib- by, 1946; Crawford, 1916; Knight, 1941 ; Needham, 1903). 'Accepted for publication September 24, 1970. 2Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801 Ent. News. 81: 257-262 257 258 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 The first specimen of the clouded plant bug, N. nubilus, collected in Arkansas was in 1924, with large populations found in northeast Arkansas beginning in 1958. This study on the life history of N. nubilus was carried out during the summers of 1966, and 1967, at the Northeast Branch Experi- ment Station in Keiser, Arkansas. Methods and materials N. nubilus were reared in the laboratory using as cages plastic Petri dishes with filter paper in the bottom. Fresh cut green beans, Phaseolus vulgaris, were picked daily and cut into two inch pieces. They served as food and ovi- position sites. The eggs were left in the beans until hatching and the nymphs were placed in individual Petri dishes, and a record kept of their development. After they developed into adults, they were sexed, paired, and observed for mating and oviposition. The temperature, humidity, and photoperiod in the laboratory was about ambiant. On rainy days, when the humidity was nearly 100%, the green beans containing eggs had to be placed in an air tight compartment with selica gel in the bottom to retard the growth of fungus. Otherwise, the tiny first instar nymphs would get tangled up in the mycelia. Results Adults. -A total of 468 Neurocolpus nubilus were reared to adults in the laboratory on green beans. There were 226 males and 242 females for an approximate 1:1 sex ratio. Adults lived an average of only 14.1 and 14.9 days respectively for males and females. The maximum longevity was 29 days for males and 34 days for females (Table 1). The male is 6.5 mm by 2.5 mm. The rostrum is 2.7 mm and just reaches the posterior margin of the hind coxae. The first segment of the antennae is 1.3 mm and covered with heavy, flattened, black hairs with smaller white bristles intermixed. The second segment is 2.4 mm and enlarged apically on the terminal one-third. The third is .88 mm and the fourth is .86 mm. The pronotum is 1 .4 mm long and 2.1 mm wide at the base. The pronotal disc has irregular brown marks. The scutellum is yellow with brown streaks. The hem- elytra is brown to fuscous. The femora have brown markings with the hind pair with a brown band in the middle of the apical half. The tibia has a brown band in the middle. The female is 7.0 by 2.6 mm and is more robust than the male. She has similar color and pubescence (Knight, 1941). Mating was observed in the laboratory on seven occasions. The male usually flew frantically for several seconds upon being placed in the Petri dish of a Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 259 receptive female. A typical courtship and mating behavior pattern follows: Coming to rest near the female, the male approached the female with an- tennae pointing toward her, he stopped short of her. The female assumed a calling position by spreading her hind legs and raised her abdomen. The male began scissoring her abdomen with his antennae by alternately raising and lowering each antennae over her abdomen while both moved into copulatory position. She backed into him while he spread his fore and then his middle legs. All the while his antennae were alternately moving up and down, touch- ing the dorsum of the female. All of a sudden copulation occurred-lasting only 7 seconds, and then the two insects separated. A non-receptive female kicks the male away with her hind legs. Receptive females were between 6 and 9 days old and males were 8 to 10 days old (Table 2). Egg. -A total of 228 eggs were laid in green beans in the laboratory by 1 1 females (Table 2). Almost all of the eggs were laid in the seam of the bean. The range was 7-36 eggs and the mean was 10.0. The pre-oviposition period ranged from 12-16 days with a mean of 14.5 days. The eggs are 1 .75 mm long and 0.3 mm wide. They are hard and shiny with a white, claw-shaped cap on one end containing the micropyle. Eggs laid in June hatched in 12 days, and those in July hatched from 13-14 days. Eggs laid in August hatched in 14 days. Nymphs. -A newborn nymph has the appearance of a tiny, hairy spider with long legs. The antennae average 1 .2 mm in length and his hind legs are 1 .2 mm long. The body is greenish and covered with small black hairs. There are red bands on the legs and antennae. The eyes are very large and bright red. One hundred and seventy-two nymphs were reared to adults in the labora- tory on green beans. They passed through 5 stadia in 12.6 days in June, 12.8 days in July, and 12.3 days in August. It took from 12-15 days to pass from egg to adult at an ambiant temperature (Table 1). The first three stadia lasted an average of only two days each while the last two stadia took three days each (Table 2). Discussion Green beans did not appear to be adequate food or opposition sites in the laboratory for Neurocolpus nubilus, the clouded plant bug. Most adults only lived 14 or 15 days in the laboratory and the majority of the females died without laying eggs. Only 1 1 out of 351 females laid eggs, leaving 340 that died before laying. Other food was tried, like cotton squares, button bush buttons, sliced apples, and sumac flowers, since TV. nubilus is known to re- 260 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 produce on these in nature, but no eggs were ever found in any of these. Upon dissection, all of the females over 6 days old contained many mature eggs, so the females may not have been getting the proper ovipositing stimuli from the green beans. The reproductive biology of this mirid should be studied further for the possibility of a sex attractant. Behavior in the field and in the laboratory indicate that the female does secrete a sex pheromone. Caged, virgin females were seen to attract males in the field. In the laboratory, males placed in female cages, especially with fecal material evident on the filter paper, re- mained still for several seconds and then flew frantically around the Petri dish. It did not appear as escape behavior because the male usually came to rest near the abdomen of the female and facing her. Olfactometer studies in the lab failed to show the presence of a sex attractant, but in the field, six times as many males were captured by sticky traps baited with virgin females as were caught by an empty sticky trap just 2-3 feet away. A total of 12 baited traps caught 19 males while the 12 control traps only had three stuck to them. Therefore, I suspect a sex pheromone is produced by virgin females. From the 228 eggs laid in the lab by 1 1 females the eggs hatched in about 13 days; the nymphs passed through 5 stadia in 12.6 days. So, from egg to adult took about 25 days. Crawford (1916) reported that nymphal develop- ment took about a month at ambiant temperature in Ontario apple orchards. Adults mated at about 8 days of age and eggs were laid about 6 days later. Therefore, a generation takes about 40 days. Since the first adults appear in the field in late June and early July, then two to three generations may be possible in the field. Diapausing eggs are probably laid in late August since 100% of the eggs collected from the field before this time hatched and almost none of the eggs collected from the field after the last week of August hatched. Craw- ford, in the only other study on the biology of N. nubilus, found that eggs hatched on May 27 in Ontario, Canada, and the population had almost dis- appeared by August 24 and was entirely gone by September 7. We cannot be sure that diapausing eggs are indeed laid in late August without controlled experiments in the laboratory monitoring various photoperiods and tempera- tures. The wide distribution of this species, together with the large number of host plants (52), some of them field crops, makes Neurocolpus nubilus an important species in North America. Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 261 Table 1. Range and mean of life history data of Neurocolpus nubilus in the laboratory. Event Mean Range n Incubation (in days) 13.1 11-14 228 Duration of nymphal development (in days) First stadia 2.1 1-3 172 Second stadia 2.4 2-3 172 Third stadia 2.4 1-3 172 Fourth stadia 2.6 2-4 172 fifth stadia 3.1 2-4 172 Age at mating Male 8.7 8-9 7 Female 8.0 6-9 7 Pre-oviposition (in days) 14.5 12-16 12 Number of eggs laid by 1 1 females 19.0 7-36 228 Longevity (in days) Male 14.1 1-29 80 Female 14.9 1-34 80 Table 2. Duration of nymphal development for 172 nymphs. Days in Numbers of individuals per stadium each stadia 1 2 3 4 5 1 8 0 4 0 0 2 136 108 104 80 20 3 28 64 64 84 100 4 0 0 0 8 52 5 0 0 0 0 0 Mean 2.1 2.4 2.4 2.6 3.1 Range 1-3 2-3 1-3 2.4 2-4 262 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 Literature cited Bibby, F. F. 1946. A', nubilus, a cotton pest. J. Econ. Ent. 39(6):815. Crawford, H. G. 1916. A capsid attacking apples (N. nubilus). Ann. Rep. Ent. Soc. Ontario 46:79-88. Knight, H. H. 1941. The plant bugs or Miridae of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. 22, Art. l,p. 182. LeConte, J. L. 1883. The complete writing of Thomas Say on the entomology of North America 1:341. Needham, J. G. 1903. Button-bush insects. Psyche 10:22. Reuter, O. M. 1876. Capsinae ex America Boreali in Museo Holmiensi asservatae descrip- tae. Ofv. Sv. Vet.-Ark. Forh. 32(9):59-92. Van Duzee, E. P. 1917. Hemiptera of America north of Mexico. Vol. 2, Univ. California Pub. Ent. pp. 314-315. 3.0065 The life history of Neurocolpus nubilus (Say), the clouded plant bug (Hemi- ptera, Miridae). Abstract.— Neurocolpus nubilus, the clouded plant bug, was reared in the laboratory in Petri dishes on green beans at ambiant temperatures and photoperiod. The eggs hatched in 13.0 days and the nymphs passed through five stadia in 12.6 days. Mat- ing occurred when the females were at least six days old and the males were eight days old. The pre-oviposition period was 14.5 days and the sex ratio was 1 : 1 . Richard L. Upsey, Department of Entomology, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL 61801. Descriptors: Hemiptera; Miridae; Neurocolpus nubilus; clouded plant bug; Arkansas; life cycle. Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 263 (The Entomologists' Record, continued from p. 256) 3.0073. Notes and synonymy on Buprestidae (Coleoptera).-This paper contains biological notes and synonymy of North American Buprestidae. All collections were made by D. J. and J. N. Knull. Agrilus arizonicus Obenberger, 1936. Casopis Cs. Spol. Ent. 33:139. Adults were abundant on foliage of Desmodium batocaulon Gray in Miller Canyon, Huachuca Mts., Az., Aug. 10, 1935; also on the same plant in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Az., July 16 to Aug. 15, 1969. It would indicate that this is the host plant. Agrilus auroguttatus Schaeffer, 1905. Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Mus. 1(7):149-150. Adults were taken on oak slash in Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., Az., July 29, 1953, July 17, 1957. Agrilus chisosanus Knull, 1956. Ent. News 67:47-48. This is a female of A. obscuri- lineatus Vogt (1949), NEW SYNONYMY. Agrilus cliftoni Knull, 1941. Ohio J. Sci. 41(5):382-384. Adults taken on foliage of black walnut (Juglans nigra L.) at Clifton, Greene Co., Ohio, June 5, 1957; July 6, 1962; Delaware Co., Ohio, June 22, 1947; Clear Creek, Hocking Co., Ohio, June 9, 1959. The species evidently breeds in walnut. Agrilus duncani Knull, 1929. Ent. News 40:270-271. Adults were captured on the dead branches of Baccharis sp. in Florida Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Az., Aug. 14, 1969. Nelson (1964) recorded it from Chrysothamnus sp. When this species was described it was placed in the group with prolonged elytra; however, it would fit better near A. muticus LeConte according to Fisher (1928). Agrilus mimosae Fisher, 1928. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 145:241-243. Adults were taken on catclaw (Acacia greggii Gray) in Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., Az., July 16 to 25, 1965; also on the same plant in the Davis Mts., Tex., July 23, 1946. I would conclude that this plant is the host. Agrilus palmerleei Knull, 1944. Ann. Ent. Soc. America 37(l):76-77. Adults were collected from whiteleaf oak (Quercus hypoleucoides A. Camus) in the Chiricahua Mts., Az., at Herb Martyr Dam, Chiricahua Mts., Az., Aug. 4, 1970; Onion Saddle, July 24, 1955. Agrilus parafloridanus Knull, 1929. Ent. News 49:270-273. This species is a green variety of A. floridanus Crotch (1873), NEW SYNONYMY. Agrilus santarita Knull, 1937. Ent. News 48:39-40. Adults were taken on the foliage of Desmodium batocaulon Gray in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Az., July 28 to Aug. 11, 1969, and on the same plant at Herb Martyr Dam, Chiricahua Mts., Az., July 23-30, 1968. The numbers taken would indicate that this plant is the host. Brachys floccosus Mannerheim, 1837. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow 10(8):ll8. Adults were collected on the foliage of whiteleaf oak (Quercus hypoleucoides A. Camus) in the Chiricahua Mts., Az., at Onion Saddle, July 25, 1965. Chrysobothris atrifasciata LeConte, 1859. Trans. American Philos. Soc. (n.s.) 11:240. One specimen collected along U. S. 80 about 10 miles north of Rodeo, N. M. onAtriplex sp., June 14, 1939. Chrysobothris bicolor Horn, 1894. Proc. California Acad. Sci. (Ser. 2) 4:328, 366- 367. Specimens of what I take to be this species were collected from catclaw (Acacia greggii day) at Cienega Lake, Hidalgo Co., N. M., June 27, 1967 and Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., Az., July 16-19, 1965. 264 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 Chrysobothris ephedrae vogti Knull, 1964. Ohio J. Sci. 64(5): 367. A series of this subspecies is now available collected from Ephedra sp. in Starr Co., Tex., Mar. 28 to April 13, 1965. The dorsal surface varies to solid, brilliant metallic green. Chrysobothris micromorpha Fall, 1907. Canadian Ent. 39:237-238. Adults were taken on foliage of catclaw (Acacia greggii Gray) in Cave Creek Canyon, Chiricahua Mrs., Az., July 15 to 22, 1965. No doubt this species breeds in this plant. Chrysobothris platti Cazier, 1938. Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci. 37:14-15. As pointed out by Nelson (1960), C. santarosae Knull (1947) is a dark colored male of the above species. Males vary in color from dark brown to metallic green; however, I have not seen any dark females. They were abundant on the tips of Mormon tea (Ephedra sp.) at Jacumba, San Diego Co., Calif., July 6, 1952, at sundown. Cinyra cuprescens Knull, 1940. Ohio J. Sci. 40(6):363. Specimens were taken on foliage of desert honeysuckle (Anisacanthus thurberi (Torr.) near Portal in the Chiricahua Mts., Az., July 30, Aug. 7, 1959; Florida Can., Santa Rita Mrs., Az., Aug. 3, 1962. This plant is undoubtedly the host. Cinyra robusta Chamberlin, 1920. Ent. News 31:241. Nelson (1968) called attention to my misidentification of this species (1920). A check of material shows that all speci- mens are robusta and not prosternalis Schaeffer as I recorded. Nanularia (Ampheremus) cylindricollis (Fall), 1917. Ent. News 28:69. Specimens were taken on the flowers of Erigonium sp. along U. S. 80 about two miles north of Rodeo, N. M., June 27, 1949. Also one specimen from Lordsburg, N. M., June 23, 1949. Pachyschelus oculatus Schaeffer, 1909. Brooklyn Inst. Mus. Sci. Bull. 1:377-378. Adults were taken on foliage of Desmodium batocaulon Gray in Madera Can., Santa Rita Mts., Az., Aug. 8, 1968; Idlewilde Camp Ground, Cave Creek Can., Chiricahua Mts., Az., Sept. 5, 1947 and at Herb Martyr Dam, Chiricahua Mts., July 26-Aug. 2, 1952. Ptosima gibbicollis schaefferi Chamberlin, 1926. Buprestidae of North America, Cata- logue 235. Adults were abundant on redbud (Ceris texansis Sarg.) in Gillespie Co.,Tex^ April 5, 1935 and May 7, 1946. The species undoubtedly breeds in redbud. Ptosima idolynae Frost, 1923. Canadian Ent. 55:279-281. Specimens were taken on Gleditsia sp. at Maud, Tex., April 29, 1941. Literature cited. -Crotch, M. A. 1873. Notes on the species of Buprestidae found in the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 25:84-96. Fisher, W. S. 1928. A revision of the North American species of buprestid beetles belonging to the genus Agrilus. United States Nat. Mus. Bull. 145, 347 p. Knull, J. N. 1947. New North American Coleoptera (Buprestidae, Schizopodidae, and Cerambycidae). Ohio J. Sci. 47 (2):69-73; 1950. New Coleoptera with notes II (Buprestidae and Cerambycidae). Ent. News 61(4):89-92. Nelson, G. H. 1960. Notes on Buprestidae and Schizopoidae. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 55(3):70-74; 1962. Notes on Buprestidae: Part III. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 57(2):56-60; Notes on Buprestidae (Coleoptera): Part VI, Coleopt. Bull. 22(1): 28-30. Vogt, George B. 1949. Five new Buprestidae from southern Texas (Coleoptera). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 42:48-54. -Josef N. Knull, Prof. Emeritus, Faculty of Entomo- logy, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210. Accepted for publication: October 26, 1970. Descriptors: Coleoptera; Buprestidae; synonymy; biological notes. Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 265 The Entomologist's Library This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists. A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analyti- cal reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence for this section should be addressed to Dr. Eugene J. Gerberg, Book Review Editor, 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 21207. Publications received. -As soon as a publication is received, it is listed in this section. Short reviews follow as space permits. Certain publications of unusual interest to Ento- mologists may be critically reviewed at anytime. All publications are classified according to the following section headings: 1. General; 2. Invertebrates; 3. Textbooks; 4. Natural history; 5. Morphology; 6. Physiology; 7. Embryology; 8. Genetics; 9. Ecology; 10. Bio- geography; 11. Environment; 12. Medical Entomology and Paiasitology; 13. Pest manage- ment; 14. Field guides; 15. Regional guides; 16. Regional lists; 17. Identification aids, listed by order; 18. Technique, including nomenclature; 19. Information retrieval. Authors and publishers are urged to submit their publications for notation here. Current literature has long been a feature of Entomological News. Note: The publica- tions listed in this section are only those that have come to the attention of the editor. Bibliographers are not to assume that this is a complete list of current publications on entomological subjects. 1. General Eidmann, H. and F. Kuhlhorn. 1970. Lehrbuch der Entomologie. Verlag Paul Parey, Hamburg. 633 p. Cloth, 68 DM. Krishna, K. and F. M. Weesner. 1970. Biology of termites, vol. 2. Academic Press, New York, xlv + 643 p. Cloth, $ 32.00. 3. Textbooks Borror, Donald J. and Dwight M. DeLong. 1970. An introduction to the study of insects. 3rd ed. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston, New York, xiii + 812 p. Cloth, $ 18.75. Chapman, R. F. 1969. The insects. American Elsevier Publ. Co., New York, xii + 819 p. Cloth, $ 13.75. 4. Natural History Evans, Howard E. and Mary Jane West Eberhard. 1970. The Wasps. Ann Arbor Science Paperback, AAS 518, Univ. of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, vi + 265 p. Paper, $ 3.45; cloth, S 7.95. Oldroyd, Harold. 1970. Elements of entomology. Universe Books, New York, x + 312 p. Cloth, $ 7.95. Sauer, Jonathan D. 1967. Plants and man on the Seychelles Coast. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison, x + 132 p. Cloth, $ 5.00. 6. Physiology Engelmann, F. 1970. The physiology of insect reproduction. Pergamon Press, New York. x + 307 p. Cloth, $ 18.75. 266 Ent. News, Vol 81, October 1970 7. Environment Benson. G. K. and J. G. Phillips. 1970. Hormones and the Environment. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York, xvi + 629 p. Cloth, $ 22.50. UNESCO. 1970. Use and conservation of the biosphere. Proc. Intergovernmental Conf. on the scientific basis for rational use and conservation of the resources of the bio- sphere, 1968. UNIPUB. Inc., P. O. Box 433, New York, NY 10016. 272 p. Paper, $ 6.00. 11. Ecology UNESCO. 1970. Ecology of the subarctic regions. UNIPUB. Inc. P. O. Box 433, New York, NY 10016. 354 p. Cloth, S 19.00. " 12. Medical Entomology and Parasitology Dunn, Angus M. 1969. Veterinary helminthology. Lea and Fabiger, Philadelphia, xi + 302 p. Cloth, S 17.00 Faust, E. C., P. C. Beaver, and R. C. Jung. 1968. Animal agents and vectors of human disease. 3rd ed. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, ix + 461 p. Cloth, $ 1 1.50. Faust, E. C., P. F. Russell, and R. C. Jung. 1970. Craig and Faust's Clinical parasitology. 8th ed. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, viii + 890 p. Cloth, $ 25.50. International Atomic Energy Commission. 1970. Isotopes and radiation in parasitology, 2. Proceedings of a research co-ordination meeting, Vienna. UNIPUB, P. O. Box 433, New York, NY 10016. p. 00. Paper, $ 4.00. Sasa, M. [ed.] . 1970. Recent advances in researches on filariasis and schistosomiasis in Japan. University Park Press, Baltimore. 402 pp. Cloth, S 20.00 Schmidt, Gerald E. [ed.]. 1969. Problems in systematics of parasites. University Park Press, Baltimore. 131 p. Cloth, $ 7.95. 13. Pest Management Beroza, Morton [ed.] . 1970. Chemical controlling insect behavior. Academic Press, New York, xii + 170 p. Cloth, S 10.00. Komarek, Roy [ed.]. 1969. Proceedings Tall Timbers conference on ecological animal control by habitat management. Number 1. Tall Timbers Research Station, Talla- Hassee. v + 244 p. Komarek, Roy [ed.]. 1971. Proceedings Tall Timbers conference on ecological animal control by habitat management. Number 2. Tall Timbers Research Station, Talla- hassee, vi + 322 p. LePelley, R. H. 1970. Pests of coffee. Humanities Press, New York, xii + 590 p. Cloth, $ 22.00. Page, B. G. and W. T. Thomson. 1970. The 1970 insecticide, herbicide, fungicide quick guide and data book. Thomson Publications, P. O. Box 5601, Fresno, CA 93704. iv+ 157 p. Looseleaf, $ 15.00. Thomson, W. T. 1970. Agricultural Chemicals- Book 1, Insecticides, acaracides, and ovicides. Book 2, Herbicides. Book 3, Fungicides, growth regulators, repellents, and rodenticides. Thomson Publications, P. O. Box 5601, Fresno, CA 93704. Plastic bindings, $ 10.00 each book. Wood, D. L., R. M. Silverstein, and M. Nakajima [eds.] . 1970. Control of insect behavior by natural products. Academic Press, New York. Ix + 345 p. Cloth, $ 11.00. Ent. News, Vol 81, October 1970 267 14. Field Guides Baicant, Malcom. 1970. Butterflies of Trinidad and Tobago. Collins Publ., London. 314 p. Horror, Donald J. and Richard E. White. 1970. A field guide to the insects. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, xi + 404 p. Cloth, S 5.95. 15. Regional Guides Gressitt, J. Lindey [ed.]. 1970. Subarctic entomology, particularly of South Georgia and Heart Island. Pacific Insects Monograph 23. B. P. Bishop Museum Honolulu. 374 p. Cloth, S 9.50; paper, S 8.50. 17. Identification Aids Diptera: Johannsen, 0. A. 1970. Aquatic Diptera. Entomological Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007. 297 p. + 72 pi. Cloth, S 11.25; Paper, S 5.00. Hymenoptera, see Natural History, Evans and Eberhard, 1970. Insects, see Field Guides, Borror and White, 1970. Insects, see Textbooks, Borror and DeLong, 1970. Lepidoptera, see Field Guides. Barcant, 1970. 18. Techniques Mayr, Ernst. 1969. Principles of systematic zoology1. McGraw-Hill, New York, xi + 428 p. Cloth, S 12.50. Philipson, J. [ed.]. 1970. Methods of study in soil ecology. UNIPUB, Inc., P. O. Box 433, New York, NY 10016. 303 p. Cloth, S 17.00. 19. Information Retrieval Arnett, Ross H., Jr. 1970. Entomological information storage and retrieval. Bio-Rand Foundation, Baltimore, xiii + 210 p. Cloth, S 7.95. Hammack, Gloria M. 1970. The serial literature of entomology, a descriptive study. Entomological Society of America, College Park, viii + 85 p. Paper, S 1.50. 1. General LEHRBUCH DER ENTOMOLOGIE, by H. Eidmann and F. Kuhlhorn. Verlag Paul Parey, Hamburg, 1970. 633 p. Cloth, 68 DM. For those entomologists who are proficient in German, or who want to practice reading German, this is an excellent general textbook on entomology. This new edition is an updated version within the original framework of the text. The aine chapters cover the systematics; the characteristics of the organization of the insect body; the habitat magnitude and size of insects; the morphology of the insect body and its append- ages; the organs and their functions; reproduction; the relationship of insects to their environment, and the classification of insects. Throughout the text, ecological and physi- ological problems are given due regard. The illustrations are well done and clear. This book should be of interest to entomologists, naturalists, agriculturists, medical scientists, and others who desire to know more about the insect world, and who have a basic knowledge of German. -Ed. 268 Ent. News, Vol. 81, October 1970 BIOLOGY OF TERMITES, V. 2, by K. Krishna and F. M. Weesner [eds.]. Academic Press, New York, xlv + 643 p. Cloth, $ 32.00 The second volume of this treatise brings together a series of articles prepared by specialists. Laboratory and field studies are included in the chapters on: Protozoa assoc- iated with termites and their role in digestion; Embryology, nests, and taxonomy of termites, and Principles of termite control. This volume and its companion are invaluable sources of information and should be in the libraries of research workers, as well as pest control operator s.-Ed. 3. Textbooks THE INSECTS, by R. F. Chapman, American Elsevier Publishing Co., New York. 1969. xii + 819p. Cloth, $ 13.75. This book was announced and briefly described in an earlier issue (May, 1970, p. 113). While I consider it an important contribution to entomology and will use it as a text, I would be remiss if I did not take it to task for its shoddy treatment of lumines- cent insects. Perhaps others will report on the quality of the sections dealing with their specialties. In male Photuris spp. there is not a pair of light organs on each . . . segment. In Photuris spp. females light organs do not occur only in one segment. Neural excitation of the light organ is not mediated by acetycholine. End cells are not merely poorly developed in some species-some don't even have them. In Photinus spp. each flash does not last a few hundred milliseconds-depending upon species and sex, a flash may last from less than 100 to more than 2,000 milliseconds. "The male Photinus [spp.]" does not necessarily flash at intervals of 5.8 sec and fly 50 cm above the ground-these factors depend upon species, temperature, surroundings, etc. (Chapman here is referring to the mean flash interval of Photinus pyralis at 24 C-why doesn't he say P. pyralisl). Photinus spp. females do not delay 2 sec and then answer male flashes-.P/zo/7/ms pyralis females do, at about 25 C (Chapman does note that delays are species-specific). Larval light organs do not necessarily disappear at metamorphosis. All luminescent Diptera are now placed in the family Mycetophilidae. Primary reference citations would have been most helpful but Chapman doesn't even cite E. N. Harvey's comprehensive book Bioluminescence (1952) which has a large section on insects that could have filled many of Chapman's omissions. None of the literature depended upon for the above non-taxonomic corrections is more recent than 1966. -J. E. Lloyd, Department of Ento- mology, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 32601. examined, and long, detailed descriptions, discussions of nomenclatural problems will be recommended for Data Documents for Systematic Entomology. Instructions for this will be furnished on request (see Vol. 81, pp. 1-11 and recent issues). Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books re- ceived will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de- scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp S6.50 No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus Laccopfiilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00 Clarence E. Mickel-A Review of the Mutilhd Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymen- optera: Mutillidac, Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps. . . . $2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro- Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs .SI. 50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Shield-backed katydids of the genus Steiroxys wanted for taxonomic study. D. C. Rentz, Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103. For sale: Papers and reprints on entomology and arthropods (no Lepidoptera). List sent in return for stamped self-addressed envelope. Rossell Rahn, Sawyer, MI 49125. Subantarctic entomology, particularly of South Georgia and Heard Island, with bio- geographical summary. Ed. by J. L. Gressitt. Pacific Insects Monograph 23, 1970, 383 p, ill. incl. color pi. $ 9.50 hard binding; $ 8.50 wr., Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Hono- lulu. HI 96818. Wanted to buy: Living cocoons of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. Colum- bia, and other species. Richard K. Zajdel, 1 709 Jamestown Place, Churchill, PA 15235. Wanted: Cleridae preserved in fluid (Formalin, Bouin's, etc.) for internal anatomy studies. Will trade, buy or any other arrangement. Especially interested in foreign material. G. Ekis, Rutgers University, Entomology Department, New Brunswick, NJ 08903. Wanted: Customers; I am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. For sale: Coleoptera and Lepidoptera of the World. List available for 40 cents in international stamps. Write: Monsieur Richard Doisy, 9, rue des Bons Enfants, 89-Aux- erre, France. For sale: Complete set of "Pacific Insects", volumes 1-10, $ 66.00 plus shipping cost; complete set only. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. For sale: Complete set of "Evolution", vols. 1-24, $ 400.00 plus shipping cost; com- plete set only. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. "Beetles of the United States": I am revising this book; users please sent corrections and authors, please send reprints. I will exchange reprints of my papers and also papers on exotic Coleoptera. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. NOVEMBER 1970 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS INSECT FLIGHT AND ENTOMOLOGISTS' INHERITANCE BRIAN HOCKING, p. 269 HARRY HOPKINS, MASTER SIPHONAPTERIST, AND HIS ASSOCIATES C.ANDRESEN HUBBARD,p. 279 AN OBSERVATION ON THE FEEDING BEHAVIOR OF A SAND-TREADER CRICKET DAVID C. RENTZ, p. 289 The Entomologist's Record, p. 292 The Entomologist's Library, p. 193 COMING NEXT ISSUE: Scorpion Nomenclature and Mensuration THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Entomological Soc- iety at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: H. W. Allen, S. S. Roback, and R. H. Arnett, Jr. (Editor); E. J. Gerberg (Editor, The Entomologist's Library). SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Dr. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within three months. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the review editor at: 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 2 1207. PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the follow- ing rate: Each line cut regardless of size, $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4J/2 x 6Vi inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not available. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup- plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Articles of an archival nature, including new taxa as separate descriptions for validation, new distribution records, or records of specimens (Continued on back inside cover.) SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA [3.0071] INSECT FLIGHT AND ENTOMOLOGISTS' INHERITANCE1 Brian Hocking2 Fifteen years after I published (Hocking, 1953) an hypothesis concerning insect flight behaviour in relation to land and sea breezes this was, in part, accorded a more factual status (Holzapfel and Harrell, 1968) than my evid- ence warranted. This paper results from a search for further evidence rele- vant to the hypothesis. Methods Two traps designed to catch insects flying with the wind separately from those flying against the wind were developed (Figs. 1-3), from the original design of Malaise (1937), with some of the Gressitt (1962) modifications. The larger traps intercept 10m2 of air and are set up across the anticipated wind direction. They are thus of maximum usefulness if wind direction is pre- dictable, which it usually is with well developed land and sea breezes. The smaller intercept 0.5m2 of air, are free to rotate, and their orientation is maintained across the wind direction at all times by a vane. The net material used in the traps was a pale green nylon monofilament tulle with openings approximately 0.8 mm wide. This was chosen for its high strength in relation to its permeability for air and in the hope that, by allowing the escape of very small insects, which are irrelevant to the proposed study because they have poor control of flight direction relative to wind, it would reduce the labour of counting and identification. The floor of the large trap and its 8 inch rim were made of a dark green 3 oz coated nylon, strips of which were used to reinforce all edges and seams in the net of both traps, except two main vertical seams in the diaphragm of the large traps; visual emphasis on the diaphragms was considered undesirable. 'Accepted for publication: October 21, 1970. 2 Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton 7, Canada. Ent. News, 81:269-278 269 270 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 The trap frames were made of aluminum alloy tubing. The large traps had two central uprights, each of two telescoping sections (1 inch and 7/8 inch outside diameter), joined by a welded 3/4 inch cross piece with a central socket for a 1/2 inch vertical. This vertical was coupled by an X-block to a horizontal diagonal supporting the lucite catching bottles. The floor was pegged to the ground at the corners and centre line and supported by four, 40 foot guy lines of 3/16 inch nylon, two running from each end of the top cross-piece, each to a ring on one of the four eave corners, thence to a peg. For the small traps, two square frames each with two adjacent sides of 3/8 inch tubing, the other two sides of 1/4 inch tubing, were joined at the corners by shorter lengths of 1/4 inch tubing, except for the corner between the 3/8 inch pieces where 1/2 inch tubing was used. This, the bottom corner, was mounted on a bicycle pedal bearing, itself on a 30 x 1 inch tube held up- right by 3 guys of 1/8 inch nylon. The three tubes at each corner were secured by tightening the single nylon screw in an appropriate size of lucite corner piece. These pieces were cut from half inch lucite stock (except the largest size, C, from 3/4 inch) and drilled, to the dimensions shown in figure 1. The single screw in the large hole, which is slotted out about 1/32 inch, bears on the tube in this hole to grip the other two tubes. The large hole is cut into the smaller holes between 0.01 and 1/64 inch. The catching bottles of the small traps were of acetate sheet, 2 1/2 or 3 inch diameter, supported by 3/16 inch alloy tubing from a modified size A lucite corner piece in the center of the top tube. The top tube also carried the acetate vane on 3/16 inch tub- ing, plugged into one end of it. Granular calcium cyanide was used in all catching bottles; the openings in the cones measured 12 mm diameter in the small traps and 16 mm in the large ones. To reduce the likelihood of insect escape both traps had reflexed edges of net (large 6 inch; small 2 inch) held back at about 45° by nylon ties to the centre corners. It was assumed that insects landing on these edges had an even chance of going in or out, so that the intercept areas used are measured to the mid-lines of the reflex edges. Two of the large traps and 4 of the small ones were operated over a period of about 12 summer months, 8 months in the southern hemisphere and 4 months in the northern. Sites were all within 10 km of the shores of lakes (L. Huron, Canada; L. Baikal, U.S.S.R.), islands (Western Samoa, Tahiti, Rangi- roa, Oahu, Hawaii) or continents (Australia; California, N. America). Most of the work was done as close to the shore as possible in W. Samoa (13°30'- 14°S), Hawaii (19°30'-21°30'N), and California (35°30'-36°30'N) where available sites were chosen with equal attention to their meteorological and biological (plants and insects) suitability. Traps were usually cleared at times Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 271 of wind reversal or significant wind change. Since wind reversal was usually close to sunrise and sunset, most catches represent night or day flight activity. Catching was occasionally suspended in the daytime when the wind speed exceeded the tolerance of the traps (c. 10m sec"1); few insects flew at trap height (1 to 4 m) in winds of these speeds. Catches were rough-sorted, pinned, labelled with conventional data plus direction of travel relative to wind direc- tion, and counted, usually before the succeeding trap clearance. Despite the rather large mesh net, insects small enough to pass readily through the mesh were caught in very large numbers. They were ignored in considering flight direction relative to wind since their direction of origin was questionable. Results About 70,000 insects were trapped in 22,000 m2hi of operation. During 7 months in Western Samoa, where the most intensive work was done, the catch included about 1000 different species, a number of them not previously recorded from the islands and several undescribed. Since Buxton and Hopkins (1927-35) collected nearly 1600 species in two years' work and my catches were almost restricted to flying species, the fauna seems well represented. Spiders, lizards, nymphal grasshoppers, and even fish were, however, included in my catches. It was necessary to watch for, and remove the spiders and the lizards. The mean numbers of insects caught per m2hr of operation in the three main locations, the approximate areas of land, and other possibly relevant data are given in Table 1 . Because of the varying proportions of time devoted in the three locations to trapping at different distances from the shore line and at different times of the day and night, direct statistical comparison of catches in the three areas would not be appropriate. However, when for example mean shore line catches per m2hr at night are compared, the following figures result: Hawaii 1.93±0.26 (14); W. Samoa 6.44±0.57 (25); N. America 0.41+0.08 (19); all differences are significant at the 0.001 probability level. Analysis of the data in relation to wind direction, distance from shore line, day and night, taxa, and sex is in progress. Discussion It is generally agreed (Carlquist, 1965; Darlington, 1957; McArthur and Wilson, 1967) that there is a direct relationship between the size of oceanic islands and the sizes of their faunas; this is perhaps most clearly expressed by the insects. Much less attention has been paid to the possible relationships 272 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 * * CM «- r*. «3; oq O) •:- to .E ^ CN in r- o o * O _ H? CO .0 o f* ^7^ • ^3 vO 1 1 CN ^ co *- in O <-" ed •»— ' i *•* u. o C OO nj 1 o o vo (0 OJ 0 O C "* ^£ T3 ""* — 3 ^ e3 CJ <*H 00 S 0 1> O •§<£ CN E •v. E ^£ oo in co CD 2 O ^^ 11 CO ^- in in t- C. CN GO O v> r> 5 oo ^ -S 05 o_ 00 ^ & 0 oo cd •0 M Z ? DH c -1-1 b ^ -t-> 3 c § I" .£5 D *g •§ Latitude 0 1° J° C/5 0 ^ ° O 0 CO 7 CN ^ J£ f? O r-\ r^ O CO CO *~ f*5 °CO £ °LO t- 2- w C/5 b CO o CO 2 E2 (4-1 0 w z 1— 1 •*•* E 0 0 j—— >S^^ ^^^^^^^^ «^^ GO €« ^ CN E o^roooo)l"ro cN'-co^-^^r^^ oo «- m o^ o CO CN q o 2 T3 "^ ^ *"* C S T3 0 r^ 7 S '-3 CO .5 rt M 'i "co o 00 >> C3 T3 O ^J OH ^ 0 co -2 | — 1 00 O O _ 14J OH "•>•« CO 2 £ < "10 E 13 •Ci C 0) ?^ * •E 5 * * c^ C ^ ro~o_c $!c c~~* ^ — • * 1 ^ Q. «3 CO CO CO CO C/? D O X H DC 0 o Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 273 ' \ COATED NYLON .; • W W 3/16" 3/8" W 3/16" 1/2" 3/8" FIGURE 1 fSee captions, next page.) 274 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 Figure 1. (See p. 273). Above, large trap; below, small trap; below right, detail and di- mensions of the three sizes of lucite corner pieces for the small traps. Dot-dash lines re- present stranded stainless steel stays. Figure 2. (above). Large trap in operation in a coconut plantation at Utumapu, (Caption continued on next page.) Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 275 between sizes of islands and their total insect population densities. A similar direct relationship, perhaps with a smaller slope, is to be expected, at least at the lower end of the size range of islands, if only for the geometrical reason that as the areas of islands increase the proportion of insect-inhospitable shore line to total area decreases. It is reasonable to expect the mean catch per m2hr of the traps used to be directly related to the population density of flying insects. The differences noted in mean catch per m2hr in Table 1 are in the opposite sense to those which might be anticipated on account of size of land area. The time spans of the catches were great enough that weather variations were unimportant, but climate, or latitude as determiner of climate, may account for part of the differences. Again, data on relationships between latitude and insect population density are scarce and relate mostly to higher latitudes, but if the trend shown by these figures were extrapolated into the Canadian sub-arctic, one would expect to find it virtually insect-free. A further type of explanation suggests itself: the human population density, the degree of environmental alteration, and specifically the extent of insecticide use, especially of persistent compounds. The Hawaiian and Californian environments are in general much more altered than the Samoan; the immediate localities of traps were less different. Precise figures for insecticide use are not available, but the rank order in Table 1 is unequivocal and the spread is from zero to more than 120 Ib active ingre- dient/mi2/year. An initial reaction from both economic and academic entomologists to the suggestion that these differences in populations could be attributable to in- secticide use is one of incredulity that insecticides are that effective. Some simple calculations are illuminating: the amounts of DDT alone which have been used on the earth now add up to about 0.25 Ib/acre of land or 2.4 Ib/arable acre (Hocking, 1970). Mosquitoes can still be controlled in some areas with 0.03 Ib/acre. Since insecticides are not used at all on a substantial part of the world's arable land, there must have now been, for many years, an average concentration of persistent toxic materials in land where they have been used, well above the level which many insect species can tolerate. Some species undoubtedly have been unable to develop resistance fast enough to survive. Of course since only perhaps one-fifth of the world's insect fauna has been described, many of these must be unknown and will now remain so. The populations of species in process of developing resistance must be lowered. (Captions continued from p. 274. j Western Samoa. Small trap at left margin. Figure 3. (below). Small trap in operation at the edge of the forest near Utumapu, Western Samoa. 276 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 This is a factor which must be taken into account in quantitative ecological studies from now on. I do not think it can be discounted, as a contributing factor at least, in explanation of my figures. Entomologists' inheritance Between June 1968 when I left North America for this study and my return in August 1969 little information from the western world not directly related to this study reached me. Changes in matters of concern both to entomologists and to the general public were at once apparent on my return. Conspicuous among these changes were, firstly, a widespread concern over the deteriorating quality of our environment, previously expressed only by some academics and crackpots. This was much more striking than was the deteriora- tion in the environment, which was nonetheless, apparent. Chlorinated hydro- carbons, and especially DDT, attracted a generous share of this concern. Second among these changes was the increased concern over human popula- growth; this must be regarded as a separate change since many people and groups are still concerned about one or the other problem only and if they do in fact recognize them as the same they do not express this recognition in their actions. Pollution control work appears, in fact, to serve as a displace- ment activity for population control. As I have shown elsewhere (Hocking, 1965, 1968) history suggests a direct relationship between human population size and the severity of problems of applied entomology both in agriculture (1965:95) and in forestry as repre- sented by reforestation, and also in medicine (1968:118). Applied entomol- ogy is largely a matter of insect population control, or should be so; the education of entomologists properly includes instruction in population dyna- mics. It might be expected that entomologists and especially economic ento- mologists would lead in awareness of the problems of human population, and be among the first to recognize the role played by insecticides in hastening the deterioration of the environment initiated by other more direct effects of growing human populations. Events have proved otherwise. At a meeting of the Entomological Society of Alberta, held at Lethbridge in October 1969, the following motion was carried by a vote of 20 to 12: "Whereas the Entomological Society of Alberta recognizes its responsibility to man's welfare in protecting him and his crops from noxious or disease-carrying insects and Whereas production of food and fibre cannot be increased at a rate commensurate with human population growth, therefore Be it resolved that pesticide programs be care- fully considered and that the long-term welfare of man, other species, and their environ- ments be given over immediate economic gain and that the Governments of Alberta and Canada be urged to sponsor and support research on world population control." Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 111 Motions in a similar vein at the Chicago meetings of the Entomological Soci- ety of America in December 1969 were defeated by similar margins; but the support of such measures by the governing board of the American Institute of Biological Sciences and in August 1970 by the Entomological Society of Canada was almost unanimous. In no discussions did the conspicuous support for the motions come from primarily economic entomologists.* (See p. 278) The short-sighted abuse of insecticides out of ignorance may be excused; part of the blame undoubtedly rests with commercial interests. Now that abuse has been so clearly established, however, surely entomologists of all kinds must forget their differences and cooperate in halting the damage as speedily as possible, in opposing insect slaughter for mere comfort or con- venience, and in seeking more acceptable procedures for insect control, when this is essential. At the same time the common interests of both economic and academic entomologists are to be served by the reduction— not mere stabili- zation—of human populations and revision of so-called standards of human living. A revision which will put the quality of the environment first, and the quality and quantity of the consumables it is made to yield second. Entomol- ogists as a whole then should support all procedures calculated to achieve these ends: the academics that they may have an abundance and diversity of insect species which rightly delight them and allow the illumination of so many basic problems in biology; the economic entomologists for divers rea- sons. For smaller populations will allow less intensive crop production, pre- requisite to crop pest control, and will permit greater "nearest neighbour distance" among men, necessary to the control of vector borne diseases. And diversity of species is prerequisite to stability of species populations. The image of entomology in the eyes of enlightened people has been tarnished somewhat by the events of the late sixties. When biologists of today and tomorrow are gathered together in discussion of tomorrow's problems, entomologists may well be reluctant to admit to their specialization; they are in the dog-house. Entomologists have been challenged and have not yet re- sponded; they have all a responsibility to do so. This responsibility is also an opportunity, for no other large group of biologists is so well fitted by educa- tion, training, and experience, to speak and act on matters of population con- trol. We must tackle this task that lies before the world; we must not wait for politicians to act, for monies to be allocated, for legislation to be passed. We must ourselves see that these things are done. Only thus can the reputation of entomology be redeemed and its future assured. We inherited a world fit for insects and entomologists, in reasonable numbers, to live in. What will our children and our students inherit? The answer lies more in our hands than in those of any other group. 278 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 Acknowledgement. -It is a pleasure to acknowledge the untiring assistance of my wife as field assistant and seamstress, financial assistance from the Defence Research Board (6801-39) and the National Research Council of Canada, and facilities provided by the Rhinoceros Beetle Project of the South Pacific Commission at Apia, the Institut de Recherche Medicale at Papeete, the Bishop Museum at Honolulu, and the Point Lobos State Park in California. Literature cited Buxton, P. A. and Collaborators. 1927-1935. Insects of Samoa and other Samoan terres- trial Arthropoda. British Museum (Natural History), London. 5 vols. xii+58+228; 290; 346+58; 366; 129+78+159 p. Carlquist, S. 1960. Island life. The Natural History Press, Garden City, New York. xii+ 451 p. Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1957. Zoogeography: the geographical distribution of animals. John Wiley and Sons, New York, x+675 p. Gressitt, J. L. and M. K. Gressitt. 1962. An improved malaise trap. Pacific Insects. 4(1): 87-90. Hocking, B. 1953. The intrinsic range and speed of flight of insects. Trans. R. ent. Soc. London. 104(8):223-345. Hocking, B. 1965. Biology or oblivion. Schenkman Publishing Co., Cambridge, Mass. ix+118 p. Hocking, B. 1968. Six-legged science. Schenkman Publishing Co., Cambridge, Mass. viii+ 199 p. Hocking, B. 1970. Profit without honour. Quaest. ent. 6(1): 1-2. Holzapfel, E. P. and J. C. Harrell. 1968. Transoceanic dispersal studies of insects. Pacific Insects 10(1):115-153. Malaise, R. 1937. A new insect-trap. Ent. Tidskr. 58:148-160. MacArthur, R. H. and E. O. Wilson. 1967. The theory of island biogeography. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, xii+203 p. 3.0071. Insect flight and entomologists' inheritance. Abstract.- A study designed to test an hypothesis concerning insect flight behaviour in relation to land and sea breezes, mostly on oceanic islands, yielded a mass of data, mostly irrelevant to the hypothesis. The possible relevance of some of these data to problems of current concern to the gen- eral public and to entomologists is evident. -Brian Hocking, Department of Entomology , University of Alberta, Edmonton 7, Canada. Descriptors: Insect flight behavior; modified Malaise trap; wind trap; insecticide mis- use; population control. *Note added in proof: While a motion in this sense was carried by a substantial majority at the Miami meetings of the Entomological Society of America in December 1970, my point stands, namely: entomologists in general have not yet given the leader- ship the world has a right to expect from them in these matters. [3.0078] HARRY HOPKINS, MASTER SIPHONAPTERIST, AND HIS ASSOCIATES' C. Andresen Hubbard2 Through the many years that I have known him he has always been Harry Hopkins to me but through these years his by-line has always been G. H. E. Hopkins. I never learned what the G. H. E. stood for and I am not sure that H stands for Harry. To me this dynamo of energy is just a disagreeable, but lovable cantancerous old Englishman. During the 1960's while I was working the fleas of East Africa a new university was being established in Dar es Salaam. It was in need of teachers so I applied giving Harry as a reference. He wrote me back saying: "Why use me as a reference, all I know about you is that you are a good flea collector." And I thought, how true, how little we know about our specialist friends. That is why I am penning this paper on the world's foremost flea specialists. Harry Hopkins is a typical Englishman. He was born on March 25, 1898 in the small town of Hanley, 60 miles southeast of Liverpool. His father was a curate in the Church of England there. Before Harry was a year old his father was assigned to Wigan, 20 miles northeast of Liverpool where he was Vicar of Servington. Harry grew up here. At 18 years he left school, joined the British Armed Forces of World War I and retired at the war's end with a commission. Harry entered Cambridge in 1920 and graduated with a degree in medical entomology in 1923 with specialization in the Mallaphaga. But it was only after another 20 years of study of these insects that he released his only, but massive, paper on them in "The host associations of the lice of mammals" (Hopkins, 1949). Soon after graduation, in October, Harry and Mrs. Hopkins were married and left England for Samoa in November where he became the assistant to Professor P. A. Buxton, the two working for the 1 Accepted for publication: November 9, 1970. 215115 S. W. 74th Avenue, Tigard, OR 97223. Ent. News, 81:279-288. 21^ 280 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 London School of Tropical Medicine upon filariasis. Four years later Harry was appointed Assistant Medical Entomologist in Kenya and in March of 1926 Harry with his wife sailed for Mombasa. After two years in Kenya Harry was transferred to Uganda as Senior Medical Ento- mologist and established himself in Kampala close to the north shore of Lake Victoria. Here he remained his entire 20 years of British Colonial Service. While here his work covered the entire field of economic entomology and his problems were in the tse-tse fly, the locust, the louse, the mosquito, and the flea. Harry retired in 1947 and after a few stops in Africa returned to England and visited with friends and relatives around Liverpool until he was called to Tring in January of 1948 to become author of the "Catalog." Harry is best known in his work on fleas, first in East Africa, then upon world fleas as author of the "Catalog." One morning during the end of September 1967 Harry came to the siphon- apteran laboratory of the Tring Museum as he had for some years, opened his files for volume 5 of the "Catalog," worked his laboratory day, went home and never again returned. Two years previously Harry had spent his vacation in Holland, contracted virus pneumonia there and was never again in the health which had been his joy through all his years. His associates feel his ebbing strength deterred his further siphonapteran work. Sometime ago Miriam Rothschild (Mrs. George Lane) wrote to me that she had called upon Harry at his home, visited with him in his garden, and when she left felt depressed for Harry had asked her to release him from further work on the "Catalog"; he wished to rest and garden. A little later in response to my yearly letter to this old friend I had a nice newsy letter but no- where in it was there any reference to fleas. He commented on the interesting times we had had in my digging wild western bulbous plants and sending them to him for the exotic portion of his garden; the last time I worked in Tring, and, to remind me of home there, in a shaded nook were blooming Western Wake Robin Trilliums. Until recently, Harry, like myself and many others of our age, pottered around in his garden. Harry has a lovely one at "Shire House", a beautiful two story all brick home on the north edge of Tring. To further complicate his declining years, Harry, during an evening of November 1969, tripped over a rug in his home, fell heavily to the floor and seriously shattered the bones of his pelvic region. At the moment, over a year later he still lies in the Alyesbury hospital eight miles north of his home. As early as 1947 Harry had proved himself a crack siphonapterist in pub- lishing in the Uganda Journal of Natural History "The fleas of East Africa." The 50 page paper was fully illustrated. It lays the foundation for all sub- Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 281 sequent siphonapteran work in all Africa but especially in East Africa. How- ever, in spite of plague in many sections of East Africa attention was not again directed towards these insects until I, with National Science Foundation and Fulbright grants, entered East Africa in 1962. In the 1947 paper Harry published an extensive host index which almost amounted to a catalog of the mice of the area. During this study he felt that no adequate keys were available for the small rodents. In spare moments he worked on the writing of a satisfactory key for these mice, which, after all, carry most of the fleas of any country. As far as I know Harry never com- pleted this paper but in 1962 he sent me a copy to help me with my host in- dex of Tanzania fleas. During the years of this study Harry found many discrepancies in the listings of type localities of various of the host animals. In 1946, with the help of R. W. Hayman, noted British mammologist, he issued "The type locations of some African mammals" (Hopkins, 1946), a paper listing the correct localities of the animals in his host indexes. Harry always has been a stickler for taxonomic procedure and never hesi- tated to call my attention to my taxonomic shortcomings. I recall in 1962, when I first began describing East African fleas, to impress the East Africans, I named the fleas in Swahili, the official language of Tanzania. When the manuscripts were sent to Harry he quite emphatically said I could not Swahi- lize the names; they must be Latinized. Therefore, the largest flea in Africa became, at Harry's suggestion, Dinopsyllus titan rather than "ZX kubwa." I had wanted to use "kubwa" which to any East African means giant, where "titan" would mean nothing at all. That has been Harry-a stickler on taxo- nomic procedure, and Harry has always been right. Harry often has been accused of being a taxonomist, but he really was not, for Harry and I were more interested in the ecology of the flea, particularly the host-flea relationships; the effect of elevation upon these insects, and their relation to plague. In all the years that thousands of fleas passed under the microscope beneath his eye only once did he stop to describe a new flea. Why this one I will never know; instead of naming one of the beautiful African crested fleas that he came across, he described Xenopsylla philoxera , a nondescript flea from South Africa (Hopkins, 1949). In 1932 Harry published on the fleas of rats in Kenya (Hopkins, 1932); 1935 on the bionomics of fleas in East Africa (Hopkins, 1935); 1938 on "Cotton and plague in Uganda" (Hopkins, 1938); 1941 "Methods of control of plague in Uganda" (Hopkins, 1941); 1947 on two giant fleas of East Africa (Hopkins, 1947); 1949 "Report on rats, fleas, and plague in Uganda" (Hopkins, 1949), and 1957 "Host specificity among parasites of vertebrates" 282 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 (Hopkins, 1957). Harry coauthored with the American Phillis Johnson (Hop- kins and Johnson, 1959) to produce "Two names proposed by Baker for fleas of the genus Foxella." Harry always has been as generous with his time as with his genius and like Karl Jordan was never too busy to help one with one's siphonapteran pro- blems. I recall that during 1962 after I had collected thousands of fleas in Tanzania 1 ,000 specimens of Xenopsylla (Hubbard, 1965) had been mounted. These small, mostly African fleas are difficult to identify and even specialists avoid them. The 1,000 were sent up to Harry and in spite of his work on volume 3 of the "Catalog" he had the identifications back to me within a month. I have never stopped wondering at his energy. This generosity extended to South Africa for Dr. David Davis of the Medical Ecological Center of Johannesburg wrote to me that Harry, in 1947, finished his work in Uganda, traveled south and spent some days with the staff of the Center laying out the foundation and format for their book on fleas and plague in South Africa. Through the approximately fifteen years spent in the preparation of this thorough volume Harry regularly examined and corrected the manuscript and finally in 1962 after its publication review- ed the book for the Entomologist (Hopkins, 1962). I reviewed the volume the same year for the East African Medical Journal. While Harry was busy with volumes 3 and 4 of the "Catalog" help was needed by the staff of the Bishop Museum in Honolulu on the fleas of the Islands and so in 1961 Harry published "Insects of Micronesia: the Siphon- aptera" (Hopkins, 1961). Harry has always been thoughtful of others. In 1952 while I was doing the fleas and plague in Iraq for Fulbright I expressed to Harry the desire to visit Tring, talk with the old master Dr. Jordan and possibly motor around the perimeter of the British Isles. Harry at once sent to me his copy of the B. A. A. Handbook with which to plan this trip. I did get to Tring in 1952 but not around the Island. Each year thereafter until 1963 when I did get around the Island Harry sent me his B. A. A. Handbook. When I went to Tring in 1952 Harry met me at the Museum door, handed me a key, a scratch pad and a pencil and said: "Here is your key to the Museum. Dr. Jordan has not heard a thing for many years. Write him a little note on the pad and he will answer." In this way Harry Hopkins presented me to the grand old bewiskered man, the dean of flea students the world over, Dr. Karl Jordan. I felt humble in the presence of this great naturalist. I spent several days with the kindly old man. I never saw him again; Harry sent me in 1959 the black boardered message which read: "Dr. Karl Jordan, F. R. S. Born 7. XII. 1861. Died 12. I. 1959." In 1962 Harry sent me the little pearl Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 283 THE TRING SIPHONAPTERISTS Harry Hopkins 1898- Karl Jordan 1861-1959 Frans Smit 1920- 284 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 handled knife which Dr. Jordan had used for many years to sharpen the pencils he used to make the illustrations of world fleas. In the gardens at "Shire House" and, perhaps more often, in her house in London Miriam Rothschild often visited with Harry and talked over the pro- blems of getting the "Catalog" on the press. Miriam is in privite life Mrs. George Lane of Oxford. She is the mother of six children who were all raised at Elsfield Manor. The maternal grandfather of these children and Mrs. Lane's father was the Honorable N. Charles Rothschild, senior partner of the great banking house in London and the man who for relaxation and as an avocation layed down the foundation of present day siphonaptery. N. Charles collected in Egypt in the early 1900's and the specimens other than fleas were added to his brother Walter's (Second Lord Rothschild, 1868-1937) Museum of Natural History at Tring, some 35 miles northwest of London. The museum, fully endowed, was given to the British Museum (Natural History) by Walter and now, although still a general natural history museum, houses the N. C. Roths- child collection of fleas, the greatest of its kind in the world. At its inception and for some years this collection was housed in the Rothschild family home in Peterborough but after the death of N. Charles in 1923 and in accordance with a deed of gift executed in 1913 the collection was moved to the Tring Museum. Although I have corresponded with Miriam and her 20 year old youngest son for some years I know very little about the family. What I have gleaned is that Mrs. Lane was born in 1908 in Peterborough, England which is 80 miles due north of London and about 50 miles northeast of Tring. During vacations she visited her grandmother on the Rothschild estate in Tring and here lived in a large squarish brick mansion which was once the home of Nell Gwynne, built for her in the late 1600's by Charles II, King of England. The mansion has as its background the beautiful, woodsy, Tring Park located near the center of the small, quaint town of Tring. The Tring Museum is practically in the back yard of the mansion. As a child Miriam visited her grandmother and spent many hours there watching Karl Jordan, her father's most distin- guished collaborator, work with a passion on the fleas of the world. It has been years since a Rothschild lived in Tring. The old mansion has long been a private school. In a recent letter from Mrs. Lane she informs me that: "I never attended any school in my life; I was educated at home." Recently Oxford University awarded Mrs. Lane the Doctor of Science degree. She is a professor at the Royal Free Hospital in London and a Trustee of the British Museum (Natural History). Many of us hoped that Mrs. Lane's young son Charles would become a Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 285 _C O oo o , DC 00 E § _c o o DC 00 O) CO CM — 00 CO «— 6 5< co cc I D O < cc z o o T DC 00 CD o5 oo ro 286 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 siphonapterist and follow in the footsteps of his grandfather and mother to carry on the name of Rothschild through another generation of flea special- ists but Mrs. Lane tells me her son wishes to become a research biochemist. Charles as a teen-ager published a few short papers on insects. At present he is a graduate student in zoology at Oxford University. In the 15 years that the "Catalog" has been unfolding through volumes 1 to 5 it has become a notable monograph in the field of entomology. Mrs. Lane under her maiden name Miriam Rothschild has been the editor, co- author with Harry Hopkins, and the financial backer of the work; this will constitute a fine monument to her father, N. Charles. Mrs. Lane has described only about a dozen species of animals new to science, in contrast to her uncle, Walter Rothschild, who described 4,000 and her father, N. Charles, about 500. She can, however, be called a siphonapterist in her own right since she made one outstanding discovery in this field, namely that the breeding cycle of the rabbit flea is geared to the breeding cycle of the host. After co-authoring "Fleas, flukes, and cuckoos" in 1952 Mrs. Lane published 150 short papers and in 1965 invaded the American journals with the publication of "Fleas" in the "Scientific American." The "Catalog" has been a dream to Mrs. Lane for years. Here is the history of the dream. Many years ago, during 1893, Walter, N. Charles older brother, and Miriam's uncle realized his collections were getting ahead of him and he needed an assistant. In his search for the proper individual he chanced upon a young man in Westphalia, Germany, a beginning school teacher named Karl Jordan (Hubbard, 1947 and 1962). Jordan returned to Tring with Walter and soon became associated with N. Charles and his fleas. For the rest of Charles' life (he died in 1923 at the age of 46) the two were inseparable companions, researchers, and friends. Charles was 16 when Jordan came to Tring, Jordan about twice that age. Through the 30 years that these two men were so closely associated they frequently discussed the possible publication of a monograph on the fleas of the world based upon Charles' collection. Upon the death of Charles, Jordan became master of the Rothschild collection and nurtured it until he was 98 years old, during which year the grand, kindly old master quietly passed away to leave Harry Hopkins as head of world flea students. Karl Jordan was not only a siphonapterist but a general naturalist. He wrote voluminously on subjects of nature. I had known Karl for many years, but only through correspondence except for our one meeting. A hundred letters must have passed between us. As busy as he was he was never too busy to help and to write to me about western fleas. But the monograph which Karl and Charles visioned so long did not mate- Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 287 rialize; two world wars and the death of Charles hindered its inception. Eventually Miriam Rothschild decided to publish the "Catalog". In 1948 Miriam began searching for a young man to author the work. Harry Hopkins was approached and being retired from his African post accepted the author- ship. Harry moved to Tring with his family, purchased "Shire House" and set up research quarters in the Tring Museum. During 1953 volume 1 of the "Catalog of the Rothschild collection of fleas" was released by the British Museum, a superb volume; it was the work of Karl Jordan, who layed the taxonomic foundation, Harry Hopkins, and Miriam Rothschild. The volume is dedicated to the grand old master Karl Jordan. Harry authored 4 of these massive, fully illustrated volumes and it was while he was half way through volume 5 that illness caused him to relinquish the remaining work. Miriam Rothschild feeling in the 1940's that caring for the growing collec- tion of fleas was no longer a one man job did as did her uncle Walter many years back, began looking for a young assistant. In Zutphen, Netherlands, she contacted a young man who was studying agricultural entomology at the Agricultural University of Wageningen. On the 3rd day of January, 1949, this young man, bearing as an impressive set of initials as that of Harry Hopkins, came to Tring. He was F. G. A. M. Smit, known to most of us only as Frans, although the F stands for Franciscanus, followed by Gerardus Albertus Maria. Frans was born in Zutphen, June 7, 1920. This was his home until he came to Tring. In October of 1949 Frans brough his new bride, Caroline van Heurn, to Tring and here through the years they have become the parents of four, three sons and finally the much looked for daughter. Today, at 50, Frans stands alone in the siphonapteran portals at Tring, and is the new author of the "Catalog." I have known Frans for a long time and we have worked together on occasion. He has helped me through many a problem. I have watched his four children grow. Julius, his older son writes me on his 18th birthday: "Father is away at the moment in Czechoslavakia where he too is busy doing work on his fleas [horrid things] . I put horrid things in brackets because I have always hated the things. I am not at all interested in natural history because it just does not appeal to me." At 19 the young man informs me he will find his place in dramatics. And, so it seems, this is also the case with others: Dr. Jordan, who had no sons, and whose two daughters had no interest in fleas; Mrs. Lane whose last son wishes to become a biochemist: Harry Hopkins who so far as I know has no children and now Frans Smit whose children seem not interested in fleas, the top flea students of the century will pass on without leaving a member of their family to carry on in siphonaptery. Frans has now been at Tring for 20 years. As is the lot of his countrymen. 288 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 he is fair, slight and sensitive. He is one of the best flea illustrators in the world. His entire life rotates around the Rothschild collection of fleas. His home is a small brick house with a small yard next to the Museum at 4 Park Street; so he almost lives with the collection. The very many papers he has published are almost all taxonomic. He does little or no field work and it seems likely that to catch a mouse and remove its fleas would be a problem to him. With the death of Karl Jordan in 1959 and the illness of Harry Hopkins in 1966, Frans remains today, without doubt, the world's authority in taxo- nomic siphonaptery. Acknowledgements.— This paper has been approved for publication by Miriam Roths- child and Mrs. Harry Hopkins. I am indebted to Dr. David Davis for Harry's bibliography. I am informed on December 15, 1970 by the recorder of Cambridge University that "Mr. George Henry Evans Hopkins who matriculated here in 1920 was admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Arts of this University in 1923 and the degree of Master of Arts in 1927." Literature cited Hopkins, G. H. E. 1932. Rec. Med. Res. Lab. No. 1, 57 p. — . 1935. Parasitology. 27:480-488. -. 1938. J. Hyg. 38:233-247. -. 1941. East African Med. J. 18:18-23. -. 1946. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 115:387-447. — . 1947. Entomologist. 80:284-286. — . 1949. Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 119:387-604. — . 1949. Entomologist. 82:251-254. — . 1949. Uganda Protectorate. 52 p. — . 1957. Neuchatal: Imprimeri Paul Allinger S. A. p. 64-87. -. 1961. Bull. B. P. Bishop Mus. 14:91-107. — . 1962. Entomologist. 95:134-136. Hopkins, G. H. E. and Phillis Johnson. 1959. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington. 6 1 :79-83. Hubbard, C. Andresen. 1947. Fleas of Western North America. Iowa State College Press, Ames, Iowa. Frontispiece; p. 5-8. — . 1962. Dr. Karl Jordan and the Stenoponia- complex. Ent. News. 73:29-35. — . 1962. East African Med. J. . 1965. Ent. News. 76: 63-70. 2.0078. Harry Hopkins, master siphonapterist, and his associates. Abstract. -The Rothschild collection at Tring Museum near London was the scene of great activity on the research on fleas, taxonomy, and biology. G. H. E. Hopkins was one of the principal taxonomists at the Museum, along with the great Karl Jordan who set the pace, W. and N. C. Rothschild, Miriam Rothschild, and lately, Frans Smit.- C. Andresen Hubbard, 15115S. W. 74th Avenue, Tigard, OR 97223. Descriptors: Siphonaptera; fleas; history; Lord Rothschild; N. Charles Rothschild; Walter Rothschild; Miriam Rothschild; Karl Jordan; Harry Hopkins; Frans Smit; Tring Museum. [3.0077] AN OBSERVATION OF THE FEEDING BEHAVIOR OF A SAND-TREADER CRICKET (Orthoptera; Gryllacrididae; Rhaphidophorinae)1 David C. Rentz2 Although seldom found in collections, the sand-treader crickets are com- mon inhabitants of sand dune regions of the southwestern United States. Approximately six genera can be considered as sand-treaders contributing more than two dozen species, with at least an equal number yet to be de- scribed. These raphidophorine crickets burrow under the sand by day con- structing simple tunnels which collapse soon after their builders leave them. Nearly all species are pallid yellow or white and emerge from their burrows to feed after dark. In late spring and early summer when weather conditions have been favorable, after sunset, the dunes may be literally covered with the insects. In late March 1968 while collecting on the sand dunes near Dale Dry Lake, 25 miles south of 29 Palms, San Bernardino County, California, a large popu- lation of an undetermined species of giant sand-treader cricket, Macrobaenetes Tinkham, was encountered. Dozens of individuals were found, none mature, almost all in the penultimate instar stage. The ambient temperature was near 45° F but insect activity, among crawling forms, was surprisingly high. A con- tinuous, high wind limited collecting activity but apparently had little effect on the routine of the crickets. A number of observations of the peculiar feeding of the crickets were made which is unreported in the literature. Six crickets were found feeding; two were discovered eating dried lizard excrement; four were found eating the dried feces of a kangaroo rat (Dipodo- mys sp.). The adaptation of feeding upon such material under windy condi- 1 Accepted for publication: November 6, 1970. 2Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th & Parkway, Philadelphia. I' \ 19103. Ent. News, 81:289-2^1. 289 290 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 tions is of note. Upon detecting a suitable dropping, the cricket moved for- ward over it enclosing it in a "cage" formed by its own legs (Fig. 1). The winds were strong enough to buffet the food around within the small en- closure but at no time did a cricket lose his meal to the wind. When the cricket finished he merely lifted his head and one or more legs and the piece blew out from under him. Coprophily has been reported among raphidophorinae crickets by Monti (1902) and Bailey (1928) but this was for either cellar-dwelling or cave- inhabiting species. Tinkham (1962) reported that Macrobaenetes kelsoemis feeds "seemingly on seeds of the dune grass . . . bits of organic matter such as dried leaves . . . dead insects." However, no specific observations were re- corded. Gangwere (1962) classified the feculae of the camel crickets he stud- ied to be of the non-elongate, non-granular type like those of most scavengers and predators. It appears that Macrobaenetes species are true omnivores and opportunists. Any organic matter smaller than rodent and lizard droppings was readily blown away by the high winds on the dunes during my observation. It is an established part of the climatic pattern of the deserts of southern California that such winds occur in March, often for many days duration. If the insect occupants were restricted to a single type of food, such as leaf litter or small seeds, they might find existence difficult during periods of continual winds. The camel crickets have adapted to this situation. Literature cited Bailey, V. 1928. Animal life of the Carlsbad Cavern. Monogr. American Soc. Mammalog. 3, 195 p. Gangwere, S. K. 1962. A monograph on food selection in Orthoptera. Trans. American Ent. Soc. 87:67-230. Monti, S. C. 1902. Contribute alia conoscenza della Dolichopoda geniculata (Costs.). Nota prima. Rend. R. Inst. Lombardo Sci. Lettere. 35:470-491. Tinkham, E. R. 1962. Studies in Nearctic desert sand dune Orthoptera. Part IV. A new genus and three new species of large sand-treader camel crickets from the Colorado desert with keys and notes. Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci. 61(2):89-1 11. 2.0077. An observation of the feeding behavior of a sand-treader cricket. (Orthoptera; Gryllacrididae; Rhaphidophorinae). Abstract. -The sand-treader genus Macrobaenetes occurs on the sand dunes of the deserts of the southwestern United States. It has been stated that species feed upon bits of leaf litter, seeds, and other organic matter encoun- tered during its nocturnal wanderings. Six observations on a single evening in March 1968 in San Bernardino County, California indicate that an undetermined species of Macro- baenetes feeds on the fecal matter of lizards and kangaroo rats and uses its legs to form a cage enclosing the dropping and preventing it from being blown away. -David C. Rentz, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th & Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Descriptors: Orthoptera; Gryllacrididae; Rhaphidophorinae; Macrobaenetes sp.; Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 291 coprophily; feeding behavior. Figure 1. Sand-treader cricket (Macrobaenetes sp.) feeding on kangaroo rat dropping. Drawn from a photo by Patricia Schuyler. 292 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 The Entomologist's Record To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti- fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly) publication is offered in this department. DR. GERHARD SCHERER, Museum G. Frey Entomologisches Institut, Hofrat Beisele Strasse 6, 8132 Tutzing bei Munchen, West Germany.-has accepted an invitation from South Dakota State University to fulfill a visiting professorship. (Sponsored by the National Science Foundation.) Dr. Scherer will be with the Entomology-Zoology Depart- ment, South Dakota State University, Brookings, SD 57006, from July 1, to December 31, 1971. He will divide his time between lecturing and research in entomology. Taxon- omy and zoogeography of Coleoptera, particularly of Chrysomelidae; Alticinae, are his chief interests. Visitors desiring to meet and hear Dr. Scherer during his tour at South Dakota State University are welcome. -Ed ward U. Balsbaugh, Jr. ANNOUNCEMENT.-The 1971 Summer Institute in Systematics, "Origin and mea- surement of diversity," is being organized by the Smithsonian Institution. The site is the National Museum of Natural History [United States] and the dates are June 20-July 9, 1971, inclusive. Unlike previous Institutes, this one will be more subject-oriented, the speakers em- phasizing two primary areas: (1) mechanisms by which organismal diversity is attained, and (2) assessment of diversity by a variety of techniques. Mornings will be devoted to these presentations and to discussions; afternoons will be left open to allow participants to use the National Collections for their individual research projects, which they are encouraged to discuss in special informal sessions. The Institute is limited to 25 participants who will be given air fare and per diem while in Washington. About 10 of them will be doctoral candidates in their last year or two as students; the remaining 15 selections will be from among applicants who have received doctoral degrees within about the past three years. Assuming that funding is forthcoming, applications may be obtained by sending name and address to: Dr. R. S. Cowan, [U.S.] National Museum of Natural History, Washing- ton, DC 20560, U. S. A. NOTICE.-The Institute for the Study of Natural Species has been dissolved. The publications have been turned over to the Bio-Rand Foundation, Inc., 1330 Dillon Heights Avenue, Baltimore, MD 21228. The insect collections have been deposited in the Florida Collection of Arthropods, P. O. Box 1269, Gainesville, FL 32601. The library and data files are housed at the Tall Timbers Research Station, Tallahassee, FL 32303. All borrowed specimens of the beetle family Oedemeridae are housed in a hurricane proof building also at the Tall Timbers Research Station. -Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 293 The Entomologist's Library This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists. A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analyti- cal reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence for this section should be addressed to Dr. Eugene J. Gerberg, Book Review Editor, 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 21207. Publications received. -As soon as a publication is received, it is listed in this section. The following have come to the attention of the editor for this month: 1 . General Evans, Mary Alice and Howard Ensign Evans. 1970. William Morton Wheeler, Biologist. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, xii + 363 p. Cloth, $ 1 1.00. Hogue, Charles L. and Fred S. Truxal. 1970. The insect realm. Los Angeles County Mus. Nat. Hist., Los Angeles, viii + 99 p. Paper, $ 2.00. Sharp, David. 1970 (reprint). Insects. Dover Publ., New York. V. 1, xi + 584 p.; v. 2, xii + 626 p. Paper, $ 4.50 ea. vol. 6. Physiology Mazokhin-Porshnyakov, G. A. 1969. Insect vision. Plenum Press, New York, xii + 306 p. Cloth, $ 27.50. 12. Medical entomology and parasitology James, Maurice T. and Robert F. Harwood. 1970. Herm's Medical entomology, 6th ed. Macmillan, New York. 484 p. Cloth. 16. Regional lists Kirk, Vernon M. 1970. A list of the beetles of South Carolina. Part 2-Mountain, Pied- mont, and Southern Coastal Plain. Tech. Bull. 1038. South Carolina Agric. Exp. Stat., Clemson, South Carolina. 117 p. The following parts of the catalog of Diptera south of the United States have been received. To date, of the 106 family fascicles, 52 have been issued, and of the 4 general fascicles, I has been issued. Alexander, Charles P. and Mabel M. Alexander. 1970. Family Tipulidae. A catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas south of the United States. Part 4. Musee de Zoologie, Sao Paulo, Brazil. 259 p. Martin, Charles H. and Nelson Papavero. 1970. Family Asilidae. Loc. cit. Part 35b. 139 p. Robinson, Harold. 1970. Family Dolichopodidae. Loc. cit. Part 40. 91 p. Steyskal, George C. 1970. Family Somatiidae. Loc. cit. Part 94. 2 p. 17. Identification aids Acarina Thewke, Siegfried E. and Wilbur R. Enns. 1970. The spider-mite complex (Acarina: Tetranychoidea) in Missouri. Univ. Missouri Mus. Cont., Mon. no. 1, Columbia, Mo. 106 p. Paper, $ 2.00. 294 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 Arachnida Mascord, Ramon. 1970. Australian spiders in color. Charles E. Tuttle Co., Rutland, Ver- mont. 112 p. Cloth, $ 6.75. Coleoptera Gressitt, J. L., J. A. Rondon, and S. von Breuning. 1970. Cerambycid-beetles of Laos. Entomology Dept. B. P. Bishop Mus., Honolulu, Hawaii, vi + 651. Cloth, $ 17.50; Paper $ 16.00. 4. Natural History Sauer, Jonathan D. 1967. Plants and man on the Seycheles Coast. Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison, x + 1 32 p. Cloth, $ 5 .00. A fascinating book describing an historical account of the islands' coastal vegetation and the shaping of the plant distribution patterns by natural environment and human activities. The present distribution patterns are characterizedby photographs, transects, and maps of sample areas. This book would be of interest to ecologists, botanists, biologists, and any one interested in the natural history of islands. -£W. 'V\AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA/\AAA/\AAAAAAAAAAA^ 6. Physiology Engelmann, F. 1970. The physiology of insect reproduction. Pergamon Press, New York. x+ 307 p. Cloth, $ 18.75. This is volume 44 of the Zoology Division of the International Series of Monographs in Pure and Applied Biology and is the result of the author's interest in a comprehensive understanding of the basic phenomena governing reproductive processes in insects. This monograph covers nearly all aspects of insect reproduction with the exception of popula- tion ecology. Contents include chapters on genitalia, sex determination, parthenogensis, sex differentiation, gonadal development, mating, factors that affect egg productionand fecundity, hormonal control of egg maturation, endocrine influence on reproduction in the male insect, oviposition, heterogony, viviparity, functional hermaphoditism, and insect societies. A glossary and numerous references are provided. This book will be a useful reference for graduate students and researchers working on aspects of insect phy- siology.-Frederick W. Kutz. 'VVVVVVVAAAA/VVV^^ 7. Environment Benson, G. K. and J. G. Phillips. 1970. Hormones and the environment. Cambridge University Press, New York, xvi + 629 p. Cloth, $ 22.50. Only one article on insects, but other invertebrates are briefly discussed. -Ed. UNESCO. 1970. Use and conservation of the biosphere. Proc. Intergovernmental Conf. of experts on the scientific basis for rational use and conservation of the resources of the biosphere. 1968. Paris. UNIPUB, Inc., P. O. Box 433, New York, NY 10016. 272 p. Paper, $ 6.00. This is the tenth volume in the Natural Resources Research Series, organized by UNESCO with the assistance of the UN, FAO, and WHO. The biosphere was taken as that part of the world in which life can exist, including, therefore, certain parts of the Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 295 lithosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere. The resources considered were biological ones. The discussions of the conference were based on reports presented by member states and 10 review papers. The conference adopted a series of recommendations to member states and international organizations relating to fields of research, education at all levels and scientific policy and structures. -£#. 1 1 . Ecology UNESCO. 1970. Ecology of the subarctic regions. UNIPUB, Inc. 650 First Ave., New York, NY 10016. 364 p. Cloth, $ 19.00. The present volume consists of papers presented at a symposium sponsored by UNESCO in Finland in 1966. The papers presented were divided into nine sections: subarctic definition; meteorology of subarctic regions; snow cover as an ecological factor; weathering and geomorphological processes; permafrost as an ecological factor; main features of soil-forming processes; ecology of subarctic vegetation; ecology of important species of the subarctic fauna; conservation of nature and rational use of renewable national resources of subarctic regions. -£tf. 'VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVX^ 12. Medical entomology and parasitology Dunn, Angus M. 1969. Veterinary helminthology. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia. \\ + 302 p. Cloth, $ 17.00. This book was written for the undergraduate veterinary student and for postgraduate students in other disciplines encountering veterinary helminthology for the first time. Discussions include descriptions of the more important parasites and their life cycles; a brief consideration of the host-parasite relationship, and the hosts themselves, ranging from small to large animals. The text is supplemented with 21 1 illustrations in 76 figures. The usefulness of this book is seriously jeopardized by the presentation of some out- dated information. In particular, the sections dealing with canine dirofilariasis (dog heart- worm) are misleading. The author states that this parasite occurs over most of the world, but excludes arctic and northern temperate areas. In reality, Dirofilaria immitis has been known from Minnesota since 1956. Thus, the geographic distribution includes at least some northern temperate areas. The author continues by reporting that it is thought by some workers that the flea is probably the natural vector of D. immitis. This theory of flea transmission was refuted in 1956 upon the discovery that two species of filariid parasites occur in dogs in the United States. One (D. immitis) is known only to complete development in certain mosquitoes and the other (probably Dipetalonema reconditum) can complete development in several arthropods, including a few species of fleas. There are other misconceptions presented in this section, but the two above examples should substantiate the reviewer's comments. -Frederick W. Kutz. ^AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA/VAAAAAAAAAAAAA/^^ I 3. Pest management Wood, D. L., R. M. Silverstein, und M. Nakajima (eds.). 1970. Control of insect behavior by natural products. Academic Press, New York. Ix + 345 p. Cloth, S 1 I .00. This book is based on one of the seminars on new biochemical approaches lo pest control. There are chapters on pheromone research with stored-product Coleoptera, b\ W. E. Burkholder; some general considerations of insects' responses to the chemicals in 296 Ent. News, Vol. 81, November 1970 food plants, by V. G. Dethier; pheromones of the honey bee, Apis mellifer L., by N. E. Gary; the substances that control the feeding behavior and the growth of the silkworm, Bornbyx mori L., by Y. Hamamura; sensory responses of phytophagous Lepidoptera to chemical and tactile stimuli, by F. E. Hanson; aggregation of the German cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.), by S. Ishii, methodology for isolation, identification, and syn- thesis of sex pheromones in the Lepidoptera, by M. Jacobson; volatile organic sulfur compounds as insect attractants with special reference to host selection, by Y. Matsu- moto; pheromones of social insects by J. C. Moser; insect antifeedants in plants, by K. Munakata; 1, 3-Diolein, a house fly attractant in the mushroom, A manita muscaria (L.), by T. Muto and R. Sugawara; studies on sex pheromones of the stored grain moths, by M. Nakajima; insect attractants of vegetable origin with special reference to the rice stem borer and fruit-piercing moths, by T. Saito and K. Munakata; the chemistry of attractants for Chrysopidae from Actinidia polygama Miq., by T. Sakan, S. Isoe and S. Be Hyeon; sex pheromones of Lepidoptera, by H. H. Shorey; methodology for isolation and identi- fication of insect pheromones-examples from Coleoptera, by R. M. Silverstein; phero- mones of bark beetles, by D. L. Wood; electrophysiological investigation of insect olfac- tion, by M. Yamada; host attractants for the rice weevil and the cheese mite, by I. Yama- moto and R. Yamamoto. In the past few years research aimed at establishing alternative means of pest controls have received increased attention. One of the most promising of these is the use of naturally occurring organic compounds that influence insect chemosensory behavior as attractants, repellents, sterilants, deterrants, and arrestants. This book will be of interest to natural product chemists, biochemists, behaviorists, ecologists, and entomologists. -Ed. ^/vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvx^^ 18. Techniques Philipson, J. (ed.). 1970. Methods of study in soil ecology. UNIPUB, Inc., New York. 303 p. This UNESCO publication is based on the proceedings of a symposium organized jointly by Unesco and the International Biological Program (IBP). It was held in Paris, November 1967. The book is divided into eleven sections, each consisting of from one to seven papers by internationally recognized scientists. The papers are written in either French or English, with the summary in the other language. The 39 papers in this volume cover general problems in soil ecology, structural and functional aspects of soil eco- systems, soil respiration, and methods for the study of production by soil microorgan- isms, macrophytes, mesofauna, arthropods, nematodes, earthworms, and enchytraeids. The final paper is by Dr. J. van der Drift and deals with a look into the future in an attempt to point out those problems of soil ecology which require the most urgent attention. At the end of a number of the papers a transcript of the discussion is included. These questions by participants in the conference, and the replies, convey the intense interest which must have been generated at the symposium. Figures and tables in the papers help to illustrate the main points made by each of the authors. The bibliography at the end of each paper will be most helpful to the neophyte in the field of soil ecology. This is an excellent volume for anyone interested in learning of the complex questions involved in soil research, answers to which must at least be estimated if we are to derive valid models of the soil ecosystem. -John M. Ferris, Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, IN 47907. examined, and long, detailed descriptions, discussions of nomenclatural problems will be recommended for Data Documents for Systematic Entomology. Instructions for this will be furnished on request (see Vol. 81, pp. 1-11 and recent issues). Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books re- ceived will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .54.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate S9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phytogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de- scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 No. 26. James R. Zimmerman -A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00 Clarence E. Mickel-A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymen- optera: Mutillidae, Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps. . . .$2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro- Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U.S.A. The Entomologist's Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Shield-backed katydids of the genus Steiroxys wanted for taxonomic study. D. C. Rentz, Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103. For sale: Papers and reprints on entomology and arthropods (no Lepidoptera). List sent in return for stamped self-addressed envelope. Rossell Rahn, Sawyer, MI 49125. Su ban tare tic entomology, particularly of South Georgia and Heard Island, with bio- geographical summary. Ed. by J. L. Gressitt. Pacific Insects Monograph 23, 1970, 383 p, ill. incl. color pi. $ 9.50 hard binding; $ 8.50 wr., Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Hono- lulu, HI 96818. Wanted to buy: Living cocoons of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. Colum- bia, and other species. Richard K. Zajdel, 1 709 Jamestown Place, Churchill, PA 15235. Wanted: Cleridae preserved in fluid (Formalin, Bouin's, etc.) for internal anatomy studies. Will trade, buy or any other arrangement. Especially interested in foreign material. G. Ekis, Rutgers University, Entomology Department, New Brunswick, NJ 08903. Wanted: Customers; I am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. For sale: Coleoptera and Lepidoptera of the World. List available for 40 cents in international stamps. Write: Monsieur Richard Doisy, 9, rue des Bons Enfants, 89-Aux- erre, France. For sale: Complete set of "Pacific Insects", volumes 1-10, $ 66.00 plus shipping cost; complete set only. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. For sale: Complete set of "Evolution", vols. 1-24, $ 400.00 plus shipping cost; com- plete set only. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. "Beetles of the United States": I am revising this book; users please sent corrections and authors, please send reprints. I will exchange reprints of my papers and also papers on exotic Coleoptera. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. DECEMBER 1970 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS CONTENTS SCORPION NOMENCLATURE AND MENSURATION HERBERT L. STAHNKE THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert (1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967). ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly by The American Entomological Soc- iety at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: H. W. Allen, S. S. Roback, and R. H. Arnett, Jr. (Editor); E. J. Gerberg (Editor, The Entomologist's Library). SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 12 numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid; Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00 postpaid. MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to: Dr. R. H. Arnett, Jr., Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within three months. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent to the review editor at: 6603 Johnnycake Road, Baltimore, MD 2 1207. PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub- lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu- tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page. ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the follow- ing rate: Each line cut regardless of size, $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size, $ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4l/2 x 6J/2 inches. SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not available. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses. EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup- plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required. Articles of an archival nature, including new taxa as separate descriptions for validation, new distribution records, or records of specimens (Continued on back inside cover.) SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA [3.0076] SCORPION NOMENCLATURE AND MENSURATION1 Herbert L. Stahnke2 One of our serious academic problems is the increasing break-down in inter-disciplinary communication. As disciplinary splintering occurs the jargon increases and the house of academia is becoming more and more like the proverbial Tower of Babel. Systematists of the order Scorpionida are not only guilty of this type of deviation but, with an increasing interest in the area, scorpiologists and para- scorpiologists are creating a Tower of Babel of their own. In order to co- ordinate scorpion nomenclature within the order and with that of other areas of arthropodology, the basic terminology of Snodgrass (1952) is recom- mended. Since this would not include all structures important in scorpion systematics other terms used currently are presented together with nomen- clature for structures heretofore referred to in sometimes vague, generalized terms. The general structures are illustrated in Figures 1 and 23 . In order to assist the novice in interpreting some of the older, as well as some of the current literature, a comparative nomenclatural, columnar table is presented. English synonyms or other equivalents are indicated in parentheses in column two. Equivalents in French, German, and Spanish are given in columns 3-5 respectively. The French nomenclature is almost entirely that of Vachon (1952); the German, primarily after Kraepelin (1899) and Werner (1935); the Spanish after Hoffman (1931, 1932). The author gratefully acknowledges the assistance of M. deVerde in completing the Spanish equivalents. Procedures in mensuration are given for two reasons. First, the large numbers of heavily sclerotized structures make possible the obtaining of 'Accepted for publication: November 28, 1970. 2Poisonous Animals Research Laboratory, Arizona State University, Tempo, Arizona, 85281. 3 All label numbers are in reference to those in the "code number" column of Table 1. Ent. News, 81: 297-3 If* 297 298 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 accurate quantitative data. Second, quantitative data can present a more precise concept of genetic relationships while pointing up sexual dimorphism and revealing allometric development. The latter type of information is ex- tremely important. The scorpion body divisions can be thought of in various ways (Figs. 1 and 2). The anterior broad portion, including the unsegmented carapace and the following seven segments, is referred to as the trunk and the following six segments as the tail or cauda. The trunk consists of the cephalothorax and the preabdomen while the cauda is composed of five postabdominal segments plus the sting bearing telson. The cephalothorax is also called the prosoma while the rest of the body, i.e., the pre- and postabdomen plus the telson, is called the opisthosoma. This "hind portion" of the animal is further divided into the mesosoma (preabdomen) and the metasoma (postabdomen plus telson or cauda). The carapace, an unsegmented sclerotized plate covering the cephalo- thorax, is a very revealing structure in systematics. Its general contour, the 136< Figure 1. Dorsal aspect of generalized scorpion. (See Table 1 code numbers for label numbers. ..187 .-..189 ?'«" L- .-188,1 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 299 surface features, as well as the size and spatial relationships of the median and lateral eyes are helpful. The nature of the anterior margin, whether it is con- cave, straight, or convex is significant. The ratio of the anterior width, to the median or posterior width can be important as well as the anterior-posterior divergence. The following carapacial measurements are important since this structure is not generally subject to allometric development: 1. Length Distance between the anterior and posterior margins along the longitudinal axis. If either margin is lobed, the measurements are made from a line tangent to those lobes. All measurements are made with an ocular, metric reticle. 2. Anterior width The distance between the exterior margins of the first pair of lateral eyes (Fig. 3). 3. Median width Lateral margin to margin distance at level of anterior margin of median eyes. 4. Posterior width Greatest lateral margin to margin distance in posterior portion of carapace. In dried or poorly preserved specimens this measurement may not always be reliable due to a tendency of this carapacial curvature to change its arc. 5. First lateral eyes to median eyes Distance between adjacent margins of these eyes. 6. Median eyes to anterior margin Distance from anterior margin, as above described, to anterior margin of median eyes. 7. Median eyes to posterior margin Distance from anterior margin of median eyes to posterior carapacial margin, as described above. 8. Width of median ocular tubercle The distance between the exterior margins of the median eyes. The anterior-posterior divergence is obtained by dividing the quantity, posterior width minus anterior width, by the carapacial length. Surface features that are important, besides the size and density of the granules or tubercles or the possible reticular or/and punctate conditions, are the nature and presence of furrows and keels. These (furrows: Nos. 16-26; keels: Nos. 28-34) are illustrated in Figure 3. The shape of the sternum (Figs. 2 and 4 A-D) plays an important role in distinguishing the higher categories but is of little value at the generic, or lower, level. Its contour is effected somewhat by allometric development. Such variation may prove a taxonomic pitfall. The appendages of the prosoma consist of the chelicersa (ke-lis'-er-a), pedipalps and walking legs. The first mentioned consists of a basal piece and a 300 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 chela. The denticles on the superior and inferior margins of the fingers may be important; the former generally at the generic level and the inferior some- times at both the generic and species levels. The setaceous condition is of little taxonomic value. The pedipalps are an excellent source of taxonomic data, both subjective and quantitative. They consist of the following subdivisions: coxa, trochanter, femur, patella, and chela (pincer) which is composed of the tibia, made of the manus (hand) and its finger, and the tarsus (movable finger) (Figs. 1 and 2). Considering the chelae in their natural position it is generally possible to re- cognize on the manus a superior, inferior, and exterior surface (the "Hinter- hand" of Kraepelin; "face ventrale" of Vachon)(Fig. 5, ExS). Various ridges (crests), or keels, may be present on these surfaces. On the superior face, generally the most prominent crest is the digital keel (90). This is often in the form of an elongated S and may be prolonged medially along the tibial finger and divide the superior surface into interior and exterior areas. Sometimes the digital keel is so strongly developed as to place these two areas at approxi- mately right angles to each other. Inwardly the superior and inferior surfaces Figure 2. Ventral aspect of generalized scorpion. 158-, -161 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 301 are separated by the interior marginal keel (94). Along the other extreme margin of the superior surface is the exterior marginal keel (87) which in some taxa extends diagonally distad across the exterior surfaces (Ex S). Be- tween the digital and the two marginal keels may be found additional, or secondary keels. Moving inwardly from the digital keel may be the sub-digital keel (Fig. 5, 91), extending distally only part way along the manus surface. Next is the inner secondary keel (92) which is sometimes a prominent keel and may ex- tend along the inner aspect of the tibial finger. Between this keel and the interior marginal keel may be a short sub-inner secondary keel (93). Exteriorly from the digital keel is found first the exterior secondary keel (Fig. 5, 89). At times this ridge is sufficiently developed to cause the exterior area to be equivalent in height to the digital keel and produce a subcylindrical contour of the manus. The next keel, the secondary accessory (88), although generally vestigial, may extend over one-half the distal portion of the manus from the superior end of the tarso-tibial articulation. There are fewer keels on the inferior surface. An inferior digital may be recognized as well as an inferior exterior keel (Fig. 5, 100) and an inferior secondary keel. These are not often of taxonomic value. The keels and intercarinal spaces may have surface features of considerable taxonomic value. These will be discussed later. AW Figure 3. Generalized cara- pace. A. W.= Anterior Width. — 23 v— ••• 34--' 302 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 The cutting edge of the tibial finger and tarsus may bear different shapes and patterns of granules, tubercles, denticles, and lobes. The accompanying figures illustrate two of the common patterns (Figs. 6 and 7). The segment proximad from the tibia is the patella, forming the "bend" in the pedipalp. Of taxonomic importance are the state of development of its eight keels, the surface features of these keels, and the intercarinal areas. Proximad from the patella and at about right angles to it on a resting scor- pion, is the somewhat more elongate femur. The chela, patella, and femur sim- ulate a U-formation. Like the patella, its keels(seven) and the formations on them 150 B 150 Figure 4. Sternum, genital operculum and pectines. A. Vejovis spinigerus (Wood), PL = Pecten Length; DL = Dentate margin Length. B. Bothriurus sp. C. Centruroides sculpturatus Ewing. D. Superstitionia donensis Stahnke. Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 303 Figure 5. Generalized pedi- palp chela. TaL=Tarsus Length; TiL=Tibia Length; InS=Infer- ior Surface; SuS=Superior Sur- face; ExS=Exterior Surface. ll , etc.=Inferior, D! , etc.=DigitaL, M] , etc.=Manus, B! , etc.=Bas- al, EI etc.=Exterior tricho- bothria. Code numbers=keels. 100 f Figure 6. Centuroides sculpturatits Ewing pedipalp tarsus cutting edge. Sup- ernumerary granules (113) include all those between the larger lateral granules. Figure 7. Hadrurus hirsutus (Wood) pedipalp tarsus cutting edge. 304 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 and in the intercarinal spaces may be of taxonomic value. The trochanter and coxa are of little taxonomic importance. The dimensions of the pedipalp structures and how they are obtained are given below: 1 . Total length The value used is the sum total of the respective lengths of the femur, patella, and tibia. The coxal and trochanter length are omitted because of their irregular form which would lend to errors and make measure- ment meaningless. 2. Tibia length Shortest distance from proximal margin at point of tibio- patellar articulation, approximately through trichobothrium B, , to distal tip of finger. See Figure 5 (TiL). 3. Manus length From proximal margin at point of articulation (as in 2 above) to digital commissure. 4. Manus width Greatest interior to exterior marginal width. 5. Manus thickness Greatest distance between inferior and superior sur- faces. 6. Exterior surface length From proximal margin of manus through tricho- bothrium E5 to the line of tarso-tibial articulation. 7. Tarsus length The shortest distance from the most superior point of the tarso-tibial articulation to the most distal point of the tarsus. (See Fig. 5, TaL). 8. Patella length The length of the non-telescoping portion along the dorsal surface. 9. Patella width Greatest, basic width at mid-way between distal and proxi- mal margins. This is not a very practical or precise measure because of unusual protuberances on the inner surface in some taxa. 10. Femur length The length of the non-telescoping portion along the dorsal surface. 11. Femur width Greatest width at distal one-third. The walking legs consist of the coxa, trochanter, femur, patella, tibia, tarsus (consisting of tarsomere I and tarsomere II, the foot) and the pretarsus. This last segment is quite inconspicuous but bears two lateral claws and a ventro-median claw. (Fig. 8). The legs occasionally are of taxonomic importance. For example, bristle- combs are generally found on the lateral aspect of the tarso-tibial leg segments of psammophilic species. The comparative lengths and widths of the tibia and tarsomere I of leg IV frequently are helpful taxonomic indicators; as is the total length of leg IV. This quantity would not include tarsomere II and the pre-tarsus. These structures frequently would be difficult to measure and their Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 305 inclusion would not make the quantity more meaningful. Some rather inconspicuous leg structures (Fig. 8) (tibial spur, pedal spur, bristles, etc. on tarsomere II and the pretarsus) have proven to be of consider- able taxonomic significance. The tibial spur (124), found in the tibio-tarsal connective tissue, is present in some Buthidae but absent on others. The pedal spurs (127), located in the connective tissue between tarsomere I and II are present on all scorpions.4However, on some taxa there may be one present on both exterior and interior aspects while on others only an exterior spur is present. Again a spur may be forked or have 4 or 5 lateral subdivisions. The sole of tarsomere II may bear various projections. These may be small pads,, long setae or stout spines. In the latter case there may be a double row with the number on the exterior and interior margins varying from each other but constant for a given taxa. In some taxa this number is constant on each pair of legs but may be variable from leg pair to leg pair. The median lobe of tarso- mere II varies in length, shape and number, and position of terminal setae from taxon to taxon. The lateral lobes may be strongly convex, bearing spines on their margin, or almost straight. The median claw of the pretarsus may vary in length between taxa. This may be true also of the lateral claws. The anterior portion of the opisthosoma, the mesosoma, consists of seven segments. Each one is covered dorsally by a sclerotized plate, a tergite, which has an anterior transverse raised portion, the pretergite. This is often hidden Figure 8. Generalized leg IV. TiT] L=Tibia+tarsomere I length; T] L=Tarsomere I len- gth; TiL=Tibia Length. 4Two species are now known to lack pedal spurs: Oeclus pun'esi L. Becker, 18KO (Diplocentridae) and a new troglobite scorpion, Typhlochactus rhodesi Mitchell. 1968 (Chactidae). 306 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 by the over-lap of the anterior tergite in a poorly fed scorpion. The tergites become progressively longer from anterior to posterior. The first six fre- quently have very nearly the same surface features, i.e., similar granules, punctations, keels, etc. These tergites may bear from one to five keels. Tergite VII usually narrows abruptly posteriad so that its posterior width is about equal to that of the first caudal segment (Figs. 1 and 2). The surface features are usually markedly different from the first six. It is generally more coarsely granular and bears at least vestiges of three to five keels. Setae are generally few on all tergites and have little taxonomic value. Only segments III-VII are completely covered ventrally by sclerotized plates, the sternites (Fig. 2). Segment I has a remnant in the form of two small sclerotized plates, the genital opercula. These are frequently united medially in the female and completely or partially separated in the male. They cover the genital aperture, the gonotreme, and on the male may partially or completely cover two genital papillae. These papillae vary in size on an inter-taxon basis and may be absent on some taxa. The sternite of segment II is represented by a small sclerotized plate, the basal piece (Fig. 2 and 4), which serves as a point of attachment and articulation of the pectens. It has some taxonomic value at the species level and may be helpful in sex deter- mination. The connective membranes between the genital area and the basal piece are referred to as the post-genital fold; that posterior to the basal piece as the post-basal fold. In some taxa the basal piece has a hinged accessory sclerotized posterior extension that folds inwardly on poorly fed scorpions. In satiated specimens this secondary portion is at the same level as the main body of the basal piece and gives a deceptive concept of its general configuration. Sternites III to VI laterally bear a pair of respiratory apertures, the stigmata (Fig. 2). These may be circular, elliptical, or slit-like in shape; differences that are usually significant in the higher categories. These sternites seldom are granular, generally only sparsely hirsute and without keels. Ster- nite VII frequently is granular and may have two pair of lateral keels and a pattern of macrochaetes (Fig. 2). The tergites and sternites laterally are bound together by the plural mem- branes. In lighter colored taxa these membranes may contain a black pigment which may be of specific significance. The length of the mesosoma may be measured in two ways. Often this is simply an over-all measurement. As such, the quantity has small value because its magnitude will depend on the condition of nourishment. In an engorged specimen the intersegmental membranes are fully stretched so that the re- spective terga and sterna are separated from each other by a considerable Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 307 distance. In a starved specimen, each tergite will over-lap the pretergite area of the one posterior to it. The only satisfactory method for determining the mesosoma length is to do so by taking the sum of the individual tergal lengths, measured along the median line and including only the sclerotized area; this will include the pretergite. The "over-all" length may be as much as 40% greater than the "sum total" length. The pectens, whose tactile function is clearly established, show sexual dimorphism as well as inter-taxon variation. Considerable variation also occurs during maturation within a species in some taxa; especially in the males. Moving from the exterior to the interior margins the pecten consists of the following linearly arranged sclerotized structures (see Figs. 4 B-D and 9): Three marginal lamellae, median lamellae, sub-triangular fulcra and pectinal teeth. The median lamellae vary in shape and number in different taxa. In some cases they are numerous, small, vaulted, circular plates (Fig. 4B); in others they are few in number and of varying shapes (Fig. 4C). In a few taxa they are completely absent. The fulcra are small subtriangular sclerites positioned between the base of the teeth. Each fulcrum may bear a cluster of macrochaetes, the number of which may have taxonomic value. However, caution must be exercised since the number varies with the age of the specimen. The teeth vary in shape and number inter- and intra-sexually within the species. Inter-specific variation in shape and number also may be great. Some taxa have only three pectinal teeth while others have over forty. It is of interest to note that a reduction in number of teeth does not assure a sub- sequent reduction in over-all pectinal length. This is especially noticeable on females. Therefore, the ratio of pectinal length to dentate margin length is frequently valuable in determining sex differences as well as a part of the taxon characterization (Fig. 4B). On the ventro-anterior margin of each tooth are found numerous minute, stubby bristles, the sensilla (Fig. 9, 153). The number of these sensory setae is greater on males and shows inter-taxon variation. Vachon (1952) calls our attention to the taxonomic importance of the dorsal side (nearest to the sternal surface, i.e., the side hidden from view) in some cases. The various sclerotized plates are not as sharply delimited. In some cases the fulcra are small circular, vaulted plates while in others they are pointed or bear either a macro- or microchaete. The teeth, likewise, some- times bear setae of constant number. These dorsal structures, consequently, have taxonomic usefulness and because of their protected condition, are less likely to be destroyed through normal scorpion activities, handling or preser- vation. 308 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 The metasoma (or cauda) (Fig. 1) consists of five sclerotized rings, pro- gressively increasing in length posteriad, plus the telson. Distinct tergites and sternites are not discernible. The cauda is of great systematic importance and possesses numerous structures providing variability. These consist of surface features, keels, and three-dimensional variations in size. A dorsal furrow, extending throughout the length of the postabdomen, varies in depth due to the degree of carinate development and shows sexual dimorphism. The first four caudal segments may have the following five pairs of keels: Dorsals, superior laterals (Fig. 1,21 and 22), median laterals, inferior laterals, and inferior medians. These show different degrees of development and orna- mentation on the various segments. Some may be well developed but smooth, or bearing confluent granules, distinct tuberculate, truncated, spinous or serrate granules. Caudal segment V is always the longest of the five; usually lacks the dorsal keels, the median laterals are often weakly developed and only one inferior median keel is present. This makes seven possible keels, instead of 10 as on segments I-IV. Generally the available keels bear well developed ornamenta- tions which frequently have considerable taxonomic importance. The color and setaceous condition of this segment sometimes varies markedly from I-IV. At the ventro-distal end of segment V is found the anal arch. This often bears an anterior and posterior transverse crest (Fig. 10). The absence, presence and/or shape of the denticles on these crests, as well as the macrochaetes in the intercrestal area, are sometimes of taxonomic interest. Vachon (1952) — -155 152 Figure 9. Scorpio maurus de Geer ventral surface right pecten. Light area (153) densely covered by sensilla. Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 309 Spanish 1. Tronco 2. Cefalotorax 3, Dorsal 4. Carapacho 5, Contorno del carapacho 6. Depresion anterior muesca media anterior 7, Lobulos front ales 1 1 1 O -—I 0) I-. o oi W-^O*-N^ ra OV* — k- 4( — O O O -* O 0) q — -••* U TJ -«J -J I* Vl -r4 CO — J ; « — (C U Q) H; ^ v. —• OOlkiu — - 41 D a. 1-. *J ^ 41 O (8 O ^ 4J 41 w fl] to k. j — U ^ 41 C fl U -4 O lj -^ k4(OU-rl Id -4 4) b CD 0) q q »-i a. m — « en cc -" ~- .-. , I— U COW C k< 1* Q C « q O k. q « 6. Estern6n 7. Conf iguracto'n 8. Surco medio 0. Ape'ndices 1. Queliceros (cheliceres) 2. Segmento basilar (Basal) 3. Quela 4. Mano 5. Dedoa 6. Fijo (Dedoinmovil o apdfisis) 7. Movll (Segmento distal o dadotnovil) 8. Pedipalpos (Quelo, palpos, palpot maxi lares) 9. Coxa 3. Trocanter 1 • Kcmur 2. 3. 4. nsuration (Part 1) jivalents 3erman -flache) - ' b ,0 =1 tw 1 *« X •*4 (D s •o « 4> — 3 J2 cr LU c X 41 T3 «.* -• l-i U 01 O 3 -* C £.&.£. 0) Wv O .O ? .2-S 5 o a « 01 c C .C w>rrzi° 41 00 ~ e 41 .0 C C C k. J= O -41 41 « 3 C 41 C qk^£ O.>** 3 4i X X U EuV 4t *4I — "ll *3 "oV- «-2^5cS C« — 3 — C OCLQ «LC i il — — ^ q 4) — **- C q q C -«-- -* v< 1 DO— u C £ k, -C **. u k.*j-* q-Dq-UT3TJ4i«-'4t4i03 (Jk.* pion Nomem si q U 41 k- to •••Si b |M O c i- «"« wt-t 41 4> 4> o l>5 • « 4 •o 0) •> C 4. 1 W 0 -« X b BO « *- c i q « 4* k. 4) — 4J » 00 4i V- — 41 C 4t C k. — «4I « — »*nrti*>**%^jij^»jvj«t>j>}ij ^y«rtt^i^\i^\^> 1 1 ^ •o c 0) D ro 4) u C 41 e 30 j M w ° » L- » k. II k. T3 « — « -^ C k< tt C « -O >,— -4 * • « 41 4) 41 « k. 4) C«—3*>T3«*J66— • • M 9 V 41 BcJ C 0. « > 2! 5 6 -^ • c a • i: *b 5 -v S|«-« u r . : « u „ 2 ** -"D « k. k. o v.— 0 u 0) QC O. « k< O h. b VU •)u 3«3uk.uwtJ'a4JCCCM*a«-rtwO.ucc ••• >, J o — 3<<£»JUUoa.ch.a.Ck,4i<(/).Ju<_>a.a.i. UI /-"^ U. * 6 C q U — « ? 1C— Q q .£ i. KM p • §»«--o-.«-£cu.fa • y D bO> EO.-JC-«»^-^A- "£|^^^ 0 * 0 — — TJ • O ZT 310 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 I _0 a | O) O) -4-1 J2 "o O) D. O in Ol 0) i ^-v O o to 0 --I in )-< PI PI Ot 5 in co O Q. o o a 4 O a to p4 01 u CO D-, x_, (0 co o >-i -pi at C C >pJ PI 4J en 01 (0 O -H 01 X 01 HS E > a oi PI 01 .pi 01 t-i P! U W C 01 X 01 C « to p- M E 0) •pt E co cD oJ -pi (0 ' co -^ co co —1 ci 01 p-i .2 5 X) -H -H l-i -pi -pi X i CO C &SfiSS3^ 55 < o CT-O: < c U rj P4 P^ p. 'OOOO OOO ^^ P 01 00 OJ C PI 01 oo ^-x: PI 01 01 x: -o M t/3 o c oo to 01 co C ~ a> 2 -1 0 to — pi 00 r *g 'QJ —1 01 (0 00 P-, 01 -i -pi '5 CT LLJ O d> n] 01 01 tu at ••-> iJ oi at -pi -H <3 CO C C £ U IB "«J C C c ai-pi'oi— ^ 01-^141 x:aiw -pi ^ -p| CD (U -pl J^ -H -<-< 00 l-i jUc ^c 2-p*o)x:oi^CJ>i oioioi to uai •& 01 •— i c ^ xox: •aatpJC'^ *-< oo-*-* p-1 ^-ir; CX14I OIT3 O(T)O CXIOIOIC: ^N 41 r-iu-a « OI-P* x> c (Op-«to toai-HXiwoi a»ox: oo 00-'-' C pi C ji ( 0) OJ'-'nJCC Cl-f C U01|WC*WCCCUCH'J2 cnfc-o lo Oi •oaioii-i'-^in moo 0* ciiooiinQj^^i/iinoocuiJC i4-t.ni cux; x; cx)3o)4tw we c q-(Bcui4jaiw«c c^x: S Til S 5« O -pJ .pl O -t-l pj XJ C O -i-l -pi O -r! > a- u: > 3: H u- o D > x M: > x " =^^0^< tu U 01 01 _c o c 01 -r4 01 p-t 01 C at pi a> *O O > 1-4 P 4J U -H 01 -pi l-i X O -^ 4) co C •r4 pl C CO U Pl Pl X 01 -pi -H o jj at CO 4J T3 CO C 4J c oip-i at oi 4i c 01 01 <0 co C E co C rJ n3 ^-1 C 00 00 01N01 t-» *J -pi 01 ,2,2,3 2s l^sls^ssl s i isilliSsUis CO CO Ol^OJ C O CO CO 'f-i^JtnvOr^cOC^O-^r *4 ri ^ iX \0 r-*ODC> C5 SSKSSSSSSSSSSSSS^SEii S £ SSSScoSSSScDoSS > 00 00 pJ O V-i P-. p^ r fl 11 C C co in to , q C T) commended imenclature co p, - C la i*-i y-i -pi 01 C P c o E ")O oooo •pi . .ii § -H c T> 01 pi 0 0 T CM- pi .r4 C *"" ^ ^" Cj 2: *n P ffl in "cO C TJ E C cO TDXOIO) co WJ > pi M IJ -H < jjj_, aii I-IPI Vipi 4* o>Eox:^-'O ocoo—'ooi' OO E° 1X1 p-iOO E »' C^-' E ll c U S "O k CX--*OO-> 01-— ItiOOlCXp-i ' O OlOt co-Hig-pii'l U U W W Q OT 1- oi up o) ju-'H « CTJT^QCC f~.s-* ^ y— *-^.^-sy-v^>/-v/— ^ CO l/lr'N.'-v'-*.^- ^ y^x^^^^-s/— ^/-^X-N/— -^; ^1 /^ /-s [-. ^-, CO JJ U TJ »U ** fOn\Dr--eou t-JiN ^-i^^\_^s^s^'^^^ (g) Sub inner secon (h) Int rior margi ,2) Area (a) Inn r (b) Ext rior > Inferi r surface ;i) Keel (a) Ext rior margi (b) Ext rior secor ^So-S 3§S o C to P O VI « 0-4-1 « C V< 0 " U l-i 01 CO V4-i *< 01 0) p OOpi M1O PI 4-» -iincnTJOO C X) co 0 Ol /"N O *» E o j Jj l-i cfflpJOI-pl -pi ^01000*001 "^ i S S s^23^°322 g O> O N^^^^-**_/'^"w'>^'^^^^-/ y-^^^^^^^S^^-— •S-'^-'^-'N-'V-'*-'^ ''/-x'mv~'^^'xj o •o 01 1*4 QC Z •tf •c O 0 C t8gsasssBSS8saa'aa'iRssss|g|§|§§ sss s ^ Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 311 01 at OJ CO J l-i 01 CT Ot (0 oj t-i o ,2 ^'c s-\ _c ~* -, r-- L, « « 01 CO ^i E o (3 O T3 -J -- -uja nj •- r M a> 1 -— • -^ 03 a LO I-i )-i T3 CQ to co (0 ^ 01 0* cO-J-J — < O CO G *-l O. (A C ••-< .H „ _, ^ : X 3 (0 -rJ X X Oico — (i QJ C 3 c (0 C C C x: ot — M 0] E ot at M i-i JC x: O i-i i-i in c at at 01 s~^ 4J 3 V) (C u u x C C ^ N N ^-, ^1 —" at oi e 0> TS C '5 CT UJ QJ 0 ~ O O C-^flJ (0 OtttlM MM 4 c -.-I at 4j 4J c a* at "o at •*• a) ot id tJ u v at •<-! TJ c at "O *J 00 JTC>*JO O MjZ^OtlJ-^OI 01 -^ OCIM )-i WVIUI-^D. 00— J J- (0 OOI -J ^ (5 C i— ' 01 C T 41 C 01 •u oi a. at c a. "~> V- (0 .-i O --• 00"O C c at c 01 XI >- o c at .* -u en c a xi j£ ai oi a. Q 4 u u -^atoi co to to-— '-^ !^ .-« -H CUOEO- ^:^ — 0 C C 3 at oi c u 4J — • at ~ at v. at — • C C O E 0> cd Ot MOtuu-ioi-'H .^ u3-rJtncnMV)C t C OI.O-H3XX X CEiV-V-CL-T- Ot 1-. -H in 01 -^ Jj t-» ™ o •a •-tj 23 I^Sil — ^' 2 2222^2 S SSS'ds'^'s SSS m' rsi r" <3 ir\ vOrvOOO^O-Hrsim-jiA^or^o CT> O — • CMm-Jo~.\D "o '"" 1 | O i-i Z w « Ot e 01 Ot u .0 01 *4 -H h d 4 01 ? gJS 'E. O P-I i-< « (0 E 22 ^ 01 co X X -i t-i -^ nj to co £J 6 S 4J E W "1 01 -rJ 0) o 2 3 at O Ml (j at $ h at c c X) 01 — " 01-41 JP <0 -^ 00 00 1 tv fl 41 4 fcQ -^ ataiotki •^ - E J_ Ot4J ! in D£ atoow -j— i —• p O^Otw vi COE COico c w -H at «-• * 41 Oi I at oi 4i o p »wC W «) -i-i4lC-Jlrfk« UU. at o t-i u o u u '*- p -^ L. L. -^ at » i u-i o w o «HJ xat ca at oi v- ai 1 o^tQfliM M M i-. aj -^ a. H co j H a. x a, a. H a. u. H UJ ^-- to o i- -^ c 01 (0 Q 01 co CL. (_ UJ -U j o -J 0 >^.to O-at ot^caxraco 0.3 • O H O 2 U. t- ft. U < -J J OOC -< C — '- — i oi Ot 3 j a. QU o u. a. at x a o Ot M (0 C 03 ^ •o u^ to a - to c 1 ^ CL M M Ot rH «4 0 1 00 "-* -r4 X E W -H to at a c X " 0 « vi tn o at i>-~r~ s c_^ 3 ^ CU^ 00 ^ >-> D 01 «4J at D O 0) C •— • r- commended menclature 41 U 01 f- (-!.-. /-s tf) !~ — < I.. I*". - 4101 -J fl 1 01 QJ at -r4 W4J JDjJbt-41 ^ai^^tnE M(B-»<-^ -rit03 i h B 14 C u at C'-^c>-«ai vaiu u vMOtMtno-^ oi — • QJ — u E ot<- uoicoiaizi c ajv^^t I < 4 3 *-• C Q.-D ooo — • « -J in to ^-i njwOT U i^s h-l v (/) _J U — < Cfl X-D X^J U 3 OI-^J1 W MC «-lj£XOOOOOgU^O«4b4 O l-l « -4 ^1 LU t-> 1-0 k. £ — « at oi o — • \-> •** V. C u at id o Q -r< O "** *O "O i4 m c c at to u i-* -• oi at Ot U 00' t»— i IB co at >-i oi to at -- "^'"'a ^ " _^-* O"E* tiia-^E at u n)co^ —• L. 4» -^ 3 O fl3 u4)in^^iai^-*rou* w o v. oi a, ^ ' c oto (. -<£n z! ? i— ^ _« E - ^01 -^ CO ••C-^ *-* (n, ^-'-^ Wl « O H — s*-^/-. 01 U OC z 0 r- Q-X . — t c j •-- r O • « -eg I • «^4 X) U m (/> • • ...... . ..... 3 O O o z 22 2222^^^^,^^^^: 'O*O-^ iO 4 -- _J _J _j ^j ^j _j _j 312 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 cS 1 a> W — "o 4> O Z c o 'E. 5 u OO "JJ s CT UJ Q, V "O !5 c E £ 8 E 0) O tr z ? S o z o 0 Q p 01 a. Vj V) 0 0) •- 1- -^ (0 .H a O -,-1 • H O -H V4 0 -H U «-t 4) w •-• o C I ra H-i lj Q> W 4J C c Ol U l-i w _J Q Eicoi*o--'^oE (oroE oc .j ^ t/i ti! "£ £ *(0 4-1 (Li jr i- "^ u 01 ao O-T J f-1 •^ IA\OI--OOCT>OI— 'rvin*jirncr^ooCT>O'— •cNir^i-jirivOi^-oOCT'O rvim-4-u-i\Dr-oOCT'O ^ CM m (( C (- /entrale L tn QJ p cr • rJ 01 IM 1 ' I-" C 01 C ra u ra OTQ) p ra tabdoro eaux I ttiere 1 -i-l tn Q) -a 01 --i to £ Q> WQJ QJ Q> 01 > m 4 fO nj p OJ n 1 (0 0) C ^ (0 (Q 0) M — ' U 0) 10 l-i « QJ u — . ^ C P .-1 O 0 •H 01-^ P "> 0) 0 P -j i— i O O -H . 2 « ^ «1 3 01 p tn u «J iJ w E l-i *QJ ai-oi o P wai «-* woojiu 41*-t2 • • •-. y t_j u (0 — • 01 5&3Z 3SSS3 35,3 ft ^£ a b C3 •r* C a. at -^i O O -^« 4J U 00-^ — • ^S2^ S^SS 5SS £S£f? ££S£c oSSSSSa 'SSSc ^ SS3 *&% SSSSSSoSS C -41 3 ra «) u > o . iQjaiw-^e^^atE1 X1QJW— l^i Q.T3 U-m-i 01 ^ D.1*-! «Mi-iUM4J^ViCCUua)Ui- toEl->«>OpaiCCE4lpCC(OCOCfD4'OP-4--t^nl-- J*J>COIC4J 4-1 U X C to ra o •«-! *o U U O <0 0) 4J t-i xss; o> u a. a. o imu-ivO^o^D^O v>3^O^Dv£)vOiir^.r-.r--r-.r-.r~--r-.r--fi^r-.ooaoooooooooooooaoooCT^^ o>O^O^CT*CT«o>CT>o^OOOOOOOOO Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 313 classifies the anal arch into three forms: Circular lobed, circular regular and angular. In some taxa, the inferior median keel does not extend to the anal arch. Instead it may fork, or a crescentic arrangement of denticles may be present. This crescent and the enclosed area varies at both the generic and species level in some families. The intercarinal areas of all segments may bear important surface features, such as, size and density of granules, presence of costate or pigment reticula- tions and setaceous patterns. The telson is quite variable in the three dimensions of the vesicle, the surface features and the length, taper, and curvature of the aculeus, as well as the absence or presence of a subaculear tooth or tubercle (Fig. 10). The length of the cauda is reported in various ways. This may consist of the over-all length of the abdominal segments only or including the telson. This is not a valid measurement because this over-all length is dependent on the degree of relaxation of the intersegmental tissue. The most accurately reproducible and valid method is to take the sum total of the non-telescoping portion of each segment plus the length of the telson. This latter measure- Figure 10. Generalized tel- son and distal end of caudal segment V.TL=Telson Length; VL=Vesicle Length. ,-176 -177 188; 314 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 ment is the shortest distance between the "heel" of the vesicle and the tip of the aculeus (Fig. 10). Height and width measurements of the segments consist of the largest distance between margins of the segment proper. Thus the measurements would not extend to the extremities of any large abrupt, protuberances but rather near their base. Measurements of this type ob- viously cannot be precise. In the description of taxon surface features the terminology used is often inaccurate and/or too general. An example is the term rugose, which literally means wrinkled. Some authors have used it to mean any rough, coarse surface. Frequently, the surface was costate reticulate or coarsely tuberculate or punctate. Kraepelin occasionally resorted to picturesque terminology which left the novice in a quandry. For example, he describes the middle lamellae of some pectens as resembling a string of pearls (perlschnurartig). Precisely he meant a series of vaulted sclerotized circular plates. Expressions of color are misleading. For example, the term melanic. The biochemist tells us that melanins are a series of pigments ranging from brown through black. Thus the term melanic is not adequately precise. Other undesirable color expres- sions are: ochroid, Caledonian brown, flesh, tanbark, geranium, etc. The nomenclature here introduced for surface features (191-208) are in sufficient use to give them a relatively precise meaning. It is true that in some cases, as in granules and tubercles, we have a matter of subjectiveness. Also, "granule" has a generic connotation including tubercles. However, the general context and adjectives, such as minute, fine, and coarse, provide clarification. There should be no difficulty with the use of granule versus denticle. More care should be exercised in describing the immovable projections on the cutting edges of the pedipalp chela. Here one finds rows of granules or tuber- cles as well as an accompanying denticulate condition (Figs. 6 and 7). The same situation may be found on the keels of both pedipalp and caudal segments. These may have generic or specific significance. The only movable projections of great taxonomic value are the tricho- bothria (Fig. 5). These are found only on the femur, patella and tibia of the pedipalps. Their number and patterns are relatively constant and the distances between them can be measured very precisely. They are valuable even in old, poorly preserved specimens since even though the bristle is lost, the cup-like aroela from which it arises is readily recognized. Macrochaetes, the large non-sensory setae, also leave a somewhat cup-shaped areola but the bristle base completely fills the inner space while that of the trichobothria does not. Also, the lip of the trichobothrial areola is generally whitish. The trichobothria intact are readily recognized from other setae. The bristle is very long and thin, reacts to the slightest movement of air and is not Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 315 readily broken off. The shaft of the ordinary setae is much thicker at the base, generally shorter, stiff and fragile. Only under special circumstances do they have taxonomic value and less so on old, poorly preserved material. The macrochaetes are heavy bodied, stiff, colored; they arise from a rela- tively areolar cup which is completely filled by the vase of the bristle. Micro- chaetes are whitish, small, fine bristles with a base attached to a poorly developed areolar cup. Reticular patterns are often encountered, either due to pigment, puncta- tions or a costate condition. In some taxa the pigment reticulum of the juvenile forms is gradually replaced by the costate condition as a consequence of maturation. Frequently the costate condition is part of the pattern of sexual dimorphism. Color is often a deceiving taxonomic trait. The pattern and shade of color may vary with maturation and hybridization. Consequently, its importance should be viewed with caution. However, when color of a taxon or specimen is described, simplicity of expression is most effective. Use of the primary colors in a variable manner is most likely to convey as precise a concept as is necessary. Vachon has set an excellent example in this respect. Color codes, because of the variety of surface conditions and the consequent light reflec- tivity are not very satisfactory. The list-outline of nomenclature provided in Table 1 , besides improving communication, will serve also as a valuable check-list when describing a new taxon or making a comparative study of several taxa. This will permit the specialist to be more selective in choosing descriptive data and prevent long, redundant descriptions. The quantitative data made possible from the above suggestions can also supply excellent data for population studies and move away more rapidly from the old typological species concept. 316 Ent. News, Vol. 81, December 1970 Literature cited Hoffman, C. C. 1931. Monografias para la Entomologia Medica de Mexico. Monografia Num. 2. Los Scorpiones de Mexico (primera parte). Diplocentridae, Chactidae, Vejov- idae. Anales Inst. Biol. Mexico. P. 291-408. Hoffman, C. C. 1932. Monografias para la Entomologia Medica de Mexico. Monografia Num. 2. Los Scorpiones de Mexico (seconda parte). Buthidae. Anales Inst. Biol. Mexico. P. 243-361. Kraepelin, Karl. 1899. Scorpiones und Pedipalpi. Das Tierreich. Lief. Vol. 8. Snodgrass, R. E. 1952. A textbook of Arthropod anatomy. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, New York. viii+ 363 p. Vachon, Max. 1952. Etudes sur les Scorpions. Inst. Pasteur d'Algerie. Werner, F. 1935. Scorpiones, Pedipalpi. Bronn's Class. Ord. Tierreichs. Ser. 4, Vol. 5. 3.0076. Scorpion nomenclature and mensuration. Abstract.— The check-list, illustra- tions, and descriptions of the anatomy of scorpions make possible accurate measure- ments, descriptions of taxa, and uniformity of scorpion nomenclature. -Herbert L. Stall like. Poisonous Animals Research Laboratory, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85281. Descriptors: Scorpion; Scorpionida; anatomical terminology; mensuration. examined, and long, detailed descriptions, discussions of nomenclatural problems will be recommended for Data Documents for Systematic Entomology. Instructions for this will be furnished on request (see Vol. 81, pp. 1-11 and recent issues). Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices, short reviews, and books re- ceived will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style Manual". MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates, 80 maps $12.50 No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00 No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A. Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00 No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186 pages $9.00 No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00 No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de- scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50 No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00 Clarence E. Mickel-A Review of the Mutillid Genus Chyphotes Blake (Hymen- optera: Mutillidae, Apterogyninae). 110 pages, 10 plates, 26 maps. . . .$2.50 Arthur M. Shapiro- Butterflies of the Delaware Valley. 63 pages, 11 plates, 10 habitat photographs $1.50 THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U.S.A. The Entomologist' s Market Place Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00 per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex- changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position wanted notices are included here and may be re- ferred to by box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when .necessary, the older ones at the top are discontinued. Shield-backed katydids of the genus Steiroxys wanted for taxonomic study. D. C. Rentz, Department of Entomology, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103. For sale: Papers and reprints on entomology and arthropods (no Lepidoptera). List sent in return for stamped self-addressed envelope. Rossell Rahn, Sawyer, MI 49125. Subantarctic entomology, particularly of South Georgia and Heard Island, with bio- geographical summary. Ed. by J. L. Gressitt. Pacific Insects Monograph 23, 1970, 383 p, ill. incl. color pi. $ 9.50 hard binding; $ 8.50 wr., Bishop Museum Press, Box 6037, Hono- lulu. HI 96818. Wanted to buy: Living cocoons of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. Colum- bia, and other species. Richard K. Zajdel, 1 709 Jamestown Place, Churchill, PA 15235. Wanted: Cleridae preserved in fluid (Formalin, Bouin's, etc.) for internal anatomy studies. Will trade, buy or any other arrangement. Especially interested in foreign material. G. Ekis, Rutgers University, Entomology Department, New Brunswick, NJ 08903. Wanted: Customers; I am trying to liquidate large stock of Lepidoptera as well as my own collection. Discounts on all orders-write for list. Russell L. Dunn, Sedona, AZ 86336. Wanted: Adult Cuterebridae (Diptera) for revision in progress. Prompt return or report. Curtis W. Sabrosky, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, DC 20560. For sale: Coleoptera and Lepidoptera of the World. List available for 40 cents in international stamps. Write: Monsieur Richard Doisy, 9, rue des Bons Enfants, 89-Aux- erre, France. For sale: Complete set of "Pacific Insects", volumes 1-10, $ 66.00 plus shipping cost; complete set only. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. For sale: Complete set of "Evolution", vols. 1-24, $ 400.00 plus shipping cost; com- plete set only. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. "Beetles of the United States": I am revising this book; users please sent corrections and authors, please send reprints. I will exchange reprints of my papers and also papers on exotic Coleoptera. R. H. Arnett, Route 1, Box 161, Tallahassee, FL 32303. c S3 I dVJJ a n f> ~~LIBRAR I ES SMITHSONIAN co INSTITUTION NOIlDlliSNl NVINOSHillM NOIiniIlSNl NVINOSHllWS S3 \ H VU 3 I IBRARIES SMITHSONIAI CO UJ NSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NoiiniiiSNi NVINOSHIIW INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI co NVINOSH1IWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA co LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN co INSTITUTION NoiiniiiSNi CO %$m& NVINOSH1IW d^ui%£ INSTITUTION NOIini!lSNI NVINOSHil!/MS S3ldVyan \, z LIBRARIES SMITHSONI/S ssiavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN Z CO < V S > INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI_NVINOSHillMS * ssiavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIA CO LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHilWS ' ft riTUTiON ^NoiiniiiSN^NViNOSHiiws^sa i avd a nZLi B RAR i ES^SMITHSONIAN^II CO . _ Z \ W ^ ^ ^ CO co H c H O IHVHan~LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION '•?' VrXdiy^y """ 'f to z co z co v «vJi A ' - co TITUTION NOIiniliSNI __NVINOSHilWS S3ldVHan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN II *** fO ^~' tO ^^ ^£*sx " xr^i^r^ w %. « ^^ co w ,- ' cc. ^ CO ^ >